Skip to main content

Full text of "University of New Haven Undergraduate Catalog, 2008-2010"

See other formats 


University  of  New  Haven 


Undergraduate  Ci 


yi 


^^ 


INFORMATION   DIRECTORY 

President 

Career  Services  Center 

Registrar,  Undergraduate 

Maxcy  Hall 

Kaplan  Hall 

South  Campus  Hall 

203-932-7276 

203-932-7342 

203-932-7301 

Provost  &  Vice  President 

Center  for  Learning  Resources 

Registrar,  Graduate 

for  Academic  Affairs 

Maxcy  Hall 

South  Campus  Hall 

Maxcy  Hall 

203-932-7215 

203-932-7308 

203-932-7267 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Residential  Life 

Academic  Services  Oflfice 

Maxcy  Hall 

BixlerHall 

Maxcy  Hall 

203-932-7256 

203-932-7076 

loi-bn-iiii 

Disability  Services 

College  of  Business 

Admissions,  Undergraduate 

&  Resources 

Maxcy  Hall 

Bayer  Hall 

Sheffield  Hall 

203-932-7120 

203-932-7319 

VOICE/TDD;  203-932-7332 

Tagliatela  College 

Admissions,  International 

Center  for  Graduate  & 

of  Engineering 

Undergraduate 

Adult  Student  Services 

Buckman  Hall 

Bayer  Hall 

Echlin  Hall 

203-932-7168 

203-932-7320 

203-931-2907 

Henry  Lee  College 

Admissions,  International 

Financial  Aid 

of  Criminal  Justice  & 

Graduate 

Maxcy  Hall 

Forensic  Science 

Gatehouse 

203-932-7315 

South  Campus  Hall 

205-952-7  AA\ 

Health  Services 

203-932-7472 

Admissions,  Graduate 

Sheffield  Hall 

Student  Activities 

Gatehouse 

203-932-7079 

Bartels  Hall 

203-932-7440 

International  Services  Office 

203-479-4582 

Alumni  Office 

Bartels  Hall 

UNH  Southeastern 

Neiv  Hall 

203-932-7475 

New  London,  CT 

203-932-7270 

M.K.  Peterson  Library 

(860)701-5454 

Athletic  Department 

203-932-7197 

Veterans  Affairs 

Charger  Gymnasium 
203-932-7016 

Intercultural  Relations 

South  Campus  Hall 
203-932-7304 

Busar's  Office 

Maxcy  Hall 
203-932-7217 


Bartels  Hall 
203-932-7427 


Call  toll-free  1-800-DIAL-UNH  and  ask  for  the  four-digit  extension  required, 
or  contact  us  on  the  web  at:  www.newhaven.edu 


I'rH 


UNIVERSITY    OF 

NEW  HAVEN 

UNDERGRADUATE 
CATALOG 
2008-2010 

300  Boston  Post  Road 

West  Haven,  CT  06516 

203.932.7000 

Undergraduate  Admissions:  203.932.7319 
or  Toll-Free:  1.800.DIAL.UNH 

Fax:  203.931.6093 

Email:  admitifo  @newhaven.  edu 

Financial  Aid:  203.932.7315 

Disability  Services  (Voice/TDD):  203.932.7332 

Health  Services  Office:  203.932.7079 

Health  Services  Fax:  203.931.6090 


Website:  www.newhaven.edu 


This  catalog  supersedes  all  previous  bulletins,  cata- 
logs, and  brochures  published  by  the  University  of 
New  Haven  and  describes  academic  programs  to  be 
offered  beginning  in  Fall  2008.  Undergraduate  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  University  for  Fall  2008  and 
thereafter  are  bound  by  the  regulations  published  in 
this  catalog.  Those  admitted  prior  to  Fall  2008  are 
bound  by  those  new  regulations,  which  have  been 
duly  instituted  and  announced  prior  to  the  semester 
during  which  they  are  effective. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  committed  to 
affirmative  action  and  to  a  policy  that  provides  for 
equal  opportunity  in  employment,  advancement, 
admission,  educational  opportunity,  and  administra- 
tion of  financial  aid  to  all  persons  on  the  basis  of 
individual  merit.  This  policy  is  administered  without 
regard  to  race,  color,  national  or  ethnic  origin,  age, 
gender,  religion,  sexual  orientation,  or  disabilities 
not  related  to  performance.  It  is  the  policy  of  the 
University  of  New  Haven  not  to  discriminate  on  the 
basis  of  gender  in  admission,  educational  programs, 
activities,  or  employment  policies  as  required  by 
Title  IX  of  the  1972  Educational  Amendments.  This 
school  is  authorized  under  federal  law  to  enroll  non- 
immigrant alien  students. 

Inquiries  regarding  nondiscrimination,  affirmative 
action,  equal  opportunity,  and  Tide  IX  may  be 


directed  to  the  University's  equal  opportunity/affir- 
mative action  officer  at  300  Boston  Post  Road,  West 
Haven,  CT  06516;  phone  203.932.7265.  Persons 
who  have  special  needs  requiring  accommodation 
should  notify  the  Director  of  Disability  Services  and 
Resources  at  300  Boston  Post  Road,  West  Haven,  CT 
06516,  or  by  Voice/TDD  at  203.932.7332. 

Every  effort  has  been  made  to  ensure  that  the 
information  contained  in  this  publication  is  accurate 
and  current  as  of  the  date  of  publication;  however, 
the  University  cannot  be  held  responsible  for  typo- 
graphical errors  or  omissions  that  may  have  occurred. 


Volume  XXX,  No.  1 1,  June  2008 

University  of  New  Haven,  300  Boston  Post  Road, 
West  Haven,  CT,  065 1 6.  Postage  paid  at  New 
Haven,  CT,  publication  number  USPS  423-410. 
Postmaster:  Please  send  Form  3579  to  the  Postmaster, 
University  of  New  Haven,  P.O.  Box  9605,  New 
Haven,  CT  06535-0605. 


Produced  by  UNH  Department  of  Marketing  and 
Publications.  Univ.  MandP  668-0308 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  make,  at  any  time,  whatever  changes  it  deems  necessary  in  admission 
requirements,  fees,  charges,  tuition,  faculty,  instructors,  policies,  regulations,  and  academic  programs  prior  to 
the  start  of  any  class,  term,  semester,  trimester,  or  session.  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  divide,  cancel, 
or  reschedtde  classes  or  programs  ife7irolltneJit  or  other  factors  so  require.  All  such  changes  are  effective  at  such 
times  as  the  proper  authorities  determine  and  may  apply  not  only  to  prospective  students  but  also  to  those  who 
are  already  enrolled  in  the  University. 


Dear  Student, 

At  the  University  of  New  Haven,  we  provide  world-class  career  preparation  in  all  our  programs.  We  consider 
this  important  to  students  who  seek  to  achieve  success  in  their  careers.  But  we  have  another  priority  as  well:  to 
prepare  students  for  meaningful  lives.  Through  our  courses  in  the  arts,  humanities,  and  sciences,  we  cultivate 
our  students'  humanity;  and  by  integrating  experiential  learning  in  our  academic  programs  —  through  such 
areas  of  emphasis  as  community  service,  internships,  student-faculty  research,  and  student  self-governance  — 
we  prepare  our  students  for  leadership  in  their  careers  and  as  members  of  a  democratic  society. 

The  technological  and  economic  complexity,  as  well  as  the  great 
cultural  diversity  of  the  world  in  which  we  live  and  work,  will 
require  that  our  graduates  be  exceptionally  flexible,  compassion- 
ate, and  tolerant  human  beings.  I  hope  the  UNH  experience  will 
lead  our  students  and  alumni  to  measure  their  personal  success 
both  by  career  achievement  and  by  the  positive  impact  they  will 
have  on  the  lives  of  others.  For  this  reason,  I  encourage  all  stu- 
dents to  explore  UNH  for  courses  that  will  serve  to  both  improve 
their  skills  and  enrich  their  sense  of  societal  responsibility. 

The  faculty  at  UNH  has  impressive  academic  and  professional 
credentials,  in  many  cases  bringing  with  them  national  and  even 
international  reputations  in  their  field.  They  are  committed  in 
unrivaled  ways  to  the  success  of  each  and  every  one  of  our  stu- 
dents, allowing  for  the  establishing  of  relationships  that  extend 
beyond  their  experience  at  UNH. 

One  of  my  favorite  quotations  is  from  the  late  Ernest  Boyer,  a  former  president  ot  the  Carnegie  Foundation, 
who  once  cautioned  that  the  "crisis  of  our  time  relates  not  to  technical  competence,  but  to  a  loss  of  the  social 
and  historical  perspective,  to  the  disastrous  divorce  of  competence  from  conscience."  As  UNH  students  focus 
on  their  studies,  I  encourage  them  to  also  allow  some  time  to  look  for  ways  to  improve  the  world  that  they 
will  help  to  form  as  members  of  a  global  society. 

1  wish  all  our  students  success  in  their  studies  and  personal  enrichment  through  their  experiences  at  the 
Universirv  of  New  Haven. 


Steven  H.  Kaplan 
President 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  witii  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


n^ 


http://www.archive.org/details/universityof20082010univ 


CONTENTS 


The  University    8 

Colleges  of  the  University    10 

Degrees  Offered  by  the  University 12 

University  Policies    13 

University  Curricula    15 

University  Core  Curriculum    15 

Academic  Advising 18 

Honors  Program    18 

Developmental  Studies  Program    20 

Freshman  Experience  Seminar 20 

The  University  Community    21 

Academic  Support  Systems    21 

Student  Services 22 

Student  Activities 26 

Campus  Facilities 29 

Office  of  University  Advancement 31 

Research  and  Professional  Facilities    32 

Admission  to  the  University    34 

Full-Time  Admission 34 

Part-Time  Admission 37 

Registration 38 

Academic  Regulations 39 

Tuition,  Fees,  and  Expenses 50 


Financial  Aid 55 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences    65 

College  of  Business    105 

Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering    119 

Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and 

Forensic  Sciences 151 

University  College 167 

Courses 171 

Course  Descriptions 172 

Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty 261 

Undergraduate  Academic  Calendar 292 

Index 295 

Campus  Map    Inside  Back  Cover 


Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

Degree  Programs 

Art,  B.A 101 

Biology,  B.S 70 

General  Biology 71 

Biochemistry 70 

Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinars' 70 

Biotechnology,  B.S 71 

Chemistry,  B.A 74 

Communication,  A.S 76 

Communication,  B.A 76 

Communication,  B.S 76 

Dental  Hygiene,  A.S 88 

Dental  Hygiene,  B.S 87 

English,  B.A 80 

Literature    80 

Writing 80 

Environmental  Science,  B.S 72 

General  Studies,  A.S 68 

Global  Studies,  B.A 82 

Graphic  Design,  A.S 101 

Graphic  Design,  B.A 101 

History,  B.A 83 

Interior  Design,  A.S 104 

Interior  Design,  B.A 102 

Pre-architecture 103 

Liberal  Studies,  B.A 67 

Marine  Biology,  B.S 73 

Mathematics,  B.A 91 

Education   91 

Mathematics,  B.S 91 

Computer  Science 91 

Applied  Mathematics    92 

Statistics    92 


Music,  B.A 98 

Music  Industry,  B.A 99 

Music  and  Sound  Recording,  B.A.,  B.S 99 

Nutrition  and  Dietetics,  B.S 88 

Political  Science,  B.A 85 

Psycholog)',  B.A 95 

Community-Clinical 95 

Forensic  Psychology' 95 

General 95 

Certificates 

Journalism    77 

Mass  Communication 77 

Public  Policy    85 


College  of  Business 


Degree  Programs 

Accounting,  B.S 108 

Finance,  B.S 109 

Hotel  and  Restaurant  Management,  B.S 115 

Management,  A.S 112 

Management,  B.S Ill 

Management  of  Sports  Industries    Ill 

Management  of  Sports  Industries,  B.S 115 

Marketing,  B.S 113 

Public  Administration,  B.S 116 

Tourism  and  Event  Management,  B.S 115 

Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering 

Degree  Programs 


Chemical  Engineering,  B.S 124 

Chemistry,  B.S 126 

Civil  Engineering,  B.S 139 

Computer  Engineering,  B.S 129 


Computer  Science,  A.S 133 

Computer  Science,  B.S 131 

Electrical  Engineering,  B.S 134 

General  Engineering,  B.S 145 

Information  Technology,  B.S 136 

Mechanical  Engineering,  B.S 141 

System  Engineering,  B.S 148 

Certificates 

Computer  Programming 134 

Logistics 150 

The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic 
Sciences 

Degree  Programs 

Criminal  Justice,  A.S 156 

Criminal  Justice,  B.S 153 

Corrections 1 54 

Crime  Analysis 1 54 

Forensic  Psychology    154 

International  Justice  and  Security 1 54 

Investigative  Services 155 

Juvenile  and  Family  Justice 155 

Law  Enforcement  Administration 155 

Victim  Services  Administration 156 

Fire  and  Occupational  Safety,  A.S 165 

Fire  Science,  B.S 162 

Fire/Arson  Investigation    163 

Fire  Administration 163 

Fire  Science  Technology    164 

Fire  Protection  Engineering,  B.S 164 

Forensic  Science,  B.S 158 


Legal  Studies,  A.S 160 

Legal  Studies,  B.S 158 

Dispute  Resolution 160 

Paralegal  Studies   160 

Public  Affairs 159 

Certificates 

Crime  Analysis 158 

Fire/ Arson  Investigation 166 

Fire  Prevention 166 

Forensic  Computer  Investigation 156 

Hazardous  Materials    166 

Industrial  Fire  Protection 166 

Information  Protection  and  Security 157 

Law  Enforcement  Science    157 

Paralegal  Studies    161 

Private  Security    157 

Victim  Services    157 


THE  UNIVERSITY 


UNIVERSITY    OF 

NEW  HAVEN 


We  make  tomorrow. 

At  the  University  of  New  Haven,  we  are  wholly  dedicated  to  the  professional 
future  of  our  students  and  caringly  committed  to  their  achievement. 
We  provide  the  people,  the  programs,  and  the  places  that  enable  our  students  to 
prepare  for  personal  success  —  in  their  careers  and  in  life. 


The  University  of  New  Haven  is  a  private,  inde- 
pendent, comprehensive  University  based  in  southern 
New  England,  specializing  in  qualify  educational 
opportunities  and  preparation  of  both  traditional  and 
returning  students  for  successfiil  careers  and  self- 
reliant,  productive  service  in  a  global  society. 

Our  Mission 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  a  student- 
focused  comprehensive  University  with  an  emphasis 
on  excellence  in  arts  and  sciences  and  professional 
preparation.  Our  mission  is  to  prepare  our  students 
to  lead  purposeful  and  fulfilling  lives  in  a  global  soci- 
ety through  experiential,  collaborative,  and  discovery- 
based  learning. 

Our  Vision 

Our  vision  is  to  be  the  institution  of  choice  for 
students  who  seek  the  highest  quality  education  for 
professionally  oriented  careers.  We  will  be  noted  for 
our  ability  to  combine  professional  education  with 
liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  with  the  development  of 
high  ethical  and  cultural  standards  among  our  gradu- 
ates. 

Our  Guiding  Principles 

UNH  is  committed  to  educational  innovation,  to 
continuous  improvement  in  career-tocused  and  pro- 
fessional education,  and  to  support  tor  scholarship 
and  professional  development. 

UNH  takes  pride  in,  and  models  itself  by,  the 
standard  of  best  practices  in  its  commitment  to  serv- 


ice, quality,  integrity,  and  personal  caring.  All  aca- 
demic programs,  as  well  as  campus  and  student  life, 
provide  rich  opportunities  for  leadership,  personal 
growth,  and  participation  in  the  aesthetics  of  life  so 
that  the  University  of  New  Haven  will  personify  a 
successful  commitment  to  diversit)',  equality,  and  "the 
pursuit  of  happiness." 

Our  goal  is  to  distinguish  ourselves  by  the  meas- 
ures of  student  admissions;  retention;  career  develop- 
ment; collaboration  with  business,  industry,  and 
community;  and  the  success  of  our  graduates  and 
their  support  as  alumni. 

Our  Values 

We  emphasize  these  values  as  we  strive  for  educa- 
tional excellence: 

•  Belief  in  and  practice  of  UNH's  mission  and 
vision 

•  Commitment  to  the  success  of  our  students 
through  caring  and  responsive  service 

•  Teamwork:  helping  each  other  to  succeed 

•  Communication:  trusting,  open,  honest,  and 
straightforward 

•  Commitment  to  thoughtful  action 

•  Thinking,  articulating,  doing,  and  evaluating 

•  Leading  by  example  with  continuous  improve- 
ment 

•  Facing  all  issues  and  being  accountable 

•  Respect  for  the  individual,  including  his  or  her 
thoughtful  input 

•  Recognizing  success 


The  University  9 


How  We  Will  Be  Known 

We  wish  to  be  known  tor  the  tollowing  qualities: 
Excellence  in  career  professions 
Currency  in  information  technology  and  knowl- 
edge management 

Exceptional  faculty,  talented  students,  and  accom- 
plished alumni 

Mentored  and  engaged  real-life  learning 
Cultural  awareness  in  a  global  society 
Community,  business,  and  professional  partner- 
ships 

Ideal  size  and  presence 
Student  satisfaction 
The  hallmarks  of  a  UNH  education  are  quality 
educational  opportunities  at  all  post-secondary  levels, 
through  career-oriented  academic  programs  with  a 
strong  liberal  arts  foundation,  taught  by  a  caring  and 
highly  qualified  faculty  in  safe,  convenient,  and 
diverse  campus  environments. 

A  solid  core  curriculum  of  liberal,  humanistic 
course  work  is  balanced  with  professional  programs 
in  business,  engineering,  applied  computer  sciences, 
public  safety,  and  other  advanced  technical  areas. 
Moreover,  the  University  is  flexible  enough  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  who  work  while  they 
attend  UNH.  A  range  of  programs  for  part-time 
study  is  offered  at  night.  A  cooperative  education 
program  makes  it  possible  for  students  to  augment 
their  academic  program  with  related  work  experience. 
The  Graduate  School  offers  students  the  opportu- 
nity to  continue  study  beyond  the  bachelor  degree  on 
a  part-time  or  full-time  basis. 

By  responding  to  the  educational  needs  of  its  stu- 
dents, the  University  of  New  Haven  has  become  a 
major  regional  University  serving  both  our  students 
and  the  business  community. 

Accreditation 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  a  comprehensive, 
nonsectarian,  independent  institution  of  higher  learn- 
ing chartered  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of 
Connecticut. 


The  University  of  New  Haven  is  accredited  by  the 
New  England  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges 
(NEA.S.C),  Inc.,  a  nongovernmental,  nationally  rec- 
ognized organization  whose  affiliations  range  from 
elementary  schools  to  collegiate  institutions  offering 
postgraduate  instruction. 

Accreditation  by  NEA.S.C  indicates  that  an  insti- 
tution meets  or  exceeds  criteria  for  the  assessment  of 
institutional  quality  periodically  applied  through  a 
peer  group  review  process.  An  accredited  school  or 
college  is  one  which  has  available  the  necessary 
resources  to  achieve  its  stated  mission  through  appro- 
priate educational  programs,  is  substantially  doing  so, 
and  gives  reasonable  evidence  that  it  will  continue  to 
do  so  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Institutional  integrity 
is  also  addressed  through  accreditation. 

Accreditation  by  NEA.S.C  is  not  partial  but 
applies  to  the  institution  as  a  whole.  It  is  not  a  guar- 
antee of  the  quality  of  every  course  or  program 
offered  or  of  the  competence  of  individual  graduates. 
Rather,  it  provides  reasonable  assurance  of  the  quality 
of  opportunities  available  to  students. 

The  UNH  College  of  Business  is  actively  seeking 
accreditation  by  the  Association  to  Advance 
Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (AACSB).  The  College 
has  voluntarily  committed  to  participate  in  a  system- 
atic program  of  quality  enhancement  and  continuous 
improvement  that  makes  AACSB  accreditation  a 
more  realistic  and  operational  objective. 

The  University  of  New  Haven's  curricula  leading 
to  the  bachelor  degrees  in  chemical,  civil,  electrical, 
industrial,  and  mechanical  engineering  are  fully 
accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET).  The 
computer  science  bachelor  degree  program  is  fully 
accredited  by  the  Computing  Accreditation 
Commission  of  ABET  (CAC/ABET). 

Individual  programs,  departments,  and  schools  hold 
various  forms  of  national  professional  accreditation, 
which  are  listed  in  relevant  sections  of  the  catalog. 


10 


History 

The  University  of  New  Haven  was  founded  in 
1 920  as  the  New  Haven  YMCA  Junior  College,  a 
division  of  Northeastern  University.  It  became  New 
Haven  College  in  1926  by  an  act  of  the  Connecticut 
General  Assembly.  For  nearly  forty  years,  the  College 
held  classes  in  space  rented  from  Yale  University. 

In  September  1958,  the  College  completed  con- 
struction of  a  classroom  building  on  Cold  Spring 
Street,  New  Haven,  for  its  daytime  engineering  pro- 
grams. That  same  year,  the  College  received  authori- 
zation from  the  Connecticut  legislature  to  offer  the 
bachelor  of  science  degree  in  the  fields  of  business, 
accounting,  management,  and  industrial  engineering. 

Although  the  student  body  on  the  new  Cold  Spring 
Street  campus  numbered  fewer  than  200,  the  College's 
facilities  were  fast  becoming  overcrowded.  To  meet  the 
needs  of  the  College  and  the  local  community,  the 
Board  of  Governors  purchased,  in  1 960,  three  build- 
ings and  twenty-five  acres  of  land  in  West  Haven  for- 
merly belonging  to  the  New  Haven  County 
Orphanage. 

The  combination  of  increased  classroom  space  and 
four-year  degree  programs  sparked  a  period  of  tremen- 
dous growth  in  enrollment  and  facilities.  In  1961,  the 
year  after  the  College  moved  to  West  Haven,  the  gradu- 
ating class  numbered  seventy-five.  Fort)'-seven  years  later 
the  figure  has  climbed  to  1 ,200  graduates  annually. 

New  Ha\'en  College  received  full  accreditation  for 
its  baccalaureate  programs  from  the  New  England 
Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges  in  1966.  In 
1969,  the  College  took  a  major  step  forward  with  the 
addition  of  the  Graduate  School.  Initially  offering 
programs  in  business  administration  and  industrial 
engineering,  the  Graduate  School  expanded  rapidly. 
Today,  twenty-eight  master  programs,  along  with  a 
wide  variety  of  graduate  certificates,  offer  the  approx- 
imately 1 ,800  graduate  students  many  choices  for 
post-baccalaureate  study. 

In  1970,  on  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  its  found- 
ing. New  Haven  College  became  the  University  of 
New  Haven,  reflecting  the  increased  scope  and  the 
diversity  of  academic  programs  offered.  Today,  the 
University  offers  a  rich  variety  of  undergraduate  and 
graduate  degree  programs  in  five  schools:  the  College 


of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  College  of  Business,  the 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering,  the  Henty  C.  Lee 
College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences, 
and  the  Graduate  School. 

Undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  and  programs 
are  offered  on  the  Main  Campus  in  West  Haven  and 
at  other  off-campus  and  in-plant  sites.  Graduate 
courses  in  selected  fields  are  offered  at  our 
Southeastern  campus  in  New  London  and  in 
Waterbuty,  Shelton,  and  Newington.  The  graduate 
program  in  national  security  is  also  offered  at  a  satel- 
lite location  in  New  Mexico. 

Philosophy 

The  University  of  New  Haven,  a  private,  compre- 
hensive, multi-campus  University  based  in  southern 
New  England,  provides  quality  educational  opportu- 
nities and  preparation  tor  self-reliant,  productive, 
ethical  service  in  a  global  society. 

Since  its  founding  in  1920,  the  University  of  New 
Haven  has  been  an  innovator  in  providing  quality 
educational  opportunities  with  special  emphasis  on 
programs  addressing  current  and  emerging  social 
needs.  Building  on  its  successful  past,  the  University 
will  strive  to  achieve  prominent  and  distinctive  lead- 
ership as  an  institution  that  empowers  students  with 
substantive  knowledge,  the  ability  to  communicate, 
skills  in  problem-solving,  and  the  practical  experience 
appropriate  for  success  as  leaders  in  their  professions 
and  as  citizens  of  the  local  and  world  communities. 

The  University  is  committed  to  participatory  gov- 
ernance and  quality  management  through  continuous 
improvement  as  the  means  to  achieve  its  goals  and 
perform  its  primary  service  —  successful  student  and 
faculty  growth  and  learning. 

Colleges  of  the  University 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  associate 
and  bachelors  degrees  in  numerous  fields,  from  tradi- 
tional to  career-focused,  all  of  which  prepare  gradu- 
ates for  life  in  a  global  environment. 


The  University  1 1 


Through  the  Graduate  School,  the  College  ot  Arts 
and  Sciences  also  offers  masters  degree  programs  and 
graduate  certificates.  Detailed  information  on  the  gradu- 
ate programs  is  available  in  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 

The  College  of  Business 

The  College  of  Business  offers  programs  in  the 
fields  of  business  administration,  accounting,  market- 
ing and  electronic  commerce,  finance,  management  of 
sports  industries,  hotel  and  restaurant  management, 
and  tourism  and  hospitality  management. 

Through  the  Graduate  School,  the  College  of 
Business  offers  the  M.B.A.  and  other  master  degree 
programs  as  well  as  a  number  of  business-related 
graduate  certificates. 

The  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering 

The  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  offers  eleven 
degree  programs  in  ten  fields:  chemistry,  chemical  en- 
gineering, civil  engineering,  computer  engineering, 
computer  science,  electrical  engineering,  general  engi- 
neering, information  technology/network  administra- 
tion and  security,  information  technology/web  and 
database  development,  mechanical  engineering,  and 
system  engineering. 

Master  of  science  degree  programs  and  graduate 
certificates  in  several  engineering  and  applied  science 
fields  are  offered  through  the  Graduate  School. 
Students  should  consult  the  Graduate  School  catalog 
for  details. 

The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic 
Sciences 

The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice 
and  Forensic  Sciences  provides  programs  for  students 
who  wish  to  major  in  degree  programs  specifically 
oriented  toward  careers  in  criminal  justice,  forensic 
science,  forensic  psycholog)',  fire  science,  arson  inves- 
tigation, fire  protection  engineering,  forensic  com- 
puter investigation,  legal  studies,  and  related 
programs.  The  College  provides  a  broad  professional 


education,  which  often  incorporates  classroom  learn- 
ing with  laboratory  and  field  experience.  The 
College  attracts  students  of  varied  ages  and  levels  of 
experience,  from  recent  high  school  graduates  to  sea- 
soned industry  professionals.  It  also  serves  profes- 
sionals seeking  programs  designed  to  meet 
requirements  of  national  and/or  regional  accredita- 
tions and  licensures. 

Graduate  degree  programs  are  available  in 
national  security  and  public  safety,  criminal  justice, 
forensic  science,  and  fire  science,  as  are  numerous 
certificate  programs. 

University  College 

The  University  of  New  Haven  was  founded  in  1920 
as  New  Haven  College  to  train  students  to  meet  the 
local  needs  of  the  community  and  region,  often  inte- 
grating education  with  experiences  in  business  and 
industry.  For  more  than  80  years  UNH  has  contin- 
ued to  provide  upward  mobility  to  adult  students 
who  otherwise  would  not  be  able  to  receive  a  college 
education.  University  College  was  created  in  2007  to, 
reflect  UNH's  continued  dedication  to  meeting  the 
educational  needs  of  adult  students. 

The  Graduate  School 

The  Graduate  School,  founded  in  1969,  offers 
rwenty-five  master  programs  and  a  variety  of  graduate 
certificates.  The  Main  Campus  in  West  Haven  offers 
all  our  graduate  programs.  Courses  leading  to  the  mas- 
ter degree  in  business  administration,  education,  engi- 
neering management,  public  administration, 
industrial/organizational  psychology,  national  security, 
and  other  selected  subjects  are  also  offered  at  off-cam- 
pus locations  in  Connecticut  (New  London, 
Newington,  Shelton,  and  Waterbur}'),  and  New 
Mexico,  depending  on  the  program. 

The  following  programs  are  offered  by  the 
Graduate  School: 

Business  Administration,  M.B.A. 
Business  Administration,  M.B.A.,  Emerging  Leaders 
Business  Administration,  M.B.A.,  Executive 
Business  Administration/Industrial  Engineering 
(dual  degree) 


12 


Business  Administration/Public  Administration 

(dual  degree) 
Cellular  and  Molecular  Biology 
Community  Psychology 
Computer  Science 
Criminal  Justice 
Education 

Electrical  Engineering 
Environmental  Engineering 
Environmental  Science 
Engineering  Management,  M.S.,  Executive 
Fire  Science 
Forensic  Science 
Health  Care  Administration 
Human  Nutrition 
Industrial  Engineering 
Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 
Labor  Relations 

Management  of  Sports  Industries 
Mechanical  Engineering 
National  Securiu'  and  Public  Safety 
Public  Administration  (M.PA.) 
Taxation 

Graduate  certificates  are  also  offered  through  the 
Graduate  School. 

The  Graduate  School  operates  on  a  trimester  cal- 
endar, with  terms  beginning  in  September,  January, 
and  April.  Classes  generally  meet  once  each  week 
during  the  regular  trimesters.  In  addition,  an  abbrevi- 
ated summer  session  is  offered  during  July  and 
August.  Classes  meet  twice  each  week  during  the 
summer  session. 

To  accommodate  working  professionals,  most 
courses  meet  in  the  evenings,  beginning  at  5:30  or  6 
p.m.  A  few  classes  are  scheduled  earlier  in  the  day  or 
on  weekends.  Students  may  enroll  either  full  time 
or  part  time. 

Additional  information  regarding  graduate  pro- 
grams may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School 
Admissions  Office,  by  emailing 

gradinfo@newhaven.edu,  or  by  calling  203.932.7133, 
or  1.800.DIAL.UNH,  ext.  7133. 


Degrees  Offered 
by  the  University 

The  University  of  New  Haven  offers  undergradu- 
ate programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree, 
the  bachelor  of  science  degree,  and  the  associate  in 
science  degree.  A  number  of  undergraduate  certifi- 
cates are  also  available. 

Bachelor's  Degrees 

The  bachelor's  degree  programs  at  the  University 
ol  New  Haven  require  120  or  more  credits  of  study 
and  generally  take  a  minimum  of  four  years  for  full- 
time  students.  Part-time  students  take  advantage  of 
courses  offered  in  the  evening  and  complete  their 
undergraduate  degrees  on  a  schedule  that  comple- 
ments their  careers.  Accelerated  programs  for  work- 
ing adults  are  offered  in  various  disciplines. 

Associate  Degrees 

Associate  degree  programs  are  designed  to  encour- 
age students  to  begin  their  college  education  even 
though  they  do  not  yet  want  to  commit  themselves 
to  a  full,  four-year  course  of  study.  A  minimum  of 
sixty  credits  is  required  for  the  associate  degree,  and 
the  credits  earned  usually  apply  toward  relevant  bach- 
elor degree  programs. 

Certificates 

Students  can  take  their  first  step  toward  an 
undergraduate  degree  by  registering  for  one  of  the 
certificates  offered  by  the  University. 

Each  certificate  is  carefully  designed  as  a  concen- 
trated introduction  to  a  particular  subject  area  and 
consists  of  courses  totaling  twelve  or  more  credits. 

Later,  students  may  choose  to  apply  the  credits 
they  have  earned  toward  a  relevant  undergraduate 
degree  at  the  University. 

Please  contact  University  College  or  the  appro- 
priate academic  department  for  further  details. 


The  University  13 


Graduate  Degrees 

Through  the  UNH  Graduate  School,  programs  are 
offered  leading  to  the  master  of  arts,  the  master  of  sci- 
ence, the  master  of  public  administration,  the  master 
of  business  administration,  the  executive  master  of 
business  administration,  the  executive  master  of  sci- 
ence in  engineering  management,  and  a  number  of 
graduate  certificates.  For  more  information,  contact 
the  Graduate  School  Admissions  Office,  or  consult 
the  Graduate  School  catalog. 

University  Policies 

Diversity  Policy 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  committed  to 
achieving  a  diverse  and  pluralistic  community  that 
reflects  the  multiracial  and  culturally  diverse  society 
of  contemporary  America. 

The  Diversity  Committee  has  been  established  to 
2;uide  the  University  in  implementing  this  diversity 
policy.  The  University  will  work  toward  attracting  and 
retaining  a  diverse  faculty,  staff,  and  student  body  for 
the  purpose  of  creating  a  pluralistic  scholarly  commu- 
nity. The  Committee  will  assist  the  administration  in 
developing  and  implementing  programs  and  policies 
that  support  an  enriched  educational  experience  for  a 
diverse  University  community. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  does  not  discrimi- 
nate in  admissions,  educational  programs,  or  employ- 
ment against  any  individual  on  the  basis  of  gender 
identity  or  expression,  race,  color,  religion,  age,  dis- 
ability, sexual  orientation,  marital  or  civil  union  sta- 
tus, or  national  or  ethnic  origin. 

Notice  of  Nondiscrimination/Equal 
Opportunity  Statement 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  committed  to  equal 
access  in  educational  and  employment  opportunities 
for  all  applicants,  regardless  of  race,  color,  religion, 
gender,  gender  identity  or  expression,  national  or  eth- 
nic origin,  age,  sexual  orientation,  marital  or  civil 
union  status,  or  disabilities  not  related  to  perform- 


ance, in  compliance  with  federal  and  state  statutes. 
Benefits,  privileges,  and  opportunities  offered  by  the 
University  of  New  Haven  are  available  to  all  students 
and  employees  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis  in  accor- 
dance with  federal  and  state  statutes.  In  recruitment 
of  students  and  employees,  the  University  ot  New 
Haven  subscribes  to  a  policy  of  affirmative  action  and 
equal  opportunity.  Inquiries  regarding  affirmative 
action,  equal  opportunity,  and  Title  IX  may  be 
directed  to  the  university's  Affirmative  Action  Officer 
at  300  Boston  Post  Road,  West  Haven,  CT  06516; 
Phone  203.932.7479. 

Notification  of  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (FERPA) 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
affords  students  certain  rights  with  respect  to  their 
education  records,  as  follows: 

{ 1 )  The  right  to  inspect  and  review  records  within 
45  days  of  the  day  the  University  receives  a  request  for 
access.  Students  should  submit  to  the  registrar,  dean, 
head  of  academic  department,  or  other  appropriate 
official  written  requests  that  identify  the  record(s)  they 
wish  to  inspect.  The  University  official  will  make 
arrangements  for  access  and  notify  the  student  of  the 
time  and  place  where  the  records  may  be  inspected.  If 
the  records  are  not  maintained  by  the  University  official 
to  whom  the  request  was  submitted,  that  official  shall 
advise  the  student  of  the  correct  official  to  whom  the 
request  should  be  addressed. 

(2)  The  right  to  request  amendment  of  records 
that  the  student  believes  are  inaccurate  or  misleading. 
Students  may  ask  the  University  to  amend  a  record 
that  they  believe  is  inaccurate  or  misleading.  They 
should  write  the  University  official  responsible  for  the 
record,  clearly  identify  the  part  of  the  record  they  want 
changed,  and  specify  why  it  is  inaccurate  or  mislead- 
ing. If  the  University  decides  not  to  amend  the  record 
as  requested  by  the  student,  the  University  will  notify 
the  student  of  the  decision  and  advise  the  student  of 
his  or  her  right  to  a  hearing  regarding  the  request  for 
amendment.  Additional  information  regarding  hearing 
procedures  will  be  provided  to  the  student  when  noti- 
fied of  the  right  to  a  hearing. 


14 


(3)  The  right  to  consent  to  disclosures  of  per- 
sonally identifiable  information  contained  in  the 
student's  education  records,  except  to  the  extent 
that  FERPA  authorizes  disclosure  without  consent. 

One  exception  that  permits  disclosure  without  con- 
sent is  a  disclosure  to  school  officials  with  legitimate 
educational  interests.  A  school  official  is  a  person 
employed  by  the  University  in  an  administrative, 
supervisory,  academic,  research,  or  support  staff 
position  (including  law  enforcement  unit  personnel 
and  health  staff);  a  person  or  company  with  whom 
the  University  has  contracted  (such  as  an  attorney, 
auditor,  or  collection  agent);  a  person  serving  on  the 
Board  of  Governors;  or  a  student  serving  on  an  offi- 
cial committee,  such  as  a  disciplinary  or  grievance 
committee,  or  assisting  another  school  official  in 
performing  his  or  her  tasks.  A  school  official  has  a 
legitimate  educational  interest  if  the  official  needs  to 
review  an  education  record  in  order  to  fulfill  his  or 
her  professional  responsibility. 

(4)  The  right  to  file  a  complaint  with  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education  concerning  alleged  fail- 
ures by  the  University  of  New  Haven  to  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  FERPA.  The  name  and 
address  of  the  office  that  administers  FERPA  are 
Family  Policy  Compliance  Office,  U.S.  Department 
of  Education,  600  Independence  Avenue  SW, 
Washington,  D.C.  20202-4605. 

The  Student  Right-to-Know  and 
Campus  Security  Act 

In  accordance  with  Connecticut's  Public  Act  90- 
259  concerning  campus  safety  and  the  1990  federal 
law,  PLlOl-542:  The  Student  Right-to-Know  and 
Campus  Security  Act,  all  colleges  and  universities 
receiving  state  and  federal  financial  assistance  are 
required  to  maintain  specific  information  related  to 
campus  crime  statistics  and  security  measures,  annu- 
ally provide  such  information  to  current  students  and 
employees,  and  make  the  data  available  to  prospective 
students  and  their  families  and  to  prospective 
employees  upon  request. 

Safety  on  the  University  campus  is  a  natural  source 
of  concern  for  parents,  students,  and  University 


employees.  Education  —  the  business  of  the 
University  of  New  Haven  —  can  take  place  only  in  an 
environment  in  which  each  student  and  employee  feels 
safe  and  secure.  UNH  recognizes  this  and  employs  a 
number  of  security  measures  including  its  own  sworn 
police  department  to  protect  the  members  of  this  com- 
munity. 

The  Student  Right-to-Know  and  Campus  Security 
Act  (Clery  Act)  is  a  federal  law  that  requires  all  col- 
leges and  universities  to  disclose  annually  information 
about  crime  on  and  around  their  campuses.  The 
Campus  Crime  Report  includes  statistics  for  the 
three  most  recently  completed  calendar  years. 

The  full  report  for  the  University  of  New  Haven, 
prepared  by  the  UNH  Police  Department,  is  available 
on  the  UNH  website  and  in  printed  form  at  the 
UNH  Police  Department.  This  report  also  includes 
information  on  University  policies  concerning  sexual 
assaults,  alcohol,  drugs,  weapons,  and  residence  hall 
security. 

Drug-Free  and  Smoke-Free 
Environment 

In  accordance  with  federal  law  concerning  a  drug- 
free  campus  environment,  the  relevant  University 
policy  and  regulations  are  provided  to  all  current  stu- 
dents and  employees.  The  information  is  also  avail- 
able upon  request  at  the  human  resource  department. 

The  No  Smoking  policy  is  in  effect  in  any  campus 
administrative,  academic,  or  recreational  building. 
This  restriction  applies  to  all  UNH  offices,  class- 
rooms, hallways,  stairwells,  restrooms,  dining  facili- 
ties, conference/meeting  facilities,  athletic  facilities, 
and  any  other  public  spaces  within  these  buildings. 
Smoking  is  confined  to  outdoor  space,  with  ashtrays 
provided  at  entrances  to  each  building. 

In  accordance  with  Connecticut  law,  smoking  is 
not  permitted  in  the  residence  halls. 


University  Curricula  15 


UNIVERSITY  CURRICULA 


University  Core  Curriculum 

The  University  oi  New  Haven's  Core  Curriculum 
strives  to  develop  six  basic  competencies  among 
undergraduate  students  so  that  they  may  better 
understand  and  get  along  with  other  people,  succeed 
in  their  chosen  careers,  and  pursue  lifelong  learning 
after  completing  the  requirements  for  the  bachelor 
degree.  The  revised  core  aims  at  graduating  students 
who  are 

•  good  thinkers,  speakers,  and  writers, 

•  skilled  at  analysis  and  problem  solving, 

•  skilled  at  using  computer  technology, 

•  effective  citizens  of  their  own  country  and  the 
world, 

•  aware  of  cultural  similarities  and  differences,  and 

•  sensitive  to  artistic  accomplishments. 

In  consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser,  the  student 
will  select  at  least  40  credits  of  core  courses  from  six 
categories.  Individual  interests  are  to  be  encouraged 
as  is  a  breadth  and  depth  ot  knowledge  through  tra- 
ditional and  contemporary  areas  of  study. 

Note  well: 

1 .  Courses  with  prerequisites  are  followed  by  an  aster- 
isk. 

2.  The  adviser  and  student  are  cautioned  to  regard 
the  prerequisites  tor  some  courses  and  plan  core 
choices  accordingly. 

3.  A  student  may  not  use  a  single  core  course  to  sat- 
isfy more  than  one  category  of  the  core. 

4.  An  academic  worksheet  may  prescribe  or  proscribe 
certain  choices  within  core  categories  but,  in  gen- 
eral, must  allow  the  adviser  and  student  the  widest 
choice  possible.  Program  worksheets  may  not 
limit  core  course  choices  without  the  approval  of 
the  University  Undergraduate  Curriculum 
Committee. 

5.  For  students  who  place  out  of  E  105,  E  1 10  will 
be  the  beginning  English  requirement.  One  course 


must  be  selected  from  Competency  1 .2  to  replace 
E  105.  That  1.2  course  may  not  be  used  to  also 
satisfy  the  1.2  competency. 

Bachelor's  Degree 
Core  Requirements 

Competency  1  —  Communication  (9  credits)  — 
Ability  to  develop  ideas  from  critical  reading  and  gen- 
eral observation  and  to  express  ideas  effectively  through 
writing  and  speaking. 

CC  1.1  Required: 

E  105  Composition 

E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature* 

CC  1 .2  Select  one  of  the  following: 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

CO  205  Intercultural  Communication* 

E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry* 

E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation* 

E  230  Public  Speaking 

Foreign  Language 

Any  Literature  (E)  course* 

(list  of  acceptable  courses  can  be  found  at  the  con- 
clusion of  this  section) 

Competency  2  —  Analysis  and  Problem  Solving 

(10-1 1  credits)  —  Ability  to  dissect  and  explain  con- 
cepts, data,  actions,  and  events  in  order  to  understand 
their  meaning,  value,  and  relationship  to  the  whole. 

CC  2.1  Select  one  of  the  following: 

BI  121  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Lab  I 

BI  1 22  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Lab  II* 

BI  125  Contemporary  Issues  in  Biology 

BI  253  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with  Lab  I 

BI  254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with  Lab  11* 

BI  259  Anatomy  and  Physiology  with  Lab  I* 

BI  260  Anatomy  and  Physiology  with  Lab  II* 


16 


CH  103/104  Introduction  to  General  Chemistr)'  and 

Labi 
CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  with  Lab 
CH  115/117  General  Chemistry  and  Lab  I* 
CH  1 16/118  General  Chemistry  and  Lab  11* 
EA.S.  120  Chemistry  with  Applications  to 

Biosystems* 
EN  101/102  Introduction  to  Environmental  Science 

and  Lab 
PH  100  Introduction  to  Physics  with  Lab* 
PH  103  General  Physics  with  Lab  I* 
PH  104  General  Physics  with  Lab  11* 
PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat  and  Waves  with  Lab* 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with  Lab* 

CC  2.2  Select  one  of  the  following: 
M  109  Intermediate  Algebra* 
M  127  Finite  Mathematics* 

Any  more  advanced  mathematics  or  quantitative  analy- 
sis course* 

CC  2.3  Select  one  of  the  following: 

Option  A  —  one  of  the  following  courses: 

CJ  250  Scientific  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice* 

EC  134  Principles  of  Economics  II 

EAS  107  Introduction  to  Engineering* 

HS  108  History  of  Science 

HU  300  Nature  of  Science* 

PL  210  Logic 

PL  240  Philosophy  of  Science  and  Technology 

Option  B  —  three  laboratory  science  courses  (4  cred- 
its each)  representing  at  least  two  of  the  following 
disciplinary  groups: 
Biology  and  Environmental  Science  (BI,  EN,  or  MR 

prefixes) 
Chemistry  (CH  prefixes) 
Physics  (PH  prefixes) 

Courses  used  to  satisfy  this  option  cannot  be  simulta- 
neously used  to  satisfy  Competencies  2.1,  4.2,  or  5.3. 


Competency  3  —  Using  Technology  (3  credits  mini- 
mum) —  Ability  to  apply  computer  skills  to  academic 
endeavors. 

Select  one  of  the  following: 

Option  A  —  one  of  the  following  courses: 

BI  520  Bioinformatics* 

CS  107  Computers  and  their  Applications 

CS  110  Introduction  to  Programming  C* 

EAS  112  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis* 

EN  540  Introduction  to  Geographical  Information 

Systems 
M  203  Calculus  III* 
M  204  Differential  Equations* 
M  31 1  Linear  Algebra* 
MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimedia* 
QA  380  Operations  Management* 

Option  B  —  one  of  the  following  two-course 
sequences: 

Sequence  I  — 

M  228  Elementary  Statistics* 

or 
P  301  Statistics  for  Behavioral  Sciences* 

or 
CJ  251  Quantitative  Applications  in  Criminal 

Justice*; 

and 
SO  350  Survey  Research* 

Sequence  II — 

P  301  Statistics  for  Behavioral  Sciences* 

or 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics*; 

and 
P  305  Experimental  Methods  in  Psychology* 

Competency  4  —  A  Sense  of  History  and  Effective 
Citizenship  (3-6  credits)  —  Ability  to  understand 
local,  national,  and  international  issues  affecting  one's 
own  nation  and  the  world  and  to  draw  lessons  from  the 
experience  of  the  past. 


University  Curricula  17 


CC  4.1  Select  one  of  the  following: 

HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 

CC  4.2  Select  one  ot  the  following  or,  as  directed  by 

your  program  worksheet,  take  an  additional  course 

from  Competency  2. 

HS  1 10  American  History  since  1607 

HS  120  History  of  Blacks  in  the  United  States 

HS  312  United  States  in  the  Twentieth  Century 

PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 

PS  122  State  and  Local  Government  and  Politics 

PS  332  Constitutional  Law* 

Competency  5  —  Social  Interaction  and  Global 

Perspective  (6-9  credits)  —  Ability  to  understand, 
appreciate,  and  work  well  with  others. 

CC  5.1  Select  one  of  the  following: 

CS  416  Social  and  Professional  Issues  in  Computing 

EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  I 

Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 

PL  215  Nature  of  the  Self 

PL  222  Ethics 

PL  333  Professional  Ethics* 

PS  101  Introduction  to  Politics 

SO  1 13  Sociology 

SO  1 14  Contemporary  Social  Problems* 

SO  221  Cultural  Anthropology 

SO  390  Organizations* 

UNIV  450  Oskar  Schindler  Humanities 

CC  5.2  Select  one  ot  the  following: 

Foreign  Language  (3—6  credits) 

CJ  535  Global  Perspective  on  Crime  and  Justice 

E  201  World  Literature  I* 

E  202  World  Literature  11* 

E  217  African-American  Literature  I* 

E  218  African-American  Literature  11* 

E  406^09  International  Literature* 

EC  200  Global  Economy* 

GLS  100  Introduction  to  Global  Studies 

HS  207  World  History  Since  1945 

HS  260  Modern  Asia 


HS  262  Modern  Chinese  History 
HS  264  Modern  Japanese  History 
HS  270  Europe  from  Renaissance  Through 

Enlightenment 
HS  306  Modern  Technology  and  Western  Culture 
HS  345  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century 
HS  351  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union 
HS  353  Modern  Britain 
HS  355  Modern  Germany 
HS  381-389  Selected  Studies  in  History 
HS  446  Europe  in  the  Twentieth  Century 
HTM  166  Touristic  Geography  I  —  The  Western 

Hemisphere 
HTM  167  Touristic  Geography  II  —  The  Eastern 

Hemisphere 
HTM  307  Cultural  Understanding  of  Food  and 

Cuisine 
LS  350  Global  Legal  Studies 
MU  1 12  Introduction  to  World  Music 
PS  222  United  States  Foreign  Policy 
PS  241  International  Relations 
PS  281-285  Comparative  Governments 

CC  5.3  Select  a  second  course  from  5.1  or  5.2  or,  as 
directed  by  your  program  worksheet,  an  additional 
course  from  Competency  2. 

Competency  6  —  Aesthetic  Responsiveness  (3  credits) 
—  Ability  to  understajid  and  appreciate  anistic  achieve- 
ments. 

CC  6  Select  one  ot  the  following: 

AT  101  Introduction  to  Studio  Art  I 

AT  231  History  of  Art  I 

AT  232  History  of  Art  II 

AT  331  Contemporary  Art 

Any  Literature  (E)  course* 

(list  of  acceptable  courses  can  be  found  at  the  con- 
clusion of  this  section) 

MU  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Music 

MU  112  Introduction  to  World  Music 

MU  125  Elementary  Music  Theory 

MU211  History  of  Rock 

PL  356  Philosophy  of  Art 

T  131  Introduction  to  Theatre 


T  132  Theatrical  Style 

T  241  Early  World  Drama  and  Theatre 

T  242  Modern  World  Drama  and  Theatre 

Associate  Degree  Core  Requirements 

Students  pursuing  an  associate  degree  must  satisfy  the 
following  core  curriculum  competencies: 

Communication  (CCl)  —  6  credits 

Analysis  and  Problem  Solving  (CC2)  —  3  credits 

Using  Technology  (CC  3)  —  3  credits 

Social  Interaction  and  Global  Perspective  (CC  5) 

—  3  credits 

A  Sense  of  History  and  Effective  Citizenship 

(CC  4)  —  3  credits 

Aesthetic  Responsiveness  (CC  6)  —  3  credits 
These  competencies  are  explained  in  detail  above.  All 
core  requirements  satisfied  by  the  student  for  the 
associate  degree  will  be  applied  toward  the  larger 
bachelor's  degree  core  if  the  student  continues  study. 

Literature  Courses 

The  following  list  includes  all  English  courses  that 
are  designated  in  the  Universit)'  Core  Curriculum  as 
Literature  (E)  courses: 

E  201  Early  World  Literature 

E  202  Modern  World  Literature 

E  21 1  Early  British  Writers 

E  212  Modern  British  Writers 

E  213  Early  American  Writers 

E  214  Modern  American  Writers 

E  217  African-American  Literature  I 

E  218  African-American  Literature  II 

E  260  The  Short  Story 

E  275  Popular  Lyrics 

E  281  Science  Fiction 

E  290  The  Bible  as  Literature 

E  323  The  Renaissance  in  England 

E  341  Shakespeare 

E  353  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Era 

E  356  Victorian  Literature 

E  371  Literature  of  the  Neoclassic  Era 

E  390  The  Novel  in  English 

E  392  Poe,  Hawthorne,  and  Melville 


E  393  Mark  Twain 
E  394  American  Humor 
E  395  American  Realism  and  Naturalism 
E  406^09  International  Literature 
E  477  American  Literature  Between  the  World  Wars 
E  478  Contemporary  American  Literature 
E  481  Special  Topics  —  when  clearly  defined  as  liter- 
ature by  title/description 

Academic  Advising 

To  assist  students  in  their  academic  development, 
the  Universit)'  assigns  an  academic  adviser  from  the 
department  of  each  student's  chosen  field  of  study.  As 
soon  and  as  often  as  possible,  wise  students  seek  the 
advice  of  their  academic  advisers  regarding  major 
requirements,  career  opportunities,  choice  of  a  minor, 
and  progress  in  their  major,  as  well  as  other  areas  of 
personal  interest.  At  the  time  of  registration,  the  aca- 
demic advisers  assist  in  and  approve  course  selection. 
Students  also  confer  with  their  advisers  when  adding 
or  dropping  courses,  and  advisers  often  make  referrals 
to  other  qualified  personnel  on  campus.  The  aca- 
demic adviser  is,  therefore,  the  link  between  the  stu- 
dent and  the  academic  regulations  of  the  University. 

The  Honors  Program 

The  UNH  Honors  Program  is  designed  for  excep- 
tionally motivated  students  who  have  shown  high  lev- 
els of  academic  achievement.  In  order  to  enter  the 
Program,  students  currently  at  the  University  or  trans- 
fer students  must  have  completed  at  least  rwenty-four 
credits  with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  3.3  at  the  time  the  first  honors  course  is  under- 
taken. Incoming  first-year  students  with  exceptional 
high-school  grade  point  averages  and  strong  SAT 
scores,  particularly  in  the  reading  and  writing  sections, 
will  be  invited  to  make  application  to  begin  the 
Program  upon  entrance  to  the  Universit)'.  These  latter 
students  will  take  honors  seminars  during  the  first 
year,  as  well  as  the  seminars  described  below. 

Applicants  for  the  Program  are  evaluated  on  the 
basis  of  high  school  performance,  college  perfor- 
mance, standardized  test  (SAT,  ACT)  scores,  and  rec- 
ommendations of  college  teachers. 


University  Curricula  19 


The  University  requires  every  student,  regardless 
of  major,  to  take  a  number  of  core  courses  in  six  gen- 
era! areas.  The  Honors  Program  offers  students  an 
intellectually  exciting  and  challenging  way  to  satisfy 
some  of  these  core  requirements. 

Students  in  the  Program  take  one  honors  seminar 
each  semester  for  four  semesters.  Each  seminar  actively 
involves  students  in  problem-solving  and  inquiry. 
Topics  in  the  seminars  draw  from  several  disciplines 
and  study  linkages  between  disciplines.  Each  course 
satisfies  one  of  the  University  Core  Curriculum 
requirements. 

Honors  seminars  offered  recently  included  the  fol- 
lowing: 

Engineering  and  Society  —  Relationships  between 
engineering  and  society  are  investigated  by  focusing 
on  environmental  concerns. 

Contexts  and  Images:  African-Americans  in 
Literature  and  Film  —  This  course  provides  an 
opportunity  to  examine  literature  and  film  as  integral 
elements  of  African-American  experience,  heritage, 
and  culture,  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

Arabic  and  Christian  Influences  on  Western 
Culture  in  the  Middle  Ages  —  The  Renaissance  of 
the  fourteenth  century  brought  forth  a  flowering  of 
learning  in  Europe  in  science,  art,  music,  politics, 
and  economics.  This  course  investigates  how  forces 
outside  of  Europe  —  in  particular  the  Arab  world  — 
had  major  influences  on  this  rebirth  of  learning. 

Psycholinguistics  and  Science  Fiction  —  This 
course  presents  a  psycholinguistics  investigation  of 
the  impact  of  the  influence  of  language  on  the  per- 
ception of  reality  as  exemplified  in  selected  works  of 
science  fiction. 

Classical  Experiments  in  Science  —  In  this  course, 
classical  science  experiments  are  studied  in  their  his- 
toric intellectual  context  and  reproduced  in  the  labo- 
ratory. This  course  is  built  around  nine  experiments: 
three  in  biology,  three  in  chemistry,  and  three  in 
physics.  Students  recreate  the  conditions  that  existed 
in  the  labs  at  the  times  of  the  experiments,  conduct 
the  experiments,  and  report  their  findings  in  the  con- 
text of  the  understanding  of  the  day. 


The  Ethics  of  Sport  — This  course  examines  con- 
troversial issues  in  contemporary  sports  within  the 
context  of  several  major  ethical  frameworks.  This 
course  draws  heavily  on  both  philosophy  and 
sociology. 

Cultural  Entrepreneurialism  —  In  this  course  the 
relationship  between  the  cultural  importance  and 
interpretation  of  the  artifacts  of  Connecticut  and 
their  potential  as  sites  for  tourism  and  economic 
development  is  explored.  Historical,  cultural,  literary, 
and  economic  impact  are  assessed  in  relation  to  geog- 
raphy, population,  education,  cultural  expectations, 
and  funding  and  long-range  planning  resources. 

After  completing  the  four  honors  seminars,  stu- 
dents write  an  honors  thesis  in  their  major  discipline 
under  the  guidance  of  a  professor  in  the  major 
department.  Up  to  six  credits  may  be  awarded  for 
this  thesis.  The  results  of  the  research  are  to  be  pre- 
sented orally  to  members  of  the  student's  major 
department  and  to  members  of  the  Honors 
Committee. 

In  order  to  remain  in  the  Program,  students  must 
maintain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
3.3  throughout  their  studies  at  UNH. 

Advantages  of  the  Honors  Program 

In  addition  to  a  challenging  and  exciting  curricu- 
lum, the  Honors  Program  offers  several  advantages: 

Financial  Aid:  A  student  who  has  successfully  com- 
pleted four  seminar  courses  and  one  additional  semes- 
ter of  work  on  an  honors  thesis,  all  with  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  3.3  or  higher,  will  be  granted  a 
50  percent  tuition  reduction  by  UNH  for  the  final 
semester  in  residence  at  UNH.  In  addition,  students  in 
the  Honors  Program  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  3.5  or  higher  and  who  are  either  rising  jun- 
iors or  seniors  are  eligible  to  apply  for  one  of  six  John 
Hatfield  Scholar  awards.  These  competitive  awards  are 
$  1 ,000-per-semester  tuition  scholarships,  given  to 
Honors  Program  students  with  high  grade  point  aver- 
ages who  are  active  in  student  life  and  community  serv- 
ice. In  addition  to  the  financial  award,  John  Hatfield 
Scholar  recipients  receive  special  parking  privileges,  a 
bronze  medallion,  and  a  certificate  of  recognition. 


20 


Small  Classes:  Honors  Program  classes  provide  an 
opportunity  for  participation  and  discussion  in  a  set- 
ting where  students  know  their  instructors  and  their 
fellow  students  especially  well. 

Recognition:  A  student  who  successfully  completes 
the  Honors  Program,  including  the  honors  thesis, 
will  be  designated  as  an  Honors  Scholar  on  the 
transcript  and  will  receive  an  Honors  Scholar 
medallion  at  graduation.  Thus,  prospective  employ- 
ers, graduate  schools,  and  other  institutions  will  be 
aware  of  this  extra  accomplishment  in  the  student's 
pursuit  of  the  undergraduate  degree. 

Developmental  Studies  Program 

The  Developmental  Studies  Program  is  designed 
to  strengthen  the  basic  skills  of  entering  students. 
Courses  within  the  Program  are  taught  by  members 
of  the  faculry  of  the  Mathematics  Department  and 
the  English  Department. 

The  English  Department  offers  two  developmental 
courses:  E  1 02  Academic  Reading  and  Speaking  and  E 
103  English  Fundamentals.  These  courses  offer  stu- 
dents a  comprehensive  study  of  the  basic  reading, 
speaking,  and  writing  skills  necessary  in  using  the 
English  language  effectively.  M  103  Fundamental 
Mathematics  is  taught  by  the  Mathematics 
Department. 

Placement  in  these  courses  is  determined  by  stu- 
dents' SAT  scores,  in  the  case  of  English,  and  by  a 
placement  examination,  in  the  case  of  mathematics. 
Such  placement  becomes  a  first  priority  for  affected 
students  because  the  University  believes  that  they  can 
become  successful  college  students  only  upon  correc- 
tion of  skill  deficiencies. 

Please  note  that  although  E  102,  E  103,  and  M 
103  each  carry  three  college  credits,  these  cannot  be 
applied  toward  degree  programs.  E  103  and  M  103 
usually  meet  for  up  to  six  hours  per  week  to  provide 
intensive  help. 

Complete  descriptions  of  the  developmental 
courses  appear  in  this  catalog  as  part  of  the  course  of- 
ferings of  the  Mathematics  Department  and  the 
English  Department. 


Freshman  Experience  Seminar 

In  their  first  year,  college  students  face  a  number 
of  challenges.  The  Freshman  Experience  Seminar  at 
UNH  is  designed  to  help  students  make  the  transi- 
tion from  high  school  to  college. 

This  seminar  incorporates  the  talents  of  more  than 
thirty  University  personnel,  both  faculty  and  staff, 
and  reflects  the  University  of  New  Haven's  commit- 
ment to  high-quality  student  advising. 

During  their  first  semester,  all  freshmen  are 
required  to  take  the  one-credit  team-taught  FE  00 1 
Freshman  Experience  Seminar,  which  addresses  topics 
such  as  academic  standards,  diversity,  time  and  stress 
management,  college  life  versus  high  school  life. 
University  relationships,  responsible  human  sexuality, 
exploration  of  self  alcohol  and  substance  abuse,  and 
experiential  learning.  The  goal  of  this  seminar  is  to 
give  students  the  tools  to  help  them  understand  and 
succeed  in  what  can  be,  and  increasingly  is,  a  very 
competitive  environment.  FE  001  is  also  a  wonderfirl 
support  system  for  students  who  may  be  away  from 
home  for  the  first  time.  FE  001  is  mandatory  for 
incoming  first-time  freshmen  with  no  previous  col- 
lege experience  and  is  a  requirement  for  graduation. 

A  key  component  of  the  Freshman  Experience 
Seminar  involves  introducing  the  student  to  his  or  her 
academic  adviser,  who  will  serve  as  the  link  between 
the  student  and  the  academic  regulations  of  the 
University. 


The  University  Community  21 


THE  UNIVERSITY 
COMMUNITY 


The  University  of  New  Haven  provides  an  environ- 
ment designed  to  foster  the  personal  growth  of  its  stu- 
dents. Through  its  programs,  services,  and  facihties,  it 
provides  the  opportunity  for  students  to  become 
involved  in  meaningful  activities  that  can  develop  into 
lifelong  interests.  These  activities  include  recreational, 
social,  community  outreach,  professional  and,  of 
course,  academic  pursuits.  In  addition,  the  campus 
provides  services  to  assure  the  comfort  and  well-being 
of  its  students. 

Academic  Support  Systems 

Academic  services  are  provided  to  facilitate  and 
enhance  students'  academic  progress  through  the 
University  by  furnishing  guided  access  to  advisory 
sources  and  ancillary  support  systems.  Many  of  the 
available  services  are  described  below. 

Office  of  Academic  Services 

The  Office  of  Academic  Services  provides  a  wide 
range  of  academic  support  to  day  and  evening  under- 
graduate students. 

Academic  skills  counselors  work  with  students 
individually  or  in  small  groups  to  strengthen  abilities 
or  make  referrals  to  other  qualified  personnel  on 
campus.  They  help  students  develop  an  individual- 
ized study  strategy  that  focuses  on  textbook  reading, 
lecture  note-taking,  time  management,  learning  and 
memory  strategies,  and  test-taking  skills. 

The  Office  provides  monitoring  services  to  enable 
counselors,  mentors,  and  coaches  to  assess  student 
progress  in  their  courses.  The  Office  also  coordinates 
the  efforts  of  mentors  who  work  with  students 
enrolled  in  developmental  Math  and  English  courses. 
In  addition,  the  Office  provides  advisers  for  the  activ- 


ities of  both  the  day  and  evening  honor  societies,  and 
provides  access  to  the  student  ombudsman,  who  can 
assist  in  resolving  student  complaints,  perceived 
grievances,  or  concerns. 

Center  for  Learning  Resources 

The  Center  for  Learning  Resources  (CLR)  offers 
free  tutoring  and  writing  assistance  to  students  seek- 
ing extra  help  with  their  courses.  The  tutoring  staff 
consists  of  experienced  instructors  who  hold 
advanced  degrees  in  their  respective  fields.  Many  are 
instructors  at  UNH;  thus,  they  bring  an  intimate 
understanding  of  the  classroom  to  each  session.  Our 
highly  competent  graduate  and  undergraduate  stu- 
dent tutors  are  chosen  based  on  the  enthusiastic  rec- 
ommendations of  their  professors. 

The  CLR  is  located  in  the  heart  of  the  campus  in 
Maxcy  Hall,  Rooms  106-1 10.  It  includes  three  labs: 
the  Mathematics,  Science  and  Business  Lab;  the 
Writing  Lab;  and  Computer  Lab.  Tutoring  is  available 
six  days  a  week  throughout  the  semester.  The  Math 
Lab  tutors  offer  drop-in  help  with  freshman-  and 
sophomore-level  core  courses  in  mathematics,  science 
and  business;  the  Writing  Lab  tutors  offer  drop-in  and 
by-appointment  assistance  with  all  writing  assign- 
ments. The  graduate  student  tutors  in  the  Computer 
Lab  are  available  tor  assistance  with  the  latest 
Microsoft  software,  math  tutorials,  and  Internet  access. 

Developmental  Studies  Program 

The  Developmental  Studies  Program  is  designed  to 
strengthen  the  basic  skills  of  entering  students.  Courses 
within  the  Program  are  taught  by  members  of  the  fac- 
ulty of  the  Mathematics  Department  and  the  English 
Department.  (See  the  University  Curricula  section  of 
this  catalog  for  additional  information.) 


22 


Freshman  Experience  Seminar 

The  Freshman  Experience  Seminar  at  UNH  is 
designed  to  smooth  the  transition  of  first-time  stu- 
dents from  high  school  into  the  substantially  different 
environment  of  a  university.  (See  the  University 
Curricula  section  of  this  catalog  for  the  course  descrip- 
tion of  FE  001,  the  Freshman  Experience  Seminar.) 

Student  Services 


The  University  of  New  Haven  cares  deeply  about 
the  well-being  of  its  students.  A  variety  of  services  is 
available  on  campus  to  meet  needs  ranging  from 
career  advising  to  health  care.  Every  effort  is  made  to 
accommodate  special  student  needs,  such  as  helping 
international  students  to  adjust  to  a  new  culture  or 
ensuring  that  classes  and  facilities  are  readily  accessi- 
ble to  students  with  disabilities.  Many  of  the  avail- 
able services  are  described  in  the  following  pages. 

Campus  Card  Office  and  Parking 
Permits 

The  UNH  ID  card  is  a  credit-card-sized,  color 
photo  identification  card  issued  to  all  members  of  the 
University  community.  It  is  used  as  the  official  UNH 
library  card  and  residential  meal  plan  card.  It  is  also 
used  for  security  access  identification  and  for  a  nimiber 
of  other  services.  All  new  students  are  required  to 
obtain  a  UNH  ID  card. 

ID  card  photos  are  taken  in  Echlin  Hall  on  the 
Main  Campus  in  the  Campus  Card  Office.  Hours 
are  posted  and  emailed  at  the  beginning  of  each 
term.  In  order  to  register  for  a  parking  permit  a  valid 
UNH  ID  card  must  be  presented. 

Resident  freshmen  are  not  permitted  to  have  vehi- 
cles on  campus,  or  to  park  on  city  streets  in  the 
neighborhoods  adjacent  to  campus. 

In  the  interest  of  maintaining  good  relations  with 
our  neighbors,  it  is  important  that  resident  students 
limit  parking  to  the  designated  on-campus  parking 
areas.  Resident  student  parking  on  cir\'  streets  in  the 
neighborhoods  adjacent  to  campus  is  prohibited  by 
the  University.  Vehicles  in  violation  are  subject  to 


University  sanctions  including,  but  not  limited  to, 
UNH  parking  tickets. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  not  responsible 
for  damage  to,  or  theft  from,  personal  vehicles  parked 
on  University  property. 

New  students  may  obtain  a  Main  Campus  park- 
ing permit  for  their  cars  or  motorcycles  at  the 
Campus  Card  Office  or  at  the  Campus  Police  Office 
located  in  the  lower  level  of  the  Campus  Bookstore. 
All  cars  must  display  a  UNH  parking  permit;  vehicles 
parked  in  violation  may  be  ticketed  or  towed. 
Detailed  information  on  parking  regulations,  viola- 
tions, and  reporting  of  accidents  is  contained  in  the 
Student  Handbook. 

University  Police  Department 

The  University  Police  Department  is  located  in 
the  lower  level  of  the  Campus  Bookstore  building. 
The  Department  is  staffed  by  certified  police  officers 
who  patrol  the  campus  24  hours  a  day,  year  round, 
and  have  full  arrest  powers.  They  have  been  trained 
in  first  aid,  CPR  and  AED.  A  defibrillator  is  carried 
by  an  officer  on  each  shift. 

The  Police  Department  is  always  open  and  staffed 
by  a  trained  and  certified  dispatcher.  In  addition  to 
handling  radio  and  telephone  communications,  dis- 
patchers assist  the  public  as  needed,  including  issuing 
UNH  parking  permits. 

Officers  patrol  campus  on  foot,  moimtain  bicycles, 
golf  carts  and  in  fully  marked  cruisers.  They  work  closely 
with  local,  state,  and  federal  agencies  to  enforce  the  law. 
They  also  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  UNH  condua 
code  and  other  University  rules  and  regulations. 

The  University  maintains  a  network  of  emergency 
telephones,  placed  in  strategic  locations  throughout 
campus,  that  can  be  used  by  anyone  in  case  of  emer- 
gency 

Our  nationally  certified  instructors  conduct  self- 
defense  training  for  women  in  the  UNH  community. 
The  Rape  Aggression  Defense  (R.A.D.)  course  is  a 
free,  1 2-hour  awareness  and  self-defense  course  that 
is  offered  each  semester. 

The  UNH  Police  Department  assists  students  and 
staff  with  car  lock-outs,  and  has  a  battery  jumper  to 


The  University  Community  23 


loan  as  needed.  The  Department  also  maintains  a 
Lost  and  Found  service. 

The  University  has  an  Emergency  Notification 
System,  "e2campus,"  by  which  students,  faculty  and 
staff  can  receive  emergency  notifications  to  cell 
phones,  wireless  PDAs,  and  email  addresses.  Be 
among  the  first  to  know  about  school  closings,  news 
and  events,  parking  and  traffic  advisories,  and  more. 
This  is  currently  an  opt-in  feature.  For  details,  visit 
http://www.newhaven.edu/campustext. 
To  contact  the  UNH  Police  Department: 
Emergency:  203.932.7070 
Routine:       203.932.7014 
To  summon  emergency  police,  fire  or  EMS  service 
from  the  City  of  West  Haven: 
Dial  9-1-1 

Career  Services  Center 

The  mission  of  the  University  of  New  Haven's 
Career  Services  Center  (CSC)  is  to  contribute  to  the 
lifelong  development  and  career  advancement  of  stu- 
dents and  alumni,  and  to  continue  development  of  a 
vibrant  network  of  alumni,  students,  faculty,  and 
friends.  The  mission  will  be  supported  by  the  overar- 
ching goal  of  EMPOWER! rig  the  University's  vested 
constituencies  through  Education,  Motivation, 
Personal  development.  Opportunities,  Wisdom, 
Employment,  and  Reporting. 

The  CSC  provides  services  for  students,  alumni, 
faculty,  and  employers.  These  services  include  assist- 
ing with  career  planning  and  job  searching,  preparing 
and  reviewing  resumes,  providing  mentorship  oppor- 
tunities, and  teaching  interviewing  skills.  Individual 
appointments  may  be  scheduled  by  phone  at 
203.932.7342  or  stop  by  Kaplan  Hall,  Room  210,  to 
speak  with  the  Career  Services  Specialist.  The  CSC 
may  also  be  contacted  through  e-mail  at 
jobs@newhaven.edu. 


Student  Employment 

During  each  academic  year,  employer  representa- 
tives visit  the  campus  to  interview  graduating 


University  of  New  Haven  students.  While  the  CSC  is 
not  an  employment  service  and  does  not  guarantee 
jobs,  it  does  maintain  an  extensive  listing  of  full-time 
and  part-time  positions  to  provide  a  common  meet- 
ing ground  for  employers  and  prospective  employees. 
Students  will  find  this  useful  in  locating  part-time 
and  full  time  jobs  while  in  school  as  well  as  employ- 
ment following  graduation.  Alumni  seeking  positions 
are  also  encouraged  to  use  the  services  of  the  CSC. 

Employers  wishing  to  list  positions  should  call  or 
email,  giving  a  description  of  the  position  available 
and  other  pertinent  details.  There  is  no  placement  fee 
charged  for  these  services. 

Information 

The  CSC  publishes  updates  of  recruiter  visits  in 
The  Charger  Bulletin  as  well  as  information  regarding 
CSC  events,  the  employment  outlook  for  graduates, 
and  job-search  hints.  CSC  information  is  also  pro- 
vided in  University  of  New  Haven  Alumni  Magazine, 
the  UNH  alumni  publication. 

Office  of  Internships  and 
Employer  Relations 

University  of  New  Haven  students  engage  in  a 
variety  of  work-related  experiential  learning  encoun- 
ters including  internships  and  cooperative  education. 
Co-ops  are  generally  arranged  on  a  student-by-stu- 
dent and  company-by-company  basis.  Though  simi- 
lar, there  are  significant  differences  between 
internships  and  co-ops,  including  duration  of  assign- 
ment and  time  commitment  of  the  student  and  the 
company.  The  vast  majority  of  UNH  students  partic- 
ipate in  internships. 

An  internship  is  a  supervised  pre-professional 
learning  experience  in  which  students  apply  their 
skills  and  knowledge  in  a  professional  setting. 
Through  an  investment  of  their  time,  talent,  and 
enthusiasm,  interns  contribute  to  an  organization's 
mission  and  goals  while  gaining  valuable  skills  for  the 
future  and  determining  if  a  particular  career  is  right 
for  them.  More  than  a  regular  summer  or  part-time 
job,  an  internship  has  certain  goals. 


24 


Goals  of  an  internship  are  as  follows: 

•  To  provide  students  with  a  full  and  realistic  view 
of  workplace  culture  and  expectations. 

•  To  integrate  academic  preparation  with  profes- 
sional challenges. 

•  To  build  confidence  and  success  through  intern- 
ship experiences. 

•  To  help  students  build  professional  networks. 

How  does  an  internship  work? 

Internships  contribute  to  the  professional  develop- 
ment of  the  student  and  are  always  supervised  or 
mentored.  Regular  feedback  sessions  are  part  of  the 
experience  and  the  position  may  be  either  paid  or 
unpaid,  depending  upon  the  level  of  work,  and  num- 
ber of  hours.  Regardless  of  the  experiential  learning 
activity,  both  the  experience  and  the  learning  are  fun- 
damental. Reflection  is  a  key  component  of  intern- 
ships. The  Office  of  Experiential  Education  will  assist 
students  in  understanding  how  to  make  the  most  of 
their  internship  experiences. 

Professionals  in  the  Office  of  Internship  and 
Employer  Relations  do  not  place  students  or  guaran- 
tee jobs  for  students.  They  do,  however,  teach  stu- 
dents the  rudiments  of  researching  industries  and 
companies  —  even  beyond  those  companies  that 
already  recruit  UNH  students  —  as  well  as  how  their 
individual  skills  can  transfer  to  various  fields.  UNH 
students  are  encouraged  to  take  advantage  of  the 
Career  Services  workshops  geared  to  helping  students 
learn  the  fine  points  of  job  searching,  including 
resume  preparation,  interviewing  skills,  networking 
etiquette,  and  pitfalls  to  avoid.  Individual  appoint- 
ments may  be  scheduled  by  phone  203.932.7342  or 
stop  by  Kaplan  Hall,  Room  210,  to  speak  with  the 
Career  Services  Specialist.  The  CSC  may  also  be  con- 
tacted through  e-mail  at  jobs@newhaven.edu. 

Counseling  Center 

The  Counseling  Center  offers  services  to  help  stu- 
dents with  problems  that  may  interfere  with  their 
academic,  social,  or  personal  activities.  Services  pro- 
vided include  confidential  counseling,  vocational- 
interest  testing,  and  educational  assessment.  For  more 


information,  please  call  203.932.7332  or  visit  our 
office  in  lower  Sheffield  Hall. 

Student  Ombudsman 

The  student  ombudsman  serves  as  a  neutral  party 
to  whom  students  (and  parents)  can  appeal  for  reso- 
lution of  complaints,  perceived  grievances,  or  con- 
cerns. The  student  ombudsman  mediates  disputes 
and  attempts  to  develop  an  equitable  resolution 
between  the  involved  parties.  For  more  information, 
please  call  203.932.7213. 

Disability  Services  and  Resources 

The  Disability  Services  and  Resources  Office  is 
responsible  for  and  committed  to  providing  services 
and  support  that  promote  educational  equity  for  stu- 
dents with  disabilities,  either  temporary  or  perma- 
nent. The  Office  provides  assistance  and  information 
on  issues  of  access  and  full  participation  for  students 
with  disabilities.  Any  UNH  student  with  a  disabling 
condition  can  benefit  from  these  services.  Referrals 
and  inquiries  concerning  matters  relating  to  students 
with  disabilities  and/or  reasonable  accommodations 
should  be  directed  to  this  office. 

The  staff  works  with  those  who  self-identify  in  the 
following  categories: 

•  mobility/orthopedic  disabilities 

•  specific  learning  disabilities 

•  attention-deficit  disorders 

•  vision  and  hearing  impairments 

•  head  injuries 

•  psychological/emotional  disorders 

•  chronic  health-related  disabilities 

•  speech  impairments 

Staff  members  serve  as  advocates,  liaisons,  and 
planners  for  ensuring  access  to  academic,  cultural, 
and  recreational  offerings  of  the  campus,  and  are 
available  to  students  whenever  questions  or  problems 
arise.  The  director  assists  the  University's  504/ADA 
Compliance  Officer  with  oversight  of  the  University's 
compliance  with  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation 


The  University  Community  25 


Act  of  1973,  the  Americans  with  DisabiHties  Act 
(ADA),  and  other  government  regulations.  The  direc- 
tor also  handles  student  grievances,  whether  informal 
or  formal,  regarding  allegations  of  discrimination 
based  on  disability. 

In  order  to  receive  accommodations  and/or  services, 
a  student  is  responsible  for  selt-identifying  as  a  student 
with  a  disability,  submitting  appropriate  documenta- 
tion, making  a  specific  request  for  reasonable  accom- 
modations, and  following  established  policies  and 
procedures  for  arranging  accommodations  each  semes- 
ter/trimester. 

The  Disability  Services  and  Resources  Office  is 
located  on  the  ground  level  in  the  rear  of  Sheffield 
Hall.  The  director  can  be  reached  at  203.932.7331. 
The  University's  504/ADA  Compliance  Officer  can 
be  reached  at  203.932.7199. 

Health  Services  Center 

The  University  Health  Services  Center  is  open  to 
all  students  without  charge.  Located  on  the  ground 
level  in  the  rear  of  Sheffield  Hall,  the  Center  is  staffed 
with  two  registered  nurses  and  part-time  physicians. 
The  Health  Services  Center  provides  initial  care  for 
minor  illnesses  and  injuries,  as  well  as  diagnosis,  refer- 
ral, and  follow-up  care  for  more  serious  conditions. 
Also  provided  are  care  and  counseling  in  health-related 
issues.  The  Health  Services  Center  coordinates  the 
health  insurance  program  sponsored  by  the  University. 

A  part  of  the  health  program  is  a  weekly  women's 
clinic,  which  takes  place  at  the  health  center  and  cov- 
ers gynecological  problems,  birth  control,  and  sex- 
related  issues. 

One  requirement  of  the  Center  is  that  students 
entering  the  Full-Time  Division  provide  documenta- 
tion of  a  physical  exam  from  within  the  last  year  and 
a  record  of  their  immunizations.  This  can  be  done  by 
completing  the  health  form  provided  by  the 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Office  and  returning  it  to 
the  Health  Services  Center.  The  health  form  can  also 
be  found  on  the  University's  website  under  Health 
Services.  Students  entering  the  Part-Time  Division 
must  provide  documentation  of  their  immunizations. 
Students  who  plan  to  live  in  University  housing  and 
athletes  must  provide  proof  of  having  received  a 


Measles  and  Rubella 
To  All  Students  (full-time  undergraduate,  part-time 
undergraduate  day  and  evening,  full-  and  part-time 
graduate):  Students  must  provide  documentation  of 
two  valid  measles  vaccinations.  The  first  must  have 
been  given  after  1/1/69,  and  that  date  must  be  after 
your  first  birthday.  The  second  must  have  been 
given  after  1/1/80.  Also,  a  rubella  vaccine  must  have 
been  given  after  your  first  birthday.  Blood  tests 
(showing  immunity)  from  a  laboratory  will  also  be 
accepted.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  with- 
hold registration  each  semester  for  non-compliance. 
Proper  immunization  information  must  be  on  file  in 
the  Health  Services  Center. 


meningitis  vaccine.  These  requirements  are  in  com- 
pliance with  the  State  of  Connecticut  Health 
Department's  guidelines  for  immunization  and  dis- 
ease control. 

Office  of  Intercultural  Relations 

The  Office  of  Intercultural  Relations  seeks  to 
advance  the  mission  of  the  University  of  New  Haven 
by  providing  students  with  opportunities  to  gain 
intercultural  understanding  and  to  succeed  in  an 
inclusive  academic  and  social  environment  that 
respects  the  uniqueness  and  contributions  of  all  com- 
munity members.  Contact  the  Director  of 
Intercultural  Relations  at  203.932.7427. 

International  Services 

Each  year  the  University  of  New  Haven  admits 
students  from  many  nations.  These  students,  repre- 
senting more  than  fifty  different  countries,  bring  an 
international  dimension  to  the  campus. 

The  International  Services  Office  provides  for  the 
special  needs  and  concerns  of  international  students. 
The  staff  assists  students  with  U.S.  Citizenship  and 
Immigration  Services  regulations;  provides  information 
on  travel  to  and  from  the  United  States;  and  advises 
students  on  academic,  social,  and  cultural  adjustment. 
The  Office  also  serves  as  a  liaison  between  interna- 
tional students  and  the  University  community. 


26 


A  wide  range  of  programs  has  been  developed, 
including  publication  of  an  international  newsletter, 
special  orientation  events,  information  seminars,  and 
an  international  festival.  For  more  information,  call 
203.932.7475  or  email  iso@newhaven.edu. 


Students  may  select  from  meal  plans  that  include 
declining  balance  and  board  options.  Purchasing  a 
meal  plan  is  highly  recommended  and  is  required  for 
resident  students.  Detailed  information  on  meal 
plans  is  available  at  the  Dining  Services  Office. 


Residential  Life 

The  character  of  residential  living  is  often  a 
good  indication  of  the  spirit  and  quality  of  lite  on 
campus.  The  goal  of  the  University's  Residential 
Life  program  is  to  provide  a  living/learning  envi- 
ronment that  promotes  academic  and  personal 
growth  and  a  sense  of  community  among  students. 
A  student's  on-campus  living  experience  is  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  educational  process. 

Students  live  in  ten  residence  halls:  three  for 
freshmen  and  seven  for  upperclassmen,  supervised 
by  resident  directors  responsible  for  the  administra- 
tion of  each  hall.  Resident  assistants  (RAs)  live  on 
each  floor  and  serve  as  peer  advisers,  role  models, 
and  initiators  of  activities  and  programs. 

University  housing  is  occupied  on  an  academic- 
year  basis,  and  it  is  recommended  that  all  freshmen 
and  sophomores  live  on  campus  unless  they  live  with 
a  parent  or  an  extended-family  member.  All  resident 
students  are  required  to  purchase  a  University  meal 
plan. 

The  Office  of  Residential  Life  refers  those  wish- 
ing to  look  for  off-campus  housing  to  a  website 
that  lists  students  looking  tor  roommates,  apart- 
ments, condos,  and  homes  in  the  UNH  area. 
Students  are  responsible  for  any  contract  under- 
taken for  such  housing  and  should  consider  care- 
fully the  nature  of  that  contract  and  the 
responsibilities  incurred. 

University  Dining  Services 

University  Dining  Services  facilities  on  campus 
include  the  Marketplace  Food  Court  and  Jazzman's 
Cafe,  which  are  located  in  Barrels  Hall  Campus 
Center  and  Marvin  K.  Peterson  Library;  the  Quad 
Convenience  Store  and  Sandellas,  located  in 
Borwinik  Hall;  and  Pandinis  and  Sky  Ranch  Grill, 
located  in  New  Hall. 


Student  Activities 

Being  a  student  at  the  University  of  New  Haven 
means  having  the  best  of  two  worlds:  an  active  on- 
campus  community  and  the  c'lvy  ot  New  Haven.  Stu- 
dents interested  in  cidtural,  intellectual,  or  social 
pursuit  have  a  wealth  of  opportunities  from  which  to 
choose. 

The  Office  ot  Student  Activities,  in  conjunction 
with  student  clubs  and  organizations,  provides  a  wide 
variet}'  of  events  each  week.  With  an  increase  in  the 
quantit)'  and  qualit)'  of  activities  over  past  years,  theme 
weekends  such  as  Spring  Weekend,  Family  Weekend, 
and  Homecoming  Weekend  have  been  supplemented 
by  an  ongoing  activities  calendar  of  weekly  events. 
There  are  plenty  of  opportunities  to  socialize  and 
interact  with  fellow  students,  faculty,  and  staff — 
whether  by  enjoying  a  band,  lecture,  comedian,  or 
magician;  participating  in  volunteer  opportunities;  or 
taking  a  bus  trip  to  a  regional  theater  or  recreation 
center. 

Students  are  also  encouraged  to  develop  their  cul- 
tural and  intellectual  interests  by  participating  in  liter- 
ary, artistic,  and  dramatic  events.  Visiting  artists,  play 
and  concert  productions,  invited  lecturers,  forums,  and 
panel  discussions  are  among  the  variety  of  programs 
available  to  students.  UNH  has  more  than  eighty 
active  student-run  clubs  and  organizations. 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 

Recognizing  the  importance  of  a  broad  range  of 
physical  and  emotional  outlets  to  a  well-balanced  col- 
lege experience,  the  University  of  New  Haven  seeks 
to  involve  students  in  various  levels  of  active  partici- 
pation in  games  and  sports,  as  well  as  to  provide  an 
opportunity  for  community  and  student  support  for 
its  varsity  intercollegiate  athletics  program. 


The  University  Community  27 


Varsity  Sports 

The  Universit)'  of  New  Haven  athletics  program  is 
one  of  the  most  respected  and  successful  NCAA 
Division  II  programs  in  the  country.  In  Fall  2008, 
UNH  began  competing  in  the  athletically  and  aca- 
demically prestigious  Northeast- 10  Conference,  one 
of  the  largest  and  most  comprehensive  conferences  in 
the  nation. 

UNH  teams  have  enjoyed  national  recognition 
throughout  the  years.  UNH  was  the  first  school  from 
the  Northeast  Region  to  capture  the  NCAA  Division 
II  Women's  Basketball  Championship  (1987)  and  has 
been  to  the  NCAA  tournament  seven  times. 
Women's  volleyball  has  been  to  the  postseason  22 
times,  and  the  baseball  program  has  made  31  postsea- 
son appearances,  including  18  World  Series  berths.  In 
1997,  the  Charger  football  program  competed  for  the 
national  championship,  and  the  men's  soccer  team 
has  been  to  the  Final  Four  twice.  UNH  has  over  120 
postseason  appearances. 

UNH  offers  18  varsity  sports:  baseball,  men's  and 
women's  basketball,  men's  and  women's  cross  country, 
football,  men's  golf,  women's  lacrosse,  men's  and 
women's  soccer,  softball,  women's  tennis,  men's  and 
women's  indoor  and  outdoor  track  and  field,  and 
men's  and  women's  volleyball. 

Students  can  also  participate  in  a  number  of  spirit 
groups  including  cheerleading,  dance  team  and  pep 
band.  The  Department  of  Athletics  welcomes  all 
interested  candidates  and  invites  active  involvement 
in  support  of  our  programs. 

For  more  information  about  varsity  athletics,  log 
on  to  www.newhaven.edu/athletics,  or  call 
203.932.7016  or  203.932.7017. 

Intercollegiate  Athletic  Facilities 
North  Campus 

Charger  Gymnasium  is  located  on  the  North 
Campus  and  is  home  to  the  UNH  men's  and  women's 
basketball  and  volleyball  programs.  It  also  serves  as  a 
practice  facility  for  UNH's  other  varsity  athletic  teams 
and  as  a  gathering  place  for  large  university-wide 


events,  including  commencement  and  musical  concerts. 
Charger  Gymnasium  includes  a  full-size  basketball 
court  with  seating  for  1,200,  as  well  as  the  varsity  ath- 
letic weight  room,  equipment,  administrative  offices, 
and  athletic  training  facilities.  Adjacent  to  the  gymna- 
sium are  outdoor  basketball  courts,  tennis  courts,  a 
Softball  competition  venue,  Frank  Vieira  Field  (base- 
ball), and  Ralph  F  DellaCamera  Stadium,  a  multi-pur- 
pose field  which  is  home  to  the  Charger  football 
program  and  can  host  soccer  and  lacrosse  games. 

Main  Campus 

Kayo  Field  is  located  on  the  Main  Campus,  adja- 
cent to  the  David  A.  Beckerman  Recreation  Center. 
The  field  underwent  a  $1.3  million  transformation  in 
the  summer  of  2007,  which  saw  the  installation  of  a 
synthetic  turf  surface,  new  scoreboard  and  fencing. 
The  field  is  home  to  the  men's  and  women's  soccer  and 
women's  lacrosse  programs,  and  serves  as  a  practice 
facility  for  all  of  the  Charger  varsity  athletic  programs. 

Campus  Recreation  (ChargerREC) 

The  goal  of  the  Department  of  Campus 
Recreation  is  to  provide  students  with  a  wide  variety 
of  programs  and  services  in  order  to  maximize  stu- 
dent participation  and  involvement.  Whether  you're 
interested  in  working  out  on  your  own,  or  you  want 
to  take  part  in  one  of  our  programs  or  activities, 
you're  sure  to  find  something  that  fits  your  needs.  For 
more  information  about  ChargerREC,  log  on  to 
www.newhaven.edu/ChargerREC. 

David  A.  Beckerman  Recreation  Center 

Located  in  the  heart  of  campus  and  open  up  to  17 
hours  a  day,  the  Beckerman  Center  is  a  58,000- 
square-foot  state-of-the-art  facility  and  includes  two 
activity  courts  (for  basketball,  volleyball,  badminton), 
a  multi-activity  court  (MAC  court,  ideal  for  indoor 
soccer  and  floor  hockey),  6,000  square  feet  of  fitness 
space,  two  group  fitness  studios,  two  racquetball 
courts,  locker  rooms,  an  indoor  running  track,  and  a 
juice  bar. 


28 


RECSports  (Intramurals) 

RECSports  is  an  integral  part  of  campus  life,  giv- 
ing students  the  opportunity  to  come  together  for 
competition  and  camaraderie.  RECSports  activities 
are  free  to  UNH  undergraduate  students.  RECSports 
offers  a  variety  of  individual  and  team  sports/activi- 
ties in  three  different  divisions:  Men's,  Women's  and 
Co-REC.  RECSports  offers  two  seasons  of  activities 
per  academic  semester,  including  a  regular  season  and 
playoffs. 

Some  of  our  offerings  include  outdoor  soccer,  4- 
on-4  volleyball,  kickball,  flag  football,  tennis,  basket- 
ball, whiffleball,  floor  hockey,  indoor  soccer, 
volleyball,  Softball,  and  racquetball. 

Fitness  and  Wellness 

If  you're  interested  in  taking  a  class  or  learning 
about  how  to  get  healthy,  then  our  Fitness  and 
Wellness  program  is  for  you.  From  abs  to  Zumba, 
and  everything  in  between,  we  pride  ourselves  on 
offering  the  best  variety  of  classes  and  personal  train- 
ing programs  to  suit  your  needs. 

Student  Employment 

Student-maintained  and  operated.  Campus 
Recreation  is  the  largest  employer  of  students  on  the 
campus.  Positions  offer  experiential  learning  opportu- 
nities and  true  leadership  experience.  Ranging  from 
Welcome  Center  attendants  to  RECSports  officials, 
Campus  Recreation  student  employees  are  the  back- 
bone of  the  Department. 

Clubs  and  Organizations 

More  than  fifty  University  clubs  and  organizations 
serve  interested  students.  Included  are  student  chapters 
of  professional  societies,  community-service  organiza- 
tions, social  groups,  and  special-interest  clubs.  Every 
student  club  and  organization  has  a  mailbox  located  on 
the  top  floor  of  Barrels  Hall. 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 

National  and  local  service,  social,  and  honorary 
fraternities  and  sororities  are  active  on  campus.  They 


sponsor  programs  such  as  banquets,  game  shows,  the 
semiannual  blood  drive,  fundraisers  to  benefit  chari- 
ties, and  numerous  hours  of  community  service. 

Off-Campus  Activities 

For  those  who  want  a  change  of  pace  from  the 
college  scene,  the  University's  proximity  to  the  city  of 
New  Haven  offers  students  many  cultural  opportuni- 
ties. Musical  entertainment  includes  year-round  per- 
formances by  the  New  Haven  Symphony  Orchestra, 
live  concerts  at  a  variety  of  nearby  venues,  and  local 
and  national  bands  at  many  downtown  clubs. 
Professional  theater  thrives  in  New  Haven,  home  to 
three  nationally  recognized  theaters:  the  Long  Wharf 
Theatre,  the  Yale  Repertory  Company,  and  the 
Shubert.  Some  of  the  region's  outstanding  art  collec- 
tions can  be  seen  on  the  Yale  University  campus. 

On  weekends,  the  Connecticut  shore.  Cape  Cod, 
the  ski  slopes  of  Vermont  and  New  Hampshire,  and 
New  York  City  are  just  a  short  drive  or  train  ride  away. 

Publications 

Student  publications  include  The  Charger  Bulletin, 
the  student  newspaper,  and  The  Chariot,  the  year- 
book. Students  may  volunteer  their  services  to  these 
student  publications  by  emailing  chargerbulletin@ 
newhaven.edu  or  chariotyearbook@newhaven.edu. 

Student  Government 

Separate  undergraduate  full-time,  part-time,  and 
graduate  student  councils  have  responsibility  for  initiat- 
ing, organizing,  and  presenting  extracurricular  activities 
and  acting  as  liaisons  between  students  and  University 
staff. 

The  Undergraduate  Student  Government 
Association  (USGA)  is  a  forum  where  undergradu- 
ate full-time  students  provide  input  to  the  adminis- 
tration to  improve  all  aspects  of  undergraduate 
education  at  the  University.  Student-elected  senators 
represent  the  voice  of  their  constituencies  at  weekly 
USGA  meetings. 

Students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  get  involved 
in  leadership  positions  within  student  government 


The  University  Community  29 


and  other  clubs  and  organizations.  The  University 
believes  that  leadership  development  is  an  integral 
part  of  all  students'  education.  The  USGA  offices  are 
located  on  the  top  floor  of  Barrels  Hall. 

The  Evening  Student  Council  (ESC)  is  a  board 
composed  of  students  attending  UNH  evening 
classes.  It  has  three  primary  objectives:  (1)  to  pro- 
mote the  welfare  of  the  evening  student  body,  (2)  to 
give  counsel  and  encouragement  to  evening  students 
as  well  as  to  develop  and  encourage  school  spirit,  and 
(3)  to  convey  evening  students'  opinions  to  the 
administration  and  work  with  the  administration  in 
accomplishing  student  objectives. 

Membership  in  the  Evening  Student  Council  is 
open  to  all  undergraduate  evening  students  enrolled 
in  courses  for  credit.  The  Council  meets  regularly, 
and  all  evening  students  are  invited  to  participate. 
The  ESC  office  is  located  in  the  Center  for  Graduate 
and  Adult  Student  Services  in  Echlin  Hall,  Room 
204.  To  contact  ESC,  email  esc@newhaven.edu. 

WNHU  Radio 

WNHU  is  the  University  of  New  Haven's  non- 
commercial, FCC-licensed  FM  radio  station  located 
in  the  basement  of  Maxcy  Hall.  Daily  operations  are 
maintained  by  a  general  manager,  student  station 
managers,  and  a  staff  comprising  undergraduate  stu- 
dents, community  volunteers,  and  faculty  members. 
"WNHU's  signal  emanates  from  the  Main  Campus,  at 
a  frequency  of  88.7  and  a  power  of  1 ,700  watts,  and 
extends  nearly  thirty  miles  in  every  direction,  reach- 
ing nearly  all  of  southern  Connecticut  and  even  parts 
of  eastern  Long  Island.  WNHU's  programming  is 
also  available  as  streaming  audio  online  at 
www.wnhu.net. 

WNHU  has  recently  undergone  state-of-the-art 
renovations  to  its  on-air  and  production  studios, 
procuring  professional-level  broadcast  equipment  uti- 
lized by  staff  members  to  produce  shows.  "Wfiile  pro- 
duction of  more  than  twenty  hours  of  programming 
a  day  is  a  vital  aspect  of  WNHU,  it  is  not  the  only 
work  to  be  done.  Recording  speeches  on  campus, 
providing  music  for  on-campus  events,  and  putting 
on  shows  in  the  community  are  examples  of  what 


WNHU  does  besides  on-air  functions,  and  the  sta- 
tion plans  to  expand  these  areas  in  the  future. 

With  positions  available  for  news,  productions, 
sports,  and  promotions,  WNHU  isn't  just  about 
being  a  DJ,  and  there  is  a  spot  for  anyone  interested 
in  a  variety  of  concentrations.  WNHU  is  open  to 
full-time  or  part-time  undergraduate  students,  gradu- 
ate students,  faculty,  staff  and  community  volunteers 
with  an  interest  in  radio  and  its  functions. 

Campus  Facilities 

The  University's  78-acre  campus  contains  twenty- 
seven  buildings  that  offer  students  modern  laboratory 
and  library  facilities,  smart  classrooms,  the  latest  in 
computer  technology  and  equipment,  an  athletic  com- 
plex, and  residential  facilities. 

Located  in  West  Haven,  about  ten  minutes  from 
downtown  New  Haven,  the  Main  Campus  includes 
administration,  library,  laboratory,  computer,  and  class- 
room facilities  as  well  as  the  admissions  building,  book- 
store, student  center,  and  residence  halls.  Recent 
additions  to  the  Main  Campus  include  a  new  residence 
hall  and  an  outdoor  plaza. 

The  South  Campus  includes  Harugari  Hall  and 
South  Campus  Hall,  the  student  records  building. 
The  North  Campus  is  the  site  of  the  University's  ath- 
letic fields  and  gymnasium. 

Computer  Facilities 

The  University  of  New  Haven  maintains  numer- 
ous computer  laboratories  and  teaching  classrooms  at 
various  locations  around  the  campus.  Schedules  are 
provided  at  the  beginning  of  each  academic  term. 

The  labs  provide  students  with  Microsoft  Office, 
Firefox  and  Internet  Explorer,  SPSS  statistical  software 
and  other  software  that  changes  yearly.  Printers  are  also 
available  for  student  use  in  conjunction  with  the 
UNH  ID  card  (charges  may  apply).  The  general  access 
Internet  labs  are  dedicated  to  providing  students  with 
access  to  email,  web  surfing,  and  other  standard  uses. 
The  general  access  labs  are  staffed  by  graduate  stu- 
dents, who  are  available  to  answer  questions.  The 


30 


hardware  and  software  available  in  the  labs  are  contin- 
uously upgraded  as  computer  technology  changes. 

The  University  maintains,  on  behalf  its  colleges  or 
departments,  a  number  of  computer  labs  and  teach- 
ing classrooms.  The  hours  that  these  labs  are  open 
and  the  resources  available  are  at  the  discretion  of  the 
individual  college  or  department. 

Computer  facilities  provided  by  UNH  as  of 
Spring  2008  are  as  follows: 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering 

Buckman  Hall,  225  and  225a 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  Multimedia 

Teaching  Classroom,  Buckman  Hall  227 
Hospitality  and  Tourism 

HarugariHall  114 
College  of  Business  Lab  and  Teaching  Classroom 

Dodds  Hall  218 
Department  of  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

Dodds  Hall  305 
Department  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts/Philosophy 

Dodds  Hall  413 
Center  for  Learning  Resources  Tutorial  Lab 

Maxcy  Hall 
New  Hall  Computer  Laboratory 

New  Hall 
Marvin  K.  Peterson  Library 

Ground  Floor* 
*The  computers  in  the  library  do  not  comprise  a 
computer  lab,  but  do  represent  the  largest  collection 
of  general-use  computers  on  campus. 

Marvin  K.  Peterson  Library 

The  Marvin  K.  Peterson  Library,  named  in  honor 
of  a  former  University  president  and  dedicated  in 
1974,  includes  three  floors  of  reading  space,  an 
Information  Commons,  Jazzman's  Cafe,  group-study 
rooms,  stacks,  and  reference  areas.  Information  is 
accessible  through  manual  as  well  as  electronic 
retrieval  methods.  Computers  with  Internet  access, 
the  Microsoft  Office  Suite  and  SPSS  are  available  for 
research  purposes.  Students  and  faculty  can  plug  in 
cheir  laptop  computers  to  connect  to  the  campus  net- 


work at  more  than  100  ports  available  throughout 
the  library's  three  floors.  Wireless  networking  is  avail- 
able in  all  areas  of  the  library.  Materials  are  stored  in 
a  variety  of  formats  including  online,  print,  audio, 
video,  microform,  and  CD-ROM  or  DVD. 

The  library's  home  page  is  available  at 
www.newhaven.edu/library.  It  serves  as  a  gateway  to 
information  and  library  services  and  includes  the 
library's  online  catalog,  which  allows  for  both  basic 
and  advanced  searching  of  library  holdings.  To  bor- 
row library  materials,  a  valid  UNH  ID  card  must  be 
presented  at  the  Circulation  Desk.  Books  already 
borrowed  can  be  renewed  online.  Recent  additions  to 
the  collection  are  listed  on  the  library's  home  page. 
Library  Guides,  prepared  by  professional  librarians, 
are  posted.  Interlibrary  Loan  forms  for  students  and 
faculty  are  available  online.  Electronic  access  to  more 
than  17,044  ftill-text  electronic  journal  holdings  is 
accessible  from  a  link  on  our  home  page.  Facult)'  and 
students  —  in  their  offices  or  residence  halls  or  at 
home  —  have  access  to  a  variety  of  online  databases 
and  library  support  from  our  website. 

UNH  subscribes  to  many  online  electronic  data- 
bases in  all  subjects.  Resources,  including  many  full- 
text  books  and  journal  sources,  are  accessed  in  online 
databases  such  as  LEXIS/NEXIS,  ABI/INFORM, 
Criminal  Justice  Periodicals,  CCH  Online, 
Computing,  Education  Complete,  BNA  Human 
Resources  Library,  Literary  Reference  Center, 
Engineering  Village,  FirstSearch,  CQ  Researcher, 
Hein  Online,  Academic  OneFile,  ENGnetB.A.SE, 
IEEE  Computer  Science  Digital  Library,  Hoover's 
Online,  Reference  USA,  Country  Watch, 
PsycARTICLES,  FORENSICnetB.A.SE,  and  IRIS. 

The  UNH  library's  collection  includes  more  than 
249,238  volumes,  1,400  journal  and  newspaper  sub- 
scriptions, electronic  access  to  more  than  17,044  full- 
text  journal  and  newspaper  titles,  555,374  pieces  of 
microfiche,  15,237  volumes  of  microfilm,  and 
161,687  U.S.  government  paper  documents. 

The  library  is  a  U.S.  Government  Documents 
Depository  Library,  and  selects  approximately  one- 
third  of  the  U.S.  government  yearly  output  to  sup- 
port UNH  programs. 

UNH  students  mav  borrow  materials  from  the 


The  University  Community  31 


AlbertLis  Magnus  College  Library.  Students  who 
obtain  a  borrowing  card  from  a  Connecticut  public 
library  may  borrow  from  other  public  libraries 
statewide.  As  a  member  of  OCLC,  UNH  has  access 
through  Interlibrary  Loan  to  the  holdings  of  the 
more  than  7,500  member  libraries'  96  million 
records.  The  hbrary  uses  electronic  means  to  transmit 
articles  and  information  between  itself  and  other 
libraries  across  the  country  whenever  possible. 

Students  are  assisted  by  professional  reference 
librarians.  One-on-one  consultations  are  available  to 
locate  information  for  research  papers  and  projects. 
Freshmen  receive  instruction  in  how  to  use  a  modern 
library.  Subject-specific  library  orientations  are  avail- 
able for  upperclass  and  graduate  students.  Library 
instruction  courses  geared  to  international  students 
are  also  provided. 

Library  Guides,  as  well  as  selected  instructional 
support  resource  materials,  are  provided;  and  a 
reserve  collection  is  in  place  to  support  courses 
taught  at  UNH.  Online  library  tutorials  are  available 
to  assist  students  in  learning  effective  research  tech- 
niques. Library  Guides  help  facilitate  access  to  infor- 
mation resources  for  effective  research.  Sample  topics 
covered  include  forensic  science,  psychology,  national 
security  resources,  criminal  justice  resources,  dental 
hygiene  resources,  biology,  a  business  information 
guide,  how-to-find  Connecticut  law,  how-to-find  lit- 
erary criticism,  a  style  sheet  for  research  papers,  and 
an  introductory  research  guide. 

Campus  Bookstore 

The  Campus  Bookstore  sells  all  textbooks,  new 
and  used,  required  for  courses  at  the  University.  It 
also  carries  school  supplies,  greeting  cards,  imprinted 
clothing  and  gifts,  candy,  and  a  selection  of  maga- 
zines. A  wide  selection  of  software  is  available,  priced 
at  a  substantial  academic  discount  for  currently 
enrolled  students,  at  www.efollett.com. 

The  campus  store  buys  back  used  texts  through- 
out the  year.  It  also  handles  class  ring  orders  and 
places  special  orders  for  books. 

Students  who  would  like  to  order  books  online 
may  do  so  on  our  website,  www.unh.bkstr.com. 


Students  may  opt  to  have  books  held  at  the  book- 
store or  to  have  them  shipped  directly  to  their  home 
or  office.  If  you  have  any  questions,  call 
203.932.7030. 

Bartels  Hall 

The  renovated  campus  center  provides  a  focal 
point  for  student  activities.  Offering  lounges,  student 
offices,  a  large  cafeteria.  Jazzman's  Cafe,  and  multiple 
meeting  rooms,  the  facility  serves  as  a  center  for  stu- 
dents' non-academic  college  interests.  Live  entertain- 
ment and  films  are  often  presented  in  the  evenings. 
Bartels  Hall  houses  the  offices  of  the  associate  provost 
for  student  affairs  and  dean  of  students.  International 
Services,  Intercultural  Relations,  Student  Activities, 
Community  Service,  and  Dining  Services,  as  well  as 
the  Undergraduate  Student  Government  Association 
and  its  affiliated  groups. 

Office  of  University 
Advancement 

The  Office  of  University  Advancement  works 
with  the  University  community  to  develop  philan- 
thropic support  for  enhancement  of  the  University's 
programs,  facilities,  and  endowment.  Gifts  to  the 
University  enhance  student  financial  aid,  faculty 
development,  equipment,  library  resources,  and 
other  institutional  opportunities  for  growth. 

The  generosity  of  corporations,  foundations,  par- 
ents, students,  alumni,  and  friends  contributes  to  the 
excellence  of  the  University  of  New  Haven. 

Alumni  Relations 

The  Alumni  Relations  staff  invites  you  to  stay  con- 
nected to  UNH  by  enjoying  the  many  activities  and 
benefits  sponsored  by  the  University's  Alumni 
Association.  Committed  to  a  lifelong  relationship 
among  alumni,  the  Association  fosters  friendships  and 
professional  networking  opportunities  and  promotes  a 
host  of  educational,  social,  and  athletic  events. 


32 


Benefits  include  career  development  services,  the 
chance  to  audit  courses  at  a  reduced  fee,  use  of  the 
University's  library,  low-interest  credit  card  privileges, 
discounts  on  home  and  auto  insurance,  and  much 
more.  In  2003  we  proudly  introduced  UNH  Online, 
an  online  directory  and  interactive  community,  to 
help  alumni  stay  in  touch  with  friends  and  network 
with  other  alums.  The  service  is  free  to  UNH  alumni 
and  can  be  accessed  through  the  alumni  web  page  at 
www.newhaven.edu\alumni. 

Each  Fall,  alumni  are  invited  back  to  campus  for 
Homecoming  festivities.  Throughout  the  year,  events 
include  Alumni  Cocktails  and  Networking,  the 
Holiday  Party,  and  our  Scholarship  Ball,  which  raises 
significant  funds  for  student  scholarships. 
Information  about  current  activities  is  available 
through  the  website,  our  e-newsletter,  and  special 
mailings,  including  University  of  New  Haven  Alumni 
Magazine.  Please  be  sure  to  update  your  contact 
information  so  that  we  may  keep  you  informed  of 
the  latest  membership  events  and  benefits. 

The  Alumni  Board  of  Directors,  a  valued 
University  advisory  group,  oversees  the  Association 
and  works  to  strengthen  University  ties  by  promoting 
communication  within  the  extended  UNH  commu- 
nity. If  you  have  suggestions  for  your  Alumni 
Association,  please  email  alumni@newhaven.edu. 

Research  and 
Professional  Facilities 

Bureau  for  Business  Research 

The  Bureau  tor  Business  Research  offers  access  to 
databases  for  research  on  products,  markets,  compe- 
tition, and  international  issues.  In  addition,  the 
University's  biannual,  refereed  academic  journal, 
American  Business  Review,  is  published  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Bureau. 


UNH  Center  for  Dispute  Resolution 

The  Center  for  Dispute  Resolution  at  the 
University  of  New  Haven  is  a  focal  point  for  the 
interdisciplinary  study  and  practice  of  conflict  resolu- 
tion. The  Center  offers  conflict  management  services 
to  individuals  and  to  businesses,  institutions,  govern- 
mental agencies,  and  community  organizations. 
Services  include  mediation,  program  evaluation, 
design  of  conflict  management  systems,  consultation, 
and  training.  Through  research  and  educational  pro- 
grams for  students  and  the  community  at  large,  the 
Center  also  strives  to  advance  the  understanding  and 
application  of  alternative  means  of  dispute  resolu- 
tion, including  mediation. 

Center  for  Family  Business 

The  Center  for  Family  Business  (CFB)  was 
founded  in  1994  as  a  unique  learning  environment 
for  family  business  members.  Its  mission  is  to  help 
ensure  the  future  and  continuity  of  family  businesses, 
preserve  the  values  held  by  family  business  members, 
and  strengthen  Connecticut's  economy.  The  Center 
offers  its  members  a  variety  of  programs  that  deal 
with  issues  faced  by  family  businesses,  regardless  of 
the  nature  of  the  business. 

Eight  major  programs  are  presented  each  year  for 
members,  held  in  both  New  Haven  and  Fairfield 
Counties.  These  programs  feature  some  of  the  most 
significant  national  and  international  speakers  in  the 
field  of  family  business.  Attendees  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  learn  from  one  another  as  well  as  from  the 
speakers. 

CFB  also  features  small-group  forums,  which  con- 
sist of  members  in  similar  circumstances.  These 
groups  function  as  ad  hoc  advisory  boards  to  their 
fellow  members. 

Periodically,  breakfast  meetings  are  held  to  address 
specific  topics  that  appeal  to  the  interests  of  our 
members.  The  CFB  publishes  a  newsletter  and  is  a 
source  for  family-business  educational  materials. 


The  Center  for  Family  Business  is  sponsored  by 
the  accounting  firm  ot  Bailey,  Shaefer  and  Errato, 
LLC;  Daniel  M.  Smith  and  Associates;  Sequence 
Financial  Group;  U.S.  Trust,  N.A.;  and  the  law  firm 
of  Wiggin  and  Dana. 

For  further  information,  visit  us  on  the  web  at 
www.newhaven.edu/cft). 


The  University  Community  33 


Center  for  the  Study  of  Crime 
Victims'  Rights,  Remedies, 
and  Resources 

The  UNH  Center  for  the  Study  of  Crime  Victims' 
Rights,  Remedies,  and  Resources  is  maintained  under 
the  auspices  of  The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  ot 
Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences.  The  Center 
provides,  and  is  in  the  process  of  developing,  numer- 
ous initiatives  to  enhance  the  knowledge  base  on 
crime  victims'  rights  and  on  services  that  assist  crime 
victims  through  educational,  training,  and  technical 
opportunities  via  the  various  academic  disciplines  and 
professional  groups  that  study,  advocate  for,  or  serve 
victims. 

These  programs  and  services  are  statewide,  re- 
gional, and  national  in  scope.  They  include  instruc- 
tional programs;  field  and  program  evaluation 
research  services;  internships,  fellowships,  and  visit- 
ing scholar  programs;  legal,  legislative,  and  public 
policy  analysis  and  advocacy;  and  publications, 
conferences,  and  symposia.  Information  is  available 
through  the  director's  office  at  the  University. 


34 


ADMISSION  TO 
THE  UNIVERSITY 


Kevin  J.  Phillips,  B.S.,  B.A.,  Director 

Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions 

Phone:  203.932.7319 

Toll-free;  I.800.D1AL.UNH,  ext.  7319 

(1.800.342.5864) 

Email:  adminfo@nevvhaven.edu 

Undergraduate  Admission  Policy 

Students  are  admitted  full  time  (tour  or  five 
courses,  12-15  credit  enrollment  and  registration 
load)  or  part  time  (up  to  1 1  credits).  Acceptances  are 
customized  and  students  are  placed  according  to  their 
academic  needs. 

Placement 

Incoming  students  are  placed  in  courses  in  English 
and  mathematics  according  to  their  individual  abili- 
ties as  demonstrated  through  SAT  scores  (in  the  case 
of  English),  the  University  placement  testing  pro- 
gram, or  transfer  credit  from  previous  college  records. 
Some  students  may  be  placed  in  courses  designed  to 
upgrade  their  skills  in  particular  subject  areas  and 
prepare  them  for  more  advanced  courses  at  the 
University.  Students  whose  major  requires  chemistry 
may  be  required  to  take  a  chemistry  placement  test. 
Students  planning  to  major  in  music,  music  industry, 
or  music  and  sound  recording  are  required  to  take  a 
placement  test  for  music  theory. 

English  placement  policy:  a  student  who  tests  out 
ol  E  105  Composition  must  replace  the  course  with 
E  220,  E  225,  E  230  or  any  course  listed  in  the  CC 
1.2  competency  in  the  University  Core  Curriculum. 
A  student  who  tests  out  of  E  110  Composition  and 
Literature  must  replace  E  105  as  outlined  above  and 


E  1 10  with  any  literature  course.  A  list  of  English 
courses  designated  as  Literature  courses  can  be  found 
under  the  University  Core  Curriculum  section. 

Mathematics  placement  policy:  a  student  who 
tests  above  the  core  mathematics  level  and  has  no 
other  mathematics  requirement  in  his/her  program 
may  replace  the  core  requirement  with  a  free  elective. 
If  a  student  tests  above  the  core  mathematics  level 
and  has  other  mathematics  courses  required  in  the 
program  beyond  the  core  level,  such  courses  must  be 
replaced  with  other  mathematics  courses. 

Full-Time  Admission 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  committed  to 
equal  access  to  educational  opportunities  and  wel- 
comes applicants  regardless  of  race,  creed,  color,  reli- 
gion, gender,  national  or  ethnic  origin,  age,  sexual 
orientation,  disability,  economic  level,  or  geographic 
area. 

Students  wishing  to  take  any  course  at  the 
University,  regardless  of  whether  they  seek  a  degree, 
must  first  satisfy  the  admission  procedures  specified 
below.  Students  should  note  that  some  academic 
majors  may  have  additional  admission  requirements. 
You  become  a  student  of  the  University  of  New 
Haven  only  after  you  have  completed  the  require- 
ments listed  below,  have  been  officially  accepted, 
have  registered  for  courses  for  your  first  semester,  and 
have  made  the  appropriate  tuition  and  fee  payments. 
The  University  requires  accepted  full-time  students  to 
submit  a  non-refundable/non-transferable  enrollment 
commitment  fee  in  order  to  hold  their  placement  in 
the  incoming  class.  The  fee  is  due  May  1  for  the  Fall 
semester  and  January  2  for  the  Spring  semester. 


Admission  To  The  University  35 


Admission  Procedure: 
Full-Time  Freshman  Students 

•  Complete  the  Undergraduate  Apphcation  for 
Admission  and  submit  it  to  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  with  the  non-refund- 
able application  fee.  Applications  are  available  on 
our  website:  www.newhaven.edu.  We  are  also 
members  of  the  Common  Application  and  the 
Universal  College  Application.  You  can  access 
their  applications  through  their  websites: 
www.commonapp.org  and  www.universalapp- 
.com,  respectively.  Equal  consideration  for  admis- 
sion is  given  to  students  who  submit  the  UNH 
Application,  Common  Application,  or  Universal 
College  Application. 

•  Submit  an  official  copy  of  your  secondary/high 
school  transcript  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions.  A  satisfactory  General  Equivalency 
Diploma  (GED)  is  acceptable  in  place  of  a  high 
school  diploma.  If  you  are  currently  attending  sec- 
ondary/high school  and  will  be  sending  us  a  tran- 
script before  completing  your  senior  year,  you 
must  send  us  your  final  high  school  transcript  with 
graduation  date  as  soon  as  it  becomes  available. 

•  Submit  official  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or 
American  College  Testing  (ACT)  scores.  Our  SAT 
code  is  3663  and  our  ACT  code  is  0576. 

•  Submit  at  least  one  letter  ol  recommendation. 

•  Submit  a  personal  essay.  The  essay  is  an  opportu- 
nity for  us  to  get  to  know  you  as  a  person,  beyond 
your  grades  and  test  scores.  It  also  gives  us  an 
example  of  how  you  express  yourself  and  demon- 
strates your  ability  to  organize  your  thoughts.  The 
personal  essay  should  be  between  250  and  500 
words  on  a  topic  of  your  choice. 

Admission  Procedure: 
Full-Time  Transfer  Students 

•  Complete  the  Undergraduate  Application  for 
Admission  and  submit  it  to  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  with  the  non-refund- 
able application  fee.  Applications  are  available  on 
our  website,  www.newhaven.edu.  We  are  also 


members  of  the  Common  Application  and  the 
Universal  College  Application.  You  can  access 
their  applications  through  their  websites: 
www.commonapp.org  and  www.universalapp- 
.com,  respectively.  Equal  consideration  for  admis- 
sion is  given  to  students  who  submit  the  UNH 
Application,  Common  Application,  or  Universal 
College  Application. 

•  Submit  official  transcripts  from  all  the 
colleges/universities  that  you  have  attended. 

•  If  you  have  completed  fewer  than  twenty-four 
credits  from  your  previous  college(s),  you  must 
submit  an  official  copy  of  your  secondary/high 
school  transcript  which  includes  your  date  of 
graduation.  A  satisfactory  General  Equivalency 
Diploma  (GED)  is  acceptable  in  lieu  of  a  high 
school  diploma. 

•  If  you  have  completed  fewer  than  twenty-four 
credits  from  your  previous  college(s),  you  must 
submit  official  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or 
American  College  Testing  (ACT)  scores.  Our  SAT 
code  is  3663  and  our  ACT  code  is  0576. 

•  Transfer  students  have  the  option  to  submit  a  per- 
sonal essay  and  at  least  one  letter  of  recommenda- 
tion from  an  academic  source. 

Transfer  students,  if  accepted,  will  receive  a  transfer 
credit  evaluation  shortly  after  they  are  accepted. 

Admission  Procedure: 
International  Students 

•  Complete  the  International  Undergraduate 
Application  for  Admission  and  submit  it  to  the 
International  Undergraduate  Admissions  Office 
with  the  non-retundable  application  fee. 
Applications  are  available  on  our  website  at 
www.newhaven.edu.  We  are  also  members  of  the 
Common  Application  and  the  Universal  College 
Application.  You  can  access  their  applications 
through  their  websites:  www.commonapp.org  and 
www.universalapp.com,  respectively.  Equal  consid- 
eration for  admission  is  given  to  students  who 
submit  the  UNH  Application,  Common 
Application,  or  Universal  College  Application. 


36 


•  First-year  applicants  (students  who  just  finished, 
or  are  in  the  process  of  finishing,  secondar)/high 
school)  must  submit  official  copies  of  their  senior 
secondary/high  school  records  to  the  International 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Office.  This  includes 
mark  sheets,  academic  transcripts,  final  examina- 
tion results,  diplomas,  and  degree  certificates  such 
as  Std.  X  (SSC),  Std.  XII  (HSC),  O  Levels,  A 
Levels,  WAEC,  CXC,  IB,  etc. 

•  In  addition  to  the  above,  transfer  applicants  must 
submit  official  copies  of  all  post-secondar)'  (uni- 
versit)'/college)  academic  records  from  all  institu- 
tions previously  attended.  This  includes  mark 
sheets,  academic  transcripts,  examination  results, 
diplomas,  and  degree  certificates.  Transfer  appli- 
cants must  also  submit  official  course  descriptions 
or  syllabi,  with  exact  course  names  and  numbers, 
for  all  post-secondar)'  (universiry/college)  aca- 
demic work  attempted  so  that  it  may  be  evaluated 
for  possible  transfer  of  credit.  Student-generated 
course  descriptions  are  not  acceptable. 

•  If  post-secondary  (university/college)  studies  were 
done  outside  the  U.S.,  a  course-by-course  evalua- 
tion of  all  academic  work  is  strongly  recom- 
mended for  possible  transfer  of  credit.  The 
preferred  education  credential  evaluator  is  the 
World  Education  Service;  please  contact 
www.wes.org  for  more  information. 

•  International  applicants  must  submit  word-for- 
word  certified  English  translations  in  the  same  for- 
mat as  the  official  document  if  the  official 
document  is  not  in  English.  It  is  important  that 
ever\'thing  on  the  official  document  be  translated. 
Translations  should  be  done  by  a  bona  fide  trans- 
lating agency  in  your  country'  or  in  the  U.S. 

•  Submit  at  least  one  letter  of  recommendation 
from  an  academic  source. 

•  Submit  a  personal  essay,  personal  statement  or  a 
statement  of  purpose.  The  essay  is  an  opportunity 
for  us  to  get  to  know  you  as  a  person,  beyond 
your  grades  and  test  scores.  It  also  gives  us  an 
example  of  how  you  express  yourself  and  demon- 
strates your  abilin,'  to  organize  your  thoughts.  The 
personal  essay  should  be  between  250  and  500 
words  on  a  topic  of  your  choice. 


•  ,\11  non-native  English  language  speakers  must 
demonstrate  English  language  competency  by 
providing  a  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL)  score  of  190  on  the  computer-based 
test  (CBT)  or  70  on  the  Internet  Based  test  (IBT). 
The  University  of  New  Haven  School  Code  for 
TOEFL  is  3663.  The  International  English 
Language  Testing  System  (lELTS)  with  a  mini- 
mum score  of  5.5  is  also  acceptable.  Students  who 
have  been  educated  in  English-speaking  systems 
may  substitute  the  SAT  or  ACT  for  the  TOEFL. 
Our  SAT  code  is  3663  and  our  ACT  code  is 
0576.  Depending  on  their  academic  background, 
students  transferring  from  accredited  colleges/ 
universities  within  the  United  States  may  also  be 
required  to  submit  TOEFL  scores  unless  they  have 
taken  an  English  Composition  101  course  and 
obtained  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

•  Verification  of  financial  support  must  also  accom- 
pany the  International  Admission  Application  for 
I-20or  DS-2019  issuance. 

•  Submit  a  clear  copy  of  your  passport  information 
page  with  your  complete  name,  date  of  birth,  and 
country  of  citizenship. 

•  Applicants  currently  in  the  U.S.  must  submit  clear 
copies  of  their  U.S.  visa  stamp,  1-94  card,  1-20  (if 
any),  1-797  (if  any),  and  all  other  immigration 
documents. 

•  Please  note  that  as  of  Fall  2008,  the  ELS  Language 
Center  will  open  a  new  branch  on  the  UNH  cam- 
pus. ELS/Nevv  Haven  will  offer  Intensive  English, 
Semi-intensive  English  and  the  America  Explorer 
programs.  UNH  will  offer  conditional  acceptance  to 
those  who  are  academically  qualified  and  admissible 
but  who  need  to  improve  their  English  language 
abilities  before  beginning  their  academic  course 
work  at  UNH.  This  means  that  if  you  have  no 
TOEFL  or  lELTS  scores  or  a  low  TOEFL  or  lELTS 
score,  you  can  still  apply  to  the  undergraduate 
degree  program  of  your  choice  at  UNH.  If  the 
International  Undergraduate  Admission  Committee 
determines  that  your  application  meets  the  require- 
ments for  admission  except  for  the  English  language 
requirement,  you  will  be  granted  conditional  accept- 
ance. Conditional  acceptance  provides  you  with  the 


Admission  To  The  University  37 


assurance  that  once  you  have  met  the  English 
language  requirement  for  admission  into  a  degree 
program,  you  will  be  allowed  to  begin  your  aca- 
demic course  work  at  UNH. 


Part-Time  Admission 

The  University  of  New  Haven  has  a  rolling  admis- 
sions process,  which  means  that  we  do  not  have  spe- 
cific deadlines.  Applications  are  accepted  until  the 
start  of  the  specific  academic  term;  however,  we  rec- 
ommend that  you  submit  your  application  as  early  as 
possible  to  allow  time  for  processing  to  the  following 
address: 

University  of  New  Haven 
University  College 
Echlin  Hall 
300  Boston  Post  Road 
West  Haven,  CT  06516 

Degree-Seeking  Students 

•  Complete  the  online  Part-Time  and  Adult 
Undergraduate  Application  for  Admission  on  our 
website  at  www.newhaven.edu  and  pay  the  $25 
non-refundable  application  fee.  (You  can  choose 
to  submit  the  paper  version  of  the  application  to 
University  College  along  with  the  $50  non- 
refundable application  fee).  APPLY  ONLINE 
AND  SAVE  50  PERCENT  ON  THE  APPLICA- 
TION FEE! 

•  Submit  an  official  copy  of  your  secondary/high 
school  transcript  to  University  College.  A  satisfac- 
tory General  Equivalency  Diploma  (GED)  is 
acceptable  in  place  ot  a  high  school  diploma. 

•  Submit  official  transcripts  from  all  the 
colleges/universities  that  you  have  attended.  Have 
them  sent  directly  to  University  College.  Upon 
receipt  of  your  transcripts  you  will  receive  an  aca- 
demic worksheet  for  your  intended  major  with  a 
preliminary  transfer  credit  evaluation  (TCE).  The 
1  CE  outlines  how  many  transfer  credits  you  can 
be  awarded  and  details  which  courses  at  your  pre- 
vious college(s)  are  accepted  as  transfer  credit  for 


UNH  courses  in  your  major. 

•  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  or  American 
College  Test  (ACT)  scores  may  be  requested  if  the 
applicant  has  graduated  from  high  school  within 
12  months  of  filing  the  admission  application. 

•  The  University  recognizes  both  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board's  Advanced 
Placement  Program  (AP)  and  the  College  Level 
Examination  Program  (CLEP).  Credit  may  be 
granted  for  AP  grades  of  3,  4  or  5;  credit  may  be 
granted  for  CLEP  passing  percentile  scores  of  50 
or  better.  Credit  will  be  evaluated  by  the  appropri- 
ate department  chair.  For  further  information  or 
to  have  your  scores  sent  to  UNH,  go  to  www.col- 
legeboard.com  and  search  for  AP  or  CLEP. 

•  Information  and  instructions  about  registration 
are  included  in  the  acceptance  packet  for  students 
who  have  been  accepted  to  the  University. 

Non-Degree  Students 

•  Complete  the  online  Part-Time  and  Adult 
Undergraduate  Application  for  Admission  on  our 
website  at  www.newhaven.edu  and  pay  the  $25 
non-refundable  application  fee.  (You  can  choose 
to  submit  the  paper  version  of  the  application  to 
University  College  along  with  the  $50  non- 
refundable application  fee).  APPLY  ONLINE 
AND  SAVE  50  PERCENT  ON  THE  APPLICA- 
TION FEE!  Be  sure  to  select  "Non-Degree"  as 
your  intended  major.  College  transcripts  may  be 
required  from  non-degree  students  if  they  wish  to 
take  courses  that  have  prerequisites. 

•  Students  may  earn  up  to  12  credits  as  a  non- 
degree  student  before  they  are  required  to  matric- 
ulate into  a  degree  or  certificate  program. 

•  Information  and  instructions  about  registration 
will  be  mailed  to  you  when  your  application  has 
been  processed. 

If  you  have  questions  please  contact  University 
College  at  203.932.7180  or  universit)'college@- 
newhaven.edu. 


38 


REGISTRATION 


Academic  Advising  and  the 
Registration  Process 

Registration  is  the  process  of  selecting  classes  each 
term  in  consultation  with  an  academic  adviser.  All 
matriculated  students  have  assigned  faculty  advisers 
who  provide  guidance  on  academic  matters  and  assist 
with  registration.  Normally,  the  assigned  adviser  is 
the  chair  or  coordinator  of  the  student's  major  course 
of  study  or  another  faculty  member  designated  by 
the  chair. 

Online  registration  is  offered  through  the  Matrix 
Student  Information  System.  Matrix  is  also  where 
final  grades  are  posted  for  viewing  at  the  end  of  each 
academic  period.  If  you  are  a  current  student,  you 
should  have  received  a  notification  informing  you  of 
your  student  ID,  login,  password,  and  University 
email  address.  Newly  accepted  students  receive  this 
information  once  the  acceptance  process  has  been 
completed.  This  enables  you  to  access  your  UNH 
email  account,  the  Blackboard  Learning  System,  and 
the  Matrix  Student  Information  System. 

Full-Time  Students 

Registration  dates  tor  upcoming  terms  are  pub- 
lished in  advance  and  currently  enrolled  students  will 
receive  an  email  notification  of  the  dates  via  their 
UNH  email  account.  Once  the  dates  are  published, 
full-time  students  must  pick  up  a  copy  of  their  aca- 
demic worksheet  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and 
schedule  an  appointment  with  their  academic 
adviser.  After  the  academic  adviser  has  approved  the 
selection  of  courses,  students  may  register  online  on 
their  designated  day  as  outlined  in  the  email  notifica- 
tion of  registration  dates. 

Students  desiring  to  register  for  more  than  18 
credits  in  any  one  semester  must  obtain  written  con- 
sent from  their  adviser  and  department  chair,  and 
must  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  (G.P.A.) 
of  3.20  or  higher. 

All  undergraduate  international  students  are  required 
to  enroll  for  a  minimum  of  1 2  credits  each  semester. 


New  students  or  former  students  returning  to 
UNH  as  full-time  students  should  contact  the 
Undergraduate  Admissions  OfiTice  to  obtain  informa- 
tion and  an  application.  You  will  receive  registration 
information  and  instructions  upon  completion  of  the 
acceptance  process. 

Part-Time  Students 

Registration  dates  for  upcoming  terms  are  pub- 
lished in  advance  and  currently  enrolled  students  will 
receive  an  email  notification  of  the  dates  via  their 
UNH  email  account.  Once  the  dates  are  published, 
part-time  students  are  encouraged  to  contact  their 
academic  adviser  to  assist  with  course  selection.  After 
the  academic  adviser  has  approved  the  selection  of 
courses,  students  may  register  online  on  their  desig- 
nated day  as  outlined  in  the  email  notification  of  reg- 
istration dates. 

Part-time  students  may  register  for  up  to  11  cred- 
its in  any  term,  semester,  or  module.  Students  desir- 
ing to  enroll  for  more  than  1 1  credits  must  change 
their  standing  to  fiill  time  and  be  charged  full  time 
tuition. 

New  students  or  former  students  returning  to 
UNH  as  part-time  students  should  contact 
University  College  to  obtain  information  and  an 
application.  You  will  receive  registration  information 
and  instructions  upon  completion  of  the  acceptance 
process. 

Alumni  Auditors 

Alumni  who  audit  courses  pay  a  reduced  tuition 
but  must  be  approved  through  the  Alumni  Office 
before  registering  for  courses.  Auditing  at  the 
reduced  rate  is  limited  to  courses  at  or  below  the 
level  of  the  degree  earned  while  previously  enrolled  as 
a  student  at  UNH.  Alumni  may  be  required  to  com- 
plete an  application  for  admission  if  their  current 
information  is  not  available  in  the  Matrix  Student 
Information  System.  Please  contact  University 
College  to  obtain  information  and  an  application. 


Academic  Regulations  39 

ACADEMIC  REGULATIONS 


Ways  of  Earning  Credit 

Academic  Credit 

Academic  credit  is  granted  on  a  credit-hour  basis. 
In  addition  to  successfully  completing  regular 
courses,  students  may  earn  credit  by  independent 
study,  coordinated  courses,  crediting  exams  or  CLEP 
exams,  or  transfer  of  previously  awarded  credit  from 
other  institutions.  These  methods  are  detailed  in  the 
following  pages  of  this  section. 

Transfer  of  Credit  to  the  University 

Students  may  transfer  to  the  University  after  com- 
pleting academic  work  at  other  institutions. 
Normally,  the  University  accepts  credit  from  region- 
ally accredited  colleges  on  an  equivalency  basis.  The 
regional  institutional  accreditation  bodies  in  the  U.S. 
are  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
(MSA),  New  England  Association  of  Schools  and 
Colleges  (NEA.S.C),  North  Central  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Schools  (NCA),  Northwest 
Commission  on  Colleges  and  Universities 
(NWCCU),  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools  (SACS),  and  Western  Association  of  Schools 
and  Colleges  (WA.S.C). 

Students  transferring  from  another  institution 
must  have  at  least  a  2.0  grade  point  average  based  on 
a  four-point  scale.  Credit  is  normally  granted  for 
undergraduate  courses  completed  with  at  least  a  grade 
of  C,  or  its  equivalent.  Credit  is  not  awarded  for 
pass/fail  courses  or  pass/fail  grades.  Credit  transferred 
from  a  two-year  institution  is  generally  limited  to 
sixty  credits  and  restricted  to  freshman-  and  sopho- 
more-level courses,  unless  otherwise  approved  in  writ- 
ing by  the  dean  of  the  school  in  which  the  student 
seeks  to  enroll.  Credit  will  be  considered  only  for 
transfer  courses  that  are  equivalent  to  UNH  courses 
or  electives;  all  accepted  credit  must  pertain  to  UNH 
degree  requirements. 


Coordinated  Courses 

In  order  to  maintain  continuity  in  a  degree  pro- 
gram, students  are  encouraged  to  use  UNH  Summer 
Sessions  and  Winter  Intersession;  however,  courses 
taken  by  matriculated  UNH  students  at  regionally 
accredited  institutions  may  be  designated  as  coordi- 
nated courses.  Credit  for  such  courses  is  accepted  and 
posted  to  students'  transcripts,  and  the  grades  are 
included  in  students'  grade  point  averages. 

Credit  for  courses  taken  at  a  two-year  institution 
is  restricted  to  equivalent  UNH  courses  at  the  fresh- 
man and  sophomore  levels.  (Students  with  junior  or 
higher  standing  at  UNH  may  not  take  coordinated 
courses  at  two-year  institutions.) 

Prior  authorization  for  a  coordinated  course  must 
be  obtained  from  the  department(s)  housing  the  stu- 
dent's major  and  the  related  course  at  UNH.  The 
appropriate  form  must  be  obtained  at  the  Registrar's 
Office,  approved  by  the  academic  department(s),  and 
returned  to  the  Registrar's  Office  before  the  course 
begins.  Normally,  approval  is  granted  only  for  those 
courses  that  are  equivalent  to  courses  offered  at 
UNH,  and/or  standard  courses  in  a  given  discipline 
unavailable  at  UNH  because  of  frequency  of  offer- 
ings, cancellation,  etc.,  or  courses  that  are  inaccessible 
to  the  student  because  of  temporary  residency  at  a 
distant  location.  Complete  detailed  instructions  can 
be  found  on  the  Coordinated  Course  form. 

Students  must  be  continuously  matriculated  at 
UNH  while  taking  a  coordinated  course.  Approval 
for  a  coordinated  course  will  become  void  upon  with- 
drawal from  the  University  by  the  student  or  dis- 
missal of  the  student  from  the  University. 

Students  are  responsible  for  securing  an  official 
transcript  upon  completion  of  their  course  work. 
Official  transcripts  must  be  mailed  directly  from  the 
other  institution  to  the  attention  of  the  Registrar's 
Office  at  UNH.  Credit  will  not  be  posted  to  the  stu- 
dent's UNH  transcript  until  the  official  transcript 
from  the  other  institution  has  been  received  by  the 
Registrar's  Office. 


40 


Advanced  Placement 

The  University  recognizes  the  program  of 
advanced  placement  available  to  talented  high  school 
students  through  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board.  Students  satisfactorily  completing  advanced 
placement  courses  in  high  school  and  the  final  exami- 
nation prepared  by  the  Educational  Testing  Service 
(ETS)  may  be  given  appropriate  college  credit  if  their 
courses  are  similar  to  those  offered  at  the  University 
of  New  Haven. 

ETS  advanced  placement  examinations  are  graded 
from  1  to  5.  Credit  may  be  allowed  when  the  grade 
earned  is  3,  4,  or  5.  Students  desiring  to  submit 
advanced  placement  courses  for  college  credit  should 
have  all  results  of  these  courses  and  tests  sent  in  with 
their  application  for  admission. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  accepts  credit  by 
examination  from  the  College-Level  Examination 
Program  (CLEP),  subject  to  academic  department 
chair  approval.  The  passing  percentile  for  CLEP  and 
subject  examinations  is  50.  Credit  will  be  evaluated 
by  the  appropriate  department  chair. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  awards  credit  for 
scores  of  4  or  greater  on  International  Baccalaureate 
(IB)  exams.  To  receive  credit,  students  must  request 
that  the  testing  service  forward  official  test  results 
directly  to  the  University  of  New  Haven.  Credit  will 
be  evaluated  by  the  appropriate  department  chair. 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  student  who  has  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  G.P.A. 
and  has  independent  knowledge  of  the  content  of  an 
undergraduate  course  offered  by  the  University  may, 
with  the  approval  of  the  appropriate  department 
chair  and  dean,  take  a  special  crediting  examination 
in  lieu  of  taking  the  course. 

Students  are  reminded  that  they  must  earn  at  least 
thirty  credits  through  regular  UNH  course  work  if 
they  are  to  meet  the  residency  requirements  for  grad- 
uation. Credits  by  examination  do  not  count  toward 
the  residency  requirement. 

Students  may  not  take  crediting  examinations 
during  the  first  term  in  which  they  are  enrolled. 


External  Credit  Examinations 

Learning  acquired  through  various  traditional  and 
nontraditional  approaches  can  be  measured  and  vali- 
dated by  objective  procedures  acceptable  to  the  faculty 
of  UNH.  This  learning  must  appropriately  parallel 
the  curriculum  of  the  University  in  order  to  be 
awarded  UNH  credit.  Sources  of  external  credit  that 
may  be  evaluated  currently  include  the  following: 

•  College-Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP) 

•  Proficiency  Examination  Program  (ACT  PEP) 

•  Dantes  Subject  Standardized  Tests  (DSST) 

•  Modern  Language  Association  Foreign  Language 
Proficiency  Tests  (MLA) 

•  Military  Service  School  Courses 

Enrollees  on  active  duty  in  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces 
should  arrange  for  DD  Form  295  to  be  completed 
and  forwarded  from  the  duty  station.  Veterans  of  any 
period  of  active  service  should  provide  the  University 
with  a  copy  of  DD  Form  214  or  other  notice  of  sepa- 
ration for  each  period  of  service.  This  may  assist  in 
identifying  possible  sources  of  academic  credit. 

Independent  Study 

In  all  courses  of  independent  study  the  student 
and  adviser  must  jointly  file  a  project  outline  with 
the  registrar  within  four  weeks  of  the  beginning  of 
the  course.  This  outline  shall  serve  as  the  basis  for 
determining  satisfactory  completion  of  course 
requirements. 

Normally,  independent  study  is  restricted  to  no 
more  than  six  credits  and  open  only  to  seniors,  jun- 
iors, and  exceptionally  qualified  sophomores. 
Students  must  have  at  least  a  3.0  grade  point  average. 

Regularly  scheduled  courses  (that  is,  those  offered 
at  least  once  every  four  semesters)  are  not  normally 
acceptable  as  independent  study. 

Field  Experience 

In  all  credit-bearing  courses  of  field  experience, 
including  internships,  practical  theses,  and  work 
study,  students  will  earn  credit  for  the  learning 
gained  through  the  activity.  The  student  and  adviser 
must  jointly  file  a  project  outline  with  the  registrar 


Academic  Regulations  41 


within  four  weeks  of  the  beginning  of  the  course. 
This  outhne  shall  serve  as  the  basis  for  estabhshing 
the  mechanism  by  which  the  adviser  will  evaluate  the 
learning  to  occur  and  thus  for  determining  comple- 
tion of  course  requirements. 

Academic  Standing  and  Progress 

Full-Time  Students 

Full-time  student  standing  is  attained  by  register- 
ing for  a  minimum  of  1 2  credits  per  semester,  or 
equivalent  term,  on  either  a  matriculated  or  non- 
matriculated  basis.  Such  standing  is  continued  to  a 
succeeding  term  provided  a  minimum  of  12  credits  is 
completed  in  the  current  term.  Completion  is  defined 
as  receipt  of  a  letter  grade  of  A+  through  D-,  F,  S,  or 
U.  Other  letter  grades  do  not  signify  course  comple- 
tion. 

Full-time  students  are  eligible  for  all  daytime  stu- 
dent activities  and  benefits  and  are  subject  to  full- 
time  tuition  charges  and  other  relevant  fees.  It  is 
assumed  that  full-time  students  will  select  the  great 
majority,  if  not  all,  of  their  courses  from  daytime 
course  schedules,  unless  needed  courses  are  unavail- 
able during  the  day. 

Part-Time  Students 

Students  who  register  for  1  through  1 1  credits 
during  a  semester  or  equivalent  term  maintain  part- 
time  standing.  Part-time  standing  may  be  held  by 
students  attending  UNH  during  the  day  or  in  the 
evening. 

Matriculation 

Matriculation  is  the  formal  act  of  registering  to 
study  for  a  specific  degree  offered  by  the  University. 
Matriculation  is,  therefore,  not  automatic.  A  student 
must  request  matriculation  by  seeking  admission  to  a 
specific  University  degree  program.  Formal  accept- 
ance into  a  degree  program  shall  constitute  the  grant- 
ing of  matriculation. 

Students  seeking  credit  to  be  transferred  to 
another  institution,  or  simply  wishing  to  audit 
courses  or  to  take  them  without  working  toward  a 


degree,  need  not  matriculate.  Nonmatriculated  stu- 
dents must  register  to  take  their  chosen  courses,  how- 
ever, and  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  courses  only  as 
space  permits.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  seek 
matriculation  should  he  or  she  later  decide  to  pursue 
a  University  of  New  Haven  degree. 

Academic  Worksheets 

Generally,  matriculating  students  are  subject  to 
those  requirements  defined  in  the  Undergraduate 
Catalog  and  listed  on  the  academic  worksheet  in 
effect  for  the  semester  of  initial  enrollment. 

If  students  change  academic  majors,  they  are  sub- 
ject to  the  requirements  of  the  catalog  and  worksheet 
in  effect  at  the  time  of  the  change. 

If  students  withdraw  or  are  dismissed  from  the 
University  and  decide  to  return  at  a  later  date,  they 
are  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the  catalog  and 
worksheet  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  return. 

Part-time  students  are  permitted  a  total  of  three 
semesters  (consecutive  or  otherwise)  of  break  in  study 
during  which  they  may  continue  on  the  original  aca- 
demic worksheet.  After  the  three-semester  limit  has 
been  reached,  students  are  subject  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  new  catalog  and  worksheet  in  effect  at 
that  time. 

Students  who  initiate  a  leave  of  absence,  will  con- 
tinue on  the  same  academic  worksheet  upon  their 
return  to  the  University.  However,  students  who  fail 
to  return  after  the  designated  leave  of  absence  period 
will  be  considered  withdrawn  students  and  are  sub- 
ject to  the  catalog  and  worksheet  requirements  out- 
lined above. 

Students  who  begin  their  studies  based  on  a  cata- 
log and  worksheet  that  subsequently  changes  may 
request  to  use  the  latest  worksheet  for  that  major; 
however,  those  students  are  not  required  to  change  to 
the  current  worksheet  unless  they  have  been  away 
from  the  University  as  described  above. 

Class 

A  student's  year  of  study  at  the  University  of  New 
Haven  is  defined  at  the  undergraduate  level  using  the 
following  scale: 


42 


Freshman  —  0  to  26  completed  credits 
Sophomore  —  27  to  56  completed  credits 
Junior  —  57  to  86  completed  credits 
Senior  —  87  or  more  completed  credits 

It  is  important  to  note  that  a  student's  year  of 
study  does  not  transition  to  the  next  level  until  cred- 
its have  been  completed.  Attempted  credits,  such  as 
those  not  yet  completed  in  a  current  term,  or  those 
for  which  a  student  is  pre-registered  in  a  future  term, 
are  not  included  in  determining  a  student's  year  of 
study. 

Change  of  Student  Standing 

Undergraduate  students  who  wish  to  change  their 
standing  from  full  time  to  part  time  or  from  part 
time  to  full  time  must  complete  a  Classification 
Package  Change  form  available  from  the  Registrar's 
Office. 

Part-time  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  more 
than  1 1  credits  in  any  term  must  change  their  stand- 
ing to  full  time.  Full-time  students  wishing  to  change 
to  part-time  standing  may  become  part-time  day  or 
part-time  evening  students.  To  qualify  for  part-time 
evening  standing,  a  student  normally  is  restricted  to 
enrolling  in  evening  courses  only. 

Major 

Each  matriculated  student  must  designate  a  spe- 
cific degree  program,  called  a  major.  Major  program 
requirements  are  detailed  in  the  Catalog  under  the 
relevant  department  listing.  A  minimum  cumulative 
2.0  G.P.A.  in  major  courses  is  required  for  graduation 
in  addition  to  a  minimum  cumulative  2.0  G.P.A.  in 
all  courses.  See  program  requirements  for  further  clar- 
ification of  specific  courses/requirements. 

Minor 

Many  baccalaureate  programs  can  be  supple- 
mented by  an  associated  minor  program,  which  nor- 
mally includes  five  or  six  courses.  The  University 
encourages  students  to  augment  their  major  program 
with  an  associated  minor.  Details,  requirements,  and 
a  minor  worksheet  can  be  obtained  from  the  aca- 
demic department  that  offers  the  minor. 


The  minor  worksheet,  developed  by  the  appropri- 
ate department,  must  be  submitted  to  the  Registrar's 
Office  in  order  for  a  student  to  receive  credit  for  the 
minor.  A  minimum  of  one-half  of  the  courses 
required  for  any  minor  must  be  completed  in  resi- 
dence at  UNH. 

Minors  are  recorded  on  the  student's  transcript  in 
conjunction  with  the  degree  and  major  awarded. 
Minors  cannot  be  awarded  without  completion  of  a 
baccalaureate  degree. 

Grading  System 

The  following  grading  system  applies  except  where 
otherwise  specified,  both  to  examinations  and  to 
term  work.  The  weight  of  a  final  examination  grade  is 
a  matter  individually  determined  by  each  instructor. 
(See  the  Grade  Point  Average  section  for  additional 
information.) 

A+       Excellent  4.0  quality  points 

A        Excellent  4.0  quality  points 

A-       Excellent  3.7  quality  points 

B+      Good  3.3  quality  points 

B        Good  3.0  quality  points 

B-       Good  2.7  quality  points 

C+      Fair  2.3  quality  points 

C        Fair  2.0  quality  points 

C-       Fair  1 .7  quality  points 

D+      Poor  1 .3  quality  points 

D        Poor  1 .0  quality  point 

D-       Poor,  lowest  passing 

grade  0.7  quality  points 

F         Failure  0  quality  points 

AU     Audit.  Indicates  course  was  attended  without 
expectation  of  credit  or  grade  (0  quality 
points). 
INC   Incomplete.  Indicates  one  of  the  following  two 
possibilities: 

1.  Some  work  remains  to  be  completed  to  gain 
academic  credit  for  the  course.  An  INC  is 
assigned  in  this  instance  at  the  discretion  of 
the  instructor.  This  assignment  shall  not  be 
automatic  but  shall  be  based  upon  an  evalu- 
ation of  the  student's  work  completed  up  to 
that  point  and  an  assessment  of  the  student's 


Academic  Regulation  43 


ability  to  complete  course  requirements 
within  the  allowed  time  limit.  Work  to 
remove  an  INC  must  be  performed  as  soon 
as  possible  but  in  no  case  later  than  12 
months  following  the  last  day  of  the  semes- 
ter in  which  the  INC  is  incurred,  or  earlier 
if  the  instructor  so  requires.  When  such 
work  is  completed,  the  instructor  will  assign 
a  final  grade  for  the  course. 
2.  The  student  has  failed  to  complete  unful- 
filled academic  assignments  within  the  spec- 
ified 12  months,  and  the  grade  of  INC  has 
been  entered  on  the  student's  transcript.  No 
further  opportunity  to  complete  the  course 
will  be  available  to  the  student  after  this 
time  (0  quality  points). 
DNA  Did  Not  Attend.  Indicates  nonattendance  in  a 
course  for  which  a  student  had  previously  reg- 
istered but  not  officially  dropped  (0  quality 
points). 
W       Withdrawal.  Indicates  unofficial  withdrawal 
(i.e.,  non-attendance)  from  a  course  after  the 
first  half  of  the  semester,  or  withdrawal  from 
the  University  at  any  time  after  the  last  date  to 
drop  a  course  as  published  in  the  academic  cal- 
endar. The  grade  of  W  will  not  be  assigned  to  a 
student  who  has  taken  the  final  examination  in 
the  course  (0  quality  points). 
S         Satisfactory.  Given  only  in  noncredit  courses  (0 

quality  points). 
U        Unsatisfactory.  Given  only  in  noncredit  courses 
(0  quality  points). 

Grade  Point  Average 

The  academic  standing  of  each  student  is  deter- 
mined on  the  basis  of  the  grade  point  average 
(G.P.A.)  earned  each  term.  Each  letter  grade  is 
assigned  a  quality  point  value.  (See  the  Grading 
System  section.) 

The  grade  point  average  is  obtained  by  multiply- 
ing the  quality  point  value  of  each  grade  by  the  num- 
ber of  credits  assigned  to  each  course  as  listed  in  the 
Catalog,  then  dividing  the  sum  of  the  quality  points 
earned  by  the  number  of  credits  attempted  in  courses 


for  which  a  grade  of  A+  through  F  is  awarded. 
Course  grades  of  AU,  DNA,  INC,  S,  U,  and  W  are 
not  calculated  in  the  grade  point  average  since  they 
carry  no  quality  points.  A  cumulative  grade  point 
average  is  obtained  by  calculating  the  grade  point 
average  for  all  courses  attempted  at  the  University  of 
New  Haven. 

Satisfactory  Progress 

For  full-time  matriculated  students,  satisfactory 
progress  toward  a  degree  is  defined  as  successful  com- 
pletion of  24  credits  applicable  to  that  degree  pro- 
gram during  an  academic  year.  This  should  include 
registration  for  at  least  12  credits  per  semester  and 
successful  completion  of  at  least  nine  credits  per 
semester.  Completion  is  defined  as  the  receipt  of  a 
final  letter  grade  (A+  to  F),  but  not  the  receipt  of  a 
Withdrawal  (W),  Did  Not  Attend  (DNA),  or  an 
Incomplete  (INC).  Successful  completion  is  defined 
as  the  receipt  of  a  passing  letter  grade  (A+  to  D-). 

Students  are  required  to  maintain  a  minimum 
cumulative  grade  point  average  in  accordance  with 
the  following  scale: 
Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1 .75  for  3  to  27 

credits  attempted; 
Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.85  for  28  to  57 

credits  attempted; 
Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  lor  58  or 

more  credits  attempted. 

A  minimum  G.P.A.  of  2.0  is  required  in  the 
major,  in  a  minor,  or  in  any  undergraduate  certificate 
program  in  order  to  graduate  with  that  credential. 

In  addition,  financial  aid  eligibility  is  limited  to 
accumulated  attempted  credits  totaling  no  more  than 
150  percent  of  the  published  credits  required  to 
receive  an  undergraduate  degree.  For  example,  a  pro- 
gram that  requires  120  credits  x  1.5  =  180  maximum 
allowable  credits  attempted  for  financial  aid  eligibil- 
ity. Evety  semester  that  you  are  enrolled  in  school  is 
counted,  even  the  semesters  when  you  do  not  receive 
financial  aid.  Transfer  credits  accepted  by  the 
University  from  other  institutions  count  toward  the 
maximum  credit  limit. 


44 


Dean's  List 

The  dean's  list  honors  undergraduate  students 
who  demonstrate  excellence  in  their  academic  per- 
formance. Full-time  undergraduate  students  who 
earn  a  grade  point  average  (G.P.A.)  of  3.50  or  better 
in  any  one  semester  will  be  appointed  to  the  dean's 
list  for  that  semester. 

Part-time  undergraduate  students  who  have  accu- 
mulated a  minimum  ot  14  credits  of  course  work  at 
the  University  will  automatically  be  considered  for 
the  dean's  list  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  A  cumula- 
tive G.P.A.  of  3.50  or  better  is  required. 

Academic  Probation 

Students  are  placed  on  academic  probation  when 
they  fail  to  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative  grade 
point  average  in  accordance  with  the  following  satis- 
factory progress  scale: 

Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.75  for  3  to  27 

credits  attempted; 
Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.85  for  28  to  57 

credits  attempted; 
Cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.0  for  58  or 

more  credits  attempted. 

Academic  probation  of  transfer  students  is  deter- 
mined in  accordance  with  the  same  graduated,  mini- 
mum cumulative  grade  point  average  scale  as  for 
non-transfer  students,  as  detailed  above.  In  determin- 
ing a  transfer  students  academic  standing,  the  stu- 
dent's total  semester  hours  completed  —  those 
transferred  from  other  institutions  plus  those 
attempted  at  the  Universiry  of  New  Haven  —  are 
applied  to  the  minimum  cumulative  grade  point 
average  scale. 

Students  who  are  on  academic  probation  are  lim- 
ited to  a  course  load  not  to  exceed  four  courses  (13 
credits).  Any  course  above  the  four-course  limit  taken 
by  a  student  at  another  institution  during  a  period  of 
academic  probation  is  not  accepted  for  credit  by  the 
University. 

The  counting  of  the  number  of  academic  proba- 
tions for  any  student  shall  not  change  as  the  result  of 
an  academic  dismissal.  A  student  shall  be  dismissed 
automatically  as  a  result  of  the  third  or,  if  readmitted, 


any  subsequent  probation. 

Academic  probation{s)  are  recorded  on  the  stu- 
dent's transcript. 

Academic  Dismissal 

Students  are  dismissed  from  the  University  (1) 
upon  qualification  for  a  third  probation,  (2)  upon 
qualification  for  any  subsequent  probation  after  read- 
mission  from  an  academic  dismissal,  or  (3)  when  the 
student's  grade  point  average  for  any  individual 
semester  is  less  than  1.0  and  the  student's  cumulative 
grade  point  average  does  not  indicate  satisfactory 
progress  as  described  in  the  Satisfactory  Progress  sec- 
tion. If  the  cumulative  grade  point  average  indicates 
Satisfactory  Progress  as  described  in  the  satisfactory 
progress  section,  an  academic  warning  is  issued 
instead  of  an  academic  dismissal. 

First-semester  freshmen  earning  a  grade  point 
average  of  less  than  1.0  for  the  first  semester  are  not 
dismissed,  but  are  automatically  placed  on  academic 
probation. 

Academic  dismissals  are  recorded  on  the  student's 
transcript. 

Dismissal/ Readmission  Procedure 

Notification  of  academic  dismissal  is  made  by  the 
Registrar  via  certified  letter.  This  letter  specifies  the 
time  span  and  criteria  for  appeal. 

Upon  written  submission  by  the  student,  an 
appeal  will  be  heard  by  the  Academic  Standing  and 
Readmissions  Committee  (A.S.RC).  If  the  appeal  has 
merit  and  is  granted,  the  student  will  be  so  notified 
by  the  chair  of  the  Committee.  The  Committee  may 
require  special  arrangements  or  conditions  to  allow 
the  student  to  continue.  Satisfaction  of  such  condi- 
tions is  an  obligation  of  the  student. 

If  there  is  no  appeal  or  if  an  appeal  is  denied,  the 
student  will  be  removed  from  any  courses  for  which 
he  or  she  is  registered  that  have  not  yet  begun.  The 
student  may  continue  in  any  intersession  or  summer 
course  that  began  before  the  date  of  the  dismissal, 
but  may  not  begin  any  courses  after  the  dismissal  is 
effective. 


Academic  Regulations  45 


Notations  of  readmission  by  successful  appeal  and/ 
or  denial  of  appeal  appear  on  the  student's  transcript. 

Application  tor  readmission  of  students  who  have 
been  dismissed  and  who  either  did  not  appeal  or 
whose  appeal  was  denied  normally  will  be  considered 
only  after  the  lapse  of  one  semester  and  only  when 
students  provide  evidence  that  indicates  probable  suc- 
cess if  readmitted.  Requests  for  readmission  should 
be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  chair  of  the  ASRC  at 
least  three  weeks  before  the  opening  of  the  semester 
and  should  include  evidence  supporting  the  student's 
belief  that  he  or  she  will  succeed  if  readmitted.  If  the 
student  has  attended  another  college  or  in  the 
interim,  an  official  academic  transcript  is  required 
from  that  institution.  Because  the  student  is  not 
matriculated  at  UNH  during  this  period,  no  coordi- 
nated courses  will  be  accepted. 

Readmission  is  not  automatic.  The  committee 
reviews  each  application  and  makes  a  decision  on 
acceptance,  rejection,  or  conditional  acceptance  of 
students.  A  student  who  is  readmitted  may  be  pro- 
hibited from  continuing  with  the  academic  program 
in  which  he  or  she  was  enrolled  at  the  time  of  dis- 
missal as  a  condition  of  readmission. 

Upon  successfijl  readmission,  a  student  may  enroll 
in  the  normal  manner  as  a  continuing  student  and 
does  not  need  to  submit  a  new  application  unless  he 
or  she  does  not  return  to  UNH  in  the  semester 
immediately  following  the  date  of  readmission. 
Students  who  decide  not  to  return  until  a  later  date 
must  submit  a  new  application  and  pay  another 
application  fee  to  the  Undergraduate  Admissions 
Office  (for  full-time  students)  or  to  University 
College  (for  part-time  students). 

Repetition  of  Work 

A  course  that  a  student  has  completed  may  be 
repeated  only  with  the  consent  of  the  chair  of  the 
department  that  offers  the  course  or  if  a  minimum 
grade  is  required  to  enroll  in  a  subsequent  course  in  a 
series.  If  a  student  achieves  a  higher  grade  in  the  sec- 
ond attempt,  that  grade  rather  than  the  first  is  used 
to  compute  the  cumulative  grade  point  average. 
However,  both  the  higher  and  lower  grades  in  the 


course  remain  on  the  student's  transcript. 

When  credit  for  a  graded  course  previously 
attempted  at  UNH  is  earned  through  a  method  that 
does  not  carry  a  grade  with  a  quality  point  value,  the 
previous  instance  of  that  course  is  removed  from  the 
cumulative  G.RA.  calculation.  However,  both 
instances  are  recorded  on  the  students  transcript. 

Changes 

Dropping/ Adding  a  Class 

A  student  who  wishes  to  add  or  drop  a  course 
must  refer  to  the  deadline  dates  as  published  in  the 
undergraduate  academic  calendar.  Drop/Add  forms 
are  available  online  and  from  the  Undergraduate 
Records  Office.  For  full-time  students,  all  adds  and 
drops  require  the  signature  of  the  instructor  and  the 
student's  adviser.  In  the  case  of  part-time  students, 
adds  and  drops  require  the  signature  of  the  instructor 
only,  although  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  part- 
time  students  consult  with  their  advisers. 


Withdrawal  from  a  Class 

Submitting  a  properly  signed  Drop  form  to  the 
Registrar's  Office  before  the  last  day  to  drop  as  pub- 
lished in  the  academic  calendar  removes  the  student's 
name  from  the  class  roster  and  removes  the  enroll- 
ment from  the  student's  transcript.  After  the  last  day 
to  drop  a  course,  student  names  remain  on  class  ros- 
ters and  on  transcripts,  even  if  a  student  decides  to 
stop  attending  a  class.  In  this  case,  the  student  should 
request  a  final  grade  of  W  (withdrawal)  from  the 
instructor  of  the  course.  Because  full-time  students 
are  assessed  fiiU-time  tuition  based  upon  a  credit 
range,  dropping  a  course  does  not  qualify  full-time 
students  for  cancellation  of  tuition  or  fees.  Because 
part-time  students  are  assessed  tuition  on  a  per-credit 
basis,  the  tuition  refund  policy  is  applied  when  a 
course  is  dropped. 

Changing  a  Major 

Students  wishing  to  change  their  major  must  meet 
with  the  chair  of  the  department  into  which  they 


46 


wish  to  transfer.  In  consultation  with  the  student,  the 
chair  completes  an  Academic  Program  Change 
Request  (available  online  and  in  the  Registrars 
Office)  and  forwards  it  to  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Students  who  wish  to  declare  an  additional  major 
must  meet  with  the  chair  of  the  department  that 
houses  the  additional  major.  In  consultation  with  the 
student,  the  chair  completes  an  Additional  Major 
Request  (available  online  and  in  the  Registrar's 
Office)  and  forwards  it  to  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Leave  of  Absence 

Undergraduate  matriculated  students  may  inter- 
rupt continuous  enrollment  by  electing  to  take  a 
leave  of  absence  from  the  Universit)'  for  medical  or 
personal  reasons,  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  at 
another  institution,  or  to  engage  in  other  off-campus 
educational  experiences  without  severing  their  con- 
nection with  the  University  of  New  Haven.  Before 
taking  a  leave  of  absence,  students  are  encouraged  to 
discuss  their  particular  situation  with  an  academic 
adviser,  the  dean  of  their  school,  an  academic  skills 
counselor  in  the  Office  of  Academic  Ser\'ices,  or  a 
counselor  in  the  Counseling  Center. 
The  policies  regarding  leaves  of  absence  are  as  follows: 

•  Noninternational  students  must  file  for  a  leave  of 
absence  through  the  Registrar's  Office  or  the 
Office  of  Academic  Services;  international  stu- 
dents must  initiate  the  leave  of  absence  through 
the  International  Student  Services  Office. 

•  Students  who  are  on  University  disciplinar}'  pro- 
bation are  not  eligible  for  a  leave  of  absence. 

•  A  student  who  has  been  dropped  or  dismissed 
from  the  Universit)'  for  disciplinary  or  academic 
reasons  is  not  eligible  for  a  leave  of  absence  until 
properly  reinstated. 

•  A  student  who  has  withdrawn  as  a  degree  candi- 
date is  not  eligible  for  a  leave  of  absence.  If  a  stu- 
dent withdraws  while  on  leave  of  absence,  the 
leave  is  invalidated. 

•  Leaves  of  absence  are  not  required  or  granted  for 
intersession  or  summer  terms. 

•  Normally,  leaves  are  not  approved  for  a  period 
longer  than  two  semesters.  Under  special  extraor- 


dinary circumstances,  usually  medical  in  nature,  a 
leave  of  absence  may  be  approved  for  a  maximum 
of  four  semesters  or  two  years. 

•  A  student  who  wishes  to  return  later  than  the 
semester  originally  stated  on  the  leave  of  absence 
form  must  apply  through  the  Registrar's  Office  for 
an  extension  of  the  leave  of  absence,  not  to  exceed 
the  maximum  period  as  outlined  above. 

•  A  student  who  plans  to  enroll  in  course  work  at 
another  accredited  institution  during  a  leave  of 
absence  should  review  program  plans  with  his  or 
her  academic  adviser  to  verify  eligibilit}'  for  receiv- 
ing credit  at  the  University  of  New  Haven. 

•  Taking  a  leave  of  absence  may  affect  a  student's 
financial  aid.  Students  receiving  financial  aid  are 
encouraged  to  contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office 
before  taking  a  leave  of  absence. 

•  A  student  who  fulfills  the  conditions  of  an 
approved  leave  of  absence  may  return  to  the 
Universit)'  and  register  for  classes  without  apply- 
ing for  readmission;  such  students  may  preregister 
for  the  semester  in  which  they  plan  to  return. 

•  A  student  who  does  not  apply  for  an  extension  or 
who  exceeds  the  maximum  period  but  wishes  to 
return  to  the  Universit)'  must  be  formally  readmit- 
ted by  the  Undergraduate  Admissions  Office  (full- 
time  students)  or  by  University  College  (part-time 
students).  Upon  successful  readmission,  the  stu- 
dent may  register  for  classes  for  the  first  term  of 
their  return  through  the  Undergraduate 
Admissions  Office  or  University  College. 

•  For  leaves  of  absence  completed  during  the  first 
twelve  weeks  of  the  semester,  the  student's  tran- 
script will  contain  no  record  of  courses  attempted 
or  grades  received  during  that  semester. 

•  Leaves  of  absence  completed  after  the  twelfth 
week  but  before  the  end  of  the  semester  may 
result  in  receipt  of  grades  such  as  INC,  W,  or  F 
for  courses  in  which  the  student  is  registered  at 
the  time  of  the  declaration  of  the  leave  of  absence. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Undergraduate  students  desiring  to  withdraw 
from  the  Universit)'  must  complete  a  Withdrawal 
form  (available  online,  in  the  Office  of  Academic 


Acader 


Reeul: 


47 


Services,  and  in  the  Registrar's  Office),  submit  it  to 
the  Office  of  Academic  Services  or  the  Registrar's 
Office,  and  notify  each  of  their  instructors.  It  is  the 
student's  obHgation  to  complete  this  formal  proce- 
dure. Failure  to  do  so  leaves  the  student  liable  for  all 
of  the  current  semester's  tuition  and  fees  and  may 
result  in  grades  of  F  being  assigned  in  courses. 

Formal  withdrawal  must  be  completed  during  the 
first  four  weeks  of  the  semester  in  order  to  obtain  any 
cancellation  of  tuition  and  fees  according  to  the 
tuition  refund  policy.  Formal  withdrawal  completed 
during  the  first  twelve  weeks  of  the  semester  will 
ensure  that  the  student's  transcript  contains  no  record 
of  courses  attempted  or  grades  received  during  that 
semester.  Formal  withdrawal  completed  after  the 
twelfth  week  but  before  the  end  of  the  semester  may 
result  in  receipt  of  grades  such  as  INC,  W,  or  F  for 
courses  in  which  the  student  is  registered  at  the  time 
of  the  declaration  of  the  withdrawal. 

Because  of  the  serious  ramifications  of  formal 
withdrawal  from  the  University,  students  contemplat- 
ing this  action  should  discuss  the  matter  with  their 
academic  adviser,  an  academic  skills  counselor  in  the 
Office  of  Academic  Services,  or  a  counselor  in  the 
Counseling  Center  as  soon  as  problems  are  perceived. 

If  a  student  wishes  to  return  to  the  University 
after  having  withdrawn  and  at  least  one  semester  has 
elapsed,  or  if  the  student  has  failed  to  register, 
thereby  reverting  to  an  inactive  standing,  the  student 
must  reapply  to  the  University  through  the 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Office  (full-time  stu- 
dents) or  University  College  (part-time  students). 
The  degree  requirements  in  place  at  the  time  of  read- 
mission  will  apply. 

General  Policies 

Academic  Honesty 

The  University  of  New  Haven  expects  its  students 
to  maintain  the  highest  standards  of  academic  conduct. 
Academic  dishonesty  is  not  tolerated  at  the  University. 
To  know  what  it  is  expected  of  them,  students  are 
responsible  for  reading  and  understanding  the  state- 
ment on  academic  honestv  in  the  Student  Hiindbook. 


One  of  the  most  common  forms  of  academic  dis- 
honesty is  plagiarism,  defined  as  the  failure  to  cite 
properly  the  words  and/or  the  ideas  of  another. 
Students  are  expected  to  adhere  strictly  to  accepted 
academic  standards  of  attribution  in  their  work  and 
should  seek  the  guidance  of  their  instructors  if  they 
have  any  questions  in  this  regard. 

Violation  of  University  standards  on  academic 
honesty,  including  those  on  plagiarism,  will  be  suffi- 
cient reason  for  an  F  in  a  course  and  may  be  reported 
to  the  dean  of  students.  A  second  violation  may  be 
cause  for  suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  University. 

Attendance  Regulations 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  regularly  and 
promptly  all  their  classes,  appointments,  and  exer- 
cises. While  the  University  recognizes  that  some 
absences  may  occasionally  be  necessary,  these  should 
be  held  to  a  minimum.  A  maximum  of  two  weeks  of 
absences  will  be  permitted  for  illness  and  emergen- 
cies. The  instructor  has  the  right  to  dismiss  from  class 
any  student  who  has  been  absent  more  than  the  max- 
imum allowed.  After  the  last  date  to  drop  as  pub- 
lished in  the  academic  calendar,  a  student  will  receive 
a  failure  (F),  if  failing  at  that  point,  or  a  withdrawal 
(W),  if  passing  at  the  time  of  dismissal. 

A  student  who  is  not  properly  registered  with  the 
University  is  not  permitted  to  attend  classes  regularly 
or  take  part  in  the  course. 

Excuses  from  classes  for  participation  in  extracur- 
ricular activities  must  be  arranged  in  advance  by  the 
faculty  or  staff  adviser  of  the  group,  with  the  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

Students  absent  from  any  class  are  responsible  for 
making  up  missed  assignments  and  examinations  at 
the  convenience  of  the  instructor. 

Course  Work  Expectations 

All  undergraduate  full-time  and  part-time  students 
are  expected  to  spend  at  least  two  hours  on  academic 
studies  outside  and  in  addition  to  each  hour  of  class 
time.  This  expectation  should  be  used  by  the  student 
as  a  guide  in  determining  how  much  time  to  spend 
on  academic  studies  outside  class.  It  should  also  be 


used  by  the  student,  in  consultation  with  the  aca- 
demic adviser,  to  help  determine  the  student's  course 
load  each  semester  so  that  the  course  load  matches 
the  amount  of  time  available  for  academic  studies. 
The  Office  of  Academic  Services  works  with  stu- 
dents individually  or  in  small  groups  to  assist  them  to 
become  academically  successful.  The  mission  of  the 
Office  of  Academic  Services  is  to  facilitate  and  enhance 
students'  academic  progress  through  the  University  by 
providing  guided  access  to  advisory  sources  and  rele- 
vant support  systems.  One  of  their  objectives  is  to 
focus  on  strengthening  study  and  time-management 
skills.  Workshops  to  accomplish  this  objective  are 
offered  throughout  the  academic  year. 

Make-Up  Policy 

Make-up  examinations  are  a  privilege  extended  to 
students  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor,  who  may 
grant  consent  for  make-up  examinations  to  those  stu- 
dents who  miss  an  exam  as  a  result  of  a  medical 
problem,  personal  emergency,  or  previously 
announced  absence.  On  the  other  hand,  instructors 
may  choose  to  adopt  a  "no  make-up "  policy.  Students 
should  refer  to  the  instructor's  make-up  policy  in  the 
course  syllabus  and,  if  no  mention  is  made  therein, 
should  inquire  directly  of  the  instructor. 

If  an  instructor  does  choose  to  offer  a  make-up  test, 
there  are  two  options  for  them  to  choose  from:  1 )  to 
use  University  proctors;  2)  to  make  private  arrange- 
ments to  offer  the  examination.  If  a  University  proctor 
is  used,  the  student  must  pay  a  make-up  exam  fee  for 
regular  examinations  and  final  examinations.  If  private 
arrangements  are  made,  the  make-up  exam  fee  is 
charged  at  the  instructor's  discretion.  In  either  case,  the 
make-up  examination  fee  will  be  paid  by  the  student 
through  the  Bursar's  Office. 

Graduation 

Graduation  Criteria 

Graduation  is  not  automatic.  Graduation  petitions, 
once  filed,  ensure  that  a  student's  record  will  be  for- 
mally assessed  in  terms  of  degree  requirements.  A 
petition  may  be  denied  if  graduation  requirements 


are  not  met.  If  a  petition  is  approved,  a  degree  will  be 
awarded  for  the  appropriate  commencement. 

A  degree  will  be  conferred  when  a  student  has  sat- 
isfied all  program  requirements  and  met  all  University 
requirements  by  having  done  the  following: 

•  successfully  petitioned  and  paid  all  graduation 
fees; 

•  earned  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  (G.P.A.) 
of  no  less  than  2.00  in  all  courses  applicable 
toward  the  undergraduate  degree; 

•  earned  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  (G.P.A.) 
of  no  less  than  2.00  (or  higher  if  required  by  an 
individual  department)  in  all  courses  in  the  stu- 
dent's major  field  of  study; 

•  passed  the  University's  Writing  Proficiency 
Examination  (for  bachelor's  degree  candidates); 

•  been  recommended  by  the  faculty  (via  department 
chair  approval  of  the  petition); 

•  met  all  financial  and  other  obligations  and  con- 
formed to  any  local,  state,  or  federal  law  concern- 
ing graduation;  and 

•  met  the  residency  requirement  of  the  University. 

If  a  student  does  not  meet  all  the  requirements  as 
outlined  above  prior  to  the  commencement  date,  a 
diploma  with  the  requested  commencement  date  will 
not  be  issued.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  re- 
file  and  make  payment  for  a  new  petition  for  a  future 
commencement  date. 

Residency  Requirement 

The  residency  requirement  for  undergraduate 
degrees  is  30  undergraduate  credits  taken  at  the  Main 
Campus  or  at  one  of  the  University's  off-campus  cen- 
ters. This  requirement  applies  to  all  associate  and 
bachelor's  degrees.  Transfer  credit,  coordinated 
courses,  credit  by  examination,  AP,  CLEP,  DANTES, 
or  other  proficiency  examinations  do  not  fulfill  the 
residency  requirement. 

To  ensure  depth  of  study,  the  residency  require- 
ment must  include  1 2  credits  of  work  in  the  declared 
major  for  an  associate  degree  and  18  such  credits  for 
a  bachelor's  degree.  Exceptions  may  be  granted  only 
by  the  dean  who  administers  the  major. 


Academic  Regulations  49 


Writing  Proficiency  Examination 

Because  the  University'  of  New  Haven  believes 
that  good  writing  skills  are  essential  for  success,  it 
requires  undergraduate  students  to  demonstrate  such 
skills  before  it  will  confer  a  bachelor  degree.  Thus, 
during  the  first  semester  after  achieving  57  credits,  all 
students  must  take  an  examination  in  writing  skills. 
No  student  will  be  eligible  to  receive  the  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree  unless  the  examination  is  passed. 

The  examination  consists  of  writing  an 
impromptu  theme  on  one  of  several  topics  of  inter- 
est. If  syntax,  punctuation,  and  diction  are  in  accord 
with  the  conventions  of  standard  English  and  if  the 
argument  or  exposition  is  clear  and  coherent,  the  stu- 
dent will  pass.  If  a  student's  writing  is  found  to  be 
deficient  in  these  respects,  notice  of  the  unsatisfactory 
performance  on  the  examination  will  be  sent  to  the 
student,  to  the  student's  academic  adviser,  and  to  the 
Registrar. 

A  student  who  fails  the  examination  must  take 
specific  steps  to  improve  skills  in  written  English. 
These  steps  may  be  systematic  tutoring  at  the  Center 
for  Learning  Resources,  enrollment  in  E  103 
Fundamentals,  or  the  formulation  of  a  program  of 
self-study.  The  student  must  retake  the  examination 
each  subsequent  semester  until  the  examination  is 
passed.  In  no  case  shall  the  requirements  for  a  four- 
year  degree  be  completed  without  satisfactory  per- 
formance on  the  Writing  Proficiency  Examination. 

Honors 

Academic  honors  are  posted  on  the  student's  final 
transcript  along  with  the  name  of  the  degree  earned 
and  the  date  the  degree  was  conferred. 

Honors  are  conferred  upon  candidates  for  gradua- 
tion according  to  the  following  standards: 

•  An  associate  degree  With  Hotwrs  is  awarded  to 
students  who  have  a  grade  point  average  of  3.25 
for  the  credits  specifically  required  for  the  degree 
program  from  which  they  are  graduating  and  who 
have  taken  30  or  more  hours  ot  required  work  at 
this  University. 

•  An  associate  degree  With  High  Honors  is  awarded 
to  students  who  have  a  grade  point  average  of 


3.50  for  the  credits  specifically  required  for  the 
degree  program  from  which  they  are  graduating 
and  who  have  taken  30  or  more  hours  of  required 
work  at  this  University. 

•  The  bachelor  degree  Cum  Laude  is  awarded  to 
students  graduating  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  3.50  who  have  taken  60  or 
more  credits  of  required  work  at  UNH  and  com- 
pleted all  the  suggested  courses  within  their  cur- 
riculum. 

•  The  bachelor  degree  Magna  Cum  Laude  is 
awarded  to  students  graduating  with  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.70,  whose  grade 
point  average  in  all  courses  counting  toward  their 
major  is  at  least  3.70,  and  who  have  taken  60  or 
more  credits  of  required  work  at  UNH  and  com- 
pleted all  the  suggested  courses  within  their  cur- 
riculum. 

•  The  bachelor  degree  Summa  Cum  Laude  is 
awarded  to  students  graduating  with  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.90,  whose  grade 
point  average  in  all  courses  counting  toward  their 
major  is  at  least  3.90,  and  who  have  taken  60  or 
more  credits  of  required  work  at  UNH  and  com- 
pleted all  the  suggested  courses  within  their  cur- 
riculum. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  degrees  with  honors, 
transfer  credit  and  credits  earned  by  crediting  exami- 
nation will  not  be  considered.  Only  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average  for  courses  completed  at  the 
University  of  New  Haven  is  considered  in  determin- 
ing a  student's  eligibility  for  honors. 


50 


TUITION,  FEES, 
AND  EXPENSES 


The  tuition  and  other  expenses  hsted  in  this  sec- 
tion reflect  the  charges  for  the  2007-08  academic 
year. 

Full-time  students  taking  courses  offered  during 
the  day  or  the  evening  will  pay  the  full-time  tuition 
rate  for  the  first  17  credits  per  semester. 

Any  student  who  is  registered  as  a  full-time  Day 
Division  student  on  the  first  day  of  the  semester  will  be 
responsible  for  payment  of  full-time  Day  Division 
tuition  for  the  entire  semester,  regardless  of  any  subse- 
quent dropping  of  credits  or  withdrawal  fi'om  a  course. 
Full-time  Day  Division  students  who  plan  to  enroll  for 
fewer  than  12  credits  in  any  given  term  must  change 
their  enrollment  standing  to  part  time  prior  to  the  first 
day  of  the  term. 

Students  enrolled  as  full-time  Day  Division  stu- 
dents who  take  18  or  more  credits  in  a  single  term 
will  be  charged  additional  tuition  for  each  credit  over 
17,  unless  the  additional  credits  are  required  for  that 
semester  on  the  student's  major  worksheet. 


Engineering  Tuition  Differential 

Courses  with  the  designations  CE,  CEN,  CH, 
CM,  CS,  EE,  EA.S.,  IE,  ME,  or  SE  offered  by  the 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  are  charged  an  $80 
per  credit  tuition  differential. 

Student  Activity  Fee 

The  student  activity  fee  is  distributed  to  various 
student  groups  by  the  Undergraduate  Student 
Government  Association.  It  covers  the  cost  of  student- 
supported  services  such  as  the  newspaper  and  radio 
station  and  helps  defray  the  expenses  of  clubs,  organi- 
zations, social  activities,  and  so  on. 


International  Student  Acceptance  Fee 

The  international  student  fee  is  required  of  inter- 
national undergraduate  and  graduate  students  when 
they  first  enroll.  It  supports  a  variety  of  services  and 
programs,  cross-cultural  workshops,  community  activ- 
ities, international  alumni  programs,  library  subscrip- 
tions to  international  newspapers  and  magazines,  and 
the  International  Services  Office. 


Tuition  and  Fees  2008-2009 


Tuition,  Fees,  and  Expenses  51 


Undergraduate 


Per 

Per 

Yearly 

Occurrence 

Term 

Total 

$50 

n/a 

n/a 

$25 

n/a 

n/a 

$200 

n/a 

n/a 

$400 

n/a 

n/a 

$200 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

$13,500 

$27,000 

$900 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

$595 

$1,190 

n/a 

$845 

$1,690 

Per 

Per 

Yearly 

Occurrence 

Credit 

Total 

n/a 

$900 

n/a 

$20 

n/a 

$40 

$38 

n/a 

$76 

$56 

n/a 

$112 

$45 

n/a 

$90 

n/a 

$450 

n/a 

$18 

n/a 

$36 

$45 

n/a 

$90 

Per 

Per 

Yearly 

Occurrence 

Credit 

Total 

Pre-Enrollment  Fees 

Paper  Application  Fee 

Online  Application  Fee 
Enrollment  Fee  —  Commuter  Students 
Enrollment  Fee  —  Residential  Students 
Acceptance  Fee  for  New  International  Students 

Tuition:  Full-Time  Day 

Tuition  (12-17  Credit  Hours) 

Additional  Charge  for  Credits  Over  1 7  (Per  Credit) 

General  Student  Fee 

General  Student  Fee  Internationa! 


Tuition:  Part-Time  Day 

Part-Time  Tuition  (1-11  Credits) 
Mandatory  Activity  Fee  for  3-5  Credits 
Mandatory  Activity  Fee  for  6-8  Credits 
Mandatory  Activity  Fee  for  9-1 1  Credits 
Mandatory  Technology  Fee 

Tuition:  Evening 

Part-Time  Tuition 

Mandatory  Activity  Fee  (For  Students  in  Modules  A  and  C  Only) 

Mandatory  Technology  Fee  (Non-Module) 


Summer  I  and  Summer  II  (starting  May  2009) 

Part-Time  Tuition 


n/a 


$450 


52 


Per 

Occurrence 


Per 

Term 


Yearly 

Total 


Auditing 

Alumni 
Non-^-Mumni 

DifiFerentials 

Engineering  Courses 
Computer  Science  Courses 
Chemistr\-  Courses 


n/a 
n/a 


n/a 
n/a 
n/a 


S70 
S120 


$80 
$80 


n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 


Per 


occurrence 


Per 

Term 


Yearly 
Total 


Residential  Life  Charges 

Room  —  Double  OccupancA- 

Room  —  Freshman  Triple  Occupancy 

Room  —  New  Residence  Hall 

Room  —  Forest  Hills 

Room  —  Regency 

Interim  Housing  (Per  Week) 

Housing  Acti^'it^•  Fee 

Room  Selection  Deposit  tor  Returning  Students 

Parking  Fee  (Residential  Students  Only) 

Meal  Plan  A 

Meal  Plan  B 

Meal  Plan  C 

Meal  Plan  D 

Meal  Plan  E 


n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
S200 
n/a 
S200 
S200 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 


53,500 
S3,000 
S3,500 
S3,500 
S3,500 

n/a 

S50 

n/a 

n/a 
S2,283 
S2,203 
51,881 
51,881 
52,203 


57,000 
56,000 
5:^,000 
57,000 
57,000 
n/a 
5100 
5200 
5200 
54,566 
54,406 
53,762 
53,762 
54,406 


Per 


Jccurrence 


Per 
Credit 


Additional  Fees 

Co-op  Registration  —  Full-Tune 

Co-op  Registration  —  Part-Time 

Late  Registration  Fee 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Lab  Fees 

Study  Away  Fees 

Crediting  Exams 

Graduation  Fee 

Graduation  Refiling 

Diploma  Replacement  Fee 


5150 
575 
525 
S50 
532-700 
5500-1,500 
n/a 
5110 
$50 
$50 


n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
5100 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 


Tuition,  Fees,  and  Expenses  53 


The  University  reserves  :he  right  to  make,  at  any  time,  whatever  changes  it  deems  necessary  in  admission  re- 
quirements, fees,  charges,  tuition.  Faculty,  instructors,  policies,  regulations,  and  academic  programs  prior  to 
the  start  of  any  class,  term,  semester,  trimester,  or  session.  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  divide,  cancel, 
or  reschedule  classes  or  programs  if  enrollment  or  other  factors  so  require.  All  such  changes  are  effective  at 
such  times  as  the  proper  authorities  determine  and  may  apply  not  only  to  prospective  students  but  also  to 
those  who  are  already  enrolled  in  the  University. 


General  Fee 

The  general  tee  provides  a  partial  contribution 
supporting  essential  infrastructure,  facilities  and  insti- 
tutional services  necessary  to  promote  student  learn- 
ing. This  fee  covers  access  to  infirmary  and 
counseling  services  and  it  supports  student  initiatives 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  networks,  electronic 
information  resources,  computer  laboratories  and 
smart  technology  classrooms.  This  fee  also  covers 
facility  enhancements  and  other  administrative  serv- 
ices such  as  providing  academic  transcripts.  The  gen- 
eral fee  is  charged  for  each  semester  in  which  a 
student  enrolls. 

Payments 

Tuition,  fees,  and  other  charges  are  payable  no 
later  than  the  University's  posted  due  date.  Checks  or 
money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  University 
of  New  Haven.  There  is  a  penalty  charge  of  $20  per 
check  for  all  checks  returned  by  the  payer's  bank. 

The  University  withholds  issuance  of  grades, 
awarding  of  diplomas,  issuance  of  transcripts,  and 
granting  of  honorable  dismissal  to  any  student  whose 
account  is  in  arrears.  The  University  employs  external 
collection  agencies  to  assist  with  the  collection  of 
delinquent  tuition  accounts.  Students  are  responsible 
for  paying  any  collection  costs  and  attorney's  fees 
associated  with  the  collection  of  their  tuition 
account. 

The  University  offers  a  deterred  payment  option  to 
assist  families  with  meeting  the  costs  of  higher  educa- 
tion. In  partnership  with  Tuition  Management  Systems 
(TM.S.),  the  nation's  top-rated  education  payment  plan 
provider,  UNH  offers  an  interest-free  monthly  payment 


plan  that  allows  a  family  to  spread  education  expenses 
over  ten  monthly  payments  per  year. 

There  is  an  annual  enrollment  fee  of  $70,  which 
includes  toll-free  and  Internet  access  to  education  pay- 
ment counselors  and  account  information.  In  addition, 
this  fee  includes  a  life  insurance  policy  for  the  person 
responsible  for  paying  the  bill.  Information  and  enroll- 
ment forms  tor  TM.S.  are  available  by  calling 
1.800.722.4867,  or  online  at  www.afiford.com. 
Application  for  this  plan  must  be  made  at  least  10  days 
prior  to  the  first  day  of  each  semester. 

Tuition  Refund  Policy 

After  a  formal  withdrawal  request  is  initiated  by 
undergraduate  students,  tuition  is  refunded  or  can- 
celed according  to  the  following  scale: 


Date  of  Receipt  of 
Withdrawal  Request 

1st  week  of  semester 
2nd  week  of  semester 
3rd  week  of  semester 
4  th  week  of  semester 
After  the  4th  week 


Percentage 
Canceled 

80  percent 
60  percent 
40  percent 
20  percent 
0  percent 


A  prorated  refund,  rather  than  a  refund  based  on 
the  above-mentioned  scale,  may  be  made  in  situations 
involving  clearly  extenuating  circumstances  such  as 
protracted  illness  of  a  student.  All  appeals  based  on 
such  circumstances  must  be  made  in  writing  and 
include  documentation  of  the  extenuating  circum- 
stances. Appeals  are  to  be  sent  to  the  directors  of 
Counseling  and  Health  Services;  prorated  refiinds  will 
be  determined  by  the  Committee  on  Withdrawals.  All 
requests  for  refunds  should  be  initiated  before  the 
close  of  the  semester  of  withdrawal.  Any  student 


54 


under  the  age  of  18  must  have  the  written  consent  of 
a  parent  or  guardian  indicating  to  whom  any  refund, 
if  applicable,  is  to  be  paid  in  order  to  withdraw  from 
the  University. 

The  University  offers  tuition  insurance  through 
AWG  Dewar,  Inc.  Tuition  insurance  may  protect  any 
monies  paid  or  loans  obtained  in  the  event  that  a  stu- 
dent withdraws  from  the  University  due  to  a  docu- 
mented medical  condition.  Additional  information 
about  this  service  may  be  obtained  directly  from 
AWG  Dewar  by  calling  617.774.1555. 

Summer  Sessions  and  Intersession 

In  cases  of  withdrawal  from  a  course  or  courses 
within  the  first  week  of  each  term,  a  refund  of  50 
percent  of  tuition  is  made.  There  is  no  refund  of 
summer  or  intersession  tuition  after  the  first  week. 

The  foregoing  policy  is  intended  to  protect  the 
University,  which  plans  its  expenses  and  bases  its 
budget  on  full  collection  of  tuition  and  fees  from  ail 
registered  students  and  assumes  the  obligation  of 
supplying  instruction  and  other  services  throughout 
the  year. 

Residence  Hall  Fee  and  Withdrawal  Policies 

•  A  $400  nonrefundable  enrollment  fee  is  required  of 
new  students  requesting  on-campus  housing.  A 
$200  nonrefundable  room  selection  fee,  which  is 
applied  to  the  Fall  semester  housing  fees,  is  required 
of  returning  students. 

•  Housing  and  meal  plan  fees  are  billed  on  a  semes- 
ter basis  in  June  and  December. 

•  An  activity  fee  of  $50  is  billed  each  semester. 

•  All  resident  students  are  required  to  purchase  a 
University  meal  plan. 

•  The  housing  agreement  is  binding  for  the 
2008—09  academic  year. 

•  Students  who  cancel  their  housing  agreement  for 
the  2009  Spring  semester  and  remain  enrolled  as 
full-time  students  for  the  Spring  semester  will  be 
billed  for  the  Spring  semester  housing  fees. 

•  Students  who  are  leaving  the  University  must 
withdraw  from  housing  by  January  9,  2009. 
Failure  to  meet  the  withdrawal  deadline  of 


Januar)'  9,  2009  will  result  in  a  charge  of  $100, 
which  will  be  deducted  from  the  student's  dam- 
age deposit. 
Proper  withdrawal  includes 

•  notifying  the  Office  of  Residential  Life 
in  writing  that  the  student  is  leaving 
University  housing, 

•  checking  out  with  a  resident  director,  and 

•  returning  all  keys  to  the  Office  of 
Residential  Life. 

Housing  fees  are  nonrefundable  after  August  30, 
2008  and  January  16,  2009. 


Financial  Aid  55 


FINANCIAL  AID 


Karen  M.  Flynn,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Director 
Christopher  Maclean,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Director 

The  University  of  New  Haven  offers  a  compre- 
hensive financial  aid  program,  with  students  receiving 
assistance  in  the  form  of  grants,  scholarships,  loans, 
and  part-time  employment.  Funds  are  available  from 
federal  and  state  governments,  private  sponsors,  and 
University  resources.  More  than  80  percent  of  the 
University's  full-time  undergraduate  students  receive 
some  form  of  financial  assistance. 

Most  financial  aid  awards  are  based  on  an  individ- 
ual applicant's  demonstration  of  need.  Some  funds 
are  available  on  a  merit  basis  for  students  who  have 
exceptional  academic  records  or  athletic  ability. 
Need-based  awards  are  available  only  to  U.S.  citizens 
or  eligible  non-citizens. 

Financial  aid  award  decisions  are  made  after  care- 
ful consideration  of  a  student's  application  for  assis- 
tance. Eligibility  for  financial  aid  is  based  on  financial 
need.  Need  is  determined  by  subtracting  the 
Expected  Family  Contribution  (EFC),  as  determined 
by  the  federal  "needs  analysis"  formula  using  the 
financial  information  provided  on  the  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA),  from 
the  Cost  of  Attendance.  In  calculating  need,  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  attempts  to  consider  all  aspects 
of  a  student's  financial  circumstances  and  to  meet  the 
need  of  aid  applicants  through  a  "package"  of  assis- 
tance, generally  including  a  combination  of  grants, 
loans,  and  employment. 

Students  interested  in  applying  for  financial  aid 
are  encouraged  to  do  so  as  early  as  possible.  New  stu- 
dents must  apply  by  March  1  for  the  Fall  semester 
and  December  1  for  the  Spring  semester  Returning 
students  must  submit  application  materials  no  later 
than  March  1 .  All  students  are  encouraged  to  apply 
for  aid  as  early  as  possible  to  ensure  full  consideration 
for  available  fiands. 

Applications  completed  after  the  deadline  will  be 
considered  on  a  rolling  basis  depending  upon  the 
availability  of  funds. 


The  following  application  materials  must  be  com- 
pleted and  submitted  by  each  financial  aid  applicant: 

•  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 

(FAFSA).  The  FAFSA  is  required  to  be  considered 
for  financial  aid  from  federal,  state,  and  institu- 
tional student  financial  aid  programs.  Students 
should  list  the  University  of  New  Haven  on  the 
form  as  one  of  the  colleges  authorized  to  receive 
this  information.  The  UNH  Title  W  School  Code 
is  001397.  Students  should  apply  online  at 
www.fafsa.ed.gov. 

•  Tax  Documentation.  Applicants  must  submit 
signed  copies  of  both  the  student's  and  parents' 
completed  federal  income  tax  returns,  with  W-2 
forms,  from  the  most  recent  tax  year  prior  to  the 
academic  year.  Students  filing  as  independents  on 
the  FAFSA  are  not  required  to  submit  their  par- 
ents' tax  documentation. 

•  Verification.  Federal  regulations  require  that  our 
office  verify  the  accuracy  of  the  information  pro- 
vided on  the  FAFSA  by  an  applicant  for  federal 
financial  aid.  This  process  is  called  verification. 
Other  forms  and  documents  may  be  requested 

from  applicants  as  their  aid  applications  are  reviewed. 
Upon  completion  of  the  review  of  an  application,  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  will  notify  an  applicant  of  his  or 
her  eligibility  for  financial  aid. 

Financial  Aid  Refund  Policy 

When  students  are  entitled  to  a  refund  as  a  result 
of  withdrawal  from  courses,  refunds  of  charges  and 
financial  aid  will  be  based  on  the  institutional  refund 
policy,  as  described  in  the  academic  policies  section 
of  the  Undergraduate  Catalog,  and  on  the  Return  of 
Title  IV  Funds  calculation,  as  required  by  Section 
484B  of  the  Higher  Education  Act.  Federal  regula- 
tions require  that  any  unearned  Title  IV  aid  be 
returned  to  the  program(s)  that  provided  the  funds. 


56 


Return  of  Title  IV  Funds 

A  withdrawal  requires  that  the  University  calculate 
the  amount  of  unearned  aid  a  student  has  received. 
The  University  must  determine  the  student's  official 
withdrawal  date  as  documented  in  the  Registrar's 
Office.  The  withdrawal  date  is  used  to  determine  the 
percentage  of  the  payment  period  completed  and, 
therefore,  the  amount  of  aid  a  student  earned. 
Students  who  have  completed  more  than  60  percent 
of  the  term  are  not  subject  to  the  federal  calculation. 

The  University  must  then  calculate  earned  aid  by 
multiplying  the  total  aid  disbursed  or  which  could 
have  been  disbursed  (excluding  Federal  Work  Study) 
by  the  percentage  of  the  payment  period  the  student 
completed. 

If  less  aid  has  been  disbursed  than  a  student  has 
earned,  then  a  post-withdrawal  disbursement  must  be 
made.  The  University  will  notify  the  student  or  parent 
in  writing  within  30  days  of  the  withdrawal  date  that  a 
post-withdrawal  disbursement  is  available.  The  stu- 
dent/parent must  respond  within  14  days  of  notification 
in  order  to  receive  the  funds.  The  student/parent  may 
accept  all  or  part  of  the  post-withdrawal  disbursement. 

If  more  aid  was  disbursed  than  earned,  then  the 
University,  the  student,  or  both  must  return  all 
unearned  aid  in  a  specific  order: 

1)  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans 

2)  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans 

3)  Federal  Perkins  Loans 

4)  Federal  PLUS  Loans 

5)  Federal  Pell  Grants 

6)  Federal  Academic  Competitiveness  Grant 

7)  Federal  Smart  Grant 

8)  Federal  SEOG 

9)  Other  Title  IV  assistance  for  which  return  of 
funds  is  required 

Students  are  responsible  for  repaying  all  unearned 
aid  a  school  is  not  required  to  return,  as  well  as  any 
balance  created  on  their  Bursar  account  by  the  appli- 
cation of  the  Title  IV  return  of  funds  formula.  The 
University  will  notify  the  student  in  writing  within 
30  days  of  determining  an  overpayment.  Students 
must  repay  as  follows: 


Loans:  repayment  according  to  terms  of  the  loan 
Grants:  repayment  is  50  percent  of  unearned  grant 
Students  who  owe  Title  IV  grant  repayments  have 
45  days  to  repay  in  fiill,  arrange  to  repay  the  Univer- 
sity, and  arrange  to  repay  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education. 

Students  who  fail  to  take  action  to  repay  will  be 
reported  to  the  Department  of  Education  and 
National  Student  Loan  Data  System  (NSLDS) 
immediately  after  the  45-day  period  has  elapsed. 

Additional  information  is  available  from  the 
Financial  Aid  Office. 

Academic  Requirements  for  the 
Retention  of  Financial  Aid  Eligibility 

Students  must  be  making  satisfactory  academic 
progress  and  be  in  good  academic  standing  in  order 
to  be  eligible  to  receive  financial  aid. 

Students  receiving  financial  aid  as  fiill-time  under- 
graduates must  successfully  complete  a  minimum  of 
24  credits  during  the  academic  year  in  order  to  main- 
tain satisfactory  progress;  fiill-time  students  who 
attend  for  only  one  semester  during  the  academic 
year  must  complete  a  minimum  of  12  credits. 
Satisfactory  academic  progress  for  part-time  students 
is  defined  as  successful  completion  of  all  the  credits 
for  which  financial  aid  was  awarded. 

"Successful  completion"  is  defined  as  the  receipt  of 
a  passing  letter  grade  (A+  to  D-),  and  does  not 
include  the  receipt  of  an  F  (Failure),  INC 
(Incomplete),  DNA  (Did  Not  Attend),  or  W 
(Withdrawal).  The  requirements  for  good  academic 
standing  are  described  in  the  Academic  Regulations 
section  of  the  Catalog. 

In  addition,  financial  aid  eligibility  is  limited  to 
accumulated  attempted  hours  totaling  no  more  than 
150  percent  of  the  published  credits  required  to 
receive  an  undergraduate  degree.  For  example,  a  pro- 
gram that  requires  120  credits  x  1.5  =  180  maximum 
allowable  credits  attempted  for  financial  aid  eligibil- 
ity. Every  semester  in  which  you  are  enrolled  in 
school  will  be  counted,  even  the  semesters  when  you 
do  not  receive  financial  aid.  Transfer  hours  from 
other  institutions  accepted  by  the  University  will  also 
count  toward  the  maximum  credit  limit. 


Financial  Aid  57 


Major  Aid  Programs 


Grants 

Federal  Pell  Grants  —  The  Pell  Grant  is  a  federal 
program  providing  grant  assistance  to  low-income 
students.  Grants  for  the  2007-08  academic  year 
ranged  from  $400  to  $4,310,  with  the  student's  eligi- 
bility being  determined  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  —  (SEOG)  is  a  federal  program  to  provide 
grant  assistance  to  exceptionally  needy  students. 
Students  are  selected  by  the  University  to  receive  the 
grants. 

Connecticut  Independent  College  Student  Grant 
Program  —  Funds  provided  by  the  Connecticut 
General  Assembly  are  awarded  to  needy  Connecticut 
residents  attending  the  University. 

Capitol  Scholarship  Program  —  Connecticut  stu- 
dents who  have  finished  in  the  top  20  percent  of 
their  high  school  class  or  who  have  scored  1800  or 
higher  on  their  combined  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)  may  be  eligible  for  the  Capitol  Scholarship. 
Students  must  obtain  an  application  from  their  high 
school  guidance  office. 

University  Grants-in-Aid  —  University  grants  are 
made  on  the  basis  of  need. 

Presidential  Scholarship  —  Awarded  to  incoming 
full-time  freshmen  who  have  a  combined  SAT  score 
of  1200  or  above  on  their  Critical  Reading  and  Math 
Combined  Score  or  26  ACT  Composite  Score,  and 
have  maintained  a  minimum  3.0  G.P.A.  on  a  4.0 
scale.  Awards  will  be  renewed  for  up  to  three  addi- 
tional years  provided  the  student  maintains  a  B  (3.0) 
cumulative  average,  remains  a  full-time  student,  and 
makes  satisfactory  academic  progress.  The  deadline 
for  consideration  is  May  1 . 

Distinguished  Scholar  Awards  —  The  Distinguished 
Scholar  Award  is  awarded  to  incoming  freshmen 
based  on  a  combination  of  high  school  G.P.A.  and 
SAT/ACT  scores  achieved  by  the  student.  The  mini- 


mum criteria  are  a  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale  and  a  combined 
SAT  Critical  Reading  and  Math  score  of  1050  or  a 
Composite  Score  of  23  on  the  ACT.  Awards  will  be 
renewed  for  up  to  three  additional  years  provided  the 
student  maintains  a  B  (3.0)  cumulative  average, 
remains  a  full-time  student,  and  makes  satisfactory 
academic  progress. 

Academic  Achievement  Award  —  An  Academic 
Achievement  Award  is  presented  to  students  who 
have  shown  strong  academic  performance  in  high 
school,  while  maintaining  active  participation  and 
leadership  in  community  and  civic  organizations  as 
well  as  in  high  school  clubs  and  sports.  Recipients  of 
this  scholarship  may  be  awarded  up  to  $7000  annu- 
ally provided  they  maintain  a  B  (3.0)  cumulative 
average,  remain  a  full-time  student,  and  make  satis- 
factory academic  progress. 

Presidential  Scholarship  for  Transfer  Students  — 

Incoming  transfer  students  who  have  completed  a 
minimum  of  12  credits  at  their  previous  institution 
and  have  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of  3.0  may  qualify  for 
an  academic  scholarship.  The  award  amounts  vary 
depending  on  the  student's  G.P.A.  Students  may 
receive  the  award  for  a  maximum  of  seven  semesters 
provided  they  maintain  a  B  (3.0)  cumulative  average, 
remain  full-time  students,  and  make  satisfactory  aca- 
demic progress.  The  deadline  for  consideration  is 
May  1. 

If  a  transfer  student  demonstrates  academic  success 
but  has  completed  fewer  than  1 2  credits,  the  student 
will  be  evaluated  for  a  scholarship  based  on  the  fresh- 
man academic  scholarship  criteria. 

Phi  Theta  Kappa  Scholarships  —  A  transfer  student 
who  has  been  inducted  into  the  Phi  Theta  Kappa 
Honor  Society  may  be  considered  for  an  additional 
$2000  scholarship.  This  award  is  in  addition  to  being 
considered  for  the  Transfer  Presidential  Scholarship 
and  is  renewable  each  academic  year 

Departmental  Scholarships  —  A  limited  number  of 
awards  are  available  from  the  individual  colleges  at 
the  University  to  incoming  full-time  freshmen. 


58 


Athletic  Grants-in-Aid  —  Athletic  gtants  ate  pto- 
vided  to  students  fot  paiticipation  in  spotts.  Selection 
fof  the  awards  is  made  by  the  athletic  department 
based  on  students'  athletic  abilities.  Awards  can  range 
up  to  full  tuition,  room,  and  board.  Athletic  grants 
are  available  in  the  following  sports: 


Men 

Baseball 

Basketball 

Cross  Country 

Football 

Golf 

Soccer 

Track  and  Field 


Women 

Basketball 

Cross  Country 

Lacrosse 

Soccer 

Softball 

Tennis 

Track  and  Field 

Volleyball 


Miscellaneous  State  Scholarsliips  —  Students  from 
other  states  may  be  eligible  to  apply  for  state  scholar- 
ships that  can  be  brought  to  Connecticut  for  atten- 
dance at  the  University  of  New  Haven.  Students 
should  contact  their  state  scholarship  agencies  for 
information. 

Donor  Scholarships  —  Many  scholarship  awards  are 
available  each  year  through  the  generosity  of  busi- 
nesses, charitable  organizations,  and  friends  of  the 
University.  Scholarship  funds  are  awarded  from 
annual  gifts  from  sponsors  and  from  income  from 
the  University's  endowments. 

Loans 

Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program  —  Repayment  on 
Perkins  Loans  begins  nine  months  after  a  recipient 
leaves  school  or  drops  below  half-time  attendance, 
and  carries  a  5  percent  rate  of  interest  commencing 
with  the  start  of  repayment.  Students  are  selected  by 
the  UniversitV'  to  receive  Perkins  Loans. 

Federal  Stafford  Student  Loan  (SSL)  —  The  Stafford 
Student  Loan  is  a  federally  subsidized  loan  program 
available  on  the  basis  of  financial  need  to  students 
enrolled  at  least  half-time.  The  annual  loan  limits  are 
as  follows: 

First  year  undergraduate  S3, 500 

Second  year  undergraduate  $4,500 


Third  year  through  completion      $5,500 
Graduate  students  $8,500 

The  interest  is  subsidized  by  the  federal  government 
while  the  student  is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time 
basis.  Repayment  begins  six  months  after  graduation 
or  withdrawal  from  college.  Entrance  and  exit  coun- 
seling sessions  must  be  conducted  with  all  borrowers. 
The  entrance  session  must  be  completed  prior  to  the 
student's  receiving  the  first  loan  check.  Exit  counsel- 
ing must  be  conducted  prior  to  a  student's  gradua- 
tion or  withdrawal.  Applicants  must  submit  a 
complete  financial  aid  application. 

Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford  Student  Loan  —  The 

Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan  is  similar  to  the  SSL 
above  except  that  it  is  not  based  on  financial  need 
and  there  is  no  in-school  interest  subsidy.  Combined 
Subsidized  and  Unsubsidized  loans  cannot  exceed  the 
annual  loan  limits  stated  above. 

Federal  Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate  Students 
(PLUS)  —  The  PLUS  Loan  Program  is  a  federal  pro- 
gram in  which  parents  of  dependent  students  are  per- 
mitted to  apply  for  up  to  the  cost  of  attendance 
minus  any  financial  aid.  Information  on  this  program 
is  available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Student  Employment 

Federal  Work  Study  Program  (FWS)  —  This  is  a 
federal  financial  aid  program  that  provides  employ- 
ment opportunities  for  needy  students. 

Alternative  Financing  Options 

Tuition  Management  Services  (TMS)  —  The  TMS 
Plan  offers  a  monthly  system  to  pay  for  educational 
expenses  through  regularly  scheduled  payments  over 
a  ten-month  contract.  This  plan  carries  an  enroll- 
ment fee,  but  there  are  no  interest  or  finance  charges. 
Applications  are  available  at  the  Bursar's  Office.  For 
further  information,  contact  Tuition  Management 
Services  at  1.800.722.4867  or  vvnAw.affbrd.com. 


Financial  Aid  59 


Donor  Scholarships 

Tlie  folloiving  schoLvshlps  are  awarded  at  the  discretion 
of  the  University  and,  unless  otherwise  noted,  require  no 
special  application  form. 

Alumni  Association  Scholarships  —  These  merit- 
based  awards  support  tull-time  day  students  with 
exemplary  academic  records. 

Alvine  Legacy  Scholarship  —  Established  to  carry  on 
the  legacy  of  Carol  Alvine  by  providing  educational 
opportunities  for  students  unable  to  afford  higher 
education,  this  endowed  fund  provides  an  annual 
award  to  a  worthy,  needy  student. 

Amity  Charitable  Trust  Fund  —  An  annual  award  is 
given  from  the  income  of  this  fund  to  a  worthy, 
needy  student.  Preference  is  given  to  students  from 
the  greater  New  Haven  area.  The  fund  was  made 
possible  through  the  generosity  of  the  Amity  Club. 

John  J.  Armstrong  Scholarship  —  This  award  was 
established  by  the  Connecticut  Department  of 
Corrections  in  honor  of  UNH  alumni  John 
Armstrong's  retirement,  and  provides  an  annual 
scholarship  with  priority  to  family  members  of  cur- 
rent, retired,  or  deceased  employees  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Corrections. 

Eximund  M.  Autuori  Scholarship  —  This  is  an 
endowed  scholarship  for  accounting  majors  who 
demonstrate  both  financial  need  and  scholastic  ability. 

The  Barn  Sale  Scholarship  —  A  scholarship  is  avail- 
able each  year  for  a  deserving,  junior  or  senior  dis- 
abled student.  The  award  is  made  possible  by  an 
endowment  established  by  the  Barn  Sale,  Inc. 

Angela  Zappia  and  Philip  Batchelor  Scholarship  — 

Angela  Zappia  and  Philip  Batchelor  created  this 
scholarship  upon  their  graduation  from  the 
University's  Executive  M.B.A.  program.  The  annual 
award  is  made  to  an  undergraduate  or  graduate  stu- 
dent who  is  in  good  academic  standing  and  has 
financial  need,  with  preference  to  students  enrolled 
in  the  College  ot  Business. 


Carmel  Benevento  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This 
award  is  made  annually  to  a  woman  entering  the 
University  as  a  freshman.  The  award  was  established 
in  memory  of  Carmel  Benevento  and  is  based  on 
need  and  academic  and  creative  ability. 

Roland  and  Margaret  Bixler  Scholarship  —  This 
endowed  scholarship  is  awarded  annually.  The  schol- 
arship was  established  by  Mr.  Bixler,  who  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  UNH  Emeritus  Board,  and  his  wife,  who 
is  cofounder  of  Friends  of  the  UNH  Library. 

Norman  Botwinik  Fund  for  Academic  Excellence  — 

This  endowed  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
undergraduate  who,  over  a  period  of  four  years  at  the 
University,  has  demonstrated  marked  academic 
achievement.  Mr.  Botwinik  is  the  former  Chairman 
of  the  UNH  Board  of  Governors. 

Bozzuto  Charity  Sports  Classic  Scholarship  — 

Income  from  this  endowment  provides  an  annual 
award  to  a  needy  student. 

Clarice  L.  Buckman  Scholarship  Fund  for 
Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering  —  An  annual 
award  is  given  to  a  junior  majoring  in  chemical  engi- 
neering or  chemistry  in  recognition  of  achievement 
and  demonstration  of  incentive. 

Coca-Cola  Scholarship  —  Established  by  the  Coca- 
Cola  Foundation,  an  award  is  made  annually  to  an 
incoming  student  who  attended  the  Connecticut  Pre- 
Engineering  Program  (CPEP)  at  any  established 
Connecticut  college  or  University  for  at  least  two 
years.  The  scholarship  is  renewable  over  a  five-year 
period. 

Connecticut  Student  Loan  Foundation  Scholarship 

—  The  Connecticut  Student  Loan  Foundation  pro- 
vides an  annual  scholarship  to  a  needy  student. 

C.  Cowles  and  Co.  Scholarship  —  This  award  is 
made  annually  to  a  Connecticut  resident  with  finan- 
cial need  who  aspires  to  a  career  in  manufacturing. 

Aldo  DeDominicis  Foundation  —  Scholarships  are 
awarded  annually  to  students  majoring  in  the  field  of 


60 


communication.  Awards  are  based  on  financial  need 
and  academic  achievement. 

Dr.  Lawrence  and  MaryLou  DeNardis  Scholarship 

—  This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  full-time  under- 
graduate with  financial  need  and  academic  achieve- 
ment. The  student  selected  may  not  also  be  a 
recipient  of  the  Presidential  Scholarship. 

William  DeSenti  Scholarship  —  An  annual  award  is 
made  to  a  needy  student  in  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering. 

Robert  B.  Dodds  Scholarship  —  This  endowed 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  an  engineering 
student.  The  fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Dodds  as 
his  gift  to  the  Fund  for  Engineering. 

Clarence  Dunham  Scholarship  —  A  merit-based 
award  is  made  each  year  to  a  deserving  student 
majoring  in  civil  engineering.  Selection  is  made  by 
the  Civil  Engineering  faculty. 

Rick  Eaton  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This  scholar- 
ship was  established  in  memory  of  Rick  Eaton,  Sr., 
who  served  as  director  of  public  affairs  at  the 
University.  It  is  awarded  to  students  who  demonstrate 
financial  need,  and  who  are  motivated  and  deter- 
mined. Preference  is  given  to  those  majoring  in  com- 
munication. 

Echlin  Family  Scholarships  —  Several  annual  awards 
of  $2000  are  made  to  needy  business  or  engineering 
students.  The  awards  are  made  possible  through  an 
endowment  established  through  the  generosity  of 
John  and  Beryl  Echlin. 

Lynn  Ellis  Endowed  Scholarship  —  Established  in 
honor  of  Lynn  Ellis,  a  former  professor  at  the 
University,  an  award  is  made  annually  to  a  student  in 
the  College  of  Business  with  academic  promise  and 
financial  need. 

Ernst  and  Young  Scholarship  —  An  award  is  made 
each  year  from  this  endowment  to  a  student  major- 
ing in  accounting. 


Murray  and  Shirley  Gerber  Scholarship  —  This 
award  is  made  to  students  in  the  College  of  Business 
or  Engineering  based  on  their  entrepreneurship  and 
leadership  abilities. 

James  Jacob  Gerowin  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An 

award  is  made  to  a  needy  engineering  student  show- 
ing academic  promise.  The  award  is  in  memory  of 
James  Gerowin  of  the  Class  of  1985. 

Anthony  Giusto  Scholarship  —  This  award,  given 
annually  to  a  Connecticut  resident  studying  criminal 
justice,  is  based  on  academic  merit  and  financial  need. 

Wilfred  Harricharan  Scholarship  —  This  award  was 
established  by  Dr.  Harricharan,  former  professor  of 
management  at  the  University,  to  provide  financial 
support  for  students  in  the  College  of  Business  with  a 
preference  for  those  majoring  in  business  administra- 
tion. 

Dr.  John  D.  Hatfield  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An 

annual  award  is  made  in  memory  of  Dr.  John  D. 
Hatfield,  who  served  as  executive  vice  president  and 
provost  at  UNH.  The  scholarship  supports  an  under- 
graduate or  graduate  student  with  financial  need  and 
good  academic  standing,  with  preference  to  recipients 
who  demonstrate  care  and  concern  by  helping  others 
bring  out  the  best  in  themselves. 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Scholarship  —  This 
endowed  scholarship  is  made  possible  through  the 
generosity  of  the  William  Randolph  Hearst 
Foundation.  It  is  awarded  annually  to  first-generation 
and  minority  students. 

The  Robert  Hendrickson  Scholarship  —  Mr. 

Hendrickson,  an  alumnus  of  UNH,  established  this 
award  in  2006  in  order  to  give  back  to  the  University 
that  gave  him  the  chance  to  obtain  an  education.  It  is 
awarded  to  students  who  demonstrate  motivation, 
determination,  and  financial  need. 

David  Hennessey  Memorial  Scholarship  —  David 
Hennessey  was  a  highly  respected  member  of  the 
University  communit)',  having  received  two  master 
degrees  from  UNH,  as  well  as  serving  as  director  of 


Financial  Aid  61 


human  resources  and  adjunct  faculty.  This  memorial 
scholarship  will  be  awarded  annually  to  an  undergrad- 
uate or  graduate  student  in  good  academic  standing 
and  demonstrating  financial  need,  with  preference  to 
those  residing  in  the  Lower  Naugatuck  Valley  region, 
including  Seymour,  Ansonia,  and  Derby,  and  who  are 
enrolled  in  the  University's  industrial/organizational 
psychology  or  communication  programs. 

Hershey-Frey  Scholarship  —  This  endowed  scholar- 
ship is  available  to  students  residing  in  the 
Naugatuck  Valley  Preference  is  given  to  students 
enrolled  in  the  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering.  The 
award  is  funded  through  the  generosity  of  the  Paul 
H.  Hershey  Foundation  and  Mildred  and  John  Frey 

Paul  Kane  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An  award  is 
available  each  year  to  an  active  scholar-athlete,  with 
preference  given  to  a  Hamden,  Connecticut,  resident. 
The  award  is  made  in  memory  of  Paul  Kane,  a 
University  alumnus  who  was  killed  in  the  service  of 
his  country. 

Nathanial  Kaplan  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An 

award  in  memory  of  Nathanial  Kaplan,  a  former 
English  professor,  is  made  each  year  to  a  student  who 
has  been  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
for  at  least  two  years.  Student  must  demonstrate 
financial  need. 

An  Fu  Wang  Lee  Scholarship  —  This  endowed  fund 
was  established  by  Dr.  Henry  Lee  in  memory  of  his 
mother  and  her  heartfelt  interest  in  providing  oppor- 
tunities to  students  unable  to  afford  tuition  on  their 
own.  An  annual  scholarship  is  awarded  to  needy  stu- 
dents who  are  of  Chinese  ancestry  and/or  are  pursu- 
ing a  degree  in  the  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences. 

Peggy  Leuzzi  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An  annual 
award  is  made  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Leuzzi,  a  former 
employee  of  the  University.  The  scholarship  is  made 
possible  through  the  generosity  of  Joseph  Macionus. 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  — 

An  annual  award  in  honor  of  Dr.  King  is  made  to  a 
deserving,  needy  student.  Preference  is  given  to 
minority  students. 


Ahmed  Mandour  Memorial  Scholarship  —  An 

award  is  available  each  year  to  a  junior  or  senior  stu- 
dent majoring  in  economics  enrolled  as  a  part- 
time/evening  student.  The  award  is  made  in  memory 
of  Dr.  Mandour,  a  former  dean  at  the  university. 

Arnold  Markle  Scholarship  —  An  annual  award  is 
made  to  a  criminal  justice  major  in  memory  of 
Arnold  Markle,  former  State's  Attorney  for  the 
Judicial  District  of  New  Haven. 

Ellis  C.  Maxcy  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  was 
established  in  memory  of  UNH  founder  and  former 
president  and  chairman  of  the  board  Ellis  C.  Maxcy, 
in  recognition  of  the  seminal  role  he  played  in  the 
development  of  the  University.  The  award  is  pre- 
sented annually  to  a  "nontraditional"  undergraduate 
or  graduate  student  who  comes  to  UNH  from  the 
workplace  and  demonstrates  high  achievement, 
exemplary  character,  and  leadership  within  his  or  her 
community. 

Edward  J.  McCormack  Memorial  Scholarship  — 

The  intent  of  this  memorial  scholarship  is  to  reflect 
the  interest  and  life  of  Edward  J.  McCormack  by 
making  an  annual  award  to  a  student  majoring  in 
sports  management.  The  scholarship  is  renewable 
based  on  the  recipient  maintaining  good  academic 
standing. 

James  R.  McCormack  Memorial  Scholarship  — 

Established  by  Nancy  and  Kevin  McCormack  in 
memory  of  their  son  James,  a  student  in  the  fire  sci- 
ence program  at  the  University,  this  full-tuition 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student  enrolled 
in  the  fire  science  program  who  demonstrates  finan- 
cial need.  Applications  for  this  scholarship  are  avail- 
able in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

William  J.  and  Virginia  S.  McCurdy  Scholarship  — 

This  endowed  scholarship  is  supported  through  the 
McCurdy  Family  Charitable  Trust  and  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  student  with  demonstrated  financial 
need. 

Arthur  Moulton  Memorial  Scholarship  — 

Established  by  Evelyn  and  David  Moulton  in  honor 
of  Arthur  Moulton,  former  president  of  the  George 


62 


Ellis  Company,  this  Full-tuition  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  student  in  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  who  demonstrates  excellent  academic 
promise  and  financial  need.  Applications  for  this 
scholarship  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Joseph  O'Dowd  MemoriaJ  Scholarship  —  This 
scholarship  is  granted  to  a  student  in  the  Department 
of  Fire  Science  who  best  exemplifies  the  personal 
qualities  of  Fire  Specialist  Joseph  O'Dowd  and  who 
has  completed  his  or  her  fieshman  year  with  a  3.0 
G.P.A.  or  higher. 

Parents  Association  Scholarship  —  This  is  an 
endowed  scholarship  funded  by  the  UNH  Parents 
Association. 

Virginia  M.  Parker  Scholarship  - —  Each  year  Chi 
Kappa  Rho  sorority  makes  an  award  from  this 
endowed  scholarship  to  an  undergraduate  woman. 

H.  Pearce  Family  and  Friends  Scholarship  —  This 
endowed  scholarship  was  made  possible  through  the 
Pearce  Family,  longtime  friends  and  supporters  of  the 
University.  It  is  awarded  to  a  resident  of  the  state  ot 
Connecticut  who  demonstrates  financial  need  and 
academic  ability. 

Marvin  K.  Peterson  Evening  Student  Council 
Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  was  established  in 
1 969  by  the  Evening  Student  Council  of  the 
University  of  New  Haven  to  honor  past  president 
Marvin  K.  Peterson  (1953-1973).  The  scholarship, 
awarded  to  undergraduate  part-time/evening  students, 
is  entirely  funded  by  the  Evening  Student  Council. 

Reid  Achievement  Scholarship  —  Distinguished 
UNH  alumnus  and  Board  of  Governors  member 
Laura  Reid  established  this  scholarship  to  provide 
tuition  support  to  students  with  demonstrated  finan- 
cial need,  academic  promise,  and/or  achievement  in  a 
club,  sport,  or  activity. 

Rosazza  Scholarship  —  This  fund  was  established  in 
memory  ol  Eugene  Rosazza,  an  alumnus  of  the 
University,  and  is  made  annually  to  a  needy  student 
with  an  exemplary  academic  record. 


New  Haven  Wives  of  Rotarians  —  An  annual  award 
from  this  endowment  is  made  to  a  female  student 
from  the  Greater  New  Haven  area  on  the  basis  of 
academic  achievement  and  financial  need. 

Douglas  D.  Schumann  Scholarship  —  This  endowed 
scholarship  is  awarded  annually,  on  the  basis  of  per- 
sonal and  academic  integrity,  to  an  engineering  stu- 
dent who  has  completed  his/her  freshman  year. 

Donald  R.  Scott  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  is 
in  memory  of  Donald  R.  Scott,  former  Chief  of 
Campus  Police  at  UNH,  and  is  awarded  jointly  by 
the  University  of  New  Haven  and  the  West  Haven 
Black  Coalition. 

William  A.  Simons  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship 
fund,  created  by  William  A.  Simons,  an  alumnus  of 
the  University's  M.B.A.  program,  makes  an  annual 
award  to  an  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  in 
good  academic  standing  and  in  financial  need,  with 
preference  to  students  enrolled  in  the  Tagliatela 
College  of  Engineering,  particularly  those  intending 
to  major  in  chemical  engineering. 

Helen  Jackson  Sneed  Scholarship  Fund  —  This 
scholarship  was  established  by  Helen  Sneed  in  appre- 
ciation of  her  excellent  education  at  UNH  and  is 
awarded  to  female  or  minority  students  sharing  a 
similar  background  to  the  donor. 

Louis  and  Mary  Tagliatela  Endowed  Scholarship  — 

This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  junior  or  senior 
majoring  in  a  field  related  to  either  the  construction 
or  the  hotel  industry  and  demonstrating  financial 
need  and  academic  merit. 

Edward  Tichy  Memorial  Scholarship  —  Established 
by  Karen  Tichy  in  memory  of  her  father,  who  gradu- 
ated from  UNH  in  1951  with  an  engineering  degree. 
Mr.  Tichy  was  a  strong  believer  in  the  power  of  edu- 
cation. The  scholarship  is  designated  to  assist  a  part- 
time  student,  preferably  from  a  family  of  three  or 
more  children,  who  exhibits  passion,  commitment  to 
learning,  and  promise  in  his  or  her  chosen  field. 


Eat  Healthy  Promote  Wellness,  The  Tichy  Legacy 
Scholarship  for  Nutrition  —  Established  by  Karen 
Tichy,  this  scholarship  honors  the  importance  of 
nutrition  in  our  general  health.  It  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  student  demonstrating  financial  need  who  shows 
promise  in  the  field  of  nutrition  and  dietetics.  The 
recipient  shall  provide  community  outreach  under 
the  guidance  of  the  nutrition  faculty. 

Betty  Lorello  Treadwell  Scholarship  —  This  award 
was  established  by  Charles  and  Lawrence  Treadwell  in 
memory  of  their  mother.  The  scholarship  is  awarded 
to  a  full-time,  non-traditional  student  in  need  ol 
financial  assistance. 

Dany  J.  Washington  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship 
is  in  memory  of  Dany  Washington,  former  dean  of 
continuing  education  at  UNH,  and  is  awarded  to 
nontraditional  adult  students  based  on  scholarship 
and  leadership  displayed  in  the  University  or  com- 
munity environment. 

Robert  Wilson  Scholarship  —  Awarded  annually  to  a 
freshman  and  renewable  for  up  to  three  years,  provid- 
ing a  3.0  G.P.A.  is  maintained,  this  award  is  based  on 
the  following  criteria:  an  African-American  from  New 
Haven  County  demonstrating  financial  need  and  high 
achievement  in  academics  and  other  activities. 

Mrs.  Yeh  Ko  Hsien-Tao  Scholarship  —  Created  by 
Dr.  Poe-Len  Ye  in  memory  of  his  mother,  this  schol- 
arship supports  students  from  Taiwan  and  the 
People's  Republic  of  China,  as  well  as  students  of 
Chinese/ Asian  ancestry,  who  are  majoring  in  criminal 
justice  or  forensic  science  and  demonstrate  academic 
achievement  and  financial  need. 


Financial  Aid  63 

Dorothy  S.  Weiss  Scholarship  —  fhis  scholarship, 
established  by  UNH  alumnus  Frank  Warner  in  honor 
of  his  friend  Dorothy  Weiss,  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
student  who  is  in  good  academic  standing  and 
demonstrates  financial  need. 

World  Journal  Scholarship  —  This  scholarship  was 
established  in  2001  by  Howard  Lee,  president  of  the 
World  Journal,  and  the  Henry  C.  Lee  Institute  of 
Forensic  Science,  in  honor  of  the  victims  whose  lives 
were  sacrificed  on  September  1 1,  2001.  An  award  is 
made  annually  to  an  undergraduate  or  graduate  stu- 
dent attending  the  University's  Henry  C.  Lee  College 
of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences,  with  prior- 
ity given  to  family  members  of  police  officers  or  fire- 
fighters who  sacrificed  their  lives  or  were  injured 
during  the  September  1 1,  2001  attacks,  and  second- 
ary preference  to  family  members  of  any  victim  who 
perished  in  the  attacks. 

Dr.  Frank  R.  Yulo  Memorial  Scholarship  —  This 
fund  was  created  by  Lori  A.  and  Robert  F.  Polito,  Jr., 
E.M.B.A.  '98,  in  memory  of  Robert's  uncle,  Dr. 
Frank  R.  Yulo,  a  distinguished  state  educator. 
Recognizing  Dr.  Yulo's  commitment  to  educational 
opportunities  for  all,  this  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
minority  student  or  student  ol  color  who  is  majoring 
in  education  and  has  demonstrated  financial  need. 


Rubin  W.  Vine  Veterans  Scholarship  —  UNH  Board 
member  and  World  War  II  veteran  Rubin  Vine  estab- 
lished this  award  to  provide  scholarships  to  veterans 
and/or  family  members  of  veterans  in  financial  need. 

UHY  Scholarship  —  This  award  is  made  to  account- 
ing majors  with  high  grade  point  averages  and 
demonstrated  financial  need.  The  scholarship  was 
made  possible  through  the  generosity  of  the  Simione, 
Scillia,  Larrow  and  Dowling  Charitable  Foundation. 


64 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  63 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS 
AND  SCIENCES 


Dr.  Ranald  H.  Nowaczyk,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  prepares  students 
for  lifelong  learning.  Through  its  varied  academic  dis- 
ciplines, the  College  provides  the  foundation  for  suc- 
cess as  a  global  citizen.  The  College's  degree  programs 
prepare  students  for  meaningful  careers  or  for  contin- 
ued study  in  graduate  or  professional  schools.  The 
College  offers  the  bachelor  of  arts,  the  bachelor  of 
science,  a  number  of  associate  degrees  and  undergrad- 
uate certificates.  The  College's  graduate  programs  lead 
to  the  master  of  arts  and  master  of  science  degrees, 
and  to  a  number  of  graduate  certificates.  The  College 
also  complements  programs  in  other  Colleges  at 
UNH  and  offers  many  of  the  essential  courses  in  the 
University  Core  Curriculum.  Those  undecided  about 
a  major  will  find  a  welcoming  home  in  the  undeclared 
major  program  that  allows  ample  flexibility  to  sample 
courses  from  a  variety  of  disciplines. 

The  dynamic  nature  of  the  world  today  requires 
students  to  be  open-minded,  critical  thinkers  who 
can  approach  society's  issues  and  problems  from  a 
variety  of  perspectives.  Your  education  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  is  designed  to  provide  that  back- 
ground. We  offer  you  the  opportunity  to  study  and 
learn  historical,  cultural,  social,  individual,  and  politi- 
cal perspectives  on  your  world.  Our  goal  is  to  chal- 
lenge you  to  take  advantage  of  the  many  resources 
and  talents  within  the  College  to  help  you  prepare 
for  your  future. 


The  professors  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
are  committed  to  the  student  learning  experience. 
The  commitment  goes  beyond  classroom  instruction 
to  include  student  opportunities  to  work  with  faculty 
on  their  scholarship  and  research,  study  abroad,  and 
to  apply  knowledge  and  skills  through  internships  or 
in  the  community  working  on  real-lite  projects.  We 
also  expect  students  to  expand  their  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  the  world  to  a  global  level. 
Graduates  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  are 
prepared  to  make  an  impact  in  tomorrow's  world. 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  also  offers  a  host 
of  extracurricular  activities  to  supplement  the  learn- 
ing experience.  These  events  include  campus-wide 
debates,  symposia,  and  faculty  forums.  The  College 
adds  to  New  Haven's  vibrant  cultural  environment.  It 
supports  the  UNH  Theater  through  its  student  pro- 
ductions. The  Seton  Gallery  is  a  well-established 
University  art  gallery  featuring,  in  addition  to  a  per- 
manent collection,  a  wide  variety  of  work  by  stu- 
dents, renowned  artists,  and  sculptors  at  shows 
throughout  the  academic  year. 

For  students,  staff  and  faculty,  the  College  has 
developed  Arts@Noon  events  that  feature  UNH  tal- 
ent in  poetry,  theatre,  music,  dance,  and  film. 
Through  Arts@Night,  the  College  presents  entertain- 
ment events  on  campus  for  UNH  and  public  atten- 
dance, with  performances  in  various  musical  styles, 
comedy,  and  dance. 


66 


Programs  and  Concentrations 

Undergraduate  Programs 
Bachelor  of  Arts 

Art 

Chemistry 
Communication 
English 

Literature 

Writing 
Global  Studies 
Graphic  Design 
History 
Interior  Design 

Pre-architecture 
Liberal  Studies 
Mathematics 

Education 
Music 

Music  Industry 
Music  and  Sound  Recording 
Political  Science 
Psychology 

Communiry/Clinical 

Forensic  Psychology* 

General  Psychology 
Undeclared 

*Permission  for  approval  of  this  concentration  is 
being  sought  from  the  Connecticut  Department  of 
Higher  Education. 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Biology 

Biochemistry 

General  Biology 

Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre- veterinary 
Biotechnology 
Communication 
Dental  Hygiene 
Environmental  Science 
Marine  Biology 
Mathematics 

Computer  Science 

Applied  Mathematics 

Statistics 


Music  and  Sound  Recording 
Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

Associate  in  Science 

Communication 
Dental  Hygiene 
General  Studies 
Graphic  Design 
Interior  Design 

Graduate  Programs 

Master  of  Arts 

Community  Psychology 
Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 

Master  of  Science 

Cellular  and  Molecular  Biology 
Education 

Environmental  Science 
Human  Nutrition 

Graduate  Certificates 

Applications  ol  Psychology 

Geographic  Information  Systems 

International  Relations 

Legal  Studies 

Mental  Retardation  Services 

Psychology  of  Conflict  Management 

Teaching  as  a  Career 

Students  interested  in  earning  a  teaching  certificate 
to  qualify  to  teach  at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level 
may  do  so  by  entering  the  graduate  program  in  educa- 
tion at  UNH.  This  Bachelors  Plus  program  enables  stu- 
dents in  any  undergraduate  major  to  complete  both  the 
B.A.  and  an  M.S.  degrees  in  Education  in  five  years. 

Minors 

It  is  highly  recommended  that  students  working 
toward  a  degree  in  one  area  of  study  give  serious 
thought  to  organizing  their  elective  courses  so  as  to 
receive  a  minor  in  a  second  discipline.  A  minor  usu- 
ally consists  of  1 8  credits  devoted  to  the  study  of 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  67 


either  a  group  of  courses  on  related  subjects  or  a 
series  of  courses  offered  by  one  department. 

Students  interested  in  studying  for  a  minor  should 
consult  with  the  chair  of  the  department  offering  the 
minor.  Possible  minors  are  listed  below: 

Art 

Bioengineering 

Biology 

Black  Studies 

Chemistry 

Communication 

English 

Environmental  Science 

History 

Mathematics 

Multimedia 

Music 

Nutrition 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political  Science 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Theatre  Arts 

Certificates 

Students  can  take  their  first  step  toward  an  under- 
graduate degree  by  registering  for  one  of  the  certifi- 
cates offered  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Each  certificate  is  carefully  designed  as  a  concentrated 
introduction  to  a  particular  subject  area  and  generally 
consists  of  courses  totaling  15  to  18  credits.  Later, 
students  may  choose  to  apply  the  certificate  credits 
they  have  earned  toward  their  undergraduate  degree 
at  the  University.  The  following  certificates  are 
offered: 
Journalism 

Mass  Communication 
Public  Policy 


University  Core  Curriculum 

In  addition  to  departmental  requirements,  stu- 
dents must  fulfill  all  requirements  of  the  University 
Core  Curriculum. 


General  Policies  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

•  Each  student  is  assigned  an  academic  adviser. 
Normally,  the  adviser  is  a  member  of  the  faculty  in  the 
major  department  for  the  student's  degree  program. 

•  A  student  may  select  a  minor  in  a  department 
other  than  the  major  department  after  consulta- 
tion with  the  adviser  or  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair. 

•  To  receive  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  the  student  must  be  awarded  his/her  last 
30  credits  by  the  University  of  New  Haven. 

•  A  minimum  of  1 20  credits  is  required  for  graduadon. 

Coordinated  Course  Policy 

To  implement  the  University's  coordinated  course 
policy,  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  has  adopted 
the  following  additional  guidelines: 

•  A  student  may  take  a  maximum  of  two  Arts  and 
Sciences  courses  on  a  coordinated  basis.  The 
courses  must  be  either  (a)  upper-division  courses; 
that  is,  equivalent  to  300-  or  400-level  courses  at 
UNH,  or  (b)  courses  required  by  the  student's 
major  program;  that  is,  non  Arts  and  Sciences 
elective  courses. 

•  Coordinated  courses  from  two-year  colleges  will 
be  accepted  only  for  students  who  have  freshman 
or  sophomore  standing  at  UNH.  A  student  who 
has  completed  a  total  of  57  credits  cannot  obtain 
consent  for  a  coordinated  course  taken  at  a  two- 
year  college. 

•  Any  exceptions  to  the  previously  stated  guidelines 
must  be  approved  by  the  dean  of  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences. 

•  Students  should  note  that  in  all  cases  they  must 
seek  approval  before  taking  a  coordinated  course. 

B.A.,  Liberal  Studies 

The  B.A.  degree  in  liberal  studies  serves  students 
whose  needs  are  addressed  by  an  interdisciplinary 
program  of  study.  The  flexible  nature  of  this  program 
permits  students  to  integrate  courses  from  across  the 


68 


University  for  the  achievement  of  personalized  educa- 
tional goals.  Those  goals  may  be  directed  toward  the 
realization  of  specific  career  objectives  not  met  by 
other  programs. 

All  students  earning  a  bachelor's  degree  in  liberal 
studies  must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum  as  part  of  the  1 2 1  credits  required  for  the 
degree. 

Students  will  also  select  a  minimum  of  eight 
courses  from  two  of  the  focus  areas  listed  below,  for  a 
minimum  of  48  credits.  Students  should  choose  a 
minimum  of  three  and  a  maximum  of  six  courses 
from  any  one  of  the  disciplines  within  each  of  the 
four  focus  areas,  which  ensures  a  breadth  of  study 
within  this  program.  Students  must  choose  at  least 
ten  focus-area  courses  from  the  300  level  or  above 
that  they  have  not  taken  to  satisfy  Core  Curriculum 
requirements. 

Focus  Areas 

Focus  Area  1 :  Humanities 

Disciplines:  Communication,  English,  Modern 
Languages,  History,  Philosophy 


A.S.,  General  Studies 

The  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  offers  the  A.S. 
degree  in  general  studies  to  serve  students  who  seek  a 
general  liberal  arts  education  for  purposes  of  personal 
enrichment.  Nearly  half  of  the  61  credits  required  for 
the  degree  are  free  electives.  This  flexibility  permits 
students  to  take  courses  in  a  number  of  different 
fields  prior  to  choosing  a  major.  By  judicious  choice 
of  electives,  it  is  possible  to  transfer  into  majors  in 
any  of  the  Colleges  in  the  University. 

Students  planning  to  transfer  to  four-year  pro- 
grams in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  should 
note  additional  core  requirements  in  science  and 
mathematics,  English  literature,  art,  and  social  sci- 
ence, as  well  as  special  requirements  in  particular 
major  programs. 

Required  Courses 

Students  must  complete  61  credits  of  courses  to  earn 

the  associate  degree  with  a  general  studies  major, 

including  the  courses  listed  below. 

E  105  Composition  (cc) 

E  110  Composition  and  Literature  (cc) 

HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 


Focus  Area  2:  Mathematics  and  the  Natural  Sciences 

Disciplines:  General  Biology,  Chemistry,  Environ- 
mental Science,  Marine  Biology,  Mathematics, 
Physics 

Focus  Area  3:  Social/Behavioral  Sciences 

Disciplines;  Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology, 
Sociology,  Legal  Studies 

Focus  Area  4:  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 
DiscipUnes:  Art,  Graphic  Design,  Interior  Design, 
Music,  Theater 

In  consultation  with  the  Arts  and  Sciences  adviser, 
students  develop  a  personal  plan  of  study.  This  plan 
includes  an  elective  sequence  of  credits  to  support  the 
student's  academic/professional  goals.  Students  may 
choose  their  elective  sequence  from  the  areas  of  arts 
and  sciences,  business,  engineering,  or  public 
safety/professional  studies. 


HS  1 02  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times  (cc) 

Plus  1  mathematics  course:  M  109 

orM  127 

or  higher  (cc) 

1  literature  or  philosophy  course*  (cc) 

1  art  or  music  or  theatre  course*  (cc) 

1  computer  course*  (cc) 

1  science  course  with  laboratory*  (cc) 

4  social  science  courses:  EC  133,  P  111,  PS  121,  and 

SO  113  (cc) 
cc  —  Course  which  satisfies  the  University  Core 

Curriculum  requirements 
*  —  Courses  chosen  from  the  University  Core 

Curriculum  listing 

Undeclared  Major 

UNH  recognizes  that  students  may  enter  college 
wanting  to  explore  several  options  before  declaring  an 
academic  major.  The  undeclared  major  is  designed 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  69 


for  those  students.  The  program  is  designed  to  help 
students  select  a  major  that  best  suits  their  life  and 
career  objectives.  This  program  is  also  open  to  first- 
year  and  second-year  students  at  UNH  who  are  con- 
templating a  change  in  majors.  It  is  estimated  that 
nationally  over  40  percent  of  undergraduates  change 
majors  in  college. 

Features 

Upon  enrollment  at  UNH,  a  student  choosing  the 
undeclared  major  is  assigned  a  faculty  adviser.  The 
adviser  has  the  responsibility  to  guide  the  student  in 
course  selection  and  exploration  of  academic  disci- 
plines and  majors.  We  believe  quality  advising  is  criti- 
cal to  the  success  of  undeclared  major  students. 
Faculty  advisers  work  with  students  to  select  courses 
in  disciplines  of  interest  so  that  students  can  explore 
their  options. 

The  faculty  adviser  works  with  students  and  the 
Office  of  Student  Life  to  learn  more  about  the  stu- 
dents' interests  through  personality  and  career  inven- 
tories. 

At  any  point  during  the  first  two  years  of  study, 
students  have  the  opportunity  to  declare  a  major 
once  they  decide  on  a  course  of  study. 

Many  of  the  courses  in  the  undeclared  major  are 
selected  to  meet  the  University  Core  Curriculum 
requirements  so  that  once  a  major  is  declared  the  stu- 
dent is  able  to  smoothly  transition  into  that  curricu- 
lum. The  core  education  requirement  (40  credits)  is  a 
University  requirement  for  all  UNH  programs.  The 
focus  of  the  core  is  to  ensure  that  graduates  are 

•  Good  thinkers,  speakers,  and  writers 

•  Skilled  at  analysis  and  problem  solving 

•  Skilled  at  using  today's  technology 

•  Effective  and  responsible  citizens 

•  Aware  of  cultural  similarities  and  differences  globally 

•  Sensitive  to  artistic  and  cultural  accomplishments 
Other  courses  are  selected  to  enable  students  to 

learn  more  about  specific  majors  and  decide  if  the 
major  is  a  good  match  for  them. 

Students  transferring  from  another  institution 
may  select  the  undeclared  major  while  they  consider 


a  major  from  among  the  many  offered  at  UNH. 

While  the  undeclared  major  is  part  of  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  College  works  closely  with 
the  other  Colleges  —  the  College  of  Business,  the 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering,  and  the  Henry  C. 
Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences 
—  to  best  meet  the  needs  of  students  with  an  unde- 
clared major. 

Art 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  >  Visual 
Arts. 

Biology  and 
Environmental  Science 

Chair:  Roman  N.  Zajac,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Burton  C.  Staugaard,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Connecticut;  H.  Fessenden  Wright, 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
Professors:  R.  Laurence  Davis,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Rochester;  Charles  L.  Vigue,  Ph.D.,  North 

Carolina  State  University;  Henry  E.  Voegeli, 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island;  Roman  N. 

Zajac,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Associate  Professors:  Carmela  Cuomo,  Ph.D.,  Yale 

University;  Michael  J.  Rossi,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Kentucky;  Eva  Sapi,  Ph.D.,  Eotvos  Lorand 

University 
Lecturers:  James  Ayers,  M.S.,  Purdue  University; 

Nina  Flay,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Health  Sciences/ 

Chicago  Medical  School 
Practitioners-in-Residence:  Norman  Abell,  D.P.M., 

Ohio  College  of  Pediatric  Medicine;  David 

DePodesta,  M.B.A.,  Quinnipiac  University; 

Anthony  Melillo,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 
to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 


70 


experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  "OfFice  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations" 
earlier  in  the  catalog,  or  contact  the  co-op  coordina- 
tor for  the  College  of  Art  and  Sciences. 

Biology 

Biology  provides  one  of  the  cornerstones  of  a  lib- 
eral education  by  increasing  knowledge  and  apprecia- 
tion of  oneself  and  of  other  living  organisms  in  the 
ecosphere.  It  is  an  active  and  exciting  field  leading  to 
careers  in  drug  discovery,  medicine,  and  education. 
As  a  major,  biology  prepares  the  student  for  profes- 
sional or  graduate  training  or  for  technical  and 
research  positions  in  one  of  the  health  or  life  science 
fields  and  also  the  various  sub-disciplines  of  the  bio- 
logical sciences. 

B.S.,  Biology 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
biology  must  complete  122-124  credits.  Courses 
include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the 
course  requirements  for  the  particular  biology  con- 
centra,tion  as  indicated  below. 


Concentration  in  Pre-medical/Pre-dental/ 
Pre-veterinary  Medical  Biology 

This  concentration  gives  the  student  the  basic 
entrance  requirements  of  virtually  every  U.S.  college 
of  medicine,  dentistry,  and  veterinary  medicine. 
Entrance  into  these  colleges  is  highly  competitive, 
and  completion  of  the  concentration  does  not  guar- 
antee acceptance  into  a  medical,  dental,  or  veterinary 
medical  college.  Graduates  have  gone  on  to  pursue 
medical,  dental,  and  veterinary  medical  degrees  at 
such  schools  as  Georgetown  University,  Tufts 
University,  the  University  of  Connecticut,  Ohio  State 
University,  and  the  University  of  Tennessee.  Students 
who  complete  the  program  but  decide  not  to  pursue 
a  medical  career  are  highly  qualified  to  enter  the 
workforce  in  one  of  the  technically  oriented  research, 
health,  or  related  life  science  fields.  In  addition  to  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  seven  free  electives, 
the  following  courses  are  required: 


BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  311  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 
BI  493  Evaluation  of  Scientific  Literature 
CH  115-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  1 17-1 18  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  21 1  Quantitative  Analysis  with  Laboratory 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 
PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 

Plus  three  of  the  following: 

BI  259—260  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

with  Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  304  Immunology  with  Laboratory 
BI  306  Genetics 

BI  501  Protein  Biochemistry  and  Enzymology 
BI  503  Nucleic  Acid  Biochemistry 
BI  506  Genomics 
BI  520  Bioinformatics 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 

Concentration  in  Biochemistry 

This  concentration  is  most  appropriate  for  stu- 
dents interested  in  a  career  in  the  rapidly  growing 
fields  of  biotechnology  and  biomedical/pharmaceuti- 
cal research  or  in  pursuing  an  advanced  degree  in  bio- 
chemistry or  molecular  biology.  The  program  offers 
extensive  hands-on  experience  in  biochemical,  cellular, 
and  molecular  techniques.  Recent  graduates  are 
employed  at  Bristol-Myers  Squibb,  Protein  Sciences, 
Bayer  Corporation,  Pfizer,  U.S.  Surgical,  Neurogen 
Corporation,  Cytotherapeutics,  Curagen,  and  Yale 
University  School  of  Medicine.  In  addition  to  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  seven  free  electives, 
the  following  courses  are  required: 

BI  253-254  Biology  tor  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  71 


BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laboratory 

BI  311  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 

BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 

BI  493  Evaluation  of  Scientific  Literature 

CH  115-1 16  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  117-118  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 
PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  two  of  the  following  biochemistry  courses: 
BI  501  Protein  Biochemistry  and  Enzymology 
BI  502  Biochemistry  of  Bioenergetics 
BI  503  Nucleic  Acid  Biochemistry 
Plus  two  of  the  following  restricted  electives: 

BI  304  Immunology  with  Laboratory 

BI  506  Genomics 

BI  511  Molecular  Biology  of  Proteins  with 

Laboratory 
BI  513  Molecular  Biology  of  Nucleic  Acid  with 

Laboratory 
BI  520  Bioinformatics 

Concentration  in  General  Biology 

This  concentration  gives  the  student  a  general 
overview  of  the  biological  sciences.  It  is  appropriate 
for  the  student  with  a  broad  interest  in  biology.  In 
addition  to  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and 
seven  free  electives,  the  following  courses  are 
required: 
BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  31 1  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 
BI  493  Evaluation  of  Scientific  Literature 
CH  115-1 16  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  1 17-1 18  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 


M  117  Calculus  I 

M  228  Elementary  Statistics 

PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  four  of  the  following: 
BI  259-260  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

with  Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  304  Immunology  with  Laboratory 
BI  306  Genetics 

BI  320  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
BI  501  Protein  Biochemistry  and  Enzymology 
BI  503  Nucleic  Acid  Biochemistry 
BI  506  Genetics 
BI  510  Environmental  Health 
BI  520  Bioinformatics 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
EN  500  Environmental  Geoscience 
MR  260  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  with  Laboratory 
MR  300  Marine  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
MR  310  Marine  Biology  with  Laboratory 

B.S.,  Biotechnology 

The  bachelor  of  science  program  in  biotechnology 
prepares  students  to  enter  the  growing  biopharma- 
ceutical  and  biotechnical  fields.  The  program  inte- 
grates courses  in  biochemistry,  genetics,  and  cellular 
and  molecular  biology. 

All  students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
biotechnology  must  complete  128  credits.  Courses 
include  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  required 
courses  listed  below,  and  elective  courses. 

Required  Courses 

BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
BI  304  Immunology  with  Laboratory 
BI  306  Genetics 

BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  311  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 
BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 
BI  493  Evaluation  of  Scientific  Literature 
BI  513  Molecular  Biology  of  Nucleic  Acid  with 

Laboratory 
CH  1 15-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 


72 


CH  117-118  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

and  II 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

and  II 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 
PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  two  of  the  following: 
BI  503  Nucleic  Acid  Biochemistry 
BI  506  Genomics 
BI  51 1  Molecular  Biology  ot  Proteins  with 

Laboratory 
BI  520  Biointormatics 

Minor  in  Biology 

To  minor  in  biology,  students  must  complete  the 
courses  listed  below.  In  some  instances,  an  upper- 
level  biology  course  can  be  substituted  for  general 
biology. 
BI  121-122  General  and  Human  Biology  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
or 
BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  261  Introduction  to  Biochemistry 
or 
BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 

Plus  the  following: 

BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 

BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laborator)' 

BI  31 1  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 

Environmental  Science 

Environmental  scientists  are  employed  by  munici- 
pal, state,  and  federal  agencies  and  by  consulting 
companies  and  businesses  both  large  and  small.  They 
work  on  problems  such  as  wetland  mapping  and  pro- 
tection; watershed  management;  ground  and  surface 
water  contamination;  aquifer  delineation  and  protec- 


tion; marine  resource  management;  crop  and  pest 
management;  natural  hazards;  regulatory  compliance; 
environmental  health  and  safety;  water,  wastewater, 
and  air  treatment;  and  pollution  prevention  and 
remediation. 

Usually,  specialized  training  is  necessary  if  one 
wishes  to  hold  an  administrative  job  at  a  high  salary 
level.  Our  programs  are  designed  to  enable  students 
to  enter  a  graduate  or  specialty  school  to  continue 
their  education.  Examples  of  advanced  study  include 
a  graduate  program  in  environmental  science  or  engi- 
neering; a  school  of  forestry,  planning,  or  public 
health;  a  program  in  urban  ecology  or  environmental 
geology;  or  even,  with  proper  selection  of  electives, 
business  or  law  school. 

The  B.S.  degree  program  establishes  a  solid  back- 
ground in  the  biological  and  earth  sciences,  chem- 
istry, physics,  and  mathematics  in  the  first  three 
years.  In  the  fourth  year  students  concentrate  on 
advanced  environmental  science  courses. 

B.S.,  Environmental  Science 

Required  Courses 

All  students  earning  a  bachelor's  degree  in  envi- 
ronmental science  must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum  and  the  courses  listed  below. 
EN  101  Introduction  to  Environmental  Science 
EN  102  Environmental  Science  Laboratory 
EN  500  Environmental  Geoscience 
EN  502  Environmental  Effects  of  Pollutant 
BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
BI  320  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
BI  510  Environmental  Health 
CH  115-1 16  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  117-118  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I 

and  II 
CH  211  Quantitative  Analysis  with  Laboratory 
PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 

Plus  21  to  28  credits  of  biology,  science,  or  chemistry 
electives 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  73 


CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 

and 

CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  and  II 

M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 

and 

M  115  Pre-Calculus 

or 

M  115  Pre-Calculus 

and 

M  117  Calculus  I 

or 

M  117-1 18  Calculus  I  and  II 

Plus  four  electives 

Minor  in  Environmental  Science 

The  minor  in  environmental  science  provides  a 
useful  background  for  students  majoring  in  other 
areas  who  have  concern  for  the  environment.  For 
example,  students  majoring  in  political  science  might 
well  combine  their  program  with  a  minor  in  environ- 
mental science.  Another  useful  combination  is  an 
environmental  science  minor  and  a  major  in  business 
administration  or  engineering. 

For  specific  information  concerning  a  minor  in 
environmental  science,  please  consult  with  the  pro- 
gram coordinator. 

Required  Courses 

EN  101  Introduction  to  Environmental  Science 

EN  1 02  Environmental  Science  Laboratory 

EN  320  Introduction  to  Environmental  Geoscience 

or 

EN  500  Environmental  Geoscience 

EN  540  Introduction  to  Geographical  Information 

Systems 
BI  320  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
Plus  3  of  the  following: 
EN  502  Environmental  Effects  of  Pollutants 
EN  521  Hydrology 
EN  525  Geomorphology 
MR  300  Marine  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
MR  330  Coastal  Resources  Management 
MR  331  Marine  Conservation  and  Restoration 


B.S.,  Marine  Biology 

This  program  prepares  students  to  enter  the  rap- 
idly expanding  fields  of  aquaculture,  resource  man- 
agement, environmental  assessment,  protection  and 
conservation,  biotechnology,  and  education  related  to 
estuarine,  coastal,  and  marine  environments.  The 
level  of  experience  required  for  an  individual  to  con- 
tribute in  these  fields  is  not  adequately  satisfied  by  an 
undergraduate  degree  in  biology  or  environmental 
science;  therefore,  individuals  with  specific,  advanced, 
and  focused  training  are  needed.  This  program,  with 
a  strong  basic  emphasis  on  the  biological  and  chemi- 
cal sciences,  will  prepare  students  for  these  fields. 

Required  Courses 

All  students  majoring  in  marine  biology  must 
complete  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the 
following  courses: 

MR  101  Introduction  to  Marine  Biology 
MR  102  Seminar  in  Marine  Biology 
MR  200  Fundamentals  of  Oceanography 
MR  260  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  with  Laboratory 
MR  300  Marine  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
MR  310  Marine  Botany  with  Laboratory 
MR  320  Marine  Pollution 

MR  501-502  Senior  Project  in  Marine  Biology  I  and  II 
BI  250  Invertebrate  Zoology  with  Laboratory 
BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
BI  320  Ecology  with  Laboratory 
CH  115-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  1 17-1 18  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  and  II 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  and  II 
HS  102  Modern  Western  World 
M  115  Pre-Calculus 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 
PH  103-104  General  Physics  I  and  II  with 

Laboratory 

Plus  two  of  the  following  restricted  electives: 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  with  Lab 
EN  533  Special  Topics  in  Field  Geology 
EN  540  Introduction  to  Geographical  Information 
Systems 


74 


MR  330  Coastal  Resources  and  Management 

MR  331  Marine  Conservation  and  Restoration 

MR  410  Marine  Aquaculture  and  Biotechnology 

MR  420  Marine  Biogeochemistry  with  Lab 

Plus  one  of  the  following: 

BI  306  Genetics 

BI  308  Cell  Biology  with  Laboratory 

BI  31 1  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 

BI  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 

Minor  in  Bioengineering 

No  rigid  group  of  courses  constitutes  a  minor  in 
bioengineering.  Students  wishing  to  follow  such  a 
program  should  major  in  one  aspect  of  engineering 
and  take  a  minor  (20  credits)  in  biology,  or  the  biol- 
ogy major  program  may  be  combined  with  a  minor 
or  concentration  in  engineering.  Students  should 
consult  with  the  particular  engineering  and  biology 
department  chairs  before  starting  the  program. 

Teaching  Biology 

Students  interested  in  earning  a  teaching  certifi- 
cate in  secondary  education  in  biologv'  may  enter  the 
graduate  program  at  UNH.  The  B.S.  in  biology  with 
a  concentration  in  general  biology  is  the  best  choice 
for  a  major  for  those  planning  to  teach  at  the  second- 
ary level,  but  other  related  majors  are  also  acceptable. 
Please  contact  the  Education  Department  for  addi- 
tional information. 

Biotechnology 

See  BIOLOGY  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  SCIENCE. 


Chemistry 


The  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical 
Engineering  resides  in  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  but  offers  the  B.A.  degree  in  chemistry 
through  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Please  see 
the  departmental  listing  in  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  section  of  the  catalog  for  additional 


information,  including  a  list  of  faculty  members  and 
details  on  other  degree  programs  offered  by  the 
Department. 

B.A.,  Chemistry 

This  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  traditional 
liberal  arts  background  with  the  basic  requirements 
of  a  chemistry  major. 

Required  Courses 

All  students  in  the  B.A.  program  in  chemistry 
must  complete  125  credits.  Courses  must  include  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  the  following: 

CH  115-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  1 17-1 18  General  Chemistry  1  and  II  with 

Laboratory 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  21 1  Quantitative  Analysis  with  Laboratory 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
CH  331-332  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  333-334  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  341  Synthetic  Methods  in  Chemistry 
CH  411  Chemical  Literature 
CH  412  Seminar 

CH  501  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 
CH  521  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
EC  133  Principles  of  Economics 
M  117-118  Calculus  I  and  II 
M  203  Calculus  III 
PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Opticswith 

Laboratory 
Plus  24  credits  of  electives 

B.S.,  Chemistry 

Minor  in  Chemistry 

These  programs  appear  in  this  catalog  under  the 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  75 


Teaching  Chemistry 

Students  interested  in  earning  a  teaching  certifi- 
cate in  secondary  education  in  chemistry  may  enter 
the  graduate  program  at  UNH.  The  B.A.  or  B.S.  in 
chemistry  is  the  best  choice  for  a  major  for  those 
planning  to  teach  at  the  secondary  level,  but  other 
related  majors  are  also  acceptable.  Please  contact  the 
Education  Department  for  additional  information. 


Communication, 
Film,  and  Theatre 

Chair:  Jerry  L.  Allen,  Ph.D. 

Professors:  Jerry  L.  Allen,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois 

University  at  Carbondale;  Marilou  McLaughlin, 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Steven  A. 

Raucher,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University;  Donald 

C.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts  at 

Amherst 
Instructor:  Paul  C.  Falcone,  M.B.A.,  University  ot 

New  Haven 
Lecturer:  Robert  C.  Boles,  M.F.A.,  Sarah  Lawrence 

College 

Students  in  this  program  develop  a  comprehensive 
understanding  of  interpersonal  communication  as 
well  as  organizational  communication,  public  rela- 
tions, advertising,  and  mass  communication  (journal- 
ism, radio,  television,  and  film).  The  program  blends 
theoretical  concepts  and  skills,  academic  rigor,  and 
hands-on  experience  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in 
business,  the  public  sector,  or  the  media,  or  for  addi- 
tional studies  at  the  graduate  level. 

An  active  internship  is  a  valuable  complement  to 
the  student's  classroom  studies.  The  Department 
offers  internships  with  regional  and  national  busi- 
nesses, public  service  organizations,  and  print  and 
electronic  media.  Communication  majors  can  gain 
additional  experience  through  writing  for  The 
Charger  Bulletin  (the  student  newspaper),  working  at 
WNHU-FM  (the  campus  radio  station),  doing  pro- 
gramming for  local  television,  or  producing  special- 
ized film  and  video  programs. 


Department  factJty  have  served  as  editors  or  associ- 
ate editors  of  more  than  a  halt  dozen  of  the  top-tier 
scholarly  journals  in  the  communication  field  and  have 
received  national  and  international  recognition.  All  fac- 
ulty members  do  research,  publish,  and  have  practical 
experience  in  their  communication  specialties.  Faculty 
and  students  belong  to  professional  organizations  such 
as  the  International  Communication  Association;  the 
Public  Relations  Society  of  America;  the  Eastern 
Communication  Association;  the  National  Association 
of  College  Broadcasters;  the  National  Academy  of 
Television  Arts  and  Sciences;  the  National  Academy  of 
Cable  Programming;  the  National  Federation  ot  Local 
Cable  Programming;  the  American  Film  Institute;  the 
Broadcast  Educators'  Associarion;  the  National 
Communication  Association;  the  Association  for 
Educational  Journalism  and  Mass  Communication;  the 
Organization  for  the  Study  of  Communication, 
Language,  and  Gender;  the  World  Communication 
Association;  and  the  International  Listening  Association. 

In  the  interest  of  maximizing  students'  communica- 
tion experiences  as  well  as  encouraging  professional 
contacts  and  advancement,  the  Department  urges  stu- 
dents to  enter  regional  and  national  competitions  in 
public  relations,  advertising,  radio,  television,  and  film. 

Lambda  Pi  Eta 

The  Department  sponsors  the  Beta  Kappa 
Chapter  of  Lambda  Pi  Eta,  the  national  communica- 
tion honor  society.  To  receive  honorary  membership 
in  this  prestigious  organization,  students  must  have  at 
least  45  University  credits  and  at  least  nine  credits  in 
communication  courses.  They  must  have  a  3.0  cumu- 
lative G.P.A.  and  a  3.25  G.P.A.  in  communication 
courses.  Members  become  part  of  a  national  network 
of  communication  majors  and  may  showcase  their 
work  at  regional  and  national  conterences. 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students  to 
combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  "Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations" 
earlier  in  the  catalog,  or  contact  the  Department  chair. 


76 


B.A.,  Communication 

The  bachelor  of  arts  degree  program  has  a  strong 
journalism  and  public  relations  concentration.  In 
addition,  interpersonal  communication  theory  is 
emphasized,  giving  the  student  a  broad  background 
in  all  the  elements  of  the  communication  field. 

Required  Courses 

All  students  in  the  B.A.  program  in  communica- 
tion must  complete  121  credits.  Courses  must 
include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the  fol- 
lowing: 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

CO  101  Fundamentals  of  Mass  Communication 

CO  102  Writing  for  the  Media 

CO  114  Production  Fundamentals 

CO  205  Intercultural  Communication 

CO  212  Television  Production  I 

CO  214  Elements  of  Film 

CO  300  Persuasive  Communication 

CO  301  Communication  Theor\'  and  Research 

CO  302  Social  Impact  of  Media 

CO  306  Public  Relations  Systems  and  Practices 

CO  308  Broadcast  Journalism 

CO  309  Public  Relations  Writing 

CO  420  Communication  and  the  Law 

CO  500  Seminar  in  Communication  Studies 

J  201  News  Writing  and  Reporting 

J  311  Copy  Desk 

Plus  three  communication  electives 

Plus  seven  electives 

B.S.,  Communication 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  communication 
are  required  to  complete  121  credits,  including  the 
Universit)'  Core  Curriculum,  and  the 
Communication  program  core. 

Core  Curriculum 

40  credits 

The  following  courses  must  be  completed  and  will  be 
utihzed  in  partial  fulfillment  of  Universit)'  Core 
Curricidum  requirements. 


HS  108  Histor)' of  Science 

or 

HU  300  The  Nature  of  Science 

This  course  will  be  used  to  fulfill  core  competency 

requirement  2.3. 

MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimecha 

This  course  may  be  used  to  fulfJl  core  competenc}' 

requirement  3. 

Core  Curriculum  Electives 

12  credits 

Students  should  check  their  academic  program  of 

choice  for  specific  credit  hour  requirements. 

Communication  Core 
42  credits 

These  courses  develop  the  foimdation  knowledge  and 
competencies  from  which  additional  advanced  course 
work  may  follow. 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

CO  101  Fundamentals  of  Mass  Communication 

CO  102  Writing  for  the  Media 

CO  114  Production  Fundamentals 

CO  205  Intercultural  Commimication 

CO  212  Television  Production  I 

CO  214  Elements  of  Film 

CO  220  Film  Production 

or 

CO  203  Radio  Production 

CO  300  Persuasive  Communication 

CO  30 1  Communication  Theor)'  and  Research 

CO  302  Social  Impact  of  Media 

CO  312  Television  Production  II 

CO  420  Communication  and  the  Law 

CO  500  Seminar  in  Communication 

Plus  6  credits  of  communication  or  journalism 

courses  chosen  with  the  adviser 

Plus  21  credits  chosen  with  the  adviser. 

A.S.,  Communication 

Upon  successfiil  completion  of  60  credits  of  the 
four-year  B.S.  program  in  communication,  students 
may  petition  to  receive  an  associate  in  science  (A.S.) 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  77 


degree  with  a  major  in  communication.  The  follow- 
ing specific  communication/journalism  course  work 
must  be  completed: 

CO  100  Human  Communication 
CO  101  Fundamentals  of  Mass  Communication 
CO  102  Writing  for  the  Media 
CO  208  Introduction  to  Broadcasting 
J  201  News  Writing  and  Reporting 
Plus  9  credits  of  communication  courses  chosen  with 
the  adviser. 

Students  must  also  complete  the  following  core  cur- 
riculum requirements: 

6  credits  (E  105,  E  110):  Core  Competency  1 
3  credits  (M  127):  Core  Competency  2 
3  credits  (CS  107):  Core  Competency  3 
3  credits  (HS  102):  Core  Competency  4 
3  credits  (EC  133):  Core  Competency  5 
3  credits:  Core  Competency  6 

Additional  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 
adviser. 

Minor  in  Communication 

A  total  of  18  credits  of  communication  courses 
must  be  earned  in  order  for  a  student  to  declare  the 
area  of  study  as  a  completed  minor.  This  work  must 
include  CO  100  Human  Communication.  The  addi- 
tional credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 
adviser. 

Communication  Certificates 

The  Communication  Department  offers  certificates 
in  journalism  and  mass  communication.  Students 
must  complete  15  credits  with  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of 
2.0  to  earn  a  certificate.  Students  may  choose  to  take 
these  courses  on  a  matriculated  or  nonmatriculated 
basis.  For  those  who  choose  the  nonmatriculated 
option,  it  is  not  necessary  to  apply  for  admission  to  a 
degree  program  at  the  University.  However,  if  you  are 
admitted,  the  credits  earned  may  be  applied  toward 
the  requirements  for  a  degree  program. 


Journalism  Certificate 

The  program  provides  basic  journalism  skills  in 
both  print  and  broadcast  media.  This  certificate  may 
supplement  students'  experience  or  prepare  them  for 
other  areas  in  their  current  field  of  work.  All  students 
are  required  to  take  15  credits,  with  a  minimum 
G.P.A.  of  2.0  courses  include  the  following: 

Required  Courses 

CO  102  Writing  for  the  Media 
CO  309  Public  Relations  Writing 
J  201  News  Writing  and  Reporting 

Plus  two  courses  from  among  the  following: 

CO  302  Social  Impact  of  Media 

CO  308  Broadcast  Journalism 

J  202  Advanced  News  Writing  and  Reporting 

J  311  Copy  Desk 

J  351  Journalistic  Performance 

J  367  Interpretive  and  Editorial  Writing 

Mass  Communication  Certificate 

This  program  offers  options  in  television  production, 
radio  production,  writing  for  media,  interpersonal 
communication,  or  a  combination  of  radio/television 
and  film.  All  students  are  required  to  take  1 5  credits, 
with  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of  2.0  courses  include  the 
following: 

CO  100  Human  Communication 
CO  114  Production  Fundamentals 

Nine  additional  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation 
with  the  adviser. 

Theatre  Arts 

Coordinator:  Robert  C.  Boles,  M.F.A. 

Theatre  courses  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  core 
requirements.  Refer  to  the  University  Core  Curriculum 
to  determine  the  specific  courses  permitted. 

Productions 

The  University  community  may  take  part  in  all 
departmental  productions.  Volunteers  may  act  in 
productions  as  well  as  help  with  lighting,  set,  and 


78 


costume  design;  set  construction;  publicit)-;  and  stage 
management.  Participants  need  not  be  enrolled  in 
theatre  classes. 

Minor  in  Theatre  Arts 

Students  may  complete  a  minor  in  theatre  arts  by 
taking  18  credits  in  the  theatre  program.  Three  major 
productions  are  mounted  each  year  by  the 
Department,  with  opportunities  for  students  in  per- 
formance, directing,  and  backstage  work. 

Required  Courses 

T  1 3 1  Introduction  to  the  Theatre 

T  132  Theatrical  Srv^le 

T  241  Early  World  Drama  and  Theatre 

T  242  Modern  World  Drama  and  Theatre 

Plus  6  credits  in  theatre  arts,  chosen  from  T  341 

Acting,  T  342  Play  Directing,  T  491  Production 

Practicum  I,  T  492  Production  Practicum  11,  and  T 

599  Independent  Study 


Dental  Hygiene 


See  DI\TS10N  OF  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS. 


Education 


Chair:  Paulette  L.  Pepin,  Ph.D.,  Fordham  Universit)' 
Professors:  Louise  M.  Soares,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois;  Shirley  Wakin,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Massachusetts 

Associate  Professors:  Paulette  L.  Pepin,  Ph.D., 

Fordham  University;  Judy  Randi,  Ed.D.,  Teachers 
College  of  Columbia  University 

Lecturer:  John  Ciochine,  M.A.  and  6th  Year 

Certificate,  Fairfield  University;  Susanne  Murphy, 
M.S.  and  6th  Year  Certificate,  Southern 
Connecticut  State  Universitv' 

Practitioner-In-Residence:  Patricia  G.  Maiorino, 
M.S.  and  6th  Year  Certificate,  Southern 
Connecticut  State  University;  David  Perry,  Ed.D., 
Columbia  University;  Robert  Law,  M.S.,  Southern 
Connecticut  State  Universirv,  6th  Year  Certificate, 


Connecticut  Center  for  Gestalt  Therapy 
While  the  University  of  New  Haven  does  not 
offer  an  undergraduate  degree  in  the  subject  of  edu- 
cation, the  Education  Department  does  offer  two 
programs  of  graduate  study:  Teacher  Certification,  for 
those  seeking  initial  teacher  certification,  and 
Professional  Education,  for  currently  certified  teach- 
ers seeking  professional  advancement.  Both  programs 
lead  to  the  master  of  science  in  education  degree. 
These  programs  represent  the  Universit)''s  commit- 
ment to  the  preparation  of  teacher  candidates  for 
meaningfiil  roles  in  teaching  the  youth  of  the  twenty- 
first  century.  The  Education  Department  prepares 
future  elementary  and  secondan,'  school  teachers. 
Secondary  school  subject  areas  include  business  edu- 
cation, English/language  arts,  mathematics,  science, 
and  social  studies. 

All  students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing  a 
teaching  career  should  contact  the  Education 
Department  as  soon  as  possible  during  their  under- 
graduate career.  University  of  New  Haven  undergrad- 
uates who  wish  to  pursue  a  career  in  teaching  may  be 
eligible  for  early  admission  to  the  UNH  Education 
Department's  graduate  program  through  the 
Bachelors  Plus  Program.  This  process  allows  qualified 
undergraduates  to  begin  their  education  course  work 
as  undergraduates,  enabling  them  to  earn  a  bachelor's 
degree,  a  master's  degree,  and  Connecticut  certifica- 
tion in  just  five  years.  Students  in  this  program 
develop  a  modified  major  worksheet;  for  example,  a 
"Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Mathematics  —  Pre-Education." 

Students  in  the  Bachelor's  Plus  Program  take  their 
first  education  course  during  the  spring  semester  of 
their  junior  year.  This  course,  ED  350,  Introduction 
to  Education,  provides  students  with  an  overview  of 
the  field  of  education.  (All  credit  requirements  for 
financial  aid  and  undergraduate  standing  must  be 
maintained  while  pursuing  the  Bachelor's  Plus 
Program.)  In  their  senior  year  undergraduates  con- 
tinue to  take  foundation  education  courses. 
Following  their  undergraduate  graduation,  students 
begin  the  graduate  program  in  August  and  an  intern- 
ship in  a  public  school,  which  provides  payment  for 
tuition.  Students  attend  classes  in  the  evening.  Our 
program's  field  component  places  students  in  a  local 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  79 


school  to  work  with  schoolchildren  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  classroom  teacher.  This  experience  gives  our 
students  the  opportunity  to  observe  professional 
teachers  in  their  own  classrooms,  thus  gaining  valu- 
able hands-on  experience  in  an  urban  and/or  a  subur- 
ban school  district  as  well  as  linking  theory  and 
practice.  UNH's  Education  Department  is  currently 
placing  interns  in  36  Connecticut  public  schools. 
Students  also  experience  thirteen  weeks  of  student 
teaching  and  are  fully  responsible  for  the  cost  of  stu- 
dent teaching. 

By  the  end  of  June,  students  complete  the  pro- 
gram and  receive  a  master's  degree,  one  year  after 
graduating  with  a  bachelor's  degree.  The  master's 
degree  is  tuition-free  with  participation  in  the  public 
school  internship  program.  Successful  completion  of 
all  requirements,  including  the  student  teaching  com- 
ponent, will  result  in  UNH's  recommendation  to  the 
State  Department  oi  Education  for  Connecticut  cer- 
tification. Students  are  able  to  apply  for  Fall  teaching 
positions  in  Connecticut  public  schools. 

Entrance  Requirements 

•  Students  are  required  to  have  and  maintain  a  3.0 
G.P.A. 

•  Students  must  develop  a  modified  major  work- 
sheet by  their  sophomore  year.  For  example,  a 
mathematics  major  would  develop  a  worksheet  tor 
the  "B.A.  in  Mathematics  —  Pre-Education." 
Formal  admission  into  the  program  occurs 
between  junior  and  senior  year. 

•  Successful  completion  of  Praxis  I,  or  a  total  of 
11 00  on  the  SATs  for  a  waiver.  Secondary  stu- 
dents must  pass  Praxis  II  (content  exam)  before 
entrance  into  the  graduate  program. 

•  Passing  grade  on  the  UNH  Writing  Proficiency 
Exam  by  the  end  of  junior  year. 

•  Successful  completion  of  ED  350  Introduction  to 
Education. 

•  Approval/recommendation  from  both  major  and 
education  advisers. 

•  Completion  of  formal  application  lor  graduate 
school  and  satisfaction  of  all  graduate  school 
requirements.  All  fees  waived. 


English 


Chair:  Donald  M.  Smith,  Ph.D. 

Director  of  Freshman  English:  Richard  J.  Farrell, 
M.Phil.,  Yale  University 

Professors  Emeriti:  Paul  M.irx,  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University;  Douglas  Robillard,  Ph.D.,  Wayne 
State  University 

Professors:  Srilekha  Bell,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin;  David  E.  E.  Sloane,  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University;  Donald  M.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University;  Brenda  R.  Williams,  Ph.D., 
Washington  University 

Senior  Lecturers:  Wesley  J.  Davis,  M.A.,  Southern 
Connecticut  State  University;  Richard  J.  Farrell, 
M.Phil.,  Yale  University 

Lecturers:  Stephen  A.  Listro,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Diane  C.  Russo, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

An  English  major  may  choose  the  concentration 
in  either  literature  or  writing.  Students  in  the  litera- 
ture concentration  develop  their  analytic  skills  and 
critical  ability  by  reading  widely  varied  works  in  the 
English  language:  William  Shakespeare  to  Walt 
Whitman,  Jane  Austen  to  Gwendolyn  Brooks.  The 
study  of  English  and  American  literature  provides  a 
depth  and  breadth  of  liberal  education  as  it  also 
improves  one's  thinking,  writing,  and  speaking.  A 
major  in  literature  is  looked  upon  very  favorably  by 
admissions  officers  of  law,  medical,  and  dental 
schools.  It  is  good  preparation  for  graduate  work  in 
fields  such  as  business,  education,  urban  planning, 
social  work,  and  public  health.  Employers  in  many 
areas  of  business,  industry,  and  government  seek  col- 
lege graduates  with  broad  knowledge  and  the  abiliry 
to  communicate  effectively. 

In  the  writing  concentration,  students  practice  a 
variety  of  written  language  from  the  expository  essay 
to  business  and  technological  applications  to  more  cre- 
ative forms.  Some  specific  areas  in  which  writing  skills 
have  immediate  practical  worth  are  journalism,  adver- 
tising, public  relations,  sales  training,  and  promotion. 
Many  companies  hire  writers  and  editors  for  company 
periodicals  and  reports,  equipment  handbooks,  and 


80 


service  manuals.  Publishing  houses  provide  employ- 
ment, of  many  kinds  and  on  many  levels,  for  persons 
skilled  in  writing.  For  writers  of  proven  ability,  there 
are  numerous  opportunities  to  freelance  for  trade  jour- 
nals, newspapers,  magazines,  and  other  publications. 
An  English  major  may  also  prepare  for  teacher  certifi- 
cation at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level. 

Modern  Language  Study 

While  study  ot  a  modern  language  is  not  required, 
it  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  student  who 
majors  in  English  know  at  least  one  modern  lan- 
guage. Knowledge  of  a  modern  language  makes  one 
more  sensitive  to  the  use  and  meaning  ot  words  in 
one's  own  language.  Furthermore,  knowledge  ot  a 
modern  language  widens  ones  perspective  and  deep- 
ens one's  understanding  through  the  insights  gained 
into  another  culture.  Students  who  are  considering 
graduate  study  certainly  should  be  competent  in  at 
least  one  modern  language. 

The  Literary  Club 

The  English  Department  sponsors  the  University's 
Literary  Club,  which  is  open  to  all  UNH  students. 
Its  aim  is  to  further  interest  in  the  literary  arts.  The 
Club's  primary  activity  is  publishing  The  Elm  City 
Review,  a  journal  of  students'  art  and  writing. 

Transfer  Credit  for  Writing  Courses 

The  English  Department  awards  credit  for  fresh- 
man writing  courses  taken  at  an  accredited  American 
college  or  University  if  the  courses  are  essentially  the 
same  as  E  105  or  E  110  and  if  the  student  received  at 
least  a  "C."  If  the  courses  were  taken  at  a  foreign  col- 
lege, the  student  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in 
writing  before  credit  is  awarded.  In  the  latter  case, 
the  student  should  make  an  appointment  with  the 
secretary  of  the  English  Department  for  the  writing 
of  a  one-hour  composition. 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 


to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  "Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations" 
earlier  in  the  catalog,  or  contact  the  co-op  coordina- 
tor for  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

B.A.,  English 

Thirty  credits  in  English  beyond  the  freshman 
level,  with  the  restrictions  indicated  below,  are 
required  for  a  major  in  English.  All  English  majors 
must  take  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the 
following  courses: 
E211  Early  British  Writers 
E  213  Early  American  Writers 
HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
HS  353  Modern  Britain 
Plus  1 5  free  electives 

Concentration  in  Literature 

The  literature  concentration  requires  eight  addi- 
tional literature  courses,  at  least  one  from  Category  I 
and  at  least  two  from  each  of  the  other  three  cate- 
gories of  upper-level  English  courses. 
Category  I  Category  II  Category  III  Category  FV 

E214 
E218 
E260 
E275 
E394 
E478 

Concentration  in  Writing 

The  writing  concentration  requires  two  additional 
literature  courses,  each  from  a  different  category  of 
the  above  list,  and  six  of  the  following  writing 
courses: 
E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry  (now 

online) 
E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation 
E  251  Narrative  Nonfiction 
E  267  Creative  Writing  I 
E  268  Creative  Writing  II 
E  270  Advanced  Essay  Workshop 
E  480  Internship 


E201 

E202 

E217 

E290 

E2I2 

E281 

E323 

E353 

E392 

E341 

E356 

E395 

E371 

E390 

E  406-409 

E477 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  81 


Teaching  Language  Arts 

Students  interested  in  earning  a  teaching  certifi- 
cate for  secondary  education  in  language  arts  may 
enter  the  graduate  program  at  UNH.  The  B.A.  in 
English  is  the  best  choice  for  a  major,  but  other 
majors  are  also  acceptable.  Please  contact  the 
Education  Department  for  additional  information. 

Minor  in  English 

Fifteen  credits  in  literature  and/or  writing  courses, 
selected  by  the  student  in  consultation  with  the 
department  adviser,  are  required  for  the  minor. 

Minor  in  Black  Studies 

The  minor  in  black  studies  is  an  interdisciplinary 
program  offered  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  housed  in  the  Department  of  English.  The 
minor  consists  of  courses  in  English,  history,  political 
science,  sociology,  and  world  music.  A  student  may 
minor  in  this  program  by  completing  18  credits  of 
courses  selected  from  the  following: 
E  217  African-American  Literature  I 
E  218  African-American  Literature  II 
HS  120  History  of  Blacks  in  the  United  States 
MU  112  Introduction  to  World  Music 
MU  550  Studies  in  Urban  Ethnic  Music 
PS  205  The  Politics  of  the  Black  Movement  in 

America 
SO  221  Cultural  Anthropology 
SO  315  Social  Change 
SO  400  Minority  Group  Relations 

Environmental  Science 

See  BIOLOGY  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  SCIENCE. 

Division  of  Global 
Studies,  History,  and 
Political  Science 

Courses  in  global  studies,  history,  modern  lan- 


guages, political  science,  and  philosophy  offer  stu- 
dents an  understanding  of  the  social,  political,  and 
cultural  forces  that  have  shaped  the  contemporary 
world.  Increasingly,  citizens  of  a  global  society  need  to 
gain  expertise  in  the  rich  array  of  courses  offered  in 
this  division,  from  an  understanding  of  international 
relations  and  the  analysis  of  historical  events,  to  the 
discussion  of  the  role  of  women  and  religion  in  mod- 
ern society. 

The  Division  offers  the  B.A.  degree  in  global  stud- 
ies, in  history,  and  in  political  science,  and  minors  in 
history,  political  science,  and  philosophy.  It  is  also  the 
home  tor  the  modern  languages,  which  include  ele- 
mentary and  intermediate-level  courses  in  Arabic, 
Chinese,  French,  German,  Italian,  Russian,  and 
Spanish.  Faculty  members  also  have  organized  inters- 
ession  and  summer  study  abroad  programs  in  China, 
the  United  Arab  Emirates,  Oman,  and  Russia.  This 
Division  also  contributes  many  of  the  courses  to  the 
major  in  global  studies,  reflecting  the  University's 
commitment  to  develop  interdisciplinary  ties  within 
the  social  sciences. 

Global  Studies 

Director:  Brett  McCormick,  Ph.D.,  Cornell 

University 

The  B.A.  in  global  studies  is  an  innovative  interdis- 
ciplinary major  designed  to  serve  students  who  seek  to 
understand  global  issues  that  increasingly  affect  all 
aspects  of  our  lives.  These  issues  include  international 
terrorism  and  crime  networks,  global  stresses  on  the 
environment,  transnational  economic  issues,  and  the 
effectiveness  of  diplomacy  in  responding  to  global 
crises  and  opportunities.  The  program  permits  stu- 
dents to  integrate  courses  from  across  the  University 
with  real-life  learning  experiences  (internships  and 
study  abroad)  in  order  to  achieve  global  competency. 
Students  in  this  major  will  be  prepared  to  enter  career 
opportunities  in  government,  nongovernmental 
organizations,  or  multinational  companies. 

B.A.,  Global  Studies 

All  students  earning  a  bachelor's  degree  in  global 
studies  must  complete  the  University  Core 


82 


Curriculum  as  part  of  the  1 2 1  credits  required  tor  the 
degree.  Additional  requirements  are  as  follows: 

•  GLS  100  Introduction  to  Global  Studies  (3  credits) 
during  the  first  semester  in  the  major. 

•  A  minimum  of  two  semesters  (6  credits)  of  a 
modern  language  to  be  taken  by  the  end  of  the 
sophomore  year.  Students  concentrating  in  area 
studies  as  described  below  should  take  a  language 
relevant  to  their  specific  region  of  specialization. 

•  Five  global  foundation  courses,  with  a  minimum 
of  two  courses  from  each  of  the  following  groups: 
Group  1:  Cultural  Studies 

E  202  Modern  World  Literature 

HS  207  History  Since  1945 

HTM  1 66/7  Touristic  Geography 

MU  112  World  Music 

SO  221  Cultural  Anthropology 

Group  2:  International  Relations  and  Oiganizations 

CO  205  Intercultural  Communication 

CJ  535  Global  Perspectives  on  Crime  and  Justice 

EC  200  Global  Economy 

PS  222  U.S.  Foreign  Polic>' 

PS  241  International  Relations 

PS  243  International  Law  and  Organization 

PS  355  Terrorism 

•  A  global  studies  concentration.  Upon  completion 
of  the  first  year  of  study  in  the  major,  students 
choose  a  global  studies  concentration  and  take  8 
additional  courses  from  among  the  following  con- 
centration courses.  A  minimum  of  5  of  these 
courses  should  be  specific  to  the  student's  chosen 
concentration.  Concentrations  are  offered  in 
global  economy,  Latin  American  studies,  Asian 
studies,  and  European  studies.  Courses  for  each 
concentration  are  listed  below. 

Global  Economy 

Note:  Most  of  these  courses  and  EC  200  from  the 
foundation  courses  can  be  taken  only  upon  com- 
pletion of  EC  133  and  EC  134. 
EC  342  International  Economics 
EC  440  Economic  Development 
IB  421  Operation  of  the  Multinational 
Corporation 


IB  422  International  Business  Negotiations 

MK  326  Overview  of  E-commerce 

MK  413  International  Marketing 

MK  442  Marketing  Research  in  the  Global 

Environment 
Latin  American  Studies 

E  409  International  Literature 
HS  350  Latin  American  Histor)' 
MU  300  Studies  in  Music 
PS  283  Comparative  Political  Systems:  Latin 
America 

Asian  Studies 

HS  260  Modern  Asia 

HS  262  Modern  Chinese  History 

HS  264  Modern  Japanese  History 

PS  281  Comparative  Political  Systems:  Asia 

European  Studies 

E  406-409  International  Literature 

HS  345  Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century 

HS  351  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union 

HS  353  Modern  Britain 

HS  355  Modern  Germany 

HS  446  Europe  in  the  Twentieth  Century 

MU  201-202  Analysis  and  History  of  European 

Art  Music  I  and  11 
PS  282  Comparative  Political  Systems:  Europe 

•  An  internship  and  study  abroad.  In  consultation 
with  the  Global  Studies  adviser,  students  will 
complete  a  minimum  of  3  credits  through  an 
internship.  All  students  in  this  program  are 
encouraged  strongly  to  study  abroad  for  a  semes- 
ter or  summer  term. 

•  Ten  300-level  or  400-level  courses  must  be  com- 
pleted. 

History 

Associate  Professor:  Edmund  N.  Todd,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 
Assistant  Professor:  Brett  McCormick,  Ph.D., 

Cornell  University 
Lecturer:  Bradley  Woodworth,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  83 


Practitioner-in-Residence:  Matthew  Wranovix, 

Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

History  provides  a  framework  for  a  liberal  educa- 
tion. The  study  of  human  experience  —  failures  as 
well  as  achievements  —  is  the  core  of  historical  study. 
It  gives  insight  into  related  disciplines  in  the  humani- 
ties and  social  sciences  and  broadens  the  perspective 
of  students  in  the  professional  fields  of  business  and 
engineering  by  revealing  the  complexity  and  interre- 
latedness  of  human  experience. 

History  is  also  excellent  preparation  for  a  variety 
of  careers  in  business,  government,  law,  journalism, 
foreign  service,  and  many  other  areas.  Because  of  the 
great  variety  of  professional  programs  at  the 
University  of  New  Haven,  the  student  interested  in 
history  can  combine  this  interest  with  highly  techni- 
cal professional  training. 

The  Department  strives  to  meet  its  objectives  by 
teaching  not  only  content  but  critical  and  writing 
skills  through  reading,  class  presentations  and  discus- 
sion, research,  and  writing.  Historical  methodology  is 
stressed  in  all  advanced  courses,  and  students  take  the 
history  seminar  in  their  senior  year  to  sharpen  their 
critical  and  analytic  skills. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta 

The  University  of  New  Haven  has  a  chapter  of  the 
international  honor  society  in  history.  Phi  Alpha 
Theta,  which  is  open  to  students  who  have  com- 
pleted at  least  12  credits  of  history  and  have  main- 
tained an  average  of  better  than  3.0  in  history  courses 
and  better  than  2.9  overall.  The  University  chapter  of 
Phi  Alpha  Theta  provides  students  and  faculty  with  a 
social  and  intellectual  experience  beyond  classroom 
work,  offering  films,  speakers,  and  roundtable  discus- 
sions. Students  not  eligible  for  membership  in  the 
society  are  welcome  to  participate  in  all  of  the  chap- 
ter's activities. 

B.A.,  History 

All  students  in  the  B.A.  in  history  program  must 
complete  121  credits.  These  courses  must  include  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  36  credits  of  history 
courses,  including  those  hsted  below.  The  balance  of 


the  program  can  be  arranged  in  consultation  with  an 
adviser. 

Required  Courses 

HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
Plus  either  HS  211  United  States  History  to  1865 

and  HS  212  United  States  History  Since  1865 
or 
HS  1 10  American  History  Since  1607  and  any 

other  United  States  history  course  excluding 

HS211/212 
HS  260  Modern  Asia 
HS  491  Senior  Seminar 

Plus  one  upper-division  Asian  history  course,  two 
upper-division  courses  in  European  history,  and  one 
upper-division  course  in  American  history 
Plus  two  electives  in  history 

Minor  in  History 

A  total  of  18  credits  in  history  is  required  for  a 
minor  in  history.  Courses  must  include  the  two  listed 
below  and  any  other  four  courses  in  history  that  sup- 
port the  student's  interests  and  needs. 

Required  Courses 

HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
HS  102  The  Western  Wodd  in  Modern  Times 

Modern  Languages 

Practitioners-in- Residence:  Ramon  Funcia,  Lie, 
University  of  Havana;  Yasir  Hamed,  M.Ed., 
American  Intercontinental  University;  Chien  Wen 
Yu,  M.B.A.,  Wake  Forest  Universit)' 

In  an  interconnected  world,  the  knowledge  of 
modern  languages  has  become  increasingly  important 
and  greatly  enhances  global  awareness.  The  Division 
regularly  offers  courses  in  beginning  Arabic,  Chinese, 
French,  Italian,  Russian,  and  Spanish.  Courses  in 
other  major  world  languages  may  also  be  offered  on  a 
less  regular  basis.  These  courses  fulfill  the  core  cur- 
riculum requirements  on  all  worksheets.  In  addition, 
students  interested  in  study  abroad  are  encouraged  to 
begin  their  study  of  a  modern  language  at  UNH. 


84 


The  Division  offers  the  following  courses: 

AR  101  Elementary  Arabic  I 

AR  102  Elementary  Arabic  II 

AR  450-459  Special  Topics  in  Arabic 

CN  101  Conversational  Chinese  1 

CN  102  Conversational  Chinese  II 

CN  201  Chinese  Language  and  Culture 

CN  204  Chinese  Language  and  Literature 

CN  450^59  Special  Topics  in  Chinese 

FR  101  Elementar}'  French  I 

FR  102  Elementar)'  French  II 

FR  450^59  Special  Topics  in  French 

GR  101  Elementar}'  German  1 

GR  102  Elementary  German  II 

GR  450^59  Special  Topics  in  German 

IT  101  Elementary  Italian  I 

IT  102  Elementar)'  Italian  II 

IT  450—459  Special  Topics  in  Italian 

RU  101  Elementar)'  Russian  1 

RU  102  Elementar)'  Russian  II 

RU  20 1  Intermediate  Russian  I 

RU  202  Intermediate  Russian  II 

RU  450-459  Special  Topics  in  Russian 

SP  101  Elementar)'  Spanish  I 

SP  102  Elementar)'  Spanish  II 

SP  201  Intermediate  Spanish  I 

SP  202  Intermediate  Spanish  II 

SP  450^59  Special  Topics  in  Spanish 


Philosophy 


Lecturer:  Da\id  Brubaker,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of 

Illinois 
Practitioners-in-Residence:  Edward  Waggoner, 

Ph.D.,  Yale  Universit)';  Brian  Bellamy,  M.A.,  Yale 

Universit)' 

The  main  attraction  of  philosoph)'  always  has 
been  and  always  will  be  the  intrinsic  fascination  of 
thinking  about  the  "perennial  questions."  Is  there 
purpose  in  the  universe  or  only  random  causation? 
Does  human  existence  have  meaning,  or  is  it  absurd? 
Are  moral  obligations  real,  or  are  they  just  social  con- 
structs? Is  the  mind  an)-thing  more  than  the  func- 
tioning of  the  brain?  Are  we  capable  of  acting  freely, 
or  do  we  behave  as  nature  dictates?  Is  reason  the  slave 
of  the  passions?  Is  it  better  to  be  Socrates  dissatisfied 


than  a  fool  satisfied? 

But  studying  in  this  field  also  helps  a  person  to 
develop  skills  that  have  wide  practical  application. 
Philosophy  students  practice  logical  thinking,  analNti- 
cal  reading  and  listening,  and  precise  writing  and 
speaking.  They  also  practice  "thinking  outside  the 
box "  and,  hence,  cultivate  creativit)',  even  humor, 
because  their  occupation  is  none  other  than  the  ques- 
tioning of  fundamental  assumptions  in  all  areas. 
Thus,  philosoph)'  has  ser\'ed  as  a  useful  background 
for  people  who  have  gone  on  to  successful  careers  in 
diverse  professions,  such  as  computer  systems  pro- 
gramming, music,  management,  insurance,  invest- 
ment, marketing,  film-making,  publishing,  real 
estate,  technical  writing,  literar)'  writing,  government, 
human  services,  journalism,  law,  medicine,  teaching, 
research...  and  stand-up  comedy! 

Philosophy  courses  at  UNH  examine  the  major 
world  traditions  of  thought  from  ancient  times  to  the 
present.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  ethical  inquiry, 
including  the  application  of  ethical  thinking  to  our 
dailv  and  professional  lives. 

Minor  in  Philosophy 

A  student  in  this  program  must  complete  1 5  cred- 
its, as  follows: 

Required  Courses 

PL  210  Logic 
PL  222  Ethics 

Plus  at  least  three  additional  philosophy  courses  cho- 
sen in  consultation  with  a  philosophy  adviser 

PoHtical  Science 

Professors:  Lawrence].  DeNardis,  Ph.D.,  New  York 
Universit)';  James  W.  Dull,  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
Universit)';  Natalie  J.  Ferringer,  Ph.D.,  Universit)' 
of  Virginia;  Joshua  H.  Sandman,  Ph.D.,  New 
York  University 

A  major  in  pohtical  science  provides  the  student 
with  a  foundation  for  a  career  in  government  on  the 
local,  state,  national,  and  international  levels;  for  a 
career  in  law;  for  graduate  school  programs  in  politi- 
cal science,  international  relations,  and  public  policy; 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  85 


and  for  careers  in  the  areas  of  campaign  management, 
communication,  public  relations,  and  business.  All 
political  science  and  pre-law  majors  or  minors  should 
discuss  career  goals  and  educational  objectives  with  a 
Department  adviser  within  one  month  of  entrance 
into  the  program. 

Further,  advice  on  the  Law  School  Admissions 
Test  (LSAT)  and  the  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE)  preparation  courses,  which  our  pre-law  and 
graduate  school-oriented  students  are  urged  to  take, 
is  available  through  the  Department. 

Pre-law  majors  and  minors  in  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  have  been  especially  successful  in  gain- 
ing entrance  to  law  schools  throughout  the  country. 

The  political  science  faculty  grants  the  RoUin  G. 
Osterweis  Award  for  Excellence  in  Political  Science  to 
an  outstanding  political  science  student. 

B.A.,  Political  Science 

All  students  in  the  B.A.  in  political  science  pro- 
gram must  complete  121  credits.  These  courses  must 
include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  48  cred- 
its of  political  science  courses,  including  those  listed 
below. 

Required  Courses 

PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 

PS  1 22  State  and  Local  Government  and  Politics 

PS  241  International  Relations 

PS  243  International  Law  and  Organization 

PS  261  Modern  Political  Analysis 

Plus  one  of  the  following: 

PS  281,  282,  283,  285  Comparative  Political  Systems 
(Asia,  Europe,  Latin  America,  Middle  East) 

Plus  one  of  the  following: 

PS  304,  308,  309  Political  Parties,  Legislative  Process, 

The  American  Presidency 
PS  332  Constitutional  Law 
PS  461  Political  Theory:  Ancient  and  Medieval 
PS  462  Political  Theory:  Modern  and  Contemporary 
PS  499  Senior  Seminar  I 

Plus  1 8-2 1  credits  of  political  science  electives  to  be 
chosen  with  the  student's  departmental  adviser 


Minor  in  Political  Science 

The  Department  of  Political  Science  offers  several 
course  clusters  for  students  from  other  disciplines 
who  wish  to  enhance  their  degree  programs.  The 
minor  consists  of  18  credits  of  political  science 
courses,  chosen  with  a  departmental  adviser.  Several 
three-course  clusters  are  suggested  below  for  inclusion 
in  the  minor  to  address  particular  interests.  In  each 
case,  nine  additional  credits  are  to  be  chosen  in  con- 
sultation with  a  departmental  adviser. 

American  Government 

PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 

PS  122  State  and  Local  Government  and  Politics 

PS  332  Constitutional  Law 

International  Relations 

PS  241  International  Relations 
PS  243  International  Law  and  Organization 
PS  281-285  Comparative  Political  Systems 
(at  least  one) 

Legal  Studies 

PS  230  Anglo-American  Jurisprudence 
PS  231  Judicial  Behavior 
PS  332  Constitutional  Law 

General  Political  Science 

Students  whose  needs  are  best  served  by  a  mixture 
of  political  science  courses  may  construct  an  individ- 
ualized minor,  in  consultation  with  a  departmental 
adviser,  or  a  certification  in  campaign  management. 

One  additional  minor  cluster  is  offered  through 
the  Institute  of  Law  and  Public  Affairs  as  follows: 

Certificate  in  Public  Policy 

(Campaign  Management) 

A  certificate  in  public  policy  is  issued  to  students 
who  complete  18  credits  with  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of 
2.0  in  areas  of  public  affairs  designed  to  serve  the  stu- 
dent's intellectual  and  professional  needs.  An  example 
is  the  program  in  campaign  management. 


86 


Required  Courses 

PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 

Plus  five  of  the  following: 

PS  224  Public  Attitudes  and  Public  Policy 

PS  340  Campaign  Management:  Procedures  and 

Operations 
PS  341  Campaign  Management:  Structure  and 

Organization 
PS  344  Campaign  Management:  Survey  Research, 

Polling,  Computers 
PS  346  Campaign  Management:  Financing  and 

Election  Laws 
PS  450  Campaign  Management:  Internship 

Additional  related  elective  courses  may  be  selected 
with  the  approval  of  a  departmental  adviser. 

Global  Studies 

See  DIVISION  OF  GLOBAL  STUDIES,  HISTORY, 
AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE. 

Graphic  Design 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  >  Visual 
Arts. 

Division  of 
Health  Professions 

Chair:  Rosa  A.  Mo,  Ed.D.,  R.D. 

The  Division  of  Health  Professions  of  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  is  the  home  of  science-based 
professional  training  programs  in  health  care. 
Combining  a  strong  foundation  in  biological  science 
with  practical  real-life  learning  and  field  experience, 
programs  are  offered  in  dental  hygiene  and  in  nutri- 
tion and  dietetics.  The  Division  also  offers  a  graduate 
degree  in  Human  Nutrition,  described  in  the 
Graduate  Catalog. 

Dental  Hygiene 

Director:  Sandra  D'Amato-Palumbo,  M.P.S. 


Associate  Professors:  Mark  Kacerik,  M.S.,  Universit)' 

of  Bridgeport;  Renee  Prajer,  M.S.,  University  of 

Bridgeport 
Assistant  Professor:  Sandra  D'Amato-Palumbo, 

M.P.S. ,  Quinnipiac  College;  Gwen  Grosso,  M.S., 

Universit)'  of  Bridgeport;  Teal  Mercer,  M.P.H., 

University  of  Connecticut 

The  cornerstone  of  the  UNH  dental  hygiene  pro- 
gram is  the  bachelor  of  science  degree.  This  program 
enables  the  student  to  be  involved  in  dental  hygiene 
course  work  throughout  all  four  years  of  the  curricu- 
lum. The  course  of  study  integrates  science  prerequi- 
sites and  general  (core)  education  requirements  with 
foundational  and  advanced-level  dental  hygiene 
courses.  Graduates  of  the  bachelor  of  science  program 
will  be  prepared  not  only  to  seek  employment  in  pri- 
vate dental  offices  but  also  to  pursue  employment  in  a 
variety  of  other  health  care  settings  such  as  dental 
hygiene  and  dental  business/industr)',  nursing  homes, 
centers  for  the  development;illy  disabled,  hospitals, 
home  health  care  agencies,  correctional  facilities,  and 
communit)'  health  centers.  Bachelor  of  science  degree 
students  also  have  the  knowledge  and  skills  necessary 
to  pursue  education  at  the  graduate  level. 

Students  who  wish  to  exit  the  program  at  the  end 
of  three  years  of  study  may  earn  an  associate  in  sci- 
ence degree  in  dental  hygiene.  This  program  prepares 
graduates  for  necessary  board  examinations  and 
employment  primarily  in  the  dental  office  setting. 
The  associate  degree  program  integrates  science  pre- 
requisite courses  and  foundational  dental  hygiene 
courses  into  a  three-year  curriculum.  Graduates  of  the 
program  are  positioned  to  practice  as  dental  hygienists 
and,  if  desired,  complete  the  bachelor's  degree  by  par- 
ticipating in  one  additional  year  of  study. 

In  addition  to  the  programs  described  above, 
UNH  offers  a  dental  hygiene  degree  completion  pro- 
gram. This  curriculum  is  designed  for  practicing  den- 
tal hygienists  who  are  graduates  of  associate  degree 
programs.  The  degree  completion  program  enables 
dental  hygienists  to  transfer  credits  from  an  accred- 
ited dental  hygiene  program  and  utilize  their  aca- 
demic and  work  experience  as  the  basis  for 
completing  course  work  leading  to  the  bachelor  of 
science  degree. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  87 


Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  general  admission  requirements 
for  all  prospective  UNH  students,  it  is  recommended 
that  applicants  to  the  dental  hygiene  program 
demonstrate  satisfactory  performance  in  the  sciences 
and  mathematics.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that 
applicants  have  completed  both  high  school  biology 
and  chemistry  with  laboratory  and  two  years  of  col- 
lege preparatory  mathematics.  An  in-person  or  tele- 
phone interview  with  the  department  director  or  a 
faculty  member  is  recommended;  letters  of  recom- 
mendation supporting  the  students  ability  to  pursue 
a  rigorous  science-based  curriculum  and  desire  to 
contribute  in  the  health  care  delivery  system  are 
strongly  encouraged.  Admission  to  the  program  is 
limited,  and  part-time  study  is  available  only  during 
the  first  year  of  the  curriculum.  All  students  enrolled 
in  the  dental  hygiene  clinical  course  sequence  must 
be  full-time. 

Professional  Accreditation  and  Licensure 

The  program  in  dental  hygiene  is  accredited  by 
the  Commission  on  Dental  Accreditation  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  a  specialized  accredit- 
ing body  recognized  by  the  Commission  on 
Recognition  of  Postsecondary  Accreditation  and  by 
the  United  States  Department  of  Education. 

Students  in  the  program  are  provided  with  appli- 
cation materials  for  the  Dental  Hygiene  National 
Board  Examination  (written)  and  the  Northeast 
Regional  Board  Examination  (NERB/clinical).  Both 
the  National  Board  Examination  and  a  clinical  exam- 
ination are  required  for  program  graduates  to  apply 
for  dental  hygiene  licensure  in  Connecticut  and  most 
other  states. 


B.S.,  Dental  Hygiene 

Students  earning  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in 
dental  hygiene  must  complete  128  credits.  Courses 
must  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  for 
bachelors  degree  students  and  the  required  courses 
listed  below.  Once  students  are  enrolled  in  the  dental 
hygiene  clinical  course  sequence  (DH  220,  240,  330, 


350,  460),  they  must  be  enrolled  in  a  full-time 
course  ot  study. 

Required  Courses 

CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
CS  107  Computers  and  their  Applications 
DH  105-1 10  Introduction  to  Dental  Hygiene  I 

and  II 
E  105  Composition 
E  110  Composition  and  Literature 
HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 
or 

M  127  Finite  Math 
Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 
SO  1 13  Sociology 

BI  121  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Laboratory  I 
DI  215  Principles  of  Nutrition 
DH  214  Oral  Facial  Structures 
DH215  Radiology 
DH  220  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  I 
E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 
or 

CO  100  Human  Communication 
DH  240  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  II 
BI  259/260  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I 

and  II  with  Laboratory 
BI  261  Introduction  to  Biochemistry 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
PA  308  Health  Care  Delivery  Systems 
DH  320  Pharmacology  and  Pain  Management 
DH  325  General  and  Oral  Pathology 
DH  327  Periodontology 
DH  330  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  III 
DH  342  Dental  Materials 
DH  350  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  IV 
DH  360  Local  Anesthesia 
DH  423  Instructional  Planning  and  Media 
DH  438  Dental  Hygiene  Research 
DH  455  Dental  Hygiene  Public  Health 
DH  460  Advanced  Dental  Hygiene  Practice 
DH  461  Oral  Medicine 
DH  462  Dental  Hygiene  Internship 
DH  468  Dental  Hygiene  Senior  Project 

Plus  two  three-credit  electives 


A.S.,  Dental  Hygiene 

Students  earning  an  associate  in  science  degree  in 
dental  hygiene  must  complete  100  credits.  Courses 
must  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  for 
associate  degrees  and  the  required  courses  listed  below. 
Students  enrolled  in  the  dental  hygiene  clinical  course 
sequence  (DH  220,  240,  330,  350,  460),  must  be 
enrolled  in  a  full-time  course  of  study.  Those  students 
earning  an  associate  degree  must  enroll  in  the  clinical 
course  during  the  designated  summer  session. 

Required  Courses 

DH  105-1 10  Introduction  to  Dental  Hygiene  I 

and  II 
CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
CS  107  Computers  and  their  Applications 
E  105  Composition 
E  110  Composition  and  Literature 
HS  1 02  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 
or 

M  127  Finite  Math 
Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 
SO  113  Sociology 

BI  121  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Laboratory  I 
DI  215  Principles  of  Nutrition 
DH  214  Oral  Facial  Structures 
DH  215  Radiology 
DH  220  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  I 
E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 
or 

CO  100  Human  Communication 
DH  240  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  II 
BI  259/260  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I 

and  II  with  Laboratory 
BI  261  Introduction  to  Biochemistry 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
DH  320  Pharmacology  and  Pain  Management 
DH  325  General  and  Oral  Pathology 
DH  327  Periodontology 
DH  330  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  III 
DH  342  Dental  Materials 
DH  350  Dental  Hygiene  Concepts  IV 
DH  360  Local  Anesthesia 


DH  455  Dental  Hygiene  Public  Healdi 
DH  460  Advanced  Dental  Hygiene  Practice 

Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

Program  Director:  Georgia  Chavent,  Assistant 
Professor,  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  RD, 
Medical  College  of  Virginia 

B.S.,  Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

Nutrition  and  dietetics  professionals  are  well 
equipped  to  enter  the  health  and  wellness  field. 
Managing  the  delivery  of  food  and  providing  healthy 
eating  guidance  to  health  professionals,  athletes,  pri- 
vate practice  clients,  chefs,  food  service  managers, 
food  scientists,  and  consumers  of  all  ages  is  the 
essence  of  the  dietetics  field,  offering  challenges  for 
students  to  prepare  themselves  for  varied  and  exciting 
career  opportunities. 

The  Nutrition  and  Dietetics  Program  is  within  the 
Division  of  Health  Professions  and  is  designed  for  the 
student  seeking  a  career  as  a  nutritionist  or  registered 
dietitian  (RD).  The  program  includes  management, 
food,  and  clinical  course  work  that  is  accredited  by 
the  Didactic  Program  in  Dietetics  (DPD),  and  by  the 
Commission  on  Accreditation  for  Dietetics 
Education  (CADE)  of  the  American  Dietetic 
Association,  120  South  Riverside  Plaza,  Suite  2000, 
Chicago,  IL  60606-6995,  phone  312.899.5400. 
Students  earning  credits  toward  a  dietetics  degree 
may  apply  for  associate  membership  in  the  American 
Dietetic  Association. 

The  registered  dietitian  (RD)  credential  is  recog- 
nized nationally,  enabling  graduates  to  practice  the  art 
and  science  of  the  nutrition  care  process  throughout 
the  United  States.  Graduates  are  providing  food  and 
nutrition  services  in  private  practice  settings,  health 
care  institutions  such  as  teaching  hospitals  and 
extended-care  facilities,  community  nutrition  sites, 
child  care  centers,  school  lunch  programs,  corporate 
food  companies,  physicians'  offices,  and  specialized 
programs  for  eating  behavior  and  weight  management. 

Students  who  have  earned  a  bachelor's  or  graduate 
degree  in  another  discipline  may  apply  credits  toward 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  89 


a  nutrition  and  dietetics  degree  or  be  eligible  to 
receive  a  verification  statement  authorizing  their  entry 
into  a  supervised  practice  program,  such  as  an  accred- 
ited dietetic  internship  program,  once  they  have  com- 
pleted the  required  dietetics  courses.  A  minimum  of 
seven  to  ten  didactic  program  courses  must  be  taken 
at  the  University  of  New  Haven  for  a  student  to 
receive  a  verification  statement  from  the  director  of 
the  program. 

The  undergraduate  nutrition  and  dietetics  pro- 
gram is  also  associated  with  the  master  of  science 
program  in  human  nutrition,  enabling  qualified  stu- 
dents to  complete  graduate  study  concurrently  with 
the  undergraduate  program. 

Required  Courses 

A  minimum  total  of  123  credits,  including  the 
University  Core  Curriculum,  must  be  completed  for 
the  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  nutrition  and  dietet- 
ics. The  courses  included  are  as  follows: 
A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 
BI  1 2 1  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Laboratory  I 
Bl  259-260  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

with  Laboratory  I  and  II 
BI  261  Introduction  to  Biochemistry 
BI  301  Microbiology  with  Laboratory 
CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
CO  100  Human  Communication 
DI  150  Sports  Nutrition  (optional) 
DI  200  Food  Science  and  Preparation  with 

Laboratory 
DI  214  Menu  Planning 
DI  215  Principles  of  Nutrition 
DI  216  Food  Safety,  Sanitation,  and  Procurement 
DI  222  Careers  in  Health  and  Wellness 
DI  315  Nutrition  and  Disease 
DI  326  Principles  ol  Dietetics  Management 
DI  330  Dietetic  Practice  in  Today's  Society 
DI  342  Healthy  Food  Preparation 
DI  350  Nutrition  Throughout  the  Lifecycle 
DI  405  Community  and  Institutional  Nutrition 
DI  450-459  Special  Topics 
DI  597  Dietetic  Practicum  (optional) 
E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry 


E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 

MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 

PA  308  Health  Care  Delivery  Systems 

Plus  one  restricted  elective 

Plus  four  free  electives 

Minor  in  Nutrition 

The  minor  in  nutrition  is  highly  desirable  in 
today's  health-conscious  marketplace  and  offers  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  study  personal  nutrition, 
healthy  eating  for  disease  prevention  or  sports  per- 
formance, food  science,  or  cultural  cuisine  while 
strengthening  their  food  preparation  skills  in  the  food 
laboratory. 

A  total  of  19  credits  of  nutrition  and  related 
course  work  must  be  earned  by  a  student  to  declare  a 
minor  in  nutrition.  This  minor  course  of  study  has 
been  approved  by  the  Connecticut  Division  of 
Higher  Education  and  includes  the  following  three 
required  courses: 

BI  121  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Laboratory  I 
DI  215  Principles  of  Nutrition 
DI  342  Healthy  Food  Preparation 

Plus  any  three  of  the  following  courses  (or  others) 
chosen  in  consultation  with  the  program  director: 

DI  150  Sports  Nutrition 

DI  200  Food  Science  and  Preparation  with 

Laboratory 
DI  214  Menu  Planning 

DI  216  Food  Safety,  Sanitation,  and  Procurement 
DI  315  Nutrition  and  Disease 
HR  315  Volume  Food  Production  and  Service 
HR  315  Cultural  Understanding  of  Food  and 

Cuisine 

History 

See  DIVISION  OF  GLOBAL  STUDIES,  HISTORY, 
AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE. 

Interior  Design 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  >  Visual 
Arts. 


90 


Marine  Biology 

See  BIOLOGY  AND  ENVIRONMENTAL 
SCIENCE. 

Mathematics 


Mathematics  students  have  direct  access  to 
University  computing  facilities  via  computer  labora- 
tories throughout  the  campus.  Several  modern  com- 
puting languages  are  available.  The  most  modern  and 
up-to-date  data  processing  packages  as  well  as  mathe- 
matical and  statistical  software  packages  have  been 
installed  and  are  utilized  in  instruction. 


Chair:  James  W.  Uebelacker,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Pre-Calculus  Mathematics: 

Ali  A.  Jafarian,  Ph.D. 
Professors  Emeriti:  Donald  Fridshal,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Joseph  M.  Gangler, 
Ph.D.,  Columbia  University;  Bruce  Tyndall,  M.S., 
University  of  Iowa 
Professors:  Ali  A.  Jafarian,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of 
Toronto;  Erik  Rosenthal,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley;  Baldev  K.  Sachdeva,  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ramesh  Sharma, 
Ph.D.,  Banaras  Hindu  University,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Windsor;  James  W.  Uebelacker, 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University;  Shirley  Wakin,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Massachusetts;  W.  Thurmon 
Whitley,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and 
State  University 
Associate  Professor:  Marc  H.  Mehlman,  Ph.D., 

University  of  California,  Riverside 
Lecturer:  Roger  Fiondella,  M.S.,  University  of 
Bridgeport 

The  study  of  mathematics  opens  the  door  to  a 
wide  variety  of  career  opportunities  and  academic 
pursuits.  Mathematics  is  a  major  part  of  the  frame- 
work of  modern  science  and  technology,  business  and 
social  sciences.  Persons  with  strong  mathematics 
backgrounds  qualify  for  stimulating  occupations  in 
an  ever-increasing  number  of  fields,  from  private 
industry  to  government  service. 

The  Mathematics  Department  offers  a  B.A.  degree 
in  mathematics.  In  addition,  concentrations  in 
applied  mathematics,  computer  science,  or  statistics 
leading  to  a  B.S.  degree  are  offered.  Students  who  do 
not  take  the  computer  science  concentration  are 
encouraged  to  consider  a  minor  in  computer  science 
to  be  better  prepared  for  our  technological  society. 
Students  majoring  in  other  fields  may  minor  in 
mathematics. 


Student  Awards 

Each  year,  the  Mathematics  Department  awards 
two  outstanding  mathematics  students  free  honorary 
memberships  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of 
America  and  the  Society  for  Industrial  and  Applied 
Mathematics. 

In  addition,  the  department  annually  awards  the 
Bert  Ross  Mathematics  Prize  to  the  outstanding  sen- 
ior mathematics  major.  This  award  consists  of  a  set  of 
mathematics  books  and  a  certificate  of  achievement. 


The  Co-op  Program 

The  department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 
to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  "Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations" 
earlier  in  the  catalog,  or  contact  the  chair  of  the 
Mathematics  Department. 

Basic  Courses  Required  for  All 
Mathematics  Majors 

All  students  earning  a  bachelor's  degree  in  mathe- 
matics must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  the  course  requirements  for  their  partic- 
ular math  program,  and  the  basic  math  courses  listed 
below. 

M  117-118  Calculus  I  and  II 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

M  305  Discrete  Structures 

M  308  Introduction  to  Real  Analysis 

M  311  Linear  Algebra 

M  32 1  Modern  Algebra 

M  331  Combinatorics* 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  91 


M  361  Mathematical  Modeling* 

M  338  Numerical  Analysis 

M  371  Probability  and  Statistics  I 

M  472  Probability  and  Statistics  II 

M  491  Department  Seminar 

*Both  are  required  for  the  B.S.  concentration  in 

applied  mathematics 

B.A.,  Mathematics 

This  program  provides  students  with  a  broad 
overview  of  mathematics  and  its  applications,  espe- 
cially those  students  who  wish  to  study  pure  mathe- 
matics or  for  those  whose  career  objectives  include 
mathematics  education  or  the  application  of  mathe- 
matics to  fields  such  as  business,  economics,  or  the 
social  sciences. 

Students  earning  a  B.A.  degree  with  a  mathemat- 
ics major  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  credits. 
Courses  include  the  basic  courses  required  for  all 
mathematics  majors  listed  above,  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  and  the  courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

CS  110  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 
PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  6  credits  of  mathematics  compatible  with  the 
area  of  concentration,  M  300  series  or  above 

Concentration  in  Mathematics  —  Education 

This  program  is  designed  for  students  interested 
in  earning  a  teaching  certificate  in  secondary  educa- 
tion in  mathematics.  The  restricted  electives  and  elec- 
tives  give  the  student  the  opportunity  to  add  a 
second  certification.  Students  in  this  program  receive 
a  B.A.  degree  in  mathematics  and  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  participate  in  the  University's  Bachelor's  Plus 
program,  which  results  in  the  completion  of  both  the 
bachelor's  and  the  master's  degree  in  5  years.  During 
the  undergraduate  program,  students  may  apply  to 
the  University  of  New  Haven's  Department  of 
Education.  Upon  acceptance  they  move  directly  into 


the  graduate  education  program.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  the  fifth  year  of  this  program,  students 
are  certified  to  teach  mathematics  in  Connecticut 
and  hold  a  master's  degree  in  education. 

Students  earning  a  B.A.  in  mathematics  with  an 
education  concentration  must  complete  124  credits. 
Courses  include  the  basic  courses  required  of  all 
mathematics  majors,  listed  above,  except  M  204,  M 
338,  and  M  472,  the  University  Core  Curriculum, 
and  the  courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 

CS  210  Java  Programming 

or 

MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimedia 

M  304  Using  Technology  to  Teach  Mathematics 

PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat  and  Waves  with  Laboratory 

ED  350  Introduction  to  Education  and  Field  Study 

ED  503  Human  Growth  and  Development 

ED  504  Educational  Psychology 

ED  606  History  of  American  Education 

ED  620A  Seminar  in  Multicultural  Issues 

Plus  six  hours  of  mathematics,  chosen  from  M  204 

or  M  300  or  above  series 

B.S.,  Mathematics 

Students  interested  in  applied  mathematics  should 
pursue  the  B.S.  degree.  Within  this  degree  program, 
the  concentrations  of  computer  science,  applied 
mathematics,  and  statistics  are  offered. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
mathematics  must  complete  a  minimum  of  124  cred- 
its. Courses  must  include  the  basic  courses  required 
for  all  mathematics  majors  listed  above,  the 
University  Core  Curriculum,  and  the  courses  listed 
below  for  one  of  the  three  concentrations. 

Concentration  in  Computer  Science 

This  program  is  primarily  for  students  interested 
in  using  computing  techniques  to  solve  mathematical 
problems  in  a  wide  variety  of  disciplines.  In  addition 
to  the  mathematics  requirements,  students  take  eight 
or  nine  courses  in  computer  science  designed  to 


92 


provide  training  in  the  structure  of  computer  laji- 
guages,  computing  machines,  and  computing  systems. 
Students  in  this  program  must  complete  a  mini- 
mum of  124  credits.  Courses  include  the  basic 
courses  required  for  all  mathematics  majors  listed 
above,  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  and  the 
courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

CS  110  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 
CS  326  Data  Structures  and  Algorithms 
PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
Restricted  CS  or  Math  Elective 
Plus  9-12  credits  in  computer  science;  9-12  credits  in 
mathematics,  chemistry,  or  physics  (the  number  of  cred- 
its here  depends  on  specific  upper-level  electives  chosen) 

Concentration  in  Applied  Mathematics 

This  program  is  primarily  for  students  whose  math- 
ematical interests  are  in  the  application  of  mathematics 
to  fields  such  as  physics,  chemistry,  operations  research, 
and  engineering.  In  addition  to  the  courses  listed 
below,  students  take  five  to  seven  courses  in  a  single 
discipline  of  the  natural  sciences  or  engineering. 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  a  mini- 
mum of  125-127  credits.  Courses  include  the  basic 
courses  required  for  all  mathematics  majors  listed 
above,  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  and  the 
courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

M  338  Numerical  Analysis 

M  472  Probability  and  Statistics  II 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 

CS  210  Java  Programming 

CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 

PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Two-course  science  sequence 

Plus  6  credits  of  mathematics  compatible  with  the 
area  of  concentration,  M  300  series  or  above 


Concentration  in  Statistics 

This  program  provides  students  with  a  back- 
ground in  mathematical  statistics.  The  mathematics 
courses  required  enable  a  person  to  gain  employment 
as  a  statistician  in  business  or  government  or  to  pur- 
sue graduate  study  in  statistics.  These  courses  are  also 
necessary  for  students  wishing  to  pursue  careers  in 
the  actuarial  field. 

Students  in  this  program  must  complete  a  mini- 
mum of  124  credits.  Courses  include  the  basic 
courses  required  lor  all  mathematics  majors  listed 
above,  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  and  the 
courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

M  338  Numerical  Analysis 

M  472  Probability  and  Statistics  II 

M  473  Advanced  Statistical  Inference 

M  481-482  Linear  Models  I  and  II 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 

CS  210  Java  Programming 

CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 

Plus  1 2  credits  in  science,  computer  science,  or 

mathematics 

Minor  in  Mathematics 

Students  may  minor  in  mathematics  by  complet- 
ing six  mathematics  courses  approved  by  the 
Department.  Those  students  contemplating  a  minor 
in  mathematics  should  consult  with  the  Department 
as  early  as  possible  in  their  academic  careers  as  to  the 
choice  and  availability  of  courses. 

Required  Courses 

M  118  Calculus  II 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  31 1  Linear  Algebra 

Plus  9  credits  of  upper-level  mathematics  courses  that 

complement  the  major  area  of  interest 

Recommended  Courses 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

Any  course  in  the  M  300  series  or  above 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  93 


Modern  Languages 

See  DIVISION  OF  GLOBAL  STUDIES,  HISTORY, 
AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE. 

Multimedia/Web  Creation  Studies 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  > 
Multimedia  /  Web  Creation  Studies 

Music  and  Sound  Recording 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  >  Music  / 
Music  Industry  /  Music  and  Sound  Recording 

Music 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS  >  Music. 

Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

See  DIVISION  OF  HEALTH  PROFESSIONS. 

Philosophy 

See  DIVISION  OF  GLOBAL  STUDIES,  HISTORY, 
AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE. 


Physics 


Coordinator:  Matthew  Griffiths,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  Matthew  Griffiths,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Edinburgh;  Saion  Sinha,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Kentucky 

Physics  is  concerned  with  the  most  basic  aspects 
of  our  knowledge  of  the  natural  world.  It  is  a  subject 
in  which  experiment  and  theory  evolve  constantly  to 
provide  a  precise  and  simple  description  of  the  physi- 
cal phenomena  around  us  in  terms  of  a  relatively 
small  number  of  physical  laws  and  theories. 

As  a  fundamental  science,  physics  is  at  the  root  of 
almost  all  branches  of  science  and  technology.  It  has 
provided  the  microscopic  basis  for  chemistry,  has 
stimulated  important  developments  in  mathematics, 
is  the  basis  of  most  branches  of  engineering  and,  dur- 
ing the  past  decade,  has  proved  to  be  increasingly 


valuable  to  the  life  sciences. 

Consequently,  a  basic  knowledge  of  physics  is 
excellent  preparation  for  diverse  careers:  research  in 
University  and  government  laboratories,  industrial 
research  and  development,  applied  science  and  engi- 
neering, biological  and  medical  sciences,  research  in 
environmental  problems,  and  teaching  at  all  levels 
from  the  elementary  school  to  the  University.  It  also 
prepares  students  for  careers  in  non-physics-related 
fields  such  as  philosophy,  business,  and  law. 

The  University  does  not  currently  offer  a  bache- 
lor's degree  in  physics.  The  Department  does,  how- 
ever, offer  a  minor  in  physics  suitable  for  majors  in 
any  of  the  University's  colleges  and  departments.  A 
physics  minor  is  particularly  valuable  for  students  in 
chemistry,  environmental  science,  biology,  forensic 
science,  fire  science,  or  occupational  safety,  as  well  as 
for  any  student  planning  to  teach  science  at  the  ele- 
mentary or  secondary  level. 

The  physics  minor  requires  a  total  of  20  credits  of 
work  in  physics.  Students  should  plan  their  minor  in 
consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser  in  the  Physics 
Department. 

Required  Courses  for  Physics  Minor 

PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with  Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
PH211  Modern  Physics 

Plus  9  credits  of  selected  physics  courses  depending 
on  the  career  interests  of  the  student 

Political  Science 

See  DIVISION  OF  GLOBAL  STUDIES,  HISTORY, 
AND  POLITICAL  SCIENCE. 


Psychology 


Professor  Emeritus:  Thomas  L.  Mentzer,  Ph.D., 

Brown  University 
Professors:  Michael  Morris,  Ph.D.,  Boston  College; 

Ronald  H.  Nowaczyk,  Ph.D.,  Miami  University; 

Gordon  R.  Simerson,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State 

University 


94 


Assistant  Professors:  Tara  LHeureux-Barratt,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  W.  Amor)'  Carr,  Pii.D., 
Fordhani  University;  Alexandria  E.  Guzman,  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton;  Stuart 
D.  Sidle,  Ph.D.,  DePaul  Universit)' 

Practitioners-In-Residence:  Dennis  McGough, 
Ph.D.,  Union  Institute  in  Cincinnati;  Danielle  I. 
Moreggi,  Ph.D.,  Pacific  Graduate  School  of 
Psychology 

Although  psychology  is  one  of  the  newest 
branches  of  science,  it  has  some  very  old  roots. 
Psycholog)'  endeavors  to  answer  some  of  humanity's 
oldest  questions:  How  does  our  mind  work?  How  do 
we  interpret  and  use  the  information  gathered  by  our 
senses.'  How  do  we  learn  things?  How  do  we  remem- 
ber things?  How  and  why  are  some  things  forgotten? 
How  do  we  acquire  language?  How  do  we  communi- 
cate verbally  and  non-verbally?  What  kinds  of  behav- 
ior are  abnormal,  why  do  they  occur,  and  how  can 
they  be  prevented?  In  what  ways  do  our  intellectual 
and  perceptual  faculties  break  down  following  brain 
damage?  As  the  scientific  study  of  mind  and  behav- 
ior, psycholog}'  tries  to  find  answers  to  these  and 
many  other  fiindamental  questions. 

Our  dedication  to  these  goals  requires  that  students 
study  psychology  from  a  variet)'  of  viewpoints.  Thus, 
students  take  courses  in  cognitive,  developmental,  social, 
physiological,  and  clinical  psycholog)'.  Our  students  also 
develop  skills  in  experimental  design  and  scientific 
analysis  through  the  study  of  statistics,  experimental 
methods,  and  psychological  theor)'.  Furthermore, 
through  involvement  in  fieldwork,  students  have  the 
opportunity  for  direct,  practical  experience  in  areas  such 
as  behavior  therapy  and  community  psychology. 

We  offer  a  general  psychology  concentration, 
which  permits  students  to  tailor  their  preparation  in 
a  number  of  areas.  This  program  combines  basic  sci- 
ence and  applications  and  prepares  students  for  fiirther 
professional  training  in  psycholog)'  or  for  careers  in 
human  services,  law,  education,  business,  and  industry. 
We  also  have  a  specialty  concentration  in  community/ 
clinical  psychology  for  those  students  who  have  well- 
defined  professional  goals. 


Psychology  majors  are  also  encouraged  to  widen 
their  preparation  by  taking  courses  (or  minors)  in 
sociolog)',  political  science,  social  welfare,  manage- 
ment, computer  science,  criminal  justice,  mathemat- 
ics, and  biology.  This  ensures  that  our  students  have  a 
broad  knowledge  of  many  disciplines  in  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

The  psycholog)'  program  benefits  from  a  psycholog}' 
laboratory  building  on  the  main  campus.  The  labora- 
tory contains  facilities  for  student  and  faculty  research. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  also  offers  the  master 
of  arts  degree  in  community  psychology  and  in  indus- 
trial/organizational psycholog)'  as  well  as  a  graduate  cer- 
tificate in  applications  of  psychology.  For  descriptions 
of  these  programs,  see  the  Graduate  School  Catalog. 

Psychology  Club 

Students  in  psychology  have  the  opportunity  to 
participate  in  the  Psychology  Club.  Its  purpose  is  to 
provide  opportunities  both  to  socialize  and  to 
develop  students'  interests  in  the  science  and  profes- 
sion of  psychology.  Throughout  the  year,  the  club 
sponsors  guest  lecturers  and  a  variety  of  field  trips. 
All  students  are  welcome  to  join. 

Psi  Chi  Honor  Society 

Membership  in  the  Universit)'  chapter  of  Psi  Chi, 
the  national  honor  society,  is  open  to  students  in  the 
top  35  percent  of  their  class  who  have  completed  at 
least  nine  credits  of  psychology  with  grades  of  B  or 
better  and  who  are  making  the  study  of  psychology 
one  of  their  major  interests. 

Graduating  seniors  also  may  nominate  themselves 
for  the  annually  awarded  McGough  psychology  prize. 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 
to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  Department  chair. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  95 


B.A.,  Psychology 

The  B.A.  in  psychology  program  requires  the 
completion  of  120-123  credits,  37-46  of  which  are 
required  to  complete  the  major. 

To  complete  the  major,  students  must  complete 
16  credits  of  core  psychology  courses  and  select  one 
of  two  21 -credit  concentrations:  general  psychology 
or  community-clinical  psychology,  or  the  30-credit 
concentration  in  forensic  psychology.  The  concentra- 
tions are  described  below. 

Concentration  in  General  Psychology 

The  general  psychology  concenttation  consists  of  21 
credits  of  psychology  courses  beyond  the  required 
core  courses. 

Required  Core  Courses 

Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 

P  301  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences 

P  305  Experimental  Methods  in  Psychology 

P  306  Psychology  Laboratory 

P  341  Psychological  Theory 

Depth  and  Breadth  Areas 

(1  course  from  each  area  below) 

Biological  Psychology  ( 1  course) 

P  261  Drugs  and  Behavior 

P  360  Cognitive  Neuroscience 

P  361  Behavioral  Neuroscience 

Clinical  Psychology  (1  course) 

P  330  Introduction  to  Community  Psychology 

P  336  Abnormal  Psychology 

P  350  Human  Assessment 

P  375  Foundations  of  Clinical/Counseling  Psychology 

Cognitive  and  Experimental  Psychology  ( 1  course) 

P  218  Sensation  and  Perception 

P  220  Psychology  of  Language  and  Reading 

P  312  Cognitive  Psychology 

P  315  Human  and  Animal  Learning 

Developmental/Personality/Social  Psychology 

(1  course) 

P  216  Psychology  of  Human  Development 

P  321  Social  Psychology 


P  355  Organizational  Behavior 

P  370  Psychology  of  Personality 

Plus  three  psychology  electives  (9  credits)  chosen 

with  the  academic  adviser. 

Concentration  in  Community-Clinical 
Psychology 

The  community-clinical  psychology  concentration 
consists  of  2 1  credits  of  psychology  courses  beyond  the 
required  core  courses. 

Required  Community-Clinical  Psychology  Courses 

P  216  Psychology  ot  Human  Development 

P  330  Introduction  to  Community  Psychology 

P  336  Abnormal  Psycholog)' 

P  350  Human  Assessment 

P  375  Foundations  of  Clinical/Counseling  Psychology 

Depth  and  Breadth  Areas 

(1  course  from  each  area  below) 

Biological  Psychology  ( 1  course) 

P  261  Drugs  and  Behavior 

P  360  Cognitive  Neuroscience 

P  361  Behavioral  Neuroscience 

Cognitive  and  Experimental  Psychology  ( 1  course) 

P  218  Sensation  and  Perception 

P  220  Psychology  of  Language  and  Reading 

P  312  Cognitive  Psychology 

P  315  Human  and  Animal  Learning 

Concentration  in  Forensic  Psychology 

The  forensic  psychology  concentration  consists  of 
30  credits  of  psychology  courses  beyond  the  required 
core  courses,  and  6  credits  of  criminal  justice  courses. 

Required  Forensic  Psychology  Courses 

P  205  Introduction  to  Forensic  Psychology 
P  2 1 6  Psychology  of  Human  Development 
P  336  Abnormal  Psychology 
P  345  Police  and  Investigative  Psychology 
P  357  Legal  Psychology 

P  365  Law,  Psychology,  and  the  Mental  Health 
System 


96 


P  370  Psychology  of  Personality 
P  475  Senior  Seminar  in  Forensic  Psychology 
CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  311  Criminology 

Depth  and  Breadth  Areas 

( 1  course  from  each  area  below) 

Biological  Psychology  ( 1  course) 

P  261  Drugs  and  Behavior 

P  360  Cognitive  Neuroscience 

P  361  Behavioral  Neuroscience 

Cognitive  and  Experimental  Psycholog)'  ( 1  course) 

P  2 1 8  Sensation  and  Perception 

P  220  Psychology  of  Language  and  Reading 

P  3 1 2  Cognitive  Psychology 

P  315  Human  and  Animal  Learning 

Minor  in  Psychology 

Psychology,  perhaps  more  than  any  other  subject, 
relates  closely  to  many  other  disciplines.  A  minor  in 
psychology  prepares  you  for  graduate  study  in  the 
field  and  can  add  another  dimension  to  your  studies 
in  other  programs  at  the  University.  A  total  of  six 
courses  is  required  for  a  minor  in  psychology. 

Required  Courses 

Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 
P  301  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences 
P  305  Experimental  Methods  in  Psychology 
Plus  9  credits  of  psychology  electives 

Exceptions  to  the  requirements  above  can  be  made 
for  students  whose  major  programs  contain  required 
courses  that  are  equivalent  to  P  301  and  P  305  (such 
as  CJ  251  and  CJ  250).  Such  students  may  be  per- 
mitted to  substitute  advanced  psychology  courses  for 
P  301  and  P  305.  Exemptions  will  be  granted  on  a 
case-by-case  basis  by  the  chair  of  the  Psychology 
Department. 


Sociology 

Practitioners-in-Residence:  Brian  Bellamy,  M.A., 

Yale  Universit)';  Edward  Waggoner,  Ph.D.,  Yale 

University 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  social  life  and  the  social 
causes  and  consequences  of  human  behavior. 
Sociology's  subject  matter  ranges  from  analysis  of  fam- 
ilies, corporations,  cities,  and  sports  to  that  of  sexual- 
ity, death,  race,  gender,  and  ethnicity,  as  well  as  the 
impact  of  demographic  and  environmental  policies 
and  other  social  phenomena.  The  sociological  per- 
spective is  empirically  grounded  and  sufficiently  broad 
to  be  relevant  to  those  considering  careers  in  related 
fields  such  as  research,  governmental  service,  social 
work,  personnel  management,  advertising,  law,  medi- 
cine, journalism,  social  gerontology,  and  hospitality 
and  tourism. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  does  not  currently 
offer  a  major  in  sociology.  For  those  students  wishing 
to  satisfy  core  or  elective  requirements,  or  for  stu- 
dents who  may  wish  to  select  sociology  or  social  wel- 
fare as  a  minor,  a  selection  of  courses  is  offered. 

Minor  in  Sociology 

A  minimum  of  18  credits  (6  courses)  is  required 
for  the  minor  in  sociology.  Three  of  the  courses  are 
specified. 

Required  Courses 

SO  1 13  Sociology 
One  of  the  following: 
SO  250  Research  Methods 
CJ  250  Scientific  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice 
P  305  Experimental  Methods  in  Psychology 
One  of  the  following: 
P  301  Statistics  for  Behavioral  Sciences 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 

CJ  251  Quantitative  Applications  in  Criminal  Justice 
The  remaining  three  courses  must  be  sociology  elec- 
tives that  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  Sociolog)' 
chair. 


Colkge  of  Arts  and  Sciences  97 


Theatre  Arts 

See  COMMUNICATION,  FILM  AND  THEATRE. 

Visual  and 
Performing  Arts 

Chair:  Guillermo  E.  Mager,  Pii.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Elizabeth  J.  Moffitt,  M.A., 

Hunter  College;  Ralf  E.  Carriuolo,  Ph.D., 

Wesleyan  Universit)' 
Professor:  Michael  G.  Kaloyanides,  Ph.D.,  Wesleyan 

University 
Associate  Professor:  Guillermo  E.  Mager,  Ph.D., 

New  York  University 

Assistant  Professors:  Albert  G.  Celotto,  M.A., 

Indiana  University;  Christy  A.  Somerville,  M.A., 
California  State  University,  Long  Beach 

Lecturer:  Todd  Jokl,  M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut; 
Victor  Markiw,  M.EA.,  SUNY  Purchase 

Practitioner-in-Residence:  Richard  Blakin, 
Recording  Studio  Manager 

Multimedia/Web  Creation  Studies 

Coordinator:  Todd  Jokl,  M.EA. 

Multimedia  is  the  use  of  computers  for  the  inte- 
gration of  graphics,  animation,  video,  music,  speech, 
and  live  presentation.  Active  markets  for  multimedia 
include  (I)  the  Internet,  where  careers  in  web  page 
creation  and  website  management  have  grown  expo- 
nentially in  recent  years;  (2)  business,  where  com- 
puter presentations  have  taken  the  place  of  slide 
shows;  (3)  education,  where  teachers  and  parents  are 
finding  new  ways  to  present  their  material;  and  (4) 
the  entertainment  industry,  with  the  ever-growing 
use  of  computers  tor  special  effects  in  games,  music 
videos,  and  films. 

Multimedia  studies  will  enable  graduates  from 
programs  in  graphic  design,  music,  education,  busi- 
ness, and  many  other  disciplines  to  use  the  computer 
not  only  to  generate  traditional  print  materials  but 


also  to  design  interactive  programs  for  use  in  web- 
sites, CD-ROMs,  business  presentations,  games,  and 
educational  software. 

The  multimedia  courses  and  the  web  page  cre- 
ation courses  have  been  designed  to  allow  students  to 
use  computer,  audio,  video,  and  graphic  technologies 
to  conceptualize  and  implement  interactive  interfaces 
in  a  comprehensive  approach  that  includes  the  multi- 
media production  process,  the  technology,  and  the 
aesthetic  design. 

Minor  in  Multimedia 

A  total  of  seven  courses  (21  credits)  is  required  to 
complete  the  minor  in  multimedia. 

Required  courses 

MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimedia 

MM  311  Advanced  Multimedia 

or 

MM  312  Web  Creation 

MM  401  Multimedia  Seminar 

Plus  two  of  the  following  sequences  (12  credits)*: 

MU  31 1-312  Multitrack  Recording  I  and  II 

AT  203-204  Graphic  Design  I  and  II 

CO  212-312  Television  Production  I  and  II 

*  These  courses  must  be  taken  outside  the  student's 

major  area  of  study  (for  example,  music  majors  may 

not  use  MU  31 1-312).  Also,  note  that  some  of  these 

courses  have  prerequisites. 

Music 

Coordinator:  Michael  G.  Kaloyanides,  Ph.D. 

Music  courses  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  core 
requirements. 

The  program  in  music  is  unique.  Music  is  studied 
as  a  worldwide  phenomenon,  not  defined  simply  in 
the  western  European  art  tradition.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  view  music  as  a  creation  of  all  cultures 
and  civilizations  on  both  the  folk  and  art  levels, 
including  our  own  urban  and  ethnic  subcultures. 
Exposure  to  various  music  should  lead  students  to  spe- 
cialization in  a  particular  area  as  upper-class  persons. 


98 


Since  music  i&  a  pertorming  art,  students  are 
expected  to  reach  a  satisfactory  level  of  proficiency  in 
either  a  traditional  western  instrument  or  one  central  to 
the  particular  culture  in  which  they  choose  to  specialize. 

A  degree  in  music  qualifies  students  for  profes- 
sions as  performers,  composers,  music  publishers, 
critics  and  journalists,  teachers,  curators,  and  librari- 
ans. Combining  music  with  other  fields,  graduates 
may  enter  the  fields  of  concert  and  ensemble  man- 
agement and  sound  engineering  areas.  There  are,  of 
course,  countless  performance  opportunities  for 
instrumentalists,  vocalists,  and  composers.  Vocations 
such  as  music  publishing,  recording  sales  and  promo- 
tions, and  music  criticism  and  journalism  are  also 
available  to  graduates  with  a  degree  in  music. 
Students  may  also  pursue  careers  in  music  education, 
not  only  as  teachers  in  schools  and  conservatories  but 
also  as  curators  and  librarians. 

Performance/Practice  and  Recording 
Facilities 

In  addition  to  traditional  performance  and  prac- 
tice rooms,  the  following  special  areas  are  equipped 
for  the  use  of  students  enrolled  in  the  music  industry 
and  sound  recording  programs. 

Our  recording  studios  are  designed  as  both  teach- 
ing and  professional  recording  environments.  Both 
control  rooms  offer  comfortable  seating  for  students 
as  well  as  providing  excellent  views  of  the  consoles, 
computer  screens,  and  associated  technology. 

Studio  A 

Advanced  recording  seminar  classes  take  place  in 
our  newest  facility,  an  all-digital  computer-based  stu- 
dio running  Digidesign's  Pro-Tools  TDM  system,  the 
industry  standard  for  professional  recording  studios. 
Additional  equipment  includes  a  Yamaha  56-input 
digital  console,  Roland  music  workstation,  Yamaha 
MOTIF  synthesizer,  and  Universal  Audio  micro- 
phone pre-amplifiers. 


Studio  B 

The  multitrack  recording  technology  classes  take 
place  in  a  second  recording  facility.  Equipment 
includes  a  24-track  analog  and  two  8-track  digital 
recorders  for  a  total  of  40  tracks;  a  40-input/32-mon- 
itor  console  for  a  total  of  72  inputs  in  mix  mode;  an 
Apple  Macintosh  computer  running  Digidesign's  Pro- 
Tools  system;  an  extensive  selection  of  outboard  (sig- 
nal processing)  equipment;  and  MIDI  gear,  including 
synthesizer,  drum  machine,  and  an  AKAI  music  pro- 
duction center. 

Studio  C 

Recording  fundamentals  classes  take  place  in  a  third 
recording  facility  with  a  16-input/l6-monitor  con- 
sole, a  digital  multitrack  recorder,  a  computer  with 
digital  audio  and  MIDI  sequencing  capabilities, 
assorted  signal  processing  equipment,  and  MIDI  syn- 
thesizer and  drum  machine. 

Workstations 

Our  digital  mixing  workstation  contains  Tascam 
multitrack  recorders  and  a  digital  mixing  board,  a 
Macintosh  computer  running  Digidesign's  Pro-Tools, 
and  assorted  signal  processing  gear. 

Additional  workstations  can  be  rolled  into  class- 
rooms for  the  Recording  Fundamentals  and  the 
Sound  Synthesis/MIDI  classes. 

B.A.,  Music 

The  bachelor  of  arts  in  music  is  a  dynamic  pro- 
gram for  the  study  of  music  within  a  liberal  arts  cur- 
riculum. It  is  distinctive  in  its  treatment  of  music  as  a 
world-wide  phenomenon.  It  is  also  flexible,  allowing 
students  to  focus  on  performance  or  musicology. 

Students  focusing  on  performance  are  urged  to 
take  private  instruction  on  an  instrument  or  in  voice 
each  semester  of  enrollment.  Seniors  must  present 
either  a  senior  thesis  or  a  senior  recital  to  qualify  for 
graduation.  There  are  options  in  the  senior  year  cur- 
riculum for  courses  appropriate  for  thesis  or  recital 
preparation. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  99 


All  students  majoring  in  the  B.A.  in  music  must 
complete  121-122  credits. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  must  include  the  University  Core 

Curriculum  plus  the  following: 

MU  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Music 

MU  1 12  Introduction  to  World  Music 

MU  1 16  Performance 

(12  credits  minimum) 
MU  125-126  Elementary  Music  Theory  with 

Laboratory  (if  required) 
MU  150-151  Introduction  to  Music  Theory  I  and  II 
MU  175-176  Musicianship  I  and  II 
MU  201-202  Analysis  and  History  of  European  Art 

Music  I  and  II 
MU  501  Seminar  in  Advanced  Research  I 
or 

MU  416  Advanced  Performance 
MU  502  Seminar  in  Advanced  Research  II 
or 

MU  416  Advanced  Performance 
Plus  music  electives  (6  credits) 
Plus  ten  electives 

B.A.,  Music  Industry 

The  music  industry  degree  is  offered  to  anyone 
interested  in  an  exciting  career  in  the  fields  ol  music 
management,  arts  administration,  record  production, 
promotion  and  sales,  marketing,  artist  management, 
music  publishing,  and  any  other  areas  in  the  enter- 
tainment industry. 

The  program  provides  a  unique  balance  ol  courses 
in  the  areas  of  music,  sound  recording,  and  business 
as  well  as  music  industry.  Music  courses  include  top- 
ics such  as  music  theory,  musicianship,  music  history, 
and  performance.  Sound  recording  courses  include 
multitrack  recording,  digital  audio,  and  the  use  of 
computers  in  the  recording  studio.  Business  courses 
cover  areas  such  as  accounting,  management,  and 
marketing. 

Music  industry  courses,  specifically  designed  for 
this  program,  cover  topics  such  as  record  companies, 
contracts,  music  marketing  and  merchandising. 


recording  studio  management,  music  publishing, 
copyright  law  and  concert  planning,  promotion,  and 
management.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  career 
planning  and  development. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 

the  following: 

MU  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Music 

or 

MU  1 12  Introduction  to  World  Music 

MU  125-126  Elementary  Music  Theory  with 

Laboratory  (if  required) 
MU  150-151  Introduction  to  Music  Theory  I  and  II 
Plus  the  following: 
MU  116  Performance 
MU  175-176  Musicianship  I  and  II 
or 
MU  201-202  Analysis  and  History  of  European  Art 

Music  I  and  II 
MU211  History  of  Rock 
MU  261  Introduction  to  the  Music  Industry 
MU  301  Recording  Fundamentals 
MU  311  Multitrack  Recording  I 
MU  312  Multitrack  Recording  11 
or 

MU  321  Sound  Synthesis/MIDI 
MU  361  Production,  Promotion,  and  Distribution 
MU  362  Legal  Issues,  Copyrights,  and  Contracts 
MU  461-462  Internship  in  the  Music  Industry  I  and  II 
Plus  music  electives  (6  credits) 
A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 
A  102  Introduction  to  Managerial  Accounting 
MG  210  Management  and  Organization 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 
Pkis  business  electives  (6  credits) 
Plus  three  electives 

B.A.,  Music  and  Sound  Recording 

The  bachelor  of  arts  in  music  and  sound  recording 
is  a  unique  four-year  degree  program.  Its  development 
is  based  on  the  philosophy  that  musicians  should  have 
a  working  knowledge  of  the  media  through  which 
their  art  is  most  often  heard  and  that  sound  recordists 


100 


should  have  a  working  knowledge  of  the  art  form  they 
are  recording.  Thus,  the  program  is  designed  to 
instruct  students  in  three  interrelated  areas:  1)  music 
history,  theory,  and  aesthetics;  2)  musicianship;  and  3) 
sound  recording  methodology  and  technique. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 
the  following: 

MU  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Music 
MU  1 12  Introduction  to  World  Music 
MU  1 16  Performance  (6  credits  minimum) 
MU  125-126  Elementary  Music  Theory  with 

Laboratory  (if  required) 
MU  150-151  Introduction  to  Music  Theory  I  and  II 
MU  175-176  Musicianship  I  and  II 
MU  201-202  Analysis  and  Histor)'  of  European  Art 

Music  I  and  II 
MU211  History  of  Rock 
MU221  Film  Music 
MU  301  Recording  Fundamentals 
MU  311-312  Multitrack  Recording  1  and  II 
MU  321  Sound  Synthesis/MIDI 
MU  401^02  Recording  Seminar/  Project  I  and  II 
PH  100  Introductory  Physics  with  Laboratory 
PH  203  The  Physics  of  Music  and  Sound  with 

Laborator)' 

B.S.,  Music  and  Sound  Recording 

The  bachelor  of  science  in  music  and  sound 
recording  is  similar  to  the  bachelor  of  arts  program  in 
its  philosophy  and  design,  but  it  provides  a  stronger 
background  in  the  science  and  technology  of  record- 
ing through  classes  in  calculus,  physics,  and  electrical 
engineering. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 
the  following: 

MU  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Music 
MU  112  Introduction  to  World  Music 
MU  116  Performance  (6  credits  minimum) 
MU  125-126  Elementary  Music  Theory  with 

Laboratory  (if  required) 
MU  150-151  Introduction  to  Music  Theory  I  and  II 
MU  175-176  Musicianship  I  and  II 


MU  201-202  Analysis  and  History  of  European  Art 

Music  I  and  II 
MU211  Histor)' of  Rock 
MU  221  Film  Music 
MU  301  Recording  Fundamentals 
MU  311-312  Multitrack  Recording  I  and  II 
MU  321  Sound  Synthesis/MIDI 
MU  401^02  Recording  Seminar/Project  1  and  II 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EE  235  Analog  Circuits 
M  117-1 18  Calculus  I  and  II 
PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 

Minor  in  Music 

A  total  of  1 8  credits  in  music  courses  (other  than 
performance)  is  required  for  the  minor  in  music.  A 
student's  program  should  be  planned  in  consultation 
with  a  member  of  the  music  faculty. 

Visual  Arts 

Coordinators:  Interior  Design,  Christy  Somerville; 

Art,  Graphic  Design  and  Multimedia,  Todd  S. 

Jokl,  M.F.A. 

Study  of  the  visual  arts  provides  an  opportunity  for 
self-realization  and  gives  the  individual  a  perception  of 
his  or  her  relationship  to  socien'.  Foundational  courses 
in  the  basics  of  two-  and  three-dimensional  design, 
color,  and  drawing,  plus  work  in  major  disciplines 
such  as  painting,  sculpture,  and  the  use  of  computers 
as  a  design  tool  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary 
vocabulary  for  effective  visual  communication. 

Knowledge  of  the  development  of  art  throughout 
human  cultural  evolution  from  the  cave  era  to  pres- 
ent day  is  provided  through  studies  in  art  history  and 
the  contemporary  art  scene.  Thus,  equipped  with  a 
working  vocabulary  of  visual  form  and  a  sense  of  art 
history,  students  progress  toward  the  goal  of  making 
a  mature  visual  statement  in  their  chosen  field. 

University  of  New  Haven  art  programs  provide 
preparation  for  graduate  study  or  career  opportunities 
in  fields  related  to  art,  graphic  design,  interior  design. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  101 


and  architecture. 

Students  in  all  B.A.  art  programs  listed  below 
must  complete  at  least  121  credits.  These  courses 
must  include  the  core  requirements  for  the  University 
and  the  required  courses  as  listed  for  each  program. 

B.A.,  Art 

This  program  is  designed  to  assist  students  in  dis- 
covering their  potential  lor  creative  expression  in  the 
plastic  arts  and  the  development  of  a  personal  idiom 
in  disciplines  of  their  own  choosing,  including  paint- 
ing, sculpture,  drawing,  and  printmaking. 
Acquisition  of  an  effective  visual  vocabulary  is  pro- 
moted by  foundational  courses  in  two-  and  three- 
dimensional  design,  color,  and  drawing.  Art  historical 
studies  provide  perspective  on  art  forms  of  the  past. 

The  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study 
in  art  as  well  as  for  career  opportunities  in  a  broad 
spectrum  of  art  and  art-related  fields. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 

the  following: 

AT  101-102  Introduction  to  Studio  Art  I  and  II 

AT  105-106  Basic  Drawing  I  and  II 

AT  201-202  Painting  I  and  II 

AT  205  Ceramics  I 

AT  209  Photography  I 

AT  21 1-212  Basic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  213  Color 

AT  231-232  History  of  Art  I  and  II 

AT  302  Figure  Drawing 

AT  304-305  Sculpture  I  and  II 

AT  315  Printmaking 

AT  401-402  Studio  Seminar  I  and  II 

Plus  one  art  history  elective  and  two  art  electives 

Plus  five  electives 


B.A.,  Graphic  Design 

Graphic  design,  the  art  of  visual  communication 
through  words  and  pictures,  is  an  expanding  disci- 
pline. Posters,  publications,  identity  systems,  graphs, 
diagrams,  information  design,  signage,  and  exhibits 


are  components  of  the  visual  environment  in  which 
we  live.  The  graphic  designer's  duty  is  to  bring  clarity 
and  visual  aesthetics  to  communication  through  an 
understanding  of  theory,  design  practice,  and  tech- 
nology. 

The  introductory  courses  in  the  graphic  design 
program  concentrate  on  basic  design  vocabulary, 
composition,  color  perception,  drawing,  introduction 
to  the  use  of  computers  as  a  design  tool,  and  photog- 
raphy. The  junior  and  senior  year  curriculum  focuses 
on  typographic  studies,  illustration,  critical  analysis, 
problem-solving  methodology,  advanced  computer 
projects,  and  complex  applied  design  projects, 
preparing  students  for  graphic  design  positions  in 
design  studios,  corporations,  and  agencies,  as  well  as 
for  graduate  studies  in  the  field. 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 
the  following: 

AT  105-106  Basic  Drawing  I  and  II 

AT  122  Graphic  Design  Production 

AT  201  Painting  I 

AT  203-204  Graphic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  209  Photography  I 

AT  211-212  Basic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  213  Color 

AT  221-222  Typography  I  and  II 

AT  231-232  History  of  Art  I  and  II 

AT  309  Photographic  Design 

AT  315  Printmaking 

AT  322  Illustration 

AT  401^02  Studio  Seminar  I  and  II 

AT  403-412  Special  Topics  (one  course) 

AT  599  Independent  Study 

MK  307  Advertising  and  Promotion 

Plus  four  electives 

A.S.,  Graphic  Design 

Required  Courses 

AT  105-106  Basic  Drawing  I  and  II 
AT  122  Graphic  Design  Production 
AT  203-204  Graphic  Design  I  and  II 
AT  209  Photography  I 


102 


AT  211  Basic  Design  I 

AT  213  Color 

AT  221-222  Typography  I  and  II 

AT  309  Photographic  Design 

Plus  the  University's  associate  degree  core,  one  Special 

Topics  in  Design  History  course,  and  one  free  elective. 

Minor  in  Art 

A  total  of  18  credits  in  art  is  required  for  the 
minor  in  art.  Students  may  take  the  courses  listed 
below  and  any  other  courses  that  fill  their  needs  and 
interests. 

Recommended  Courses 

AT  105  Basic  Drawing  I 
AT  201  Painting  I 
AT  213  Color 
AT  302  Figure  Drawing 
AT  304  Sculpture  I 

Recommended  Courses  for  a  Photography  Interest 

AT  209-210  Photography  I  and  11 

AT  225  Photographic  Methods 

AT  309  Photographic  Design 

AT  310  Photographic  Lighting 

Plus  one  special  topics  course  such  as  Digital  Imaging 

Recommended  Courses  for  a  Graphic  Design 
Interest 

AT  122  Graphic  Design  Production 

AT  211  Basic  Design  I 

AT  203-204  Graphic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  213  Color 

AT  22 1  Typography  I 

or 

AT  322  Illustration 

Recommended  Courses  for  an  Interior  Design 

Interest 

ID  109-1 10  Architectural  Drawing  I  and  II 

ID  21 1-212  Interior  Design  I  and  II 

ID  213  Color 

ID  315  History  of  Architecture  and  Interiors  I  or 

ID  316  History  of  Architecture  and  Interiors  II 


B.A.,  Interior  Design 

Studies  in  the  interior  design  programs  are  organ- 
ized to  focus  on  the  construction  and  technology  of 
the  built  environment  for  a  broad  range  of  residen- 
tial, commercial,  and  institutional  spaces. 
Programming  and  problem-solving  abilities  are  devel- 
oped through  two-dimensional  visualization  tech- 
niques and  three-dimensional  model  building. 
Hand-drawn  and  computer-generated  drawings  and 
documents  provide  the  basis  for  implementing  design 
solutions.  During  the  first  two  years  of  the  program, 
students  develop  their  theoretical  understanding  of 
design  and  their  technical  drawing  skills  through 
courses  in  architectural  drawing,  sketching  and  ren- 
dering, construction  documents,  lighting  design,  and 
residential  and  commercial  interior  design  studios. 

During  the  third  and  fourth  years,  students  take 
advanced  courses  in  interior  systems,  materials,  codes, 
and  interior  products  and  specifications;  computer 
aided  design  (CAD);  and  history  of  architecture, 
interiors,  and  furniture.  Independent  studies  and 
internships,  as  well  as  interior  design  studies  focused 
on  areas  such  as  kitchen  and  bath  design,  oflTice 
design,  hospitalit)'  and  restaurant  design,  retail, 
health  care,  historic  preservation,  universal  design 
and  sustainability  design  are  also  completed  during 
the  third  and  fourth  years.  Career  preparation  is 
developed  through  a  professional  practices  course  and 
a  series  of  portfolio  design  and  production  courses 
culminating  in  a  senior  portfolio. 

Through  experiential  learning  projects  and  field 
trips,  students  develop  an  understanding  of  the  rela- 
tionship between  interior  designers  and  clients,  the 
interaction  between  interior  designers  and  architects 
and  other  specialized  professionals,  and  methods  of 
communication  between  designers  and  fabricators. 
The  program's  award-winning  student  chapter  of  the 
American  Society  of  Interior  Designers  and  our  affili- 
ations with  the  design  communit}'  for  internships 
and  job  placements  provide  students  with  excellent 
opportunities  to  network  and  develop  a  clear  under- 
standing of  the  profession  of  interior  design. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  103 


Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 

the  following  required  courses  for  interior  design 

majors,  B.A.: 

ID  100  Portfolio  Design 

ID  109-1 10  Architectural  Drawing  I  and  II 

ID  200  Portfolio  Production  I 

ID  21 1-212  Interior  Design  I  and  II 

ID  214  Lighting  Design  and  Specifications 

ID  215-216  Construction  Documents  I  and  II 

ID  217  Sketching  and  Rendering  for  Interiors 

ID  218  Interior  Systems,  Materials  and  Codes 

ID  300  Portfolio  Production  II 

ID  31 1-312  Interior  Design  III  and  IV 

ID  313-314  CAD  for  Interiors  I  and  II 

ID  315-316  History  of  Architecture  and  Interiors  I 

and  II 
ID  317  Interior  Products  and  Specifications 
ID  400  Portfolio  Presentation 
ID  41 1-412  Interior  Design  V  and  VI 
ID  413  Professional  Practices  for  Interior  Designers 
ID  598  Internships  for  Interiors  and  Allied  Fields 


Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 

the  following  courses  for  interior  design/pre-architec- 

ture  concentration  majors,  B.A.: 

ID  100  Portfolio  Design 

ID  109-1 10  Architectural  Drawing  I  and  II 

ID  200  Portfolio  Production  I 

ID  211-212  Interior  Design  I  and  II 

ID  214  Lighting  Design  and  Specifications 

ID  215-216  Construction  Documents  I  and  II 

ID  217  Sketching  and  Rendering  tor  Interiors 

ID  218  Interior  Systems,  Materials  and  Codes 

ID  300  Portfolio  Production  II 

ID  311-312  Interior  Design  III  and  IV 

ID  313-314  CAD  for  Interiors  I  and  II 

ID  315-316  History  of  Architecture  and  Interiors  I 

and  II 
ID  317  Interior  Products  and  Specifications 
ID  400  Portfolio  Presentation 
ID  41 1-412  Interior  Design  V  and  VI 
ID  413  Professional  Practices  for  Interior  Designers 
ID  598  Internships  for  Interiors  and  Allied  Fields 


ID  598  Independent  Study 
Plus  the  following  art  courses: 

AT  105  Basic  Drawing  I 

AT  21 1-212  Basic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  213  Color 

And  one  of  the  following  art  history  courses: 

AT  231-232  History  of  Art  I  or  II,  or 

AT  331  Contemporary  Art 

Plus  two  electives  (6  credits) 

Concentration  in  Interior  Design/ 
Pre-architecture 

Studies  in  the  interior  design/pre-architecture  con- 
centration follow  the  same  program  format  as  the 
interior  design  degree  program  with  the  additional 
preparation  of  calculus,  physics,  and  city  planning. 
This  concentration  prepares  the  student  to  poten- 
tially enter  a  professional  degree  program  such  as 
architecture  at  the  graduate  school  level. 


ID  598  Independent  Study 
Plus  the  following  art  courses: 

AT  105  Basic  Drawing  I 

AT  21 1-212  Basic  Design  I  and  II 

AT  213  Color 

And  one  of  the  following  art  history  courses: 

AT  231-232  History  of  Art  I  or  II,  or 

AT  33 1  Contemporary  Art 

Plus  the  following  courses  for  the  pre-architecture 

concentration: 

M  115  Pre-calculus  (fulfills  the  core  curriculum  math 
requirement) 

M  117  Calculus 

PH  103  General  Physics  with  Laboratory 

or 

PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 
Laboratory  (either  course  fulfills  the  core 
curriculum  science  with  lab  requirement) 

CE  403  Cit}'  Planning 


104 


A.S.,  Interior  Design 

Required  Courses 

Courses  include  the  University  Core  Curriculum  plus 

the  following  courses  for  interior  design  majors,  A.S.: 

ID  100  Portfolio  Design 

ID  109-1 10  Architectural  Drawing  I  and  II 

ID  200  Portfolio  Production  I 

ID  21 1-212  Interior  Design  I  and  II 

ID  214  Lighting  Design  and  Specifications 

ID  217  Sketching  and  Rendering  for  Interiors 

ID  315-316  History  of  Architecture  and  Interiors  I 

and  II 
Plus  the  following  art  courses: 

AT  105  Basic  Drawing  I 
AT  211-212  Basic  Design  I  and  II 
AT  213  Color 

Plus  one  elective  or  MR  (major  requirement)  elec- 
tive* (3  credits) 
*  MR  elective  in  interior  design  lor  NCIDQ 

Recommended  Electives 

AT  203  Graphic  Design  I 

AT  416  ST:  Digital  Photography  and  Imaging  I 

MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimedia 

Visual  Arts 

See  VISUAL  AND  PERFORMING  ARTS. 


College  of  Business  105 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS 


Richard  A.  Highfield,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

Vision  Statement 

To  be  a  preeminent  and  distinguishable  leader 
among  institutions  of  higher  education  in  the  provi- 
sion of  academic  business  programs. 

Mission 

To  provide  high-quality,  career-advancing  business 
education  opportunities  within  an  environment  of  life- 
long learning.  The  College  of  Business  sets  the  PACE 
through  its  dedication  to  ensuring  the  following: 
P:  Practical  technology  applications  and  professional 

enrichment 
A:  Academic  excellence 
C:  Communication  skill  development 
E:  Experiential  learning  opportunities 


Bi 


Progr 


Bachelor  of  Science  (B.S.) 

•  Accounting 

•  Finance 

•  Hotel  and  Restaurant  Management 

•  Management 

•  Management:  Concentration  in  Management  of 
Sports  Industries 

•  Management  of  Sports  Industries 

•  Marketing 

•  Tourism  and  Event  Management 

Associate  in  Science  (A.S.) 

•  Management 

Minors 

•  Accounting 

•  Behavioral  Economics 

•  Entrepreneurship 

•  Finance 

•  International  Business 


•  Management 

•  Marketing 

•  Quantitative  Analysis 

Business-Related  Programs 

Bachelor  of  Science  (B.S.) 

•  Public  Administration  (evening  courses  only) 

The  College  of  Business  PACE  Program 

The  College  of  Business  Personalized  Academic 
Curricular  Experience  (PACE)  program  is  open  to  all 
College  of  Business  majors  pursuing  a  B.S.  degree, 
regardless  of  the  area  of  study.  This  program  provides 
each  student  with  an  opportunity  to  become  engaged 
in  a  thematic  learning  experience  that  focuses  on  the 
student's  career  interests  and  aspirations.  Using  this 
area  as  a  guide,  the  student  selects  twelve  credits  of 
corresponding  courses,  with  the  assistance  of  an 
adviser,  offered  outside  the  College  of  Business.  These 
courses  must  be  thematically  linked  in  a  way  that 
advances  preparation  for  career  placement  and  must 
strengthen  the  academic  background  in  a  way  that 
supplements  business-related  expertise.  Additional 
information  may  be  obtained  from  College  of 
Business  advisers. 

The  Robert  Alvine  Professional 
Enrichment  Program 

All  College  of  Business  students  may  participate  in 
the  Robert  Alvine  Professional  Enrichment  Program. 
Students  pursuing  a  B.S.  degree  in  a  business  program 
must  participate  by  way  of  curricular  requirements  in 
certain  courses.  This  program  offers  co-curricular 
activities  during  which  students  meet  and  network 
with  area  specialists;  learn  from  business  leaders; 
become  involved  in  work-related  endeavors  such  as 
internships,  practicum,  and  job  shadowing;  and  attend 
various  seminars,  workshops,  and  forums  that  deal 
with  professional  readiness  and  work-related  issues  or 


106 


emerging  issues  that  impact  the  business  environment. 
The  Professional  Enrichment  Program  builds  upon  the 
academic  programs  by  (a)  providing  cutting-edge 
information  and  knowledge  concerning  matters  that 
impact  the  operation  of  business  and  (b)  merging  the- 
ory into  practice  by  way  of  the  professional  expertise 
and  orientation  of  the  session  speakers. 

Academic  Policies 

Following  are  the  academic  policies  of  the  College 
of  Business. 

1.  At  least  50  percent  of  business  program  core  cred- 
its (i.e.,  a  minimum  of  15  credits)  required  for  the 
B.S.  degree  must  be  earned  through  course  work 
completed  at  the  UNH  College  of  Business. 

2.  At  least  50  percent  of  the  major-specific  credits 
(i.e.,  a  minimum  of  15  credits)  required  for  the 
B.S.  degree  must  be  earned  through  course  work 
completed  at  the  UNH  College  of  Business. 
Major-specific  course  work  includes  all  credit 
requirements  in  both  the  eighteen-credit  major 
requirement  and  the  twelve-credit  business 
restricted  elective  requirement. 

3.  No  credit  for  course  work  completed  at  a  commu- 
nity/two-year institution  may  be  applied  to,  or 
transferred  in  as,  300-,  400-,  or  500-level  courses 
that  are  offered  by  the  College  of  Business. 

4.  Courses  completed  at  AACSB-accredited  institu- 
tions may  be  transferred  into  the  business  pro- 
grams for  equivalent-level  courses  offered  by  the 
College  of  Business.  Credits  earned  at  four-year 
non-AACSB-accredited  schools  may  be  transferred 
only  with  the  approval  of  the  chair  of  the  depart- 
ment offering  the  course  and  the  dean  of  the 
College  of  Business. 

5.  Students  pursuing  either  a  dual  College  of 
Business  major  or  a  second  College  of  Business 
B.S.  degree  must  meet  all  degree  curriculum 
requirements  tor  each  major/degree.  A  minimum 
of  eighteen  College  ot  Business  non-overlapping 
credits  must  be  completed  for  each  new 
major/degree  program  completed;  credits  taken 
must  have  the  approval  of  the  department 
chair/program  director. 


6.  To  receive  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Business, 
the  final  30  credits  completed  must  be  earned  at 

UNH. 

Evening  Accelerated  Business  Programs 

The  College  of  Business  offers  Evening 
Accelerated  Business  Programs  for  both  full-  and 
part-time  day  students  as  well  as  part-time  working 
professionals.  Full-time  students  who  are  financial  aid 
recipients  must  consult  with  the  Financial  Aid  Office 
to  ensure  that  accelerated  program  courses  meet 
enrollment  eligibility  criteria  for  federal  financial  aid 
programs.  The  accelerated  program  courses  are  sched- 
uled in  four  modules  plus  summer  terms  throughout 
the  academic  year  and  are  primarily  cohort-driven. 
Complete  degree  requirements  for  the  B.S.  in 
Management  and  the  B.S.  in  Accounting  are  offered 
for  evening  students;  curriculum  requirements  for 
day  and  evening  programs  are  identical.  For  addi- 
tional information  about  the  Evening  Accelerated 
Business  Programs,  please  call  University  College  at 
203.932.7180  or  1.800.DIAL.UNH,  ext.  7180. 

University  Core  Curriculum 

In  addition  to  departmental  requirements,  stu- 
dents must  fulfill  all  requirements  of  the  University 
Core  Curriculum  outlined  on  page  15. 

Business  Program  Structure 

College  of  Business  B.S.  degree  program  credits 
are  categorized  into  one  of  six  groups  and  conform  to 
the  following  template: 

University  Core  Curriculum: 
Core:  37  credits  (40  credits  including  QA  380) 
Electives/PACE  program:  12  credits 
Non-Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

Business  Program  Core: 

30  credits* 

Major:  18  credits 

Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

*  QA  380  satisfies  a  core  curriculum  requirement  but 

is  tabulated  with  the  business  program  core  credits. 


College  of  Business  1 07 


Additional  detail  is  provided  below. 

University  Core  Curriculum: 

37  credits  (40  credits  including  QA  380) 

The  following  courses  must  be  completed  and  will  be 

utilized  in  partial  fulfillment  of  core  curriculum 

requirements: 

Communication  (choose  one) 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  1.2. 

Quantitative  Analysis 

M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  2.2. 

Technolog)'  Applications 

QA  380  Operations  Management 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  3. 

Economic  Foundations 

EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  I 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  5.3. 

EC  134  Principles  of  Economics  II 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  2.3. 

Political  Science  (choose  one) 

PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 

PS  122  State  and  Local  Government  and  Politics 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  4.2. 

Behavioral  Science  (choose  one) 

Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 

SO  113  Sociology 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  5.1. 

Non-Business  Electives/PACE  Program: 

12  credits 

These  credits  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  requirements 
of  the  College  of  Business  PACE  program;  otherwise 
they  may  be  used  as  free  electives  in  a  non-business 
topic,  unless  specifically  designated.  Students  should 
check  their  academic  program  of  choice  for  specific 
credit  requirements. 

Non-Business  Restricted  Electives: 

12  credits 

QA  1 18  Business  Mathematics 

QA  216  Business  Statistics 

Six  additional  credits  in  a  non-business  topic  are 

required  and  may  be  specifically  designated  by  major. 


Consult  the  academic  program  of  choice  for  courses 
that  satisfy  this  requirement. 

College  of  Business  Program  Core: 

30  credits 

These  courses  develop  the  foundation  knowledge  and 

competencies  from  which  major-specific  course  work 

may  follow. 

A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 

A  102  Introduction  to  Managerial  Accounting 

LA  101  Business  Law  and  the  Regulatory 

Environment 
FI  213  Business  Finance 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 
MG  210  Management  and  Organization 
MG  240  Business  Ethics  and  Diversity 
QA  343  Management  Information  Systems 
QA  380  Operations  Management 
MG  550  Business  Policy 
BA  500  Experiential  Learning  Capstone  (required, 

non-credit*) 
*This  non-credit  requirement  reflects  the  commit- 
ment of  the  College  of  Business  to  engaged,  profes- 
sional learning  as  well  as  to  international  awareness. 

College  of  Business  Major  Requirement: 

1 8  credits 

Students  should  check  their  academic  program  of 
choice  for  specific  curricular  requirements,  which 
build  upon  the  business  program  core  and  offer  in- 
depth  exposure  to  advanced  material  related  to  the 
area  of  study. 

College  of  Business  Restricted  Electives: 

1 2  credits 

These  credits  provide  advanced  material,  either  in  the 
major  or  in  course  work  that  reflects  emerging  issues 
of  importance.  Students  should  check  their  academic 
program  of  choice  for  specific  curricular  requirements. 

Business-Related  Program  Structure 

College  ot  Business  business-related  program 
requirements  are  specific  to  the  area  of  study. 
Students  pursuing  these  academic  programs  should 
check  the  academic  program  of  choice  for  all  specific 
curricular  requirements. 


108 


Accounting 


Chair:  Robert  E.  Wnek,  L.L.M.,  J.D.,  CPA 
Professors:  Robert  E.  Wnek,  L.L.M.  Boston 

University  School  of  Law,  J.D.,  CPA 
Associate  Professors:  Alireza  Daneshfar,  Ph.D., 

Concordia  University;  Robert  McDonald,  M.B.A., 

New  York  University,  CMA,  CPA,  CIA,  CFA; 

Michael  Rolleri,  M.B.A.,  University  of 

Connecticut,  CPA;  Martin  A.  Goldberg,  L.L.M. , 

New  York  University,  J.D.;  Scott  J.  Lane,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Kentucky,  CPA 
Instructor:  Mary  Miller,  M.B.A.,  CPA  University  of 

New  Haven 

The  Accounting  Department  oversees  courses  in 
accounting,  business  law,  and  taxation.  While  the  study 
of  accounting  has  its  roots  in  economic  theory,  the 
courses  emphasize  practical  application  to  real-world 
problems  and  the  decision-making  process,  as  well  as 
principles  and  procedures  used  to  produce  the  informa- 
tion required  by  decision-makers.  Accounting  promotes 
an  appreciation  for  not  only  the  nature  of  accounting 
information  but  also  the  use  of  that  information  in  the 
complex  process  of  decision-making  by  individuals, 
business  firms,  and  government.  The  Department  of 
Accounting  at  the  University  of  New  Haven  seeks  to 
serve  the  educational  needs  of  those  involved  in  all 
areas  of  accounting:  public,  private,  or  government. 

There  are  many  career  opportunities  for  account- 
ing students  in  the  business  world,  government,  and 
academia.  Accounting  professionals  are  needed  by 
consulting  firms,  public  accounting  firms,  and  pri- 
vate industry  as  well  as  by  federal,  state,  and  local 
governments.  An  educational  opportunity  is  also 
available  to  students  who  desire  to  meet  the  1 50- 
credit  educational  requirements  necessary  to  take  the 
Certified  Public  Accounting  (CPA)  examination. 
These  additional  educational  requirements  may  be 
taken  at  the  graduate  level,  leading  to  an  M.B.A. 


B.S.,  Accounting 

The  accounting  major  is  selected  by  students 
wishing  to  pursue  a  career  in  management  account- 
ing or  in  public  accounting  leading  to  the  Certified 
Public  Accounting  (CPA)  license.  The  integration  of 
business  law,  taxation,  and  finance  into  the  program 
requirements  provides  the  necessary  academic  back- 
ground to  meet  the  challenges  of  the  accounting  pro- 
fession. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  accounting  are 
required  to  complete  121  credits,  including  the  core 
curriculum  (37  credits),  core  curriculum  restricted 
electives  (12  credits),  and  core  curriculum 
electives/PACE  requirements  (12  credits),  and  the 
business  program  core  (30  credits).  Requirements  are 
identical  tor  both  day  and  evening  programs.  The 
following  are  in  addition  to  the  aforementioned  cur- 
ricular  requirements: 

Core  Curriculum  Non-Business  Restricted  Elective: 

EC  200  Global  Economy 

Together  with  QA  1 18  and  QA  216,  this  course  par- 
tially fulfills  the  core  curriculum  non-business 
restricted  elective  requirement. 

Business  Program  Core: 

A  250  Accounting  Information  Systems 
For  all  accounting  majors,  this  course  replaces  QA 
343  Management  Information  Systems  in  the  busi- 
ness program  core. 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

A  220  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  I 

A  221  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  II 

A  323  Cost  Accounting 

A  422  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  III 

A  431  Advanced  Financial  Accounting 

A  433  Auditing  and  Assurance  Services 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

A  435  Federal  Income  Taxation  I 

A  436  Federal  Income  Taxation  II 

Plus  six  credits  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  adviser. 


College  of  Business  1 09 


Minor  in  Accounting 
(Business  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  accounting,  for 
business  program  majors  only,  are  nine  credits 
beyond  the  business  program  core. 
A  220  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  I 
A  221  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  II 
Plus  three  accounting  credits  chosen  in  consultation 
with  the  adviser. 

Economics  and  Finance 


an  analytic  appreciation  of  the  financial  system  and  the 
financial  decision-making  process  in  which  society — 
through  its  individuals,  business  firms,  and  govern- 
ments— is  continually  engaged.    In  particular,  the 
study  of  finance  provides  a  structured  analysis  of  the 
financial  system  and  the  financial  decision-making 
process  as  determinants  of  the  economic  wealth  of  the 
individual,  the  business  firm,  and  the  nation.  The  study 
of  finance  enables  the  student  to  pursue  the  preparation 
required  for  a  number  of  financial  decision-making 
positions  in  government  and  industry,  including  the 
financial  services  industry.  Both  a  B.S.  and  a  minor  in 
finance  are  available  for  the  interested  student. 


Chair:  Kamal  P.  Upadhyaya,  Ph.D. 
Professors  Emeriti:  Edward  A.  Downe,  Ph.D.,  New 
School  for  Social  Research;  Phillip  Kaplan,  Johns 
Hopkins  University;  Ward  Theilman,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois 
Professors:  Peter  I.  Berman,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University;  Robert  M.  Rainish,  Ph.D.,  City 
University  of  New  York;  Steven  J.  Shapiro,  Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University;  Kamal  P.  Upadhyaya, 
Ph.D.,  Auburn  Universit)' 
Associate  Professors:  Wentworth  Boynton,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Rhode  Island;  John  J.  Phelan, 
Ph.D.,  George  Washington  University;  Demissew 
Ejara,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut;  Armando 
Rodriguez,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 
The  Department  of  Economics  and  Finance  offers 
courses  in  both  economics  and  finance.  Faculty  in 
the  Department  have  a  wide  range  of  research  inter- 
ests, as  well  as  extensive  experience  in  government 
policymaking,  consulting,  and  industry. 

Economics  courses  provide  a  basis  for  an  under- 
standing of  economic  structures,  a  wide  range  of 
domestic  and  international  issues,  and  trends  in  the 
economic  life  of  modern  societies.  These  courses  offer 
training  in  analysis  of  economic  problems  as  an  aid 
to  the  evaluation  of  economic  policies.  The  minor  in 
behavioral  economics  addresses  the  emerging  impor- 
tance of  understanding  market  behavior  and  the 
heuristics  and  biases  that  impact  on  decision-making 
in  the  context  of  uncertainty. 

Finance,  as  an  area  of  study,  is  designed  to  promote 


B.S.,  Finance 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  finance  are 
required  to  complete  121  credits,  including  the  core 
curriculum  (37  credits),  core  curriculum  restricted 
electives  (12  credits),  and  core  curriculum  electives/ 
PACE  requirements  (12  credits),  and  the  business 
program  core  (30  credits).  The  following  are  in  addi- 
tion to  the  aforementioned  curricular  requirements: 

Core  Curricidum  Non-Business  Restricted  Elective: 

EC  200  Global  Economy 

Together  with  QA  118  and  QA  216,  this  course  par- 
tially fulfill  the  core  curriculum  restricted-elective 
requirement. 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

FI  330  Investment  Analysis  and  Management 

FI  345  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets 

FI  425  International  Finance 

FI  429  Corporate  Financial  Management 

Plus  two  of  the  following: 

A  422  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  III 

EC  340  Microeconomic  Analysis 

EC  341  Macroeconomic  Analysis 

FI  314  Principles  of  Real  Estate 

FI  327  Risk  and  Insurance 

FI  341  Financial  Decision  Making 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

A  220  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  I 

A  221  Intermediate  Financial  Accounting  II 

Plus  six  credits  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  adviser. 


110 


Minor  in  Finance 

(Business  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  finance,  for  busi- 
ness program  majors  only,  are  nine  credits  beyond 
the  business  program  core. 
FI  330  Investment  Analysis  and  Management 
Plus  six  finance  credits  chosen  in  consultation  with 
the  adviser. 

Minor  in  Behavioral  Economics 
(Business  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  behavioral  eco- 
nomics, for  business  program  majors  only,  are  9  cred- 
its beyond  the  business  program  core. 
EC  310  Game  Theory 
EC  313  Behavioral  Economics 
EC  425  Decision-Making  Economics  and 

Uncertainty 

International 
Business  Programs 

Professors:  Usha  Haley,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University; 
Michael  Kublin,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
The  College  of  Business  international  business 
programs  and  global  initiatives  are  overseen  by  a 
committee  of  faculty  members  who  are  chosen  from 
each  functional  area  of  study  in  the  College  of 
Business.  This  ensures  that  these  programs  are  cross- 
disciplinary  in  nature  and  that  they  consider  emerg- 
ing issues  that  impact  the  operation  of  business  by 
way  of  all  disciplines  and  fields  of  study.  The  College 
of  Business  supports  a  minor  in  international  busi- 
ness for  students  who  are  majors  in  business  pro- 
grams, as  well  as  a  minor  in  international  business  for 
students  of  business-related  or  non-business  pro- 
grams. In  addition,  the  College  of  Business  supports 
exchange  programs  with  other  institutions  across  the 
world,  including  universities  in  China,  Ecuador, 
Germany,  Ireland,  and  Spain.  Students  interested  in 
these  study  abroad  initiatives  should  contact  the 
dean's  office  in  the  College  of  Business  for  additional 
information. 


Minor  in  International  Business 
(Business  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  international  busi- 
ness, for  business  program  majors  only,  are  nine  cred- 
its beyond  the  business  program  core. 
CO  205  Intercultural  Communication 
Plus  one  of  the  following: 
EC  200  Global  Economy 
FI  425  International  Finance 
MK413  International  Marketing 
MG  415  Multinational  Management 
Plus  one  of  the  following: 

IB  421  Operation  of  the  Multinational  Corporation 
IB  422  International  Business  Negotiations 

Minor  in  International  Business 
(Non-business  and  business-related 
program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  international  busi- 
ness, for  non-business  or  business-related  program 
majors  only,  are  the  following  eighteen  credits: 
EC  200  Global  Economy 
MG  210  Management  and  Organization 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 
CO  205  Intercultural  Communication 
MK  413  International  Marketing 
IB  422  International  Business  Negotiations 


Management 


Chair:  William  S.  Y  Pan,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Lynn  W.  Ellis,  D.P.S.,  Pace 
University;  Judith  Neal,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University; 
Warren  J.  Smith,  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 

Professors:  Tony  Carter,  M.B.A.,  Wagner  College 
Graduate  School  of  Business;  J.D.,  University  of 
Denver,  College  of  Law;  Linda  R.  Martin,  Ph.D.; 
University  of  South  Carolina;  Abbas  Nadim, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  William  S.  Y 
Pan,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University;  Anshuman 
Prasad,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 


College  of  Business  1 1 1 


Associate  Professors:  Dale  M.  Finn,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Massachusetts;  Jiajuan  Liang,  Ph.D., 
Hong  Kong  Baptist  University;  Pawei  Mensz, 
Ph.D.,  Systems  Research  Institute  of  the  Polish 
Academy  of  Sciences 

At  this  time,  as  all  of  society's  systems  —  govern- 
mental, technological,  societal,  educational,  indus- 
trial, and  military,  as  well  as  business-related  —  are 
becoming  increasingly  sophisticated  and  complex, 
there  is  a  growing  need  for  skilled  managers  that  is 
unrivaled  historically.  Contemporary  managers  must 
attend  to  global  competition,  understand  complex 
logistical  matters,  maintain  service  quality  and  con- 
tinuous improvement,  and  monitor  both  the  internal 
and  external  business  environments.  In  response  to 
these  needs,  the  management  programs  seek  to  pro- 
vide students  with  the  foundations  ot  knowledge  and 
skill  necessary  to  obtain  and  advance  in  professional 
managerial  positions  in  both  national  and  interna- 
tional corporations.    The  Department  of 
Management  offers  a  diverse  set  of  degree  programs 
in  management  and  public  administration.  Minors 
are  also  available,  in  niche  areas  such  as  entrepreneur- 
ship  and  quantitative  analysis. 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 
to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations 
section  on  pg.  23  of  this  catalog. 

B.S.,  Management 

In  order  to  function  effectively  in  a  variety  of  orga- 
nizational situations,  administrators  and  managers 
must  understand  the  complexities  of  organizational 
communication  and  the  interrelationships  that  exist 
among  the  various  functional  groups  that  each  impact 
organizational  welfare.  This  point  of  view  is  essential 
for  managers  who  wish  to  both  participate  effectively 
with  others  in  the  administrative  and  managerial  group 
and  also  administer  and  oversee  activities  effectively  in 
critical  areas  of  responsibility.  The  Department's  pro- 


gram in  management  provides  the  requisite  skill  sets 
for  success  in  this  demanding  and  increasingly  interna- 
tional and  diverse  work  environment. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  management  are 
required  to  complete  121  credits,  including  the  core 
curriculum  (37  credits),  core  curriculum  restricted 
electives  (12  credits),  and  core  curriculum  electives/ 
PACE  requirements  (12  credits),  and  the  business 
program  core  (30  credits).  The  following  are  in  addi- 
tion to  the  aforementioned  curricular  requirements: 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

MG  331  Management  of  Human  Resources 

MG  350  Management  of  Workforce  Diversity 

MG  415  Multinational  Management 

MG  512  Contemporary  Issues  in  Business  and 

Society 
Plus  six  management  credits  are  chosen  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  adviser. 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

These  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 
adviser. 

Concentration  in  Management  of  Sports 
Industries  (Business  program) 

Students  majoring  in  management  have  the 
option  of  pursuing  the  concentration  in  management 
of  sports  industries.  As  part  of  the  management 
degree,  the  concentration  requires  a  specified  twelve 
credits.  Nine  of  these  credits  fulfill  the  business 
restricted  elective  group  of  courses,  with  three  addi- 
tional credits  designated  to  fulfill  the  core  curriculum 
restricted  elective.  The  degree  may  be  completed 
within  the  standard  121 -credit  requirement. 

Core  Curriculum  Restricted  Electives: 

MG  120  Development  of  American  Sports 
Together  with  QA  118  and  QA  216,  this  course  par- 
tially fulfills  the  core  curriculum  restricted-elective 
requirement. 

Business  Restricted  Electives: 

MG  230  Management  of  Sports  Industries 

MG  235  Marketing  and  Public  Relations  in  Sports 


112 


MG  320  Sports  Industries  and  the  Law 
These  courses  fulfill  nine  credits  of  the  business 
restricted-elective  requirement.  Three  additional  cred- 
its of  business  electives  are  chosen  in  consultation 
with  the  adviser. 

A.S.,  Management 

Upon  successful  completion  of  61  credits  of  the 
four-year  B.S.  degree  program  in  management,  stu- 
dents may  petition  to  receive  an  Associate  in  Science 
(A.S.)  degree  in  management.  Credit  requirements 
are  designed  to  facilitate  continuance  to  the  four-year 
B.S.  degree  in  a  business  discipline. 

The  following  specific  business  program  core 
courses  must  be  completed: 
A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 
A  102  Introduction  to  Managerial  Accounting 
FI  213  Business  Finance 
LA  101  Business  Law  and  the  Regulatory 

Environment 
MG  210  Management  and  Organization 
MG  240  Business  Ethics  and  Diversity 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 

Students  must  also  complete  the  following  core  cur- 
riculum requirements: 

6  credits  (E  105,  E  1 10):  core  competency  1.1 
3  credits  (CO  100  or  E  230)  core  competency  1.2 
3  credits  {M  109):  core  competency  2.2 
3  credits  (EC  134):  core  competency  2.3 
3  credits  (QA  380):  core  competency  3 
3  credits  (HS  101  or  HS  102):  core  competency  4.1 
3  credits  (PS  121  or  PS  122):  core  competency  4.2 
3  credits  (P  or  SO):  core  competency  5.1 
3  credits  (EC  133):  core  competency  5.3 
3  credits:  core  competency  6 

The  following  courses,  which  are  offered  by  the 
College  of  Business,  must  also  be  completed: 
QA  1 18  Business  Mathematics 
QA  216  Business  Statistics 


Minor  in  Management  (Non-business  or 
Business-related  program  majors) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  management,  for 
non-business  or  business-related  program  majors 
only,  are  the  following  eighteen  credits: 
A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 
LA  101  Introduction  to  Law  and  the  Regulatory 

Environment 
EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  I 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 
MG  210  Management  and  Organizations 
MG  240  Business  Ethics  and  Diversity 

Minor  in  Entrepreneurship 
(Business  program  majors) 

Throughout  the  United  States,  many  large  enter- 
prises began  as  small  businesses  initiated  by  an  entre- 
preneur with  an  idea  or  vision.  Still  today,  ninety-five 
percent  of  all  businesses  in  the  United  States  are 
small  businesses.  Entrepreneurship  and  small  busi- 
nesses are  dynamic  and  powerful  interactive  forces  in 
these  increasingly  difficult  economic  times. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  offers  a  minor  in 
entrepreneurship  as  a  means  of  preparing  students 
who  are  considering  a  business  start-up,  purchasing 
an  existing  business,  or  joining  the  family  business 
following  graduation.  The  minor  may  also  provide  an 
"intrapreneurship"  foundation  for  students  who 
aspire  to  work  in  big  business.  As  such,  the  minor 
pursues  a  multidisciplinary  approach  to  entrepreneur- 
ship  that  integrates  the  business  disciplines  with  com- 
munication, negotiation,  and  presentation  skills. 
Moreover,  the  program  merges  theory  into  practice 
by  linking  emerging  academic  developments  with  the 
most  effective  business  approaches. 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  entrepreneurship, 
for  business  program  majors  only,  are  nine  credits 
beyond  the  business  program  core. 
MG  317  Entrepreneurship  and  New  Business 

Development 
MG  327  Business  Planning 
MG  417  Managing  an  Entrepreneurial  Venture 


College  of  Business  1 1 3 


Quantitative  Analysis 

The  Department  of  Quantitative  Analysis  delivers 
courses  designed  to  address  the  development  of  quan- 
titative reasoning;  critical  thinking;  information  collec- 
tion, organization,  and  analysis;  and  decision-making 
skills.  These  include  courses  in  applied  calculus,  opera- 
tions research  and  operations  management,  informa- 
tion systems,  and  statistics.  The  Department  offers  a 
minor  in  quantitative  analysis  for  those  students  inter- 
ested in  further  strengthening  their  skill  sets  in  this 
critical  area  that  supports  the  business  functions. 

Minor  in  Quantitative  Analysis 
(Business  program  majors) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  quantitative  analy- 
sis, for  business  program  majors  only,  are  nine  credits 
in  quantitative  analysis  courses  chosen  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  adviser,  in  addition  to  the  business  pro- 
gram core,  QA  118,  and  QA  216. 


Marketing 


Coordinator:  Ben  B.  Judd,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  Emeritus:  Robert  P.  Brody,  D.B.A.  Harvard 

University 
Professors:  George  T.  Haley,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Texas  at  Austin;  Ben  B.  Judd,  Jr.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Texas  at  Arlington;  Cheng  Lu  Wang, 

Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 
Associate  Professor:  Subroto  Roy,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Western  Svdney 

The  discipline  of  marketing  investigates  business 
practices  and  strategies  needed  to  attract  customers 
and  compete  effectively  in  a  global  free-market  system. 
Although  the  curriculum  places  a  greater  emphasis  on 
practices  and  strategies  in  the  domestic  environment, 
international  issues  are  explored  in  most  courses  and  in 
an  international  marketing  course.  Newer  coverage 
includes  the  emerging  impact  of  the  Internet  on  chan- 
nels of  distribution  and  on  promotion  practices.  Skills 


are  also  developed  in  the  traditional  areas  of  consumer 
analysis  and  marketing  research. 

B.S.,  Marketing 

Marketing  is  the  study  of  the  processes  for  devel- 
oping and  distributing  goods  and  services  attractive 
to  selected  customer  groups.  These  markets  may 
include  both  consumer  and  organizational  (indus- 
trial, governmental,  or  non-profit)  groups.  An  under- 
standing of  customers  results  from  studies  of 
psychological  and  sociological  perspectives  and  from 
the  use  of  research  tools.  Based  on  this  understand- 
ing, competitive  strategies  and  distribution  channels 
can  be  devised  to  reach  the  desired  customers  more 
effectively.  The  emergence  of  e-commerce  has  sub- 
stantially modified  some  of  the  existing  strategies  for 
understanding  the  customer  and  tor  managing  chan- 
nels of  distribution. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  marketing  are 
required  to  complete  121  credits,  including  the  core 
curriculum  (37  credits),  core  curriculum  restricted 
electives  (12  credits),  and  core  curriculum  electives/ 
PACE  requirements  (12  credits),  and  the  business 
program  core  (30  credits).  The  following  are  in  addi- 
tion to  the  aforementioned  curricular  requirements: 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

MK  205  Consumer  Behavior 

or 
MK  307  Advertising  and  Promotion 
MK  302  Organizational  Marketing 
MK  326  Overview  of  E-Commerce 
MK  413  International  Marketing 
MK  442  Marketing  Research  in  the  Global 

Environment 
Plus  one  of  the  following: 
MK  316  Sales  Management 
MK  321  Retail  Management 
MK  402  Marketing  of  Services 
MK  515  Marketing  Management 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

These  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 
adviser. 


114 


Minor  In  Marketing 

(Business  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  marketing,  for 
business  program  majors  only,  are  nine  credits 
beyond  the  business  program  core. 
MK  413  International  Marketing 
Plus  two  of  the  following: 
MK  205  Consumer  Behavior 
MK  302  Organizational  Marketing 
MK  307  Advertising  and  Promotion 
MK  321  Retail  Management 
MK  402  Marketing  of  Services 
MK  442  Marketing  Research  in  the  Global 

Environment 
MK  450-459  Special  Topics 
MK  515  Marketing  Management 

Minor  in  Marketing  (Non-business  or 
business-related  program  majors  only) 

Requirements  for  the  minor  in  marketing,  lor 
non-business  or  business-related  program  majors 
only,  are  the  following  18  credits: 

MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 

MG  210  Management  and  Organization 

Plus  four  of  the  following; 
MK  205  Consumer  Behavior 
MK  302  Organizational  Marketing 
MK  307  Advertising  and  Promotion 
MK  321  Retail  Management 
MK  402  Marketing  of  Services 
MK  413  International  Marketing 
MK  515  Marketing  Management 


Sports  Management, 
Hospitality  and 
Tourism  Management 

Chair:  Gil  B.  Fried,  J.D. 

Professor  Emeritus:  Elisabeth  van  Dyke,  Ph.D., 

Columbia  University 
Professors:  Gil  B.  Fried,  J.D.,  Ohio  State  University; 

Allen  Sack,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Lecturer:  Robert  L.  Brown,  M.B.A.,  American 

Intercontinental  University 

Sports  management  is  a  rapidly  growing  field  that 
provides  numerous  career  options  from  professional 
and  collegiate  sports  broadcasting  and  selling  sport- 
ing goods.  Hospitality,  tourism,  and  event  manage- 
ment are  also  strong  fields  that  have  significant 
growth  through  large  national  hotel  chains  to  amuse- 
ment parks  and  resorts.  The  two  fields  have  many 
common  issues/opportunities  and  UNH  focuses  on 
the  business  side  of  these  industries.  Our  graduates 
work  in  numerous  business  environments  with  the 
strong  legal,  financial,  managerial,  marketing,  and 
event  management  skills  embodied  in  our  classes. 
Our  courses  are  supplemented  with  numerous  experi- 
ential education  opportunities  from  industry  intern- 
ships to  professional  enrichment  opportunities  where 
students  can  network  with  industry  leaders. 

With  several  unique  degree  options,  UNH's  Sport 
Management/Hospitality  and  Tourism  Management 
Department  can  provide  the  education  students  need 
to  become  leaders  in  these  exciting  industries. 

The  Co-op  Program 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program  (co-op),  which  enables  students 
to  combine  their  education  with  practical,  paid  work 
experience  in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
the  Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations 
section  on  pg.  23  of  this  catalog. 


College  of  Business  115 


B.S.,  Management  of  Sports  Industries 

The  sports  industry  continues  to  experience  sig- 
nificant growth  as  a  business  sector  of  the  economy. 
As  the  industry  expands,  so  does  the  need  for  sports 
management  specialists  who  are  trained  in  business 
management  skills  and  also  demonstrate  sensitivity  to 
the  unique  features  of  the  sports  enterprise.  College 
graduates  in  management  of  sports  industries  can 
pursue  careers  in  professional  sports  franchises,  coli- 
seum and  arena  management,  ski  resorts,  corporate 
fitness  centers,  college  sports  programs,  sports  media 
industries,  sporting  goods  merchandising,  and  a  wide 
variety  of  other  sports-related  areas.     Students  of  this 
program  receive  specialized  training  in  areas  such  as 
sports  law,  marketing,  finance,  and  event  manage- 
ment, which  are  all  integrated  by  way  of  the  compre- 
hensive internship  requirement. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  management  of 
sports  industries  are  required  to  complete  121  credits, 
including  the  core  curriculum  (37  credits),  core  cur- 
riculum restricted  electives  (12  credits),  and  core  cur- 
riculum electives/PACE  requirements  (12  credits), 
and  the  business  program  core  (30  credits).  The  fol- 
lowing are  in  addition  to  the  aforementioned  curricu- 
lar  requirements: 

Core  Curriculum  Restricted  Electives: 

MG  120  Development  of  American  Sports 
Together  with  QA  1 18  and  QA  216,  this  course  ful- 
fills the  core  curriculum  restricted  elective  credit 
requirement. 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

MG  230  Management  of  Sports  Industries 

MG  235  Marketing  and  Public  Relations  in  Sports 

MG  320  Sports  Industries  and  the  Law 

MG  331  Management  of  Human  Resources 

MG  350  Management  of  Workforce  Diversity 

MG  415  Multinational  Management 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

MG  325  Sports  Facility  Management 

MG  430  Financial  Management  for  Sports 

Administration 
MG  475  Sport  Event  Management 
MG  598  Internship 


B.S.,  Tourism  and  Event  Management 
B.S.,  Hotel  and  Restaurant  Management 

These  programs  offer  a  balanced  curriculum  of 
management  skills  and  global  orientations  necessary 
to  develop  leaders  for  careers  in  the  world's  largest 
industry.  Classroom  learning  integrates  practical  tech- 
nology applications,  academic  excellence,  and  com- 
munication skills,  and  is  reinforced  through 
experiential  learning  and  professional  enrichment 
opportunities.  Students  are  also  encouraged  to  partic- 
ipate in  projects  involving  tourism  and  event  profes- 
sionals from  the  state,  regional,  national,  and 
international  levels. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  either  tourism  and  event  man- 
agement or  hotel  and  restaurant  management  pro- 
vides students  with  the  knowledge  and  experience 
necessary  to  successfully  obtain  and  advance  in  mana- 
gerial positions.  Our  student  professional  associations 
strive  to  supplement  these  prospects  through  net- 
working, service  learning,  and  interaction  with  indus- 
try leaders. 

Located  between  New  York  and  Boston,  two  of 
the  most  prominent  tourism  gateways,  the  University 
of  New  Haven's  tourism  and  event  management  pro- 
gram offers  students  an  ideal  location  from  which  to 
study  the  industry.  Furthermore,  we  are  in  proximity 
to  several  multinational  businesses  with  which  our 
students  may  partner  to  complete  their  fieldwork 
(800  hours)  and  internship  (400  hours)  require- 
ments. Each  student  is  also  required  to  complete  a 
200-hour  service  learning  component  prior  to  gradu- 
ation. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  either  tourism 
and  event  management  or  hotel  and  restaurant  man- 
agement are  required  to  complete  121  credits,  includ- 
ing the  core  curriculum  (37  credits),  core  curriculum 
restricted  electives  (12  credits),  core  curriculum  elec- 
tives/PACE requirements  (12  credits),  and  the  business 
program  core  (30  credits).  The  following  are  in  addi- 
tion to  the  aforementioned  curricular  requirements: 

Business  Major:  18  credits 

HTM  165  Introduction  to  Hospitality  and  Tourism 
HTM  225  Restaurant  Management 
HTM  250  Lodging  Operations 


116 


HTM  3 1 6  Hospitality  Finance  and  Revenue 

Management 
HTM  325  Destination  Marketing  and  Sales 
HTM  410  International  Tourism 

For  students  pursuing  the  B.S.  degree  in  tourism  and 
event  management: 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 
HTM  598  Internship 
Plus  three  of  the  following: 

HTM  227  Service  Management 

HTM  335  Convention  and  Meeting  Planning 

HTM  340  Tourism  Planning  and  PoUcy 

HTM  345  Catering  and  Event  Management 

HTM  360  Corporate  Travel  Planning 

HTM  370  Gaming  and  Casino  Management 

HTM  430  Special  Interest  Tourism 

HTM  450-459  Special  Topics 

HTM  470  Tour  Design,  Marketing,  and 

Management 
HTM  597  Practicum 
MG  475  Sport  Event  Management 
For  students  pursuing  the  B.S.  degree  in  hotel  and 
restaurant  management: 

Business  Restricted  Electives:  12  credits 

HTM  598  Internship 

Plus  three  of  the  following: 

HTM  202  Hospitality  Purchasing 

HTM  210  Applied  Techniques  in  the  Culinary  Arts 

HTM  220  Pastry  Making  Techniques 

HTM  226  Front  Office  Procedures 

HTM  227  Service  Management 

HTM  235  Dining  Room  Management 

HTM  300  Principles  of  Baking 

HTM  304  Volume  Food  Production  and  Service 

HTM  305  Wine  Appreciation 

HTM  315  Beverage  Management 

HTM  380  Resort  Operations 

HTM  440  International  Food,  Buffet,  and  Catering 

HTM  445  Advanced  Cuisine  Management  and 

Technique 
HTM  450-459  Special  Topics 
HTM  597  Practicum 


Public  Administration 

Chair:  Charles  Coleman,  M.P.A. 

Professors:  Jack  Werblow,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Cincinnati 
Associate  Professors:  Cynthia  Conrad,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Texas 
Assistant  Professor:  Charles  Coleman,  M.P.A.,  West 

Virginia  University 

B.S.,  Public  Administration 
(Business-related  program) 

Public  administration  is  a  rich  and  challenging 
multidisciplinary  field  that  addresses  both  philosoph- 
ical and  social  science  perspectives  that  influence  the 
nature  of  organizations.  The  B.S.  degree  in  public 
administration  is  designed  to  develop  skill  sets  that 
impact  on  the  personal  and  professional  effectiveness 
of  people  working  in  public,  non-profit,  voluntary, 
and  private  organizations.  Graduates  of  the  program 
are  prepared  to  enter  the  work  force  and  advance  to 
leadership  positions  in  these  organizations  with  a 
sense  of  commitment  to  social  purpose,  the  public 
interest,  and  effective  public  problem-solving. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  public  adminis- 
tration are  required  to  complete  121  credits,  includ- 
ing the  core  curriculum. 

Core  Curriculum: 

40  credits 

The  following  required  courses  partially  fulfill  the 

core  curriculum  requirements: 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  1.2. 

M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  2.2. 

EC  134  Principles  of  Economics  II 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  2.3. 

CS  1 07  Computers  and  their  Applications 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  3. 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 

This  course  fiilfills  core  competency  requirement  4.1. 


College  of  Business  1 17 

PS  1 2 1  American  Government  Additional  Electives: 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  4.2.       (,  ^reJits 

EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  1  Xhese  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 

This  course  fulfills  core  competency  requirement  5.3.       adviser. 

College  of  Business  Public  Administration  Core: 

33  credits 

BA  100  Leadership  in  Business 

QA  1 1 8  Business  Mathematics 

A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 

A  102  Introduction  to  Managerial  Accounting 

LA  1 0 1  Business  Law  and  the  Regulatory 

Environment 
EC  314  Public  Finance  and  Budgeting 
MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 
MG  210  Management  and  Organization 
PS  122  State  and  Local  Government  and  Politics 
PS  216  Urban  Government  and  Politics 
QA  343  Management  Information  Systems 
BA  500  Experiential  Learning  Capstone 

(non-credit) 
Public  Administration  Major  Requirements: 
24  credits 

PA  101  Introduction  to  Public  Administration 
PA  302  Public  Administration  Systems  and 

Procedures 
PA  305  Institutional  Budgeting  and  Planning 
PA  307  Urban  and  Regional  Management 
PA  404  Public  Policy  Analysis 
PA  405  Public  Personnel  Practices 
PA  512  Seminar  in  Public  Administration 
PA  598  Public  Administration  Internship 

Core  Curriculum  Electives/PACE  Program: 

12  credits 

These  credits  can  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the 
College  of  Business  PACE  program;  otherwise,  cred- 
its are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  adviser. 

College  of  Business  Public  Administration  Electives: 

6  credits 

These  credits  are  chosen  in  consultation  with  the 

adviser. 


118 


.V 


X.^^/VA/cc-XV 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  1 1 9 


TAGLIATELA  COLLEGE 
OF  ENGINEERING 


Barry  J.  Farbrother,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

M.  All  Montazer,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 

The  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  (TCoE) 
offers  a  variety  of  programs  in  engineering  and  the 
applied  sciences.  These  two  areas  encompass  a  num- 
ber ot  dynamic  professions  in  which  practitioners  use 
their  knowledge,  judgment,  and  creativity  to  solve 
some  of  the  most  important  and  interesting  chal- 
lenges facing  society.  These  challenges  and  the  chang- 
ing face  of  engineering  will  shape  the  world  of  the 
twenty-first  century  —  a  world  of  exotic  materials, 
new  sources  of  energy,  staggering  telecommunications 
and  computing  capabilities,  cybernetic  factories,  and 
needed  public  works.  In  the  coming  years  we  antici- 
pate exciting  opportunities  to  emerge  at  the  frontier 
between  engineering  and  the  life  sciences. 

Few  professions  can  match  engineering  for  its 
challenge  and  excitement  or  for  its  essential  spirit  of 
play.  These  qualities  are  true  for  each  of  the  school's 
seven  engineering  programs  —  chemical,  civil,  com- 
puter, electrical,  general,  mechanical,  and  system 
engineering  —  and  also  for  its  applied  science  pro- 
grams in  computer  science,  information  technology, 
and  chemistry.  The  rewards  of  an  engineering  career 
include  challenging  tasks,  social  standing,  and  appeal- 
ing working  conditions  and  compensation.  All  of 
these  are  in  addition  to  the  great  satisfaction  of  seeing 
your  accomplishments  in  the  real  world  of  engineered 
components  and  systems.  But  a  degree  in  engineering 
or  the  applied  sciences  can  also  lead  to  a  wide  variety 
of  careers  outside  the  realm  of  engineering  and 
applied  science.  Engineers  are  problem  solvers,  and 
the  ability  to  analyze  a  problem  and  find  a  viable 
solution  is  a  highly  sought-after  attribute  in  many 
walks  of  life.  Engineering  skills  provide  an  entry  to 
business,  law,  medicine,  politics,  and  entrepreneur- 
ship.  Innovation  will  play  a  major  role  in  the  future. 


and  individuals  who  are  able  to  generate  creative 
solutions  to  the  myriad  of  problems  that  face  society 
will  be  well  rewarded. 

Vision 

The  vision  of  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  is  to  be  the  acknowledged  regional 
leader  in  innovative  engineering  and  applied  science 
education. 

Mission 

The  mission  of  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  is  to  provide  high-quality  programs  in  an 
environment  that  supports  student  development, 
encourages  faculty  scholarship,  and  provides  for  the 
personal  growth  of  all  community  members.  The  col- 
lege provides  an  innovative  teaching  and  engaged 
learning  environment  in  order  to  maximize  student 
success.  Students  are  prepared  for  evolving  profes- 
sional careers  by  the  fostering  of  a  multidisciplinary 
perspective,  and  by  the  instilling  of  broad  problem- 
solving,  design,  organizational,  and  communications 
skills.  Graduates  are  prepared  to  practice  ethical 
behavior,  engage  in  career-long  learning,  and  con- 
tribute to  the  betterment  of  society.  All  community 
members  value  diversity  and  expect  that  graduates  will 
bring  recognition  to  themselves  and  to  the  institution 
throughout  their  professional  careers.  In  the  context 
of  our  historically  successful  programs,  we  have  estab- 
lished a  continuous  quality-improvement  environ- 
ment that  seeks  to  achieve  the  following  goals: 

•  Sustain  a  positive  environment  for  the  critical 
evaluation  of  new  ideas 

•  Maintain  nationally  accredited  programs 

•  Develops  leading-edge  curricula  to  meet  the  needs 
of  the  region 

•  Adapt  curricula  in  response  to  technological 
advances 


120 


•  Maximize  learning  by  incorporating  new  and 
effective  pedagogies 

•  Use  appropriate  classroom  technology  to  support 
learning 

•  Provide  laboratory  facilities  that  reflect  the  current 
state  of  practice 

•  Further  develop  experiential  learning  opportunities 

•  Actively  partner  with  business,  corporate,  govern- 
ment, industrial,  and  community  leaders 

Guiding  Principles 

Members  of  the  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering 
teaching/learning  community  are  committed  to  the 
guiding  principles  below: 

•  To  exhibit  respect,  integrity,  dignity,  and  profes- 
sionalism 

•  To  assist  all  members  of  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  —  students,  staff,  and  faculty  —  to 
achieve  their  full  potential 

•  To  instill  a  spirit  of  pride,  cooperation,  and 
accountability 

•  To  believe  that  personal  contact  with  and  concern 
for  our  students  are  essential 

•  To  be  committed  to  the  total  development  of  the 
student 

•  To  recognize  that  in  diversity  there  is  strength 

•  To  understand  that  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  is  one  component  of  the 
teaching/learning  environment  and  to  offer  sup- 
port for  other  programs  within  the  University 

Organizational  Structure 

The  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  consists  of 
four  operational  units  as  follows: 

•  The  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical 
Engineering  (Ch/ChE) 

•  The  Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  and  Computer  Science 
(EE/CEN/CS) 

•  The  Department  of  Mechanical,  Civil,  and 
Environmental  Engineering  (MCEE) 

•  The  Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Systems 
Division  (MES) 


Further  information  concerning  each  operational 
unit,  its  mission  and  goals,  its  faculty  and  its  program 
offerings,  is  given  below. 

Professional  Accreditation 

The  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor's  degrees  in 
chemical,  civil,  computer,  electrical,  and  mechanical 
engineering  are  accredited  by  the  Engineering 
Accreditation  Commission  of  the  Accreditation 
Board  tor  Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET). 
The  bachelor's  degree  program  in  computer  science  is 
accredited  by  the  Computing  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology  (CAC/ABET). 

Programs 

Responsibility  for  the  curricular  content  of  aca- 
demic programs  resides  with  the  faculty  in  each  of 
the  academic  units.  Each  academic  program  is  man- 
aged by  a  program  coordinator  who  is  the  students' 
primary  point  of  contact  for  program-related 
inquiries.  Each  of  the  college's  academic  programs  is 
listed  under  its  departmental  affiliation. 


Undergraduate  Programs 
Bachelor  of  Science 

Chemical  Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil  Engineering 
Computer  Engineering 
Computer  Science 
Electrical  Engineering 
General  Engineering 
Information  Technology 
Mechanical  Engineering 
System  Engineering 

Associate  In  Science 

Computer  Science 

CertiBcates 

Computer  Programming 
Logistics 


Operational  Unit 

Ch/ChE 

Ch/ChE 

MCEE 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

MES 

EE/CEN/CS 

MCEE 

MES 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 
MES 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  121 


Graduate  Programs 

Master  of  Science 

Computer  Science 
Electrical  Engineering 
Electrical  Engineering 
(CEN  option) 
Environmental  Engineering 
Engineering  Management 
Industrial  Engineering 
Mechanical  Engineering 
Dual  Degree 
M.B.A./M.S.  Industrial 
Engineering 

Graduate  Certificates 

Civil  Engineering  Design 

Computer  Applications 

Computer  Programming 

Computing 

Logistics 

Lean/Six  Sigma 

Quality  Engineering 


EE/CEN/CS 
EE/CEN/CS 
EE/CEN/CS 

MCEE 

Office  of  the  Dean 

MES 

MCEE 

MES 


MCEE 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

MES 

MES 

MES 


Choosing  a  Major 

The  University  of  New  Haven  is  one  of  a  small 
number  of  universities  in  which  entering  freshmen 
are  admitted  directly  to  the  engineering  college.  A 
student  may  be  accepted  into  the  Tagliatela  College 
of  Engineering  without  declaring  a  major  in  a  specific 
engineering  discipline.  This  is  possible  because  the 
freshman  year  curriculum  is  essentially  common  to 
all  engineering  programs.  Students  who  have  chosen 
a  major  should  follow  the  recommended  first-year 
program  for  the  major.  Students  who  are  undecided 
about  their  choice  of  engineering  major  should 
choose  the  general  engineering  degree  program  and 
follow  the  recommended  first-year  program. 

Those  students  wishing  to  complete  an  engineer- 
ing degree  program  other  than  general  engineering 
are  strongly  advised  to  decide  on  their  new  program 


by  the  beginning  of  the  sophomore  year.  Students 
interested  in  chemistry,  computer  science,  or  infor- 
mation technology  are  advised  to  choose  that  option 
in  their  first  year. 

Academic  Advising 

Faculty  members  within  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering  take  very  seriously  their  responsibilities 
as  academic  advisers.  Good  academic  advising  helps  a 
student  make  wise  academic  decisions  and  avoid 
course  sequencing  errors  that  can  delay  graduation. 
Each  student  is  encouraged  to  meet  with  his  or  her 
academic  adviser  as  soon  as  possible  during  the  first 
semester  of  the  freshman  year  and  on  a  regular  basis 
at  least  once  per  semester. 

All  newly  admitted  students,  including  transfer 
students,  are  assigned  a  faculty  adviser  in  the  depart- 
ment responsible  for  their  chosen  degree  program. 
Students  choosing  general  engineering  are  assigned  a 
faculty  adviser  from  the  Division  of  Multidisciplinary 
Engineering  Systems. 

The  MultidiscipHnary  Foundation  for 
Engineering  Programs 

To  operate  effectively  in  today's  workforce,  engi- 
neers need  to  have  a  multidisciplinary  perspective 
along  with  substantial  disciplinary  depth.  The  faculty 
ot  the  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  have  devel- 
oped an  innovative  approach  to  achieve  this  perspec- 
tive: The  Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Foundation 
Spiral  Curriculum.  This  curricular  model  enables  the 
needed  mix  of  breadth  and  depth,  along  with  the 
desired  professional  skills,  by  providing  carefully 
crafted,  well-coordinated  curricular  experiences  in  the 
first  two  years.  Full  details  of  this  program  can  be 
found  in  the  section  Multidisciplinar)'  Engineering 
Systems  on  page  145. 

University  Core  Curriculum 

In  addition  to  college  and  department  require- 
ments, students  must  fulfill  all  requirements  of  the 
University  Core  Curriculum.  (See  University 
Curricula  section  of  the  catalog.)  Included  within  the 


122 


core  curriculum  are  requirements  in  the  humanities 
and  social  sciences.  For  details,  see  the  section  Social 
Science  and  Humanities  Electives  below. 

General  Policies  of  the  Tagliatela  College 
of  Engineering 

The  following  information  applies  to  all  degree 
programs  within  the  TCoE: 

Transfer  Credit 

Transfer  of  credits  for  previous  academic  work  is 
coordinated  by  the  dean's  office  and  assessed  by  pro- 
gram coordinators  according  to  school  policy, 
described  in  the  document  "Guidelines  on  Transfer 
Credit  Awards. "  All  transferred  courses  are  the  result 
of  a  determination  of  equivalence  of  course  content 
and  level.  Courses  for  transfer  claiming  engineering 
content  normally  are  accepted  only  from  ABET- 
accredited  programs. 

Transfer  students  whose  previous  academic  work 
results  in  placement  beyond  the  freshman  year  may 
be  given  the  option  of  following  the  program  work- 
sheet in  effect  for  upper-level  students  in  the  chosen 
major.  Such  a  choice  may  shorten  the  time  required 
to  complete  the  degree  program. 

Social  Science  and  Humanities  Electives 

The  work  of  engineers  and  applied  scientists 
requires  creative  solutions  that  are  socially,  politically, 
economically,  culturally  and  aesthetically  acceptable. 
Courses  in  the  social  sciences  and  humanities  help  to 
develop  awareness  of  the  needs  of  the  global  sociery 
and  contribute  to  the  abilit}'  of  a  scientist/engineer  to 
communicate  technical  options  to  the  broad  con- 
stituencies that  are  affected  by  technical  solutions. 
Specific  courses  chosen  in  these  areas  must  satisfy  the 
Universit)'  Core  Curriculum  requirements. 

Mathematics  Electives 

These  are  courses  from  the  Mathematics 
Department  at  the  300  or  higher  level.  Academic 
advisers  should  be  consulted  for  recommendations  on 
the  mathematics  electives  most  relevant  to  a  student's 
career  objectives. 


Technical  Electives 

Technical  electives  are  upper-level  courses  directly 
pertinent  to  a  student's  major  field  of  study.  These 
electives  must  be  approved  by  the  student's  academic 
adviser  and  are  usually  chosen  from  engineering  col- 
lege courses.  The  adviser's  approval  is  important  to 
ensure  that  students  meet  the  prerequisite  require- 
ments. 

Design  Electives 

Design  electives  within  each  program  are  those 
upper-level  engineering  courses  that  incorporate  sub- 
stantial design  activities.  Suitable  courses  include  a 
(D)  following  the  course  title.  These  courses  may  also 
be  used  as  technical  electives. 

Internship  Requirement 

All  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  graduates  are 
required  to  complete  an  internship  prior  to  gradua- 
tion. Students  should  check  with  their  academic 
adviser  regarding  the  specific  requirements  (which 
differ  by  program). 

Senior  Project  Experience 

The  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering's  strategic 
plan  calls  for  each  TCoE  engineering  major  to  com- 
plete a  yearlong,  team-based,  client  sponsored  proj- 
ect. Students  are  encouraged  to  seek  suitable  topics 
for  project  work  from  the  organizations  in  which 
they  undertake  their  internships. 

Chemistry  and 
Chemical  Engineering 

Chairman:  W.  David  Harding,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Peter  J.  Desio,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  New  Hampshire;  George  L.  Wheeler,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland 

Professors:  Michael  A.  Collura,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh 
University;  W.  David  Harding,  Ph.D., 
Northwestern  University;  Michael  J.  Saliby, 
Ph.D.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton;  Pauline  M. 
Schwartz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  123 


Associate  Professors:  Eddie  Luzik,  Ph.D.,  Bryn 

Mawr  College;  Arthur  S.  Cow  III,  Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University 
Assistant  Professor:  Nancy  Ortins  Savage,  Ph.D., 

The  Ohio  State  University 
Lecturer:  Eddie  Del  Valle,  M.S.,  Pontifical  Catholic 

University  of  Puerto  Rico 
Visiting  Instructor:  Tiffany  Hesser,  M.S.,  University 

of  New  Haven 

The  mission  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  and 
Chemical  Engineering  is  to  prepare  a  diverse  student 
body  for  entrance  into  the  chemical  engineering  and 
chemistry  professions  and  for  evolving  professional 
careers,  including  graduate  study  and  professional 
school. 

The  Department  offers  bachelor's  degree  programs 
and  minors  in  chemical  engineering  and  chemistry. 

Degrees  Offered 

B.A.,  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Chemical  Engineering 

Jacob  Finley  Buckman  Endowed  Chair  and 
Scholarships 

The  Jacob  Finley  Buckman  Endowed  Chair  of 
Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering  was  established 
in  1981  by  Mrs.  Clarice  Buckman  of  New  Haven  in 
memory  of  her  late  husband,  Jacob  Finley  Buckman, 
cofounder  of  Enthone  Corporation.  The  Clarice 
Buckman  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  juniors  major- 
ing in  Chemical  Engineering  or  Chemistry. 

Chemical  Engineering 

Chemical  engineers  are  creative  problem  solvers. 
They  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry, 
physics,  biology,  mathematics,  and  economics  to  the 
solution  of  practical  problems  and  to  the  search  for 
new  knowledge.  Traditionally,  chemical  engineers 
develop,  design,  optimize,  and  operate  processes  that 
convert  material  and  energy  resources  into  new  or 


improved  products.  It  was  practitioners  of  this  disci- 
pline who  developed  the  technological  infrastructure 
for  industries  such  as  chemicals,  petroleum  products, 
plastics,  textiles,  pharmaceuticals,  and  food  process- 
ing. 

Chemical  engineers  are  at  the  forefront  in  imple- 
menting emerging  technologies  such  as  bio-process- 
ing and  biomaterials  and  nanotechnology.  Chemical 
engineers  are  also  concerned  with  the  critical  areas  of 
resource  depletion,  energy  conservation,  pollution 
prevention  and  control,  improved  control  of 
processes,  and  enhanced  productivity.  The  major  has 
also  proven  to  be  an  excellent  background  for  the 
study  of  law,  medicine,  or  business. 

Mission  and  Outcomes 

The  mission  of  the  Chemical  Engineering  program 
is  to  prepare  a  diverse  student  body  lor  entrance  into 
the  chemical  engineering  profession  and  for  evolving 
professional  careers.  The  following  four  program  objec- 
tives have  been  set  to  achieve  the  program's  mission: 

•  To  graduate  students  who  have  the  technical 
knowledge  and  professional  skills  necessary  for  the 
current  practice  of  engineering. 

•  To  prepare  students  for  technical  careers  that 
require  a  high  level  of  interaction  and  communi- 
cation with  others  and  sensitivity  to  the  broad 
social  scope  of  engineering  problems. 

•  To  prepare  graduates  to  apply  an  organized 
approach  to  competently  address  problems  and 
opportunities  through  careful  problem  formula- 
tion, critical  analysis  of  inputs,  creative  solutions, 
and  the  ability  to  learn  what  is  needed  to  solve  the 
complex  problem. 

•  To  assure  that  students  have  a  firm  understanding 
of  the  terminology,  techniques,  and  methods 
employed  by  chemical  engineers. 

Based  on  the  program  objectives,  ten  program 
outcomes  have  been  established: 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  understanding  of 
and  an  ability  to  apply  concepts  in  basic  science 
and  mathematics  and  have  a  working  knowledge 
of  advanced  chemistry. 


124 


•  Students  can  demonsttate  the  ability  to  design 
and  conduct  expetiments,  analyze  data,  assess 
results,  and  make  recommendations  regarding  the 
outcome  of  their  work. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  proficiency  in  the  use  of 
computer  tools  typical  of  those  used  in  the  process 
industries  for  research,  development,  design,  and 
operation  activities. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  function 
as  integral  members  of  multidisciplinary  teams. 

•  Students  are  aware  that  solutions  to  technical 
problems  have  wide-ranging  effects  on  society. 
They  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  incorporate 
consideration  of  such  effects  into  their  solutions. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  effectively 
communicate  technical  ideas  to  a  variety  of  audi- 
ences. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  develop 
solutions  to  open-ended  problems  that  achieve 
balance  among  competing  constraints. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  apply  an 
engineering  approach  to  the  solution  of  problems. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  think  cre- 
atively and  to  extend  their  knowledge  through 
independent  learning. 

•  Students  can  demonstrate  the  ability  to  apply  the 
concepts  of  balances,  rate,  and  equilibrium  rela- 
tionships and  of  process/product/equipment 
analysis  and  design. 

Achievement  of  these  four  objectives  and  ten  out- 
comes is  assessed  by  a  variety  of  means,  including 
course  evaluations,  exit  surveys,  alumni  surveys,  and 
employer  surveys. 

B.S.,  Chemical  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  W.  David  Harding,  Ph.D. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  chemical  engineering  is  accred- 
ited by  the  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 
(AIChE)  and  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET).  The 
Chemical  Engineering  program  is  challenging,  but 


for  those  genuinely  interested  it  develops  the  depth  of 
knowledge  required  to  embark  on  a  fascinating  and 
satisfying  professional  career  in  industry  or  govern- 
ment or  to  continue  study  at  the  graduate  level. 

The  freshman  year  in  chemical  engineering  is  like 
that  of  the  other  engineering  disciplines  (see  the  sec- 
tion "Multidisciplinary  Foundation  for  Engineering 
Programs"  on  page  144).  Chemical  Engineering  stu- 
dents take  EAS  120,  Chemistry  with  Application  to 
Biosystems,  during  the  freshman  year. 

The  first  chemical  engineering  course,  taken  in 
the  sophomore  year,  is  the  beginning  of  a  well-inte- 
grated sequence  that  builds  on  the  multidisciplinary 
foundation.  Each  chemical  engineering  course  con- 
tributes uniquely  to  the  development  of  skills  in 
problem  solving,  communication,  computer  usage, 
and  engineering  design.  Several  common  themes 
weave  throughout  these  courses,  including  safety, 
concern  for  the  environment,  and  practical  applica- 
tion of  knowledge  to  real-world  problems.  A  compre- 
hensive laboratory  experience  is  integrated  into  most 
of  the  chemical  engineering  courses  and  culminates 
with  the  chemical  engineering  laboratory  course  dur- 
ing the  senior  year.  This  laboratory  experience  con- 
tributes to  these  educational  objectives  through  the 
use  of  modern,  industrial-type  data  acquisition  and 
control  instruments  and  computers  on  pilot-scale 
process  equipment.  Comprehensive  design  projects  in 
the  senior  year  enable  the  student  to  synthesize  and 
focus  on  the  entire  curriculum.  Several  engineering 
or  science  electives  allow  flexibility  in  the  program,  to 
include  areas  of  special  interest. 

Students  in  the  Chemical  Engineering  program 
satisfy  the  University  Core  Curriculum  requirements 
through  specified  courses  and  electives.  University 
Core  Curriculum  categories  are  indicated  in  the  list 
below  for  such  electives. 

Required  Courses 

(130  credits  total  including  freshman  year) 

Freshman  Year 

CH  1 15  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  117  General  Chemistry  I  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  125 


E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 
EAS  112  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 
EAS  1 20  Chemistry  with  Applications  to  Biosystems 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  118  Calculus  II 
Plus  one  Core  Competency  5.1  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  203  Organic  Chemistry  I  Laboratory 

CM  220  Process  Analysis 

EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 

Systems 
EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 
EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 
M  203  Calculus  III 
M  204  Differential  Equations 
PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 

Junior  Year 

CH  331-332  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  333-334  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

CM  311  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics 

CM  315  Transport  Operations  I 

CM  316  Transport  Operations  II 

CM  321  Reaction  Kinetics  and  Reactor  Design 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 

Plus  one  Core  Competency  1 .2  elective,  and  one 
Core  Competency  5.2  elective 

Senior  Year 

CM  401  Mass  Transfer  Operations 

CM  411  Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory 

CM  415  Process  Dynamics  and  Control 

CM  420  Process  Design  Principles 

CM  421  Plant  and  Process  Design 


EAS  4 1 5  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 

HS  1 0 1  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 

or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 

Plus  one  Core  Competency  6  elective  and  9  credits  of 

engineering  or  science  electives 

Students  who  wish  to  concentrate  in  a  particular  area 

should  select  a  cluster  of  elective  courses  that  matches 

their  interests.  Following  are  examples  of  popular 

clusters: 

Biochemical  Engineering  Applications 

BI  253  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with  Laboratory  I 
BI  301  Microbiology 
BI  461  Biochemistry 

Biotechnology  Applications 

BI  253  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with  Laboratory  I 

BI  301  Microbiology 

BI  308  Cell  Biology 

BI  3 1 1  Molecular  Biology 

Environmental  Engineering  Applications 

CE  315  Environmental  Engineering 

CE  404  Water  and  Wastewater  Engineering 

CM  521  Air  Pollution  Fundamentals 

In  some  cases,  students  may  wish  to  take  courses 
beyond  those  required  for  the  degree,  to  gain  depth 
in  an  area  of  interest. 

Minor  in  Chemical  Engineering 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  a  minor  in  chemical  engi- 
neering should  complete  EAS  224  and  five  courses  in 
chemical  engineering,  including  the  following: 

EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 

CM  220  Process  Analysis 

CM  315  Transport  Operations  I 

CM  32 1  Reaction  Kinetics  and  Reactor  Design 

Plus  two  additional  chemical  engineering  (CM) 
courses. 

Chemical  Engineering  Club 

The  Chemical  Engineering  Club  has  ties  to  the 
American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers  (AIChE). 


126 


The  Club  provides  students  the  opportunity  to  social- 
ize, meet  chemical  engineers  working  in  the  area,  visit 
process  plants,  and  participate  in  community  projects. 

Chemistry 

Chemists  are  concerned  with  the  structure  and 
analysis  of  matter  and  the  changes  that  matter  under- 
goes. Today's  chemists  are  solving  problems  and 
developing  new  substances  with  the  increasing  use  of 
laboratory  instruments.  Many  of  these  instruments 
are  interfaced  with  computers  for  rapid  data  analysis 
and  display. 

Careers  for  chemists  in  today's  market  include  the 
rapidly  developing  fields  of  instrumentation;  comput- 
ers; energy;  environment;  forensics;  medicine;  bio- 
chemistry and  biotechnology;  safety  and  health; 
pharmaceutical,  product,  and  equipment  develop- 
ment; chemical  engineering;  plastics  and  polymers; 
synthetic  fibers;  industrial  chemistry;  technical  sales 
and  services;  and  management. 

Objectives 

The  Chemistry  program  has  the  following  educa- 
tional objectives: 

•  To  provide  a  strong  background  in  theoretical 
chemical  principles  and  laboratory  practice. 

•  To  develop  problem-solving  and  critical-thinking 
skills. 

•  To  develop  the  ability  to  communicate  effectively. 

•  To  provide  pertinent  experience  with  chemical 
instrumentation. 

B.S.,  Chemistry 

Program  Coordinator:  Arthur  S.  Gow  III,  Ph.D. 

The  B.S.  in  Chemistry  program  includes  most  of 
the  courses  recommended  by  the  American  Chemical 
Societ)'  (ACS)  and  provides  a  rigorous  background 
well-suited  to  those  students  who  will  pursue  gradu- 
ate studies  in  chemistry.  The  program  is  also  highly 
recommended  for  premedical  students.  The  program 
contains  six  technical  electives.  By  careful  selection  of 
courses,  these  electives  allow  the  student  to  develop  a 
cluster  in  a  related  field  such  as  biotechnology,  bio- 
chemistry, computer  science,  environmental  studies, 


or  an  engineering  field. 

Students  majoring  in  forensic  science  may  also 
earn  a  B.S.  degree  in  chemistry  by  taking  16  credits 
in  addition  to  those  required  for  the  B.S.  degree  in 
forensic  science. 

Required  Courses 

Students  majoring  in  chemistry  must  complete 
the  following  courses  for  a  total  of  123-126  credits: 

Freshman  Year 

CH  115-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  1  17-118  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 

E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 

M  117-118  Calculus  land  II 

PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 
Laboratory 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

Plus  one  Core  Competency  3  Option  A  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 
CH  21 1  Quantitative  Analysis  with  Laboratory 
CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  203  Calculus  III 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  one  computer  science  (CS)  elective  or  an 
approved  restricted  elective  chosen  with  the  adviser, 
and  one  Core  Competency  5.1  elective 

Junior  Year 

CH  331-332  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  333-334  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laborator)' 

CH  341  Synthetic  Methods  in  Chemistry 

Plus  two  technical  electives  chosen  with  the  adviser, 

one  advanced  chemistry  elective,  one  Core 

Competency  1.2  elective,  one  Core  Competency  2.3 

elective,  one  Core  Competency  5.2  elective,  and  one 

Core  Competency  6  elective 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  127 


Senior  Year 

CH  41 1  Chemical  Literature 

CH  412  Seminar 

CH  451  Thesis  with  Laboratory  or  advanced 

chemistry  or  chemical  engineering  course 
CH  501  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 
CH  521  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 
CH  599  Independent  Study  or  advanced  chemistry 

or  chemical  engineering  course 
Plus  four  technical  electives  chosen  with  the  adviser, 
and  one  biology  or  mathematics  elective  from  Core 
Competency  2 

Teaching  Chemistry 

Students  interested  in  earning  a  teaching  certifi- 
cate in  secondary  education  in  chemistry  may  enter 
the  graduate  program  at  UNH.  The  B.S.  or  B.A. 
degree  in  chemistry  is  the  best  major  for  those  plan- 
ning to  teach  at  the  secondary  level,  but  other  related 
majors  are  also  acceptable.  Students  interested  in 
teaching  science  at  the  middle-school  level  need  a 
variety  of  science  courses,  including  chemistry.  Please 
contact  the  Education  Department  tor  additional 
information. 

Minor  in  Chemistry 

To  obtain  a  minor  in  chemistry,  students  must 
complete  23-24  credits,  including  the  following 
courses: 

Required  Courses 

CH  1 15-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  1 17-1 18  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 

CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  Laboratory 

CH  211  Quantitative  Analysis  with  Laboratory 

CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  ot  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
(A  CH  300-level  or  above  course  may  be  substituted 
for  CH  221.) 

Forensic  Science  and  Chemistry  Club 

The  Forensic  Science  and  Chemistry  Club  is  a  stu- 
dent affiliate  of  the  American  Chemical  Society 


(ACS).  The  Club  is  open  to  all  students,  and  all 
chemistry  and  forensic  science  majors  are  encouraged 
to  join.  Club  activities  include  field  trips,  community 
and  University  service  projects,  films,  group  discus- 
sions, and  social  activities. 

Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering  and 
Computer  Science 

chairman:  Ali  Golbazi,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Gerald  J.  Kirwin,  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University;  Kantilal  K  Surti,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Darrell  Horning, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois;  Roger  G.  Prey, 
Ph.D.,  J. D.,  Yale  University 

Professors:  Bouzid  Aliane,  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic 
Institute  of  New  York;  Tahany  Fergany,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Alice  E.  Fischer,  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University;  Andrew  J.  Fish,  Jr.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Ali  Golbazi,  Ph.D., 
Wayne  State  University;  Bijan  Karimi,  Ph.D., 
Oklahoma  State  University 

Associate  Professors:  William  R.  Adams,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut;  Barun  Chandra,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago;  David  W.  Eggert,  Ph.D., 
University  of  South  Florida;  Norman  Hosay,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

Degrees  Offered 

A.S.,  Computer  Science 

B.S.,  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.,  Computer  Science 

B.S.,  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Information  Technology 

Five-year  B.S. /M.S.  in  Electrical  and  Computer 
Engineering 

Five-year  B.S. /M.S.  in  Computer  Science 

For  graduate  degrees  offered  by  this  Department, 

please  refer  to  the  UNH  Graduate  Catalog. 


128 


Mission 

The  mission  of  tiie  Department  is  to  prepare  stu- 
dents from  diverse  backgrounds  for  professional  prac- 
tice and  continued  growth  in  the  fields  of  electrical 
engineering,  computer  engineering,  computer  sci- 
ence, and  information  technology.  We  provide  stu- 
dents with  the  skills  and  basic  background  needed  to 
become  proficient  in  today's  technology,  as  well  as  to 
keep  abreast  of  future  developments  in  these  fields. 

The  offerings  in  the  Department  cover  a  wide 
spectrum  of  possibilities.  On  one  end,  the  electrical 
engineering  discipline  locuses  on  the  design  of  elec- 
trical systems,  both  computer-related  and  noncom- 
puter-related.  On  the  other  end,  the  computer 
science  discipline  focuses  on  the  design  and  imple- 
mentation of  computer  software  for  various  applica- 
tions. In  between,  the  field  of  computer  engineering 
bridges  this  gap  through  the  design  of  computer 
hardware  and  its  controlling  software.  The  area  of 
information  technology  deals  with  the  deployment 
and  integration  of  these  various  components  into 
larger  systems,  such  as  a  secure  computer  network 
infrastructure  or  an  e-commerce  website. 

Educational  Philosophy 

Being  true  to  the  broader  educational  missions  of 
the  University  and  the  Tagliatela  College  of 
Engineering,  the  programs  in  the  Department  possess 
many  facets.  Through  the  University's  core  require- 
ments, students  expand  their  cultural  and  intellectual 
horizons  by  exposure  to  the  humanities  and  social  sci- 
ences, in  addition  to  the  technical  aspects  of  mathemat- 
ics and  science.  Written  and  oral  communication  skills 
are  developed  continually  throughout  the  curriculum. 

During  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years,  stu- 
dents in  each  program  participate  at  different  levels 
in  the  multidisciplinary  spiral  curriculum  of  the 
TCoE,  in  addition  to  taking  introductory  discipline 
courses.  They  then  have  an  opportunity  to  pursue 
particular  interests  through  required  and  elective 
courses  in  their  final  two  years. 

Another  important  feature  of  these  programs  is 
that  they  put  theory  into  practice.  Through  a  mixture 
of  specific  lab  courses  and  in-class  projects,  students 
have  "hands-on"  experiences  to  further  emphasize  the 
lessons  they  have  learned.  These  activities  culminate 


in  a  design  project  in  their  senior  year,  as  well  as  an 
internship  in  local  industry. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  enriches  the  academic 
experience  for  the  student  by  providing  exposure  to  a 
working  industrial  environment.  Each  internship  is  a 
partnership  between  the  student,  a  faculty  adviser  and 
an  employer.  Once  the  junior  year  is  reached  (60  cred- 
its), a  student  is  eligible  to  find  and  propose  a  particu- 
lar experience.  This  could  take  the  torm  of  part-time 
or  summer  employment,  a  co-op  job,  community  serv- 
ice or  some  other  activity  of  sufficient  duration  and 
with  duties  relevant  to  the  discipline.  The  minimum 
length  of  time  required  for  the  internship  varies  for 
each  program  (300  hours  for  electrical  and  computer 
engineering,  100  for  computer  science  and  informa- 
tion technology).  Students  who  are  already  working  in 
the  field  should  contact  their  adviser  concerning  a  pos- 
sible waiver  of  this  requirement. 

Extracurricular  Activities 

Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  themselves 
not  only  academically,  but  also  socially.  Various 
opportunities  exist  outside  the  classroom  for  interac- 
tion with  other  students  and  faculty.  The 
Living/Learning  Community  provides  a  great  bond- 
ing experience  in  the  freshman  year.  In  later  years, 
various  clubs  and  student  chapters  of  national  soci- 
eties, such  as  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronic 
Engineers  and  the  Association  of  Computing 
Machinery,  provide  an  opportunity  to  listen  to  visit- 
ing lecturers,  attend  workshops  or  conferences,  and 
take  field  trips  into  the  surrounding  industry.  Student 
chapters  of  national  honor  societies  (for  example.  Eta 
Kappa  Nu  for  electrical  and  computer  engineering), 
also  recognize  the  outstanding  achievements  of  supe- 
rior students. 

Five-year  B.S./M.S.  Programs 

Students  of  good  academic  standing  are  eligible  to 
participate  in  a  five-year  program  in  which  both  B.S. 
and  M.S.  degrees  are  earned.  Those  in  the  B.S.E.E. 
and  B.S. C.E.N,  degrees  can  transition  to  the 
M.S.E.E.,  while  those  in  the  B.S.C.S.  program  can 
continue  to  the  M.S.C.S.  program  with  minimal 


Tagliatela  College  ot  Engineering  129 


paperwork  and  no  application  fee.  Students  take  two 
graduate  courses  in  their  senior  year  that  both  tulhll 
their  B.S.  requirements  and  waive  certain  M.S. 
requirements,  so  that  they  can  graduate  with  both 
degrees  in  five  years.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
speak  with  their  academic  advisers  tor  details. 

B.S.,  Computer  Engineering 
Program  Coordinator:  Bijan  Karimi,  Ph.D. 

The  B.S.  degree  in  computer  engineering  is 
accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET). 

Computer  engineering  is  concerned  with  design 
and  implementation  of  digital  systems  such  as  com- 
puter systems,  computer-based  control  systems,  inter- 
faces between  digital  and  analog  systems,  interfaces 
between  hardware  and  software,  and  control  software 
for  embedded  computer  systems.  This  program  spans 
the  disciplines  of  both  electrical  engineering  and 
computer  science,  and  can  be  described  as  bridging 
the  area  between  the  two. 

Computers  are  used  in  almost  every  device  or  sys- 
tem manufactured  today,  from  large  multi-computer 
s\  stems  to  cell  phones  and  credit  card  reading 
devices.  In  addition,  they  are  used  in  signal  process- 
ing applications,  speech  recognition,  medical  imag- 
ing, and  picture  and  data  communication.  The 
Internet  is  possible  in  part  because  of  advances  made 
in  computing  machines  and  data  communications  by 
people  working  in  the  capacity  of  computer  engi- 
neers. Careers  for  computer  engineers  are  found  in  all 
phases  of  the  production  of  these  devices  and  sys- 
tems, from  design,  manufacturing,  and  maintenance 
to  marketing  and  sales. 

Recognizing  the  changing  trend  in  engineering 
education,  the  Computer  Engineering  program  has 
adopted  a  multidisciplinary  approach  for  teaching 
and  learning  by  incorporating  a  series  of  newly  devel- 
oped project-oriented  courses  based  on  the  spiral  cur- 
riculum. 

The  early  part  of  the  program  emphasizes  com- 
puter engineering  skills  that  form  the  background  for 
the  upper-level  elective  and  design  courses.  Physics, 


chemistry,  mathematics,  computer  programming, 
basic  engineering  science,  and  general  education 
courses  supplement  the  required  and  elective  com- 
puter engineering  courses. 

The  upper-level  computer  engineering  course 
work  provides  areas  of  concentration  for  in-depth 
study.  Students  can  choose  additional  technical  elec- 
tives  from  outside  the  area  of  concentration  to  pro- 
vide more  breadth  of  knowledge. 

To  influence  our  society's  evolution,  the  computer 
engineer  must  acquire  an  understanding  of  our  soci- 
ety, our  cultural  heritage,  and  the  human  condition. 
The  engineer  must  communicate  ideas  to  other  engi- 
neers and  to  the  public.  The  Computer  Engineering 
program  enables  this  via  liberal  and  humanistic  stud- 
ies. The  University  Core  Curriculum  requirements 
allow  students  to  expand  their  cultural  and  intellec- 
tual horizons  by  exposing  them  to  the  humanities 
and  social  sciences.  Students  learn  written  and  oral 
communication  skills  in  the  core  courses  as  well  as  in 
multidisciplinary  engineering-science  courses  in  the 
freshman  and  sophomore  years.  Students  apply  these 
skills  in  the  humanities  and  social  science  courses  as 
well  as  in  laboratory/design  courses  in  their  major. 

An  important  feature  of  the  computer  engineering 
curriculum  is  the  design  experience.  Our  students 
develop  the  ability  to  analyze  appropriate  models, 
conduct  empirical  tests,  gather  relevant  information, 
interpret  empirical  tests,  develop  appropriate  models, 
develop  alternative  solutions,  formulate  problems, 
and  synthesize  in  our  laboratory  sequence.  This 
sequence  of  courses  takes  the  student  in  gradual  steps 
from  a  well-structured  laboratory  experiment  in  the 
sophomore  year  to  an  open-ended  design  project  in 
the  senior  year.  This  allows  students  to  gain  practical 
experience  in  engineering  design. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  undergraduate  students, 
providing  exposure  to  and  participation  in  a  working 
engineering  environment.  Each  internship  must 
involve  a  partnership  consisting  of  the  student,  fac- 
ult)',  and  employers/organizations  to  provide  each  stu- 
dent intern  with  an  optimal  experience.  A  minimum 


130 


of  300  hours  performing  relevant  engineering  duties  is 
required  prior  to  graduation.  Students  must  complete 
60  credits  toward  the  bachelors  degree  in  computer 
engineering  before  an  internship  is  attempted. 

The  internship  carries  no  credit  for  the  degree; 
however,  the  requirement  may  be  satisfied  utilizing  a 
co-op  position,  summer  employment,  and  part-time 
or  full-time  positions  that  are  approved  by  the  stu- 
dent's employer  and  by  the  department/internship 
coordinator  as  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  internship 
experience.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  of  the  intern- 
ship requirement  may  be  granted  for  students  who 
are  employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a  formal  review 
by  the  department/internship  coordinator.  The  stu- 
dent's request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  initiated  one 
year  prior  to  the  anticipated  graduation  date. 

Educational  Objectives 

The  educational  objectives  of  the  Computer 
Engineering  program  prepare  students  for  profes- 
sional practice  and  lifelong  learning.  Program  gradu- 
ates will  demonstrate  the  following  qualities  and 
attributes: 

•  High-quality  performance  as  computer  engineers 
in  industr)'  who  have  a  strong  theoretical  back- 
ground for  pursuing  graduate  studies 

•  Leadership  abilities  and  an  understanding  of 
human  relationships  in  general 

•  The  ability  to  fiinction  as  innovators,  entrepre- 
neurs, and  problem  solvers  in  industr)'  or  academia 

•  The  abilitA'  to  function  as  members  of  multidisci- 
plinar)'  teams  or  as  team  leaders,  and  the  abilir\' 
to  secure  high-level  managerial  positions  in  their 
discipline 

•  The  abilit)'  to  deal  with  societal  and  global  issues 
such  as  environmental  and  ethical  concerns 
Design  and  problem-solving  are  the  central 

themes  of  this  program.  It  combines  the  engineering 
and  hardware  approach  of  electrical  engineering  with 
the  knowledge  of  computing  structujres  and  the  algo- 
rithmic approach  of  computer  science.  The  first  two 
years  of  the  program  concentrate  on  basic  science, 
mathematics,  and  engineering.  The  last  two  years 
consist  of  courses  in  digital  systems,  computer  sys- 
tems, nerworks,  electrical  svstems,  and  design  of 


software  systems.  Three  electives  in  the  fourth  year 
give  the  student  an  opportunit)'  to  explore  a  hard- 
ware and/or  software  oriented  program.  The  final 
year  includes  a  yearlong  senior  design  project  in 
which  the  student  designs  a  device,  system,  or  soft- 
ware application.  Depending  on  the  student's  inter- 
ests, the  project  can  be  hardware  and/or  software 
oriented.  Industry-based  projects  are  encouraged.  The 
program  also  has  a  general  education  component  in 
communications,  economics,  and  the  humanities 
needed  to  create  a  well-rounded  professional. 

Required  Courses 

Students  must  complete  a  total  of  128  credits  to 
earn  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  computer  engi- 
neering. Humanities  or  social  science  electives  must 
be  selected  to  fulfill  the  Universit)-  Core  Curriculum 
requirements,  and  students  must  complete  the 
internship  requirement. 

Technical  electives  are  300-level  or  higher  CS  or 
EE  courses  that  fit  into  the  student's  plan  of  study 
and  are  approved  by  the  academic  adviser.  One  tech- 
nical elective  may  be  taken  outside  the  specified  areas 
with  the  approval  of  the  academic  adviser.  In  the 
final  year  of  study  the  student  takes  a  rwo-semester 
senior  design  sequence,  CEN  457  and  CEN  458.  In 
the  first  semester  the  student  selects  a  topic,  com- 
pletes a  literature  search,  and  commences  the  design 
process.  In  the  second  semester,  the  student  com- 
pletes the  design,  implements  the  project,  and  pres- 
ents the  results. 

The  following  list  shows  the  sequence  of  courses 
that  a  student  should  follow  to  complete  the  program 
in  four  years. 

Freshman  Year 

CH  1 1 5  General  Chemistry  I 
CH  117  General  Chemistrv'  1  Laboratory 
CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
E  105  Composition 
E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  dav-division  freshmen) 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  131 


M  117  Calculus  I 
M  118  Calculus  II 
PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
Sophomore  Year 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
EAS  21 1  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 

Systems 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 
EE  235  Analog  Circuits 
EE  256  Digital  Systems  Laboratory 
EE  257  Analog  Circuits  Laboratory 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  203  Calculus  III 
M  204  Differential  Equations 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Junior  Year 

CEN  398  Computer  Engineering  Internship 
CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 
CS  320  Operating  Systems 
E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Examination 
EE  247  Electronics  I 
EE  302  Systems  Analysis 
EE  320  Random  Signal  Analysis 
EE  356  Digital  Systems  II 
EE  371  Computer  Engineering 
EE  410  Networking  I 
EE  472  Computer  Architecture 
EE  475  Embedded  Systems,  Interfaces,  and  Buses 

Senior  Year 

CEN  457  Design  Preparation 

CEN  458  Electrical  Engineering  Design  Laboratory 

EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
EAS  415  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 
Plus  three  technical  electives,  and  one  from  each  ol 
the  categories  below: 

Social  Interaction  core  elective 


Communication  core  elective 
Aesthetic  Responsiveness  core  elective 
Global  Perspective  core  elective 

Minor  in  Computer  Engineering 

A  student  may  obtain  a  minor  in  computer  engi- 
neering by  completing  the  following  courses: 
CS166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
CS  226  Data  Structures  Using  Collections 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  ot  Analog 

Devices 
EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 
EE  247  Electronics  I 
EE  256  Digital  Systems  Laboratory 
EE  356  Digital  Systems  II 
EE  371  Computer  Engineering  I 

Student  Societies 

The  Computer  Engineering  program  sponsors  a 
student  section  of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronics  Engineers.  This  organization  supports  vis- 
iting lecturers,  educational  workshops,  field  trips  to 
surrounding  industrial  sites,  and  social  events. 

Eta  Kappa  Nu,  the  national  honor  society  for  elec- 
trical and  computer  engineers,  is  represented  by  the 
Zeta  Rho  Chapter  at  the  University  of  New  Haven. 
This  society  exists  to  honor  superior  students  and  to 
encourage  high  scholastic  achievement. 

B.S.,  Computer  Science 

Program  Coordinator:  Alice  E.  Fischer,  Ph.D. 

The  bachelors  degree  program  in  computer  science 
is  accredited  by  the  Comptiting  Accreditation 
Commission  of  ABET,  1 1 1  Market  Place,  Suite  1050, 
Baltimore,  MD  21202-4012  -  telephone: 
410.347.7700. 

The  mission  of  the  Computer  Science  program  at 
UNH  is  to  inform,  challenge,  and  train  our  diverse 
student  body  for  a  constantly  changing  world  of 
technology.  Our  program  objectives  are  to  inform, 
challenge,  and  educate  graduates  who  will  demon- 
strate the  following  qualities  and  attributes: 


132 


•  Ability  to  work  effectively  and  professionally  with 
others 

•  Ability  to  work  effectively  in  a  variety  of  contexts 
using  various  languages  and  environments 

•  Ability  to  independently  learn  and  master  new 
tools  of  the  profession 

•  Ability  to  develop  or  help  develop  a  project  that 
meets  professional  standards 

•  Commitment  to  working  ethically  and  making  a 
contribution  to  society 

•  Readiness  for  career-long  learning 

•  Readiness  for  graduate  study  in  computer  science 
or  ability  to  move  into  a  leadership  position 

At  the  time  of  graduation,  every  student  should 
have  achieved  the  following  program  outcomes: 

•  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  computer  hard- 
ware, software,  and  theory,  as  defined  by  the 
Association  for  Computing  Machinery  (ACM) 
curriculum  guidelines 

•  Ability  to  communicate  technical  material  orally 
and  in  good  written  English 

•  Ability  to  design  and  implement  a  system  for  a 
real  application 

•  A  professional  level  of  skill  in  programming,  both 
individually  and  as  part  of  a  team 

•  Readiness  for  employment  at  a  professional  level 
in  industry 

•  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  the  legal  and 
ethical  issues  that  confront  the  field  of  computing 

•  Knowledge  of  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the 
practicing  computing  professional 

A  typical  initial  job  title  might  be  applications 
programmer  or  software  engineer.  Later  titles  might 
be  system  analyst,  team  leader,  or  software  consult- 
ant. Areas  of  application  range  from  database  man- 
agement to  technical  design  projects. 

The  Computer  Science  program  includes  instruc- 
tion in  several  programming  languages  and  a  strong 
base  in  mathematics.  Intermediate  courses  include  the 
study  of  systems,  hardware,  and  theory.  Advanced 
courses  are  available  in  various  application  areas.  With 
the  help  of  an  adviser,  each  student  will  also  choose 


an  area  of  interest  outside  computer  science  and  pur- 
sue a  specialization  in  that  field.  It  is  often  easy  to 
extend  this  specialization  into  a  minor  in  the  selected 
field.  Popular  areas  include  mathematics,  engineering, 
business,  social  sciences,  and  multimedia. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  undergraduate  students, 
providing  exposure  to  and  participation  in  a  working 
computing  environment.  Each  internship  is  a  part- 
nership between  the  student,  a  faculty  adviser,  and  an 
employer/organization  that  provides  each  student 
intern  with  an  optimal  experience.  Although  the 
internship  carries  no  formal  credit  for  the  degree,  a 
minimum  of  100  hours  performing  relevant  com- 
puter-oriented duties  is  required  prior  to  graduation. 
Students  must  complete  60  credits  toward  the  bache- 
lor's degree  before  an  internship  is  attempted. 

The  requirement  may  be  satisfied  through  a  co-op 
position,  summer  or  part-time  employment,  commu- 
nity service  or  other  activity  that  is  approved  by  the 
student's  supervisor  and  by  the  department/intern- 
ship coordinator  as  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  degree 
program.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  of  the  internship 
requirement  may  be  granted  for  students  who  are 
employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a  formal  review  by 
the  department/internship  coordinator.  The  student's 
request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  initiated  one  year 
prior  to  the  anticipated  graduation  date. 

Required  Courses 

A  total  of  126  credits,  including  the  University 
Core  Curriculum,  is  required  for  the  bachelor  of  sci- 
ence degree  in  computer  science. 

Freshman  Year 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
E  105  Composition 
E  110  Composition  and  Literature 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  133 


HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 

M  117  Calculus  1 

M  118  Calculus  II 

Plus  one  Social  Interaction  core  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CS  212  Intermediate  C  Programming 

CS  214  Computer  Organization 

CS  215  Introduction  to  Databases 

CS  226  Data  Structures  using  Collections 

EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 

M  203  Calculus  III 

Plus  two  semesters  of  a  laboratory  science  sequence, 

one  Aesthetic  Responsiveness  core  elective,  and  one 

Global  Perspective  core  elective 

Junior  Year 

CS  247  Networking  Essentials  and  Technologies 

CS  320  Operating  Systems 

CS  326  Data  Structures  and  Algorithms 

CS  590  Internship 

E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry 

or 

E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Exam 

EAS  345  Applied  Engineering  Statistics 

Plus  one  computer  science  elective,  one  laboratory 
science  elective,  two  specialization  electives,  and  one 
Citizenship  core  elective 

Senior  Year 

CS  416  Social  and  Professional  Issues  in  Computing 
CS  428  Object-Oriented  Design 
CS  536  The  Structure  of  Programming  Languages 
CS  547  Systems  Programming 

Plus  two  senior-level  computer  science  electives.  one 
technical  elective,  one  technical  or  specialization  elec- 
tive, one  specialization  elective,  and  one  Global 
Perspective  core  elective 

In  addition,  or  as  part  of  the  preceding  require- 
ments, each  student  must  complete  a  substantial 
individual  programming  project  and  a  team  project. 


A.S.,  Computer  Science 

Program  Coordinator:  Alice  E.  Fischer,  Ph.D. 

This  two-year  associate  degree  program  is 
designed  for  part-time  students  and  for  those  who 
wish  to  enter  the  job  market  as  soon  as  possible.  All 
credits  can  be  applied  toward  the  corresponding  B.S. 
degree  in  computer  science.  It  is  recommended,  how- 
ever, that  students  enroll  in  the  bachelor's  degree  pro- 
gram when  they  begin  the  associate  degree  program 
in  order  to  guarantee  that  all  A.S.  credits  can  be 
applied  toward  the  B.S.  A  total  of  61  credits  is 
required  for  the  awarding  of  the  A.S.  degree  in  com- 
puter science. 

Required  Courses 
Freshman  Year 

CSl  10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
E  105  Composition 
E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  118  Calculus  II 

Plus  one  Social  Interaction  or  Global  Perspective  core 
elective,  and  one  History  or  Citizenship  core  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CS  2 1 2  Intermediate  C  Programming 

CS  214  Computer  Organization 

CS  215  Introduction  to  Databases 

CS  226  Data  Structures  using  Collections 

CS  247  Networking  Essentials  and  Technologies 

EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 

Two  semesters  of  a  laboratory  science  sequence  and, 

one  Aesthetic  Responsiveness  core  elective 

Minor  in  Computer  Science 

Students  may  minor  in  computer  science  by  com- 
pleting 18  credits  of  computer  science  courses.  Those 
considering  a  minor  in  computer  science  should  seek 
guidance  from  the  CS  undergraduate  coordinator  as 


134 


early  as  possible.  Students  must  complete  the  follow- 
ing courses: 

CS  2 1 0  Java  Programming 
CS  212  Intermediate  C  Programming 
CS  226  Data  Structures  using  Collections 
CS  326  Data  Structures  and  Algorithms 
Plus  two  CS  electives  at  the  350  level  or  higher 

Computer  Programming  Certificate 

This  certificate  is  designed  for  individuals  who 
require  rapid  entry  into  the  job  market  as  a  computer 
programmer.  Candidates  do  not  need  to  matriculate 
into  an  associate  or  bachelor's  degree  program  at  the 
University  but  may  enroll  directly  as  a  student  pursu- 
ing a  certificate.  Credits  earned  toward  the  certificate 
may  be  applied  toward  the  requirements  for  a  degree 
program  at  a  later  date.  Students  must  complete  21 
credits  with  a  minimum  G.RA.  of  2.0,  including  the 
following  courses: 

CS  110  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
CS  212  Intermediate  C  Programming 
CS  226  Data  Structures  using  Collections 
Plus  two  CS  sophomore  electives 

B.S.,  Electrical  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  Ali  Golbazi,  Ph.D. 

The  bachelor's  degree  program  in  electrical  engi- 
neering is  nationally  accredited  by  the  Engineering 
Accreditation  Commission  ot  the  Accreditation 
Board  for  Engineering  and  Technology 
(EAC/ABET). 

Electrical  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  analy- 
sis, design,  development,  and  operation  of  electrical 
and  electronic  systems.  Examples  of  these  systems 
include  communication,  fiber  optics,  data  processing, 
power  generation,  and  distribution,  control,  and 
instrumentation.  Digital  circuits  and  computers  are 
important  and  integral  parts  of  such  systems  and  are 
widely  used  by  electrical  engineers  in  their  design  and 
development.  The  electrical  engineer  is  also  con- 
cerned with  the  devices  that  make  up  systems  such  as 


transistors,  integrated  circuits,  rotating  machines, 
antennas,  lasers,  and  computer-memory  devices. 

Recognizing  the  changing  trend  in  engineering  edu- 
cation, the  Electrical  Engineering  program  has  adopted 
a  multidisciplinary  approach  for  teaching  and  learning 
by  incorporating  a  series  of  newly  developed  project- 
oriented  courses  based  on  the  spiral  curriculum. 

The  early  part  of  the  program  emphasizes  electri- 
cal engineering  skills  that  form  the  background  for 
the  upper-level  elective  and  design  courses.  Physics, 
chemistry,  mathematics,  computer  programming, 
basic  engineering  science,  and  general  education 
courses  supplement  the  required  and  elective  electri- 
cal engineering  courses. 

The  upper-level  electrical  engineering  course  work 
provides  areas  of  concentration  for  in-depth  study. 
Students  can  choose  additional  technical  electives 
from  outside  the  area  of  concentration  to  provide 
more  breadth  ot  knowledge. 

To  influence  our  society's  evolution,  the  electrical 
engineer  must  acquire  an  understanding  of  our  soci- 
ety, our  cultural  heritage,  and  the  human  condition. 
The  engineer  must  communicate  ideas  to  other  engi- 
neers and  to  the  public.  The  Electrical  Engineering 
program  enables  this  via  liberal  and  humanistic  stud- 
ies. The  University  Core  Curriculum  requirements 
allow  students  to  expand  their  cultural  and  intellec- 
tual horizons  by  exposing  them  to  the  humanities 
and  social  sciences.  Students  learn  written  and  oral 
communication  skills  in  the  core  courses  as  well  as  in 
multidisciplinary  engineering-science  courses  in  the 
freshman  and  sophomore  years.  Students  apply  these 
skills  in  the  humanities  and  social  science  courses  as 
well  as  in  laboratory/design  courses  in  their  major. 

An  important  feature  of  the  electrical  engineering 
curriculum  is  the  design  experience.  Our  students 
develop  the  ability  to  analyze  appropriate  models, 
conduct  empirical  tests,  gather  relevant  information, 
interpret  empirical  tests,  develop  appropriate  models, 
develop  alternative  solutions,  formulate  problems, 
and  synthesize  in  our  laboratory  sequence.  This 
sequence  of  courses  takes  the  student  in  gradual  steps 
from  a  well-structured  laboratory  experiment  in  the 
sophomore  year  to  an  open-ended  design  project  in 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  135 


the  senior  year.  This  allows  students  to  gain  practical 
experience  in  engineering  design. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  undergraduate  students, 
providing  exposure  to  and  participation  in  a  working 
engineering  environment.  Each  internship  must 
involve  a  partnership  consisting  of  the  student,  fac- 
ulty, and  employers/organizations  to  provide  each  stu- 
dent intern  with  an  optimal  experience.  A  minimum 
of  300  hours  performing  relevant  engineering  duties  is 
required  prior  to  graduation.  Students  must  complete 
60  credits  toward  the  bachelor's  degree  in  electrical 
engineering  before  an  internship  is  attempted. 

The  internship  carries  no  credit  for  the  degree; 
however,  the  requirement  may  be  satisfied  utilizing  a 
co-op  position,  summer  employment,  and  part-time 
or  full-time  positions  that  are  approved  by  the  stu- 
dent's employer  and  by  the  department/internship 
coordinator  as  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  internship 
experience.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  of  the  intern- 
ship requirement  may  be  granted  for  students  who 
are  employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a  formal  review 
by  the  department/internship  coordinator.  The  stu- 
dent's request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  initiated  one 
year  prior  to  the  anticipated  graduation  date. 

Educational  Objectives 

The  educational  objectives  of  the  program,  based 
on  the  ABET  Engineering  Criteria  and  the  program 
mission,  are  to  produce  graduates  who  demonstrate 
the  following  qualities  and  attributes: 

•  Ability  to  pursue  professional  practice  in  initial 
electrical  engineering  positions  or  continue  into 
graduate  study  either  in  electrical  engineering  or 
related  fields 

•  Ability  to  adopt  the  analytical  skills  and  the  broad 
foundation  in  general  education  and  liberal  arts  to 
allow  for  lifelong  learning,  providing  the  basis  tor 
leadership  in  their  chosen  field  of  endeavor 

•  Ability  to  communicate  ideas  effectively  and  par- 
ticipate in  multidisciplinary  teams  to  solve  techni- 
cal problems  and  benefit  humankind 


•     Responsibility  and  awareness  of  the  broad  issues 
relating  to  professional  ethics,  safety,  and  the  envi- 
ronment 

Required  Courses 

Students  must  complete  a  total  of  125  credits  for 
a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  electrical  engineering. 
Humanities  or  social  science  electives  must  be 
selected  to  fulfill  the  University  Core  Curriculum 
requirements  and  ABET. 

Technical  elective  courses  in  the  B.S.E.E.  program 
must  be  selected  from  upper-level  offerings  (third  or 
fourth  year)  under  the  guidance  and  approval  of  the 
student's  academic  adviser.  At  least  three  must  be 
electrical  or  computer  engineering  courses. 

In  the  final  year  of  study  the  student  takes  a  senior 
design  sequence,  EE  457  and  EE  458,  over  two 
semesters.  In  the  first  semester  the  student  selects  a 
topic  and  completes  a  literature  search  and  a  prelimi- 
nary design.  In  the  second  semester,  the  student  com- 
pletes the  design,  implements  the  project,  and 
presents  the  results. 

Freshman  Year 

CH  115  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  117  General  Chemistry  I  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 

E  110  Composition  and  Literature 

EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

US  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 

or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  m  Modern  Times 

M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 

PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 
Laboratory 

Sophomore  Year 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 

EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 
Systems 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 
Devices 


136 


EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 

EE  235  Analog  Circuits 

EE  256  Digital  Systems  Laboratory 

EE  257  Analog  Circuits  Laboratory 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  one  Global  Perspective  core  elective 

Junior  Year 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Examination 
EE  247  Electronics  I 
EE  302  Systems  Analysis 
EE  320  Random  Signal  Analysis 
EE  348  Electronics  II 
EE  349  Electronics  Design  Laboratory 
EE  355  Control  Systems 
EE  371  Computer  Engineering 
EE  398  Electrical  Engineering  Internship 
Plus  one  Social  Interaction  core  elective,  one  mathe- 
matics elective,  and  one  technical  elective 

Senior  Year 

EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
EAS  415  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 
EE  445  Communication  Systems 
FE  457  Design  Preparation 

EE  458  Electrical  Engineering  Design  Laboratory 
EE  461  Electromagnetic  Theory 
Plus  three  technical  electives,  one  Aesthetic 
Responsiveness  core  elective,  and  one 
Communication  core  elective 

Minor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

A  student  may  obtain  a  minor  in  electrical  engi- 
neering by  completing  the  following  courses: 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 
EE  235  Analog  Circuits 
EE  256  Digital  Systems  Laboratory 
EE  257  Analog  Circuits  Laboratory 
Plus  one  of  the  following  sequences: 


EE  247  Electronics  I  and 

EE  348  Electronics  II 

or 

EE  371  Computer  Engineering  and 

EE  356  Digital  Systems  II 

or 

EE  302  Systems  Analysis  and 

EE  355  Control  Systems 

Student  Societies 

The  Electrical  Engineering  program  sponsors  a 
student  section  of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronics  Engineers.  This  organization  supports  vis- 
iting lecturers,  educational  workshops,  field  trips  to 
surrounding  industrial  sites,  and  social  events. 

Eta  Kappa  Nu,  the  national  honor  society  for  elec- 
trical and  computer  engineers,  is  represented  by  the 
Zeta  Rho  Chapter  at  the  Universit)'  of  New  Haven. 
This  society  exists  to  honor  superior  students  and  to 
encourage  high  scholastic  achievement. 

B.S.,  Information  Technology 

Program  Coordinator:  David  W.  Eggert,  Ph.D. 
The  goals  of  the  bachelor's  degree  program  in 
information  technology  (IT)  are  to  inform,  challenge, 
and  train  our  diverse  student  body  for  a  constantly 
changing  world  of  technology.  At  graduation,  every 
student  should  be  able  to  demonstrate  the  following 
qualities  and  attributes: 

•  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  current  techni- 
cal concepts  and  practices  in  the  core  information 
technologies 

•  Ability  to  design  effective  and  usable  IT-based 
solutions  and  integrate  them  into  a  user's  environ- 
ment, both  individually  and  as  part  of  a  team 

•  Ability  to  assist  in  the  creation  of  an  effective  proj- 
ect plan 

•  Abilit)'  to  communicate  effectively  and  efficiently 
with  clients,  users,  and  peers,  both  orally  and  in 
writing 

•  Independent  critical  thinking  and  problem-solving 
skills 

•  Knowledge  and  understanding  of  computer  hard- 
ware and  software 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  137 


•  Sensitivity  to  human/computer  interlace  design 
issues 

•  Awareness  of  the  legal  and  ethical  issues  that  con- 
front the  field  of  computing 

•  Knowledge  of  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the 
practicing  computing  professional 

•  Readiness  for  lifelong  learning  in  the  field 
The  program  consists  of  a  common  core  that 

exposes  students  to  a  wide  range  of  computing  and 
technology  topics,  including  the  study  of  databases, 
hardware,  networks,  programming,  and  human/com- 
puter interaction.  Advanced  courses  are  selected  from 
one  of  two  tracks:  web  and  database  development  or 
network  administration  and  security.  A  student  also 
must  complete  a  specialization  in  another  discipline. 
Suggested  specializations  include  criminal  justice, 
management,  marketing,  international  business,  art, 
and  multimedia. 

Areas  of  application  include  web  page  design  and 
development,  database  administration  and  mainte- 
nance, and  network  development  and  administration. 
Typical  initial  job  titles  might  be  web  developer,  net- 
work technician,  applications  developer,  and  network 
security  technician.  With  several  years  of  experience, 
job  titles  might  be  website  administrator,  network 
administrator,  database  administrator,  and  security 
manager. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  undergraduate  students, 
providing  exposure  to  and  participation  in  a  working 
computing  environment.  Each  internship  is  a  part- 
nership between  the  student,  a  faculty  adviser,  and  an 
employer/organization  that  provides  each  student 
intern  with  an  optimal  experience.  Although  the 
internship  carries  no  formal  credit  for  the  degree,  a 
minimum  of  100  hours  performing  relevant  com- 
puter-oriented duties  is  required  prior  to  graduation. 
Students  must  complete  60  credits  toward  the  bache- 
lor's degree  before  an  internship  is  attempted. 

The  requirement  may  be  satisfied  through  a  co-op 
position,  summer  or  part-time  employment,  commu- 
nity service  or  some  other  activity  that  is  approved  by 


the  student's  supervisor  and  by  the  department/intern- 
ship coordinator  as  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  degree 
program.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  of  the  internship 
requirement  may  be  granted  for  students  who  are 
employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a  formal  review  by 
the  department/internship  coordinator.  The  student's 
request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  initiated  one  year 
prior  to  the  anticipated  graduation  date. 

Required  Courses 

A  total  of  122  credits,  including  the  University 
Core  Curriculum,  is  required  for  the  B.S.  degree  in 
information  technology.  Students  must  complete  one 
of  two  tracks:  web  and  database  development  or  net- 
work administration  and  security.  Substitutions  for 
track  courses  are  permitted  with  the  adviser's 
approval. 


Freshr 


1  Year 


CSl  10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for  Computing 
CS  210  Java  Programming 
E  105  Composition 
E  110  Composition  and  Literature 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  I 
or 

EC  134  Principles  of  Economics  II 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  1 1 5  Pre-Calculus 
Plus  one  Aesthetic  Responsiveness  core  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CS  214  Computer  Organization 

CS  215  Introduction  to  Databases 

CS  350  Human-Computer  Interaction 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
M  228  Elementary  Statistics 
Plus  one  Laboratory  Science  core  elective,  and  one 


138 


Social  Interaction  core  elective 

Web  and  Database  Development  Track 

CS  226  Data  Structures  using  Collections 

Network  Administration  and  Security  Track 

CS  247  Networking  Essentials  and  Technologies 

Junior  Year 

CS  320  Operating  Systems 

CS  590  Internship 

E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry 

or 

E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Exam 

Plus  one  Business  restricted  elective,  one  Citizenship 

core  elective,  two  specialization  electives,  and  one 

Global  Perspective  core  elective 

Web  and  Database  Development  Track 

CS  247  Networking  Essentials  and  Technologies 

MM  301  Introduction  to  Multimedia 

MM  312  Website  Creation 

Network  Administration  and  Security  Track 

CS  445  Network  Administration 

CS  472  Script  Programming  for  Network 

Administration 
Plus  one  technical  elective 

Senior  Year 

CS  416  Social  and  Professional  Issues  in  Computing 
CS  428  Object-Oriented  Design 
or 

CS  504  Senior  Project 
IE  414  Engineering  Management 
Plus  one  Global  Perspective  core  elective,  two  special- 
ization electives,  and  one  technical  elective 

Web  and  Database  Development  Track 

CS  441  Web-Database  Application  Development 

CS  524  Advanced  Databases 

Plus  one  technical  elective 


Network  Administration  and  Security  Track 
CS  446  Introduction  to  Computer  Security 
Plus  two  CJ  or  CS  restricted  electives 

Minor  in  Information  Technology 

Students  may  minor  in  information  technology  by 
completing  18  credits  of  computer  science  courses. 
Those  considering  a  minor  in  information  technol- 
ogy should  seek  guidance  from  the  information  tech- 
nology undergraduate  coordinator  as  early  as 
possible.  Students  must  complete  the  following 
courses: 

CS  1 10  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
CS  214  Computer  Organization 
CS  2 1 5  Introduction  to  Databases 
CS  247  Networking  Essentials  and  Technologies 

Plus  two  CS  electives  (excluding  CS  107) 

A  computer  science  or  computer  engineering  student 

is  ineligible  to  earn  a  minor  in  information  technology. 

Mechanical,  Civil,  and 

Environmental 

Engineering 

Chairman:  Gregory  P.  Broderick,  Ph.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  M.  Hamdy  Bechir,  Sc.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology;  Oleg 
Faigel,  Ph.D.,  Moscow  Textile  Institute;  Ross 
Lanius,  M.S.C.E.,  University  of  Connecticut; 
John  C.  Martin,  M.E.,  Yale  University;  Thomas 
C.  Warner,  Jr.,  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technolog)' 

Professors:  Carl  Barratt,  Ph.D.,  Cambridge 
University;  Gregory  P.  Broderick,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Texas;  Agamemnon  D.  Koutsospyros, 
Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Universit)';  Konstantine  C. 
Lambrakis,  Ph.D.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute; 
Ismail  Orabi,  Ph.D.,  Clarkson  University;  Stephen 
M.  Ross,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  John 
Sarris,  Ph.D.,  Tufts  University;  Richard  M.  Stanley, 
Ph.D.,  Yale  University;  David  J.  Wall,  Ph.D., 
University'  of  Pittsburgh 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  139 


Associate  Professors:  Samuel  D.  Daniels,  Ph.D., 
Boston  University;  Jean  Nocito-Gobel,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Massachusetts 
The  Department  of  Mechanical,  Civil,  and 
Environmental  Engineering  comprises  faculty,  staff, 
and  facilities  that  support  two  undergraduate  (B.S. 
Civil  Engineering  and  B.S.  Mechanical  Engineering) 
and  two  graduate  (M.S.  Environmental  Engineering 
and  M.S.  Mechanical  Engineering)  programs. 

B.S.,  Civil  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  Gregory  P.  Broderick,  Ph.D. 

The  bachelors  degree  program  in  civil  engineering 
is  nationally  accredited  by  the  Engineering 
Accreditation  Commission  ot  the  Accreditation  Board 
for  Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET). 

Civil  engineering  is  about  community  service; 
development  and  improvement;  the  planning,  design, 
construction,  and  operation  of  facilities  essential  to 
modern  life.  Civil  engineers  are  problem  solvers  tak- 
ing on  the  challenges  of  environmental  pollution, 
traffic  congestion,  infrastructure  rehabilitation,  drink- 
ing water  and  energy  needs,  urban  redevelopment, 
and  community  planning.  They  are  at  the  forefront 
of  technolog)',  leading  users  of  some  of  the  most 
sophisticated  high-tech  products  available  (for  exam- 
ple, GPS  and  CIS  systems;  fiber-optic  sensors;  CAD 
systems;  and  highly  sophisticated,  task-specific  com- 
puter software).  Innovation  is  paramount  in  the  solu- 
tion to  most  civil  engineering  projects. 

Program  Mission  and  Educational  Objectives 

The  mission  of  the  Civil  Engineering  program  is  to 
provide  a  state-of-the-art/state-of-the-practice  program 
designed  to  achieve  four  major  educational  goals: 

•  Educate  a  new  generation  of  civil  engineers  to  meet 
the  challenges,  demands,  and  expectations  of  society 

•  Cultivate,  enrich,  and  promote  scholarship, 
responsibility,  and  service  among  our  graduates 

•  Disseminate  new  knowledge 

•  Nurture  interdisciplinary  education  for  solving  the 
problems  facing  an  ever-changing  society 


In  order  to  achieve  its  mission,  the  Civil 
Engineering  program  has  adopted  the  following 
educational  objectives: 

•  Provide  educational  experiences  that  prepare  our 
students  for  professional  practice  of  modern  civil 
engineering  in  a  global,  societal,  and  environmen- 
tal context 

•  Promote  scholarship  and  problem-solving  skills 

•  Instill  an  understanding  ol  the  technical,  eco- 
nomic, political,  ethical,  and  humanistic  dimen- 
sions of  civil  engineering  projects 

•  Prepare  students  to  interact  and  communicate 
effectively  in  multidisciplinary  fields 

•  Instill  the  desire  and  provide  the  educational 
foundation  for  lifelong  learning 

•  Encourage  service  to  the  civil  engineering  profes- 
sion and  to  society  through  professional  registra- 
tion and  community  involvement 

To  help  achieve  the  educational  goals  and  objec- 
tives presented  above,  the  faculty  of  the  Civil 
Engineering  program,  in  combination  with  the  other 
faculty  of  the  Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering,  have 
developed  a  new  and  innovative  curriculum:  the 
Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Foundation  Spiral.  It 
is  an  effort  to  provide  the  student,  during  the  first 
two  years  of  study,  with  a  multidisciplinary  engineer- 
ing perspective.  (See  in-depth  discussion  on  pg.  144.) 

The  foundation  engineering  courses  (EAS  prefix) 
taken  during  the  first  two  years  of  study  serve  both  as 
the  basis  for  depth  in  civil  engineering  study  and  as 
part  of  a  broad  multidisciplinary  background.  Each 
foundation  course  also  stresses  the  development  of 
several  essential  skills,  such  as  problem  solving,  oral 
and  written  communication,  the  design  process, 
teamwork,  project  management,  computer  analysis 
methods,  laboratory  investigation,  data  analysis,  and 
model  development.  In  the  junior  and  senior  years, 
the  student  is  exposed  to  required  and  elective  civil 
engineering  course  work  embedded  with  experiences 
in  analysis,  design,  and  professional  issues,  providing 
insight  into  five  civil  engineering  subdisciplines: 
structural,  geotechnical,  hvdraulics  water  resources. 


140 


transportation,  and  environmental  engineering.  The 
critical  skills  introduced  during  the  first  two  years  are 
further  enhanced  through  a  variety  of  pedagogical 
methods,  including  laboratory'  reports,  team  projects, 
design  assignments,  oral  presentations,  and  participa- 
tion in  American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Student 
Chapter  activities,  as  well  as  field  trips  to  local  civil 
engineering  projects.  Upper-level  technical  electives 
provide  comprehensive  exposure  to  current  and 
emerging  technologies  in  the  various  civil  engineering 
subdisciplines.  Aspects  of  professional  and  ethical 
civil  engineering  practice  and  service  to  the  profes- 
sion and  society  are  covered  to  a  finite  degree  in  all 
upper-level  courses  and  extensively  in  a  required 
course,  "Professional  and  Ethical  Practice  of 
Engineering."  Course  work  culminates  with  a  cap- 
stone design  course  that  provides  extensive  exposure 
to  real-world  design  problems  faced  within  contem- 
porary civil  engineering  professional  practice. 
Humanities  and  social  science  courses  are  included  at 
all  levels  of  the  curriculum. 

The  Civil  Engineering  program  is  enriched  by  a 
diverse  student  body,  which  includes  students  of  a 
wide  range  of  ages,  professional  and  nonprofessional 
experiences,  and  nationalities.  Graduates  of  the  pro- 
gram are  encouraged  to  continue  their  education 
throughout  their  professional  careers  and  to  become 
registered  professional  engineers. 

A  bachelor's  degree  from  an  ABET-accredited 
institution  is  required  to  become  a  PE,  a  registered 
professional  engineer.  Accreditation  is  a  testament  to 
the  quality  of  the  Civil  Engineering  program. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  undergraduate  students, 
providing  exposure  to  and  participation  in  a  working 
engineering  environment.  Each  internship  must 
involve  a  partnership  consisting  of  students,  engineer- 
ing facult)',  and  employers/organizations  to  provide 
each  student  intern  with  an  optimal  experience.  A 
minimum  of  300  hours  performing  relevant  engi- 
neering duties  is  required  prior  to  graduation. 
Students  must  complete  60  credits  toward  the  bache- 
lor's degree  in  civil  engineering  before  an  internship 
is  attempted. 


The  internship  carries  no  credit  for  the  degree; 
however,  the  requirement  may  be  satisfied  utilizing  a 
co-op  position,  summer  employment,  and  part-time 
or  full-time  positions  that  are  approved  by  the  stu- 
dent's employer  and  by  the  department/internship 
coordinator  as  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  internship 
experience.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  of  the  intern- 
ship requirement  may  be  granted  for  students  who 
are  employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a  formal  review 
by  the  department/internship  coordinator.  The  stu- 
dent's request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  initiated  one 
year  prior  to  the  anticipated  graduation  date. 

Students  must  complete  a  total  of  132  credits  for 
the  bachelor's  degree  in  civil  engineering,  including 
the  engineering  requirements  for  the  freshman  year, 
the  University  Core  Curriculum  requirements,  and 
the  internship  requirement.  Students  are  also 
required  to  earn  a  cumulative  quality  point  ratio  of 
no  less  than  2.0  in  all  civil  engineering  courses  and 
technical  electives. 

Required  Courses 

Freshman  Year 

CH  1 1 5  General  Chemistrj'  1 

CH  1 17  General  Chemistr)'  I  Laborator)' 

E  105  Composition 

E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 

EAS  1 07P  Introduction  to  Engineering 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

EAS  120  Chemistry  with  Applications  in  Biosystems 

EAS  120L  Chemistry  with  Applications  in 
Biosystems  Laboratory 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  tor  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 

Plus  one  University  Core  Competency  5.1  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

CE  203  Elementary  Surveying 

CE  218  Civil  Engineering  Systems 

EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 
Systems 

EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 

EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  and  Materials 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  141 


EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  250  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Junior  Year 

CE  206  Engineering  Geology 
CE  304  Soil  Mechanics 
CE  306  Hydraulics 
CE  309  Water  Resources  Engineering 
CE  312  Structural  Analysis 
CE  323  Mechanics  and  Structures  Laboratory 
CE  398  Civil  Engineering  Internship 
CE  408  Steel  Design  and  Construction 
or 

CE  409  Concrete  Design  and  Construction 
or 

CE  412  Wood  Engineering 
E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Exam 
EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
EAS  345  Applied  Engineering  Statistics 
Plus  one  Core  Competency  5.2  elective,  and  one 
Core  Competency  1.2  elective 

Senior  Year 

CE  301  Transportation  Engineering 

CE  315  Environmental  Engineering 

CE  327  Soil  Mechanics  Laboratory 

CE  328  Hydraulics  and  Environmental  Laboratory 

CE  407  Professional  and  Ethical  Practice  of 

Engineering 
CE  500-501  Senior  Project  I  and  II 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
Plus  9  credits  of  civil  engineering  technical  electives, 
of  which  6  credits  must  be  design  courses,  and  one 
Core  Competency  6.0  elective. 

Minor  in  Civil  Engineering 

Students  are  required  to  complete  18  credits  of 
civil  engineering  courses  for  the  minor.  With  the 


approval  of  the  program  coordinator,  engineering 
majors  may  substitute  other  civil  engineering  courses 
for  a  minor.  Students  must  fulfill  all  prerequisites  for 
courses  chosen.  Six  courses  from  the  following  list  are 
required  for  the  minor: 
CE  203  Elementary  Surveying 
CE  218  Civil  Engineering  Systems 
CE  301  Transportation  Engineering 
CE  304  Soil  Mechanics 
CE  306  Hydraulics 
CE  309  Water  Resources  Engineering 
CE  312  Structural  Analysis 
CE  315  Environmental  Engineering 
CE  407  Professional  and  Ethical  Practice  of 
Engineering 

Student  Chapter  of  the  American  Society 
of  Civil  Engineers 

An  active  student  chapter  of  the  American  Society 
of  Civil  Engineers  (ASCE)  sponsors  technical  lec- 
tures, field  trips,  and  social  activities  that  offer  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  interact  with  practicing 
professionals.  Membership  is  open  to  all  civil  engi- 
neering students  in  good  standing. 

Chi  Epsilon 

Students  with  high  academic  standing  are  nomi- 
nated annually  lor  membership  in  Chi  Epsilon,  the 
national  honor  society  for  civil  engineers. 

B.S.,  Mechanical  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  John  Sarris,  Ph.D. 

Mechanical  engineering  represents  a  wide  diversity 
of  pursuits  including  the  analysis,  design,  and  testing 
of  machines,  products,  and  systems  essential  to  every- 
day life  —  everything  from  doorknobs,  tennis  rack- 
ets, and  fishing  reels  to  power  plants,  skyscrapers,  and 
automobiles.  Mechanical  engineers  work  in  a  variety 
of  fields  such  as  aerospace,  utilities,  materials  process- 
ing, transportation,  manufacturing,  electronics,  and 
telecommunications. 


142 


Program  Mission  and  Educational  Objectives 

The  mission  of  the  Mechanical  Engineering  pro- 
gram is  to  graduate  professionally  competent  and 
responsible  students  who  can  meet  industry's  current 
and  future  needs  in  the  general  area  of  mechanical 
engineering. 

In  order  to  achieve  its  mission,  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  program  must  ensure  that  its  graduates 
are  able  to  do  the  following: 

•  Apply  knowledge  in  mathematics  (through  multi- 
variate calculus  and  differential  equations,  with 
familiarity  with  statistics  and  linear  algebra) 

•  Apply  knowledge  in  science  (chemistry  and  calcu- 
lus-based physics,  with  depth  in  physics) 

•  Apply  knowledge  in  engineering,  including  the 
formulation  and  solution  of  engineering  problems 

•  Use  techniques,  skills,  and  tools  (contemporary 
analytic,  computational,  and  experimental)  neces- 
sary for  modern  engineering  practice 

•  Design,  conduct,  and  analyze  results  of  experi- 
ments 

•  Actively  participate  in  teams,  including  multidisci- 
plinar)'  teams 

•  Communicate  effectively 

•  Accomplish  design  and  realization  of  thermo/fluid 
and  mechanical  systems,  components,  and 
processes 

•  Understand  the  professional  and  ethical  ramifica- 
tions of  engineering  solutions  within  the  context 
of  modern  society 

•  Cultivate  a  lifelong  capacit)'  for  learning 
Recognizing  current  knowledge-based  demands  on 

graduating  engineers  and  responding  to  input  from 
the  program's  stakeholders,  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  Department  has  embraced  the  concept 
of  a  multidisciplinary  foundation  to  discipline- 
specific  education  (for  details,  see  the  description  on 
pg.  144.)  Thus,  the  bachelor  of  science  in  mechanical 
engineering  (B.S.M.E.)  curriculum  includes  a 
sequence  often  (EAS  prefix)  foundation  courses. 
Mechanical  engineering  classes  are  small  (rarely 


more  than  twenty  students)  and  are  taught  almost 
exclusively  by  full-time  faculty.  Experienced  practi- 
tioners from  industry  may  also  contribute  their 
expertise  in  selected  courses.  Faculty  and  students 
work  with  industry  in  research  and  design  projects. 

With  help  from  their  academic  adviser,  students 
can  choose  from  several  available  concentrations. 
Restricted  and  technical  elective  courses  offer  the 
opportunity'  for  fiirther  learning  in  areas  such  as  fluids, 
energy,  design,  heat  transfer,  numerical  analysis  and 
computers,  aerospace  sciences,  and  control  systems. 

Academic  Performance 

Mechanical  engineering  majors  who  complete 
their  first  twelve  credits  of  ME-prefixed  engineering 
courses  with  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  tor 
these  courses  of  less  than  2.0  will  have  their  academic 
records  reviewed  by  the  entire  ME  faculty  on  a  regu- 
lar basis.  An  ME-prefixed  course  may  not  be  taken 
more  than  twice  unless  consent  is  granted  by  the  pro- 
gram coordinator. 

An  undergraduate  student  already  enrolled  at  the 
University  of  New  Haven  who  wishes  to  transfer  to 
mechanical  engineering  will  normally  be  expected  to 
satisfy  the  standards  of  the  program  for  admission  by 
transfer. 

The  coordinator  of  the  Mechanical  Engineering 
program  reserves  the  right  not  to  award  transfer 
credit  for  technical  courses  taken  at  any  institution 
more  than  ten  years  prior  to  a  student's  matriculation 
in  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  program  in  mechan- 
ical engineering  at  the  University  of  New  Haven,  if  it 
is  determined  that  knowledge  acquired  in  those 
courses  is  either  inadequate  or  obsolete. 

Exceptional  students  having  an  overall  average  of 
3.5  or  better  may  join  the  Delta  Zeta  Chapter  of  the  Pi 
Tau  Sigma  honor  society,  which  provides  the  opportu- 
nit)'  for  closer  relations  with  faculty  and  other  promi- 
nent individuals  in  the  field  for  the  purpose  of  fiirther 
professional  development,  involvement  in  faculty 
research,  and  varied  social  and  intellectual  activities. 

Practicum 

It  is  recognized  in  the  Mechanical  Engineering 
program  that  experiential  work  by  undergraduate 


Tagliatela  College  ot  Engineering  143 


students  is  a  valuable  tool  in  launching  a  successful 
professional  career.  It  is  desirable,  then,  for  mechanical 
engineering  majors  to  spend  time  prior  to  graduation 
performing  engineering-related  duties  at  a  manufac- 
turing company,  consulting  firm,  technical  organiza- 
tion, government  agency,  or  other  appropriate  setting. 

Interns  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of 
300  hours  of  practical  experience  in  an  area  or  tech- 
nical project  closely  related  to  mechanical  engineer- 
ing. The  requirement  may  be  satisfied  through 
appropriate  co-op  work  experience,  part-  or  full-time 
employment,  a  summer  job,  or  an  apprenticeship  or 
volunteer  work  at  any  time  during  a  student's  under- 
graduate studies.  Registration,  proof  of  compliance, 
or  a  request  for  waiver  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Department  only  after  completion  of  75  credits 
toward  the  B.S.M.E.  degree.  The  practicum  is  graded 
on  a  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis  and  carries  no 
academic  credit. 

The  B.S.M.E.  program  has  been  nationally 
accredited  by  the  Engineering  Accreditation 
Commission  of  the  Accreditation  Board  for 
Engineering  and  Technology  (EAC/ABET)  for  over 
35  years. 

Required  Courses 

Students  earning  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  in 
mechanical  engineering  are  required  to  complete  126 
credits,  including  the  University  Core  Curriculum. 

Freshman  Year 

In  addition  to  the  common  first-year  courses 
listed  under  the  Tagliatela  School  of  Engineering, 
mechanical  engineering  students  take  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  Skills  Workshop.  This  one-hour-per- 
week  workshop  familiarizes  students  with  basic  prac- 
tices in  a  laboratory  environment,  including  safety 
considerations,  design  planning,  layout,  fabrication, 
and  the  use  of  basic  measuring  equipment  and 
devices  to  test  and  verify  a  design.  The  workshop  is 
offered  in  the  Spring  semester  and  is  graded  on  a 
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis.  The  workshop  car- 
ries no  academic  credit. 

CH  115  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  1 17  General  Chemistr)'  I  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 


E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 
EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 
FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 
M  117  Calculus  I 
M  118  Calculus  II 

ME  001  Mechanical  Engineering  Skills  Workshop 
Plus  one  lab  science  elective  (EAS  120  or  a  four- 
credit  biology  course),  and  3  credits  of  a  Social 
Interaction  (Core  Competency  5.1)  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

EAS  21 1  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 

Systems 
EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 
EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  and  Materials 
EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 
M  203  Calculus  III 
M  204  Differential  Equations 
ME  201  Engineering  Graphics 
PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
Plus  3  credits  of  a  Communication  (Core  Competency 
1.2)  elective 

Junior  Year 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Examination 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
HS  101  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
ME  300  Rigid  Body  Dynamics 
ME  305  Engineering  Thermodynamics 
ME  308  Applied  Elasticity 
ME  315  Mechanics  Laboratory 
ME  321  Incompressible  Fluid  Flow 
ME  330  Fundamentals  of  Mechanical  Design  (D) 
Plus  3  credits  of  a  restricted  ME  elective  (ME  344  or 
ME  438),  and  300  hours  of  Practicum. 


144 


Senior  Year 

EAS  415  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 

ME  404  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer 

ME  415  Thermo/Fluids  Laboratory 

ME  431-432  Mechanical  Engineering  Design  I  (D) 

and  II  (D) 
Plus  3  credits  of  a  restricted  ME  elective  (ME  422  or 
energ)'-related  course),  3  credits  of  an  Aesthetic 
Responsiveness  (Core  Competenc)'  6)  elective,  3  cred- 
its of  a  design  elective  (D-designated  ME  course),  3 
credits  of  a  technical  elective",  3  credits  of  an  engineer- 
ing/mathematics analysis  elective",  3  credits  of  a  Social 
Interaction  and  Global  Perspective  (Core  Competency 
5.2)  elective.' 

'Must  be  chosen  in  consiJtation  with  the  students 
adviser. 

The  B.S.M.E.  program  includes  two  required 
stems  of  coherent  course  offerings:  1 )  Thermo/Fluid 
Systems,  comprising  EAS  211,  EAS  224,  ME  305, 
ME  321,  ME  404,  ME  415,  and  a  restricted  ME 
elective  (21  credits)  and  2)  Mechanical  Systems,  com- 
prising EAS  213,  EAS  222,  ME  300,  ME  308,  ME 
315,  ME  330,  and  a  restricted  ME  elective  (21  cred- 
its). It  should  be  noted  that  the  required  capstone 
design  sequence  ME  431^32  (6  credits)  may  be 
taken  in  either  of  the  above  stems.  Also,  technical 
and  design  electives  are  offered  periodicalK'  in  both 
thermo/fluid  and  mechanical  systems,  and  the 
practicum  experience  could  be  in  either  one  or  both 
of  these  areas. 

Minor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Students  wishing  to  minor  in  mechanical  engi- 
neering must  complete  the  following  courses  with  a 
minimum  G.P.A.  of  2.0: 

EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  and  Materials 
EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 
ME  201  Engineering  Graphics 
ME  300  Rigid  Body  Dynamics 
ME  305  Engineering  Thermodynamics 
ME  321  Incompressible  Fluid  Flow 

Student  Chapter  of  ASME 

Membership  in  the  .American  Society  of 


Mechanical  Engineers  student  section  is  open  to  all 
mechanical  engineering  students  in  good  standing 
and  provides  the  opportunity,'  for  field  trips  to  local 
industrial  plants,  attendance  at  technical  presenta- 
tions, social  activities,  and  access  to  interesting  pro- 
fessional literature. 

Multidisciplinary 
Engineering  Systems 
Division 

Chairman:  Michael  A.  CoUura,  Ph.D. 

Facult)'  in  the  Multidisciplinar)'  Engineering 
Systems  Division  (MESD)  hold  a  primar)-  appoint- 
ment to  one  of  the  disciplinar}'  departments  of  the 
Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  and  are  MESD 
Instructors,  Fellows,  or  Scholars,  depending  on  their 
level  of  participation  in  the  activities  of  the  division. 

Mission 

The  mission  of  the  division  is  to  provide  a  multidis- 
ciplinary engineering  foundation  tor  a  variet)'  of  pro- 
grams, to  administer  engineering  programs  that  cross 
traditional  engineering  boundaries,  and  to  promote 
scholarship  and  excellence  in  engineering  education. 
The  goals  of  the  division  are  as  follows: 

•  To  administer  the  Multidisciplinar}'  Engineering 
Foundation  Spiral  Curriculum,  including  all 
courses  with  an  EAS  prefix 

•  To  administer  the  First  Year  Engineering  Program 

•  To  oversee  the  Engineering  Living/Learning 
Community 

•  To  administer  the  B.S.  in  General  Engineering 
program 

•  To  promote  scholarship  in  engineering  education 

First  Year  Engineering  Program 

Program  Coordinator:  Jean  Nocito-Gobel.  Ph.D. 
Faculty:  Representatives  from  undergraduate  pro- 
grams in  the  College 


Tagliatela  College  ot  Engineering  145 


The  First  Year  Engineering  Program  prepares  stu- 
dents for  upper-level  study  in  their  chosen  discipline 
through  a  combination  of  specialized  advising,  the 
first-year  engineering  curriculum,  extracurricular 
activities,  and  workshops.  Students  learn  about  the 
contributions  and  attributes  of  various  engineering 
and  applied  science  disciplines  to  help  them  finalize 
their  choice  of  a  major  area  ot  study.  Workshops  and 
tutoring  sessions  help  students  meet  the  challenges  of 
a  rigorous  academic  program  in  engineering  or 
applied  science.  Plant  trips  and  guest  speakers  pro- 
vide an  exciting  bridge  to  the  industrial  world 
beyond  the  classroom  walls. 

The  Multldisciplinary  Engineering 
Foundation  Spiral  Curriculum 

The  Multldisciplinary  Engineering  Foundation 
Spiral  Curriculum  is  a  four-semester  sequence  of 
engineering  courses  (EAS  prefix)  matched  closely 
with  the  development  of  students'  mathematical 
sophistication  and  analytical  capabilities  and  inte- 
grated with  course  work  in  the  sciences.  Students 
develop  a  conceptual  understanding  of  engineering 
basics  in  a  series  of  courses  that  stresses  practical 
applications  of  these  principles.  Topics  in  these 
courses  include  electrical  circuits,  fluid  mechanics, 
heat  transfer,  material  balances,  properties  of  materi- 
als, structural  mechanics,  and  thermodynamics. 
Unlike  the  more  traditional  approach,  each  of  the 
foundation  courses  includes  a  mix  of  these  topics  pre- 
sented in  a  variety  of  disciplinary  contexts.  A  solid 
background  is  developed  by  touching  key  concepts  at 
several  points  along  the  spiral  in  different  courses, 
adding  depth  and  sophistication  at  each  pass.  Each 
foundation  course  also  stresses  the  development  of 
several  essential  skills,  such  as  problem  solving,  oral 
and  written  communication,  organizational  skills,  the 
design  process,  teamwork,  project  management,  com- 
puter analysis  methods,  laboratory  investigation,  data 
analysis,  and  model  development.  Students  will  build 
-.ubstantial  depth  in  some  of  the  foundation  areas  in 
subsequent  courses,  while  other  topics  may  not  be 
further  developed,  depending  on  their  chosen  disci- 
pline. Thus,  the  foundation  courses  serve  both  as  the 
basis  for  depth  in  disciplinary  study  and  as  part  of  a 
broad  multldisciplinary  background. 


First  Semester 

CH  1 1 5  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  1 17  General  Chemistry  1  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 

EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering  (Project- 
Based) 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

M  117  Calculus  I 

Second  Semester 

E  110  Composition  and  Literature 

EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

EAS  120  Chemistry  with  Applications  to  Biosystems 

or 

Laboratory  Science  Course  (a  four-credit  science  course, 
with  laboratory,  specified  by  degree  program) 

M  118  Calculus  II 

Plus  one  Core  Curriculum  competency  5.1  elective 
During  the  sophomore  year,  engineering  students 

begin  taking  courses  in  their  chosen  discipline,  along 

with  math,  science,  and  additional  multldisciplinary 

foundation  courses. 

B.S.,  General  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  Samuel  D.  Daniels,  Ph.D. 
The  bachelor  of  science  in  general  engineering 
(G.E.)  is  a  degree  program  designed  for  those  inter- 
ested in  a  career  involving  engineering  knowledge  but 
with  more  flexibility  than  is  possible  in  a  specific 
engineering  discipline.  It  provides  an  opportunity  for 
a  student  to  combine  engineering  with  any  other 
undergraduate  discipline  within  the  University,  such 
as  the  following  areas: 

•  business 

•  communication 

•  legal  studies 

•  science  or  math 

•  teaching  and  education 

It  also  provides  the  opportunity  tor  including  ele- 
ments of  rwo  different  engineering  disciplines  in  one 
degree  program. 

Career  opportunities  depend  on  the  areas  ol  study 


146 


selected  and  might  include 

•  engineering  and  technical  sen'ices 

•  technical  management  and  sales 

•  engineering-related  business  activities 

•  music 

•  science-related  activities 

•  computer-related  activities 

•  technical  writing 

•  medical  services 

•  education 

The  Degree  Program 

The  bachelor's  degree  program  in  general  engi- 
neering requires  completion  of  121  credits.  Students 
can  use  electives  (including  engineering  electives)  to 
focus  on  an  area  of  interest  within  engineering  or  to 
combine  engineering  with  other  areas.  As  part  ot  the 
program,  students  must  select  a  minor  from  any  rec- 
ognized program  at  UNH. 

Undecided  Option 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  an  engineering  degree 
in  a  designated  discipline  (chemical,  civil,  computer, 
electrical,  mechanical,  system)  but  who  are  undecided 
about  their  choice  should  start  with  general  engineer- 
ing and  change  majors  when  they  have  decided  on  an 
area  of  specialization.  For  most  choices,  making  a 
decision  by  the  end  of  the  first  year  of  study  will 
result  in  a  smooth  transition. 

Required  Courses 

Freshman  Year 

CH  115/117  General  Chemistrv  I  and  Laborator)' 

£105  Composition 

E  110  Composition  and  Literature 

EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering  (Project- 
Based) 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

EAS  112  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

EAS  120  Chemistr)'  with  Applications  to  Biosystems 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 


Plus  one  Universit)'  Core  Competency  5.1  elective 
Sophomore  Year 

EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  ol  Engineering 

Systems 
EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 
EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  and  Materials 
EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 
CS  110  Introduction  to  C  Programming 
or 

Programming  Elective 
HS  1 0 1  Foundations  of  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
M  203  Calculus  III 
PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laborator)' 
Plus  one  Universit)'  Core  Competency  1.2  elective 
Junior  Year 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Examination 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
EAS  345  Applied  Engineering  Statistics 
or 

M  204  Differential  Equations 
Plus  one  Engineering  elective,  two  TCoE  Electives, 
one  Universit)'  Core  Competenc)'  4.2  elective,  one 
University  Core  Competency  6  elective,  and  two 
Electives  for  Minor 

Senior  Year 

EAS  4 1 5  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 

Plus  one  University  Core  Competency  5-2  elective, 

one  University  Core  Competency  5.3  elective,  one 

Engineering  electi\'e,  three  Electives  for  Minor  and 

two  electi\'es 

Additional  Requirements 

Students  must  select  a  minor  area  of  study  from 
any  department  at  UNH.  Electives  designated  as 
"Elective  for  Minor"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minor 
requirements.  In  some  cases,  courses  required  for  the 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  147 


'minor  include  courses  that  are  specifically  listed  as 
required  in  general  engineering.  For  example,  the  cal- 
culus sequence  counts  toward  a  minor  in  math,  so 
only  three  of  the  electives  are  needed  to  complete  the 

I   math  minor.  In  such  a  case,  the  remaining  "Electives 
tor  Minor"  choices  may  be  used  as  free  electives. 

In  order  to  assure  depth  ot  study,  at  least  five  of 
the  elective  courses  in  the  program  should  be  at  or 

'   above  the  300  level  and  should  have  prerequisites. 

Teaching  Certification 

There  is  a  growing  need  tor  primary  and  second- 
ary teachers  in  math  and  science.  In  addition,  many 
i   high  schools  have  begun  offering  engineering  courses 
I   for  their  students,  using  curricula  such  as  the  Project 
'i  Lead  The  Way  program.  Students  completing  the 
General  Engineering  program  gain  a  broad  under- 
standing of  math  and  science  and  ol  the  application 
of  these  subjects  in  engineering  work.  This  back- 
ground, along  with  generous  elective  choices,  pro- 
vides an  excellent  opportunity  to  prepare  for  the 
teaching  profession. 

Within  the  state  of  Connecticut,  certification  to 
teach  at  the  primary  or  secondary  level  requires  sub- 
stantial undergraduate  course  work  in  the  content 
area  for  which  certification  is  sought.  The  General 
Engineering  program  requires  significant  study  of 
math  and  science,  as  well  as  the  application  of  math 
and  science  in  the  EAS  courses.  By  selecting  electives 
wisely,  in  consultation  with  an  Education 
Department  adviser,  a  student  can  readily  earn  the 
necessary  credits  to  satisfy  the  content  requirements 
for  math  and  a  science  area.  Possible  certification 
areas  include  math,  chemistry,  physics,  and  general 
science. 

Graduates  of  the  General  Engineering  program 
may  apply  for  entry  to  the  UNH  Master  of  Science 
in  Education  (M.S.E.D.)  program,  which  will  allow 
them  to  complete  the  master's  degree  in  education 
and  earn  a  teaching  certification  in  one  year  after 
graduation.  Eligible  students  may  apply  for  acceler- 
ated entry  into  the  M.S.E.D.  program  and  take  three 
education  courses  as  part  of  their  undergraduate  pro- 
gram. This  accelerated  program  is  designed  to  facili- 
tate a  smooth  transition  into  the  graduate  program 


and  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  teaching  profes- 
sion during  the  junior  and  senior  years.  Students 
interested  in  this  option  are  assigned  a  co-adviser 
trom  the  Education  Department  to  assure  compli- 
ance with  the  rigorous  policies  for  certification. 

Quality  Engineering  Option 

The  Quality  Engineering  option  prepares  students 
for  jobs  in  the  areas  of  quality  and  process  improve- 
ment, popularly  applied  in  the  business,  service,  gov- 
ernment, and  retail  industries.  Students  learn  about 
concepts,  theories,  tools,  and  techniques,  including 
process  mapping,  sampling  techniques,  statistical 
process  control  (SPC),  experimental  design  applicable 
when  implementing  lean  and  six  sigma  projects,  qual- 
ity audit  programs,  SPC  monitoring  systems,  and 
quality  assurance.  This  option  can  be  combined  with 
other  IE  and  SE  courses  to  form  an  industrial  engi- 
neering minor  or  may  be  included  as  a  separate  cluster. 
SE  346  Probability  Theory 
SE  347  Statistical  Analysis 
(note:  this  would  replace  EAS  345) 
IE  304  Production  Control 
IE  436  Quality  Control 

Bioengineering  and  Pre-med  Options 

An  interest  in  bioengineering  can  be  readily 
accommodated  by  the  general  engineering  degree  in 
several  ways.  Students  may  combine  the  minor  in 
biology  with  electives  in  other  areas,  or  they  can 
minor  in  one  of  the  engineering  disciplines  and  select 
several  biology  electives.  For  example,  to  prepare  for  a 
career  in  the  biomedical  field,  a  minor  in  electrical, 
mechanical,  or  chemical  engineering  can  be  combined 
with  general  and  human  biology,  anatomy  and  physi- 
ology, and  cell  biology.  Faculty  in  the  Engineering  and 
Biology  Departments  would  guide  the  student  into 
specific  courses  based  on  career  interests. 

The  rigor  of  an  engineering  program  serves  as  an 
excellent  preparation  for  medical  school.  Students 
choosing  to  pursue  such  a  path  should  include 
courses  in  organic  chemistry  as  well  as  biology.  These 
can  be  fit  into  the  structure  of  the  General 
Engineering  program  using  the  minor  and  TCoE 
electives. 


148 


Management  Option 

The  minor  in  management  includes  course  work  in 
accounting,  leadership,  economics,  business  law, 
management,  and  marketing.  This  broad  background 
in  business  is  an  excellent  choice  for  students  who 
wish  to  pursue  a  career  on  the  business  side  of  a  tech- 
nical field. 

B.S.,  System  Engineering 

Program  Coordinator:  M.  Ali  Montazer,  Ph.D. 

System  engineering,  as  a  formal  engineering  disci- 
pline, traces  its  histor)'  to  the  1950s  but  promises  to 
play  an  even  greater  role  in  the  21st  Centur)'  given 
the  advances  in  information  technolog)'  and  the 
trend  in  globalization.  It  is  one  of  the  most  flexible 
and  broad-based  disciplines  in  engineering  and  pro- 
vides balanced  solutions  to  diverse  and  complex 
problems  primarily  related  to  product  development 
and  commercialization  processes.  Given  the  global 
marketplace  and  the  ever-shrinking  levels  of  both 
natural  and  human  resources,  system  engineering  is 
poised  to  become  a  major  engineering  function  in 
business/industry,  government,  service  and  non-profit 
organizations. 

System  engineers  design,  develop,  tacilitate  and 
monitor  the  process  ot  creating  a  product  (or  service) 
with  the  needs  and  concerns  of  the  various  con- 
stituencies in  mind.  This  process  incorporates  critical 
consideration  of  a  multitude  of  factors  with  special 
emphasis  on  quality,  cost  and  time  to  market.  The 
factor  of  qualit)'  encompasses  considerations  such  as 
manufacturability,  reliability,  maintainability,  repara- 
bility,  safety,  ergonomics  and  aesthetics,  the  environ- 
ment, and  the  eventual  disposal  of  the  product.  The 
factors  of  cost  and  time  to  market  translate  into  pro- 
cedures that  are  prerequisite  to  creating  a  product  or 
service  that  can  compete  in  the  global  marketplace. 

System  engineering  is  the  integration  of  all  the 
disciplines  and  specialty  groups  into  a  team  effort 
forming  a  structured  development  process  that  pro- 
ceeds from  product  concept  to  production  to  opera- 
tions, all  with  the  needs  of  the  customer  in  mind. 


Mission  and  Educational  Objectives 

The  mission  of  the  System  Engineering  program 
is  to  prepare  our  students  for  growth  and  career 
opportunities  in  the  field  and/or  advanced  studies. 
The  mission  also  includes  recruiting  a  diverse  student 
body;  providing  state-of-the-art  education;  and  inter- 
acting with  employers  to  ensure  that  graduates  are 
ready,  willing,  and  able  to  contribute  to  their  chosen 
professions  in  various  sectors  of  the  economy.  The 
program  objectives  are  to  prepare  graduates  who  can 
demonstrate  the  following  qualities  and  attributes: 

•  System  thinkers 

•  Academic  and  technical  competence  to  pursue 
professional  careers  in  engineering  and  technolog)' 
fields 

•  Ability  to  acquire  and  sustain  gainful  employment 
in  the  field  commensurate  with  their  education 
and  career  goals 

•  Will  to  excel  at  working  on  system  engineering 
and  related  projects  and  jobs 

•  Ability  to  pursue  advanced  and  graduate  studies 
and  engage  in  career-long  education 

•  Will  to  contribute  to  the  profession  and  the  soci- 
ety at  large  through  professional  societies,  com- 
munity service,  and  civic  activities 

•  Are  ethical  and  responsible  citizens 

The  highly  interdisciplinary  System  Engineering 
program  at  the  University  of  New  Haven  is  designed 
and  developed  with  the  needs  of  the  customer  as  its 
main  priority.  Indeed,  the  program  has  been  designed 
and  developed  as  a  team  effort  encompassing  the  var- 
ious constituencies  including  fiiture  employers  of 
program  graduates,  students,  alumni,  industry  profes- 
sionals, and  the  faculty. 

In  addition  to  the  University  Core  Curriculum 
requirements,  the  program  combines  strong  theoreti- 
cal foundations  in  science,  mathematics  (with  the 
Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Foundation  Spiral 
Curriculum)  and  system  engineering.  System  engi- 
neering-related topics  are  integrated  with  computer 
applications  to  prepare  a  graduate  to  enter  the  work- 
force in  virtually  all  industries  and  economic  sectors, 
including,  high  tech  manufacturing,  consultancy. 


Tagliatela  College  of  Engineering  149 


transporution,  service,  and  governmenr. 
I  The  program  consists  of  127  credits  plus  a 

required  internship.  The  credits  include  the  final  year- 
long 6-credit  industry-sponsored  and  team-based 
design  project.  Students  are  expected  to  work  with 
their  academic  adviser  to  plan  their  course  work  and 
project  well  in  advance  in  order  to  experience  an  opti- 
mal final  project  assignment.  Students  are  required  to 
earn  a  cumulative  quality  point  ratio  of  no  less  than 
2.0  in  all  system  engineering  courses  and  technical 
electives.  The  B.S.S.E.  curriculum  is  as  follows: 

Required  Courses 
Freshman  Year 

BI  121  General  and  Human  Biology  with  Laboratory 
(orEAS  120) 

CH  115/117  General  Chemistry  I  with  Laboratory 

E  105  Composition 

E  1 10  Composition  and  Literature 

EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering  (Project- 
Based) 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and  Development 

EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

EAS  120  Chemistry  with  Applications  to  Biosystems 
(orBI  121) 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience  (required  for  all  first- 
time  day-division  freshmen) 

M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 

Plus  one  University  Core  Competency  5.1  elective 

Sophomore  Year 

EAS  21 1  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 
Systems 

EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 

EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  and  Materials 

EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 

SE  288  System  Engineering  Concepts 

SE  346  Probability  Analysis 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 
Laboratory 

PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 
Laboratory 


Junior  Year 

CS  215  Introduction  to  Databases 

E  300  Writing  Proficiency  Examination 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 
EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 

Economics 
SE  347  Statistical  Analysis 
SE  402  Operations  Research  I 
SE  403  Operations  Research  II 
SE  407  Reliability  and  Maintenance 
SE  435  Simulation  and  Applications  Communication 
SE  488  System  Engineering  Design  Process 
Plus  one  University  Core  Competency  1.2  elective 
Senior  Year 

EAS  415  Professional  Engineering  Seminar 
SE  428  Six  Sigma  Quality  Plan 
SE  441  Supply  Chain  and  Logistics 
SE  449  Lean  Principles  and  Practices 
SE  498  System  Engineering  Design  I 
SE  499  System  Engineering  Design  II 
University  Core  Competency  5.2  elective 
HS  101  Foundations  ot  the  Western  World 
or 

HS  102  The  Western  World  in  Modern  Times 
Plus  two  TCoE  Electives  and  one  University  Core 
Competency  6  elective 

Students  will  choose,  with  the  assistance  and 
approval  of  their  academic  adviser,  the  appropriate 
courses  to  fulfill  the  technical  elective  requirements  of 
the  program.  Students  are  also  expected  to  work  with 
their  adviser  to  select  the  University  Core 
Curriculum  courses  in  such  a  way  to  best  support 
their  career  goals  and  professional  development. 

Internship  Requirement 

The  internship  program  is  intended  to  enrich  the 
academic  experience  of  our  students  in  bridging  the 
theory  and  practice  gap  and  by  providing  the  stu- 
dents the  opportunity  to  see  firsthand  how  an  engi- 
neering enterprise  works.  The  internship  must 
involve  a  partnership  consisting  of  student,  engineer- 
ing facult)',  and  employer/organization  in  order  to 
provide  the  intern  with  the  optimal  experience.  An 


150 


internship  assignment  with  a  minimum  of  300  hours 
performing  relevant  engineering  duties  is  required 
prior  to  graduation.  Students  must  complete  the 
equivalent  of  sophomore-level  course  work  (about  60 
credits)  toward  the  bachelor's  degree  in  system  engi- 
neering before  an  internship  is  attempted.  The  ideal 
internship  assignment  is  the  one  that  leads  to  the 
final  program  design  project  for  the  student  intern. 
The  internship  carries  no  credit  for  the  degree.  The 
requirement  may  be  satisfied  utilizing  a  co-op  posi- 
tion, approved  summer  employment  and  part-time  or 
full-time  positions  that  are  approved  by  the  student's 
employer  and  by  the  department/internship  coordi- 
nator as  being  relevant  to  the  goals  of  the  system 
engineering  discipline.  A  waiver  (or  substitution)  ot 
the  internship  requirement  may  be  granted  for  those 
students  who  are  employed  in  the  field,  subject  to  a 
formal  review  by  the  program  coordinator.  The 
request  for  such  a  waiver  must  be  submitted  to  the 
program  coordinator  at  least  one  year  prior  to  the 
anticipated  graduation  date. 

Accreditation 

The  bachelor's  degree  program  in  system  engineering 
is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  and  standards 
of  the  Engineering  Accreditation  Commission  of  the 
Accreditation  Board  for  Engineering  and  Technology 
(EAC/ABET).  Accreditation  will  be  sought  as  soon  as 
the  eligibilit)'  requirements  are  met. 

Minor  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Students  enrolled  in  degree  programs  in  the  Tagliatela 
College  of  Engineering  may  opt  to  take  a  minor  in 
industrial  engineering  by  completing  18  credits.  The 
program  for  the  minor  consists  of  the  following 
required  and  elective  courses: 

IE  243  Work  Design 
IE  304  Production  Control 
SE  346  Probability  Analysis 
SE  347  Statistical  Analysis 

Plus  two  300-level  (or  higher)  industrial  or  system 
engineering  courses  (6  credits)  chosen  with  the  pro- 
gram adviser. 


Logistics  Certificate 

Logistics  is  a  discipline  that  has  become  critical  to 
the  efficient  development  and  operational  support  of 
complex,  costly  systems.  Its  subdivisions  include  cus- 
tomer requirements  planning,  design-to-cost  con- 
cepts, configuration  control,  life-cycle  analysis, 
transportation  and  distribution,  reliability,  and  field 
support  networks.  Modern  logistics  is  the  science  that 
ensures  that  needs  are  met  when  they  occur,  at  a  rea- 
sonable resource  expenditure.  UNH  offers  the  follow- 
ing undergraduate  certificate  as  well  as  a  graduate 
certificate  in  logistics. 

The  undergraduate  certificate  sequence  consists  of 
five  three-credit  courses  followed  by  a  one-credit  cap- 
stone logistics  seminar.  This  course  sequence  provides 
students  with  a  working  knowledge  of  logistics  and 
covers  topics  included  in  the  Certified  Professional 
Logistician  examination  of  the  Society  of  Logistics 
Engineers.  These  undergraduate-level  courses  are 
designed  for  professionals  who  either  do  not  hold  a 
college  degree  or  who  have  earned  degrees  in  non- 
technical fields  of  study.  Prerequisite  courses  in  math- 
ematics, computer  science,  economics,  and  statistics 
may  be  needed  by  students  who  lack  appropriate 
educational  background. 

The  six  courses  required  for  the  logistics  certificate 
are  as  follows: 

LG  300  Defense  Sector  Logistics 

LG  310  Introduction  to  Logistics  Support  Analysis 

LG  320  Reliability  and  Maintainability 

Fundamentals 
LG  4 1 0  Life  Cycle  Concepts 
LG  440  Data  Management  in  Logistics  Systems 
LG  490  Logistics  Seminar 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  151 


HENRY  C.  LEE  COLLEGE 

OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  AND 

FORENSIC  SCIENCES 


Richard  H.  Ward,  D.Crim.,  Dean 

William  M.  Norton,  Ph.D.,  J.D.,  Associate  Dean 

The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Forensic  Sciences  provides  educational  services  for 
students  who  wish  to  major  in  degree  programs  in 
the  public  safety  and  security  areas.  Students  in  the 
Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Forensic  Sciences  typically  pursue  careers  in  areas 
such  as  criminal  justice,  forensic  science,  fire  science, 
arson  investigation,  corrections,  law,  paralegal  and 
related  areas.  The  school  provides  a  broad  profes- 
sional education,  which  often  incorporates  classroom 
learning  with  laboratory  and  field  experience.  The 
school  attracts  students  of  varied  ages  and  levels  of 
experience,  from  recent  high  school  graduates  to  sea- 
soned industry  professionals.  It  also  serves  profession- 
als seeking  programs  designed  to  meet  requirements 
of  national  and/or  regional  accreditations  and  licen- 
sures. 

Graduate  degree  programs  and  certificates  are 
available  in  various  disciplines  through  the  Graduate 
School. 

University  Core  Curriculum 

In  addition  to  departmental  requirements,  stu- 
dents must  fulfill  all  requirements  of  the  University 
Core  Curriculum  on  page  15. 

Programs  and  Concentrations 

Undergraduate  Programs 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Criminal  Justice 
Corrections 
Crime  Analysis 
Forensic  Psychology* 


International  Justice  and  Security 

Investigative  Services 

Juvenile  and  Family  Justice 

Law  Enforcement  Administration 

Victim  Services  Administration 
Fire  Science 

Fire/ Arson  Investigation 

Fire  Administration 

Fire  Science  Technology 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Forensic  Science 

Legal  Studies 
Public  Affairs 
Dispute  Resolution 
Paralegal  Studies 

'Consent  for  approval  of  this  concentration  is  being 
sought  from  the  Connecticut  Department  of  Higher 
Education 

Associate  in  Science 
Criminal  Justice 
Fire  and  Occupational  Safety 
Legal  Studies 

Certificates 

Crime  Analysis 

Fire/Arson  Investigation 

Fire  Prevention 

Forensic  Computer  Investigation 

Hazardous  Materials 

Industrial  Fire  Protection 

Information  Protection  and  Security 

Law  Enforcement  Science 

Paralegal  Studies 

Private  Security 

Victim  Services 


152 


Graduate  Programs 

Master  of  Science 

Criminal  Justice 

Fire  Science 

Forensic  Science 

National  Security  and  Public  Safety 

Graduate  Certificates 

Arson  Investigation 

Criminal  Justice/Security  Management 

Fire  Science/ Administration  and  Technology 

Forensic  Science/ Advanced  Investigation 

Forensic  Science/Criminalistics 

Forensic  Science/Fire  Science 

Forensic  Computer  Investigation 

Forensic  Psychology 

Information  Protection  and  Security 

National  Security 

National  Security  Administration 

Public  Safety  Management 

Victim  Advocacy  and  Service  Management 

Criminal  Justice 

Chair:  Mario  T.  Gaboury,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 

Professors  Emeriti:  Thomas  A.  Johnson,  D.Crim., 

University  of  California,  Berkeley;  David  A. 

Maxwell,  J.D.,  University  of  Miami,  CPP;  L. 

Craig  Parker,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New 

York  at  Buffalo;  Gerald  D.  Robin,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 
Professors:  Mario  T.  Gaboury,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  J.D.,  Georgetown  University; 

Lynn  Hunt  Monahan,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Oregon;  William  M.  Norton,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 

University,  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut; 

William  L.  Tafoya,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Associate  Professors:  James  J.  Cassidy,  Ph.D., 
Hahnemann  University  Graduate  School,  J.D., 
Villanova  School  of  Law;  Robert  D.  Keppel, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington;  James  O. 
Matschulat,  M.B.A.,  St.  John's  University;  James 
Monahan,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University;  Martin 
J.  O'Connor,  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 
M.Div.,  Yale  Divinity  School 


Assistant  Professors:  James  M.  Adcock,  Ph.D., 
University  of  South  Carolina;  Leila  Dutton, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island;  Michael  P. 
Lawlor,  J.D.,  George  Washington  University, 
Connecticut  State  Representative;  Donna  Decker 
Morris,  J.D.,  Yale  University;  Fadia  Narchet, 
Ph.D.,  Florida  International  University; 
Christopher  M.  Sedelmaier,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers 
University;  Tracy  L.  Tamborra,  M.S.,  University  of 
New  Haven 

Practitioners-in-Residence:  William  H.  Carbone, 
M.P.A.,  University  of  New  Haven,  Executive 
Director,  Judicial  Branch,  Court  Support  Services 
Division,  State  of  Connecticut;  The  Honorable 
Martin  Looney,  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Senior  Lecturer:  Ernest  W.  Dorling,  M.P.A.,  Troy 
State  University,  European  Campus 

Lecturer:  Daniel  Maxwell,  M.S.,  M.P.A.,  University 
of  New  Haven 

Clinical  Instructor:  Joseph  R.  Polio,  M.S.,  University 
of  New  Haven 

Criminal  Justice 

Coordinator  of  Corrections: 

Lynn  Hunt  Monahan,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Crime  Analysis: 

Christopher  M.  Sedelmaier,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Forensic  Psychology: 

Fadia  M.  Narchet,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  International  Justice  and  Security: 

James  Monahan,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Investigative  Services: 

James  M.  Adcock,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Juvenile  and  Family  Justice: 

Lynn  Hunt  Monahan,  Ph.D. 
Coordinator  of  Law  Enforcement  Administration: 

William  M.  Norton,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 
Coordinator  of  Victim  Services  Administration: 

Mario  T.  Gaboury,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 

The  Criminal  Justice  program  at  the  University  of 
New  Haven  provides  students  with  a  comprehensive 
and  professional  understanding  of  crime  and  the 
administration  of  justice.  The  goal  of  the  program  is 
to  prepare  students  for  professional  careers  in  criminal 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  153 


justice,  public  service,  and  social  service  organizations, 
as  well  as  for  future  study  in  graduate  and  professional 
fields.  The  program  meets  these  goals  through  its 
highly  qualified  full-time  faculty,  who  both  teach  and 
conduct  research  in  the  field.  The  full-time  faculty 
members  are  supported  by  part-time  faculty  members 
drawn  from  the  professional  community  who  teach 
specialized  courses  in  their  areas  of  expertise. 

The  Criminal  Justice  program  of  study  follows  the 
University's  mission  to  provide  engaged  learning 
opportunities,  including  the  utilization  of  intern- 
ships, service  learning,  and  individual  student 
research  learning  opportunities.  Through  this 
engaged  learning  model  students  develop  an  under- 
standing of  both  theoretical  and  practical  issues  of 
crime  and  the  administration  of  justice. 

A  full  range  of  career  opportunities  is  available  in 
criminal  justice  at  all  levels  of  government  and  within 
the  private  sector.  Because  of  its  interdisciplinary 
approach,  combined  with  the  University's  engaged 
learning  commitment,  the  study  of  criminal  justice 
fills  the  needs  of  students  seeking  careers  in  teaching, 
research,  and  law,  and  the  needs  of  criminal  justice 
professionals  seeking  academic  and  professional 
advancement. 

The  Department  offers  courses  from  the  associate 
to  the  master's  level,  as  well  as  certificates.  Complete 
information  about  the  master  of  science  degree  in 
criminal  justice  is  available  in  the  Graduate  School 
Catalog. 

Undergraduate  criminal  justice  concentrations  in 
law  enforcement,  corrections,  crime  analysis,  inves- 
tigative services,  juvenile  and  family  justice,  forensic 
psychology,  international  justice  and  security,  and 
victim  services  administration  are  available  in  the 
criminal  justice  program. 

The  Criminal  Justice  Club 

The  American  Criminal  Justice  Association 
(ACJA)  is  a  national  professional  and  pre-professional 
organization  with  goals  that  include  improved  tech- 
nology, training,  and  service  for  the  benefit  of  the 
criminal  justice  system.  UNH's  local  student  chapter 
of  ACJA  is  the  Psi  Omega  chapter.  This  club  offers 


students  a  variety  of  activities  including  community 
service  as  well  as  the  opportunity  to  meet  and  work 
with  practitioners  in  the  field.  Students  also  meet 
others  with  similar  interests  and  are  eligible  to  partic- 
ipate in  regional  and  national  programs  and  activities. 

Alpha  Tau  is  the  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Phi  Sigma, 
the  National  Criminal  Justice  Honor  Society.  Alpha 
Tau's  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  promote  academic 
excellence  among  undergraduate  and  graduate  stu- 
dents. The  local  chapter  was  formed  in  1998  and 
embraces  the  full  spectrum  of  criminal  justice  stu- 
dents from  criminal  justice  and  forensic  science  to 
pre-law  and  the  related  social  sciences. 

Undergraduate  students  who  have  completed  60 
credits  and  at  least  four  criminal  justice  courses  and 
who  have  at  least  a  3.4  cumulative  G.P.A.  are  eligible 
for  membership.  Graduate  students  who  have  a  3.4 
cumulative  G.P.A.  and  who  have  completed  at  least 
12  credits  of  graduate  work,  or  9  credits  of  graduate 
work  and  at  least  3  additional  undergraduate  credits, 
are  eligible  for  membership. 

The  Department  participates  in  the  cooperative 
education  program,  which  enables  students  to  com- 
bine their  education  with  practical,  paid  work  experi- 
ence in  their  career  field.  For  further  details  see 
"Office  of  Internships  and  Employer  Relations," 
which  appears  earlier  in  this  catalog,  or  contact  the 
co-op  coordinator  in  The  Henry  C.  Lee  College  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences. 

B.S.,  Criminal  Justice 

Required  Courses 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  jus- 
tice are  required  to  complete  at  least  122  credits, 
including  the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the 
common  courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed 
below: 

CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  102  Criminal  Law 

CJ  201  Principles  of  Criminal  Investigation 
CJ  205  Introduction  to  Forensic  Psychology 
CJ  217  Introduction  to  Criminal  Procedure  I 
CJ  250  Scientific  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  251  Quantitative  Applications  in  Criminal  Justice 


154 


CJ  31 1  Criminology 

CJ  400  Criminal  Justice  Problems  Seminar 
CJ  500A  Criminal  Justice  Pre-Internship 
CJ  500B  Criminal  Justice  Internship 

Concentration  in  Corrections 

This  concentration  prepares  students  for  careers 
with  federal,  state,  local,  and  private  correctional 
agencies  and  institutions.  It  is  concerned  with  the 
treatment  of  offenders,  administration,  planning,  and 
research.  The  curriculum  emphasizes  law,  social  and 
behavioral  sciences,  and  research  methodology. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  jus- 
tice with  a  concentration  in  corrections  must  com- 
plete the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  common 
courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed  above,  and 
the  following: 

CJ  209  Correctional  Treatment  Programs 

CJ  220  Legal  Issues  in  Corrections 

CJ  408  Child  and  Family  Intervention  Strategies 

CJ  409  Adult  Intervention  Strategies 

CJ  412  Substance  Abuse  and  Addictive  Behavior 

Plus  two  restricted  electives 

Concentration  in  Crime  Analysis 

This  concentration  focuses  on  the  application  ot 
advanced  computer  and  geographical  information 
systems  (GIS)  in  the  collection  and  analysis  of  crime 
data.  Data  from  local,  state,  and  federal  agencies  are 
considered.  Students  are  encouraged  to  join  the 
International  Association  of  Crime  Analysis. 
Graduates  will  enter  the  field  of  Crime  Analysis  as 
civilians  or  sworn  officers,  depending  on  their  career 
goal.  This  program  also  appeals  to  international  stu- 
dents interested  in  applying  such  technology  to  their 
country's  police  system.  Students  are  required  to 
complete  a  research  project  as  well  as  present  their 
findings  at  a  departmental  crime  research  forum. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  justice 
with  a  concentration  in  crime  analysis  must  complete 
the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  common 
courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed  above,  and 
the  following: 
CJ  312The  Police  and  Crime  Control 


CJ  333  Police  Civil  Liability 

CJ  402  Police  in  Society 

CJ  555  Crime  Prevention  Through  Environmental 

Design 
CJ  556  Problem-Oriented  Policing 
CJ  557  Crime  Mapping  and  Analysis 
E  230  Public  Speaking 
EN  540  Introduction  to  Geographical  Information 

Systems 

Plus  two  restricted  electives 

Concentration  in  Forensic  Psychology 

The  forensic  psychology  concentration  prepares 
students  for  professional  and  graduate  careers  in  vari- 
ous criminal  justice  and  mental  health  settings.  All 
courses  focus  on  new  developments  arid  best  practices 
from  a  cross-disciplinary  perspective.  The  program 
provides  a  wide  array  of  courses  covering  a  broad  spec- 
trum of  topics  in  forensic  psychology,  including  areas 
such  as  experimental  research,  mental  health  law, 
investigative  psychology  and  clinical  services. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  justice 
with  a  concentration  in  forensic  psychology  must 
complete  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  com- 
mon courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed  above, 
and  the  following: 

CJ  345  Police  and  Investigative  Psychology 
CJ  357  Legal  Psychology 
CJ  365  Law,  Psychology  and  the  Mental  Health 

System 
CJ  408  Child  and  Family  Intervention  Strategies 
or 

CJ  409  Adult  Intervention  Strategies 
CJ  475  Senior  Seminar  in  Forensic  Psychology 
P  216  Psychology  of  Human  Development 
P  336  Abnormal  Psychology 
P  370  Psychology  of  Personality 
Plus  two  restricted  electives 

Concentration  in  International  Justice 
and  Security 

The  concentration  in  international  justice  and  secu- 
rity is  designed  to  attract  a  new  type  of  student, 
namely  one  with  interests  in  serving  in  federal  security 
agencies  including  the  State  Department.  The  pro- 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  oF  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  155 


gram  has  several  distinct  features:  a  minimum  of  two 
semesters  in  a  foreign  language  of  choice,  and  special- 
ized criminal  justice,  fire  science  and  open  electives. 
Finally,  students  are  required  to  do  a  semester  abroad 
in  their  language  country,  taking  electives  of  their 
choosing.  Such  experiences  in  total  provide  a  superior 
undergraduate  education  to  those  anticipating  a  fed- 
eral career  track  or  as  preparation  for  a  strong  gradu- 
ate program.  The  University  concentration  has 
established  a  Federal  Agent  Advisory  Board,  com- 
posed of  active  and  retired  federal  agents  who  provide 
counsel  on  curriculum  and  student  career  mentoring. 
Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  justice 
with  a  concentration  in  international  justice  and 
security  must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  the  common  courses  for  criminal  justice 
majors  listed  above,  and  the  following: 
CJ  105  Introduction  to  Security 
CJ  425  White  Collar  Crime  Investigation 
CJ  520  Computer  Crime:  Legal  Issues  and 

Investigation  Procedures 
CJ  524  Network  Security,  Data  Protection  and 

Telecommunications 
CJ  535  Global  Perspectives  on  Crime  and  Justice 
FS  106  Emergency  Scene  Operations 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
LS  410  Counterterrorism  and  the  Law 
PS  222  United  States  Foreign  Policy 
PS  241  International  Relations 

Concentration  in  Investigative  Services 

This  concentration  provides  an  interdisciplinary 
educational  program  for  those  entering  investigative 
service  work.  It  is  geared  toward  enhancing  the  scien- 
tific knowledge  of  those  students  seeking  investigative 
positions  in  various  enforcement  agencies.  The  cur- 
riculum emphasizes  law  enforcement,  evidence  and 
forensic  science. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  justice 
with  a  concentration  in  investigative  services  must 
complete  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  com- 
mon courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed  above, 
and  the  following: 

FOR  215  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science 
CJ  218  Criminal  Procedure  II  and  Evidence 


FOR  303  Forensic  Science  Laboratory  I 

FOR  415  Crime  Scene  Investigation 

CJ  420  Advanced  Investigative  Techniques 

or 

CJ  425  White  Collar  Crime  Investigation 

Plus  one  restricted  elective 

Concentration  in  Juvenile  and  Family 
Justice 

This  concentration  prepares  students  for  careers 
with  federal,  state,  local,  and  private  correctional 
agencies  and  with  service  agencies  whose  mission 
brings  them  into  regular  contact  with  the  justice  sys- 
tem. The  curriculum  is  geared  to  preparing  service 
providers  with  knowledge  ot  law  and  of  social  and 
behavioral  sciences  as  well  as  communication  skills 
with  children,  adolescents,  and  people  of  diverse  cul- 
tural backgrounds. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  justice 
with  a  concentration  in  juvenile  and  family  justice 
must  complete  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the 
common  courses  for  criminal  justice  majors  listed 
above,  and  the  following: 
CJ  209  Correctional  Treatment  Programs 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
CJ  408  Child  and  Family  Intervention  Strategies 
CJ  409  Adult  Intervention  Strategies 
CJ  4 1 1  Victimology 
Plus  two  restricted  electives 

Concentration  in  Law  Enforcement 
Administration 

This  concentration  prepares  students  for  careers  in 
federal,  state,  and  local  law  enforcement  agencies,  pub- 
lic and  private  security  forces,  planning  agencies,  and 
other  related  settings.  The  curriculum  focuses  on  the 
roles,  activities,  and  behaviors  of  people  with  regard  to 
maintaining  law  and  order,  providing  needed  services, 
protecting  life  and  property,  and  planning  and  research. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  jus- 
tice with  a  concentration  in  law  enforcement  admin- 
istration must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  the  common  courses  for  criminal  justice 
majors  listed  above,  and  the  following: 


156 


FOR  215  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science 
CJ  218  Criminal  Procedure  II  and  Evidence 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
CJ  333  Police  Civil  Liability 
CJ  402  Police  in  Society 
Plus  two  restricted  electives 

Concentration  in  Victim  Services 
Administration 

This  concentration  provides  students  with  an 
interdisciplinary,  practice-oriented  educational  pro- 
gram. It  is  prepares  graduates  for  entry  into  a  wide 
variety  of  positions  in  law  enforcement,  criminal  jus- 
tice, the  courts,  corrections,  and  victim  services  pro- 
grams as  well  as  professional  settings  involving  work 
with  victims  of  crime,  their  families,  and  the  commu- 
nity at  large.  The  curriculum  encourages  a  broad- 
based  training  experience  focusing  on  the 
enhancement  of  the  appropriate  involvement  of  vic- 
tims in  the  justice  system  and  the  provision  of  serv- 
ices to  victims  and  survivors. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  criminal  jus- 
tice with  a  concentration  in  victim  services  adminis- 
tration must  complete  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  the  common  courses  for  criminal  justice 
majors  listed  above,  and  the  following: 
CJ  210  Ethnic  and  Gender  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
CJ  315  Domestic  Violence 
CJ  4 1 1  Victimology 
CJ  413  Victim  Law  and  Service  Administration 

Plus  two  restricted  electives 

A.S.,  Criminal  Justice 

Students  completing  the  first  two  years  of  the 
bachelor  of  science  degree  program  in  criminal  justice 
with  the  law  enforcement  administration  concentra- 
tion or  the  corrections  concentration  (61  credits)  are 
eligible  to  receive  the  associate  in  science  degree. 
Interested  students  should  contact  their  adviser. 

Minor  in  Criminal  Justice 

To  minor  in  criminal  justice,  students  must  com- 
plete 18  credits  of  criminal  justice  courses,  including 
CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice. 


Criminal  Justice  Certificates 

Adviser:  Mario  Gaboury,  Ph.D.,  J.D. 

The  Department  offers  certificates  in  crime  analy- 
sis, law  enforcement  science,  private  security,  and  vic- 
tim services.  Students  must  complete  12-18  credits 
of  required  courses  to  earn  a  certificate.  Credits 
earned  for  a  certificate  may  be  applied  toward  the 
requirements  for  a  degree  program  at  a  later  date. 

A  student  must  successfully  complete  all  required 
courses  as  outlined  below  with  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of 
2.0  to  be  awarded  the  certificate. 

Crime  Analysis  Certificate 

This  certificate  focuses  on  the  analysis  of  crime  and 

criminal  behavior.  Geographic  information  systems 

and  computer-assisted  statistical  packages  are  used  to 

assist  in  the  study  of  crime  analysis.  All  students  are 

required  to  take  21  credits,  including  the  courses 

listed  below: 

CJ  498  Research  Project 

CJ  555  Crime  Prevention  Through  Environmental 

Design 
CJ  556  Problem-Oriented  Policing 
CJ  557  Crime  Mapping  and  Analysis 
EN  540  Introduction  to  Geographical  Information 

Systems 
Plus  one  CJ  elective,  and  one  environmental  science 
elective 

Forensic  Computer  Investigation 

Certificate 

Adviser:  William  L.  Tafoya,  Ph.D. 

This  certificate  is  designed  for  those  professionals 
who  wish  to  enhance  their  knowledge  and  skills  in 
forensic  computer  investigation.  Students  interested 
in  enrolling  in  the  courses  in  this  certificate  must 
obtain  consent  of  the  instructor  and/or  the  certificate 
adviser  prior  to  registration.  Alternate  course  selec- 
tions may  be  permitted  with  the  consent  of  the  cer- 
tificate adviser.  Four  courses  (12  credits)  are  required 
for  completion  of  the  certificate: 
CJ  520  Computer  Crime:  Legal  Issues  and 

Investigative  Procedures 
CJ  524  Network  Security,  Data  Protection,  and 

Telecommunications 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  157 


Plus  nvo  of  the  following,  with  consent  of  adviser: 

CJ  201  Principles  of  Criminal  Investigation 

CJ  217  Criminal  Procedure  I 

CJ  218  Criminal  Procedure  II  and  Evidence 

FOR  415  Crime  Scene  Investigation 

CJ  420  Advanced  Investigative  Techniques 

CJ  450  Special  Topics 

CJ  498  Research  Project 

CJ  522  Computers,  Technology,  and  Criminal  Justice 

Information  Management  Systems 
CJ  523  Internet  Vulnerabilities  and  Criminal  Activity 

Information  Protection  and  Security 

Certificate 

Adviser:  William  L.  Tafoya,  Ph.D. 

This  certificate  prepares  individuals  for  assuming 
the  responsibilities  of  protecting  their  agency  or  cor- 
porate information  systems.  The  basics  ot  informa- 
tion systems  security  as  well  as  legal  issues  and  cyber 
response  strategies  are  reviewed.  Computer  gaming 
simulations  as  well  as  online  attack  and  defense  tech- 
niques are  presented  for  student  assignments. 

Five  courses  (15  credits)  are  required  for  comple- 
tion of  the  certificate: 
CJ  525  Information  Systems  Threats,  Attacks,  and 

Defenses 
CJ  526  Firewall  and  Secure  Enterprise  Computing 
CJ  527  Internet  Investigations  and  Audit-Based 

Computer  Forensics 
CJ  528  Computer  Viruses  and  Malicious  Code 
CJ  529  Practical  Issues  in  Cryptography 

Law  Enforcement  Science  Certificate 

This  certificate  provides  the  fundamentals  of  crim- 
inal investigation  techniques  and  procedures,  particu- 
larly for  those  involved  in  or  planning  to  enter 
investigative  positions  in  law  enforcement  agencies  in 
both  the  private  and  public  sectors.  All  students  are 
required  to  take  18  credits,  including  the  courses 
listed  below: 

CJ  201  Principles  of  Criminal  Investigation 
FOR  215  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science 
FOR  227  Fingerprints  with  Laboratory 


FOR  303  Forensic  Science  Laboratory 
FOR  4 1 5  Crime  Scene  Investigation 
Plus  one  CJ  elective 

Private  Security  Certificate 

This  certificate  is  a  concentrated  program  of  study 
in  management  security  systems  for  private  business 
and  industry.  All  students  are  required  to  take  18 
credits,  including  the  courses  listed  below: 
CJ  105  Introduction  to  Security 
CJ  203  Security  Administration 
CJ  226  Industrial  Security 
CJ  4 1 0  Legal  Issues  in  Private  Security 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
Plus  one  CJ  elective 

Victim  Services  Certificate 

Students  matriculated  in  other  concentration 
areas,  as  well  as  non-matriculated  students,  may  elect 
to  take  the  five  courses  listed  below  to  earn  a  certifi- 
cate in  victim  services  administration.  Although 
internships  are  not  required  ot  certificate  students,  an 
internship  experience  is  strongly  encouraged  and  will 
be  facilitated  at  the  student's  request. 
CJ  210  Ethnic  and  Gender  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
CJ  315  Domestic  Violence 
CJ  411  Victimology 
CJ  413  Victim  Law  and  Service  Administration 

Forensic  Science 

Chair:  Timothy  Palmbach,  M.S.,  J.D. 

Professors:  Floward  H.  Harris,  Ph.D.;  Henry  C.  Lee, 

Ph.D.,  Fredrick  R  Smith,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  Azriel  Gorski,  Ph.D.;  Virginia 

Maxwell,  Ph.D.,  Timothy  Palmbach,  M.S.,  J.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  Heather  Coyle,  Ph.D. 
Lecturer:  Peter  Massey,  M.S. 


158 


B.S.,  Forensic  Science 
Coordinator:  Azriel  Gorski,  Ph.D. 

Forensic  science  is  a  broad,  interdisciplinary  field 
in  which  biological  and  physical  science  methods  are 
used  to  analyze  and  evaluate  physical  evidence  related 
to  matters  of  criminal  and  civil  law.  The  objective  of 
the  degree  is  to  provide  an  appropriate  education  and 
scientific  background  to  men  and  women  planning 
careers  as  physical  evidence  examiners  in  crime  labora- 
tories. The  curriculum  is  also  appropriate  for  individ- 
uals currently  working  in  forensic  science  laboratories 
and  is  valuable  for  those  in  related  areas  whose  profes- 
sional work  requires  in-depth  knowledge  of  science 
and  scientific  investigation  methods.  The  curriculum 
provides  sufficient  flexibility  to  allow  students  to  focus 
their  studies  in  chemistry  or  in  biology. 

B.S.,  Forensic  Science 

The  bachelor  ot  science  in  forensic  science  is 
offered  with  a  choice  of  two  emphasis  areas,  chem- 
istry or  biology,  to  allow  the  student  to  major  in 
forensic  science  and  specialize  in  an  area  ot  interest. 

Required  Courses 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  forensic  sci- 
ence must  complete  125-126  credits,  including  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  the  following 
courses: 

CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  102  Criminal  Law 

FOR  200  Professional  Practices  in  Forensic  Science 
FOR  216  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science  for  Majors 
FOR  403  Forensic  Biology  with  Laboratory 
FOR  404  Criminalistics  with  Laboratory 
FOR  415  Crime  Scene  Investigation 
FOR  416  Seminar  in  Forensic  Science 
FOR  498  Research  Project 
or 

FOR  502  Forensic  Science  Internship 
HI  253—254  General  Biology  for  Science  Majors  with 

Laboratory  I  and  II 
CH  1 15-116  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  1 17—1 18  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  and  II 
CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II 
CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  and  II 


CH  221  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  with 

Laboratory 
CS  107  Computers  and  their  Applications 
E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 
M  117-118  Calculus  I  and  II 
M  228  Statistics 
PH  1  50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
PL  222  Ethics 

Plus  four  electives  chosen  through  discussion  with 
adviser. 

Chemistry-emphasis  students  additionally  com- 
plete the  following: 
M  203  Calculus  III 

CH  331/333  Physical  Chemistry  I  with  Laboratory 
CH  332/334  Physical  Chemistry  II  with  Laboratory 

Biology-emphasis  students  additionally  complete 
the  following: 

Bl  306  Genetics 

Bl  311  Molecular  Biology  with  Laboratory 

Bl  461  Biochemistry  with  Laboratory 


Legal  Studies 


Director:  Donna  Decker  Morris,  J.D. 

From  the  principles  in  the  U.S.  Constitution  to 
regulation  of  the  food  we  eat,  law  permeates  our  soci- 
ety. With  the  globalization  of  the  economy,  law  and 
regulation  have  become  increasingly  important  to 
business.  At  the  same  time,  new  forms  of  dispute  res- 
olution are  being  developed  in  government,  business, 
and  industry  as  alternatives  to  the  courtroom.  Legal 
policy  will  increasingly  shape  our  future.  Legal  stud- 
ies is  a  unique  and  exciting  undergraduate  degree 
program  designed  to  prepare  graduates  to  be  part  of 
that  future  —  and  to  help  shape  it. 

B.S.,  Legal  Studies 

The  legal  studies  major  provides  students  with  an 
understanding  of  fundamental  principles  of  law  and 
analyzes  the  role  and  function  of  the  American  legal 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  159 


system  within  a  societal  and  political  context.  The 
interdisciplinary  course  of  study  develops  critical 
thinking  and  writing  skills  and  prepares  students  for 
law-related  careers,  law  school  or  graduate  school. 
Concentrations  allow  students  to  focus  on  particular 
career  aspirations  and  interests.  In  addition,  an 
optional  international  track  encourages  study  abroad. 

A  two-semester  internship  in  the  final  year  ot 
study  combines  classroom  learning  with  on-the-job 
experience,  enhancing  employment  opportunities 
after  graduation.  Placements  are  geared  to  the  stu- 
dent's area  of  concentration. 

Students  earning  a  B.S.  degree  in  legal  studies 
must  complete  a  minimum  of  125  credits,  including 
the  University  Core  Curriculum,  common  courses 
for  legal  studies  majors,  and  designated  courses  for  a 
legal  studies  concentration. 

Following  are  common  courses  required  tor  the 
major  in  legal  studies: 
LS  100  Introduction  to  Legal  Concepts 
PS  122  State  and  Local  Government 
LS  240  Legal  Research  and  Writing  I 
LS  241  Legal  Research  and  Writing  II 
LS  201  Legal  Ethics  and  Professional  Responsibilities 
LS  238  Civil  Procedure  I 
LS  330  Legal  Investigation 
PS  332  Constitutional  Law 
LS  301  Administrative  Law  and  Regulation 
LS  500  Pre-Internship 
LS  501-502  Legal  Studies  Internship  I  and  II 

Legal  Studies  majors  are  also  required  to  take  the 
following  courses  as  restricted  electives,  some  of 
which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  University  Core 
Curriculum  requirements: 
CO  100  Human  Communication 
or 

E  230  Public  Speaking  and  Group  Discussion 
E  220  Writing  for  Business  and  Industry 
or 

E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation 
or 

E  25 1  Narrative  Nonfiction 
Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 
PL  222  Ethics 
PS  121  American  Government  and  Politics 


Plus  one  of  the  following  sequences: 

P  301  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  and 

P  305  Experimental  Methods  in  Psychology  or 

CJ  250  Scientific  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice 

and 

CJ  251  Quantitative  Applications  in  Criminal  Justice 

Concentrations 

Students  select  an  area  of  concentration  for  the 
elective  portion  of  the  program.  The  concentrations 
consist  of  five  courses  that  focus  on  a  specific 
approach  to  the  field  of  legal  studies.  Course  selec- 
tion is  made  with  the  assistance  ot  the  program 
adviser.  Only  the  paralegal  studies  concentration  is 
designed  to  prepare  students  to  become  paralegals. 

Concentration  in  Public  Affairs 

The  public  affairs  concentration  analyzes  the 
application  of  law  to  public  policy  concerns,  while 
developing  critical  thinking,  legal  research,  and  writ- 
ing skills.  Government  regulation,  vulnerable  popula- 
tions, and  international,  multicultural,  and  emerging 
issues  are  emphasized.  This  concentration  prepares 
students  for  further  education  in  law  school,  graduate 
school,  or  for  careers  in  law-related  fields  and  regula- 
tory affairs  in  federal,  state,  or  local  governments, 
business,  industry,  and  non-profit  organizations. 

Concentration  Requirements 

PA  404  Public  Policy  Analysis 

Plus  four  of  the  following,  or  related  courses,  as 

approved  by  program  adviser: 

LS  401  Alternative  Dispute  Resolution:  Models  and 

Practice 
LS  405  Environmental  Law 
LS  410  Counter-terrorism  and  the  Law 
LS  430  Cyberlaw 

CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  102  Criminal  Law 
CJ  209  Correctional  Treatment  Programs 
CJ  210  Ethnic  and  Gender  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
CJ  400  Criminal  Justice  Problems  Seminar 
CJ  413  Victim  Law  and  Service  Administration 
CO  420  Communication  and  the  Law 


160 


MR  330  Coastal  Resources  Management 

PS  216  Urban  Government  and  Politics 

PS  224  Public  Attitudes  and  Public  Policy 

PS  228  Public  Interest  Groups 

PS  230  Anglo-American  Jurisprudence 

PS  231  Judicial  Behavior 

PS  232  The  Politics  of  the  First  Amendment 

Plus  eight  electives 

Concentration  in  Dispute  Resolution 

Students  in  the  dispute  resolution  concentration 
will  explore  alternative  methods  for  resolving  disputes 
traditionally  resolved  through  the  civil  or  criminal 
legal  systems.  This  concentration  provides  students 
with  an  understanding  of  the  theories  and  practices  of 
alternative  dispute  resolution  and  an  introduction  to 
practical  skills  in  negotiation,  mediation,  and  facilita- 
tion. Graduates  are  prepared  for  law-related,  alterna- 
tive dispute  resolution  careers  in  the  judicial  system, 
government  agencies,  and  the  private  sector,  or  for 
further  education  in  law  school  or  graduate  school. 

Concentration  Requirements 

LS  401  Alternative  Dispute  Resolution:  Models  and 

Practice 
Plus  four  of  the  following,  or  related  courses,  as 
approved  by  program  adviser: 
CO  100  Human  Communication' 
CO  410  Management  Communication  Seminar 
CO  205  Intercultural  Communication 
P  321  Social  Psychology' 
SW  340  Group  Dynamics 

Plus  eight  electives 

*Must  be  in  addition  to  course  selected  to  fulfill 

common  course  requirement  for  the  major 

Concentration  in  Paralegal  Studies 

This  concentration  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
for  careers  as  paralegals  in  private  law  firms,  govern- 
ment agencies,  or  corporations.  A  paralegal  performs 
specifically  delegated  substantive  legal  work  under  the 
supervision  of  an  attorney.  Graduates  may  also  pur- 
sue careers  in  law-related  areas  of  the  insurance 
industry,  banking  and  securities,  businesses,  non- 


profit agencies,  or  in  federal,  state,  or  local  govern- 
ments. Concentration  electives  allow  students  to 
focus  on  areas  such  as  investigations,  criminal  law, 
general  civil  law,  or  law  and  financial  issues.  As  part 
of  a  high-quality  liberal  arts  education,  the  concen- 
tration also  enables  students  to  pursue  broad  career 
opportunities  or  graduate  school.  Development  of 
critical  thinking,  research,  and  writing  abilities  is 
emphasized,  along  with  practical  paralegal  skills. 

Concentration  Requirements 

LS  239  Civil  Procedure  II:  Litigation 
Plus  four  of  the  following,  or  related  courses,  as 
approved  by  program  adviser: 
LS  226  Family  Law 
LS  244  Estates  and  Trusts 
LS  326  Real  Estate  Law 
LS  430  Cyberlaw 

A  101  Introduction  to  Financial  Accounting 
A  102  Introduction  to  Managerial  Accounting 
A  435  Federal  Income  Taxation  I 
CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  102  Criminal  Law 

CJ  201  Principles  of  Criminal  Investigation 
CJ  420  Advanced  Investigative  Techniques 
FOR  215  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science 
FOR  415  Crime  Scene  Investigation 
LA  1 0 1  Business  Law  and  the  Regulatory 
Environment 

Plus  eight  electives 

A.S.,  Legal  Studies 

The  associate  degree  program  in  legal  studies  pre- 
pares students  to  work  as  paralegals  in  law  firms  and 
legal  departments  or  in  law-related  positions  in  cor- 
porations, banks,  and  local,  state,  and  federal  govern- 
ments. A  paralegal  performs  specifically  delegated 
substantive  legal  work  under  the  supervision  of  an 
attorney  who  is  responsible  for  the  paralegal's  work. 
Students  may  also  continue  their  studies  toward  a 
bachelor's  degree. 

Students  are  required  to  complete  60  credits, 
including  the  University  Core  Requirements  for  the 
associate  degree  and  the  following  courses: 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  161 


LS  100  Introduction  to  Legal  Concepts 

LS  201  Legal  Ethics  and  Professional  Responsibility 

LS  238  Civil  Procedure  I 

LS  239  Civil  Procedure  II:  Litigation 

LS  240  Legal  Research  and  Writing  I 

LS  241  Legal  Research  and  Writing  II 

LS  330  Legal  Investigation 

Plus  three  legal  studies  electives;  PL  222  Ethics; 

CO  100  Human  Communication  or  E  230  Public 

Speaking  and  Group  Discussion;  and  one  elective 

Successful  completion  of  the  requirements  for  an 
associate  degree  in  legal  studies  includes  the  courses 
required  for  the  paralegal  studies  certificate  described 
in  the  Institute  of  Law  and  Public  Affairs  section 
below.  The  certificate  is  awarded  via  the  Institute. 

Minor  in  Legal  Studies 

Students  may  minor  in  legal  studies  by  success- 
fully completing  LS  100  Introduction  to  Legal 
Concepts  plus  five  additional  legal  studies  courses.  A 
minor  in  legal  studies  does  not  prepare  students  to 
become  paralegals,  unless  the  requirements  for  a 
paralegal  certificate  are  satisfied. 

The  Institute  of  Law  and 
Public  Affairs 

Director:  William  M.  Norton,  J.D.,  Ph.D. 

The  Institute  of  Law  and  Public  Affairs  has  been 
established  to  provide  undergraduates  with  specific 
training  in  the  areas  of  the  paralegal  profession,  pub- 
lic policy,  and  public  affairs.  Students  with  an  under- 
graduate major  in  any  of  the  colleges  of  the 
University  may  attain  paraprofessional  standing  in 
paralegal  studies  or  public  affairs  by  completing  a 
minor  in  the  Institute.  The  term  paraprolessional 
applies  to  those  with  special  training  in  a  professional 
field  who  do  not  yet  possess  the  terminal  degree  nor- 
mally required  in  the  profession.  In  many  instances, 
paraprofessional  standing  is  a  step  toward  the  accom- 
plishment of  the  final  degree. 


Minor  in  Public  Affairs 

The  public  affairs  minor  in  the  Institute  of  Law 
and  Public  Affairs  is  directed  toward  providing  train- 
ing for  civil  service  positions  at  all  levels  of  govern- 
ment. The  goal  of  such  training  is  to  provide  more 
effective  public  administrators  and  to  introduce  cre- 
ativity into  the  profession  ot  public  service.  The  pub- 
lic affairs  minor  takes  a  problem-solving  approach  to 
the  discipline  as  students  conduct  basic,  in-depth 
research  on  problems  of  governmental  agencies. 
Students  in  this  minor  develop  valuable  insights  into 
the  nature  of  the  public  policy  process  from  the  van- 
tage point  of  the  bureaucracy.  Courses  are  selected  in 
consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser. 

Paralegal  Studies  Certificate 
Adviser:  Donna  Decker  Morris,  J.D. 

The  paralegal  studies  certificate  requires  18  credits 
ot  designated  legal  studies  courses,  each  with  a  grade 
of  C  minus  or  better.  A  student  must  successfully 
complete  all  required  courses  as  outlined  below  with 
a  minimum  G.P.A.  of  2.0  to  be  awarded  the  certifi- 
cate. As  a  prerequisite,  students  entering  the  program 
must  have  completed,  or  complete  concurrently  with 
the  paralegal  studies  courses,  42  other  undergraduate 
credits,  which  may  be  Irom  the  University  of  New 
Haven  or  another  institution  and  which  satisfy  ABA 
guidelines.  The  University  of  New  Haven  has  con- 
ducted this  certificate  program  since  1971,  providing 
paralegal  education  to  both  traditional  and  part-time 
evening  students.  A  paralegal  performs  specifically 
delegated  substantive  legal  work  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  an  attorney  who  is  responsible  for  the  parale- 
gal's work.  The  following  courses  are  required  for  the 
certificate: 

LS  100  Introduction  to  Legal  Concepts 
LS  238  Civil  Procedure  I 
LS  240  Legal  Research  and  Writing  1 
LS  241  Legal  Research  and  Writing  II 
Plus  two  of  the  following,  or  related  courses,  as 
approved  by  the  program  adviser: 

LS  226  Family  Law 

LS  239  Civil  Procedure  II:  Litigation 


162 


LS  244  Estates  and  Trusts 

LS  301  Administrative  Law  and  Regulation 

LS  326  Real  Estate  Law 

LS  328  Legal  Management  and  Administrative  Skills 

LS  330  Legal  Investigation 

Department  of 
Fire  Science  and 
Professional  Studies 

Chair:  Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  M.S. 

Professor:  Howard  J.  Cohen,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan 

Associate  Professor:  Martin  J.  O  Connor,  J.D., 

University  of  Connecticut 
Assistant  Professors:  Sorin  Iliescu,  M.S.,  University 

of  New  Haven;  Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  M.S., 

University  of  New  Haven;  Nelson  Dunston,  M.S., 

University  of  Maryland 
Lecturer:  Bruce  Varga,  M.S.,  University  of  New 

Haven 

The  Department  of  Fire  Science  and  Professional 
Studies  offers  several  degree  programs  for  students 
interested  in  the  specific  employment-related  areas  of 
fire  science  (technology,  administration,  and  fire/arson 
investigation)  and  fire  protection  engineering.  A  num- 
ber of  certificates  are  also  offered  in  these  fields. 


Fire  Science 


Chair:  Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  M.S. 

The  LInited  States  continues  to  be  among  those 
countries  worldwide  that  suffer  the  highest  degree  of 
destruction  to  life  and  property  from  fire.  The 
arson/fraud  fire  problem  continues  to  contribute  to 
these  statistics  at  an  alarming  rate. 

Concern  over  this  unnecessary  loss  of  life  and 
propert}'  has  triggered  a  rapidly  growing  need  for 
professionals  in  fire  science.  The  municipal  fire  serv- 
ice is  only  one  part  of  the  demand  lor  individuals 


with  specialized  education  in  this  multi-disciplined 
field.  Career  opportunities  in  the  public  sector 
include  those  for  municipal  firefighters,  fire  inspec- 
tors, fire  investigators,  fire  technicians,  and  fire  pro- 
tection engineers.  Private  sector  careers  include  those 
of  industrial  firefighters,  fire  protection  specialists, 
fire  protection  engineers,  fire  investigators,  and  loss 
control  consultants.  Government,  industry,  fire 
equipment  manufacturers  and  vendors,  and  the 
insurance  industry  are  all  potential  employers. 

The  University  of  New  Haven  offers  five  under- 
graduate degrees  and  four  certificate  programs 
designed  for  those  entering  the  exciting  field  of  fire 
science.  A  combination  of  classroom  lectures,  labora- 
tory sessions,  case  studies,  and  field  trips  gives  stu- 
dents the  broadest  possible  exposure  in  this  area  of 
study.  Internships  allow  students  to  obtain  real-life 
work  experience  in  this  specialized  field. 

The  University  also  offers  graduate  certificate  pro- 
grams and  a  master's  degree  in  fire  science  for  those 
completing  their  bachelor's  degrees. 

Fire  Science  Club 

The  Fire  Science  Club  is  the  campus  activities 
organization  for  students  with  interests  in  fire  science 
and  related  fields.  This  very  active  group  organizes 
field  trips,  fire  safery  and  substance  abuse  programs, 
and  other  activities,  both  on  and  off  campus, 
throughout  the  school  year. 

Student  Branch  of  the  Connecticut  Valley 
Chapter  of  SFPE 

The  Student  Branch  of  the  Connecticut  Valley 
Chapter  of  the  Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers  is 
the  professional  society  on  campus  for  fire  science 
students.  The  Student  Branch  works  closely  with  the 
Fire  Science  Club  to  provide  programs  and  field  trips 
with  a  strong  technical  basis. 

B.S.,  Fire  Science 

The  bachelor  of  science  in  fire  science  is  offered 
with  a  choice  of  three  concentrations  to  allow  the  stu- 
dent to  major  in  fire  science  and  specialize  in  an  area  of 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  163 


interest.  The  concentration  areas  are  fire/arson  investi- 
gation, fire  administration,  and  fire  science  technology. 

Required  Courses 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  fire  science  are 
required  to  complete  at  least  122  credits  including 
the  University  Core  Curriculum  and  the  common 
courses  for  fire  science  listed  below,  some  oi  which 
fulfill  requirements  of  the  University  Core 
Curriculum. 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technolog)' 
FS  201  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics  with 

Laboratory 
FS  205  Fire  Protection  Hydraulics  and  Water  Supply 
FS  207  Fire  Prevention 

FS  301  Building  Construction  for  Fire  Protection 
FS  302  Chemistry  of  Hazardous  Materials 
FS  304  Fire  Protection  Systems 
FS  325  Fire/Life  Safety  Codes 
FS  404  Special  Hazards  Control 
FS  501  Internship 
Plus  electives  chosen  with  the  adviser 

Concentration  in  Fire/Arson  Investigation 

This  concentration  prepares  students  for  careers  in 
fire  investigation,  arson/fraud  detection,  and  code 
enforcement  in  both  the  public  and  private  sectors. 
The  curriculum  provides  the  educational  background 
to  determine  the  cause  and  origin  of  fires.  It  also  pro- 
vides an  in-depth  study  of  the  laws  regarding  fire 
investigations  and  evidence  collection.  Students 
choosing  this  concentration  will  complete  the 
requirements  for  a  minor  in  criminal  justice.  Students 
earning  the  B.S.  in  fire  science  with  a  concentration 
in  fire/arson  investigation  must  complete  123  credits 
including  the  University  Core  Curriculum,  the  com- 
mon courses  for  fire  science  majors  listed  above,  and 
the  courses  listed  below,  some  of  which  fulfill 
requirements  of  the  University  Core  Curriculum. 
FS  203  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  for  Fire 

Science 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
FS  313  Fire  Investigation  II 
FS  314  Fire  Investigation  II  Laboratory 
FS  408  Fire  Protection  Law 


FS  409  Arson  for  Profit 

CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  I  with  Laboratory 
CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal  Justice 
CJ  102  Criminal  Law 
CJ  201  Principles  of  Criminal  Investigation 
FOR  215  Introduction  to  Forensic  Science 
CJ  217  Criminal  Procedure  I 
CJ  218  Criminal  Procedure  II  and  Evidence 
CJ  221  Juvenile  Justice  System 
or 

FOR  415  Crime  Scene  Investigation 
M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 
or 

M  127  Finite  Mathematics 
Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 
P  336  Abnormal  Psychology 

Concentration  in  Fire  Administration 

This  concentration  prepares  students  for  careers  in 
municipal,  private,  or  industrial  fire  departments. 
The  curriculum  provides  the  educational  background 
to  advance  through  the  ranks  and  become  the  future 
leaders  of  the  fire  service. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  fire  science 
with  a  concentration  in  fire  administration  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  122  credits  including  the 
University  Core  Curriculum,  the  common  courses 
for  fire  science  majors  listed  above,  and  the  courses 
listed  below,  some  of  which  fulfill  requirements  of 
the  University  Core  Curriculum. 
CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  I  with  Laboratory 
FS  106  Emergency  Scene  Operations 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
FS  209  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  for  the  Fire 

Service 
FS  303  Process  and  Transportation  Hazards 
FS  307  Municipal  Fire  Administration 
FS  405  Emergency  Incident  Management 
FS  408  Fire  Protection  Law 
M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 
or 

M  127  Finite  Mathematics 
Pill  Introduction  to  Psychology 


164 


PA  101  Introduction  to  Public  Administration 
PA  302  Public  Administration  Systems  and 

Procedures 
or 

PA  305  Institutional  Budgeting  and  Planning 
PA  408  Collective  Bargaining  in  the  Public  Sector 

Plus  one  fire  science  elective 

Concentration  in  Fire  Science  Technology 

This  concentration  focuses  on  the  technological 
aspects  of  fire  science.  Fire  control  by  design,  con- 
struction, and  fixed  fire  suppression  systems  is 
stressed.  A  combination  of  fire  science  and  engineer- 
ing courses  prepares  students  to  apply  basic  engineer- 
ing principles  to  the  fire  problem.  Fire  prevention 
and  code  compliance  are  stressed  in  this  program. 
Careers  in  this  field  are  mainly  in  the  private  sector; 
however,  these  skills  are  becoming  more  important  in 
all  areas,  as  the  fire  service  prepares  to  meet  the  tech- 
nical challenges  of  the  future. 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  fire  science 
with  a  concentration  in  fire  science  technology  must 
complete  126  credits  including  the  University  Core 
Curriculum,  the  common  courses  for  fire  science 
majors  listed  above,  and  the  courses  listed  below, 
some  of  which  fulfill  requirements  of  the  University 
Core  Curriculum. 
FS  203  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  for  Fire 

Science 
FS  308  Industrial  Fire  Protection  I 
FS  31 1  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems 
FS  312  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems 

Laboratory 
FS  425  Fire  Protection  Plan  Review 
FS  460  Fire  Hazards  Analysis 
CH  115  General  Chemistry  I 
CH  117  General  Chemistry  I  Laboratory 
EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering 
FAS  109  Project  Planning 
EAS  1 1 2  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

(in  place  of  CS  107) 
EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 

Systems 
EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 
EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 

Devices 


M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 

MG  115  Fundamentals  of  Management 

PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves 

with  Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 

Plus  three  fire  science  electives 

B.S.,  Fire  Protection  Engineering 
Coordinator:  Nelson  Dunston,  M.S. 

The  role  of  a  fire  protection  engineer  is  to  safe- 
guard life  and  property  from  the  devastating  effects 
of  fire  and  explosions  by  applying  sound,  multi-disci- 
plined engineering  principles  to  the  fire  protection 
problem.  Through  a  combination  of  engineering  and 
fire  science  courses,  students  learn  how  to  design, 
construct,  and  install  fire  protection  systems  that  pre- 
vent or  minimize  potential  losses  from  fire,  water, 
smoke,  or  explosions. 

Graduates  of  the  fire  protection  engineering  pro- 
gram are  qualified  to  design,  evaluate,  or  test  systems 
responsible  for  the  reduction  of  fire  losses.  They  are 
also  prepared  to  analyze  the  fire  protection  defenses 
of  various  structures  and  operations  and  recommend 
cost-effective  methods  of  improving  the  level  of  pro- 
tection that  is  provided. 

Careers  in  this  field  may  be  in  the  private  or  the 
public  sector.  Government,  insurance  companies, 
industry,  manufacturers,  and  consultants  are  prospec- 
tive employers  of  fire  protection  engineers. 

Required  Courses 

Students  earning  the  B.S.  degree  in  fire  protection 
engineering  must  complete  128  credits  including  the 
University  Core  Curriculum  and  the  courses  listed 
below,  some  of  which  fulfill  requirements  of  the 
University  Core  Curriculum. 
FS  1 02  Principles  of  Fire  Science 
FS  201  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics 
FS  205  Fire  Protection  Hydraulics  and  Water  Supply 
FS  304  Fire  Protection  Systems 
FS  3 1 1  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems 
FS  3 1 2  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems 

Laboratory 


Henry  C.  Lee  College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic  Sciences  165 


FS  404  Special  Hazards  Control 

FS  425  Fire  Protection  Plan  Review 

FS  450  Fire  Protection  Heat  Transfer 

FS  460  Fire  Hazards  Analysis 

EAS  107P  Introduction  to  Engineering  (Project- 
based) 

HAS  109  Project  Planning 

EAS  1 12  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis 

EAS  120  Chemistry  with  Applications  to  Biosystems 

EAS  211  Introduction  to  Modeling  of  Engineering 
Systems 

EAS  213  Materials  in  Engineering  Systems 

EAS  222  Fundamentals  of  Mechanics  of  Materials 

EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and  Applications  of  Analog 
Devices 

EAS  232  Project  Management  and  Engineering 
Economics 

Plus  four  fire  science  or  engineering  electives  chosen 

with  the  adviser 

CH  115  General  Chemistry  I 

CH  1 17  General  Chemistry  I  Laboratory 

M  117  Calculus  I 

M  118  Calculus  II 

M  203  Calculus  III 

M  204  Differential  Equations 

PH  1 50  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Waves  with 

Laboratory 
PH  205  Electromagnetism  and  Optics  with 

Laboratory 
E  225  Technical  Writing  and  Presentation 
EC  133  Principles  of  Economics 

A.S.,  Fire  and  Occupational  Safety 

This  two-year  associate  in  science  degree  offers 
students  a  well-rounded,  basic  program  in  the  field  of 
fire  science  with  a  focus  on  the  private  sector  fire  pro- 
tection industry.  The  program  provides  the  student 
with  two  fire  science  and  free  electives,  thereby  allow- 
ing the  student  to  customize  the  program  to  individ- 
ual career  goals. 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 
FS  20 1  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics  with 

Laboratory 


FS  203  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  for  Fire 

Science 
FS  205  Fire  Protection  Hydraulics  and  Water  Supply 
FS  207  Fire  Prevention 
FS  209  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  for  the  Fire 

Service 
FS  303  Process  and  Transportation  Hazards 
FS  308  Industrial  Fire  Protection 
CH  105  Introduction  to  General  and  Organic 

Chemistry  with  Laboratory 
M  1 09  Intermediate  Algebra 
or 
M  127  Finite  Mathematics 

Plus  two  fire  science  electives,  and  two  electives  cho- 
sen with  the  adviser 

Minor  in  Fire  Science 

Students  wishing  to  minor  in  fire  science  should 
contact  the  director  of  the  program.  A  minimum  of 
1 9  credits  is  required.  The  courses  listed  below  are 
required  unless  a  substitution  is  approved  by  the 
director  of  Fire  Science. 

Required  Courses 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 

FS  201  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics  with 

Laboratory 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
FS  207  Fire  Prevention 

FS  301  Building  Construction  for  Fire  Protection 
FS  303  Process  and  Transportation  Hazards 

Fire  Science  Certificates 

The  Fire  Science  Department  offers  certificates  in 
fire/arson  investigation,  fire  prevention,  industrial  fire 
protection,  and  hazardous  materials.  To  earn  a  certifi- 
cate, students  must  complete  from  16  to  19  credits. 
Credits  earned  for  a  certificate  may  be  applied  to  an 
associate  or  bachelor's  degree  in  fire  science. 

A  student  must  successfully  complete  all  required 
courses  as  outlined  below  with  a  minimum  G.P.A.  of 
2.0  to  be  awarded  the  certificate. 


166 


Fire/Arson  Investigation  Certificate 

The  fire/arson  investigation  certificate  provides 
individuals  in  either  the  public  or  private  sector  with 
the  Rindamentals  required  to  determine  the  cause 
and  origin  of  fires.  Investigative  techniques  and  arson 
determination  are  included  in  this  certificate  pro- 
gram. Students  are  required  to  complete  19  credits, 
including  the  courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 
FS  203  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  for  Fire 

Science 
FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 
FS  313  Fire  Investigation  II 
FS  314  Fire  Investigation  II  Laboratory 
FS  408  Fire  Protection  Law 
FS  409  Arson  for  Profit 

Fire  Prevention  Certificate 

The  fire  prevention  certificate  provides  the  funda- 
mentals of  fire  protection  and  prevention  to  the  indi- 
vidual interested  in  fire  inspection  and/or  code 
compliance.  The  certificate  is  applicable  to  both  the 
public  and  private  sectors,  with  an  emphasis  on  prop- 
erty loss  control.  Students  are  required  to  complete  19 
credits,  including  the  courses  listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 

FS  201  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics  with 

Laboratory 
FS  207  Fire  Prevention 
FS  303  Process  and  Transportation  Hazards 
FS  325  Fire/Life  Safety  Codes 
FS  404  Special  Hazards  Control 


required  to  complete  18  credits,  including  the  courses 
listed  below. 

Required  Courses 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 
FS  203  Risk  Management  and  Insurance  for  Fire 

Science 
FS  207  Fire  Prevention 
FS  308  Industrial  Fire  Protection  I 
FS  309  Industrial  Fire  Protection  II 
FS  404  Special  Hazards  Control 

Hazardous  Materials  Certificate 

The  hazardous  materials  certificate  is  designed  to 
provide  the  fiindamentals  required  for  dealing  with 
the  manufacture,  storage,  handling,  and  shipping  of 
hazardous  materials.  The  principles  covered  by  this 
certificate  are  equally  appropriate  to  the  public  and 
the  private  sectors.  Students  must  complete  16  credits 
for  this  certificate,  including  the  following: 

Required  Courses 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science  Technology 

FS  201  Essentials  of  Fire  Chemistry  and  Physics  with 

Laboratory 
FS  302  Chemistry  of  Hazardous  Materials 
FS  303  Process  and  Transportation  Hazards 
PH  303  Radioactivity  and  Radiation 


Industrial  Fire  Protection  Certificate 

The  industrial  fire  protection  certificate  provides 
the  individual  interested  in  industrial  property  loss 
control  with  the  fiindamentals  related  to  this  field. 
While  focusing  on  the  private  sector,  these  principles 
are  equally  important  to  those  in  the  public  sector 
who  interact  with  those  responsible  for  the  protection 
of  commercial  and  industrial  properties.  Students  are 


University  College  167 


UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 


Arthur  D.  Goon,  M.S.,  Dean 
Christie  Boronico,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 
Michelle  Mason,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Dean 
Jane  Sangeloty,  B.A.,  Assistant  Dean 

UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

University  College  was  created  in  2007  to  reflect 
UNH's  continued  dedication  to  meeting  the  educa- 
tional needs  of  adult  students  and  the  region's  corpo- 
rate communities,  and  to  partner  with  the 
University's  local  and  regional  community.  Programs 
and  courses  are  designed  specifically  with  adult  learn- 
ers in  mind,  focusing  on  academic  excellence,  con- 
venience and  flexibility.  All  the  degree,  customized 
training,  and  certificate  programs  are  the  domain  of 
the  appropriate  academic  college  within  the 
University  of  New  Haven,  thereby  ensuring  the  aca- 
demic quality  and  integrity  ot  the  programs. 

The  mission  ot  University  College  is  stated  below. 

Mission  Statement 

•  Recognizing  the  distinctive  needs  of  adult  and  non- 
traditional  students,  provide  opportunities  to  earn 
a  college  degree,  to  continue  lifelong  learning,  to 
seek  professional  development  and  to  study  English 
as  a  Second  Language. 

•  In  partnership  with  the  other  University  of  New 
Haven  colleges,  offer  high-quality  academic  pro- 
grams and  services  uniquely  designed  for  adult 
learners. 

•  Provide  the  resources  and  support  necessary  for 
adult  students  to  achieve  individual  academic  suc- 
cess and  to  enhance  the  academic  experience. 

•  Develop  and  maintain  a  supportive  learning  envi- 
ronment that  is  responsive  to  the  unique  challenges 
faced  by  adult  learners  and  that  enables  them  to 
achieve  academic  success. 


•  As  a  metropolitan  university  in  the  New  Haven 
area,  respond  in  innovative  ways  to  meet  the 
emerging  educational  and  training  needs  of  educa- 
tors, businesses,  public  and  social  agencies,  and  our 
multi-faceted  communities. 

•  Working  with  local  communities,  business  and 
industry,  and  government,  build  partnerships  to  facil- 
itate the  development  of  educated  and  trained  adults 
who  are  equipped  to  meet  the  needs  and  demands  of 
current  employment  and  new  competition. 

Center  for  Adult  and  Professional  Studies 
(CAPS) 

Undergraduate  degree  and  certificate  programs  for 
adult  learners  are  administered  through  the  Center  for 
Adult  and  Professional  Studies  (CAPS).  UNH  offers 
the  following  accelerated  bachelor's  degree  programs: 

•  Accounting  (B.S.) 

•  Business  Administration  (B.S.) 

•  Dental  Hygiene  (B.S.)* 

•  Fire  Science  (B.S.)* 

•  Public  Administration  (B.S.) 

•  Liberal  Studies  (B.A.) 

•  Paralegal  Certificate* 
*Pending  approval 

Undergraduate  part-time  students  can  also  enroll 
in  other  degree  programs.  Some  programs  can  be 
completed  exclusively  in  evening  study  while  others 
may  require  some  day  classes.  Students  can  complete 
the  University's  core  competency  requirements  in  the 
evening  accelerated  format. 

Additionally,  CAPS  is  responsible  for  developing 
K-I2  partnerships  and  programs,  including  such 
programs  as  High  School  Academy  and  College 
Before  College,  as  well  as  community  outreach  pro- 
grams, summer  programs,  and  camps. 


168 


Graduate  Admissions  Office 

The  Graduate  Admissions  Office  is  responsible  for 
the  centralized  recruitment  and  admissions  process- 
ing for  the  more  than  25  master's  degree  programs 
and  more  than  30  graduate  certificate  programs 
offered  by  the  University. 

Center  for  Graduate  and  Adult  Student 
Services 

The  Center  for  Graduate  and  Adult  Student 
Services  provides  support  for  graduate  and  adult  stu- 
dents related  to  orientation,  registration,  financial  aid 
and  student  billing  in  cooperation  with  those  specific 
offices  and  the  Student  Affairs  Office.  The  Center  for 
Graduate  and  Adult  Student  Services  also  works  with 
graduate  program  coordinators  and  the  Graduate 
Admissions  and  Financial  Aid  offices  to  place  stu- 
dents into  graduate  assistantship  positions.  The 
Center  also  assists  graduate  students  seeking  housing. 
A  new  adult  student  lounge  is  available  on  the  second 
floor  of  Echlin  Hall. 

Southeastern  Center 

The  Southeastern  Center  has  been  serving  the 
educational  needs  ot  businesspeople  and  residents  in 
Southeastern  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island  for 
nearly  three  decades. 

Located  on  the  campus  of  Mitchell  College  in 
New  London,  The  Southeastern  Center  offers  aca- 
demic degree  programs  for  the  working  adult  who  is 
interested  in  career  advancement.  Innovative  pro- 
grams allow  students  to  complete  their  degrees 
quickly  without  sacrificing  quality,  and  without  get- 
ting in  the  way  of  work  and  personal  pursuits. 

For  further  information  please  contact  the  UNH 
Southeastern  Center  at  469  Pequot  Avenue,  New 
London,  CT  06320,  or  phone  860.701.5454. 

Center  for  Corporate  Education 

The  Center  for  Corporate  Education  provides  cus- 
tomized corporate  training  to  area  and  regional  busi- 
ness and  industry.  Additionally,  the  Center  for 


Corporate  Education  provides  administrative  support 
for  existing  and  potential  degree  and  certificate  pro- 
grams that  are  taught  in  cohorts,  including  the 
Executive  M.B.A.,  M.B.A.  for  Emerging  Leaders,  the 
Master  of  Science  in  Engineering  Management 
(M.S.E.M.),  and  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Industrial/ 
Organizational  Psychology  (M.A.I.O.P.). 

International  Credential  Assessment  and 
Services 

University  College  is  responsible  for  coordinating 
the  review  of  international  course  syllabi  for  the  pur- 
pose of  awarding  university  credit  and  the  transcrip- 
tion of  completed  course  work  in  conjunction  with 
Cultural  Experiences  Abroad  (CEA).  A  faculty  com- 
mittee has  been  established  to  review  and  assess 
course  syllabi  of  international  courses. 

ELS  Language  Center 

Intensive  English  programs  are  offered  through 
the  ELS  Language  Center  on  the  main  campus.  The 
goal  of  the  ELS  Center  is  to  prepare  students  to  use 
all  four  language  skills  for  professional  endeavors  and 
academic  study  in  English-speaking  environments. 
Completion  of  the  appropriate  programs  will  prepare 
students  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  level  study. 

The  Office  of  Experiential  Education 

The  Office  of  Experiential  Education  at  the 
University  of  New  Haven  supports  students  and  fac- 
ulty in  developing  and  participating  in  Experiential 
Education  opportunities.  The  Office  of  Experiential 
Education  encourages  students  to  experience  L.I.F.E., 
which  stands  for  Learning  through  faculty-mentored 
undergraduate  research,  Immersion  through  work- 
integrated  learning  opportunities,  Fulfillment 
through  academic  service  learning,  and  Experience 
the  world  through  international  study.  We  support 
students,  staff  and  faculty  in  discovery-based  learning 
across  the  curriculum:  expanding  intellectual  curiosity, 
enhancing  personal  growth,  and  advancing  profes- 
sional development. 


University  College  169 


Faculty-Mentored  Undergraduate  Research 

We  recognize  the  value  of  learning  through 
research  and  encourage  students  to  work  with  faculty 
mentors  who  can  help  them  develop  a  research 
agenda  to  compliment  their  academic  program. 

Work-Integrated  Learning 

Work-integrated  learning  includes  internships,  co- 
op's, practicum,  and  field  study.  Our  office  supports 
students  and  faculty  in  their  collaboration  with  com- 
munity partners  to  identify  and  develop  these  experi- 
ences with  academic  standards  in  mind. 

Academic  Service  Learning 

The  Academic  Service  Learning  Office  assists  faculty 
who  enhance  the  learning  experience  of  students 
through  community  service  projects  that  support 
learning  objectives  in  the  classroom. 

International  Studies 

We  provide  advising  and  support,  encouraging  our 
students  to  experience  the  world  through  study 
abroad,  including  short-term  faculty-led  study  abroad. 


University  College  Contact  Information 

University  College  is  located  on  the  second  floor 
of  Echlin  Hall.  Hours  are  8:30  a.m.  to  7:00  p.m. 
Monday  through  Thursday;  8:30  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m. 
on  Friday;  and  8:30  a.m.  to  noon  on  Saturday.  You 
can  reach  us  at  203.932.7180  or  universitycoUege- 
@newhaven.edu. 


Study  Abroad 

The  Office  of  Study  Abroad  at  the  University  of  New 
Haven  is  committed  to  providing  all  UNH  students 
with  high-quality  international  academic  opportuni- 
ties that  allow  them  to  develop  the  insight  and  skills 
needed  to  become  productive  and  successful  members 
of  the  global  community.  We  offer  advising  for  stu- 
dents working  with  third-party  providers  and  oppor- 
tunities to  study  through  UNH  faculry-led  initiatives. 
For  information  on  study  abroad  opportunities,  visit 
our  website  at  www.newhaven.edu/academics/10837/ 
studyabroad/  or  contact  us  by  email  at  studyabroad@ 
newhaven.edu. 

The  Study  Abroad  Office  is  located  in  Kaplan  Hall, 
Room  210.  For  more  information  call  203.931.2919. 


170 


Courses  171 


COURSES 


Course  descriptions  are  arranged  alphabetically  by  the  course  prefix  codes  as  listed  below.  For  the  purpose  of 
brevity,  course  descriptions  do  not  follow  traditional  rules  of  grammar  and  may  consist  of  sentence  fragments. 


M 


A 

Accounting 

FE 

Freshman  Experience 

M 

Mathematics 

AR 

Arabic 

FI 

Finance 

ME 

Mechanical  Engineering 

AT 

Art/Visual  Arts 

FOR 

Forensic  Science 

MG 

Management 

R 

FR 

French 

MK 

Marketing 

BA 

Business  Administration 

FS 

Fire  Science 

MM 

Multimedia 

BI 

Biology 

G 

MR 

Marine  Biology 

c 

GLS 

Global  Studies 

MU 

Music 

CE 

Civil  Engineering 

GR 

German 

P 

CEN 

Computer  Engineering 
Chemistry 

H 

P 
PA 

Psychology 

CH 

HS 

History 

Public  Administration 

CJ 

Criminal  Justice 

HTM  Hotel  and  Tourism 

PH 

Physics 

CM 

Chemical  Engineering 

Management 

PL 

Philosophy 

CN 

Chinese 

HU 

Humanities 

PS 

Political  Science 

CO 

Communication 

I 

Q 

CS 

Computer  Science 

IB 

International  Business 

QA 

Quantitative  Analysis 

D 

ID 

Interior  Design 

R 

DH 

Dental  Hygiene 

IE 

Industrial  Engineering 

RU 

Russian 

DI 

Dietetics 

IT 

Italian 

s 

E 

English 

J 

sc 

SE 

Science 

E 

J 

Journalism 

System  Engineering 

EAS 

Engineering  and  Applied 

L 

SO 

Sociology 

EC 
ED 
EE 

EN 

Science 

Economics 

Education 

Electrical  Engineering 

Environmental  Science 

LA 
LG 

LS 

Business  Law 
Logistics 
Legal  Studies 

~     SP 

sw 

T 

T 

Spanish 
Social  Welfare 

Theatre  Arts 

172 


ACCOUNTING 

A  101  Introduction  to  Financial 
Accounting 

Deals  primarily  with  reporting  the 
financial  results  of  operations  and 
financial  position  to  investors,  man- 
agers, and  other  interested  parties. 
Emphasizes  the  role  of  accounting 
information  in  decision-making. 
3  credits. 

A  102  Introduction  to 
Managerial  Accounting 

Prerequisite:  A  101.  The  application 
of  accounting  in  relation  to  current 
planning  and  control,  evaluation  of 
performances,  special  decisions,  and 
long-range  planning.  Stress  is  on 
cost  analysis.  Additional  topics 
include  income  tax  planning,  prod- 
uct costing,  and  quantitative  tech- 
niques. 3  credits. 

A  220  Intermediate  Financial 
Accounting  I 

Prerequisite:  A  101.  A  rigorous 
examination  of  financial  account- 
ing theory  and  practice  applicable 
to  the  corporate  form  of  business 
organization.  With  an  emphasis  on 
reporting  corporate  financial  status 
and  results  of  operations,  the 
course  includes  the  principles  gov- 
erning and  the  procedures  for 
implementing  accounting  valua- 
tions for  revenue,  expense,  gain, 
loss,  current  assets,  and  deferred 
charges.  3  credits. 

A  221  Intermediate  Financial 
Accounting  II 

Prerequisite:  A  220.  Continues  the 
emphasis  on  corporate  financial 
reporting  established  in  A  220.  The 
principles  and  procedures  applicable 
to  accounting  valuations  for  current 
liabilities,  long-term  liabilities. 


deferred  credits,  and  stockholder's 
equity  are  examined.  Special  atten- 
tion is  directed  to  preparing  the 
cash-flow  statement.  3  credits. 

A  250  Accounting  Information 
Systems 

Prerequisite:  A  101.  This  course 
provides  a  thorough  introduction  to 
basic  systems  theory,  a  firm  work- 
ing knowledge  of  systems  analysis 
and  design  techniques,  and  an 
examination  of  various  transaction 
cycles  in  the  accounting  system. 
Emphasis  is  on  EDP  environments. 
3  credits. 

A  323  Cost  Accounting 

Prerequisite:  A  102.  An  in-depth 
examination  of  the  accounting 
principles  and  procedures  underly- 
ing the  determination  of  product 
costs  for  manufacturing  concerns. 
Emphasis  on  job  order  costing  sys- 
tems. Other  topics  are  budgets, 
standard  costing,  and  CVP  analysis. 
3  credits. 

A  422  Intermediate  Financial 
Accounting  III 

Prerequisite:  A  221.  Advanced  top- 
ics include  income  tax  allocation, 
pensions  and  leases,  accounting 
changes,  price-level  changes,  install- 
ment sales  and  consignments,  and 
revenue  recognition.  3  credits. 

A  43 1  Advanced  Financial 
Accounting 

Prerequisites:  A  221  and  senior 
standing.  Advanced  topics  in  finan- 
cial reporting,  including  partnership 
accounting,  consolidations,  cost 
and  equity  methods,  and  purchase 
versus  pooling  methods.  3  credits. 

A  433  Auditing  and  Assurance 
Services 

Prerequisites:  A  422,  A  250,  and 


senior  standing.  A  general  examina- 
tion of  the  role  and  function  of  the 
independent  auditor  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  attest  fiinction. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  current 
auditing  pronouncements,  the  audit 
report,  statistical  sampling,  evalua- 
tion of  internal  control,  and  the 
determination  of  the  scope  of  an 
audit.  Rules  and  standards  of  com- 
pilation and  review  reports  are  pre- 
sented. 3  credits. 

A  435  Federal  Income  Taxation  I 

Prerequisites:  A  1 02  and  senior 
standing.  An  introduction  to  the 
federal  income  tax  law  including 
objectives,  history,  and  sources  of 
tax  law  and  administration.  Course 
coverage  is  devoted  to  different 
types  of  taxpayers  including  indi- 
viduals, corporations,  partnerships, 
limited  liability  entities,  subchapter 
S  corporations,  and  trusts  and 
estates.  The  course  explores  income 
tax  concepts  of  accounting  meth- 
ods and  periods,  income,  deduc- 
tion losses,  property  transactions, 
fringe  benefits,  and  retirement 
plans.  3  credits. 

A  436  Federal  Income  Taxation  II 

Prerequisites:  A  102  and  A  435. 
Advanced  studies  in  taxation 
including  the  tax  consequences  of 
the  formation,  operation,  and  ter- 
mination of  corporations,  partner- 
ships, and  limited  liability  compa- 
nies. Course  coverage  is  devoted  to 
the  alternative  minimum  tax,  relat- 
ed party  transactions,  estate  and  gift 
taxation,  financial  tax  accounting 
concepts,  and  ethical  responsibilities 
in  tax  practice.  3  credits. 

A  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  A  1 02.  Junior-level 
standing  required  unless  specified 


Courses  173 


in  course  schedule  description. 
Selected  topics  in  accounting  or 
taxation  of  special  or  current  inter- 
est. 3  credits. 

A  597  Practicum 

Prerequisites;  A  220  and  minimum 
3.0  GPA  in  the  major.  A  course  of 
study  designed  especially  for  the 
supervised  practical  application  of 
previously  studied  theory  in  a 
group  setting.  Completed  under 
the  supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor 
and  coordinated  with  a  business 
organization.  3  credits. 

A  598  Internship 

Prerequisites:  A  422  and  Junior 
standing.  On-the-job  experience 
performing  accounting  in  selected 
organizations.  3  credits. 

A  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  A  102  and  junior 
standing.  A  planned  program  of 
individual  study  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  faculty  member.  3  credits. 


ARABIC 

AR  101  Elementary  Arabic  I 

This  course  introduces  students  to 
the  basic  skills  of  reading,  writing, 
speaking,  and  listening  in  Modern 
Standard  Arabic.  Students  will  learn 
Arabic  letters  and  sounds,  write  and 
create  words  and  sentences,  and  be 
able  to  hold  a  basic  conversation  in 
Arabic.  3  credits. 

AR  102  Elementary  Arabic  II 

Prerequisite:  AR  1 0 1  or  permission 
of  instructor.  This  course  builds 
upon  the  language,  listening,  and 
writing  skills  developed  in  AR  101. 
Students  will  advance  their  knowl- 
edge of  Arabic  letters  and  sounds, 


words  and  sentences,  and  basic  con- 
versation. 3  credits. 

AR  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Arabic 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  Arabic.  3 
credits. 


ARTAaSUAL  ARTS 

AT  101-102  Introduction  to 
Studio  Art  I  and  II 

Foundational  study  in  the  visual 
arts  designed  to  heighten  the  stu- 
dent's aesthetic  awareness  and  to 
provide  an  introduction  to  the 
study  of  drawing,  painting,  and 
design  using  a  variety  of  materials. 
3  credits  each. 

AT  105  Basic  Drawing  I 

A  basic-foundation  course  that 
includes  a  disciplined  study  in  the 
fundamentals  ot  drawing,  such  as 
nature  studies,  perspective,  and 
exercises  in  coordination  of  hand 
and  eye.  3  credits. 

AT  106  Basic  Drawing  II 

A  continuation  of  AT  105  with 
emphasis  on  perspective  and  depic- 
tion of  three-dimensional  space  and 
form  by  two-dimensional  means. 
Study  of  architectural  forms,  natu- 
ral objects,  and  landscapes.  3  cred- 


AT  122  Graphic  Design 
Production 

Prerequisite:  AT  1 00-level  course  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Studio 
introduction  to  the  technical  skills 
of  graphic  design  including  copyfit- 
ting  type  specification,  typesetting, 
layout,  and  mechanical  preparation. 
3  credits. 


AT  201  Painting  I 

Problems  in  pictorial  composition 
involving  manipulation  of  form  and 
color.  Various  techniques  of  apply- 
ing pigment  are  explored  as  well  as 
mixing  pigments,  stretching  and 
priming  canvases.  3  credits. 

AT  202  Painting  II 

A  continuation  of  AT  201  with  fur- 
ther exploration  of  two-dimensional 
pictorial  arrangements  of  form  and 
color  for  greatest  visual  effective- 
ness. Students  will  be  encouraged  to 
develop  their  own  personal  idiom 
in  the  medium.  3  credits. 

AT  203  Graphic  Design  I 

Basic  theoretical  design  studies  con- 
centrate on  the  development  of  a 
design  vocabulary  consisting  of  an 
understanding  of  form,  proportion, 
composition,  rhythm,  juxtaposi- 
tion, progression,  and  balance.  3 
credits. 

AT  204  Graphic  Design  II 

Prerequisite:  AT  203.  An  investiga- 
don  of  formal  aspects  of  composi- 
tion, organic  and  geometric  form, 
graphic  translation,  and  color. 
Emphasis  on  concept  development, 
sequencing,  and  visual  logic.  3  cred- 


AT  209-210  Photography  I  and  II 

Introduction  to  the  technical  and 
aesthetic  aspects  of  black  and  white 
photography.  Camera  controls, 
exposure,  development,  and  print- 
making  will  be  covered  along  with  a 
simultaneous  investigation  into 
photographic  design,  historical  tra- 
dition, and  media  use.  Photography 
II  puts  special  emphasis  on  each 
student's  creating  a  body  of  work 
that  possesses  a  cohesiveness  of 
vision.  Further  investigation  of  pho- 


174 


tographic  technique.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits  each. 

AT  21 1  Basic  Design  I 

A  basic-foundation  course  that 
includes  exploration  of  two-dimen- 
sional visual  elements  —  line,  color, 
light  and  dark,  shape,  size,  place- 
ment, and  figure-ground,  and  their 
effective  uses.  For  those  wishing  a 
basic  art  understanding.  3  credits. 

AT  212  Basic  Design  II 

A  continuation  of  AT  211,  with 
concentration  on  three-dimensional 
elements  of  design  including  posi- 
tive and  negative  volumes,  surfaces, 
structural  systems,  and  other  ele- 
ments, employing  a  variety  of  mate- 
rials. 3  credits. 

AT  213  Color 

An  intensive  exploration  ol  color 
perception  and  interaction  with 
manipulation  of  form  and  color  for 
greatest  effectiveness  in  pictorial 
compositions.  3  credits. 

AT  221  Typography  I 

Prerequisites:  AT  203,  AT  211.  An 
introduction  to  the  form,  language, 
terminology,  and  use  of  typography. 
Letters,  words,  and  text  arrange- 
ments form  the  components  in 
these  theoretical  studies,  which  lead 
to  simple  communication  exercises. 
3  credits. 

AT  222  Typography  II 

Prerequisite:  AT  221.  Exploration 
of  typographic  structures  and  hier- 
archies as  well  as  formal  aspects  of 
text.  The  typographic  principles 
are  applied  to  complex  communi- 
cation problems  such  as  publica- 
tion design  and  information 
graphics.  3  credits. 


AT  225  Photographic  Methods 

Prerequisite:  AT  209.  An  explo- 
ration of  ideas,  experiments,  and 
investigations  in  alternative  photo- 
graphic processes.  Includes  toning, 
cyanotype  printing,  gum  bichro- 
mate, platinum,  and  palladium. 
Also  covered  will  be  negative 
manipulation,  hand-applied  color, 
and  pinhole  cameras.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

AT  231  History  of  Art  I 

Western  art  from  cave  art  through 
the  Middle  Ages  to  Gothic.  This 
course  seeks  to  understand  expres- 
sive, social,  cidtural,  political,  and 
economic  aspects  of  the  cultures  in 
which  specific  art  styles  and  visual 
developments  emerged.  This  course 
forms  the  basic  vocabulary  for  His- 
tory of  Art  II.  Includes  economic 
and  technological  changes  in  the 
societies  and  their  reflections  in  art. 
Appropriate  for  business  and  engi- 
neering students.  3  credits. 

AT  232  History  of  Art  II 

Western  art  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  twentieth  century  in  Europe 
and  America;  a  continuation  of  AT 
23 1 .  3  credits. 

AT  302  Figure  Drawing 

Prerequisite:  AT  105  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Study  of  drawing, 
which  concentrates  on  the  human 
figure.  3  credits. 

AT  304  Scidpture  I 

The  exploration  of  three-dimen- 
sional materials  for  maximum  effec- 
tiveness in  expressive  design.  Exper- 
imentation with  clay,  plaster,  wood, 
stone,  canvas,  wire  screening,  metal, 
found  objects.  A  basic  understand- 
ing of  major  fundamental  methods: 
casting  and  carving.  Laboratory  fee; 
3  credits. 


AT  305  Sculpture  II 

A  continuation  of  AT  304  with  fur- 
ther exploration  of  three-dimen- 
sional materials  and  the  possibilities 
they  present  for  creative  visual  state- 
ments. Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

AT  309  Photographic  Design 

Prerequisite:  AT  209.  Introduction 
to  basic  materials  and  techniques  of 
black  and  white  photography  used 
in  graphic  design.  The  relation 
between  image  and  type  as  well  as 
sequencing  and  the  extended  print 
will  be  explored  along  with  collage 
and  basic  bookmaking.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

AT  310  Photographic  Lighting 

Prerequisite:  AT  209.  Aesthetic  and 
technical  understanding  of  light. 
Use  of  natural  and  artificial  lighting 
systems  and  methods  for  working 
with  both  color  and  black  and 
white  film.  Emphasis  on  the  por- 
trait and  still-life  image  as  well  as 
creative  problem  solving.  Laborato- 
ry fee;  3  credits. 

AT  311  Color  Photography 

Prerequisite:  AT  209.  Theory  and 
practice  of  color  photography. 
Study  of  current  color  photographic 
materials  and  processes.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

AT  315  Printmaking 

The  expressive  potential  of  the 
graphic  image  through  the  tech- 
niques of  monoprints,  etching, 
silkscreening,  and  photo/computer- 
scanned  printing  processes.  Labora- 
tory fee;  3  credits. 

AT  322  Illustration 

A  solid  foundation  in  the  tech- 
niques of  creative  illustration. 
Various  media  and  their  expressive 


Courses  175 


possibilities  will  be  studied:  char- 
coal, pencil,  pen  and  ink,  wash,  col- 
ored pencils,  acrylic.  Focuses  on 
application  of  these  techniques.  3 
credits. 

AT  33 1  Contemporary  Art 

Focus  on  art  since  1945.  The  devel- 
opments of  the  present  stem  from 
ideas  emanating  from  the  1 870s, 
especially  Impressionism.  This 
course  seeks  to  understand  these 
connections.  Emphasis  on  econom- 
ic, historical,  and  technological 
developments.  Appropriate  tor  busi- 
ness, communication,  history,  and 
engineering  students.  3  credits. 

AT  333  Survey  of  Afro-American 
Art 

Artistic  creation  by  African-Ameri- 
cans in  the  United  States  from  the 
Colonial  period  to  the  present. 
Consideration  of  African  cultural 
influences.  Analysis  of  modern 
trends  in  the  work  of  black  artists. 
3  credits. 

AT  401  Studio  Seminar  I 

Prerequisites:  AT  101-102,  AT  201, 
AT  302  or  AT  209,  and  art  electives. 
Drawing  on  development  through 
their  previous  study,  smdents  will 
concentrate  on  major  projects  in  the 
areas  of  their  choice.  1^  credits. 

AT  402  Studio  Seminar  II 

Prerequisite:  AT  401.  Continuation 
of  Studio  Seminar  I.  1—4  credits. 

AT  403-429  Selected  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  applied  art  or  histor)'  of 
art.  Credits  vary. 

AT  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  the 
instructor  and  department  chair. 


Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits. 


BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

BA  100  Leadership  in  the 
Business  Community 

Leaders  and  their  behavior  as  it  per- 
tains to  the  role  of  the  leader  within 
the  organization  are  the  focus  for 
this  participatory  course.  Theory 
and  current  research  regarding  lead- 
ership are  discussed  as  well  as  the 
prerequisites,  knowledge,  and  prac- 
tices required  tor  successfiil  leader- 
ship. Student  participation  will  be 
enhanced  through  use  of  videotape, 
role  playing,  writing  activities,  and 
presentations.  3  credits. 

BA  450-459  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  business 
administration.  3  credits. 

BA  500  Experiential  Learning 
Capstone 

This  class  ensures  student  comple- 
tion of  the  experiential  learning 
components  for  College  of  Business 
programs.  By  the  end  of  the  course, 
students  must  have  completed  16 
points  of  activities  from  the  College 
of  Business  Professional  Enrich- 
ment Program  during  their  tenure 
at  the  University  of  New  Haven. 
They  also  must  have  successfully 
completed  either  a  three-credit 
internship  in  the  major  field  of 
study,  a  three-credit  practicum  in 
the  major  field  of  study,  or  one 
semester  of  study  abroad  (outside 
the  U.S.)  including  at  least  six  cred- 


its of  business  courses  that  are 
transferable  into  the  major  program 
of  studv.  No  credit. 


BIOLOGY 

"*"  denotes  courses  usually  sched- 
uled every  other  academic  year. 
"+"  denotes  courses  offered  at  the 
discretion  of  the  department. 

BI  121-122  General  and  Human 
Biology  with  Laboratory  I  and  II 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
biology,  which  integrates  biological 
principles  and  human  biology. 
Major  topics  covered  are  biochem- 
istry, cell  and  molecular  biology, 
generics,  anatomy  and  physiology, 
behavior,  ecology,  and  evolution. 
The  laboratory  involves  experimen- 
tation and  demonstration  of  princi- 
ples covered  in  lecture.  BI  121  is  a 
prerequisite  for  BI  1 22.  Laboratory 
fee;  4  credits  each  term. 

BI  125  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Biology  with  Laboratory 

This  course  explores  topics  related 
to  biological  sciences.  The  goal  is  to 
foster  an  informed  citizenship  pre- 
pared for  current  biological  debates. 
Students  will  learn  the  relevant  bio- 
logical principles  in  lecture  and  lab- 
oratory. The  dynamic  nature  of  sci- 
entific investigation  may  require 
adjustment  and  variation  in  the 
specific  topics  covered  each  year. 
Topics  may  include  emerging  dis- 
eases, cardiovascular  health,  repro- 
duction, genetics,  evolution,  ecolo- 
gy-, and  conser\'ation.  Laboratory 
fee;  4  credits. 

BI  250  Invertebrate  Zoology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  BI  122  or  BI  254. 


176 


A  survey  of  invertebrate  phyla 
focusing  on  taxonomy,  evolutionary 
relationships,  structure  and  func- 
tion, physiological  adaptations,  and 
life  modes.  Laboratory  includes 
examination  of  the  structure  and 
anatomy  of  representative  taxa  from 
the  phyla,  experiments  and  observa- 
tions on  behavior,  and  responses  to 
varying  environmental  conditions. 
Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

BI  253-254  Biology  for  Science 
Majors  with  Laboratory  I  and  II 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  M  1 09. 
A  discussion  of  the  principles  of  bio- 
logical organization  from  the  molec- 
ular level  through  the  ecological. 
The  basic  course  for  biology  and 
environmental  studies  majors.  Labo- 
ratory fee;  4  credits  each  term. 

BI  259-260  Vertebrate  Anatomy 
and  Physiology  with  Laboratory'  I 
and  II 

Prerequisite:  81121,  BI  122,  BI 
253,  or  81  254.  Examination  of 
structure  and  function  of  vertebrate 
organ  systems  with  an  emphasis  on 
human  systems.  Laboratory  fee;  4 
credits  each  term. 

BI  261  Introduction  to 
Biochemistry 

Prerequisite:  CH  105  or  equivalent. 
An  introduction  to  biochemistr}' 
including  the  study  of  pH,  water 
bioenergetics,  enzymes,  and  the 
structure,  fiinction,  and  metabolism 
of  carbohydrates,  proteins,  lipids, 
and  nucleic  acids.  A  non-laboratory 
course  for  students  in  dental 
hygiene  and  dietetics.  Not  open  to 
biology  majors.  3  credits. 

BI  301  Microbiology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  BI  121  or  BI  253  and 


one  college  course  in  general  chem- 
istry. A  history  of  microbiology  and 
a  survey  of  microbial  life.  Includes 
viruses,  rickettsia,  bacteria,  blue- 
green  algae,  and  fiingi;  their  envi- 
ronment, growth,  reproduction, 
metabolism,  and  relationship  to 
humans.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

*BI  303  Cells  and  Tissues  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  BI  121  or  81  253. 
Microscopic  and  chemical  struc- 
tures of  normal  tissues,  organs,  and 
their  cellular  constituents  as  related 
to  function.  Laboratory  includes 
microscopic  observation,  tissue 
staining,  and  slide  preparation.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  4  credits. 

BI  304  Immunology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  81  121  or  81  253  and 
one  college  course  in  general  chem- 
istry. The  nature  of  antigens  and 
antibodies,  formation  and  action  of 
the  latter,  other  immunologically 
active  components  of  blood  and  tis- 
sues, and  various  immune  reactions. 
Laboratory  emphasizes  current  anti- 
body methodology.  Laboratory  fee; 
4  credits. 

*BI  305  Developmental  Biology 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  81  122  or  81  254.  A 
survey  of  developmental  biology 
integrating  classical  embryology 
with  modern  concepts  of  cellular 
development.  Laboratory  includes 
examination  of  embryonic  serial  sec- 
tions as  well  as  modern  cellular  and 
molecular  studies  of  development. 
Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

BI  306  Genetics 

Prerequisite:  BI  121  or  BI  253.  A 
survey  of  modern  genetics  that  inte- 


grates the  principles  and  concepts 
discovered  in  viruses,  bacteria,  and 
mammals  including  humans.  Topics 
include  organization  of  the  chromo- 
some, transmission  genetics,  DNA 
fingerprinting,  linkage  and  map- 
ping, mutations  and  chromosomal 
aberrations,  organelle  genetics, 
genetic  engineering,  population 
genetics,  and  evolution.  3  credits. 

BI  308  Cell  Biology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  BI  121  or  81  253, 
one  college  course  in  general  chem- 
istry, and  one  college  course  in  gen- 
eral physics.  Basic  theories  of  physi- 
ology as  applied  to  cells.  Emphasis 
on  cellular  structure  and  function 
as  well  as  cell-cell  interactions  in 
multicellular  organisms.  Laboratory 
will  stress  practical  aspects  and 
modern  techniques.  Laboratory  fee; 
4  credits. 

BI  3 1 1  Molecular  Biology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  81  121  or  BI  253,  plus 
CH  1 15  and  1 17.  An  in-depth  dis- 
cussion of  nucleic  acids,  the  flow  of 
information  from  nucleic  acids  to 
protein  and  the  control  of  gene 
activity.  Laboratory  emphasizes  the 
techniques  of  modern  molecular 
biology.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

BI  320  Ecology  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  1 16  and  BI  254 
(or  BI  122  with  permission  of 
instructor).  An  investigation  of  the 
major  subdisciplines  of  ecology 
including  organismal,  population, 
community  ecosystem,  and  land- 
scape ecology.  Human  impacts  and 
environmental  management  and 
assessment  are  also  considered.  Lab- 
oratory includes  designing  ecologi- 
cal studies,  field  sampling  tech- 


Courses  177 


niques,  ecological  analysis,  using 
giob;i]  positioning  systems  in  eco- 
logical studies,  and  gathering  infor- 
mation on  the  Internet.  Several 
weekend  field  classes  are  required. 
Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

+BI  433  Medical  Microbiology 
with  Laboratory 
Prerequisites:  BI  301,  CH  115.  A 
study  of  the  more  common  diseases 
caused  by  bacteria,  fungi,  and  virus- 
es, including  their  etiologj',  trans- 
mission, laboratory  diagnosis,  and 
control.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

BI  461  Biochemistry  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  201,  CH  202, 
CH  203,  and  CH  204.  A  survey  of 
biochemistry  including  a  discussion 
of  pH,  buffers,  water,  bioenergetics, 
oxidative  phosphorylation,  enzy- 
mology,  metabolic  regulation,  and 
the  structure,  function,  and  metab- 
olism of  carbohydrates,  proteins, 
lipids,  nucleic  acids,  vitamins,  and 
cofactors.  Laboratory  exercises  are 
primarily  designed  to  concentrate 
on  various  experimental  techniques 
including  electrophoresis,  chro- 
matography, spectrophotometry, 
centrifugation,  and  enzymology. 
Laborator)'  fee;  4  credits. 

BI  493  Evaluation  of  Scientific 
Literature 

Prerequisites:  science  major,  junior 
or  senior  standing.  In  this  seminar- 
format  course,  the  student  will  be 
trained  to  present  and  critically  ana- 
l)'ze  research  papers.  In  the  first  part 
of  the  semester  students  will  be 
instructed  in  critically  reading  and 
evaluating  primary  research  articles. 
In  the  latter  part  of  the  semester  the 
students  will  present  primary 
research  articles  from  the  recent  and 


historical  literature  and  a  review 
topic  in  a  seminar  format.  Active 
class  participation  in  seminars  is 
mandatory.  3  credits. 

BI  498  Internship 

Prerequisites:  biology  or  environ- 
mental science  major,  junior  or  sen- 
ior standing.  Supervised  field  expe- 
rience for  qualified  students  in  areas 
related  to  biology  and/or  environ- 
mental science.  Minimum  of  1 50 
hours  of  field  experience  required.  3 
credits. 

BI  501  Protein  Biochemistry  and 
Enzymology 

Prerequisites:  BI  461,  CH 
201-204.  First  in  a  series  of 
advanced  biochemistry  courses; 
examines  the  relationship  between 
protein  structure  and  function. 
Topics  include  properties  of  pro- 
teins and  amino  acids,  protein  fold- 
ing, enzyme  kinetics,  and  enzyme 
regulation.  3  credits. 

BI  503  Biochemistry  of  Nucleic 
Acid 

Prerequisites:  BI  461,  CH 
201-204.  Second  course  in  the 
advanced  biochemistry  course 
series;  examines  cellular  metabo- 
lism, the  transfer  of  chemical  ener- 
gy, and  the  biosynthesis  of  amino 
acids,  carbohydrates,  fatty  acids, 
and  nucleotides.  3  credits. 

BI  506  Genomics 

Prerequisite:  BI  311.  This  course 
combines  information  from  the 
most  recent  genomic  projects  with 
traditional  genetic  research  meth- 
ods to  provide  novel  understanding 
of  the  role  of  the  genome  as  the 
blueprint  of  life.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  exploring  the  expression 
of  genes  in  context  of  the  activity 


and  function  of  the  whole  genome. 
Topics  include  genome  anatomy, 
functional  genomics,  regulation  of 
the  activity  of  the  genome,  genome 
evolution,  proteomics,  genome 
engineering,  and  computational 
genomics.  3  credits. 

*BI  510  Environmental  Health 

Prerequisites:  BI  260  and  a  college 
chemistry  course.  The  emphasis  is 
on  the  health  efl^ects  of  environ- 
mental and  occupational  pollutants 
and  on  the  spread  and  control  of 
communicable  diseases.  Toxicologi- 
cal  and  epidemiological  techniques 
are  discussed.  3  credits. 

BI  511  Molecular  Biology  of 
Proteins  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  BI  31 1  and  BI  461. 
Because  the  techniques  for  working 
with  proteins  are  basic  to  the  cell 
and  molecular  biologist,  and  extend 
beyond  the  understanding  of  basic 
protein  biochemistry,  this  course 
provides  a  theoretical  understanding 
ol  methods  commonly  utilized  tor 
protein/peptide  analysis.  In  the  lab- 
oratory students  will  isolate  proteins 
from  various  tissues  or  expression 
systems  and  analyze  them  by  one- 
and  two-dimensional  polyacry- 
lamide  gel  electrophoresis.  Labora- 
tory fee;  4  credits. 

BI  513  Molecular  Biology  of 
Nucleic  Acids  with  Laboratory 
Prerequisite:  BI  503  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Examination  of 
gene  expression  and  the  techniques 
available  for  manipulating  DNA, 
RNA,  and  protein  expression. 
Course  utilizes  an  extensive  labora- 
tory component  to  instruct  stu- 
dents in  the  practical  and  technical 
aspects  of  working  with  nucleic 
acids.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 


178 


Bl  520  Bioinformatics 

Prerequisite:  BI  311.  Students 
become  familiar  with  uses  of  com- 
puters in  cellular  and  molecular 
biology  and  are  introduced  to  the 
databases  available  for  nucleic  acid 
and  protein  sequences  as  well  as  lit- 
erature citations.  Students  work 
with  modeling  software  that  looks 
for  potential  secondary  structures 
within  both  protein  and  DNA 
sequences.  3  credits. 

BI  590  Special  Topics  in 
Biology/Science 

Course(s)  covering  topics  in  biology 
or  science  that  are  of  special  or  cur- 
rent interest.  \—4  credits. 

BI  595-596  Laboratory  Research 
I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  biology  major,  con- 
sent of  the  department.  Choice  of 
a  research  topic,  literature  search, 
planning  of  experiments,  experi- 
mentation, and  correlation  oi 
results  in  a  written  report,  under 
the  guidance  ot  a  department  facul- 
ty member.  Three  hours  of  work 
per  week  required  per  credit  hour. 
Laboratory  fee;  1—6  credits. 

BI  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  biology  major,  con- 
sent of  the  department.  Weekly 
conferences  with  adviser.  Three 
hours  of  work  per  week  required 
per  credit.  Opportunity  for  the  stu- 
dent, under  the  direction  of  a  facul- 
ty member,  to  explore  an  area  of 
personal  interest.  A  written  report 
of  the  work  carried  out  is  required. 
1—3  credits  per  semester  up  to  6 
credits. 


CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

CE  201  Statics 

Prerequisites:  PH  150,  M  117. 
Composition  and  resolution  ot 
forces  in  two  and  three  dimensions. 
Equilibrium  of  forces  in  stationary 
systems.  Analysis  of  trusses,  frames, 
and  machines.  Centroids  and  sec- 
ond moments  of  areas,  distributed 
forces  and  friction.  3  credits. 

CE  202  Strength  of  Materials  I 

Prerequisite:  CE  20 1 .  Elastic 
behavior  of  structural  elements 
under  axial,  flexural,  and  torsional 
loading.  Shear  and  bending 
moment  diagrams.  Stress  in  and 
deformation  ot  members,  including 
beams,  columns,  and  connections. 
3  credits. 

CE  203  Elementary  Surveying 

Prerequisite:  M  11 5  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Theory  and  practice  of 
surveying  measurements  using  tape, 
level,  and  transit.  Field  practice  in 
traverse  surveys  and  leveling.  Tra- 
verse adjustment  and  area  computa- 
tions. Adjustment  of  instruments, 
error  analysis.  3  credits. 

CE  205  Statics  and  Strength  of 
Materials 

Prerequisite:  PH  1 50.  Effects  and 
distribution  ot  forces  on  rigid  bod- 
ies at  rest.  Various  types  of  force 
systems,  friction,  center  of  gravity, 
centroids,  and  moments  of  inertia. 
Relation  between  externally  applied 
loads  and  their  internal  effects  on 
nonrigid,  deformable  bodies.  Stress, 
strain,  Hooke's  law,  Poisson's  ratio, 
bending  and  torsion,  shear  and 
moment  diagrams,  deflection. 


combined  stress,  and  Mohr's  circle. 
4  credits. 

CE  206  Engineering  Geology 
Introduction  to  relationship  of  geo- 
logic processes  and  principles  to 
engineering  problems.  Topics 
include  engineering  properties  of 
rock  as  a  construction  and  founda- 
tion material,  soil  formation  and 
soil  profiles,  and  subsurface  water.  3 
credits. 

CE  218  Civil  Engineering 
Systems 

Prerequisites:  HAS  222  or  CE  205 
(may  be  taken  concurrendy),  M 
1  18.  An  introduction  to  civil  engi- 
neering design.  Analyze  needs, 
determine  capacities,  and  develop 
design  alternatives  for  civil  engi- 
neering systems.  Structures,  water 
and  wastewater  facilities,  geotechni- 
cal  and  transportation  systems  are 
studied.  3  credits. 

CE301  Transportation 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  M  1 17.  A  study  of 
planning,  design,  and  construction 
of  transportation  systems  including 
highways,  airports,  railroads,  rapid 
transit  systems,  and  waterways.  3 
credits. 

CE  302  Building  Construction 

Introduction  to  the  legal,  architec- 
tural, structural,  mechanical,  and 
electrical  aspects  of  building  con- 
struction. Principles  of  drawing  and 
specification  preparation  and  cost 
estimating.  3  credits. 

CE  304  Soil  Mechanics 

Prerequisite:  HAS  222  or  CE  205. 
Soil  classifications.  Methods  of  sub- 
surface exploration.  Design  princi- 


Courses  179 


pies  are  related  to  the  potential 
behavior  ot  soils  subjected  to  vari- 
ous loading  conditions.  Seepage 
analysis.  3  credits. 

CE  306  Hydraulics 

Prerequisites:  EAS  222  and  M  204 
or  consentof  instructor.  The 
mechanics  of  fluids  and  fluid  flow. 
Fluid  statics,  laminar  and  turbulent 
flow.  Energy,  continuity,  and 
momentum.  Analysis  and  design  of 
pipes  and  open  channels.  Orifices 
and  weirs.  3  credits. 

CE  309  Water  Resources 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  CE  306.  Study  of 
principles  of  water  resources  engi- 
neering including  surface  and 
ground  water  hydrology.  Design  of 
water  supply,  flood  control,  and 
h)'droelectric  reservoirs.  Hydraulics 
and  design  of  water  supply  distribu- 
tion and  drainage  collection  systems 
including  pump  and  turbine 
design.  Principles  ot  probabilit)' 
concepts  in  the  design  of  hydraulic 
structures.  General  review  of  water 
and  pollution  control  laws.  3  cred- 


CE  312  Structural  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  EAS  222  or  CE  205. 
Basic  structural  engineering  topics 
on  the  analysis  of  beams,  trusses, 
and  frames.  Topics  include  load  cri- 
teria and  influence  lines;  force  and 
deflection  analysis  of  beajns  and 
trusses;  analysis  of  indeterminate 
structures  by  approximate  methods, 
superposition,  and  moment  distri- 
bution. Computer  applications  and 
a  semester-long  design-analysis 
project  requiring  engineering  deci- 
sions. 4  credits  (two  hours  lecture, 
two  hours  discussion). 


CE  315  Environmental 
Engineering 

Prerequisites:  CH  115,  CH  117, 
CE  306.  Introduction  to  water  sup- 
ply and  demand.  Water  quantity 
and  quiility.  Design  and  operation 
principles  of  water  and  wastewater 
treatment,  disposal,  and  reuse  sys- 
tems. Collection,  recycling,  and  dis- 
posal practices  of  solid  wastes.  Fun- 
damentals of  air  pollution  and  air 
pollution  control.  3  credits. 

CE  323  Mechanics  and 
Structures  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CE  312  (may  be 
taken  concurrently).  Experiments 
covering  mechanics  and  structural 
engineering.  The  responses  of  met- 
als and  wood  to  different  loading 
conditions  are  examined.  Laborato- 
ry instrumentation  is  studied.  Lab- 
oratory procedures,  data  collection, 
interpretation,  and  presentation  are 
emphasized.  2  credits. 

CE  327  Soil  Mechanics 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CE  304  (may  be  taken 
concurrendy).  Experiments  and  lab- 
oratory testing  in  geotechnical  engi- 
neering. Lab  testing  includes  classi- 
fication, density,  hydraulic  conduc- 
tivity, shear  strength,  and  consolida- 
tion tests.  Laboratory  procedures 
and  data  collection,  interpretation, 
and  presentation  are  discussed.  2 
credits. 

CE  328  Hydraulics  and 
Environmental  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CE  315  (may  be 
taken  concurrently).  Fundamentals 
of  data  collection,  analysis,  and 
presentation.  Principles  of  technical 
report  writing.  Laboratory  methods 
in  hydraulics  and  environmental 


engineering.  Experiments  include 
pipe  and  open  channel  flow;  analy- 
sis of  various  hydraulics  structures, 
pumps  and  other  hydraulic 
machineiy;  titrimetric,  gravimetric, 
and  instrumental  methods  in 
water/wastewater  quality  testing. 

2  credits. 

CE  398  Internship 

Prerequisite:  60  credits  toward  the 
B.S.  degree.  A  partnership  consist- 
ing of  the  student,  faculty,  and 
employers/organizations  providing 
exposure  to  and  participation  in  a 
working  engineering  environment. 
The  internship  will  translate  class- 
room knowledge  to  a  professional 
work  environment,  and  the  student 
will  work  and  learn  with  practicing 
engineers  while  gaining  professional 
experience.  A  minimum  of  300 
hours  performing  related  engineer- 
ing duties  is  required.  No  credit. 

CE  401  Foundation  Design  and 
Construction 

Prerequisite:  CE  304  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Application  of  soil 
mechanics  to  foundation  design, 
stability,  settlement.  Selection  of 
foundation  type  —  shallow  foot- 
ings, deep  foundations,  pile  founda- 
tions, mat  foundations.  Subsurface 
exploration.  3  credits. 

CE  403  City  Planning 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Engineering, 
social,  economic,  political,  and  legal 
aspects  of  city  planning.  Emphasis 
placed  on  case  studies  of  communi- 
ties in  Connecticut  zoning.  Princi- 
ples and  policies  of  redevelopment. 

3  credits. 


180 


CE  404  Water  and  Wastewater 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  CE  315.  Physical, 
chemical,  and  biological  aspects  of 
water  quality  and  pollution  control. 
Study  of  unit  operations  and 
processes  of  water,  wastewater,  and 
wastewater  residuals  treatment. 
Emphasis  on  hydraulic  and  process 
design  of  water  pollution  control 
facilities.  3  credits. 

CE  405  Indeterminate  Structures 

Prerequisites:  EAS  112,  CE  312, 
senior  standing  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  analysis  of  statically 
indeterminate  structures.  Topics 
include  approximate  methods, 
moment  distribution,  conjugate 
beam,  energy  methods,  influence 
lines,  and  an  introduction  to  matrix 
methods.  Computer  applications 
and  a  project  requiring  structural 
engineering  decisions.  3  credits. 

CE  407  Professional  and  Ethical 
Practice  of  Engineering 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Principles  of 
engineer-client,  engineer-society, 
and  owner-contractor  relationships 
examined  from  ethical,  legal,  and 
professional  viewpoints.  Examina- 
tion of  codes  of  ethics  and  prepara- 
tion of  contract  documents.  3  cred- 


CE  408  Steel  Design  and 
Construction 

Prerequisite:  CE  312.  Analysis, 
design,  and  construction  of  steel 
structures.  Topics  include  tension, 
compression,  and  flexural  members; 
connections;  members  subjected  to 
torsion;  beam-columns;  fabrication, 
erection,  and  shop  practice.  Designs 
will  be  based  on  Load  Resistance 
Factor  Design  (LRFD).  3  credits. 


CE  409  Concrete  Design  and 
Construction 

Prerequisite:  CE  312.  Analysis 
and  design  ot  reinforced  concrete 
beams,  columns,  slabs,  footings, 
retaining  walls.  Fundamentals  of 
engineering  shop  drawings. 
3  credits. 

CE  410  Land  Surveying 

Prerequisite:  CE  203  or  consent  of 
instructor  A  study  of  boundary 
control  and  legal  aspects  of  land 
surveying  including  deed  research, 
evidence  of  boundary  location, 
deed  description,  and  riparian 
rights.  Theory  of  measurement  and 
errors,  position  precision,  state 
plane  coordinate  systems,  photo- 
gammetr\'.  3  credits. 

CE  411  Highway  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  CE  301  or  consent  ot 
instructor.  Highway  economics  and 
financing.  Study  of  highway  plan- 
ning, geometric  design,  and  capaci- 
ty. Pavement  and  drainage  design.  3 
credits. 

CE  412  Wood  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  EAS  222  or  CE  205. 
Study  of  the  growth  and  structure 
of  wood  and  their  influence  on 
strength  and  durability,  preserva- 
tion, and  fire  protection.  The  analy- 
sis and  design  of  structural  mem- 
bers of  wood  using  the  Allowable 
Stress  Design  method  (ASD) 
including  beams,  columns,  and 
connections.  The  design  of  wood 
structures.  Discussion  of  Load 
Resistance  Factor  Design  (LRFD). 
3  credits. 

CE  413  Masonry  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  EAS  222  or  CE  205. 
The  design  and  analysis  of  brick 
and  concrete  masonry  non-rein- 


forced and  reinforced  structures. 
Strength,  thermal,  fire,  and  sound 
characteristics,  testing,  and  specifi- 
cations. 3  credits. 

CE  414  Route  Surveying 

Prerequisite:  CE  203.  A  continua- 
tion of  elementary  surveying  cover- 
ing principles  of  route  surveying, 
stadia  surveys,  practical  astronomy, 
aerial  photography,  and  adjust- 
ments ot  instruments.  Field  prob- 
lems related  to  classroom  designs. 
3  credits. 

CE  415  Traffic  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  CE  301  or  junior  sta- 
tus. Traffic  flow  theory  including 
data  collection,  data  analysis,  free- 
ways, multilane  highways,  signal- 
ized and  unsignalized  intersections, 
intersection  signal  coordination. 
Students  learn  how  to  use  several 
computer  programs  to  analyze  traf- 
fic flow  along  roadways.  Projects 
deal  with  actual  locations  in  the 
area.  3  credits. 

CE  450^59  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  field  of  civil  engi- 
neering. 1-3  credits. 

CE  500  Senior  Project  I 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  An 
introduction  to  project  planning 
and  presentation.  This  course  pre- 
pares the  student  tor  professional 
practice  by  teaching  organizational 
skills,  scheduling,  technical  writing 
for  a  lay  audience,  and  oral  presen- 
tadon.  Students  begin  working  on 
their  senior  design  project  and  use 
this  preliminary  work  in  their 
course  assignments.  Oral  and  writ- 
ten presentations  will  update  the 
class  on  the  ptogress  of  the  project. 
3  credits. 


Courses  181 


CE  501  Senior  Project  II 

Prerequisite:  CE  500.  Supervised 
individual  or  group  project.  The 
project  may  be  the  preparation  of  a 
set  of  contract  documents  for  the 
construction  of  a  civil  engineering 
facility,  research  work  with  a  report, 
or  a  project  approved  by  the  faculty 
adviser.  3  credits. 

CE  505  Solid  Waste  Management 

Prerequisite:  CE  315.  Character- 
istics, volume,  collection,  and  dis- 
posal of  solid  waste  and  refuse. 
Design  of  processing,  recycling,  and 
recovery  equipment;  landfill  design 
and  operation;  resource  recovery; 
incineration.  3  credits. 

CE  520  Engineering  Hydrology 

Prerequisite:  CE  309.  Theory, 
methods,  and  applications  of 
hydrology  to  contemporary  engi- 
neering problems.  Methods  of  data 
collection  and  analysis  as  well  as 
design  procedures  are  presented  for 
typical  engineering  problems.  Spe- 
cific topics  to  be  considered  within 
this  framework  include  the  rain- 
fall/runoff process,  hydrograph 
analysis,  hydrologic  routing,  urban 
runoff,  storm  water  models,  and 
flood  frequency  analysis.  3  credits. 

CE  523  Open  Channel 
Hydraulics 

Prerequisite:  CE  309.  Basic  theories 
of  open  channel  flow  are  presented 
and  corresponding  equations  devel- 
oped. Methods  of  calculating  uni- 
form/steady flow;  gradually  varied 
flow;  and  rapid,  spatially  varied, 
unsteady  flow  are  investigated. 
Plow  through  bridge  piers,  transi- 
tions, and  culverts;  backwater 
curves  and  the  design  of  open 
channels.  3  credits. 


CE  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  ot  instructor 
and  department  chair.  Opportunity 
for  the  student  to  explore  an  area 
ot  interest  under  the  direction  of  a 
faculty  member.  Course  must  be 
initiated  by  the  student  and 
approved  by  the  supervising  faculty. 
1-3  credits. 


COMPUTER 
ENGINEERING 

CEN  398  Internship 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
partnership  consisting  of  the  stu- 
dent, faculty,  and  employers/organi- 
zations providing  exposure  to  and 
participation  in  a  working  engineer- 
ing environment.  The  internship 
will  translate  classroom  knowledge 
to  a  professional  work  environment, 
as  the  student  works  and  learns 
with  practicing  engineers  while 
gaining  professional  experience.  A 
minimum  of  300  hours  performing 
related  engineering  duties  is 
required.  No  credit. 

CEN  450-456  Special  Topics 

Special  topics  of  selected  interest  in 
the  study  of  computer  engineering. 
3  credits. 

CEN  457  Design  Preparation 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  This 
course  offers  the  student  time  and 
guidance  in  selecting  a  topic  for  the 
senior  design  course  (CEN  458), 
which  follows  this  one.  Suitable 
design  projects  may  be  suggested  by 
the  student,  the  faculty,  or  contacts 
in  industry.  Projects  involving  both 
hardware  and  software  are  encour- 
aged. Each  student  carries  out  a  lit- 
erature search  on  the  topic,  prepares 
a  written  proposal  with  a  plan  of 


action  for  the  project,  obtains 
approval  from  the  faculty  adviser, 
makes  oral  reports  of  work  in 
progress,  and  presents  a  formal 
project  proposal.  3  credits. 

CEN  458  Senior  Design 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CEN  457.  Students 
complete  the  design  planned  in 
CEN  457.  This  course  provides  stu- 
dents with  experience  at  a  profes- 
sional level  with  engineering  proj- 
ects that  involve  analysis,  design, 
construction  of  prototypes,  and 
evaluation  of  results.  Projects 
involving  both  hardware  and  soft- 
ware are  encouraged.  A  final  report 
presentation  and  a  formal  written 
report  are  required.  3  credits. 

CEN  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  instructor 
and  department  chair.  Opportunity 
for  the  student  to  explore  an  area  of 
interest  under  the  direction  of  a  fac- 
iJty  member.  Course  must  be  initi- 
ated by  the  student.  1-3  credits. 


CHEMISTRY 

CH  103  Introduction  to  General 
Chemistry 

Introductory  course  for  students 
without  a  high  school  chemistry 
background.  Fundamentals  of 
chemistry  including  topics  such  as 
elements,  compounds,  nomencla- 
ture, and  practical  applications.  CH 
104  is  taken  concurrently  with  CH 
103.  3  credits. 

CH  104  Introduction  to  General 
Chemistry  Laboratory 

To  be  taken  with  CH  1 03.  Experi- 
ments include  systems  of  measure- 
ment, the  measurement  of  physical 


182 


properties,  determination  of  per- 
centage of  composition,  chemical 
formulas,  and  chemical  reactions.  1 
credit  hour. 

CH  105  Introduction  to  General 
and  Organic  Chemistry  with 
Laboratory 

Fundamentals  of  general  and  organ- 
ic chemistry:  atomic  structure  and 
properties  of  compounds,  stoi- 
chiometry  and  reactions,  energ)' 
relationships,  states  ol  matter,  solu- 
tions, hydrocarbons,  and  classes  of 
organic  compounds.  4  credits. 

CH  115  General  Chemistry  I 

Prerequisite:  high  school  algebra  or 
M  109,  CH  103,  CH  105  or  one 
imit  of  high  school  chemistry  or 
written  qualifying  exam.  Brief 
review  of  fundamentals  including 
stoichiometry,  atomic  structure,  and 
chemical  bonding.  Other  topics 
include  thermochemistry,  gas  laws, 
and  an  introduction  to  organic  and 
biochemistry.  Intended  primarily 
for  science/engineering  majors.  CH 
1 17  is  taken  concurrently  with  CH 
115.  3  credits. 

CH  116  General  Chemistry  II 

Prerequisites:  CH  115,  CH  1 17  or 
the  equivalent.  Topics  include  prop- 
erties of  solutions;  nuclear  chem- 
istry; rates  of  chemical  reactions; 
chemical  equilibria  including  pH, 
acid-base,  common  ion  effect, 
buffers,  and  solubility  products; 
thermodynamics.  Problems  in  each 
area  include  environmental  applica- 
tions. CH  11 8  is  taken  concurrent- 
ly with  CH  1 16.  3  credits. 

CH  117  General  Chemistry  I 
Laboratory 

To  be  taken  with  CH  115.  Experi- 
ments include  percent  composition. 


stoichiometry,  heats  of  reaction,  gas 
laws,  types  of  reactions  and  simple 
organic  synthesis.  1  credit. 

CH  118  General  Chemistry  II 
Laboratory 

To  be  taken  with  CH  1 16.  Experi- 
ments include  coUigative  propenies 
of  solutions,  quantitative  measure- 
ments of  chemical  reaction  rates, 
equilibrium  constants,  the  common 
ion  effect,  pH,  buffers,  and  electro- 
chemical cells.  1  credit. 

CH  201-202  Organic  Chemistry 
I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  CH  1 16,  CH  1 18. 
Common  reactions  in  aliphatic  and 
aromatic  chemistry  with  emphasis 
on  functional  groups  and  reaction 
mechanisms.  CH  203  and  CH  204 
are  taken  concurrendy  with  CH 
201-202.  3  credits  each  term. 

CH  203-204  Organic  Chemistry 
I  and  II  Laboratory 

To  be  taken  with  CH  201-202. 
Some  of  the  techniques,  reactions, 
and  sjTitheses  commonly  employed 
in  the  organic  chemistry  laboratory 
are  covered  on  microscale  level 
including  qualitative  organic  analy- 
sis and  FTIR  analysis.  1  credit  each 
term. 

CH  211  Quantitative  Analysis 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  1 16,  CH  1 18. 
Theory  and  applications  of  acid- 
base,  solubilit)',  complex-formation, 
and  oxidation-reduction  equilibria 
to  quantitative  chemical  analysis; 
introduction  to  statistics  and  evalu- 
ation of  results.  Laboratory  analysis 
of  samples  by  gravimetric  and  volu- 
metric methods.  4  credits. 


CH  221  Instrumental  Methods 
of  Analysis  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  201,  CH  203, 
CH  2 1 1 ,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  applications  of  various 
instrumental  methods  with  empha- 
sis on  ultraviolet,  visible,  atomic 
absorption,  fluorescence,  infrared 
and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance 
spectroscopy;  mass  spectrometry'; 
gas  and  liquid  chromatography;  and 
potentiometr)'.  Laborator)'  analysis 
of  samples  by  methods  discussed  in 
the  lecture.  4  credits. 

CH  321-322  Plastics  and 
Polymer  Chemistry  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  CH  116,  CH  118, 
CH  202,  CH  204.  All  phases  of  the 
plastics  and  polymers  field,  includ- 
ing the  chemistry  involved,  meth- 
ocb  of  production,  physical  proper- 
ties, and  the  uses  of  specific  poly- 
mers. 3  credits  each  semester. 

CH  331-332  Physical  Chemistry 
I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  CH  1 16,  PH  205,  M 
203  (may  be  taken  concurrendy). 
Kinetic  theory  of  gases,  thermody- 
namics, phase  equilibria,  transport 
and  surface  phenomena,  kinetics, 
quantum  mechanics,  atomic  and 
molecular  spectroscopy.  3  credits 
each  semester. 

CH  333-334  Physical  Chemistry 
I  and  II  Laboratory 

To  be  taken  vvidi  CH  331-332. 
Laboratory  training  in  vacuum  line 
techniques  and  real-time  collection 
of  temperature,  pressure,  and  spec- 
trophotometric  data  by  microcom- 
puter. Experiments  include  diffu- 
sion, velocity,  and  heat  capacities  of 
gases;  calorimetry;  phase  diagrams 
of  mixtures;  electro-chemical  prop- 
erties, kinetics  of  fast  reacdons. 


Courses  183 


enzyme  and  oscillating  reactions; 
rotationaJ-vibrational  spectroscopy. 
1  credit  each  semester. 

CH  341  Synthetic  Methods  in 
Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CH  202,  CH  204, 
CH  22 1 .  A  one-semester  laboratory 
course  covering  the  synthesis  and 
characterization  of  inorganic  and 
organic  compounds.  Performance 
of  a  variety  of  reactions  and  chemi- 
cal manipulations  with  a  focus  on 
advanced  laboratory  techniques: 
handling  air-sensitive  materials,  use 
ot  cryogenic  conditions,  separation 
and  purification,  isolation  of  natu- 
ral products,  experimental  design, 
and  safety  procedures.  A  selection 
ot  methods  for  transition  metal, 
main-group  element,  and  aromatic 
and  aliphatic  organic  syntheses. 
Characterization  ot  compounds  by 
UV,  IR,  NMR,  mass  spectrometry, 
and  other  instrumental  methods. 
Eight  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
4  credits. 

CH  411  Chemical  Literature 

Prerequisites:  CH  202,  CH  204, 
CH  332.  Acquaints  the  student 
with  the  chemical  literature  and  its 
use.  Assignments  include  library 
searches  and  online  STN  searching. 
1  credit. 

CH  412  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  CH  411.  The  student 
researches  a  specific  current  topic  in 
chemical  research  or  applied  chem- 
istry and  presents  a  formal  seminar 
to  the  facult)'  and  students.  1  credit. 

CH  451  Thesis  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  202,  CH  204, 
CH  211,  CH  221,  CH  332.  An 
original  investigation  in  the  labora- 
tory and/or  library  under  the  guid- 


ance of  a  member  ot  the  depart- 
ment. A  final  thesis  report  is  sub- 
mitted. 2  credits. 

CH  452^55  Special  Topics  in 
Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  consent  ot  instructor. 
In-depth  study  of  topics  chosen 
from  areas  of  particular  and  current 
interest  to  chemistry  and  chemical 
engineering  students.  1^  credits. 

CH  471  Industrial  Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CH  202,  CH  21 1, 
CH  221,  CH  332.  A  course  to 
bridge  the  gap  from  the  academic 
to  the  industrial  world.  Topics 
include  material  accounting,  energy 
accounting,  chemical  transport, 
reactor  design,  process  development 
and  control.  3  credits. 

CH  501  Advanced  Organic 
Chemistry 

Prerequisites:  CH  202,  CH  204. 
This  course  focuses  on  four  topics: 
mechanisms  ot  organic  chemistry 
reactions,  fundamentals  of  synthesis 
of  complex  molecules,  organic 
chemistry  of  biologically  important 
molecules,  and  an  introduction  to 
medical  chemistry.  An  underlying 
theme  throughout  this  course  is  the 
relationship  between  chemical 
structure  and  the  function  and  reac- 
tivity of  organic  compounds.  3 
credits. 

CH  521  Advanced  Inorganic 
Chemistry 

Prerequisite:  CH  331.  Corequisite: 
CH  332.  Review  of  atomic  struc- 
ture and  introduction  to  group  the- 
ory and  symmetry.  The  chemistry 
of  transition  metal  complexes  and 
organometallic  compounds  with 
emphasis  on  bonding  and  structure, 
physical  and  chemical  properties, 


;md  reaction  mechanisms  including 
catalysis  and  photochemistry. 
Bioinorganic  chemistry  and  ionic 
solids  will  be  covered  as  time  per- 
mits. 3  credits. 

CH  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  may  be  used  to  do  prelimi- 
nary work  on  the  topic  studied  for 
Thesis  (CH  451).  1-4  credits. 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

CJ  100  Introduction  to  Criminal 
Justice 

Survey  ot  criminal  justice  system 
with  emphasis  on  prosecution,  cor- 
rections, and  societal  reaction  to 
offenders.  Retribution,  rehabilita- 
tion, deterrence,  and  incapacitation 
serve  as  generic  trames  of  reference 
and  theoretical  points  of  departure 
for  analyzing  the  dispositional  and 
correctional  processes.  The  course 
focuses  on  the  process  from  the 
police  and  prosecution  through  the 
courts,  and  from  the  courts  through 
the  correctional  system.  3  credits. 

CJ  102  Criminal  Law 

The  scope,  purpose,  and  definitions 
of  substantive  criminal  law:  crimi- 
nal liability,  major  elements  of 
statutory  and  common  law  offenses 
(with  some  reference  to  the  Con- 
necticut Penal  Code),  and  signifi- 
cant defenses.  3  credits. 

CJ  105  Introduction  to  Security 

General  survey  ot  the  major  histori- 
cal, legal,  and  practical  develop- 
ments and  problems  of  security. 


Course  stresses  the  components, 
organization,  and  objectives  of  secu- 
rity; the  trend  toward  professional- 
ization;  the  role  of  security  in  the 
public  and  private  sectors  and  its 
relationship  to  management.  3 
credits. 

CJ  20 1  Principles  of  Criminal 
Investigation 

Introduction  to  criminal  investiga- 
tion in  the  field.  Conducting  the 
crime  scene  search,  interviewing 
witnesses,  interrogating  suspects, 
methods  of  surveillance,  and  the 
special  techniques  employed  in  par- 
ticular kinds  of  investigation.  3 
credits. 

CJ  203  Security  Administration 

An  overview  of  security  systems 
foimd  in  retail,  industrial,  and  gov- 
ernmental agencies;  the  legal  frame- 
work for  security  operations;  and 
the  achninistradve  and  procedural 
processes  in  security  management. 
3  credits. 

CJ  205  Introduction  to  Forensic 
Psychology 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  P  11 1 .  This 
course  provides  an  overview  of  the 
various  applications  of  psychology 
to  forensic  settings.  Topics  include 
criminal  investigation  and  profil- 
ing, personnel  selection,  dynamics 
of  violence  and  victimology,  eye- 
witness testimony,  trial  processes, 
and  a  variety  of  other  areas  within 
the  criminal  and  civil  justice  sys- 
tems. 3  credits. 

CJ  209  Correctional  Treatment 
Programs 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  Various  treat- 
ment modalities  employed  in  the 
rehabilitation  of  offenders.  Field 
visits  to  various  correctional  treat- 


ment facilities  such  as  halfway 
houses  and  community-based  treat- 
ment programs.  3  credits. 

CJ  210  Ethnic  and  Gender  Issues 
in  Criminal  Justice 

Introduction  to  issues  of  diversit)' 
within  the  criminal  justice  system. 
The  course  focuses  on  prejudice 
and  discrimination  along  with 
other  special  problems  experienced 
by  women,  gays,  and  various  ethnic 
and  racial  minority  groups  in  deal- 
ing with  the  criminal  justice  system. 
3  credits. 

CJ  217  Criminal  Procedure  I 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  102.  An 
inquiry  into  the  nature  and  scope 
of  the  U.S.  Constitution  as  it  relates 
to  criminal  procedures.  Areas  dis- 
cussed include  the  law  of  search 
and  seizure,  arrests,  confessions,  and 
identification.  3  credits. 

CJ  218  Criminal  Procedure  II 
and  Evidence 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  102. 
Legal  doctrines  employed  in  con- 
trolling the  successive  stages  of  the 
criminal  process.  Rules  of  law  relat- 
ed to  wiretapping  and  lineups,  pre- 
trial decision-making,  juvenile  jus- 
tice, and  trial.  3  credits. 

CJ  220  Legal  Issues  in 
Corrections 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  217, 
junior  standing.  Examination  of 
the  legal  foundations  of  correc- 
tional practice  and  review  of 
recent  judicial  decisions  that  are 
altering  the  correctional  environ- 
ment. An  analysis  of  the  factors 
and  forces  that  are  creating  a 
climate  of  significant  reform  in 
corrections.  3  credits. 


CJ  22 1  Juvenile  Justice  System 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  P  111. 
Analysis  of  stages  and  decisions 
made  at  critical  junctures  of  the 
juvenile  justice  process.  Topics 
include  an  analysis  ot  Supreme 
Court  treatment  ot  juvenile  justice 
issues  and  the  ability  of  the  juvenile 
justice  system  to  respond  to  juvenile 
crime.  Focus  on  the  processing  of 
juveniles  through  the  system  and 
the  special  problems  unique  to 
juvenile  justice.  3  credits.  (See  also 
SO  231.) 

CJ  226  Industrial  Security 

Prerequisite:  CJ  105.  Concepts  of 
security  as  it  integrates  with  indus- 
trial management  systems  presented 
along'with  industrial  securit)' 
requirements  and  standards,  alarms 
and  surveillance  devices,  animate 
security  approaches,  costing,  plan- 
ning, and  engineering.  Principles  of 
safet)'  practices  and  regulations,  fire 
prevention,  property  conservation, 
occupational  hazards,  and  personal 
safeguards.  3  credits. 

CJ  250  Scientific  Methods  in 
Criminal  Justice 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100;  M  109  or  M 
127.  Introduction  to  the  use  of  sci- 
entific methods  and  logic  in  the 
human  ser\'ice  professions.  Topics 
include  science  and  the  scientific 
approach  to  problem  solving,  the 
logic  of  causal  inference,  problem 
and  hypothesis  formularion,  the  use 
of  experimental  designs,  laboratory 
methods,  survey  research  methods, 
and  measiu'ement  issues  in  human 
services.  3  credits. 

CJ  251  Quantitative  Applications 
in  Criminal  Jusdce 

Prerequisite:  CJ  250.  Introduction 
to  the  use  of  quantitative  analysis 


Courses  185 


through  study  of  the  basic  statistical 
tools  and  databases  used  in  human 
services.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
applied  applications  ot  quantitative 
methods  in  service  delivery  systems. 
4  credits. 

CJ  300  History  of  Criminal 
Justice 

Prerequisite:  CJ  1 00.  The  develop- 
ment of  the  major  CJ  elements 
including  police,  prisons,  proba- 
tion, and  parole.  Significant  histori- 
cal events  and  philosophical  postu- 
lates as  they  pertain  to  this  develop- 
ment. 3  credits. 

CJ  301  Group  Dynamics  in 
Criminal  Justice 

Prerequisites:  CJ  205,  P  111. 
Analysis  of  theory  and  applied 
methods  in  the  area  of  group 
process.  Focus  on  both  individual 
roles  and  group  development  as 
they  relate  to  criminal  justice  issues. 
Experiential  exercises  are  included. 
3  credits. 

CJ  306  Security  Problems 
Seminar 

Prerequisites:  CJ  105,  CJ  203.  An 
analysis  of  special  problem  areas 
including  college  and  university 
campuses,  hospitals,  hotel/motels, 
etc.  Also,  special  problems  concern- 
ing computer  protection,  bank 
security,  executive  personnel  pro- 
tection, credit  cards,  case  law  and 
legal  aspects,  control  of  proprietary 
information,  and  white  collar 
crime.  3  credits. 

CJ  310  Criminal  Justice 
Institutions 

Prerequisite:  CJ  300.  Examination 
of  the  societal  and  psychological 
implications  of  various  types  of 
institudons.  Includes  both  social 


and  total  institutions  and  examines 
their  similarities  and  dissimilarides 
with  particular  emphasis  on  their 
implications  for  criminal  justice.  3 
credits. 

CJ  3 1 1  Criminology 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  P  1 II,  SO 
1 13.  An  examination  of  principles 
and  concepts  of  criminal  behavior; 
criminological  theory;  the  nature, 
extent,  and  distribution  of  crime; 
legal  and  societal  reaction  to  crime. 
3  credits.  (See  also  SO  31 1.) 

CJ  312  The  Police  and  Crime 
Control 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  The  changing 
role,  perspectives,  and  operational 
strategies  of  policing  as  they  relate 
to  the  crime  control  function  of  the 
police.  The  focus  is  on  innovative, 
promising,  emerging,  or  "futuristic" 
and  often  highly  controversial 
police  practices,  programs,  and 
approaches  to  law  enforcement  as 
well  as  on  selective  community 
crime  prevention  efforts  undertaken 
in  conjunction  with,  under  the  aus- 
pices of,  or  independendy  of  the 
police  department.  Special  attention 
will  be  devoted  to  police  brutality, 
the  use  of  deadly  force  and  its  con- 
sequences, including  high-speed 
police  pursuits.  3  credits. 

CJ  3 1 5  Domestic  Violence 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  family 
violence  issues.  Typology  and  histo- 
ry of  family  abuse,  responses  to 
family  violence,  and  public  policy 
issues  are  the  focus  of  study.  Issues 
in  domestic  violence,  sexual  abuse, 
emotional  abuse,  elder  abuse,  child 
abuse,  treatment  approaches,  and 
legal  guidelines.  3  credits. 


CJ  333  Police  Civil  Liability 
Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  102,  CJ 
2 1 7,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Overview  of  types  of  civil  liability 
lawsuits  brought  against  law 
enforcement  officers.  Exploration  of 
ways  to  relieve  the  pressures  of  this 
potential  liability.  Emphasis  placed 
on  negligence  and  intentional  torts. 
3  credits. 

CJ  345  Police  and  Investigative 
Psychology 

Prerequisite:  CJ  205.  This  course 
focuses  on  the  functions  of  the 
police  psychologist,  such  as  candi- 
date screening,  stress  management 
and  counseling,  hostage  negotia- 
tions, critical  incident  debriefing 
and  fitness-for-duty  evaluations. 
Application  of  psychological  princi- 
ples to  investigation  strategies  such 
as  profiling  and  forensic  hypnosis 
are  also  explored.  3  credits. 

CJ  350  Leadership  and 
Management  in  Human  Services 
Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing. An  in-depth  view  of  leadership 
and  management  skills  in  a  variety 
of  criminal  justice  and  human  serv- 
ice settings.  Special  focus  on  prob- 
lem solving  and  quality  control  in 
agencies.  3  credits. 

CJ  357  Legal  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  CJ  205.  This  course 
focuses  on  the  study  of  human 
behavior  and  cognitions  within  the 
legal  and  criminal  justice  system. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the 
contributions  of  legal  and  cognitive 
psychology  in  understanding  the 
criminal  and  civil  legal  system.  Top- 
ics include  eyewitness  testimony, 
jury  decision-making,  confession 
evidence,  and  punishment  and  sen- 
tencing. 3  credits. 


186 


CJ  365  Law,  Psychology  and  the 
Mental  Health  System 

This  class  reviews  the  civil  and 
criminal  law  as  it  relates  to  mental 
health  issues.  Particular  emphasis  is 
given  to  the  justification  of  mental 
health  law  concepts,  such  as  civil 
commitment  and  parens  patriae 
power.  Topics  include  competence 
to  stand  trial,  insanity,  civil  com- 
mitment, sexual  predator  commit- 
ment statutes,  confidentiality,  duty 
to  warn,  informed  consent,  mal- 
practice, and  issues  of  expert  testi- 
mony. Legal  cases  are  examined  to 
give  the  students  a  foundation  in 
actual  legal  case  law.  Ethical  issues 
and  issues  of  professional  responsi- 
bility are  covered.  3  credits. 

CJ  400  Criminal  Justice 
Problems  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  300.  An 
examination  of  theoretical  and 
philosophical  issues  affecting  the 
administration  of  justice:  the  prob- 
lems ot  reconciling  legal  and  theo- 
retical ideals  in  various  sectors  of 
the  criminal  justice  system  with  the 
realities  of  practice.  3  credits. 

CJ  402  Police  in  Society 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  CJ  300. 
Acquaints  students  with  the  major 
developments  and  trends  of  polic- 
ing in  a  free  society.  Emphasis 
placed  on  American  police  and  the 
role  of  the  police  in  a  democracy. 
Further  emphasis  placed  on  the 
examination  of  the  interactions 
between  the  police  and  the  commu- 
nities they  serve.  3  credits. 

CJ  408  Child  and  Family 
Intervention  Strategies 
Prerequisites:  P  II 1,  P  336,  CJ 
205,  CJ  209,  CJ  301.  This  course 
introduces  students  to  the  applica- 


tion of  investigation  and  critical- 
thinking  strategies  to  the  problems 
of  child  abuse,  neglect,  and  domes- 
tic violence.  Assessment,  decision- 
making, and  case  management 
strategies  are  explored.  3  credits. 

CJ  409  Adult  Intervention 
Strategies 

Prerequisite:  CJ  408.  A  comprehen- 
sive investigation  of  mental  health 
and  correctional  systems,  including 
residential  and  community-based 
treatment.  Particular  attention  is 
placed  on  strategies  for  dealing  with 
resistant  clients.  Students  develop 
critical-thinking  skills  relating  to 
best  practices  in  a  variety  of  set- 
tings. 3  credits. 

CJ  410  Legal  Issues  in  Private 
Security 

Examines  legal  problems  affecting 
the  private  security  industry  and 
ways  to  prevent  loss  from  litigation. 
Includes  intentional  torts,  negli- 
gence, agency,  contracts  and  law  of 
arrest,  search  and  seizure,  and  inter- 
rogation by  citizens.  3  credits. 

CJ  4 1 1  Victimology 

Introduction  to  the  principles  and 
concepts  of  victimology,  analysis  of 
victimization  patterns  and  trends, 
and  responses  to  criminal  victimiza- 
tion. 3  credits. 

CJ  412  Substance  Abuse  and 
Addictive  Behavior 

Course  provides  an  overview  of 
drug  use  and  addictive  behavior  as 
they  relate  to  law  enforcement  and 
correctional  treatment  issues;  cur- 
rent estimate  is  that  80-90  percent 
of  violent  crime  in  the  United 
States  is  correlated  with  alcohol  and 
drug  use.  3  credits. 


CJ  413  Victim  Law  and  Service 
Administration 

Prerequisite:  CJ  411.  Introduces 
the  study  of  crime  victims'  legal 
rights  and  the  services  available  to 
crime  victims  within  the  criminal 
justice  system  and  in  other  settings. 
Topics  include  victim  assistance 
programs  from  law  enforcement 
through  the  courts  and  corrections 
systems  as  well  as  community- 
based  advocacy  and  support.  This 
study  of  victim  services  is  integrat- 
ed with  a  focus  on  the  underlying 
legal  structure  of  crime  victim 
statutory  and  constitutional  rights 
including  notification,  participa- 
tion, protection,  and  financial 
remedies  (e.g.,  restitution,  compen- 
.sation,  and  civil  litigation)  as  well 
as  other  rights.  Practical  program 
management,  evaluation,  and 
funding  issues  are  incorporated. 
3  credits. 

CJ  414  Legal  Rights  of  Crime 
Victims 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  Introduces  the 
study  of  crime  victims'  rights  within 
the  justice  system.  Topics  include 
victim-witness  programs,  victim 
impact  statements,  victim  notifica- 
tion laws,  compensation  schemes, 
and  victims'  rights  legislation.  3 
credits. 

CJ  420  Advanced  Investigative 
Techniques 

Prerequisites:  CJ  201,  CJ  215,  CJ 
218,  and  junior/senior  standing.  An 
in-depth  study  of  the  principles  and 
techniques  associated  with  the  col- 
lection and  documenting  of  infor- 
mation obtained  during  an  investi- 
gation. Addresses  the  many  sources 
of  information,  utilization  of 
informants,  the  use  of  hypnosis, 
polygraph,  advanced  strategies  for 


Courses  187 


interviews  and  investigations,  and 
provides  documentation  tech- 
niques. 3  credits. 

CJ  425  White  Collar  Crime 
Investigation 

Prerequisite:  CJ  201.  This  advanced 
course  in  white-collar  crime  investi- 
gation focuses  on  the  history,  phi- 
losophy, evolution  and  types  of 
white-collar  crimes.  This  course 
examines  the  various  types  of  white- 
collar  offenses  and  explores  how 
and  why  such  crimes  are  commit- 
ted. The  course  also  explores  the 
various  laws  used  to  combat  such 
offenses  and  considers  the  investiga- 
tive techniques  used  to  identify 
those  engaged  in  such  activity.  In 
addition,  the  course  explores  the 
profile  of  the  modern  white-collar 
offender  and  the  role  of  various  fed- 
eral law-enforcement  agencies 
responsible  for  investigating  white- 
collar  crime.  3  credits. 

CJ  440  Death  Investigation — 
Scene  to  Court 

Prerequisites:  CJ  201,  FOR  215,  or 
FOR216andFOR415,  senior 
standing  as  criminal  justice  or 
forensic  science  major,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  in-depth  study  of 
the  principles  and  techniques  asso- 
ciated with  investigating  homicides; 
suicides;  and  accidental,  natural,  or 
equivocal  deaths.  While  considering 
the  sociological,  psychological,  and 
legal  aspects  typically  found  in  these 
cases,  the  process  takes  the  student 
from  the  scene  to  the  coun — crimi- 
nal or  civil.  3  credits. 

CJ  450-459  Special  Topics 

A  study  of  selected  issues  of  particu- 
lar interest  to  the  students  and 
instructor.  3  credits. 


CJ  475  Senior  Seminar  in 
Forensic  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  CJ  205,  CJ  357,  CJ 
365,  senior  standing.  This  course 
explores  a  series  of  contemporary 
rotating  research  topics  in  law  and 
psychology  that  allows  students  to 
take  an  in-depth  examination  of  a 
single  area  of  study.  Areas  explored 
may  include  jury  decision-making 
models,  forensic  assessment,  wrong- 
ful conviction,  death  penalty,  and 
trial  consulting.  3  credits. 

CJ  498  Research  Project 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment chair.  The  student  carries  out 
an  original  research  project  in  a 
criminal  justice  setting  and  reports 
the  findings.  3  credits. 

CJ  500A  Criminal  Justice  Pre- 
Internship 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  in  CJ. 
This  course  helps  students  to  gain 
hill  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  the  internship  experience.  Stu- 
dents become  acquainted  with 
work  rules  in  criminal  justice  agen- 
cies and  receive  guidance  in  select- 
ing an  internship  for  their  particu- 
lar interest.  A  key  issue  is  extended 
discussion  of  criminal  justice  ethics 
as  related  to  the  various  aspects  of 
the  criminal  justice  system.  Stu- 
dents are  required  to  complete  the 
CJ  500A  course  prior  to  enrolling 
in  the  CJ  500B  internship  experi- 
ence. 3  credits. 

CJ  500B  Criminal  Justice 
Internship 

Prerequisites:  CJ  500A  and  consent 
of  department  chair.  Provides  field 
experience  with  selected  federal, 
state,  or  local  criminal  justice  agen- 
cies under  faculty  supervision,  guid- 
ance, and  review.  The  course 


includes  classroom  discussions  to 
facilitate  a  better  understanding  of 
the  issues  presented  during  the 
internship  experience.  3  credits. 

CJ  520  Computer  Crime:  Legal 
Issues  and  Investigation 
Procedures 

Prerequisites:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  CS  107  or  an  equivalent  course, 
junior  or  senior  standing,  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  An  overview  of 
computer  crime  and  the  procedures 
that  forensic  computing  specialists, 
law  enforcement  investigators,  and 
prosecutors  must  invoke  to  prose- 
cute computer  criminals  successful- 
ly. 3  credits. 

CJ  522  Computers,  Technology, 
and  Criminal  Justice  Information 
Management  Systems 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  information  sys- 
tems used  within  the  criminal  jus- 
tice system.  Overview  of  existing 
criminal  justice  information  systems 
with  implications  for  future  needs. 
Analysis  of  the  impact  of  science 
and  technology  on  criminal  justice 
agencies.  3  credits. 

CJ  523  Internet  Vulnerabilities 
and  Criminal  Activity 

Prerequisites:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  CS  107  or  an  equivalent  course, 
a  grade  of  C  or  higher  in  CJ  520, 
junior  or  senior  standing,  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  This  course  pro- 
vides appropriate  strategies  for  the 
proper  documentation,  preparation, 
and  presentation  of  investigations 
involving  the  Internet,  and  familiar- 
izes students  with  legal  information 
that  impacts  Internet  investigations. 
3  credits. 


188 


CJ  524  Network  Security,  Data 
Protection,  and 
Telecommunication 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
A  comprehensive  introduction  to 
network  securit)'  issues,  concepts, 
and  technologies.  The  core  tech- 
nologies of  access  control,  cryptog- 
raphy, digital  signatures,  authentica- 
tion, network  firewalls,  and  net- 
work security  services  are  reviewed 
along  with  issues  of  security  policy 
and  risk  management.  3  credits. 

CJ  525  Information  Systems 
Threats,  Attacks,  and  Defenses 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of 
the  actors,  motives,  and  methods 
used  in  the  commission  of  comput- 
er-related crimes,  and  describes  the 
methods  used  by  organizations  to 
prevent,  detect,  and  respond  to 
these  crimes.  3  credits. 

CJ  526  Firewall  and  Secure 
Enterprise  Computing 

This  course  covers  theorv'  and  prac- 
tices of  Internet  firewalls  and  many 
of  the  details  and  NOilnerabilities  of 
the  IP  and  embedded  protocol  sites. 
In  the  laborator)'  and  online  por- 
tion of  the  course  students  con- 
struct, deploy,  and  test  a  real  fire- 
wall against  common  Internet 
attacks.  3  credits. 

CJ  527  Internet  Investigations 
and  Audit-Based  Computer 
Forensics 

Theor)'  and  techniques  tor  tracking 
attackers  across  the  Internet  and 
gaining  forensic  information  from 
computer  systems.  The  course 
includes  case  studies  of  Internet- 
based  crimes  and  addresses  limits  of 
forensic  techniques.  3  credits. 


CJ  528  Computer  Viruses  and 
Malicious  Code 

This  course  addresses  theoretical 
and  practical  issues  surrounding 
computer  viruses.  3  credits. 

CJ  529  Practical  Issues  in 
Cryptography 

Includes  examples  ol  current  and 
historical  cryptography  and  stego- 
nagraphic  systems;  major  types  of 
cryptosystems  and  cr)'ptanal\T:ic 
techniques  and  how  they  operate; 
hands-on  experience  with  current 
cryptographic  technolog}'.  3  credits. 

CJ  530  Investigating  Financial 
Crimes 

Smdy  of  principles  and  techniques 
associated  with  investigating  finan- 
cial crimes.  Emphasis  on  case-study 
approach  to  understanding  financial 
crimes  investigation.  3  credits. 

CJ  535  Global  Perspectives  on 
Crime  and  Justice 

Affords  students  the  opportunit)'  to 
explore  a  number  of  foreign  systems 
with  emphasis  on  policing.  Differ- 
ent perspectives  of  crime  problems 
will  be  looked  at  through  the  prism 
of  foreign  culture.  3  credits. 

CJ  540  Computer  Applications 
in  Research  and  Program 
Evaluation 

Prerequisites:  Cj  250,  CJ  251;  M 
109  or  M  127.  An  advanced  course 
reviewing  major  statistical  packages 
and  models  employed  in  the  analy- 
sis of  criminal  justice  and  human 
services  data.  Students  learn  analytic 
techniques  using  real  data  sets.  Pro- 
gram evaluation  needs  are  studied 
and  tested.  3  credits. 


CJ  54 1  Problem  Solving: 
Planning,  Analysis,  and 
Evaluation 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  An 
advanced  seminar  utilizing  the  skills 
developed  in  preceding  research 
methods  and  program  evaluation 
courses.  The  focus  is  on  integrating 
and  developing  an  effective  yet  flex- 
ible problem-solving  schema  for 
criminal  justice  and  hiunan  service 
agencies.  Quantitative  and  qualita- 
tive solutions  are  stressed  to  fit  the 
appropriate  problem.  Field  prob- 
lems will  be  solicited.  3  credits. 

CJ  555  Crime  Prevention 
Through  Environmental  Design 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  Analysis  of 
theory  and  applied  methods  of 
crime  prevention  using  environ- 
mental design  methods.  Experien- 
tial exercises  are  included.  3  credits. 

CJ  556  Problem-Oriented 
Policing 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  An  in-depth 
examination  of  problem-oriented 
policing,  including  examination  of 
the  SARA  model,  specialized  tac- 
tics, and  methods  of  community 
analysis.  3  credits. 

CJ  557  Crime  Mapping  and 
Analysis 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  Survey  of  GIS 
research  and  applications  in  the 
field  of  public  safety,  including 
analysis  of  hot  spots,  density  pat- 
terns, and  forecasts  of  crime  pat- 
terns. 3  credits. 

CJ  558  Leadership  Issues  in 
Policing 

Prerequisite:  CJ  100.  Study  of  lead- 
ership within  modern  police  organ- 
izations. Experiential  exercises  are 
included.  3  credits. 


Courses  189 


CJ  365  Investigating  Wrongful 
Convictions 

Prerequisite;  consent  of  instructor. 
A  research-oriented  course  that 
focuses  on  investigating  the  circum- 
stances surrounding  how  and  why  a 
particular  wrongful  conviction  may 
have  occurred  in  the  Connecticut 
courts.  Emphasis  is  on  best  prac- 
tices to  prevent  fiiture  wrongRii 
convictions.  This  course  is  restricted 
to  senior  investigative  services 
majors  and  graduate  students  in  the 
forensic  science  program.  3  credits. 

CJ  599  Independent  Study 

Prereqtiisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  An  opportunity  for  the  stu- 
dent, under  the  direction  of  a  facul- 
ty member,  to  explore  and  acquire 
competence  in  a  special  area  of 
interest.  1-3  credits. 


CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING 

CM  220  Process  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  CH  1 16  or  EAS  120; 
EAS211,EAS213,  M  118.  An 
introduction  to  the  profession  of 
chemical  engineering  and  the  appli- 
cation of  material  and  energy  bal- 
ances to  the  solution  of  chemical 
engineering  problems.  Analysis  and 
design  of  processes  using  physical 
property  estimation  methods,  mass 
balances,  and  energy  balances.  Typi- 
cal processes  include  sequences  of 
mixing,  separation,  and  reaction 
steps.  3  credits. 

CM  310  Transport  Operations  I 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  EAS  224,  M  203. 
Application  of  transport  phenome- 
na principles  to  systems  involving 
momentum,  heat,  and  mass  transfer 


with  emphasis  on  equipment 
design.  Use  of  microscopic  and 
macroscopic  balances,  continuity 
and  Navier-Stokes  principles,  and 
turbulent  flow  theories  to  develop 
mathematical  models  of  physical 
systems  with  applications  in  fluid 
mechanics  and  thermal  energy 
transport.  Topics  include  design  of 
piping  systems,  flow  instruments, 
filters,  heat  exchangers,  evaporators, 
and  others  of  current  interest.  Lab- 
oratory work  includes  experiments 
in  fluid  flow  and  heat  transfer,  com- 
puter simulation,  oral  and  written 
reports.  4  credits. 

CM  311  Chemical  Engineering 
Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite:  EAS  224.  Applications 
of  the  first  and  second  laws  of  ther- 
modynamics to  batch  and  flow 
processes  important  in  chemical 
engineering  for  homogeneous  and 
heterogeneous  systems,  mixtures, 
and  pure  materials.  Topics  include 
phase  and  chemical  equilibria, 
chemical  reactions,  thermochem- 
istry, thermodynamic  properties, 
and  miscibility.  3  credits. 

CM  315  Transport  Operations  I 

Prerequisites:  EAS  224,  M  203. 
Application  of  transport  phenome- 
na principles  to  systems  involving 
momentum,  heat,  and  mass  transfer 
with  emphasis  on  equipment 
design.  Use  of  microscopic  and 
macroscopic  balances,  continuity 
and  Navier-Stokes  principles,  and 
turbulent  flow  theories  to  develop 
mathematical  models  of  physical 
systems  with  applications  in  fluid 
mechanics,  thermal  energy  trans- 
port, and  mass  transfer.  Topics 
include  design  of  piping  systems, 
filters,  heat  exchangers,  evaporators, 
absorbers  and  others  of  current 


interest.  3  credits. 

CM  316  Transport  Operations  II 

Prerequisite:  CM  220,  CM  310  or 
CM  315.  Application  of  transport 
phenomena  principles  to  systems 
involving  momentum,  heat,  and 
mass  transfer  with  emphasis  on 
equipment  design.  Topics  include 
design  of  staged  separation  equip- 
ment for  distillation,  extraction  and 
leaching,  absorption,  and  others  of 
current  interest.  3  credits. 

CM  321  Reaction  Kinetics  and 
Reactor  Design 

Prerequisite:  CM  220.  Corequisite: 
M  203.  Homogeneous  and  hetero- 
geneous catalyzed  and  noncatalyzed 
reaction  kinetics  for  flow  and  batch 
chemical  reactors.  Application  of 
kinetic  data  to  both  isothermal  and 
nonisothermal  reactor  design.  This 
course  is  intended  for  both  chemists 
and  chemical  engineers.  3  credits. 

CM  401  Mass  Transfer 
Operations 

Prerequisites:  CM  220  or  consent 
of  instructor;  EAS  224.  Corequisite: 
M  204.  Advanced  topics  in  diffu- 
sion and  mass  transfer  in  solids,  liq- 
uids, and  gases.  Topics  include 
Pick's  law,  mass  transfer  coefficients, 
mass  transfer  correlation,  interphase 
transfer,  unsteady  state  mass  trans- 
fer, adsorption,  membrane  separa- 
tions, humidification  and  drying. 
Application  to  the  analysis  and 
design  of  mass  transfer  controlled 
process  equipment.  3  credits. 

CM  410  Transport  Operations  II 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CM  220,  CM  310  or 
CM  315.  Application  of  transport 
phenomena  principles  to  systems 
involving  momentum,  heat,  and 


190 


mass  transfer  with  emphasis  on 
equipment  design.  Topics  include 
design  of  staged  separation  equip- 
ment for  distillation,  extraction  and 
leaching,  absorption,  and  others  of 
current  interest.  Laboratory  work 
includes  experiments  in  mass  trans- 
fer, reactor  systems,  computer  sim- 
ulation, oral  and  written  reports. 
4  credits. 

CM  4 1 1  Chemical  Engineering 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CM  310  or  CM  315; 
CM  316  or  CM  410.  Laboratory 
work  includes  experiments  in  fluid 
flow,  heat  transfer,  mass  transfer, 
and  reactor  systems.  Focus  on 
Design  of  Experiments  (DOE), 
planning,  data  analysis  and  presen- 
tation, team  work,  and  oral  and 
written  reports.  Students  gain  expe- 
rience using  industrial  control  hard- 
ware for  data  acquisition  and  con- 
trol. 3  credits. 

CM  415  Process  Dynamics  and 
Control 

Prerequisites:  CM  310  or  CM  315 
or  ME  321;  EAS  230,  M  204.  Fun- 
damental principles  of  chemical 
process  dynamics  used  in  the  meas- 
urement and  control  of  process 
variables  such  as  temperature,  pres- 
sure, and  flow  rate.  Development  of 
linear  and  nonlinear  dynamic 
process  models,  stability  analysis, 
and  control  system  design  using 
analytical  and  computer  methods. 
Analysis,  design,  and  tuning  of 
process  loops  using  computer  simu- 
lations. 3  credits. 

CM  420  Process  Design 
Principles 

Corequisites:  CM  32 1 ,  CM  4 1 0  or 
CM  316;  EAS  232.  Study  and 
application  of  principles  needed  in 


the  design  of  process  systems.  Top- 
ics include  cost  estimation,  hazard 
and  safety  analysis,  ethical  concerns, 
preliminar)'  design  techniques,  opti- 
mization, computer-aided  design 
(using  ASPEN  PLUS),  alternative 
designs,  and  technical  reports. 
Methods  include  team  and  individ- 
ual assignments,  oral  and  written 
presentations.  3  credits. 

CM  421  Plant  and  Process 
Design 

Prerequisites:  CM  420  and  senior 
standing.  A  capstone  course  in  the 
design  of  processing  plants  and 
equipment,  applying  principles 
from  transport  operations,  thermo- 
dynamics, kinetics,  and  economics. 
Students  work  individually  and  in 
groups  to  develop  flow  sheets,  select 
equipment,  specify  operating  condi- 
tions, and  analyze  designs  from 
technical,  economic,  and  safety  per- 
spectives. Extensive  report  writing 
and  oral  presentations.  3  credits. 

CM  431  Process  Dynamics  and 
Control  with  Laboratory 
Prerequisites:  CM  310  or  CM  315 

or  ME  321;  EAS  230,  M  204.  Fun- 
damental principles  of  chemical 
process  dynamics  used  in  the  meas- 
urement and  control  of  process 
variables  such  as  temperature,  pres- 
sure, and  flow  rate.  Development  of 
linear  and  nonlinear  dynamic 
process  models,  stability  analysis, 
and  control  system  design  using 
analytical  and  computer  methods. 
Laboratory  assignments  stress  the 
analysis,  design,  and  tuning  of 
process  loops  using  computer  simu- 
lations and  industrial  control  equip- 
ment on  pilot-scale  process  equip- 
ment. Students  gain  experience 
using  industrial  control  hardware 
such  as  programmable  logic  con- 


trollers and  distributed  control  sys- 
tems. 4  credits. 

CM  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Chemical  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Intensive  study  of  some  aspects  of 
chemical  engineering  not  covered 
in  the  more  general  courses.  1—4 
credits. 

CM  501/502  Senior  Project  I 
and  II 

Prerequisites:  senior  standingand 
consent  of  course  instructor  (faculty 
adviser)  and  program  director.  Stu- 
dent should  propose  an  original, 
significant  problem  or  theory.  The 
investigation  should  include  at  least 
two  ol  the  following  elements:  the- 
oretical analysis,  mathematical  or 
computer  modeling,  optimal  design 
methods,  and  laboratory  experi- 
mentation. Weekly  conferences 
with  adviser;  final  written  and  oral 
report  with  format  to  be  deter- 
mined by  faculty  adviser.  3  credits 
per  term. 

CM  521  Air  Pollution 
Fundamentals 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  the  sources  of 
air  pollution,  the  transport  of 
gaseous  and  particulate  pollutants 
in  the  atmosphere  on  local  and 
global  scales,  transformations  of 
pollutants  by  atmospheric  process- 
es, the  impact  of  pollutants  on  the 
environment,  the  control  of  sources 
of  air  pollution,  and  legislative 
mandates.  Introduction  to  meteoro- 
logical concepts  and  computer 
transport  models.  Current  issues 
such  as  ozone  depletion  and  global 
warming  will  also  be  discussed. 
3  credits. 


Courses  191 


CM  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  ol  faculty 
supervisor  and  program  director. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  ot  personal  inter- 
est. Weekly  conferences  with  super- 
visor; final  written  (and  possibly 
oral)  report  with  format  to  be 
determined  by  faculty  supervisor. 
\-A  credits. 


CHINESE 

CN  101  Conversational  Chinese  I 
Oral  Chinese  for  beginners. 
Emphasis  on  using  Chinese  for 
communication  in  daily  life.  Teach- 
es basic  conversational  sentences 
and  vocabulary  quickly  through 
word  substitution  and  extension 
practice.  Taught  in  phonetic  Eng- 
lish spelling  (Chinese  spelling  sys- 
tem known  as  Ilan  Yu  Pin  Yin) 
with  exposure  to  the  simplified 
Chinese  characters.  Incidental  refer- 
ences to  Chinese  history,  culture, 
and  business.  Open  only  to  stu- 
dents with  no  previous  knowledge 
ot  Chinese.  3  credits. 

CN  102  Conversational  Chinese  II 

Prerequisite:  CN  101  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Builds  on  the  Chi- 
nese language  skills  developed  in 
CN  101  and  develops  speaking 
abilities  through  class  practice  and 
grammatical  drills.  Additional 
Chinese  characters  studied  step  by 
step.  3  credits. 

CN  201  Chinese  Language  and 
Culture 

Prerequisite:  CN  102  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of 
Chinese  language,  both  conversa- 


tional and  written.  Culture  train- 
ing through  exposure  to  Chinese 
arts,  history,  economics,  and  socie- 
ty. 3  credits. 

CN  204  Chinese  Language  and 
Literature 

Prerequisite:  CN  201  or  consent  ot 
instructor.  Advanced  study  ot  Chi- 
nese language.  Extensive  reading  of 
Chinese  classical  and  modern  fic- 
tion, drama,  and  poetry.  3  credits. 

CN  450^59  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  Chinese. 
3  credits. 


COMMUNICATION 

CO  100  Human  Communication 

Competencies  and  skills  needed  to 
communicate  effectively  in  varied 
personal,  relational,  and  profession- 
al contexts.  Communication 
process,  verbal/nonverbal  commu- 
nication, listening,  persuasion,  con- 
flict management,  and  group  deci- 
sion-making are  studied  in  interper- 
sonal, public,  mass,  and  organiza- 
tional settings.  Students  are  assisted 
in  developing  skills  appropriate  to 
real-life  situations.  Recommended 
for  all  students  regardless  of  major. 
3  credits. 

CO  101  Fundamentals  of  Mass 
Communication 

Corequisite:  CO  100.  Introduction 
to  the  mass  media  of  newspapers, 
film,  magazines,  radio,  television, 
trade  publications,  and  public  rela- 
tions. Course  emphasizes  media's 
impact  on  society.  3  credits. 

CO  102  Writing  for  the  Media 

A  study  of  drills  and  exercises  in 


writing  television  and  radio  news, 
news  releases,  speeches,  public  serv- 
ice announcements,  and  film  docu- 
mentaries. Emphasis  is  placed  on 
firsthand  practical  experience 
assignments  and  criticism  of  com- 
pleted copy.  3  credits. 

CO  103  Audio  in  Media 

Concerned  with  sound  as  used  in 
radio,  television,  and  film.  Course 
entails  lectures,  demonstration, 
and  lab  practice  of  sound  produc- 
tion and  transmission.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

CO  109  Communication  for 
Management  and  Business 

Prerequisite:  CO  100.  Introduction 
to  the  concepts  and  skills  needed  to 
communicate  effectively  in  business 
and  professional  settings.  Students 
develop  communication  competen- 
cy by  focusing  on  communication 
activities  common  to  business  and 
service  organizations.  Interpersonal 
communication,  group  and  meet- 
ing communication,  listening  skills, 
interviewing,  speeches,  public  and 
instructional  presentations,  and 
negotiation  are  stressed.  3  credits. 

CO  114  Production 
Fundamentals 

Introduction  to  theory  and  tech- 
nique in  sound  and  video  media. 
Several  team  projects  will  provide  a 
fundamental  production  orientation 
in  each  medium  as  well  as  provide 
the  environment  to  discuss  goals 
and  objectives  of  production.  Labo- 
ratory fee;  3  credits. 

CO  200  Theories  of  Group 
Communication 

Prerequisite:  CO  100.  Focus  is  on 
the  dynamics  of  communication 
and  group  processes  including  lead- 


192 


ership  styles,  team  building,  task 
and  maintenance  functions,  prob- 
lem-solving and  decision-making, 
and  conflict  management.  Students 
develop  communication  skills 
through  class  activities  designed  to 
maximize  effective  decision-making 
and  evaluation.  3  credits. 

CO  203  Radio  Production 

Prerequisite:  CO  1 03  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Theory  and  practice  of 
techniques  involved  in  the  function 
and  operation  of  a  radio  station. 
Microphone  techniques,  engineer- 
ing operations,  transmitter  readings, 
logging,  and  programming  are 
included.  Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

CO  205  Intercultural 
Communication 

Prerequisite:  CO  100.  A  theoretical 
and  practical  survey  of  interciJtural 
communication  processes.  This 
course  is  concerned  with  the  inter- 
personal dimensions  of  intercultural 
communication  and  examines  the 
distinctive  cultural  orientations, 
behaviors,  expectations,  and  values 
that  affect  communication  situa- 
tions. 3  credits. 

CO  208  Introduction  to 
Broadcasting 

Prerequisite:  CO  101.  General  sur- 
vey and  background  of  broadcast- 
ing, cable,  pay  and  premium  TV 
services,  and  new  technologies. 
Current  changes,  law,  regulation, 
financing,  and  public  input  are 
examined.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
current  standingand  future  poten- 
tial of  these  industries.  3  credits. 

CO  212  Television  Production  I 

Prerequisite:  CO  1 14  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  the 
mechanics,  techniques,  and  aesthet- 


ic elements  of  television  produc- 
tion. Course  provides  basic  ground- 
ing in  the  art  and  craft  of  the  medi- 
um. Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

CO  214  Elements  of  Film 
Prerequisite:  CO  114  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Stresses  the  understand- 
ing of  film  as  a  creative  form  of 
communication.  Student  is  intro- 
duced to  basic  techniques  of 
motion  picture  production  through 
lectures,  audiovisual  activity,  and 
small-group  involvement.  Laborato- 
ry' fee;  3  credits. 

CO  220  Film  Production  I 

Prerequisite:  CO  214.  Involves  the 
transformation  of  an  original  idea 
into  film:  initial  analysis,  proposed 
treatment  plan,  sequencing,  film 
scripting,  preproduction  planning, 
nature  of  the  production  process. 
A  short  film  is  produced  through 
team  effort.  Laboratory  fee;  3 
credits. 

CO  300  Persuasive 
Communication 

Prerequisite:  CO  100.  Study  of 
commimication  as  social  influence. 
Analysis  of  theories  of  attitude 
change.  The  use  and  effects  of  com- 
pliance-gaining strategies  in  inter- 
personal, public,  and  mass  commu- 
nication contexts.  Students  develop, 
present,  and  analyze  persuasive  mes- 
sages. 3  credits. 

CO  301  Communication  Theory 
and  Research 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing. 
Acquaints  students  with  the  nature 
of  communication  inquiry.  Theo- 
ries of  communication  effects  are 
surveyed.  Research  methodologies 
relevant  to  advertising,  journalism, 
broadcast  media,  public  relations, 


and  organizational  communication 
settings  are  examined.  3  credits. 

CO  302  Social  Impact  of  Media 

Prerequisite:  CO  101.  Examines 
such  problems  as  regulatory  con- 
trol of  the  media,  law  and  ethics, 
and  the  behavioral  aspects  of  mass 
and  interpersonal  communication. 
Students  examine  the  variety  of 
media  writing  and  commence 
writing  their  own  media  messages. 
3  credits. 

CO  306  Public  Relations  Systems 
and  Practices 

This  course  makes  students  aware 
of  the  depth  and  sensitivity  of  the 
role  of  public  relations  in  today's 
business  environment.  Orients 
students  to  career  paths  utilizing 
communication,  journalistic,  and 
management  skills  as  well  as  skills 
acquired  in  business  and  English 
courses.  Through  lectures/discus- 
sions, case  studies,  and  guest 
speakers,  students  learn  the  histori- 
cal, theoretical,  practical,  and  tech- 
nical applications  of  public  rela- 
tions. 3  credits. 

CO  308  Broadcast  Journalism 

Prerequisite:  CO  102  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Entails  practice  in 
news  gathering,  editing,  writing, 
and  use  of  news  services  and 
sources.  Includes  creating  docu- 
mentary and  special-event  programs 
through  film  for  television  news, 
on-the-spot  film  and  videotape 
reporting.  3  credits. 

CO  309  Public  Relations  Writing 

Prerequisite:  CO  102.  Examines  the 
elements  of  good  writing  as  applied 
to  the  public  relations  field.  Stu- 
dents research  and  identify  general 
and  specialized  audience  needs  and 


Courses  193 


create  messages  to  satisfy  those 
needs.  They  plan  and  execute  proj- 
ects within  selected  media  such  as 
newspapers,  magazines,  TV,  radio, 
and  film,  as  well  as  speeches  for 
public  appearances.  3  credits. 

CO  310  Pictorial  Journalism 

The  study  ol  photography  and 
media  design  as  active  observation 
and  interpretation  of  events  in  the 
print  media.  3  credits. 

CO  3 1 2  Television  Production  II 

Prerequisite:  CO  212.  An  interme- 
diate course  providing  students 
with  the  opportunit)'  to  coordinate 
the  many  areas  of  TV  production. 
Videotape  and  live  production  tech- 
niques are  employed.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

CO  317  Advanced  Writing  for 
the  Media 

Prerequisite:  CO  102.  Planning  and 
writing  longer  forms  of  scripts, 
emphasizing  documentary  and  dra- 
matic writing  tor  production. 
3  credits. 

CO  320  Film  Production  II 

Prerequisite:  CO  220.  The  creative 
process  involved  in  translating  the 
screenplay  into  a  narrative  film  is 
explored.  Narrative  form,  struc- 
ture, and  production  techniques 
are  examined  through  examples  of 
short  and  feature-length  films. 
Students  produce  short  narrative 
films  by  team  effort.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

CO  335  Advertising  Media 

This  course  covers  the  characteris- 
tics of  major  media  and  the  impact 
of  advertising  on  the  demand  for 
products  and  services.  It  provides 
students  with  a  critical  study  of 


communication  principles  and 
concepts  as  applied  to  advertising 
copy.  Emphasis  on  how  consumers 
use  media;  media  planning  and 
evaluation;  copywriting  styles; 
coordination  ol  visual  and  verbal 
concepts;  and  the  principle  prob- 
lems of  building,  implementing, 
and  evaluating  advertising  pro- 
grams. 3  credits. 

CO  340  The  History  of  Film 

A  survey  of  the  historical  develop- 
ment of  the  film  medium.  Includes 
lectures,  discussions,  and  screening 
ot  films  that  demonstrate  the  inter- 
relationships between  historical 
development  and  the  establishment 
ot  film  as  a  powerfiil  communica- 
tive art  form.  Laboratory  fee;  3 
credits. 

CO  399  Media  Campaigns 

Examines  the  role  played  by  mass 
media  in  political  campaigning.  Stu- 
dents look  at  historical  perspectives 
and  study  current  trends.  FCC  laws 
regarding  advertising,  lowest  unit 
cost,  section  315,  and  other  regula- 
tions are  examined.  Students  view 
videotapes  of  past  political  media 
campaign  examples  and  have  the 
opportunity  to  participate  in  and 
produce  hypothetical  political  media 
campaigns.  3  credits. 

CO  400  Communication  in 
Organizations 

Examines  communication  in  formal 
organizational  contexts  such  as 
schools,  industry,  hospitals,  and 
government.  Prepares  students  to 
function  more  effectively  in  dynam- 
ic communication  systems  and  to 
solve  problems  related  to  the  inter- 
action of  organizations  with  the 
environment  via  the  interactions  of 
people  and  messages.  3  credits. 


CO  410  Management 
Communication  Seminar 
Open  to  all  upper-division  stu- 
dents, regardless  of  major.  Involves 
structure  and  function  of  commu- 
nication in  organizations.  Offers 
practice  in  understanding  and  man- 
aging interpersonal  differences. 
Emphasizes  concepts  and  principles 
needed  for  effective  management  of 
organizational  communication 
processes.  3  credits. 

CO  412  Advanced  Television 
Production 

Prerequisite:  CO  312.  Essentials  of 
budgeting,  marketing,  and  regulato- 
ry policies  and  rules.  Production 
teams  are  formed  to  produce 
sophisticated  local  television  pro- 
grams under  close  supervision.  3 
credits. 

CO  415  Broadcast  Management 

Involves  administrative  and  person- 
nel problems  of  television  and  radio 
studio  management,  broadcast 
engineering,  local  sales,  continuity, 
and  programming.  Discussions 
include  scheduling  and  the  develop- 
ment of  facilities.  3  credits. 

CO  420  Communication 
and  the  Law 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  This 
course  traces  the  freedom  and  con- 
trol of  the  print,  broadcast,  cable, 
and  telecommunications  industries 
and  their  effects  on  the  public.  3 
credits. 

CO  435  Advertising  Seminar 

Prerequisites:  CO  335  and  senior 
standing.  Strategic  approaches  to 
managing  an  advertising  campaign 
related  to  a  specific  area,  topic,  or 
product  are  developed.  Emphasis 
on  market  research,  determining 


194 


consumer  target  markets,  media 
selection,  creation  oi  copy,  develop- 
ment and  control  ot  budgets,  and 
evaluation  and  presentation  of 
advertising.  3  credits. 

CO  450-459  Special  Topics 
Topics  in  communication  of  special 
or  current  interest.  3  credits. 

CO  500  Seminar  in 
Communication  Studies 

Prerequisite:  senior  communication 
major.  This  capstone  course  inte- 
grates current  and  developing 
trends  with  the  individual  student's 
interest  and  perspectives.  Students 
present  for  discussion  and  examina- 
tion issues  of  interest  within  a  uni- 
fying theme.  3  credits. 

CO  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  CO  30 1 .  A  course  of 
study  designed  especially  for  the 
supervised  practical  application  of 
previously  studied  theory  in  a 
group  setting.  Done  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
coordinated  with  a  business  organi- 
zation. 3  credits. 

CO  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. On-the-job  learning  in  selected 
organizations  in  production,  public 
relations,  journalism,  or  advertising. 
3  credits. 

CO  599  Independent  Study  in 
Communication 

Prerequisites:  consent  ot  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  ot  a  taculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  1-3 
credits  per  semester  up  to  6  credits. 


COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 


CS  107  Computers  and  Their 
Applications 

Concepts  underlying  modern  appli- 
cation of  computer  systems.  Win- 
dows, word  processing,  spread- 
sheets, databases,  presentation  soft- 
ware. Not  to  be  taken  tor  credit  by 
computer  science  majors.  3  credits. 

CS  110  Introduction  to  C 
Programming 

Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  M  1 15. 
A  first  course  in  computer  pro- 
gramming using  the  C  language; 
for  engineering,  computer  science, 
mathematics,  and  science  students. 
Problem-solving  methods,  algo- 
rithm development,  and  good  pro- 
gramming style.  Expressions,  fiinc- 
tions,  libraries,  basic  types  and 
arrays.  Programming  assignments 
stress  numeric  applications.  Lecture 
plus  lab,  including  work  with 
LEGO  Mindstorm™  robots.  4 
contact  hours;  3  credits. 

CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for 
Computing 

Prerequisite:  CS  110.  A  foundation 
course  for  computer  science  majors. 
Introduction  to  Rmdamentals, 
including  logic,  sequences,  sets, 
functions,  recursion,  induction, 
proof  methods,  counting  tech- 
niques, and  Big-O  notation. 
3  credits. 

CS  210  Java  Programming 

Prerequisite:  CS  110.  Introduction 
to  the  Java  programming  language. 
Strings,  arrays,  and  vectors.  Object- 
oriented  programming  concepts 
including  encapsulation,  inheri- 
tance, and  polymorphism.  Event- 


driven  programming,  graphics,  and 
GUI  applications.  3  credits. 

CS  212  Intermediate  C 
Programming 

Prerequisites:  CSl  10,  CS  210,  or 
consent  of  academic  adviser  and 
instructor.  Further  topics  in  the  C 
programming  language.  Problem- 
solving  methods,  algorithm  devel- 
opment, and  good  programming 
style.  Pointers,  strings,  structured 
data,  rvvo-dimensional  arrays,  files, 
recursion,  dynamic  memory  alloca- 
tion, parameter  passing  mecha- 
nisms, and  the  use  of  pointers  to 
process  arrays  and  lists.  Basic  algo- 
rithms for  searching,  sorting,  and 
simple  numerical  analysis.  Program- 
ming assignments  include  both 
numeric  and  non-numeric  applica- 
tions. 3  credits. 

CS  214  Computer  Organization 

Prerequisite:  CS  166  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Fundamentals  ot  com- 
puter technology,  binar>'  number 
systems,  data  type  standards  and 
data  type  storage  requirements, 
Turing  machines,  binary  logic,  and 
simple  "gate"  circuits.  The  five 
functional  units  of  input,  output, 
ALU,  control  unit,  and  memory 
are  covered  and  integrated  into  a 
"virtual,"  "generic"  computing 
machine.  Progression  from 
Boolean  fundamentals  through 
binary  logic  to  micro-code  cre- 
ation. Hands-on  experience  assem- 
bling and  implementing  low-level 
programming  of  a  typical  comput- 
ing system.  3  credits. 

CS  215  Introduction  to 
Databases 

Prerequisite:  CS  110.  Emphasis  on 
comprehending  database  concepts 
and  developing  a  practical  level  ot 


Courses  195 


skill  in  a  current  database  software 
package.  An  introduction  to  data 
modeling  and  normal  torms,  intro- 
duction to  Standard  Query  Lan- 
guage (SQL),  Query  By  Example 
(QBE),  security,  and  report  gener- 
ation. Students  develop  and  imple- 
ment a  modest  database  project. 
3  credits. 

CS  226  Data  Structures  Using 
Collections 

Prerequisite:  CS  210.  Intermediate 
program  design  and  debugging  in 
Java.  The  nature  and  application  of 
data  structures  such  as  arrays, 
stacks,  queues,  priority  queues,  and 
trees.  Evaluation  of  the  perform- 
ance of  different  data  structures  for 
typical  applications.  Students  will 
write  and  debug  several  projects 
using  Java's  built-in  class  library; 
classes  covered  include  sets,  maps, 
hash  tables,  trees,  array-based  lists, 
linked  lists,  and  stacks.  3  credits. 

CS  247  Network  Essentials  and 
Technologies 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
Corequisite:  CS  214.  A  foundation 
in  current  network  technologies  for 
local  area  networks  (LANs),  wide 
area  networks  (WANs),  and  the 
Internet.  Introduction  to  the  hard- 
ware, software,  terminology,  com- 
ponents, design,  and  connections  of 
a  network.  The  OSI  model  will  be 
covered  as  well  as  differing  topolo- 
gies and  protocols  for  LANs.  The 
course  includes  both  lectures  and 
hands-on  labs.  3  credits. 

CS  320  Operating  Systems 

Prerequisite:  CS  214  or  EE  371. 
Corequisite:  EE  472.  Modern 
operating  system  concepts  includ- 
ing interrupts,  process  and  thread 
management,  concurrency,  dead- 


lock, memory  management,  file 
system  management,  resource  allo- 
cation. 3  credits. 

CS  326  Data  Structures  and 
Algorithms 

Prerequisites:  CS  166,  CS  212,  CS 
226.  Data  structures:  trees,  graphs, 
hash  tables.  Algorithmic  techniques: 
divide  and  conquer,  greedy  algo- 
rithms, dynamic  programming  in 
C,  recursion,  elimination.  Algo- 
rithms: sorting,  searching,  shortest 
paths.  Analysis  of  the  complexity  of 
algorithms.  Programming  required. 
3  credits. 

CS  350  Human-Computer 
Interaction 

Prerequisite:  CS  210  or  program- 
ming experience  in  C,  VB,  VB.Net, 
or  Java.  The  study  of  psychological 
and  physiological  factors  on  the 
design  of  the  Human-Computer 
Interface  (HCI).  The  influence  of 
the  various  input  and  output 
devices  on  the  efficacy  of  the  inter- 
action. Evaluation  of  the  interaction 
as  a  function  of  the  interface 
design.  Evaluation  issues  including 
qualities  such  as  learnability,  usabili- 
ty, human  elTicienc)',  and  accutacy. 
Students  will  design,  implement, 
analyze,  and  evaluate  Graphical 
User  Interfaces  (GUIs).  3  credits. 

CS  416  Social  and  Professional 
Issues  in  Computing 

Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing. A  broad  look  at  the  capabilities 
and  limitations  of  computers  and 
the  effects  of  rapid  change.  Roles 
and  responsibilities  of  the  computer 
professional  in  our  world;  codes  of 
ethics.  Complex  systems,  risks,  and 
system  failure.  Intellectual  property. 
Social  effects  of  networks  and  glob- 
al communication,  outsourcing. 


privacy,  databases,  data  mining, 
cryptography,  and  snooping.  Com- 
puter crime,  break-ins,  terrorism, 
and  countermeasures.  3  credits. 

CS  425  Principles  of  Computer 
Graphics 

Prerequisites:  M  1 18,  CS  212,  CS 
226.  Development  and  implemen- 
tation of  the  fondamental  algo- 
rithms of  computer  graphics:  2-D 
viewing,  geometric  transformations, 
clipping,  curves,  user  interaction. 
Introduction  to  3-D  viewing  and 
surfaces.  Programming  projects 
required.  3  credits. 

CS  428  Object-Oriented  Design 

Prerequisites:  CS  210,  CS  226.  An 
object-oriented  design  methodology 
course.  Topics  include  requirements 
capmre,  object-oriented  system  analy- 
sis, design,  and  implementation.  Pri- 
mary emphasis  on  the  UML 
methodology,  separation  of  layers, 
design  patterns,  and  the  importance 
of  these  in  developing  a  software  proj- 
ea.  Smdents  will  design  a  major 
group  project  and  implement  por- 
tions using  C++  or  [ava.  3  credits. 

CS  434  Assembly  Language 

Prerequisites:  CS  210,  CS  214  or 
EE  371.  Introduction  to  assembly 
language  programming,  including 
the  hardware  instruction  set,  assem- 
bly language  syntax  and  features, 
macros,  subprograms,  interrupts, 
I/O  conversions.  Ptogramming 
required.  3  credits. 

CS  440  Programming  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing in  computer  science,  consent  of 
facult)'  supervisor,  and  approval  of 
program  coordinator.  The  student 
will  write  a  large  program  or  a  series 
of  programs.  Projects  are  an  exten- 


196 


sion  of  the  course  materials  of  one 
of  the  junior/senior  courses.  Course 
may  be  taken  repeatedly,  up  to 
three  times,  working  in  different 
languages  or  doing  more  advanced 
projects.  1  credit. 

CS  441  Web-Database 
Application  Development 

Prerequisites:  CS  215  and  CS  210 
or  programming  experience  in  C++, 
VB.Net,  or  Java.  Fundamental  prin- 
ciples and  techniques  tor  creating 
network  applications  with  dynamic 
web  pages.  Topics  include  establish- 
ing network  connections,  database 
connectivity,  Java  Server  Pages 
aSP),  servlets,  HTML,  XML, 
https,  and  network  security  issues. 
If  time  permits,  attention  will  also 
be  given  to  JavaScript  and  interna- 
tionalization. 3  credits. 

CS  445  Network  Administration 

Prerequisite:  CS  320.  Fundamentals 
of  administration  of  a  networked 
computer.  Topics  include  basic 
duties  of  a  system  administrator; 
overview  of  TCP/IP  networking; 
file  system  layouts;  user  manage- 
ment; network  services  such  as 
DNS,  NIS,  DHCP,  file  sharing, 
printing,  mail,  ftp,  web,  and  inter- 
facing different  operating  systems 
on  one  network;  and  general  securi- 
ty issues  including  prevention 
through  firewalls  and  secure  shells. 
Lab  exercises  use  both  UNIX  and 
Windows  systems.  3  credits. 

CS  446  Introduction  to 
Computer  Security 

Prerequisite:  CS  320  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Knowledge  of  net- 
works desirable.  A  survey  of  com- 
puter and  network  security  issues 
including  types  of  network  attacks, 
viruses,  intrusion  detection  and 


tracking,  firewalls,  trust  relation- 
ships and  authentication,  secure 
connections,  cryptography,  and 
recent  security  policy  and  legisla- 
tion. 3  credits. 

CS  447  Computer 
Communications 

Prerequisites:  CS  214  or  EE  472 
and  any  one  of  the  following:  EAS 
345,  IE  346,  M  371,  or  EE  320. 
Problems  and  solutions  in  network 
design.  Layered  models,  network 
topology,  protocols,  virtual  circuits 
and  packet  switching,  local  net- 
works (CSMA,  token  ring,  ether- 
net),  security  (DES,  public  key 
cr)'pto-s)'stems),  Internet  protocols, 
client/server  programming,  sockets. 
3  credits. 

CS  450-469  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing in  computer  science.  New 
developments  or  current  practices 
in  computer  science.  3  credits. 

CS  472  Script  Programming  for 
Network  Administration 

Prerequisite:  CS  320.  Concepts  and 
details  of  writing  small  programs, 
called  scripts,  for  the  Unix  and 
Windows-server  operating  systems. 
Security  issues  in  shell  scripts,  batch 
file  programming,  Perl  scripts,  and 
Python  scripts.  Students  will  write 
scripts  to  administer  both  comput- 
ers and  networks.  3  credits. 

CS  478  Artificial  Intelligence 

Prerequisite:  CS  226.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  fijndamental  methods  ot 
artificial  intelligence  (AJ)  used  in 
problem  solving  by  a  computer. 
Techniques  include  heuristic  search, 
optimization,  genetic  algorithms, 
game  playing,  expert  systems,  prob- 
abilistic reasoning,  learning  strate- 


gies, neural  networks,  natural  lan- 
guage understanding,  and  image 
understanding.  Includes  the  design 
and  implementation  of  AI  pro- 
grams. 3  credits. 

CS  504  Senior  Project 

Prerequisites:  senior  standing  in 
computer  science,  consent  of  facul- 
ty supervisor,  and  approval  of  pro- 
gram coordinator.  A  project  is 
selected  and  carried  out  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  faculty  adviser.  Work 
is  presented  at  a  seminar  at  the  end 
of  the  term.  3  credits. 

CS  524  Advanced  Databases 
Prerequisites:  CS  215,  CS  226,  and 
CS  320.  A  second  course  in  data- 
base systems  covering  advanced 
topics  and  new  developments  in  the 
database  field.  Topics  include  data- 
base design  methodologies  and 
evaluation,  embedded  SQL,  con- 
currency control,  recovery  schemes, 
security,  query  processing  and  opti- 
mization, and  an  introduction  to 
object-oriented  databases.  3  credits. 

CS  526  Object-Oriented 
Principles  and  Practice/C++ 

Prerequisites:  CS  212,  CS  226.  The 
C++  language;  object-oriented 
design  and  programming.  Protec- 
tion of  privacy,  encapsulation  of 
data  with  relevant  flinctions. 
Advanced  aspects  of  C++;  inheri- 
tance, templates,  polymorphism, 
virtual  functions,  and  exception 
handling.  Several  programming 
projects  in  C++.  3  credits. 

CS  534  Cryptography  and  Data 
Security 

Prerequisite:  CS  166,  CS  210,  CS 
320.  A  survey  of  cryptographic 
concepts  and  algorithms  and  their 
application  to  data  security  Tech- 


Courses  197 


niqiies  studied  include  private  key 
crj'ptosystems,  public  key  cryp- 
tosystems,  and  hash  functions. 
Commonly  used  algorithms  are  also 
studied.  These  might  include  DES, 
.^DES,  AES,  IDEA,  RSA,  Diffie- 
Hellman,  MD5,  SHA,  and  DSS. 
We  will  also  examine  how  these 
algorithms  are  used  to  provide  con- 
fidentiality, message  authentication, 
key  exchange,  and  digital  signatures 
in  applications  such  as  client-server 
authentication,  email  security,  and 
web  security.  3  credits. 

CS  536  Structure  of 
Programming  Languages 

Prerequisites:  CS  212,  CS  226. 
Computer  language  components: 
their  specification,  semantics, 
implementation,  and  internal  oper- 
ation. The  structure,  syntax,  and 
semantic  aspects  of  several  lan- 
guages are  examined.  Short  pro- 
grams are  required  in  two  new  lan- 
guages. 3  credits. 

CS  547  Systems  Programming 

Prerequisites:  CS  212,  CS  320  or 
EE  371 .  Techniques  for  UNIX  sys- 
tems programming  in  the  C  lan- 
guage. Topics  include  macro  pre- 
processors, conditional  compilation, 
low-level  interface  programming, 
UNIX  system  calls  including  file 
operations  and  directory  operations, 
process  control,  interprocess  com- 
munication, and  client-server  rou- 
tines. Programming  projects 
required.  3  credits. 

CS  563  Mobile  Robotics 

Prerequisites:  CS  226,  CS  320. 
Principles  of  construction  and  navi- 
gation ot  mobile  robots.  Topics 
include  locomotion  mechanisms, 
sensor  types  and  usage,  reactive 


behavior,  tracking,  obstacle  avoid- 
ance, path  planning,  and  communi- 
cation schemes  for  remote  control. 
Students  work  individually  and  in 
groups  to  construct  and  program 
small  mobile  robots  using  Lego 
Mindstorms  kits.  3  credits. 

CS  590  Internship 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing, 
approval  of  adviser.  Student  will 
undertake  a  supervised  work  experi- 
ence ot  at  least  100  hours,  prefer- 
ably in  the  local  computer  science 
industry.  0  credits. 

CS  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  jimior  or  senior 
standing  in  computer  science,  con- 
sent of  faculty  supervisor,  and 
approval  of  program  coordinator. 
(Refer  to  academic  regulations  for 
independent  study.)  Exploration  of 
an  area  of  interest.  Written  and  oral 
presentations  are  normally 
required.  3  credits. 


DENTAL  HYGIENE 

DH  105  Introduction  to  Dental 
Hygiene  I 

Prerequisite:  DH  105.  This  course 
provides  entry-level  students  with 
an  introduction  to  allied  health 
education  and  the  profession  of 
dental  hygiene.  Topics  include  the 
role  of  the  dental  hygienist  in  the 
health-care  delivery  system;  the  his- 
tory of  dental  hygiene;  the  role  of 
professional  associations;  basic  sci- 
entific terminology  of  the  head, 
neck,  and  oral  cavity;  introduction 
to  the  caries  process  and  gingival 
disease  process;  and  oral  hygiene 
protocols.  1  credit. 


DH  1 10  Introduction  to  Dental 
Hygiene  II 

Prerequisite:  DH  105  or  consent- 
from  the  instructor.  This  course  is  a 
continuation  of  DH  105  and  pro- 
vides students  with  a  survey  of  con- 
temporary issues  encountered  by 
dental  health  care  professionals. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  professional 
standards,  health  promotion,  dis- 
ease prevention,  review  of  dental 
specialties,  and  ethical  issues  that 
are  encountered  by  dental  hygien- 
ists.  1  credit. 

DH  214  Oral  Facial  Structures 

Prerequisites:  BI  1 2 1 ,  sophomore 
standing.  This  course  examines  the 
head  and  neck  region,  emphasizing 
the  anatomy  of  oral  facial  struc- 
tures, including  the  teeth.  This 
course  also  addresses  oral  histology 
and  embryology.  4  credits. 

DH  215  Radiology 

Prerequisites:  DH  214,  DH  220, 
sophomore  standing.  This  course  is 
an  extension  of  the  clinical  course 
sequence  and  concentrates  on  the 
role  of  radiographs  in  the  diagnosis 
and  treatment  of  oral  diseases.  The 
course  emphasizes  radiographic 
characteristics  and  production, 
equipment,  safety,  processing,  and 
interpretation.  3  credits. 

DH  220  Dental  Hygiene 
Concepts  I 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
DH  220  is  the  first  in  a  series  of 
clinical  courses;  it  provides  the 
foundations  of  clinical  dental 
hygiene  practice.  The  course  focuses 
on  professionalism,  ethical  decision- 
making principles,  infection  con- 
trol, the  impact  of  tooth  accumulat- 
ed deposits,  and  the  development 


198 


of  the  knowledge  and  skills  neces- 
sary for  the  delivery  of  dental 
hygiene  services.  Clinical  laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

DH  225  Forensic  Odontology 
and  Crime  Scene 

Prerequisite:  BI  121-122  or  equiva- 
lent. This  course  provides  students 
with  an  introduction  to  the  role  of 
dentistry  in  legal  services.  Class- 
room presentations/lectures  concen- 
trate on  the  history  ot  forensics, 
identification  of  human  remains, 
DNA  and  computer  technologies, 
collection,  examination,  and  repro- 
duction of  bitemarks,  crime  scene 
investigation,  child  abuse  syn- 
drome, serial  killers,  and  case  stud- 
ies. Students  are  required  to  partici- 
pate in  hands-on  activities  in  the 
classroom.  1  credit. 

DH  240  Dental  Hygiene 
Concepts  II 

Prerequisites:  DH  214,  DH  220, 
sophomore  standing.  This  course  is 
an  extension  of  DH  220  and  focus- 
es on  the  continuing  development 
of  the  didactic,  affective,  and  psy- 
chomotor skills  necessary  for  com- 
prehensive dental  hygiene  treat- 
ment. Lecture  topics  include  med- 
ical history,  oral  inspection,  data 
collection  procedures,  caries 
process,  fluoride,  oral  physiotherapy 
and  chemotherapeutics  for  the 
management  of  caries  and  peri- 
odontal disease,  and  treatment 
planning.  Classroom  presentations 
concentrate  on  the  dental  hygiene 
process  of  care.  Clinical  laboratoiy 
fee;  4  credits. 

DH  320  Pharmacology  and  Pain 
Management 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing  and 
required  first-  and  second-year 


dental  hygiene  courses.  This  course 
provides  an  overview  of  medica- 
tions encountered  by  health  care 
workers.  Particular  attention  is 
paid  to  the  impact  various  medica- 
tions have  on  dental  and  dental 
hygiene  treatment.  Medications, 
local  anesthetics,  and  other 
chemotherapeutic  agents  utilized 
in  the  dental  treatment  setting  are 
emphasized.  3  credits. 

DH  325  General  and  Oral 
Patholog)' 

Prerequisites;  junior  standing  and 
required  first-  and  second-year  den- 
tal hygiene  courses.  A  survey  of 
general  pathology  with  emphasis 
on  the  impact  of  pathologic  condi- 
tions on  the  oral  cavity.  Diseases  of 
the  gingiva  and  periodontium  and 
the  role  of  the  dental  hygienist  in 
recognition  and  referral  are  empha- 
sized. 3  credits. 

DH  327  Periodontology 

Prerequisites:  DH  214,  DH  220, 
sophomore  standing.  This  course 
provides  an  in-depth  examination 
of  periodontal  diseases,  the 
immune  response,  and  both  surgi- 
cal and  nonsurgical  interventions. 
The  role  of  the  dental  hygienist  as 
a  periodontal  co-therapist  is 
emphasized.  3  credits. 

DH  330  Dental  Hygiene 
Concepts  III 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing  and 
required  first-  and  second-year  den- 
tal hygiene  courses.  DH  330  is  a 
continuation  of  the  clinical  course 
sequence.  Content  emphasis  is 
placed  on  instrument  alternatives, 
professional  mechanical  oral 
hygiene  care,  instrumentation  theo- 
ry for  prevention  and  control  of 
periodontal  diseases,  and  the  utiliza- 


tion of  patient  cases  to  assess  peri- 
odontal standing.  Clinically,  stu- 
dents treat  patients  with  a  broader 
scope  of  oral/physical  conditions 
while  incorporating  patient  radi- 
ographs into  the  dental  hygiene 
treatment  plan.  Clinical  laboratory 
fee;  3  or  5  credits. 

DH  342  Dental  Materials 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing, 
required  second-year  dental 
hygiene  courses.  This  lecture/labo- 
ratory course  provides  students 
with  an  understanding  of  the  bio- 
materials  and  techniques  utilized  in 
preventive,  restorative,  and  surgical 
dental  procedures.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  role  of  the  dental 
hygienist  in  maintaining  and  evalu- 
ating preventive  and  restorative 
materials.  3  credits. 

DH  350  Dental  Hygiene 
Concepts  rV 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing, 
required  second-year  dental 
hygiene  courses.  DH  350  is  the 
fourth  course  in  the  clinical  course 
sequence.  The  didactic  portion  of 
the  course  concentrates  on  ethical 
decision-making  skills,  problem- 
solving  abilities,  treating  the  med- 
ically compromised  patient,  and 
practice  management  principles. 
Clinically,  students  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  treat  more  chal- 
lenging cases.  Clinical  laboratory 
fee;  5  credits. 

DH  360  Local  Anesthesia 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  and 
required  first-  and  second-year  den- 
tal hygiene  courses.  This  course  is 
designed  to  prepare  student  dental 
hygienists  for  the  safe,  effective 
administration  of  local  anesthesia  as 


Courses  199 


current  Connecticut  legislation  per- 
mits. The  course  includes  the  psy- 
chology of  pain  management,  phar- 
macology of  anesthetic  agents, 
emergency  precautions  and  man- 
agement, and  a  review  of  anatomy 
and  physiology  as  they  relate  to  the 
administration  of  anesthetic  agents. 
This  course  includes  classroom,  lab- 
oratory, and  clinical  instruction. 
Laboratory  tee;  2  credits. 

DH  423  Instructional  Planning 
and  Media 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing  and 
required  first-  and  second-year  den- 
tal hygiene  courses.  This  course 
provides  dental  hygiene  students 
and  practitioners  with  an  overview 
of  the  instructional  planning 
process.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
steps  in  the  process,  the  develop- 
ment and  utilization  ot  media,  and 
oral  presentation  skills.  3  credits. 

DH  438  Dental  Hygiene 
Research 

Prerequisites:  junior  or  senior 
standing,  required  second-year  den- 
tal hygiene  courses.  This  course 
provides  dental  hygiene  students 
with  the  skills  needed  to  under- 
stand, interpret,  and  critique  pro- 
fessional literature.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  design  of  a  sound 
research  protocol.  3  credits. 

DH  455  Dental  Hygiene  Public 
Health 

Prerequisites:  DH  320,  DH  350, 
DH  325,  DH  342,  junior  standing. 
This  course  emphasizes  the  role  of 
dental  and  dental  hygiene  public 
health  programs  in  the  health  care 
delivery  system.  It  stresses  the  role 
of  the  dental  hygienist  in  commu- 
nity disease  prevention  and  health 
promotion  activities.  Students  have 


the  opportunity  to  interact  with  a 
broad  spectrum  of  community 
groups  during  the  field  experience 
aspect  ot  the  course.  4  credits. 

DH  460  Advanced  Dental 
Hygiene  Concepts 

Prerequisites:  DH  320,  DH  325, 
DH  342,  DH  350,  junior  standing. 
The  clinical  course  sequence  culmi- 
nates in  DH  460;  this  course  pro- 
vides the  opportunity  for  students 
to  integrate  their  skills  and  didactic 
knowledge.  Clinical  time  focuses  on 
increasing  time  efficiency  while 
maintaining  recognized  standards 
ot  care.  Didactic  content  focuses  on 
professional  credentials,  state  licens- 
ing agencies,  continuing  education, 
the  role  of  professional  organiza- 
tions, employment  goals,  and 
resume  preparation.  Clinical  labora- 
tory fee;  5  credits. 

DH  461  Oral  Medicine 

Prerequisites:  DH  320,  DH  325, 
DH  350,  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing. Oral  Medicine  utilizes  the 
content  from  Anatomy  and  Physi- 
ology, Pharmacology,  Oral  Pathol- 
ogy, Dental  Hygiene  Concepts, 
and  other  courses  as  the  basis  for 
discussing  the  impact  of  systemic 
conditions  on  the  oral  cavity.  Med- 
ical history  is  utilized  in  a  case- 
study  approach  to  address  the  role 
of  the  dental  hygienist  in  medical 
risk  assessment  and  management. 
3  credits. 

DH  462  Dental  Hygiene 
Internship 

Prerequisites:  DH  423,  DH  438, 
junior  or  senior  standing.  This 
course  provides  senior-level  dental 
hygiene  students  with  the  opportu- 
nity to  apply  the  knowledge  and 


skills  gained  throughout  the  dental 
hygiene  curriculum  in  an  intern- 
ship experience  compatible  with 
Riture  career  goals.  3  credits. 

DH  468  Dental  Hygiene  Senior 
Project 

Prerequisites:  DH  423,  DH  438, 
junior  or  senior  standing.  This 
course  provides  the  student  with 
the  opportunity  to  design,  imple- 
ment, and  present  a  project  that 
enriches  existing  knowledge  and 
contributes  to  the  profession  of 
dental  hygiene.  Previous  and  cur- 
rent course  work  assists  the  student 
in  the  effort.  3  credits. 

DH  490-499  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  dental  hygiene  major; 
specifics  of  course(s)  to  be  deter- 
mined in  consultation  with  the  pro- 
gram director.  Opportunity  for  the 
student,  under  the  direction  of  the 
dental  hygiene  faculty,  to  explore  an 
area  of  interest.  1-3  credits  per 
semester  up  to  6  credits. 


NUTRITION  AND 
DIETETICS 

DI  150    Sports  Nutrition 

Review  of  the  principles  of  nutri- 
tion and  exercise  with  emphasis  on 
counseling  the  athlete;  facts  and  fal- 
lacies of  sports  nutrition;  energy 
and  fluid  balance;  evaluating  sports 
nutrition  information  in  the  lay  lit- 
erature; appropriate  diets  for  train- 
ing; and  managing  the  young  per- 
son, older  adult,  and  athlete  with 
special  needs.  Planning  meals  for 
training  and  competition,  as  well  as 
dietary  evaluation  using  computer- 
ized nutrient  analysis,  will  be 
included.  3  credits. 


200 


DI  200  Food  Science  and 
Preparation  with  Laboratory 
Provides  knowledge  of  food  science, 
cooking,  and  baking  principles; 
physiology  of  taste;  components  of 
food  including  color  and  flavor  pig- 
ments (phytochemicals);  applica- 
tion of  scientific  reactions  during 
preparation  and  cooking;  accurate 
weighing  and  measuring  skills; 
proper  tasting  and  product  evalua- 
tion techniques;  safe  handling  of 
knives,  kitchen  equipment,  and 
food  products.  Instruction  includes 
sanitary  food  experimentation  and 
preparation  in  food  laboratory  in 
addition  to  classroom  lectures.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  4  credits. 

DI  214  Menu  Planning 

Principles  of  meal  planning  and 
writing  menus  for  volume  food 
combinations,  texture,  color,  nutri- 
tion, and  cost.  The  interrelated 
steps  involved  in  quantity  food  pro- 
duction, the  delivery  of  food,  and 
the  responsibilities  of  management. 
3  credits. 

DI  2 1 5  Principles  of  Nutrition 

Prerequisite:  BI  12L  An  introduc- 
tion to  nutrition  science  including 
nutrient  interactions,  digestion, 
absorption,  sources  of  nutrients, 
and  importance  of  phytochemicals. 
Energy  metabolism,  weight  control, 
contemporary  nutrition  issues,  and 
individual  nutrition  analysis  are 
included.  3  credits. 

DI  216  Food  Safety,  Sanitation, 
and  Procurement 

Students  learn  principles  of  food 
sanitation,  safet)',  and  purchasing. 
Students  also  prepare  policies  and 
procedures  and  conduct  an  in-serv- 
ice training  class  for  a  food  service 


facility.  Prevention  of  food  poison- 
ing, legal  responsibilities  ot  manage- 
ment, food  handling,  and  delivery 
systems  are  discussed  for  safe  and 
sanitary  practices.  Procurement 
specifications  for  food  and  equip- 
ment, facility  layout,  receiving  prin- 
ciples, issuing  of  food  items,  cost 
control,  and  budget  preparation  are 
also  included.  3  credits. 

DI  222  Issues  and  Careers  in 
Health  Wellness 
An  overview  of  health-care  issues 
linked  to  lifestyle,  living  condi- 
tions, physical  environment, 
socioeconomic  standing,  eating 
behavior,  dental  health,  and  rising 
costs  of  health  care.  Critical  analy- 
sis of  community  health  and 
design,  work  environment,  and  eat- 
ing behavior,  as  well  as  hygiene 
habits  related  to  wellness.  Survey 
and  preparation  for  health  careers. 
4  credits. 

DI  315  Nutrition  and  Disease 

Prerequisite:  DI  215.  Aspects  of 
diet  in  treating  and  preventing  vari- 
ous symptoms  and  syndromes,  dis- 
eases, inherited  errors  of  metabo- 
lism, and  physiological  stress  condi- 
tions. 3  credits. 

DI  326  Principles  of  Dietetics 
Management 

Provides  knowledge  required  to 
effectively  manage  the  provision  of 
dietetic  services  in  a  food  service 
operation,  clinical  nutrition  depart- 
ment, community  or  ambulator)' 
nutrition  program,  private  practice 
office,  or  other  food/nutrition  facili- 
ty. Management  principles  are  dis- 
cussed using  human  resource  appli- 
cations, leadership  theories,  deci- 
sion-making tools,  and  organiza- 


tional skills  tor  the  successhil  dietet- 
ics manager.  Managing  materials, 
productivity,  financial  data,  and 
information  in  a  dietetics  environ- 
ment are  discussed  using  quality 
improvement  principles.  3  credits. 

DI  330  Dietetic  Practice  in 
Today's  Society 

Prerequisite:  DI  315.  Course  covers 
medical  terminology,  interpretation  of 
laboratory  values,  format  of  the  med- 
ical record,  documenting  nutrition 
care,  nutrition  screening  and  assess- 
ment, medical  nutrition  therapy 
(MNT),  and  patient  interviewing 
and  coimseling.  Includes  nutrition 
care  protocols  for  enteral  and  par- 
enteral feeding,  pediatric  care,  dia- 
betes, cardiovascular  disease,  hyper- 
tension, pulmonary  insufficiency,  dys- 
phagia, cancer,  renal  disease,  obesity, 
and  other  diseases  with  nutritional 
implications.  3  credits. 

DI  342  Healthy  Food 
Preparation 

Emphasizes  preparing  food  accord- 
ing to  todays  healthy  eating  goals. 
Laboratory  strategies  include  modi- 
fying recipe  content  to  include  nat- 
ural sources  of  protein,  fat,  and  car- 
bohydrate in  healthy  meals,  snacks, 
sports  beverages,  etc.,  while  incor- 
porating accurate  nutrition  analysis 
and  costing  of  recipes  using  the  lat- 
est technology.  Discussion  of  organ- 
ic, functional,  and  genetically  engi- 
neered foods.  Students  design 
recipe  or  food  demo  projects  incor- 
porating course  content.  Provides 
knowledge  and  expertise  in  creating 
and  redesigning  recipes.  Incorpo- 
rates today's  healthy  eating  princi- 
ples. Emphasis  on  eating  healthy 
without  increasing  costs.  Laborato- 
ry fee;  3  credits. 


Courses  201 


DI  350  Nutrition  Throughout 
the  Life  Cycle 

Prerequisite:  DI  213.  This  course 
covers  various  nutrients  required  by 
humans  and  the  roles  of  the  indi- 
vidual nutrients  in  determining 
growth,  development,  and  health 
during  the  sequence  ot  events  that 
comprise  the  human  life  cycle. 
Changes  in  nutrient  needs  in  rela- 
tion to  physical,  physiological,  and 
psychosocial  growth  and  develop- 
ment throughout  the  life  cycle  are 
discussed.  The  effects  of  various 
influences  on  diet  during  the  life 
cycle  and  the  nutritional  priorities 
for  each  stage  ol  the  life  cycle  are 
covered.  Dietary  guidelines  for 
health  maintenance  and  disease  pre- 
vention throughout  the  life  cycle 
are  included.  Also  discussed  is  the 
importance  of  nutrition  on  health 
care,  public  policy,  and  health  care 
cost  reduction  through  disease  pre- 
vention. 3  credits. 

DI  405  Community  and 
Institutional  Nutrition 

Emphasizes  tools  for  developing 
effective  dietetic  programs  in  the 
community.  Looks  at  the  organiza- 
tion and  development  of  action 
plans.  Develops  knowledge  of  the 
fundamentals  of  the  political  and 
legislative  process.  Discusses  nutri- 
tional problems  that  may  be  sec- 
ondary to  other  health,  social,  and 
economic  influences.  3  credits. 

DI  450-459  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  in  dietetics,  health 
care,  food  service  management, 
team  concepts,  and  a  variety  of  cur- 
rent issues.  3  credits. 

DI  597  Dietetic  Practicum 

An  elective  course  that  provides  an 


opportunity  for  students  to  gain 
practical  work  experience  in  the 
dietetics  field.  Students  must  spend 
a  total  of  130  hours  at  a  field  site 
under  the  supervision  of  a  regis- 
tered dietician  and  an  additional  20 
hours  ot  course  time  devoted  to 
preparation  of  a  term  paper  or  case 
study  directly  related  to  their 
practicum  experience.  This  oppor- 
tunity will  help  students  meet  com- 
petencies required  for  entry  into  a 
post  graduate  internship.  3  credits. 

DI  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  ot  the  pro- 
gram coordinator.  Independent 
research  projects  or  other  approved 
phases  of  independent  study.  3 
credits. 


ENGLISH 

Note:  E  105  and  E  110  are 
required  by  all  departments  and 
must  be  taken  during  the  student's 
first  year  at  the  University.  They  are 
prerequisites  for  all  upper-level,  200 
or  above,  English  courses. 

E  101  Academic  Reading 

Reading,  analyzing  and  interpreting 
nonfiction  for  the  purpose  of  learn- 
ing to  comprehend  textbooks.  3 
excess  credits. 

E  102  Academic  Reading  and 
Speaking 

Reading,  analyzing,  and  interpret- 
ing nonfiction  for  the  purpose  of 
learning  to  comprehend  textbooks. 
Locating  and  organizing  material 
tor  public  speaking  and  presenting 
it  with  confidence  and  fluency. 
Open  only  to  Developmental  Bloc 
students.  3  excess  credits. 


E  103  Fundamentals 

Designed  to  increase  awareness  of 
the  structure  of  English.  Intensive 
practice  in  writing  to  improve  the 
student's  ability  to  construct  effec- 
tive sentences,  paragraphs  and  short 
essays.  3  excess  credits.  6  class  hours 
per  week.  (See  section  titled  Devel- 
opmental Studies  Program  on  pg. 
21  of  this  catalog.) 

E  104  Fundamentals 

For  international  students.  Same 
course  description  as  E  1 03. 

E  105  Composition 

Prerequisite:  E  103  or  placement  by 
English  department.  Analytical 
study  of  essays  for  the  purpose  ot 
improving  skills  of  written  commu- 
nication. Practice  in  writing  in  a 
variety  of  rhetorical  modes  with 
emphasis  upon  clarity  and  preci- 
sion. 3  credits. 

E  106  Composition 

For  international  students.  Same 
course  description  as  E  105. 

E  1 10  Composition  and 
Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  105  or  placement  by 
the  English  department.  Reading, 
analyzing,  and  interpreting  litera- 
ture in  three  basic  genres:  fiction, 
poetry,  and  drama.  Writing  of  ana- 
lytical and  critical  essays.  Theatre 
fee  for  day  sections.  3  credits. 

E  1 1 1  Composition  and 
Literature 

For  international  students.  Same 
course  description  as  E  110. 

E  20 1  Early  World  Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Selected  world 
classics  of  prose,  poetry,  and  drama 
from  ancient  times  through  the  six- 


202 


teenth  century,  written  in  or  trans- 
lated into  English.  3  credits. 

E  202  Modern  World  Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  11 0.  Selected  world 
classics  of  prose,  poetry,  and  drama 
from  the  seventeenth  century  to  the 
present,  written  in  or  translated 
into  English.  3  credits. 

E  21 1  Early  British  Writers 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  A  study  of 
important  British  writers  from  the 
beginning  of  literature  in  English 
through  the  Neoclassic  era.  3 
credits. 

E  212  Modern  British  Writers 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  study  of 
important  British  writers  from  the 
Romantic  era  to  the  present.  3 
credits. 

E  213  Early  American  Writers 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  study  of 
important  American  writers  from 
Colonial  times  to  the  1850s.  3 
credits. 

E  214  Modern  American  Writers 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  A  study  of 
important  American  writers  from 
the  1860s  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

E  2 1 7  African-American 
Literature  1 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  survey  of 
African-American  writers  from  the 
late  1700s  to  1940.  Texts  selected 
from  a  variety  of  genres  with 
emphasis  on  the  African-American 
experience  and  heritage.  3  credits. 

E  2 1 8  African-American 
Literature  II 

Prerequisite:  E  217  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  survey  of  African- 
American  writers  from  the  Harlem 
Renaissance  to  the  present.  Texts 


selected  from  a  variety  of  genres 
with  emphasis  on  the  African- 
American  experience  and  heritage. 
3  credits. 

E  220  Writing  for  Business  and 
Industry 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Intensive  prac- 
tice in  the  various  types  of  writing 
required  of  executives,  businesspeo- 
ple,  engineers,  and  other  profession- 
als, with  emphasis  on  business  let- 
ters, memos,  resumes,  internal  and 
external  reports,  evaluations  and 
recommendations,  descriptions  of 
procedures  and  processes.  3  credits. 

E  225  Technical  Writing  and 
Presentation 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  Intensive  prac- 
tice in  the  common  forms  of  tech- 
nical writing,  with  emphasis  on 
technical  description,  processes, 
reports,  and  manuals.  Oral  presen- 
tation of  written  work.  3  credits. 

E  230  Public  Speaking  and 
Group  Discussion 

Development  of  proficiency  in 
organizing  and  presenting  material 
in  speaking,  group  interaction,  con- 
ference management,  and  small- 
group  discussion.  3  credits. 

E  25 1  Narrative  Nonfiction 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Exploration  of 
and  practice  in  writing  "the  fourth 
genre, "  creative  nonfiction. 
Emphasis  on  the  short  piece,  the 
literary  memoir,  and  the  personal 
essay.  3  credits. 

E  260  The  Short  Story 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  critical  study 
of  the  best  stories  of  American  and 
British  writers  as  well  as  stories,  in 
translation,  of  writers  of  other 
nationalities.  3  credits. 


E  267  Creative  Writing  1 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  Exercises  and 
instruction  in  writing  short  fiction 
and  poetry.  Composing,  critiquing, 
and  editing  skills  developed  in 
workshop  format.  3  credits. 

E  268  Creative  Writing  II 

Prerequisite:  E  267.  Advanced  exer- 
cises and  instruction  in  writing  n 
short  fiction  and  poetry  Compos-          J| 
ing,  critiquing,  and  editing  skills 
refined  in  workshop  format.  3  cred- 


E  270  The  Advanced  Essay 
Workshop 

Prerequisite:  E  251  or  E  267  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Variable  top- 
ics selected  from  travel,  nature,  sci- 
ence, social  critique,  and  humor.  3 
credits. 

E  275  Popidar  Lyrics 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Popular  lyrics 
from  the  songs  of  the  Jazz  age,  the 
Depression,  and  Wodd  War  II  to 
rock  "n"  roll  and  the  music  video 
revolution  of  today.  3  credits. 

E  281  Science  Fiction 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  A  survey  of  the 
development  of  science  fiction  dur- 
ing the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries.  Reading  of  American, 
English,  and  European  science  fic- 
tion novels  and  short  stories.  3 
credits. 

E  290  The  Bible  as  Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  study  of  liter- 
ary genres  in  the  Bible:  narrative, 
draina,  poetry,  wisdom  literature, 
books  of  prophecy,  letters.  Exten- 
sive readings  in  both  the  Old  and 
New  Testaments.  3  credits. 


Courses  203 


E  300  Writing  Proficiency 
Examination 

Required  of  each  student  after  earn- 
ing 57  credits  (including  transfer 
credits).  See  Writing  ProFicienq' 
Examination  statement,  or  contact 
English  Department  Chair. 

E  323  The  Renaissance  in 
England 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Major  writers 
of  the  English  Renaissance,  includ- 
ing Sidney,  Spenser,  Donne,  and 
Milton.  3  credits. 

E  341  Shakespeare 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  An  analysis  of 
representative  tragedies,  comedies, 
and  history  plays.  3  credits. 

E  353  Literature  of  the  Romantic 
Era 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  Poetry  and 
prose  of  the  major  Romantics  — 
Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron, 
Shelley,  Keats,  Lamb,  and  Hazlitt 
—  with  attention  given  to  the 
milieu  of  the  writers,  the  Continen- 
tal background,  and  theories  of 
Romanticism.  3  credits. 

E  356  Victorian  Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Poetry  and 
prose  from  1830-1900.  The  worb 
of  Tennyson,  Browning,  Arnold, 
Carlyle,  Mill,  Newman,  Ruskin, 
and  others  studied  in  light  of  the 
social,  political  and  religious  prob- 
lems of  the  period.  3  credits. 

E  37 1  Literature  of  the 
Neoclassic  Era 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  British  writers 
of  the  period  1660-1789,  with 
emphasis  on  Dryden,  Pope,  Swift, 
and  Johnson.  3  credits. 


E  390  The  Novel  in  English 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Great  novels 
written  in  English  (excluding 
American  novels,  which  are  studied 
in  American  literature  courses). 
3  credits. 

E  392  Poe,  Hawthorne,  and 

Melville 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  study  of  the 

poetry  and  fiction  of  three  major 

representatives  of  the  tragic  outlook 

on  life  in  mid-nineteenth  century 

American  literature.  3  credits. 

E  393  Mark  Twain 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Major  works 
by  America's  greatest  humorist  and 
moral  spokesman  studied  through 
interactive  discussions,  online 
research,  and  a  portfolio  of  course 
work.  Selections  from  travel  works, 
including  Innocents  Abroad;  the 
major  works,  including  Tom  Sawyer 
and  Huckleberry  Finn;  and  some 
short  stories  and  sketches.  3  credits. 

E  394  American  Humor 

Prerequisite:  E  1 1 0.  Intensive  study 
ot  the  history  of  American  humor 
and  its  relevance  to  modern  Ameri- 
ca, including  major  humor  writers 
from  Mark  Twain  to  Woody  Allen. 
3  credits. 

E  395  American  Realism  and 
Naturalism 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Readings  in 
the  works  of  such  major  realists  as 
Howells,  Twain,  and  James;  and 
important  naturalist  successors 
such  as  Norris,  Crane,  and  Dreiser. 
3  credits. 

E  406-409  Internationa] 
Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  Selected  poetr)', 


drama,  and  fiction,  in  translation, 
from  one  of  the  following  nations: 
Russia,  France,  Germany,  or  Spain. 
Topic  to  be  announced  for  each 
semester.  3  credits  each  course. 

E  477  American  Literature 
Between  the  World  Wars 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  A  study  of  the 
achievements  of  the  main  figures  of 
the  generation  that  flourished 
between  the  two  world  wars  and 
brought  about  "Americas  Coming 
of  Age."  Poets  Ezra  Pound,  T.S. 
Eliot,  Robert  Frost,  Wallace  Stevens 
and  William  Carlos  Williams;  nov- 
elists Hemingway,  Faulkner,  and 
Fitzgerald.  3  credits. 

E  478  Contemporary  American 
Literature 

Prerequisite:  E  1 10.  Intensive  study 
of  recent  American  fiction,  nonfic- 
tion,  poetry,  and  drama.  3  credits. 

E  480  Internship 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  A  work  expe- 
rience, arranged  through  the 
department,  that  will  require  the 
effective  use  of  written  or  spoken 
English.  3  credits. 

E  481-498  Studies  in  English 

Prerequisite:  E  110.  Special  topics 
in  literature,  speaking,  or  writing. 
3  credits. 

E  599  Independent  Study 
Prerequisites:  English  majors,  junior 
or  senior  standing,  at  least  a  3.0 
G.PA.;  consent  of  the  instructor 
and  department  chair.  Opportunity 
for  the  student,  under  the  direction 
of  a  faculty  member,  to  explore  an 
area  of  interest.  This  course  must  be 
initiated  by  the  student.  1-3  credits 
per  semester. 


204 


ENGINEERING  AND 
APPLIED  SCIENCE 

EAS  103  Technology  in  Modern 
Society 

Scientific  and  technological  devel- 
opments and  their  implications  for 
the  Riture  of  society.  Prospects  and 
problems  in  communications, 
energy  sources,  automation,  trans- 
portation, and  other  technologies. 
Use  and  control  of  technological 
resources  for  public  benefit.  3 
credits. 

EAS  107  Introduction  to 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  Ml 09  or  equivalent. 
Overview  of  the  problems,  per- 
spectives, and  methods  of  the  engi- 
neering profession.  Modeling  of 
real-world  problems  for  purposes 
of  optimization,  decision-making, 
and  design.  Practical  techniques  ot 
problem  formulation  and  analysis. 
3  credits. 

EAS  108  Engineering  Workshop 

Prerequisite:  M  1 1 5  (may  be  taken 
concurrently).  An  introduction  to 
the  use  of  elementary  statistics  and 
basic  computer  modeling  for  engi- 
neering problem-solving.  Software 
packages  used  may  include  spread- 
sheets, databases,  math  packages, 
and  drafting.  1  credit. 

EAS  109  Project  Planning  and 
Development 

Prerequisite;  M  1 1 5  (may  be  taken 
concurrently).  Students  develop  the 
skills  required  to  successfiilly  plan 
and  implement  selected  projects 
within  budgetary  and  time  con- 
straints using  project  management 
software.  Projects  use  Lab  VIEW© 
programming  for  data  acquisition 


and  control  and  CAD  tools  and 
presentation  software  for  technical 
communication  of  design  informa- 
tion. Students  gain  proficiency  in 
each  of  these  three  areas  as  they 
apply  to  a  series  of  projects  span- 
ning the  course.  2  credits. 

EAS  112  Methods  of  Engineering 
Analysis 

Prerequisite:  a  laboratory  science 
course.  Corequisite:  M  117.  Stu- 
dents are  introduced  to  typical 
problems  encountered  in  various 
branches  ot  engineering  using  a 
case-study  approach.  They  gain 
experience  using  computer  tools  to 
solve  these  problems  numerically. 
Skill  is  developed  in  a  spreadsheet 
environment,  and  the  fundamen- 
tals of  programming  are  presented. 
Applicators  involve  use  descriptive 
statistics,  regression,  interpolation, 
logical  and  numerical  functions, 
sets  of  algebraic,  differential,  and 
finite  difference  equations,  integra- 
tion. Students  are  introduced  to 
data  types,  assignment  and  condi- 
tional statements,  program  flow 
control,  passing  parameters, 
returning  values  with  fiinctions, 
arrays.  3  credits. 

EAS  120  Chemistry  with 
Applications  to  Biosystems 

Prerequisites:  CH  115/117,  E  105, 
EAS  109  (or  consent  of  instructor), 
M  1 15.  Integrated  concepts  from 
chemical  and  life  sciences  including 
solutions,  equilibrium,  kinetics, 
thermodynamics,  and  electrochem- 
istry. Extensive  laboratory  compo- 
nent illustrates  the  interaction 
between  chemical  and  biological 
processes.  4  credits. 


EAS  211  Introduction  to 
Modeling  of  Engineering  Systems 
Prerequisite:  EAS  1 1 2  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Corequisites:  M  118, 
PH  150.  Modeling  of  simple  engi- 
neering systems  from  different 
fields  using  empirical  laws  and  the 
balance  principle  for  mass,  charge, 
linear  momentum,  and  energy. 
Applications  include  introductory 
problems  in  material  balances,  elec- 
tric circuits,  fluid  mechanics,  statics, 
thermodynamics  and  heat  transfer. 
Emphasis  is  on  developing  an  engi- 
neering approach  to  problem-solv- 
ing. 3  credits. 

EAS  213  Materials  in 
Engineering  Systems 

Prerequisites:  CH  115,  EAS  112. 
Corequisite:  EAS  211.  Properties, 
behavior,  and  application  of  mate- 
rials (solid,  liquid,  and  gas)  are 
studied  and  demonstrated,  with 
emphasis  on  selection  and  use  in 
engineering  systems.  Topics 
include  mechanical,  electrical, 
magnetic,  thermal,  optical,  theo- 
logical, and  chemical  properties 
and  behavior.  3  credits. 

EAS  222  Fundamentals  of 
Mechanics  and  Materials 

Prerequisites:  EAS  21 1,  EAS  213. 
Corequisite:  M  203.  Behavior  of 
mechanical  and  structural  systems 
under  load.  Topics  include  effects 
and  distribution  of  forces  on  rigid 
bodies  at  rest;  kinematics  and  kinet- 
ics of  particles;  force  systems;  shear 
and  moment  diagrams;  force-stress- 
strain-deformation  relationships, 
including  torsion  and  combined 
loading;  buckling  and  stability 
analysis;  stress/strain  transforma- 
tion; Mohr's  circle.  3  credits. 


Courses  205 


EAS  224  Fluid-Thermal  Systems 
Prerequisites:  E  105,  EAS  211, 
EAS  213.  Corequisite:  M  203.  An 
expansive  study  of  thermal  and  flu- 
ids principles  and  applications 
including  laws  of  thermodynamics, 
basic  power  cycles,  conservation 
laws,  internal  and  external  flows, 
and  convective  heat  transfer.  3 
credits. 

EAS  230  Fundamentals  and 
Applications  of  Analog  Devices 

Prerequisite:  EAS  211  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Corequisite:  PH  205. 
Fundamental  principles  of  analog 
electrical  devices  as  applied  to  a 
variety  ol  engineering  systems,  as 
well  as  hands-on  experience  on 
those  devices  as  applied  in  various 
engineering  disciplines.  Applica- 
tions include  sensors,  transformers, 
motors,  and  transmission  lines.  3 
credits. 

EAS  232  Project  Management 
and  Engineering  Economics 

Prerequisites;  EAS  1 09  or  knowl- 
edge ol  the  Rindamentals  of  project 
management  and  familiarity  with 
the  basic  concepts  of  probability 
and  statistics.  An  introduction  to 
economic  analysis  with  emphasis  on 
those  concepts  directly  related  to 
project  management.  Topics  include 
analysis  of  alternatives,  project  initi- 
ation, depreciation  and  taxation, 
cost  estimates,  risk  and  uncertainty, 
project  planning,  execution,  and 
control.  3  credits. 

EAS  345  Applied  Engineering 
Statistics 

Prerequisites:  M  1 18  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  Topics  include  basic 
terminology,  data  presentation, 
descriptive  statistics,  curve-surface 
fitting  and  correlation,  probability 


and  model  fitting,  random  vari- 
ables, statistical  inferences,  one-way 
analysis  of  variance,  prediction  and 
tolerance  intervals,  and  control 
charts.  3  credits. 

EAS  4 1 5  Professional 
Engineering  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  senior  standing. 
Discussion  of  topics  on  profession- 
al engineering  and  ethical  matters 
pertaining  to  the  practice  of  engi- 
neering. This  course  is  intended 
for  non-civil  engineering  majors. 
Civil  engineering  majors  take 
CE  407.  1  credit. 

EAS  450-459  Special  Topics 

Speciiil  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  engineering 
and  applied  science.  3  credits. 


ECONOMICS 

EC  133  Principles  of  Economics  I 

Foundations  ot  economic  analysis, 
including  economic  progress, 
resources,  technolog)-,  private  enter- 
prise, profits,  and  the  price  system. 
Macroeconomics  including  national 
income,  employment,  and  econom- 
ic growth.  Price  levels,  money  and 
banking,  the  Federal  Reserve  Sys- 
tem, theory  of  income,  employ- 
ment and  prices,  business  cycles  and 
problems  of  monetary,  fiscal,  and 
stabilization  policy.  3  credits. 

EC  134  Principles  of  Economics  II 

Microeconomics  including  markets 
and  market  structure  and  the  allo- 
cation of  resources.  The  distribution 
ol  income,  the  public  economy,  the 
international  economy,  and  selected 
economic  problems.  3  credits. 


EC  200  Global  Economy 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134. 
This  survey  provides  an  under- 
standing ol  the  linkages  between 
the  American  economy  and  the  rest 
of  the  world  in  a  period  of 
increased  globalization.  Particular 
emphasis  is  placed  on  understand- 
ing the  various  policies  of  interna- 
tional trade  and  finance  and  their 
relationship  to  business.  3  credits. 

EC  310  Game  Theory 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134. 
This  course  gives  students  an 
understanding  of  the  relevance  of 
game  theory  to  strategy.  The 
course  emphasizes  applications  of 
gaming  to  strategic  decision-mak- 
ing in  business.  3  credits. 

EC  313  Behavioral  Economics 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134.  The 
course  focuses  on  judgment,  the 
cognitive  aspects  of  decision-mak- 
ing, and  their  relevance  in  econom- 
ics. The  emphasis  is  on  the  merging 
of  psychology  and  economics  in 
understanding  how  managers  make 
decisions  and  how  decision-making 
might  be  improved.  3  credits. 

EC  314  Public  Finance  and 
Budgeting 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134,  and 
junior  standing.  A  general  survey  of 
government  finance  at  the  federal, 
state,  and  local  levels,  including 
government  expenditures,  principles 
of  taxation,  public  borrowing,  debt 
management,  and  fiscal  policy  for 
economic  stabilization.  3  credits. 

EC  340  Microeconomic  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134,  and 
junior  standing.  Study  of  commodi- 
ty and  factor  pricing,  theory  of  pro- 
duction, cost  theory,  market  struc- 


206 


tures  under  perfect  and  imperfect 
market, conditions.  3  credits. 

EC  34 1  Macroeconomic  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134, 
and  junior  standing.  An  investiga- 
tion of  the  makeup  of  the  national 
income  and  an  analysis  of  the  fac- 
tors that  enter  into  its  determina- 
tion. The  roles  of  consumption, 
investment,  government  finance, 
and  money  influencing  national 
income  and  output,  employment, 
the  price  level  and  rate  of  growth, 
and  policies  for  economic  stabilit)' 
and  growth.  3  credits. 

EC  342  International  Economics 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134,  and 
junior  standing.  The  role,  impor- 
tance, and  currents  of  international 
commerce;  the  balance  of  interna- 
tional payments;  foreign  exchange 
and  international  finance;  interna- 
tional trade  theory;  problems  ot 
payments  adjustment;  trade  restric- 
tions; economic  development  and 
foreign  aid.  3  credits. 

EC  425  Decision  Making 
Economics  and  Uncertainty 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134, 
and  QA  2 1 6.  An  examination  of 
how  risk  and  uncertainty  shape 
decision-making.  The  course 
exposes  students  to  modern  analyt- 
ic tools,  such  as  Monte  Carlo  simu- 
lation, that  can  be  used  to  incorpo- 
rate risk  in  business  strategy  and 
public  policy.  3  credits. 

EC  440  Economic  Development 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134,  and 
junior  standing.  Economic  prob- 
lems of  developing  countries  and 
the  policies  necessary  to  induce 
growth.  Individual  projects 
required.  3  credits. 


EC  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  and  EC  134. 
Coverage  of  new  and  emerging  top- 
ics and  appreciation  in  economics. 
3  credits. 

EC  598  Internship 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134,  and 
junior  standing.  On-the-job  learn- 
ing in  selected  organizations  in 
areas  related  to  the  student's  major. 
3  credits. 

EC  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  EC  134, 
and  junior  standing.  Independent 
research  projects  or  other  approved 
forms  of  independent  study.  3 
credits. 


EDUCATION 

ED  350  Introduction  to 
Education  and  Field  Study 

Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing. This  course  introduces  students 
to  the  field  of  education  and 
includes  a  field  component.  Stu- 
dents focus  on  the  Connecticut 
Teaching  Competencies  and  are 
given  a  broad  overview  of  school- 
related  issues,  including  classroom 
management  skills.  3  credits. 

ED  450-459  Special  Topics 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  education. 
3  credits. 

ED  503  Human  Growth  and 
Development 

A  smdy  of  the  major  aspects  of 
human  development  from  concep- 
tion through  adolescence,  presenting 
the  important  theories  and  research 
methods  of  the  field  and  tracing  the 
physical,  cognitive,  psychological. 


and  social  development  of  each 
chronological  division.  3  credits. 

ED  504  Educational  Psychology 

Content  emphasizes  the  application 
of  psychological  principles  and 
research  results  to  the  teaching- 
learning  process.  Includes  learning 
principles,  development,  planning 
instruction,  evaluating  student  per- 
formance, classroom  management, 
and  motivation.  Cannot  be  used  as 
a  psychology  elective.  3  credits. 

ED  508  Child  Development 

A  study  of  the  physical,  cognitive, 
and  social  development  of  children, 
with  special  emphasis  on  major 
theories  and  research  methods. 
Cannot  be  used  as  a  psychology 
elective.  3  credits. 

ED  509  Adolescent  Development 

A  study  of  the  physical,  cognitive, 
and  social  development  of  adoles- 
cents, with  special  emphasis  on 
major  theories  and  research  meth- 
ods. Cannot  be  used  as  a  psycholo- 
gy elective.  3  credits. 


ELECTRICAL 
ENGINEERING 

EE  155  Digital  Systems  I 

Fundamental  concepts  of  digital 
systems.  Binar\'  numbers,  Boolean 
algebra,  combinational  logic  design 
using  gates,  map  minimization 
techniques.  Use  of  modular  MSI 
components  such  as  adders  and 
multiplexers.  Analysis  and  design  of 
simple  synchronous  sequential  cir- 
cuits, including  flip-flops,  shift  reg- 
isters, and  counters.  Introduction  to 
VHDL.  3  credits. 


Courses  207 


EE  201  Introduction  to  Electrical 
Circuits 

Corequisites:  M  118,  PH  205. 
Energy  effects  and  ideal  circuit  ele- 
ments, independent  and  dependent 
sources;  Ohm's  Law  and  Kirchhoff  "s 
Laws;  resistive  networks;  node  and 
mesh  analysis;  Thevenin  and  Nor- 
ton Theorems,  maximum  power 
transfer,  analysis  of  first-order  net- 
works; introduction  ol  sinusoidal 
steady  state,  phasors,  impedance, 
and  admittance.  DC  and  transient 
analysis  using  SPICE.  3  credits. 

EE  202  Network  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  EE  201,  M  118. 
Continuation  of  EE  201.  Analysis 
and  design  of  networks  in  sinu- 
soidal steady  state.  Use  of  phasors 
and  phasor  diagrams,  voltage  and 
current  gain,  resonance,  watts, 
VARS,  power  factor.  Average  and 
RMS  values.  Maximum  power 
transfer.  Mutual  inductance,  ideal 
transformers,  Fourier  series,  use  ol 
SPICE  in  steady  state  analysis  and 
design.  3  credits. 

EE  212  Principles  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  EE  201.  This  course 
includes  several  laboratory  exercises 
related  to  topics  covered  in  EE  20 1 
as  well  as  new  topics.  The  course  is 
equally  divided  between  lectures 
and  laboratory.  Digital  logic  sys- 
tems. The  binary  number  system, 
binary  arithmetic,  decimal  to  binary 
conversion,  binary  codes,  hexadeci- 
mal codes.  Boolean  algebra,  AND, 
OR,  NAND,  NOR  and  XOR 
gates.  Combinational  logic  design. 
Multiplexer,  rom,  decoders,  and 
read  and  write  memory.  Digital  sys- 
tems. Sequential  logic,  latches  and 
flip-flops,  digital  counters,  registers. 


sequential  logic  design.  This  course 
is  intended  tor  non-electrical  engi- 
neering majors.  3  credits. 

EE  235  Analog  Circuits 

Prerequisite:  EAS  230  or  EE  201. 
In-depth  analysis  techniques 
applied  to  resistive  circuits  includ- 
ing a  review  ot  nodal  and  mesh 
analysis,  Thevenin  and  Norton  the- 
orems, linearity  and  superposition, 
maximum  power  transfer,  applica- 
tions of  operational  amplifiers, 
PSPICE  projects,  first-  and  second- 
order  networks,  mutual  inductance 
and  transformers,  steady  state 
power  analysis,  effective  and  rms 
values,  complex  power,  power  fac- 
tor, three-phase  circuits,  power  rela- 
tionships, power  factor  correction, 
sinusoidal  frequency  analysis,  reso- 
nant circuits,  simple  filter  networks, 
Laplace  transform  and  its  applica- 
tion to  circuit  analysis.  3  credits. 

EE  247  Electronics  I 

Prerequisite:  EE  201  or  EAS  230. 
Signals  and  their  frequency  spec- 
trum, amplifiers,  circuit  models  for 
amplifiers,  frequency  response. 
Operational  amplifiers,  ideal  op- 
amps,  inverting  and  noninverting 
configurations,  op-amp  circuits. 
Basic  semiconductor  concepts,  drift 
currents,  the  p-n  junctions,  analysis 
of  diode  circuits,  Zener  diodes.  BJT 
transistors,  physical  structure  and 
modes  of  operation,  biasing  tech- 
niques, the  BjT  as  an  amplifier, 
biasing  the  BJT  for  discrete  circuit 
design,  analysis  of  the  transistor  as  a 
switch.  Field-effect  transistors, 
structure  and  physical  operation  of 
MOSFETs,  voltage-current  charac- 
teristics of  various  FETs.  FET  cir- 
cuits at  DC,  the  FET  as  an  amplifi- 
er. 3  credits. 


EE  256  Digital  Systems 
Laborator)' 

Prerequisite:  EE  155.  Covers  digital 
systems  test  instruments.  Experi- 
ments in  combinational  and  intro- 
ductory sequential  circuits.  Software 
tools,  simulators.  Schematic  capture 
and  introduction  to  hardware 
description  languages.  Design  of 
simple  digital  circuits.  Written  and 
oral  laboratory  reports.  2  credits. 

EE  257  Analog  Circuits 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  EE  201  or  EAS  230. 
Laboratory  exercises  and  projects  in 
DC  and  AC  circuits  including 
Ohm's  law,  Kirchhoff's  laws,  mesh 
and  nodal  analysis,  Thevenin  and 
Norton  theorems,  capacitance  and 
inductance  measurements,  transient 
behavior  of  RLC  circuits,  opera- 
tional amplifiers  and  applications. 
PSPICE  and  Lab  View©  are  intro- 
duced; written  and  oral  reports  are 
required.  Laboratory  fee;  2  credits. 

EE  302  Systems  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  EE  201  or  EAS  230 
and  M  204.  Continuous-time  and 
discrete-time  signal  and  system 
properties;  linear  difference  equa- 
tions; the  convolution  integral  and 
convolution  sum;  the  Laplace  trans- 
form; the  Z  transform;  the  Fourier 
transform  of  continuous-time  sig- 
nals. 3  credits. 

EE  306  Electronic  Materials  and 
Devices 

Prerequisite:  EE  247.  Semi- 
conductor materials  including  dop- 
ing, conduction,  diffusion,  p-n 
junction  effects.  Hall  effect  and 
quantum  theory.  Diode  current- 
voltage  relation,  diode  capacitance 
and  breakdown;  FET  and  BJT 


208 


operation.  Magnetic  properties  of 
matter.  3  credits. 

EE  320  Random  Signal  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  EE  302.  The  elements 
of  probability  theory.  Continuous 
and  discrete  random  variables. 
Characteristic  functions  and  central 
limit  theorem.  Stationary  random 
processes,  auto  correlation,  cross 
correlation.  Power  density  spectrum 
of  a  stationary  random  process.  Sys- 
tems analysis  with  random  signals. 
3  credits. 

EE  341  Numerical  Methods  in 
Engineering 

Prerequisites:  M  203  and  a  standard 
programming  language.  Topics 
include  solutions  of  algebraic  and 
transcendental  equations  by  itera- 
tive methods;  system  of  linear  equa- 
tions (matrix  inversion,  etc.);  inter- 
polation, numerical  differentiation 
and  integration;  solution  of  ordi- 
nary differential  equations.  Scientif- 
ic and  engineering  applications.  3 
credits.  (This  course  is  cross-listed 
with  M  338  Numerical  Analysis.) 

EE  344  Electrical  Machines 

Prerequisite:  EE  202  or  EE  235. 
Magnetic  fields  and  magnetic  cir- 
cuits, forces  and  torques.  Theory, 
characteristics,  operation,  testing, 
equivalent  circuits,  design  concepts, 
and  applications  of  direct  current 
and  alternating  current  machines 
including  transformers,  synchro- 
nous and  induction  machinery. 
Design  of  main  dimensions  of 
transformer  cores,  rotors  and  stators 
and  armature  windings.  3  credits. 

EE  348  Electronics  II 

Prerequisite:  EE  247.  Review  of 
FETs.  Biasing  the  FET  in  discrete 
circuits,  biasing  configurations  of 


single  stage  IC  MOS  amplifiers, 
FET  analog  switches.  Differential 
and  multistage  amplifiers,  the  BJT 
differential  pair,  biasing  in  BJT 
integrated  circuits,  actively  loaded 
differential  pair,  MOS  differential 
amplifiers  and  multistage  ampli- 
fiers. Frequency  response  of  ampli- 
fiers, s  domain  analysis,  poles  and 
zeros.  Bode  plots.  Miller  effect,  fre- 
quency response  of  differential 
amplifiers,  study  of  various  wide- 
band amplifiers.  Output  stages  and 
power  amplifiers.  Class  A,  B,  and 
AB  stages,  IC  power  amplifiers. 
Analog  integrated  circuits,  complete 
analysis  of  74 1  op-amp  circuits, 
CMOS  op-amps,  D/A  and  A/D 
converter  circuits.  3  credits. 

EE  349  Electronics  Design 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  EE  257,  EE  348  (may 
be  taken  concurrendy).  Laboratory 
exercises  and  design  projects  intend- 
ed to  give  students  practical  experi- 
ence in  analog  electronics.  Experi- 
ments include  operational  ampli- 
fiers, diodes,  BJTs,  FETs,  single  and 
multistage  amplifier  design  as  well 
as  open-ended  design  projects. 
PSPICE  and  Lab  View®  are  used; 
written  and  oral  reports  are 
required.  2  credits. 

EE  355  Control  Systems 

Prerequisite:  EE  302.  The  modeling 
of  linear  and  nonlinear  physical  sys- 
tems with  discrete  and  continuous 
state  space  equations.  Solutions  to 
the  discrete  and  continuous  linear 
state  equation;  state  transition 
matrices;  phase  variable  forms. 
Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors;  Jor- 
dan canonical  form.  Controllability 
and  observability  of  discrete  and 
continuous  systems.  Relationships 
among  controllability,  observability. 


and  transfer  functions.  The  stability 
of  discrete  and  continuous  linear 
systems,  Liapunov,  root  locus, 
Nyquist,  feedback;  PID  control; 
lead-lag  control.  3  credits. 

EE  356  Digital  Systems  II 

Prerequisite:  EE  155  or  equivalent. 
Course  focuses  on  sequential  logic 
design.  Both  synchronous  and  asyn- 
chronous techniques  are  covered, 
with  an  emphasis  on  controller- 
based  modular  design.  Design  with 
a  hardware  description  language. 
Advanced  topics  will  be  covered  as 
time  permits.  Course  includes  labo- 
ratory. 3  credits. 

EE  371  Computer  Engineering 

Prerequisites:  CS  1  10,  EE  155. 
Introduction  to  the  organization  of 
digital  computers.  Stored  program 
concept,  instruction  processing, 
memory  organization,  instruction 
formats,  addressing  modes,  instruc- 
tion sets,  assembler  and  machine 
language  programming.  Input/out- 
put programming,  direct  memory 
access.  Bus  structures  and  control 
signals.  Course  includes  laboratory. 
3  credits. 

EE  398  Internship 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing.  A 
partnership  consisting  of  the  stu- 
dent, faculty,  and  employers/organi- 
zations providing  exposure  to  and 
participation  in  a  working  engineer- 
ing environment.  An  internship 
translates  classroom  knowledge  to  a 
professional  work  environment,  and 
the  student  works  and  learns  with 
practicing  engineers  while  gaining 
professional  experience.  A  mini- 
mum of  300  hours  performing 
related  engineering  duties  is 
required.  No  credit. 


Courses  209 


EE  410  Nenvorking  I 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Reference 
models  TCP/IP  and  OSI,  transmis- 
sion media,  data  link  layer  issues, 
the  medium  access  control  sublay- 
er, networking  devices  and  topolo- 
gies, LANs,  WANs,  lab  experi- 
ments. 3  credits. 

EE  437  Industrial  Power  Systems 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  EE  202  or  EE  235. 
Study  ot  the  components  forming  a 
power  system,  three-phase  systems, 
transmission  line  modeling  and 
design,  per  unit  quantities,  model- 
ing of  power  systems,  one-line  dia- 
grams, symmetrical  components, 
sequence  networks  and  asymmetri- 
cal fault  calculations,  matrices  and 
matrix  algebra.  3  credits. 

EE  438  Electric  Power 
Transmission 

Prerequisite:  EE  437.  Power  system 
modeling  for  fault  analysis  using 
sequence  networks,  bus  impedance 
matrix  formulation,  rake  equivalent 
method,  faiJt  analysis  by  computer 
methods,  transmission  line  ABCD 
parameters  and  distributed  parame- 
ter analysis,  design  and  perform- 
ance using  computers,  load  flow 
analysis,  Gauss-Siedel  method, 
Newton-Raphson  method,  eco- 
nomic load  sharing,  stability  design 
and  analysis  using  computers  and 
FORTRAN  programs.  3  credits. 

EE  439  Electric  Power 
Distribution 

Prerequisites:  EE  344,  EE  437. 
Structure  of  electric  power  distribu- 
tion, distribution  transformers,  sub- 
transmission  lines,  substations,  bus 
schemes,  primary  and  secondary 
systems,  radial  and  loop  feeder 


designs,  voltage  drop  and  regula- 
tion, capacitors,  power  factor  cor- 
rection and  voltage  regulation,  pro- 
tection, buses,  automatic  reclosures 
and  coordination.  3  credits. 

EE  445  Communications 
Systems 

Prerequisite:  EE  320.  The  analysis 
and  design  of  communications 
systems.  Signal  analysis,  transmis- 
sion of  signals,  power  density 
spectra,  amplitude,  frequency  and 
pulse  modulation;  pulse  code 
modulation;  digital  signal  trans- 
mission. Performance  of  commu- 
nications systems  and  signal  to 
noise  ratio.  3  credits. 

EE  446  Digital  Electronic 
Circuits 

Prerequisite:  EE  247.  Analysis  and 
design  of  digital  circuit  classes 
(comparators  and  logical  gates)  by 
application  of  Ebers-Moll  transistor 
model  (saturation/active/cutoff 
regions).  Comparators  treated  as 
overdriven  difterential/operational 
amplifiers,  including  bistable 
Schmitt  trigger.  Gates  treated  for 
major  technologies:  resistor-transis- 
tor logic  (RTL),  transistor-transis- 
tor logic  (TTL),  and  emitter-cou- 
pled logic  (ECL).  Related  integrat- 
ed circuit  analysis  including  inter- 
nal variables  and  I-O  characteris- 
tics. 3  credits. 

EE  450  Analog  Filter  Design 

Prerequisite:  EE  202  or  EE  235. 
Techniques  in  the  analysis  and 
design  of  analog  filters.  First  order 
and  second  order.  Design  of  Butter- 
worth,  Chebyshev,  Bessel-Thomson, 
and  Cauer  lowpass.  Lowpass  to 
band-pass,  bandstop  and  highpass 
filter  transformations,  design,  and 
sensitivity  analysis.  3  credits. 


EE  452  Digital  Filter  Design 

Prerequisite:  EE  302.  Techniques 
in  the  analysis  and  design  of  digital 
filters.  Digital  filters  terminology 
and  frequency  response.  FIR  filter 
design.  IIR  digital  filter  design 
including  Butterworth,  Cauer,  and 
Chebyshev  lowpass,  highpa.ss, 
bandpass,  and  bandstop  filters. 
The  DFT  and  IDFT  FFT  algo- 
rithms. 3  credits. 

EE  455  Control  System  Design 

Prerequisite:  EE  355,  working 
knowledge  of  Matlab  and 
Simulink,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  This  course  introduces 
the  student  to  techniques  for  the 
design  and  implementation  of 
automatic  control  systems.  Practical 
applications  of  the  methods  studied 
in  this  course  include  a  space  shut- 
tle, water  tank,  a  space  station, 
blood  pressure  control,  airplane 
lateral  dynamics,  robot-controlled 
motorcycle,  automobile  velocity 
control,  six-legged  amber,  hot  ingot 
robot  control,  milling  machine 
control,  diesel  electric  locomotive, 
digital  audiotape  speed  control, 
and  fly-by-wire  control.  3  credits. 

EE  456  Hardware  Description 
Language 

Prerequisite:  EE  356.  General 
structure  of  VHSIC  Hardware 
Description  Language  (VHDL) 
code;  entities  and  architecture  in 
VHDL;  signals,  variables,  data 
types;  concurrent  signal  assignment 
statements;  if,  case  and  loop  state- 
ments; components;  package;  func- 
tions and  procedures;  slices;  attrib- 
utes; generate  statement;  blocks; 
projects  on  design  of  combination- 
al and  sequential  circuits  using 
VHDL.  3  credits. 


210 


EE  457  Design  Preparation 

Prerequisites:  EE  349  and  :iie  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  This  course 
provides  the  student  time  and 
guidance  in  selecting  a  topic  for  the 
senior  design  course  (EE  458), 
which  follows  this  one.  Suitable 
design  projects  may  be  suggested 
by  the  student  or  the  faculty  or  via 
industrial  contacts.  Each  student 
carries  out  a  literature  search  in  an 
area  of  interest,  prepares  a  written 
proposal  with  a  plan  of  action, 
obtains  approval  by  the  faculty 
project  adviser,  and  makes  an  oral 
presentation  of  the  project  propos- 
al. 2  credits. 

EE  458  Senior  Design  Laboratory' 

Prerequisite;  EE  457.  A  continua- 
tion of  EE  457,  this  course  provides 
the  student  with  experience  at  a 
professional  level  with  engineering 
projects  that  involve  analysis, 
design,  construction  of  prototypes, 
and  evaluation  of  results. 
Design  laboratory  activities 
include  the  following:  Communi- 
cations/Signal Process  Laboratory. 
(Prerequisites:  EE  445  or  EE  450 
or  EE  452,  EE  457.) 
Control  Systems  Laboratory. 
(Pre-requisites:  EE  355,  EE  457.) 
Digital  Design  Laboratory.  (Prereq- 
uisites: EE  356,  EE  371,  EE  457. 
Corequisite:  EE  472  or  EE  475.) 
Fiber  Optics/Microwave  Laborato- 
ry. (Prerequisite:  EE  462  or  EE 
480,  EE  457.) 

Machines/Power  Systems  Laborato- 
ry. (Prerequisites:  EE  344,  EE  437, 
EE  457.) 

A  final  report  is  required  both  in 
writing  and  as  an  oral  presentation. 
3  credits. 


EE  461  Electromagnetic  Theory 

Prerequisites:  M  203,  PH  205. 
Basic  electromagnetic  theory 
including  static  fields  of  electric 
charges  and  magnetic  fields  of 
steady  electric  currents.  Fundamen- 
tal field  laws  including  Coulomb's 
Law,  Gauss's  Law,  BiotSavart's  Law, 
and  Ampere's  Law.  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions, scalar  and  vector  potentials, 
Laplace's  equation,  and  boundary 
conditions.  Magnetization,  polariza- 
tion. 3  credits. 

EE  462  Electromagnetic  Waves 
Prerequisite:  EE  461.  Electro- 
magnetic wave  propagation  and 
reflection  in  various  structures, 
including  coaxial,  two-wire,  and 
waveguide  systems.  Transmission 
lines.  Various  modes  of  propagation 
in  rectangular  waveguides.  The 
dipole  antenna.  Linear  antenna 
arrays.  3  credits. 

EE  472  Computer  Architecture 
Prerequisite:  EE  356.  Introduction 
to  theory  of  computing,  processor 
design,  control  unit  design,  micro- 
programming, memory  organiza- 
tion, and  survey  of  parallel  proces- 
sors. 3  credits. 

EE  475  Embedded  Systems, 
Interfaces,  and  Buses 

Prerequisite:  EE  371.  Microproces- 
sors and  peripheral  devices.  Hard- 
ware and  software  aspects  of  inter- 
facing. Microprocessor-based  sys- 
tem design.  Introduction  to 
advanced  topics  such  as  data  com- 
munications, memory  manage- 
ment, and  multiprocessing.  The 
course  is  structured  around  labora- 
tory exercises.  3  credits. 


EE  480  Fiber  Optic 
Communications 

Prerequisite:  EE  461.  The  funda- 
mentals of  lightwave  technology, 
optical  fibers,  LEDs  and  lasers, 
signal  degradation  in  optical 
fibers.  Photodetectors,  power 
launching  and  coupling,  connec- 
tors and  splicing  techniques. 
Transmission  link  analysis.  This 
course  includes  selected  laboratory 
experiments.  3  credits. 

EE  500  Special  Topics  in 
Electrical  Engineering 
Prerequisite:  instructor's  consent. 
Special  topics  in  the  field  of  elec- 
trical engineering.  3  credits. 

EE  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
supervisor  and  approval  of  depart- 
ment chair.  (Refer  to  academic  reg- 
ulations for  independent  study.) 
Independent  study  provides  the 
opportunity  to  explore  an  area  of 
special  interest  under  faculty  super- 
vision. May  be  repeated.  3  credits. 


ENVIRONMENTAL 
SCIENCE 

EN  101  Introduction  to 
Environmental  Science 
Todays  environmental  problems 
have  scientific,  social,  and  political 
aspects.  This  course,  which  is 
required  for  majors  and  is  suitable 
for  non-majors,  focuses  on  the  sci- 
entific aspects  but  does  not  ignore 
the  other  two.  The  student  is  intro- 
duced to  the  geology,  biology, 
physics,  and  chemistry  behind  the 
problems  and  to  the  social  and 
political  difficulties  inherent  in 
dealing  with  them.  Through  a  com- 
bination of  lectures,  case  histories, 


Courses  211 


in-class  discussions,  and  observation 
ot  the  environmental  decision-mak- 
ing process  at  work,  the  student 
gains  an  understanding  ot  the  com- 
plex nature  of  environmental  prob- 
lems and  of  the  choices  that  must 
be  made  in  solving  them.  May  be 
taken  concurrendy  with  EN  102 
Environmental  Science  Laboratory 
for  laboratory  science  credit.  Envi- 
ronmental Science  majors  and 
minors  must  take  EN  102  concur- 
rently. 3  credits. 

EN  102  Environmental  Science 
Laboratory 

Corequisite:  EN  101.  A  laboratory 
to  accompany  EN  101  Introduc- 
tion to  Environmental  Science. 
Laboratory  and  field  methods  of 
identifying,  characterizing,  and 
dealing  with  environmental  con- 
cepts and  problems  such  as  water 
quality,  waste  disposal,  ecosystem 
structure  and  change,  population 
growth,  pesticides,  and  food  pro- 
duction. Some  field  work  required. 
Portions  ot  some  laboratory  sessions 
are  devoted  to  discussion.  1  credit. 

EN  320  Introduction  to 
Environmental  Geology 

Prerequisites:  EN  101  and  intro- 
ductory chemistry  or  physics.  An 
introduction  to  geology-related 
environmental  problems  and  the 
applications  ot  geology  to  environ- 
mental problem-solving.  Topics 
include  an  introduction  to  basic 
physical  geology,  natural  hazards 
(causes  and  remediation),  energy 
and  mineral  resources,  waste  dispos- 
al, and  the  applications  of  geology 
to  land  use  planning.  3  credits. 

EN  500  Environmental 
Geoscience  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  M  1 1 5  or  consent  of 


instructor.  Study  ot  geological  sys- 
tems important  in  understanding 
the  causes  of  and  solutions  to  envi- 
ronmental problems.  Includes  basic 
geological  principles,  examination 
of  natural  hazards,  their  causes  and 
mitigation,  and  mineral,  energy, 
and  water  resources.  Laboratories 
include  practical  exercises,  data  col- 
lection, problem  solving,  and  case 
histories.  Some  weekend  field  trips 
may  be  required.  4  credits. 

EN  502  Environmental  Effects  of 
Pollutants 

Prerequisites:  BI  320,  EN  500. 
The  demonstrated  and  suspected 
effects  of  air,  water,  and  other  pol- 
lutants on  natural  systems  and  on 
human  welfare.  Methods  of  study- 
ing effects.  Some  weekend  field 
trips,  or  acceptable  alternative, 
required.  3  credits. 

EN  521  Hydrology 
Prerequisite:  any  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing: a  college-level  course  in 
physics,  geology,  hydraulics,  or 
limnology  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Lectures  cover  basic  hydrolog- 
ic  theory  including  nature  and 
chemical  behavior  of  water,  pre- 
cipitation and  evapotranspiration, 
interception,  surface  water,  ground 
water,  water  supply  and  treatment, 
and  water  law.  Other  topics  may 
include  irrigation,  flood  control 
karst  hydrology,  and  water  chem- 
istry. Required  labs  cover  field 
measurement,  sampling,  and 
problem-solving  techniques.  Some 
weekend  fieldwork  required. 
Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

EN  525  Geomorphology 

Prerequisite:  EN  500/600  or  a  pre- 
vious college-level  course  in  physical 
geology  or  geography  or  consent  of 


instructor.  Study  of  landforms  and 
the  processes  that  produce  them, 
including  the  operation  of  erosional 
and  depositional  processes  in  a  vari- 
ety of  geologic  settings  (fluvial, 
coastal,  glacial,  periglacial,  karst, 
and  arid).  Also  covers  relationship 
of  landtorms  and  processes  to  the 
solution  of  environmental  prob- 
lems. Lectures  cover  processes  and 
laboratories  focus  on  landform 
recognition  and  geomorphic 
process  interpretation  using  maps 
and  aerial  photographs.  Two 
required  field  trips  (one  2-day  and 
one  2  1/2-day)  with  shared  trans- 
portation and  costs.  Laboratory  fee; 
4  credits. 

EN  527  Soil  Science 
Prerequisite:  EN  500/600  or  a  pre- 
vious college-level  course  in  physical 
geology/geography  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Properties,  occurrence, 
and  management  of  soil  as  a  natural 
resource.  Covers  the  chemistry, 
physics,  morphology,  and  mineralo- 
gy of  soils  and  their  genesis  and 
classification.  Soil  properties  will  be 
related  to  their  role  in  environmen- 
tal problem-solving  and  decision- 
making. 3  credits. 

EN  533  Special  Topics  in  Field 
Geology 

Prerequisites:  EN  500/600  or  a  pre- 
vious college-level  course  in  geolo- 
gy; other  prerequisite(s)  dependent 
on  specific  course  topic.  Selected 
field  studies  and  trips  of  special 
interest.  Credit  varies  depending  on 
the  length  of  the  trip  or  investiga- 
tion. May  be  taken  more  than  once. 
1^  credits. 


212 


EN  540  Introduction  to 
Geographical  Information 
Systems 

Survey  of  GIS  technology,  research, 
and  applications  in  natural  resource 
management,  environmental  assess- 
ment, urban  planning,  business, 
marketing  and  real  estate,  law 
enforcement,  public  administration, 
and  emergency  preparedness. 
Includes  critical  evaluation,  case 
studies,  and  computer  demonstra- 
tions. Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

EN  541  Geographical 
Information  System  Techniques 
and  Applications  I 

Prerequisites:  working  knowledge  of 
PC-based  computing  and  consent 
of  instructor/program  coordinator. 
First  of  a  two-course  sequence  on 
GIS  technology  and  applications. 
Laboratory  exercises  using  both 
raster-  and  vector-based  GIS  sys- 
tems. Hardware  and  software  com- 
ponents of  GIS;  data  acquisition, 
input,  and  manipulation;  carto- 
graphic output;  report  generation. 
Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

EN  542  Geographical 
Information  System  Techniques 
and  Applications  II 

Prerequisite:  EN  541  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Second  of  a  two- 
course  sequence  on  GIS  technolo- 
gy and  applications.  Laboratory 
exercises  using  both  raster-  and 
vector-based  GIS  systems. 
Advanced  GIS  techniques;  spatial 
analysis  and  modeling  for  a  variety 
of  applications  (e.g.,  environmen- 
tal science,  business,  planning); 
development  of  GIS  systems. 
Laboratorv  fee;  3  credits. 


EN  543  Application  of  GIS  in 
Environmental  Science 

Prerequisite:  EN  642  or  consent  of 
instructor  Application  of  advanced 
GIS  techniques  to  environmental 
assessment  and  management  con- 
structed around  a  real-world  project 
from  a  government  agenc)'  or  non- 
profit organization.  Students  collab- 
orate to  design  and  implement  the 
complete  GIS  application,  includ- 
ing definition  of  project  goals,  spe- 
cial project  needs,  and  steps  neces- 
sary for  successfiil  completion.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  3  credits. 

EN  590  Special  Topics  in 
Environmental  Science 

Prerequisites  depend  on  the  specific 
course  content.  Essentially,  the 
course  is  a  study  of  selected  field 
studies,  projects,  and/or  occasional 
trips  of  special  interest.  1-4  credits. 

EN  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  consent  ot  adviser.  An 
opportunity  for  fieldwork  experi- 
ence imder  the  supervision  of  a  fac- 
ulty adviser.  3  credits. 

EN  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  environmental  science 
major,  consent  of  the  department. 
Weekly  conferences  with  adviser 
Three  hours  of  work  per  week 
required  per  credit.  Opportunity 
for  the  student,  under  the  direction 
of  a  faculty  member,  to  explore  an 
area  of  personal  interest.  A  written 
report  of  the  work  carried  out  is 
required.  1-3  credits  per  semester 
up  to  6  credits. 


FRESHMAN 
EXPERIENCE 

FE  001  Freshman  Experience 
Seminar 

This  course  is  required  during  the 
first  semester  of  study  for  first- 
time,  full-time  freshman  day  stu- 
dents. The  goal  of  this  team-taught 
seminar  is  to  give  students  the  tools 
to  help  them  understand  and  suc- 
ceed in  a  competitive  environment 
by  addressing  topics  such  as  aca- 
demic standards,  diversity,  time 
and  stress  management,  college  life 
vs.  high  school,  university  relation- 
ships, responsible  human  sexuality, 
exploration  ot  self  alcohol  and 
substance  abuse,  and  experiential 
learning.  1  credit. 


FINANCE 


PI  213  Business  Finance 

Prerequisites:  A  101,  EC  133,  QA 
216.  An  introduction  to  the  princi- 
ples of  financial  management  and 
the  impact  of  financial  markets  and 
institutions  on  that  managerial 
firnction.  An  analytic  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  tools  and  techniques 
of  the  investment,  financing,  and 
dividend  decision.  In  addition,  the 
institutional  aspects  ot  financial 
markets,  including  a  description  of 
financial  instruments,  are  devel- 
oped. 3  credits. 

FI  314  Principles  of  Real  Estate 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  fundamentals  of  real 
estate  practice  and  the  essentials  of 
real  estate  business.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  brokerage,  mortgage 
financing,  investments,  manage- 
ment, and  valuation  relative  to 


Courses  213 


commercial  and  industrial  real 
estate.  3  credits. 

FI  327  Risk  and  Insurance 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  An  examina- 
tion and  evaluation  of  risk  in  busi- 
ness affairs  and  the  appropriate 
methods  tor  handling  it  from  the 
viewpoint  of  the  business  firm. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on,  and  extend- 
ed consideration  devoted  to,  the 
various  forms  of  insurance  coverage. 
3  credits. 

FI  330  Investment  Analysis  and 
Management 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  An  analysis  ot 
the  determinants  of  valuation  for 
common  stocks,  preferred  stocks, 
bonds,  convertible  bonds  and  pre- 
ferred stock,  stock  warrants,  and 
puts  and  calls.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  analytic  techniques  of  securi- 
ty analysis,  portfolio  analysis,  and 
portfolio  selection.  3  credits. 

FI  341  Financial  Decision 
Making 

Prerequisite:  FI  330.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  conceptual  foundations 
underlying  portfolio  theory,  capital 
market  theory,  and  firm  financial 
decision-making.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  an  integrated  analysis  of 
firm  financial  decision-making 
under  varying  conditions  of  cer- 
tainty and  capital  market  perfec- 
tions. 3  credits. 

FI  345  Financial  Institutions  and 
Markets 

Prerequisite:  FI  213  (may  be  taken 
concurrently).  An  examination  of 
the  relationship  between  the  finan- 
cial system  and  the  level,  growth, 
and  stability  of  economic  activity. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  theor)', 
structure,  and  regulation  of  finan- 


cial markets  and  institutions,  cou- 
pled with  the  role  of  capital  market 
yields  as  the  mechanism  that  allo- 
cates savings  to  economic  invest- 
ment. 3  credits. 

FI  371  Structuring  and  Financing 
a  New  Business 
Prerequisite:  FI  213.  This  course 
covers  the  financing  requirements 
for  a  new  business  start-up.  Stu- 
dents learn  the  process  of  evaluating 
a  venture  and  structuring  the  deal 
for  raising  money  to  finance  the 
business.  3  credits. 

FI  425  International  Finance 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  and  determina- 
tion of  foreign  exchange  rates, 
mechanisms  of  adjustment  to  bal- 
ance-of-payments  disturbance,  fixed 
vs.  flexible  exchange  rates.  The 
international  reserve  supply  mecha- 
nism and  proposals  lor  reform  of 
the  international  monetary  system. 
3  credits. 

FI  429  Corporate  Financial 
Management 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  A  comprehen- 
sive analysis  of  the  structure  of  opti- 
mal decisions  relative  to  the  func- 
tional areas  of  corporate  financial 
decision-making.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  developing  an  under- 
standing of  the  applications  and 
limitations  of  decision  models  for 
the  investment,  financing,  and  divi- 
dend decisions  of  the  corporation. 
Topics  include  firm  valuation,  capi- 
tal budgeting,  risk  analysis,  cost  of 
capital,  capital  structure,  and  work- 
ing capital  management.  3  credits. 

FI  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Finance 

Prerequisites:  FI  213,  junior-level 


standing  unless  otherwise  specified 
in  course  schedule  description,  and 
consent  of  instructor  or  finance 
coordinator.  In-depth  coverage  of  a 
selected  topic  in  finance.  3  credits. 

FI  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  A  course  of 
study  designed  especially  for  the 
supervised  practical  application  of 
previously  studied  theory  in  a 
group  setting.  Done  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
coordinated  with  a  business  organi- 
zation. 3  credits. 

FI  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  On-the-job 
learning  in  selected  organizations  in 
areas  related  to  the  student's  major. 
3  credits. 

FI  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  FI  213.  The  student 
undertakes  independent  research  in 
finance  under  the  supervision  of  an 
instructor.  The  topic  and  meetings 
are  coordinated  with  the  instructor. 
Research  findings  are  presented  in  a 
formal  paper.  3  credits. 


FORENSIC  SCIENCE 

FOR  200  Professional  Practices 
in  Forensic  Science 

This  course  is  a  series  of  lectures 
exposing  the  student  to  an 
overview  of  the  scientific  disciplines 
and  a  discussion  of  the  basic  ana- 
lytical laboratory  and  problem- 
solving  skills  necessary  in  forensic 
science.  1  credit. 

FOR  204  Forensic  Photography 
with  Laboratory 

Introduction  to  basic  techniques, 
material,  and  other  aspects  of  crime 


214 


scene  photographs.  Theor)'  and 
practice  of  photographic  image  tor- 
mation  and  recordings.  Laboratory 
exercises  with  emphasis  on  homi- 
cide, sex  offenses,  arson,  and  acci- 
dent photograph  techniques.  Labo- 
ratory fee;  3  credits. 

FOR  215  Introduction  to 
Forensic  Science 

No  working  knowledge  of  science  is 
required.  Topics  include  the  recog- 
nition, identification,  individualiza- 
tion, and  evaluation  of  physical  evi- 
dence such  as  hairs,  fibers,  chemi- 
cals, narcotics,  blood,  semen,  glass, 
soil,  fingerprints,  documents, 
firearms,  and  tool  marks.  3  credits. 

FOR  216  Introduction  to 
Forensic  Science  for  Majors 

A  working  knowledge  of  science  is 
required.  Topics  include  the  recog- 
nition, identification,  individualiza- 
tion, and  evaluation  of  physical  evi- 
dence such  as  hairs,  fibers,  chemi- 
cals, narcotics,  blood,  semen,  glass, 
soil,  fingerprints,  documents, 
firearms,  and  tool  marks.  3  credits. 

FOR  227  Fingerprints  with 
Laborator)^ 

Prerequisite:  FOR  215  or  FOR 
216.  The  genetic  and  mathematical 
theory  relating  to  fingerprints, 
chemical  and  physical  methods 
used  in  developing  latent  finger- 
prints, and  major  systems  of  finger- 
print classification.  Laboratory  fee; 
3  credits. 

FOR  300  Forensic  Microscopy 

The  theor\'  and  techniques  of  opti- 
cal microscopy  required  to  use  the 
microscope  for  evidence  detection, 
analysis,  and  evaluation.  Microscop- 
ical methods  of  analysis  and  polar- 
ized light  microscopy  are  covered  in 


lecture  and  laboratory.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

FOR  303  Forensic  Science 
Laboratory  for  Non-Majors 

Prerequisite:  FOR  215.  Specific 
examination  of  topics  and  laborato- 
ry testing  procedures  introduced  in 
FOR  215.  In  the  classroom,  labora- 
tory procedures  are  outlined  and 
discussed.  Identification  and  indi- 
vidualization of  evidence,  casting  of 
hairs  and  fibers  for  microscopic 
identification,  electrophoretic  sepa- 
ration of  blood  enzymes.  Laborato- 
ry  fee;  3  credits. 

FOR  403  Forensic  Biology  with 
Laboratory 

Corequisite:  BI  306  and  consent  of 
the  forensic  science  faculty.  In- 
depth  examination  of  blood  group- 
ing procedures  for  red  cells  anti- 
gens, isoenzymes,  and  serum  pro- 
teins; identification  and  typing  of 
body  fluids  and  their  stains;  collec- 
tion, processing,  and  handling  of 
biological  materials  in  casework. 
Laborator)'  fee;  4  credits. 

FOR  404  Criminalistics  with 
Laboratory' 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  forensic 
science  faculty.  In-depth  examina- 
tion of  several  subjects  in  modern 
criminalisdcs,  including  hair  and 
fiber  analysis  and  comparison,  arson 
accelerants  and  explosive  residues, 
glass  comparisons,  and  forensic 
chemistr}'.  LaboratOPi'  fee;  4  credits. 

FOR  415  Crime  Scene 
Investigation 

Prerequisite:  FOR  215  or  FOR 
2 1 6.  A  study  of  the  methods  and 
techniques  of  scientific  crime  scene 
investigation,  documentation  and 
recognition  of  physical  evidence, 


collection,  and  crime  scene  recon- 
struction. Laborator)'  fee;  3  credits. 

FOR  416  Seminar  in  Forensic 
Science 

Prerequisite:  FOR  215  or  FOR 
216.  An  examination  and  evalua- 
tion of  current  issues  in  the  scientif- 
ic analysis  of  physical  evidence  in 
criminal  investigations.  Individual 
and  group  activities  relating  to  pro- 
fessional practices  of  forensic  sci- 
ence and  the  criminal  justice  sys- 
tem. 3  credits. 

FOR  450-459  Special  Topics 

A  study  of  selected  issues  of  particu- 
lar interest  to  the  students  and 
instructor.  3  credits. 

FOR  498  Research  Project 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment chair.  The  student  carries  out 
an  original  research  project  in  a 
forensic  science  setting  and  reports 
the  findings.  3  credits. 

FOR  502  Forensic  Science 
Internship 

Prerequisite:  junior/senior  standing. 
Provides  academically  supervised, 
real-world  experience  for  forensic 
science  majors.  The  internship  usu- 
ally constitutes  the  only  practical 
experience  in  an  actual  casework  lab 
that  students  have  during  the  foren- 
sic science  program,  and  it  provides 
a  valuable  asset  to  the  student  in 
the  job  market.  3  credits. 

FOR  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  An  opportunit}'  for  the  stu- 
dent, under  the  direction  of  a  facul- 
ty member,  to  explore  and  acquire 
competence  in  a  special  area  of 
interest.  1-3  credits. 


Courses  215 


FRENCH 


FR  101-102  Elementary  French  I 
and  II 

Stresses  pronunciation,  aural  and 
reading  comprehension,  basic  con- 
versation, and  the  Rindamental 
principles  of  grammar.  3  credits 
each  term. 

FR  201-202  Intermediate  French 
I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  FR  101-102  or 
equivalent.  Stresses  the  reading 
comprehension  of  modern  prose 
texts  and  a  review  of  grammar  nec- 
essary for  this  reading.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  do  some  reading  in 
their  own  areas  of  interest.  3  credits 
each  term. 

FR  450-i59  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  ot  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  French.  3 
credits. 


FIRE  SCIENCE 

FS  102  Principles  of  Fire  Science 
Technology 

Introduction  to  fire  science.  Review 
of  the  role,  histor)',  and  philosophy 
of  fire  protection  in  the  United 
States.  Particular  emphasis  placed 
on  identifying  fire  hazards  and  find- 
ing appropriate  methods  of  protect- 
ing life  and  property  from  fire. 
Includes  career  orientation  and  dis- 
cussion of  current  and  future  prob- 
lems in  fire  protection.  3  credits. 

FS  106  Emergency  Scene 
Operations 

The  responsibilities  and  operating 
modes  of  officers  commanding  fire 
department  units,  including 


engine,  ladder,  and  rescue  compa- 
nies. A  basic  study  of  the  Incident 
Command  System  and  its  applica- 
tion. Initial  evaluation  of  the  prob- 
lems confronting  first  responding 
units.  Outline  ol  particular  prob- 
lems encountered  in  various  types 
ol  occupancies,  buildings,  and  sit- 
uations. Stress  on  safety  of  the 
operating  forces  as  well  as  of  the 
public.  Standpipe  and  sprinkler 
system  utilization.  Overhauling 
operations.  3  credits. 

FS  20 1  Essentials  of  Fire 
Chemistry  and  Physics  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  CH  105/105  L  or  CH 
1 1 5/1 17  as  required  by  a  specific 
major.  This  course  explains  the  the- 
ories and  fundamentals  of  how  and 
why  fires  start,  spread  and  how  they 
are  controlled.  The  course  includes 
an  examination  of  the  chemical 
requirements  for  combustion,  the 
chemistry  of  fuels  and  explosive 
mixtures,  the  various  methods  of 
stopping  combustion  and  an  analy- 
sis of  the  properties  affecting  fire 
behavior.  4  credits. 

FS  203  Risk  Management  and 
Insurance  for  Fire  Science 

Provides  a  working  knowledge  of 
the  property  and  casualty  insurance 
industry  with  an  emphasis  on  prop- 
ert)'  and  liability  coverages.  The 
basic  fire  insurance  policy  is  studied 
in  depth.  Methods  of  rating  build- 
ings to  promulgate  a  property 
insurance  rate.  Various  methods  of 
estimating  the  replacement  cost  and 
actual  cash  value  of  buildings  are 
practiced.  The  concept  of  HPR 
(Highly  Protected  Risk)  is  studied. 
3  credits. 


FS  204  Fire  Investigation  I 

An  analysis  ot  fire  investigations 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  field 
investigator.  An  in-depth  study  of 
determining  the  cause  and  origin 
ol  fires.  Proper  protection  and 
collection  of  evidence  is  covered. 
3  credits. 

FS  205  Fire  Protection 
Hydraulics  and  Water  Supply 

Prerequisites:  FS  102;  Ml 27  or 
Ml 09.  This  course  provides  a  foun- 
dation of  theoretical  knowledge  in 
order  to  understand  the  principles 
lor  the  use  of  water  in  fire  protec- 
tion and  to  apply  hydraulic  princi- 
ples to  analyze  and  to  solve  water 
supply  problems.  3  credits. 

FS  207  Fire  Prevention 

This  course  provides  the  fundamen- 
tal information  regarding  the  histo- 
ry and  philosophy  of  fire  preven- 
tion, organization  and  operation  ol 
a  fire  prevention  bureau,  use  of  fire 
codes,  identification  and  correction 
of  fire  hazards,  and  the  relationships 
of  fire  prevention  with  built-in  fire 
protection  systems,  fire  investiga- 
tion, and  fire  and  life-safety  educa- 
tion. 3  credits. 

FS  208  Instructor  Methodology 

A  study  ol  the  methods  and  tech- 
niques ot  teaching  fire  safety  and 
security  to  public  safety  and  indus- 
trial employees.  The  use  and  devel- 
opment ot  visual  aids.  Actual 
teaching  demonstrations  and  prac- 
tice. 3  credits. 

FS  209  Occupational  Safety  and 
Health  for  the  Fire  Service 

This  course  introduces  the  basic 
concepts  of  occupational  health  and 
safety  as  it  relates  to  emergency 


216 


service  organizations.  Topics  include 
risk  identification,  evaluation  and 
control  procedures  for  emergency 
organizations  and  accident  investi- 
gation procedures.  Upon  comple- 
tion of  this  course,  students  should 
be  able  to  establish  and  manage  a 
safety  program  in  an  emergency 
service  organization.  3  credits. 

FS  301  Building  Construction 
for  Fire  Protection 

Prerequisite:  FS  102.  An  in-depth 
study  of  building  construction  with 
a  particular  emphasis  on  how  each 
type  of  construction  reacts  to  con- 
ditions present  during  a  fire.  Emer- 
gency responder  safety  is  a  key 
issue.  Potential  signs  of  collapse  are 
studied  in  depth.  The  codes 
involved  in  building  construction 
and  fire/life  safety.  3  credits. 

FS  302  Chemistry  of  Hazardous 
Materials 

Prerequisite:  FS  20 1 .  An  in-depth 
study  of  the  chemical  and  physical 
properties  of  a  wide  variety  of  haz- 
ardous materials  to  enable  the  stu- 
dent to  establish  safety  measures  in 
a  hazardous  chemical  environment. 
Basic  properties  of  hazardous  mate- 
rials and  appropriate  handling 
methods.  Explanation  of  chemical 
reactions,  toxicity,  oxidation,  char- 
acteristics of  explosives,  plastics, 
resins,  and  fibers.  3  credits. 

FS  303  Process  and 
Transportation  Hazards 

Prerequisite:  FS  201.  A  strong 
overview  of  the  types  and  properties 
of  hazardous  materials  as  well  as 
their  modes  and  methods  of  trans- 
portation, storage,  and  use.  Types 
and  hazards  of  various  containers. 
In-depth  study  of  identification  and 


control  of  emergencies  involving 
hazardous  materials.  The  various 
marking  systems  used  to  aid  in 
identification.  3  credits. 

FS  304  Fire  Protection  Systems 
Prerequisite:  FS  102.  This  course 
provides  theoretical  information 
and  practical  application  in  the  fea- 
tures of  design  and  operation  of  fire 
alarm  systems,  water-based  fire  sup- 
pression systems,  and  portable  fire 
extinguishers.  3  credits. 

FS  307  Municipal  Fire 
Administration 

Prerequisites:  FS  102,  FS  201,  FS 
207.  Delineates  the  fire  safety  prob- 
lem; explores  accepted  administra- 
tive methods  for  getting  work  done; 
covers  financial  considerations,  per- 
sonnel management,  fire  insurance 
rates,  water  supply,  buildings  and 
equipment,  distribution  of  forces, 
communications,  legal  considera- 
tions, fire  prevention,  fire  investiga- 
tion, emergency  medical  services, 
and  records  and  reports.  Designed 
for  individuals  involved  in  provid- 
ing fire  protection  and  EMS  servic- 
es in  the  public  or  private  sector  as 
well  as  those  in  safety  or  insurance. 
3  credits. 

FS  308  Industrial  Fire  Protection  I 

Prerequisite:  FS  102  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Examines  fire  hazards 
and  potential  fire  causes  in  busi- 
ness and  industry.  Provides  an 
exploration  of  management  and 
organizational  principles  with 
emphasis  on  industrial  fire  protec- 
tion equipment,  fire  brigades,  loss 
control  programs,  life  safety,  and 
OSHA  regulations  dealing  with 
industry.  3  credits. 


FS  309  Industrial  Fire  Protection 
II 

Prerequisite:  FS  102  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Examination  of  indus- 
trial risk  used  in  industry  and 
process  safety  management.  Fire 
hazard  evaluation  techniques  are 
discussed  utilizing  quantitative  and 
qualitative  evaluation  methods. 
Risk  assessments  are  incorporated 
using  event  likelihood,  system  reli- 
ability, and  human  error.  These  are 
used  to  make  cost-effective  deci- 
sions regarding  personnel  safety, 
continuity  of  operations,  and 
properry  protection  in  industrial 
occupancies.  3  credits. 

FS  3 1 1  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and 

Systems 

Prerequisites:  FS  102,  M  109,  M 
127.  Corequisite:  FS  312.  Applica- 
tion of  the  principles  of  hydraulics 
to  the  design  phase  of  automatic 
fire  suppression  systems.  Applica- 
tion of  the  current  codes  and  stan- 
dards with  respect  to  the  selection, 
design,  and  installation  of  such  sys- 
tems. The  fundamentals  of 
hydraulically  calculated  automatic 
fire  suppression  systems  are  the 
focus  of  the  course.  3  credits. 

FS  312  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and 
Systems  Laboratory 

Corequisite:  FS  31 1.  This  course 
supplements  FS  31 1  Fire  Protec- 
tion Fluids  and  Systems  by  provid- 
ing a  more  in-depth  study  of  the 
hydraulic  principles  used  in  design- 
ing water-based  fire  suppression 
systems.  The  process  of  designing 
and  reviewing  hydraulic-designed 
automatic  sprinkler  systems, 
including  the  use  of  computer  pro- 
grams for  these  purposes.  Hands- 
on  testing  of  fire  protection  water 
supplies.  1  credit. 


Courses  217 


FS  313  Fire  Investigation  II 

Prerequisite:  FS  204.  An  advanced 
course  geared  toward  personnel 
who  have  or  may  have  statutory 
responsibility  for  fire  investigation 
in  the  public  sector  and  for  private 
sector  persons  who  conduct  or  may 
conduct  investigations  for  insurance 
companies  or  litigation  purposes. 
Proper  techniques  for  investigation 
ol  fires  and  explosions  are  studied 
in  depth  along  with  the  appropriate 
standards.  3  credits. 

FS  314  Fire  Investigation  II 
Laboratory 

Corequisite:  FS  313.  Experiments 
and  practical  experience  in  fire 
investigation  with  an  emphasis  on 
proper  investigative  techniques. 
1  credit. 

FS  325  Fire  and  Life  Safety 
Codes 

The  study  ot  current  fire  and  life 
safety  codes  as  they  relate  to  the 
prevention  and  control  of  structural 
fires.  3  credits. 

FS  404  Special  Hazards  Control 

Prerequisite:  FS  102.  Types  of 
industrial  processes  requiring  spe- 
cial fire  protection  treatment  such 
as  heating  equipment,  flammable 
liquids,  gases,  and  dusts.  Emphasis 
on  fundamental  theories  involved, 
inspection  methods,  determination 
ot  relative  hazard,  application  of 
codes  and  standards,  and  econom- 
ics of  installed  protection  systems. 
3  credits. 

FS  405  Emergency  Incident 
Management 

Prerequisite:  FS  106.  A  study  of  the 
effective  organization  and  manage- 
ment of  emergency  resources  at  var- 
ious fire  and  large-scale  emergency 


incidents.  Includes  a  review  of 
national  standards  and  federal  regu- 
lations impacting  emergency  inci- 
dent management.  Case  studies  of 
actual  and  theoretical  incidents  are 
used  to  reinforce  command  and 
control  concepts.  3  credits. 

FS  408  Fire  Protection  Law 

This  course  introduces  the  federal, 
state  and  local  laws  that  regulate 
fire  services;  national  standards 
influencing  fire  services;  standard 
of  care;  tort  and  liability.  Includes 
a  review  of  relevant  court  cases. 
3  credits. 

FS  409  Arson  for  Profit 

Prerequisite:  FS  313/314.  An 
overview  of  the  financial  tech- 
niques needed  to  investigate 
arson-for-profit  fires  with  empha- 
sis on  sources  ot  intormation, 
identification,  and  analysis  of 
financial  documents.  3  credits. 

FS  425  Fire  Protection  Plan 
Review 

Prerequisites:  FS  301,  FS  304/305, 
FS  311/312.  The  technical  and 
hands-on  practical  experience  nec- 
essary to  complete  a  review  ot 
plans,  specifications,  and  shop 
drawings  for  fire/life  safety  systems. 
Systems  and  topics  include  con- 
struction; fire  resistance  rated 
assemblies;  means  of  egress;  occu- 
pancy classification;  emergency  sys- 
tems; fire  detection,  alarm,  and 
commimication  systems;  automatic 
and  manual  extinguishing  systems; 
and  HVAC  systems.  3  credits. 

FS  450  Fire  Protection  Heat 
Transfer 

Prerequisite:  ME  301.  The  essen- 
tials of  fire  spread  and  fire  behavior: 
the  combustion  process,  heat  trans- 


ter,  limits  of  flammability,  flames 
and  fire  plumes,  burning  of  fuels, 
flaming  combustion,  spread  ot 
flame,  flash-over,  and  production 
and  movement  of  smoke.  3  credits. 

FS  460  Fire  Hazards  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  FS  301,  FS  304/305, 
FS  311/312.  The  application  of  sys- 
tems analysis,  probability,  engineer- 
ing economy,  and  risk  management 
techniques  to  the  fire  problem.  The 
basic  principles  of  fire  growth  and 
spread  in  a  building.  Time  lines  are 
established  from  the  time  of  igni- 
tion to  that  of  extinguishment.  Var- 
ious methods  of  modifying  the  time 
line.  3  credits. 

FS  497  Research  Project 

Designed  to  allow  fire  science 
majors  to  research  a  topic  of  spe- 
cial interest  to  the  individual  stu- 
dent. Development  of  a  student 
project  and  a  written  report  in  a 
specific  area  of  fire  science,  with 
faculty  supervision.  3  credits. 

FS  498  Research  Project  I 

Designed  to  allow  fire  science 
majors  to  research  a  topic  of  special 
interest  to  the  individual  student. 
Development  of  a  student  project 
and  a  written  report  in  a  specific 
area  of  fire  science,  with  faculty 
supervision.  1  credit. 

FS  499  Research  Project  II 

Designed  to  allow  fire  science 
majors  to  research  a  topic  of  special 
interest  to  the  individual  student. 
Development  of  a  student  project 
and  a  written  report  in  a  specific 
area  of  fire  science,  with  faculty 
supervision.  2  credits. 

FS  500  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  in  fire  science  on  a 


218 


variety  of  current  problems  and  spe- 
cialized areas  not  available  in  the 
regular  curriculum.  3  credits. 

FS  501  Internship 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  direc- 
tor of  the  fire  science  program. 
The  purpose  of  the  fire  science 
internship  is  to  provide  the  student 
with  real-life  work  experience.  The 
student  is  placed  with  an  agency 
(the  sponsor),  which  agrees  to  pro- 
vide a  meaningful  work  experience 
for  the  intern.  The  intern  is 
required  to  spend  a  minimum  of 
128  hours  with  the  sponsor  and 
prepare  a  paper  outlining  the  expe- 
rience. 3  credits. 

FS  502  Emergency  Medical 
Technician 

This  course  prepares  the  basic 
emergency  medical  technician  in 
accordance  with  the  U.S.  Dept.  of 
Transportation  curriculum  and 
Connecticut  EMS  guidelines.  The 
course  provides  a  survey  of  emer- 
gency medical  services  including 
medical  and  legal/ethical  aspects, 
role  of  the  EMT,  CPR  at  the 
American  Heart  Association  Basic 
Rescuer  Level,  patient  assessment, 
care  of  wounds  and  fractures,  air- 
way maintenance,  medical  and 
environmental  emergencies,  patient 
transportation,  emergency  child- 
birth, and  basic  extrication.  Stu- 
dents can  expect  to  spend  some 
time  in  practical  experiences.  Labo- 
ratory fee;  6  credits. 

FS  510  Senior  Seminar 

This  course  integrates  current  and 
developing  knowledge  of  the  behav- 
ior of  fire  with  the  problems  pre- 
sented by  today's  building  construc- 
tion, building  materials,  and  build- 
ing codes.  This  course  uses  a  semi- 


nar format  with  fiiU  student  partici- 
pation. 3  credits. 

FS  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  chair  of 
the  fire  science  program.  This  self- 
study  opportunity  allows  the  fire 
science  major  to  complete  a  fire  sci- 
ence course  that  is  not  being  offered 
or  that  the  student  is  otherwise 
unable  to  complete  in  the  tradition- 
al manner.  The  student  must  have 
sufficient  background  in  the  subject 
to  complete  the  material  in  a  satis- 
factory manner.  3  credits. 


GLOBAL  STUDIES 

GLS  100  Introduction  to  Global 
Studies 

As  the  foundation  course  of  the 
global  studies  program,  this  course 
provides  a  comprehensive  survey  of 
the  multiple  factors  and  forces 
shaping  the  world's  political  culture, 
actors,  and  responses  to  threats  to 
civilization:  war,  poverty,  injustice, 
polludon,  hunger,  disease,  and  dis- 
order. The  course  explores  values, 
institutions,  and  processes  among 
cultures,  governments,  interests, 
and  policy  outcomes.  3  credits. 

GLS  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Global  Studies 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  global  studies.  3  credits. 

GLS  490  Global  Studies 
Internship 

This  course  provides  a  capstone 
experience  for  majors  in  the  global 
studies  B.A.  program.  Interns  are 
placed  in  non-governmental 
organizations  with  a  global  focus, 
federal  or  state  agencies,  and 
multinational  corporations.  At 


least  150  hours  of  substantive 
involvement  with  the  internship 
site  are  required.  3  credits. 


GERMAN 

GR  101-102  Elementary 
German  I  and  II 

Stresses  pronunciation,  aural  and 
reading  comprehension,  basic  con- 
versation, and  the  fundamental 
principles  of  grammar.  3  credits 
each  term. 

GR  201-202  Intermediate 
German  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  GR  101-102  or  the 
equivalent.  Stresses  reading  compre- 
hension of  modern  prose  texts  and 
a  review  of  grammar  necessary  for 
these  readings.  Students  are  encour- 
aged to  read  in  their  own  areas  of 
interest.  3  credits  each  term. 

GR  450-459  Special  Topics 
Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  German.  3 
credits. 


HISTORY 


HS  101  Foundations  of  the 
'Western  'World 

Traces  the  course  of  western  civiliza- 
tion from  its  earliest  beginnings  in 
the  ancient  Middle  East  to  the 
eighteenth  century.  Includes  major 
cultural  trends,  interactions 
between  society  and  economy,  and 
analysis  of  the  rise  and  fall  of 
empires.  3  credits. 

HS  102  The  'Western  "World  in 
Modern  Times 

Europe  and  its  global  impact  from 
the  eighteenth  century  to  the  pres- 


Courses  219 


ent.  Includes  revolutionary  move- 
ments, the  evolution  of  mass 
democracy,  and  the  world  wars  of 
the  twentieth  centiuy.  3  credits. 

HS  108  History  of  Science 

The  development  of  science  and 
technology  from  antiquity  to  the 
present,  and  their  impact  on  society 
and  the  world.  3  credits. 

HS  110  American  History  Since 
1607 

A  one-semester  survey  covering 
major  topics  such  as  colonial  lega- 
cies, the  American  Revolution, 
nation-state  building,  sectional  ten- 
sions, urbanization,  industrializa- 
tion, the  rise  to  world  power  stand- 
ing, social  and  cultural  develop- 
ments, and  the  post- World  War  II 
era.  Not  open  to  those  who  have 
had  HS  21 1  or  HS  212.  3  credits. 

HS  120  History  of  Blacks  in  the 
United  States 

The  history  and  backgroimd  of 
black  people  in  the  United  States: 
social,  political,  and  cultural  devel- 
opment. 3  credits. 

HS  200  History  Methods 

This  seminar  acquaints  students 
with  the  basic  procedures,  materials 
and  research  tools  used  by  histori- 
ans. The  course  also  reviews  a  vari- 
ety of  approaches  used  to  interpret 
history.  Topics  include  the  history 
of  the  discipline,  how  to  identify 
and  interpret  primary  and  second- 
ary sources,  how  to  identify  the  the- 
sis and  methodology  of  secondary 
sources,  how  to  develop  a  thesis  and 
compose  a  research  project,  how  to 
conduct  historical  research,  and 
how  to  oudine  and  draft  an  original 
historical  research  paper.  3  credits. 


HS  207  World  History  Since 
1945 

Survey  ol  major  events  and  trends 
since  World  War  II.  Advanced 
industrial  societies  are  emphasized. 
Includes  decolonization.  East- West 
conflicts,  and  patterns  of  economic 
cooperation  and  competition.  3 
credits. 

HS  21 1  United  States  to  1865 
Survey  of  American  social,  econom- 
ic, political,  and  diplomatic  devel- 
opments from  colonial  times  to 
1865.  Not  open  to  those  who  have 
hadHS  110.  3  credits. 

HS  212  United  States  Since  1865 

Survey  of  American  history  from 
1 865  to  the  present:  institutional 
and  industrial  expansion,  periods  of 
reform  and  adjustment,  the  U.S.  as 
a  world  power.  Not  open  to  those 
who  have  had  HS  110.3  credits. 

HS  260  Modern  Asia 

The  ideological,  cultural,  and  tra- 
ditional political,  economic,  and 
diplomatic  history  of  east,  south, 
and  southeast  Asia  from  the  six- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  3 
credits. 

HS  262  Modern  Chinese  History 

A  study  of  China  from  1800, 
including  the  impact  of  the  West 
and  Japan;  transformation  from 
monarchy  to  civil  war  to  the  Peo- 
ple's Republic  of  China  to  the  pres- 
ent time;  the  Republic  of  China  on 
Taiwan;  the  incorporation  of  Hong 
Kong  into  the  PRC.  3  credits. 

HS  264  Modern  Japanese 
History 

An  analysis  of  the  diverse  political, 
economic,  social,  military,  and  cul- 
tural factors  that  influenced  the 


emergence  of  Japan  as  a  modern 
nation  in  the  nineteenth  and  twen- 
tieth centuries;  its  post- World  War 
II  growth  into  an  economic  giant; 
and  its  current  evolution.  3  credits. 

HS  270  Europe  from  Renaissance 
Through  Enlightenment 

Europe  from  1 300  to  1 800;  from 
feudal  states  to  nation  states.  Devel- 
opment of  cultural,  political,  social, 
and  economic  life;  religious  unity 
and  religious  diversity.  3  credits. 

HS  306  Modern  Technology  and 
Western  Culture 

The  development  of  the  modern 
technological  world  and  its  relation- 
ship to  social,  economic,  and  cul- 
tural changes  from  the  Industrial 
Revolution  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

HS  312  United  States  in  the 
Twentieth  Century 

The  interaction  of  political,  eco- 
nomic, social,  and  intellectual 
events  and  their  impact  on  twenti- 
eth centur)'  America.  3  credits. 

HS  345  Europe  in  the 
Nineteenth  Century 
European  history  from  the 
Napoleonic  period  to  World  War  I; 
its  internal  development  and  world 
impact.  3  credits. 

HS  350  Latin  American  History 

Analyzes  the  history  of  colonial 
Latin  America  from  ancient  Ameri- 
ca and  pre-contact  fifteenth-century 
Europe  to  the  nineteenth  century 
independence  revolutions  and  the 
modern  struggles  with  political 
instability  and  economic  depend- 
ence. The  focus  is  on  how  the  mix- 
ture of  European  and  New  World 
inputs  gave  rise  to  unique  Latin 
American  cultures.  3  credits. 


220 


HS  351  Russia  and  the  Soviet 
Union 

The  development  of  czarist  Russia 
from  1 200  to  the  Revolution  of 
1917;  the  former  USSR  from  1917 
to  the  present.  3  ctedits. 

HS  353  Modern  Britain 

The  development  oi  British  history 
from  the  Restoration  of  1 660  to  the 
present.  Includes  Britain's  role  in 
international  affairs.  Special  empha- 
sis on  social  and  economic  topics.  3 
credits. 

HS  355  Modern  Germany 
German  civilization  from  the  seven- 
teenth century  to  the  present;  its 
impact  on  Europe  and  the  world.  3 
credits. 

HS  381-389  Selected  Studies  in 
History 

Special  topics  in  history  dealing 
with  the  modern  world.  An  in- 
depth  study  of  vital  historical  issues. 
3  credits. 

HS  446  Europe  in  the  Twentieth 
Century 

Recent  and  contemporary  Euro- 
pean history  beginning  with  World 
War  I.  Institutional  development 
and  its  changing  role  in  politics.  3 
credits. 

HS  491  Senior  Seminar 

The  undertaking  of  an  independ- 
ent study  and  research  project. 
Required  of  history  majors  in  their 
senior  year.  3  credits. 

HS  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunit}'  for  the  student,  imder 
the  direction  of  a  facult)'  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 


course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits  per  semester  up  to 
6  credits. 


HOTEL  AND 

TOURISM 

MANAGEMENT 

HTM  165  Introduction  to 
Hospitality  and  Tourism 

Major  elements  of  totirism  are 
examined,  including  customer  trav- 
el panerns,  transportation  systems, 
major  tourism  suppliers,  and  distri- 
bution systems.  The  role  of  the  hos- 
pitality industry  is  explored  in  rela- 
tionship to  domestic  and  foreign 
tourism.  3  credits. 

HTM  166  Touristic  Geography  I 
—  The  Western  Hemisphere 

A  study  of  travel  patterns  and  desti- 
nations in  the  Western  Hemisphere. 
Included  are  the  major  highlights  of 
North  America,  Central  America, 
the  Caribbean,  South  America,  and 
the  Antarctic.  3  credits. 

HTM  167  Touristic  Geography 
II  —  The  Eastern  Hemisphere 

In  this  second  course  in  toiuistic 
geography,  the  emphasis  is  on  major 
destinations  in  the  Eastern  Hemi- 
sphere —  the  Middle  East,  South 
and  East  Asia,  South  Pacific,  Pacific 
Islands,  and  Africa.  The  smdy  gives 
the  smdent  a  well-grounded  knowl- 
edge of  these  areas.  3  credits. 

HTM  202  Hospitality 
Purchasing 

Introduction  to  the  purchasing, 
receiving,  and  issuing  of  foods  and 
food  items.  The  identification  of 
guides,  preparation  of  specifica- 
tions, and  cost  control  procedures 
are  stressed.  3  credits. 


HTM  210  Applied  Techniques  in 
the  Culinary  Arts 

This  course  teaches  the  basic  classi- 
cal cooking  techniques,  including 
the  basic  principles  of  baking,  uti- 
lizing a  hands-on  format.  The  stu- 
dent applies  the  theories  and  princi- 
ples acquired  in  the  prerequisite 
course  in  the  context  of  a  profes- 
sional kitchen  environment.  The 
class  emphasizes  concepts  of  effi- 
ciency, organization,  cleanliness, 
and  time  management.  3  credits. 

HTM  220  Pastry  Making 
Techniques 

This  hands-on  course  presents  the 
basic  principles  of  pastry  making  in 
the  context  of  a  professional  envi- 
ronment. From  basic  custards  to 
complex  doughs  and  batters,  stu- 
dents learn  techniques  as  they  create 
assoned  desserts  and  plated  pastries. 
Cake  decoration  is  part  of  the  focus 
of  the  course.  3  credits. 

HTM  225  Restaurant 
Management 

Prerequisite:  HTM  165.  A  survey 
of  restaurant  operations  and  the 
successfiil  management  of  food 
service  operations.  Topics  include 
the  manager's  role  in  restaurant 
operations,  the  role  of  managerial 
leadership,  staff  selection  and  devel- 
opment, effective  approaches  to 
successful  client  relations,  and 
approaches  to  maintaining  a  quality 
balance  between  food,  service,  and 
facilities.  3  credits. 

HTM  226  Front  Office 
Procedures 

Students  acquire  an  understanding 
of  the  principles  regarding  proce- 
dures and  intradepartmental  inter- 
actions —  which  include  sales  and 
marketing,  housekeeping,  mainte- 


Courses  221 


nance  (engineering),  accounting, 
and  the  food  and  beverage  seg- 
ments —  while  maintaining  high 
standards  of  guest  service.  Examina- 
tion ot  how  various  hospitality 
computer  hardware  and  software 
applications  assist  with  the  above 
responsibilities.  3  credits. 

HTM  227  Service  Management 
Introduction  to  various  manage- 
ment aspects  of  guest  services,  lodg- 
ing, and  assisted-care  operations  as 
applied  to  the  hospitality  industry. 
Staffing,  budget  preparation,  mate- 
rials planning,  directing  and  con- 
trolling ongoing  operations  are  sig- 
nificant sections  of  this  course.  3 
credits. 

HTM  235  Dining  Room 
Management 

This  course  provides  the  knowledge 
to  fully  understand  dining  room 
management  as  essential  to  the  suc- 
cess of  commercial  food  operations. 
Students  will  practice  various  serv- 
ice techniques  that  include  Ameri- 
can, French,  and  Russian  service 
standards.  They  also  have  the 
opportunity  to  demonstrate  dining 
room  organization,  hospitality 
human  resource  and  marketing 
techniques,  and  dining  thematic 
decoration  sldlls.  3  credits. 

HTM  250  Lodging  Operations 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  lodging 
operations  including  assisted-care 
facilities,  to  include  rooms,  divi- 
sions, food  and  beverages,  sales  and 
marketing,  engineering/mainte- 
nance, human  resources,  account- 
ing, and  other  major  functional 
areas.  3  credits. 


HTM  260  Club,  Resort,  and 
Casino/Gaming  Operations 
Management 

Typical  organizational  structures, 
management  techniques,  and  spe- 
cial aspects  of  operations  for  pri- 
vate clubs,  resorts,  and  casino/ 
gaming.  3  credits. 

HTM  280  Legal  Aspects  of 
Hospitality,  Tourism,  and  Private 
Clubs 

An  overview  of  specific  issues  and 
liabilities  that  the  professional 
manager  faces.  Classic  and  current 
case  studies  and  issues  are  present- 
ed including  laws  that  affect  per- 
sonal and  financial  advancement. 
3  credits. 

HTM  300  Principles  of  Baking 

Prerequisite:  HTM  210.  The  basic 
principles  of  baking  presented  with- 
in the  context  of  a  professional  and 
profit-generating  commercial 
kitchen  environment.  Students 
demonstrate  these  principles 
through  hands-on  assignments  in  a 
professional  kitchen  lab.  3  credits. 

HTM  304  Volume  Food 
Production  and  Service 

This  course  teaches  the  basic  princi- 
ples of  volume  food  production  and 
service,  which  are  so  critical  to  the 
commercial  food  industry.  Students 
prepare  meals  that  are  consumed 
and  analyzed  by  the  public,  and 
apply  the  theories  and  principles 
acquired  in  the  prerequisite  course 
in  the  context  of  a  professional 
kitchen  environment.  The  class 
emphasizes  concepts  of  efficiency, 
organization,  cleanliness,  and  time 
management.  3  credits. 


HTM  305  Wine  Appreciation 

Considers  the  major  wines  and 
wine  regions  of  the  world,  with 
emphasis  on  American,  French,  and 
German  wines.  Wine  tasting  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  course.  Students 
must  be  2 1  years  of  age.  3  credits. 

HTM  307  Cultural 
Understanding  of  Food  and 
Cuisine 

The  importance  of  food  and  cuisine 
within  the  context  of  society.  This 
course  explores  the  impact  of  food 
on  the  evolution  of  mankind  and 
addresses  issues  relating  to  the 
importance  of  food  in  the  political 
and  economic  structure  of  the 
world.  Questions  regarding  food 
supplies  and  sources  as  well  as  ethi- 
cal questions  facing  mankind  in  the 
near  fiiture  are  examined.  Also 
explored  are  the  influences  and  per- 
ceptions of  food  in  different  cul- 
tures and  how  those  perceptions 
affect  intercultural  understanding. 
3  credits. 

HTM  315  Beverage  Management 

The  beverage  area  is  perceived  as  a 
profit  center  for  hotels  and  restau- 
rants. Themes,  decor,  and  ambiance 
that  enhance  the  hospitality  experi- 
ence are  explored.  All  management 
functions  are  examined;  planning, 
staffing,  accounting,  marketing,  and 
menu  development  are  emphasized. 
Other  pertinent  topics  are  dis- 
cussed, including  liability  and 
licensing  issues.  3  credits. 

HTM  316  Hospitality  Finance 
and  Revenue  Management 

Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and 
consent  of  department  chair.  This 
course  takes  the  experienced  hospi- 
tality student  through  the  certifica- 
tion process  for  designation  as  a 


222 


Certified  Hospitalic)'  Account  Exec- 
utive (CHAE),  and  includes  the 
certification  exam  as  a  portion  of 
the  course  and  final  grading 
process.  Additionally,  Hospitality 
Financial  and  Technology  Profes- 
sionals (HFTP)  membership  is 
included.  Topics  include  investment 
trends  and  analysis,  lease  and  pur- 
chase considerations,  working  capi- 
tal finance,  audit  and  financial 
management,  and  the  CHAE  exam 
preparation.  Students  are  responsi- 
ble for  the  cost  and  tees  required  for 
the  CHAE  examination  and  HFTP 
membership.  3  credits. 

HTM  325  Destination 
Marketing  and  Sales 
An  in-depth  study  ot  marketing 
theory  and  techniques  crucial  to 
success  in  hospitality  and  tourism 
businesses  and  an  examination  of 
the  sales  process,  the  destination  life 
cycle,  DMOs,  and  market  segmen- 
tation strategies.  Students  develop  a 
strategic  tourism  plan  for  a  hospi- 
tality and  tourism  organization  that 
has  a  focus  on  sales.  3  credits. 

HTM  335  Convention  and 
Meeting  Planning 

As  corporate  meetings  and  conven- 
tions continue  to  increase  in  the 
worldwide  tourism  market,  one  of 
the  newer  and  more  important 
career  paths  is  that  of  the  profes- 
sional meeting  planner.  Included  in 
the  sphere  of  responsibilit)'  are 
meeting/organization  agenda,  site 
selection,  meal  planning,  trans- 
portation, schedule  of  events, 
break-out  sessions,  leisure  activities, 
finances,  and  evaluation.  3  credits. 

HTM  340  Tourism  Planning  and 
Policy 

A  comprehensive  review  of  the 


tourism  planning  and  policy 
process  used  to  develop  or  modify 
major  tourism  destinations.  Aspects 
of  the  process  include  goals  and 
objectives;  the  use  of  environmen- 
tal, economic,  marketing,  topo- 
graphical, and  political  studies;  and 
procedures  for  monitoring  and 
control  to  assure  proper  planning 
and  policy  implementation.  Focus 
on  considering  both  tourism  bene- 
fits and  costs  in  assessing  net 
impacts.  3  credits. 

HTM  345  Catering  and  Events 
Management 

A  review  of  concepts  germane  to 
catering  and  event  management 
within  the  context  of  the  hospitality 
industry.  Topics  include  themed 
events,  outside  services,  audio-visual 
and  other  special  effects,  on-and 
off-premise  catering  and  function 
sales,  staffing,  computer  applica- 
tions in  banquet  management,  and 
general  event  planning.  3  credits. 

HTM  360  Corporate  Travel 
Planning 

As  airlines  and  hotels  funnel  most 
of  their  energ)',  services,  and  ameni- 
ties toward  the  corporate  traveler, 
bidding  for  a  corporate  account 
(RFP)  and  servicing  it  successfiilly 
are  exacting  arts.  Every  aspect  of  the 
industr)'  is  covered,  including 
automation,  cost-cutting  strategies, 
and  professionalism.  3  credits. 

HTM  370  Gaming  and  Casino 
Management 

This  course  provides  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  casino  industry  and 
examines  its  phenomenal  growth 
and  relationship  to  tourism  and 
community  development.  Focus  is 
on  the  concepts  and  definitions 
essential  for  understanding  the 


industry  and  on  links  of  its  history 
to  current  gaming  practices.  Partic- 
ular attention  is  paid  to  noted  casi- 
nos in  Monte  Carlo,  Las  Vegas,  and 
Atlantic  City  as  well  as  Connecti- 
cut's Foxwoods  and  Mohegan  Sun. 
3  credits. 

HTM  380  Resort  Operations 

A  comprehensive  review  of  resort 
operations.  Content  covered 
includes  the  history  and  develop- 
ment of  resorts,  guest  services,  and 
resort  recreation  functions.  Students 
are  expected  to  create  innovative 
resort  facilities  and  programs.  Field 
trips  to  local  resort  properties  may 
be  required.  3  credits. 

HTM  410  International  Tourism 

Institutions  that  run  the  interna- 
tional tourism  industry  are 
reviewed.  The  relationship  between 
these  institutions  and  various 
nations  is  discussed.  Participants 
become  familiar  with  the  policy 
implications  of  operating  in  a 
multinational  political,  social,  and 
economic  environment.  3  credits. 

HTM  430  Special-Interest 
Tourism 

Investigates  the  extraordinary  and 
ever-increasing  field  of  special- 
interest  tourism.  Provides  an 
oven'iew  of  the  niche  that  each 
aspect  of  special-interest  tourism 
contributes  to  the  development  of 
the  tourism  industry.  Adventurous 
travel  from  dog  sledding  in  Green- 
land to  dugout  canoes  in  the  trop- 
ics, from  ballooning  in  the  French 
chateaux  country  and  Masai  Mara 
to  heli-hiking  and  sightseeing  in 
the  Rockies.  Included  also  is  travel 
for  the  disabled  and  the  adventur- 
er. 3  credits. 


Courses  223 


HTM  440  International  Food, 
Buffet  and  Catering 

Prerequisites:  HTM  210,  HTM 
345.  Students  gain  hands-on 
knowledge  of  planning,  organizing, 
preparing,  and  serving  international 
food  in  the  context  of  buftet-cater- 
ing  service.  Several  public  events 
featuring  an  international  theme 
and  food  served  in  a  buffet  setting 
are  planned,  created,  and  prepared 
by  student  management  teams 
under  the  supervision  of  a  chef 
instructor.  Gastronomy  concepts 
are  studied  as  they  relate  to  the 
international  culture.  3  credits. 

HTM  445  Advanced  Cuisine 
Management  and  Technique 

This  is  the  capstone  course  in  food 
production  and  service.  Students 
are  provided  an  opportunity  to 
practice  advanced  culinary  tech- 
niques within  various  international 
and  domestic  cuisine  themes.  Stu- 
dents are  divided  into  manage- 
ment teams  and  develop  a  meal 
manual  that  includes  team  mission 
statements,  pre-  and  post-meal  cost 
analysis,  personnel  deployment, 
interaction  with  the  dining  room 
management  teams,  standardized 
recipe  creations,  and  performance 
appraisal  criteria.  Student-man- 
agers prepare  a  dining  experience 
that  is  offered  to  paying  clientele. 
3  credits. 

HTM  450-459  Special  Topics 

Includes  studies  of  a  variety  of 
current  topics  and  specialized  areas 
in  the  field  that  are  not  available 
as  part  of  the  regular  curriculum. 
3  credits. 

HTM  470  Tour  Design, 
Marketing,  and  Management 

This  course  studies  the  design. 


operation,  and  management  of  the 
escorted  tour.  Instruction  covers  the 
entire  process  for  the  tour  operator 
from  initial  contact  to  finished 
product.  During  the  semester,  each 
student  plans  a  tour  from  begin- 
ning to  end,  designs  and  writes  the 
brochure,  prices  the  arrangements, 
and  shows  how  to  successfully  oper- 
ate the  finished  product.  3  credits. 

HTM  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
course  of  study  for  the  supervised 
practical  application  of  previously 
studied  theory  in  a  group  setting. 
Completed  under  the  supervision 
of  a  faculty  sponsor  and  coordi- 
nated with  a  business  organiza- 
tion. 3  credits. 

HTM  598  Internship 

Prerequisites:  completion  of  600 
hours  of  practicum  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Interns  are  required  to 
complete  400  hours  of  internship 
experience  in  conjunction  with  the 
designated  internship  coordinator. 
The  internship  experience  empha- 
sizes supervisory  responsibilities 
whenever  possible.  This  experience 
is  formulated  by  the  faculty,  the 
designated  coordinator,  the  student, 
and  an  industry  professional,  —  a 
cooperative  effort  that  helps  to 
ensure  the  student's  success.  The 
internship  is  augmented  by  written 
and  oral  reports,  industry  perform- 
ance evaluations,  and  faculty  over- 
sight. 3  credits. 

HTM  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  Independent  research  projects 
or  other  approved  phases  of  inde- 
pendent study.  3  credits. 


HUMANITIES 

HU  300  The  Nature  of  Science 
Prerequisites:  E  1 10,  HS  102,  a  lab- 
oratory science  course,  and  a  social 
science  course.  Investigates  science 
as  a  human  activity,  as  a  social  insti- 
tution, and  as  an  instrument  for 
acquiring  and  using  knowledge. 
The  nature  of  scientific  knowledge, 
the  organization  of  scientific  activi- 
ty, and  the  interaction  of  science 
with  technology  and  culture.  A 
course  about  science  and  the 
process  of  generating  new  knowl- 
edge. 3  credits. 

HU  450-459  Special  Topics 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  humanities. 
3  credits. 


INTERNATIONAL 
BUSINESS 

IB  421  Operation  of  the 
Multinational  Corporation 

Prerequisites:  EC  200,  FI  213, 
MG  210.  Specific  problems 
encountered  by  multinational 
firms.  Topics  include  investment 
decisions,  environmental  scanning, 
planning  and  control,  and  the 
social  responsibilities  of  firms  in 
host  nations.  3  credits. 

IB  422  International  Business 
Negotiations 

Prerequisites:  EC  200,  MG  210. 
An  analysis  of  the  various  stages 
involved  in  the  international  busi- 
ness negotiating  process,  beginning 
with  planning  and  ending  with 
post-contract  adjustments.  A  survey 
and  evaluation  of  the  various  pri- 
mary and  secondary  sources  that 


224 


negotiators  can  tap  for  information 
in  the  negotiating  process.  3  credits. 

IB  450^59  Special  Topics 

Prerequisites:  EC  200,  junior  stand- 
ing unless  otherwise  specified  in 
course  schedule  description.  Select- 
ed topics  of  special  or  current  inter- 
est in  the  study  of  international 
business.  3  credits. 

IB  549  Global  Business  Strateg)' 
Prerequisite:  MK  413.  This  is  a 
capstone  course  in  international 
business.  Through  case  analysis,  it 
covers  identification  and  relation 
of  the  elements  involved  in  the 
dynamics  of  a  company  and  its 
international  environment.  3 
credits. 

IB  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  EC  200.  Super\'ised 
field  experience  for  qualified  stu- 
dents in  areas  related  to  their  major. 
3  credits. 

IB  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite;  EC  200.  A  planned 
program  of  individual  study  under 
the  supervision  of  a  member  ot  the 
faculty.  3  credits. 


INTERIOR  DESIGN 

ID  100  Portfolio  Design 

Prerequisite:  AT  21 1  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  This  is  a  foundation 
course  in  the  branding  design  of  a 
professional  portfolio  and  related 
documents  for  internships,  job 
interviews,  and  career  develop- 
ment. Branding,  logo  design,  busi- 
ness cards,  letterhead,  and  related 
stationery  will  be  designed,  cri- 
tiqued, and  implemented  for  use 


in  art  and  design  projects  through- 
out the  program.  1  credit.  Labora- 
tory fee;  3  credits. 

ID  109  Architectural  Drawing  I 

An  introduction  to  drafting  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  use  ot  mechanical 
drawing  tools  to  accomplish  begin- 
ning architectural  drawings.  Skills 
are  developed  in  lettering,  dimen- 
sioning, drawing,  tiding,  symbols, 
symbol  cross-referencing,  line 
weights,  drawing  formatting,  devel- 
oping notes  and  specifications,  con- 
cept sketching,  and  reading  blue- 
prints and  construction  documents. 
The  principles  of  orthographic  and 
paraline  drawing  are  explored  and 
drawings  are  produced.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  110  Architectural  Drawing  II 

Prerequisite:  ID  109.  A  continua- 
tion of  ID  109  with  a  focus  on 
one-point  perspective  for  interior 
and  exterior  spaces,  fiirniture  and 
related  objects  utilizing  a  variety  of 
scales  and  the  three-dimensional 
One-Point  Perspective  Grid  system 
of  drawing.  Drawings  include 
sketch  concepts,  orthographic  eval- 
uations and  representations  with 
multiple  one-point  perspective 
views,  and  sectional  perspectives. 
Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  200  Portfolio  Production  I 

Prerequisite:  ID  100.  This  is  a  stu- 
dio course  in  the  application  of 
portfolio  design  branding  elements 
to  the  production  of  portfolio 
pages  from  art  and  design  projects. 
Professional  standards  and  a  clear 
brand  identity  are  applied  to  the 
portfolio  for  career  development 
and  advancement.  Laboratory  fee; 
1  credit. 


ID  21 1  Interior  Design  I 

Prerequisites:  ID  1 10,  AT  212,  and 
AT  213.  In  this  introductory  studio 
course  students  explore  the  ele- 
ments and  principles  of  design  as 
they  relate  to  interior  environments. 
The  relationship  between  the  built 
environment  and  human  factors  is 
discussed  as  it  relates  to  circulation 
and  furniture  layouts.  In  addition, 
the  history  and  criteria  that  estab- 
lish interior  design  as  a  profession 
are  explored  in  detail.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  212  Interior  Design  II 

Prerequisite:  ID  21 1.  A  continua- 
tion of  ID  21 1  with  a  focus  on  pro- 
gnunming  and  design  using  two- 
dimensional  methods  of  problem- 
solving  and  presentation.  Residen- 
tial and  commercial  spaces  are 
explored  using  study  models  and 
finished  models,  sample  boards, 
and  rendered  perspectives  for  pre- 
sentations. Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  213  Architectural  Drawing  III 

Prerequisite:  ID  1 10.  An  advanced 
course  in  two-point  and  multi- 
point perspective  drawing  of  interi- 
or and  exterior  spaces,  furniture, 
and  related  objects  utilizing  a  vari- 
ety of  scales.  Drawings  include 
sketched  concepts,  orthographic 
evaluations,  and  representations 
with  multiple  perspective  point 
views  for  each  project.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  214  Lighting  Design  and 
Specifications 

Prerequisite:  ID  21 1  or  consent  of 
instructor.  This  course  surveys  the 
use  of  lighting,  both  natural  and 
artificial,  as  a  design  element  in 
planning  residential  and  commer- 
cial interiors.  The  impact  of  percep- 


Courses  225 


tion,  psychology,  brightness,  color, 
and  daylight  are  discussed.  Interior 
lighting  products  including  incan- 
descent and  discharge  lamps  are 
studied  in  detail  along  with  aiLxil- 
iary  equipment,  light  controls,  pho- 
tometries, electricity,  and  luminar- 
ies. Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  215  Construction  Documents  I 

Prerequisite:  ID  110.  This  course 
introduces  students  to  the  prepara- 
tion, development,  and  production 
of  a  complete  set  of  construction 
documents  for  residential  and  com- 
mercial interior  spaces,  including 
project  evaluation  and  an  in-depth 
understanding  of  document 
requirements,  method  applications, 
blueprint  reading,  specification 
writing,  drawing  nomenclature,  and 
millwork  requirements.  An  empha- 
sis is  placed  on  the  development  of 
accurate  descriptive  drawing  notes, 
specifications,  dimensionings,  and 
symbols  within  the  construction 
documents.  Building  codes  and 
ADA  issues  are  explored  as  applica- 
ble to  individual  projects.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  216  Construction  Documents  II 

Prerequisite:  ID  215.  A  continua- 
tion of  ID  215  with  an  emphasis 
on  site  measurement  and  documen- 
tation of  existing  conditions  and 
mechanical  systems,  preparation  of 
as-built  drawings,  oral  presentation 
of  schematic  design  schemes,  speci- 
fications and  notes,  millwork  draw- 
ings, details  and  sections,  and  profi- 
ciency, speed,  and  accuracy  in 
preparing  construction  documents. 
Laborator)-  fee;  3  credits. 


ID  217  Sketching  and  Rendering 
for  Interiors 

Prerequisite:  ID  1 10  or  consent  ot 
instructor.  This  course  advances 
the  student's  basic  drawing  and 
illustrative  skills  through  the  explo- 
ration of  quick  sketching  and  ren- 
dering techniques  for  architectural 
and  interior  spaces.  A  variety  of 
media  are  studied,  including  mark- 
ers, pastels,  color  pencils,  watercol- 
or,  pencil,  and  pen.  Focus  is  on  the 
application  of  the  media  to  create 
visual  expression  of  the  exterior 
and  interior  elements.  Laboratory 
tee;  3  credits. 

ID  218  Interior  Systems, 
Materials,  and  Codes 

Prerequisite:  ID  21 1,  ID  215,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course 
explores  the  design  and  construc- 
tion requirements  for  interior  build- 
ing elements  and  environmental 
systems.  Issues  related  to  interior 
finishes,  sustainability  resources, 
and  green  design  are  explored. 
Building  codes,  fire  codes,  and 
ADA  compliance  relative  to  the 
built  interior  environment  are  stud- 
ied through  the  use  of  construction 
documents  and  study  models.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  3  credits. 

ID  300  Portfolio  Production  II 

Prerequisite:  ID  200.  This  is  a  con- 
tinuation of  Portfolio  Production  I. 
Students  at  this  level  continue  to 
design  and  complete  portfolio  pages 
for  their  senior  portfolio.  Laborato- 
ry lee;  1  credit. 

ID  311  Interior  Design  III 

Prerequisites:  ID  212,  ID  216.  This 
course  explores  the  specialized  field 
of  kitchen  and  bath  design  for  resi- 
dential and  commercial  interiors. 
All  aspects  of  programming,  design, 


specification,  preparation,  develop- 
ment, and  production  of  design 
and  construction  documents  for 
residential  and  commercial  kitchens 
and  baths  are  developed  in  detail. 
An  emphasis  is  placed  on  kitchen 
and  bath  design  and  the  develop- 
ment of  accurate  descriptive  draw- 
ings, notes,  specifications,  dimen- 
sioning, and  symbols  within  the 
construction  documents.  Building 
codes  and  ADA  issues  are  explored 
as  applicable  to  individual  projects. 
Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  312  Interior  Design  IV 

Prerequisite:  ID  31 1,  ID  313,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
course  in  commercial  interior 
design  incorporating  professional 
scope  of  services  including  pro- 
gramming, conceptual  design, 
design  development,  contract  doc- 
uments, contract  administration, 
and  evaluation.  Focus  of  the  course 
is  on  corporate  office  design,  open 
office  systems,  and  interior  prod- 
uct specifications.  Laboratory  fee; 
3  credits. 

ID  313  CAD  for  Interiors  I 

Prerequisite:  ID  212,  ID  216  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course 
introduces  students  to  the  use  of 
AutoCAD  as  a  drafting  tool  for 
floor  plans,  demolition  and  new 
construction  plans,  reflected  ceiling 
plans,  electrical  plans,  wall  eleva- 
tions, finish  schedules  and 
text/notes.  The  use  of  AutoCAD  as 
a  sketching  tool  for  concept  devel- 
opment is  explored.  Laboratory  fee; 
3  credits. 

ID  314  CAD  for  Interiors  II 

Prerequisite:  ID  313  or  consent  of 
instructor.  This  course  is  a  contin- 
uation of  ID  313  with  a  focus  on' 


226 


the  use  of  AutoCAD  for  the  design 
and  development  of  retail  and 
restaurant  spaces.  Students  use 
AutoCAD  to  develop  custom 
design  furniture  and  cabinetry  as 
well  as  three-dimensional  images  of 
interior  spaces  in  a  variety  of  para- 
line  views.  Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  315  History  of  Architecture 
and  Interiors  I 

This  course  is  an  overview  of  the 
history  of  design  in  architecture, 
interiors,  and  furniture  from  the 
ancient  era  through  the  end  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  Lectures,  read- 
ings, and  research  focus  on  the 
development  of  major  forms,  peri- 
od st)'les,  ornament,  and  the  deco- 
rative arts  from  ancient  Egypt, 
Greece,  and  Rome  through  the 
Renaissance,  Baroque,  Rococo,  and 
Neoclassical  eras.  3  credits. 

ID  316  History  of  Architecture 
and  Interiors  II 

This  course  is  a  continuation  ot  ID 
315.  The  course  explores  the  histo- 
ry of  design  in  architecture,  interi- 
ors, and  furniture  from  the  nine- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  Styles 
examined  include  nineteenth-centu- 
ry revival  styles.  Arts  and  Crafts,  Art 
Deco  European,  American  Mod- 
ernism, and  the  influence  ot  the 
Bauhaus.  3  credits. 

ID  318  Furniture  Design  and 
Specifications 

Prerequisites:  ID  213,  ID  216,  ID 
311,  and  ID  317,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  This  is  an  advanced 
course  in  furniture  design  and  con- 
struction drawings  concentrating 
on  upholster)',  furniture,  and  manu- 
facturing processes  for  residential 
and  commercial  furniture  markets. 


Issues  of  markedng,  qualifying 
designs  with  manufacturers,  con- 
tracts, and  negotiations  are 
addressed.  Laboratory  fee;  3  credits. 

ID  317  Interior  Products  and 
Specifications 

Prerequisite:  ID  212  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Examination  of  interior 
textiles  and  products  including 
fibers,  upholstery  and  window  fab- 
rics, and  wall  finishes.  Manufactur- 
ing, measurement,  and  installation 
methods  are  explored.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  450-459  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  interior  design.  3  credits. 

ID  400  Senior  Portfolio 
Prerequisite:  ID  300.  This 
advanced  course  completes  the  pro- 
duction of  the  senior  portfolio  and 
incorporates  career  preparation 
activities.  Job-search  documents 
such  as  resumes,  cover  letters,  and 
thank-you  letters  are  prepared 
incorporating  the  student's  brand 
identity.  Inter\'iews  and  job  con- 
tracts are  explored,  and  the  course 
culminates  in  a  senior  portfolio 
presentation  and  interview.  Labora- 
tor)'  fee;  1  credit. 

ID  41 1  Interior  Design  V 

Prerequisite:  ID  312,  ID  314,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
senior-level  course  in  institutional 
interior  design  incorporating  pro- 
fessional scope  of  services  includ- 
ing programming,  conceptual 
design,  design  development,  con- 
tract documents,  contract  adminis- 
tration, and  evaluation.  Special 
attention  is  focused  on  individual 
user  needs  with  respect  to  health. 


safety,  and  welfare  issues  within 
the  interior  environment.  Labora- 
tory fee;  3  credits. 

ID  412  Interior  Design  VI 

Prerequisite:  ID  41 1  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  senior-level 
course  in  historic  preservation,  sus- 
tainable design,  and  green  design 
incorporating  professional  scope  of 
services  including  programming, 
conceptual  design,  design  develop- 
ment, contract  documents,  con- 
tract administration,  and  evalua- 
tion. Special  attention  is  focused 
on  environmental  issues  and  inno- 
vative design  solutions.  Laboratory 
fee;  3  credits. 

ID  413  Professional  Practices  for 
Interior  Designers 

Prerequisite:  ID  312  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Provides  fundamental 
understanding  of  business  practices 
for  the  design  professional.  Survey 
of  business  types,  professional 
counsel  and  liability,  ethics,  mar- 
keting and  selling  of  services  and 
products,  and  fee  structures.  Exam- 
ination and  preparation  of  business 
forms  including  letters  of  agree- 
ment, budget  estimates,  purchase 
orders,  and  invoices.  Laboratory 
tee;  3  credits. 

ID  450-459  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  interior  design.  3  credits. 

ID  598  Internship  for  Interior 
Design  and  Allied  Fields 

Prerequisite:  ID  312  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Students  have  the  oppor- 
tunit)'  to  intern  within  interior 
design,  architectural,  or  allied 
design  and  product  industry  firms. 


Courses  227 


Students  may  seek  their  own 
internship  site,  or  the  program  will 
match  students  with  firms  appro- 
priate to  their  interests  and  skills. 
Mentors  within  the  firms  provide 
students  with  a  broad  range  of 
learning  opportunities.  In  addition, 
students  maintain  weekly  email 
journals  and  research  career  oppor- 
tunities. 3  credits  (135  internship 
contact  hours). 

ID  599  Independent  Study 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  con- 
sent of  instructor  and  department 
chair.  Under  the  direction  of  a  fac- 
ulty member  and  an  outside  men- 
tor, the  student  initiates  develop- 
ment of  a  capstone  project.  The 
purpose  of  independent  study  is  to 
further  an  area  of  special  interest,  to 
prepare  for  graduate  school,  or  to 
meet  the  Honors  Program  thesis 
requirement.  3  credits  (135  project 
documented  hours). 


INDUSTRIAL 
ENGINEERING 

IE  204  Engineering  Economics 

Prerequisites:  M  1 17  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  A  quantitative  analy- 
sis of  applied  economics  in  engi- 
neering design;  the  economy  study 
for  comparing  alternatives;  interest 
formulae;  quantitative  methods  of 
comparing  alternatives;  intangible 
considerations;  selection  and 
replacement  economy  for  machines 
and  structures;  break-even  and  min- 
imum cost  points;  depreciation; 
effect  of  income  taxes  on  the  econo- 
my; review  of  current  industrial 
practices.  Promotes  logical  decisions 
through  the  consideration  ot  alter- 
native courses  of  action.  3  credits. 


IE  243  Work  Design 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
Introductory  course  in  the  design 
and  evaluation  of  efficient  work 
methods  and  working  environ- 
ments. Techniques  usefiil  in  prob- 
lem definition;  design  of  alternative 
work  methods;  and  evaluation  of 
alternative  designs  including 
process  charting,  operation  analy- 
sis, and  principles  of  motion  econ- 
omy. Emphasis  placed  on  human 
factors  and  safety  implications  of 
alternative  work-method  designs. 
Equitable  time  standards  are  devel- 
oped for  work-method  designs 
through  the  use  of  time-study  pro- 
cedures including  stopwatch  time 
study,  computerized  predeter- 
mined-time  systems,  and  work 
sampling.  3  credits. 

IE  302  Ergonomics 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  Cov- 
ers basic  terminology  and  applica- 
tion of  ergonomic  principles  to  the 
workplace.  Topics  include  repetitive 
motion  injuries,  cumulative  trauma 
disorders,  carpal  tunnel  syndrome, 
anthropometry,  human  error  analy- 
sis, channel  capacity,  reaction  time, 
human-machine  interaction,  and 
current  ergonomics  news  and  appli- 
cations. 3  credits. 

IE  303  Cost  Control 

Prerequisites:  junior  standing  and 
M  1 18.  Basic  analysis  of  cost  con- 
trol techniques.  Designed  to  give 
members  of  the  management  team 
the  underlying  rudiments  of  cost 
estimating  and  control  systems. 
Theory  of  standard  costs,  flexible 
budgeting,  and  overhead  handling 
techniques  emphasized  by  analytical 
problem  solution.  Life-cycle  cost- 
ing. Value  engineering.  3  credits. 


IE  304  Production  Control 

Prerequisites:  IE  243,  M  1 18.  The 
basic  principles  that  govern  the 
design  of  production  control  sys- 
tems in  an  industrial  plant.  The 
principles  used  in  solving  problems 
of  procuring  and  controlling  mate- 
rials in  planning,  routing,  schedul- 
ing, and  dispatching  are  considered. 
Familiarizes  the  student  with  estab- 
lished and  new  methods  used  in 
this  field  including  MRP  JIT,  com- 
puter-aided process  planning,  and 
group  technology.  3  credits. 

IE  31 1  Quality  Assurance 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  Quali- 
ty considerations  in  product  design 
and  manufacturing;  product  inspec- 
tion and  process  control;  total  qual- 
ity management  principles  as 
applied  to  process  design,  control, 
and  improvement;  product  safety 
and  liability  issues.  3  credits. 

IE  344  Human  Factors 
Engineering 

Prerequisite:  SE  347  ot  equivalent. 
Covers  psychological  and  physio- 
logical aspects  ot  people  at  work, 
including  work  physiology,  infor- 
mation processing,  motor  skills  and 
movement  control,  signal  detection 
theory,  and  anthropometry  with  the 
aim  of  improvements  in  workplace 
design.  3  credits. 

IE  348  Manufacturing  Processes 

Corequisite:  IE  304.  Provides  a 
basic  understanding  of  manufactur- 
ing processes  as  applied  to  conven- 
tional manufacturing.  Properties  of 
material;  machining  Rindamentals; 
tool  geomett)';  surface  finish;  forces; 
material  removal  processes;  casting, 
forging,  and  extrusion  processes; 
measurement  and  inspection; 


228 


process  capability  and  quality  con- 
trol; ferrous  and  nonferrous  metals; 
chip/type  machining  processes; 
machining  economics  in  turning, 
milling,  and  drilling.  3  credits. 

IE  408  Systems  Analysis 
Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and 
SE  347  or  equivalent.  Presents  the 
analytical  and  conceptual  tech- 
niques upon  which  systems  analy- 
sis and  development  are  based,  as 
applications  to  business  and 
industrial  fields.  Development  ot 
case  studies  and  their  application, 
oriented  to  improved  designs.  3 
credits. 

IE  414  Engineering  Management 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  Pro- 
vides insight  into  the  elements  of 
the  managerial  process  and  develops 
a  rational  approach  to  the  problems 
of  managing  productive  processes 
and  the  engineering  function. 
Focusing  largely  on  complex  prob- 
lems of  top  and  middle-level  man- 
agement, students  investigate  the 
modern  tools  managers  use  under 
given  circumstances,  stressing  the 
ongoing  activities  of  management 
as  part  of  an  integrated,  continuous 
process.  3  credits. 

IE  436  Quality  Control 

Prerequisite:  SE  347  or  equivalent. 
Economics  of  quality  control;  mod- 
ern methods  used  by  industry  to 
achieve  quality  of  product;  prevent- 
ing defects;  organizing  for  quality; 
locating  chronic  sources  of  trouble; 
coordinating  specifications,  manu- 
facturing and  inspection;  measuring 
process  capability;  using  inspection 
data  to  regulate  manufacturing 
processes;  statistical  methods;  con- 
trol charts;  selection  of  modern 
sampling  plans.  3  credits. 


IE  437  Metrology  and  Inspection 
in  Manufacturing 

Prerequisite:  IE  436.  The  study  ot 
metrology  and  inspection  practices 
in  manufacturing.  Emphasis  on  the 
design  and  development  of  different 
types  of  gauging  for  inspection  in 
manufacturing.  3  credits. 

IE  440  Synchronous 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisites:  IE  204  and  IE  304. 
Group  technology  in  design  and 
manufacturing;  manufacturing 
environment,  resources,  products, 
constraints,  and  decisions;  synchro- 
nized manufacturing  operations 
and  process  improvement.  3  credits. 

IE  443  Facilities  Planning 

Prerequisites:  IE  243,  IE  304  and 
senior  standing.  Factors  in  plant 
location,  design,  and  layout  of 
equipment.  Techniques  for  obtain- 
ing information  essential  to  the 
development  and  evaluation  of 
iilternative  facility  layout  designs  are 
presented  with  an  emphasis  on 
environmental  and  safety  considera- 
tions. Design  of  departmental  areas, 
resource  allocation  and  flow,  mate- 
rials handling,  storage,  and  the  eco- 
nomic implications  of  alternative 
designs  are  discussed.  Students 
work  in  small  groups  on  the  design 
of  a  manufacturing  facility  to  pro- 
duce an  actual  consumer  product. 
Project  culminates  in  both  written 
and  oral  presentations  of  the  pro- 
posed facility  design.  CAD  tech- 
niques are  used  extensively  in  the 
development  of  the  final  facility  lay- 
out. 3  credits. 

IE  448  Advanced  Manufacturing 
Engineering  Operations 

Prerequisites:  ME  200  and  IE  348. 
A  course  for  understanding 


machining  economics  and  the  basic 
principles  of  the  theory  of  metal 
cutting  and  metal  working  to 
improve  manufacturing  engineering 
operations.  Course  emphasizes 
design  and  operation  of  better  tool- 
ing for  different  types  of  manufac- 
turing operations.  Experimental 
investigation  of  metal  cutting  and 
metal  working  methodologies 
stressed.  3  credits. 

IE  450^59  Special  Topics  in 
Industrial  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Selected  topics  of  current  interest  in 
the  field  of  industrial  engineering.  3 
credits. 

IE  460  Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisites:  IE  348  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  Topics  covered 
include  computer-aided  manufac- 
turing (CAM),  numerical  control 
(NC),  industrial  robot  applications, 
flexible  manufacturing  systems 
(FMS),  group  technology  (GT), 
integration  of  CAD/  CAM,  com- 
puter-aided process  planning 
(CAPP),  and  applications  software 
for  manufacturing.  3  credits. 

IE  465  Robotics  in 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisite:  IE  460.  Topics  covered 
include  applications  of  robotics  in 
manufacturing,  robot  classification, 
introduction  to  a  high-level  robot 
language,  task  planning,  and  labo- 
ratory projects  with  industrial 
robots.  3  credits. 

IE  498  Internship 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
supervisor  and  approval  of  depart- 
ment chair  Supervised  work-project 
related  to  industrial  engineering 


I 


with  local  industries.  3  credits. 

IE  504  Senior  Project 

Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and 
consent  of  department  chair.  The 
student,  in  conjunction  with  a  fac- 
ulty adviser,  selects  and  works  on  a 
project.  Restilts  are  presented  at  a 
seminar  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 
3  credits. 

IE  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
planned  program  ol  individual 
study  under  the  supervision  of  a 
faculty  member  3  credits. 


ITALIAN 

IT  101  Elementary  Italian  I 

Stresses  pronunciation,  oral  and 
reading  comprehension,  basic  con- 
versation, and  the  fundamental 
principles  ot  grammar.  3  credits. 

IT  102  Elementary  Italian  II 
Prerequisite:  IT  101  or  consent  of 
instructor.  This  course  builds  on 
the  skills  learned  in  IT  101.  Stresses 
pronunciation,  oral  and  reading 
comprehension,  basic  conversation, 
and  the  fundamental  principles  of 
grammar  through  class  practice  and 
grammar  exercises.  3  credits. 

IT  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Italian 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  Italian.  3 
credits. 


JOURNALISM 

J  101  Journalism  I 

A  survey  of  journalism  designed  to 
acquaint  students  with  the  profes- 
sion. Includes  the  American  news- 


paper as  a  social  institution  and  a 
medium  of  communication.  3 
credits. 

J  201  News  Writing  and 
Reporting 

Prerequisite:  CO  102  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  elements  of  news, 
the  style  and  the  structure  of  news 
stories,  news-gathering  methods, 
copyreading  and  editing,  reporting. 
3  credits. 

J  202  Advanced  News  Writing 
and  Reporting 

Prerequisite:  J  201.  Intensive  prac- 
tice in  news  writing  and  reporting. 
3  credits. 

J  311  Copy  Desk 

Prerequisite:  J  201.  Intensive  prac- 
tice in  copyreading,  editing  and 
revising,  headline  writing,  photo- 
graph selection,  page  make-up,  and 
reporting.  Regular  critiques  of  the 
copy-desk  work  of  major  newspa- 
pers. 3  credits. 

J  351  Journalistic  Performance 

Prerequisite:  J  201.  Students  follow 
the  coverage  in  the  media  given  to 
selected  topics  and  prepare  to  make 
judgments  of  the  coverage  by  doing 
research  and  becoming  knowledge- 
able about  the  particular  topics. 
The  course  stresses  analytic  reading 
and  responsible,  informed  criticism. 
3  credits. 

J  367  Interpretive  and  Editorial 
Writing 

Prerequisite:  J  20 1 .  Practice  in  the 
writing  of  considered  and  knowl- 
edgeable commentaries  on  current 
affairs  and  ot  interpretive  articles 
based  on  investigation,  research, 
and  interviews.  3  credits. 


Courses  229 

J  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Journalism 

Selected  topics  in  journalism  that 
are  of  current  or  special  interest.  3 
credits. 

J  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  instructor 
and  department  chair.  Opportunity 
for  a  student,  under  the  direction  of 
a  faculty  member,  to  explore  an 
area  of  interest.  3  credits. 


BUSINESS  LAW 

LA  101  Business  Law  and  the 
Regulatory  Environment 

An  overview  of  the  legal  system  as  it 
relates  to  the  operation  of  a  busi- 
ness. Topics  include  those  relating 
to  the  establishment  and  continuity 
of  business  relationships:  contracts, 
sales,  partnerships,  corporations, 
agency  law,  and  business  ethics. 
Other  topics  are  those  regulating 
business  activities:  consumer  pro- 
tection, environmental,  employ- 
ment, and  antitrust  laws.  3  credits. 

LA  112  Accounting  Business  Law 

Prerequisite:  LA  101.  Law  of 
agency,  employer/employee,  part- 
nerships, corporations,  security  and 
governmental  regulation;  real  and 
person  property  law;  creditors' 
rights  and  bankruptcy;  wills  and 
trusts.  3  credits. 

LA  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  LA  101.  Selected  top- 
ics in  business  law  of  special  or  cur- 
rent interest  not  covered  by  an 
existing  course.  3  credits. 

LA  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  LA  101.  On-the-job 
experience  of  business  law  in  select- 
ed organizations.  3  credits. 


230 


LA  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  LA  101  and  junior 
standing.  A  planned  program  of 
individual  study  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  faculty  member.  3  credits. 


LOGISTICS 

LG  300  Defense  Sector  Logistics 

Prerequisites:  EAS  345  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  logis- 
tics as  practiced  in  the  defense 
industry,  the  military,  and  multi- 
national corporations  operating  for- 
eign installations.  Overview  of 
logistics  elements,  nomenclature, 
techniques,  management,  and  com- 
puter support.  Survey  of  regula- 
tions, standards,  and  logistics  prod- 
ucts. Identification  of  logistics  and 
its  place  in  defense-related  systems. 
3  credits. 

LG  310  Introduction  to  Logistics 
Support  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  LG  300.  Definition 
and  description  of  logistics  support 
analysis  with  reference  to  MIL- 
STD-1388-L\  and  derivative 
requirements.  Survey  of  integrated 
logistics  support  theory  and  practice 
and  the  role  of  LSA.  The  role  of  a 
logistics  support  analysis  plan,  its 
method  of  construction,  and  its  use 
in  real  systems.  3  credits. 

LG  320  Reliability  and 
Maintainability  Fundamentals 

Prerequisite:  LG  300.  Basic 
description  and  analysis  ot  the 
concepts  of  reliability  and  main- 
tainability in  large  high-technology 
systems.  Introduction  to  quantita- 
tive techniques  and  qualify  assur- 
ance. Strategies  for  optimizing 
effectiveness  and  in-service  sup- 
port. 3  credits. 


LG  410  Life  Cycle  Concepts 

Prerequisite:  LG  320.  Introduction 
to  life  cycle  concepts  in  product 
design,  quality  engineering,  field 
support,  maintenance,  training, 
and  end-use  disposal.  Techniques 
of  life  cycle  costing  and  the  con- 
struction of  life  cycle  forecasts. 
Product  and  system  warranties,  and 
their  interface  with  logistics  sup- 
port. 3  credits. 

LG  440  Data  Management  in 
Logistics  Systems 

Prerequisite:  LG  310.  Review  of 
the  role  of  data  collection,  analysis, 
and  report  generation  in  logistics 
systems  management.  Uses  of  com- 
puter-aided management  informa- 
tion systems,  technical  data  acquisi- 
tion, and  software  support  in  logis- 
tics organizations.  Requirements 
for  documentation,  data  renewal, 
and  the  generation  of  integrated 
logistics  support  plans  and  reports. 
3  credits. 

LG  450-459  Special  Topics 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  logistics.  3 
credits. 

LG  490  Logistics  Seminar 

Upon  completion  of  LG  300,  LG 
310,  LG  320,  LG  410,  and  LG  440 
students  pursuing  the  certificate  in 
logistics  are  required  to  take  this 
capstone  seminar.  Each  student 
develops  an  experiential  case  study 
in  conjunction  with  a  faculty  advis- 
er. This  case  study  draws  on  materi- 
al learned  in  prerequisite  courses 
and  the  student's  work  experience. 
Each  student  is  required  to  present 
the  case  study  for  critique  by  col- 
leagues and  industrial  engineering 
faculty.  1  credit. 


LEGAL  STUDIES 

LS  100  Introduction  to  Legal 
Concepts 

Overview  of  the  American  legal 
system  in  the  context  of  historiciil 
underpinnings.  Structural  make- 
up, purpose,  and  functions  of  the 
legal  system  in  American  society; 
distinction  between  civil  and  crimi- 
nal law  systems.  Introduction  to 
major  civil  law  substantive  areas, 
including  torts,  contracts  and  prop- 
erty, legal  concepts,  and  reasoning. 
3  credits  hours. 

LS  20 1  Legal  Ethics  and 
Professional  Responsibilities 

Prerequisite:  PL  222.  Study  of  legal 
ethics,  including  codes  of  profes- 
sional responsibility  in  different 
types  of  organizations  and  occupa- 
tional settings.  Analysis  and  discus- 
sion of  case  studies;  role  playing. 
3  credits. 

LS  226  Family  Law 

A  study  of  legal  relations  between 
husband  and  wife  including  mar- 
riage, annulment,  divorce,  alimony, 
separation,  adoption,  custody 
arrangements,  and  basic  procedures 
of  family  law  litigation.  3  credits. 

LS  229  Legal  Communications 

Familiarization  with  the  kinds  of 
legal  documents  and  written 
instruments  employed  by  partici- 
pants in  the  legal  process.  Recogni- 
tion and  understanding  of  the  pur- 
pose of  writs,  complaints,  briefs, 
memoranda,  contracts,  wills,  and 
motions.  3  credits. 

LS  238  Civil  Procedure  I 

Prerequisite:  LS  100.  Study  of  pro- 
cedural law  governing  civil  legal 


Courses  231 


actions.  Includes  overview  of  civil 
legal  actions  in  state  and  teder;il 
courts  with  focus  on  legal  principles 
that  aftect  commencing  and  main- 
taining lawsuits.  3  credits. 

LS  239  Civil  Procedure  II: 
Litigation 

Prerequisite:  LS  238.  An  examina- 
tion of  civil  litigation  from  com- 
mencement of  a  lawsuit  through 
trial,  including  pleadings,  motions, 
discovery,  and  evidence.  A  combi- 
nation of  theory  and  practice.  3 
credits. 

LS  240  Legal  Research  and 
Writing  I 

Prerequisites:  LS  100,  E  105.  An 
introduction  to  legal  research  and 
writing.  Students  learn  to  use  pri- 
mary and  secondary  legal  authority 
in  the  law  library  and  computerized 
legal  research  databases  to  solve 
legal  research  problems  and  assign- 
ments. Further  study  of  legal  rea- 
soning and  case  and  statutory 
analysis.  3  credits. 

LS  241  Legal  Research  and 
Writing  II 

Prerequisites:  LS  240,  E  110. 
Through  more  advanced  assign- 
ments, students  further  develop 
legal  research,  analytic,  and  writing 
skills.  Includes  research  and  analysis 
of  realistic  legal  problems  with 
preparation  of  opinion  letters,  legal 
memoranda,  and  briefs.  3  credits. 

LS  244  Estates  and  Trusts 

An  examination  of  the  legal  princi- 
ples and  techniques  of  effective 
estate  planning  and  administration. 
Topics  covered  include  inheritance 
statutes,  preparation  and  execution 
of  wills,  and  record-keeping  prac- 
tices. 3  credits. 


LS  30 1  Administrative  Law  and 
Regulation 

Study  of  the  basic  principles  of  law 
for  government  agencies;  structure 
of  federal  and  Connecticut  agen- 
cies; and  major  laws  governing 
these  agencies,  including  the  state 
and  federal  Administrative  Proce- 
dure Acts  and  Freedom  of  Informa- 
tion Acts.  Overview  of  the  role  of 
legal  professionals  in  administrative 
practice  with  practical  applications. 
3  credits  hours. 

LS  310  Business  Organizations 

This  course  studies  the  various 
types  of  business  organizations, 
including  corporations,  partner- 
ships, limited  liability  companies, 
sole  proprietorships,  and  joint  ven- 
tures, and  the  legal  and  documenta- 
tion requirements  for  their  forma- 
tion, operation,  and  termination. 
Advantages  and  disadvantages  of 
different  forms  of  business  entities 
are  examined.  3  credits. 

LS  326  Real  Estate  Law 

A  variet)'  of  legal  skills  in  real  estate 
law.  Special  attention  given  to  title, 
operations,  mortgages,  deeds,  leases, 
property  taxes,  closing  procedures 
and  documents.  3  credits. 

LS  328  Management  and 
Administrative  Skills 

An  examination  of  the  procedures 
and  systems  necessary  to  run  a  law 
office  efficiently.  Students  learn 
administrative  skills  such  as  how  to 
interview  clients,  conduct  legal  cor- 
respondence, and  maintain  legal 
records.  Proven  management  tech- 
niques for  keeping  track  of  filing 
dates  and  fees,  court  dockets,  and 
calendars  are  also  examined.  3 
credits. 


LS  330  Legal  Investigation 

Examines  skills  needed  to  conduct 
investigations  that  are  a  routine 
part  of  the  practice  of  law,  such  as 
principles  of  fact-gathering  in  a 
wide  range  of  cases  (e.g.,  criminal, 
divorce,  custody,  housing).  3 
credits. 

LS  350  Global  Legal  Systems 

This  course  surveys  and  compares 
major  legal  systems  in  the  world, 
focusing  on  common  law  systems 
of  the  U.S.  and  Britain,  civil  law 
systems  of  Europe,  the  laws  of  the 
European  Union,  Islamic  law  sys- 
tems, socialistic  legal  systems,  and 
international  law  concepts.  3 
credits. 

LS  401  Alternative  Dispute 
Resolution:  Models  and  Practice 

Study  of  current  models  of  conflict 
resolution,  emphasizing  mediation 
and  restorative  justice;  applications 
in  legal  and  organizational  settings. 
Using  simulations,  students  learn 
basic  negotiation  and  mediation 
skills.  3  credits. 

LS  405  Environmental  Law 

Study  of  environmental  law  and 
regulation  at  the  federal,  state,  and 
local  levels.  Includes  review  of 
major  federal  environmental  protec- 
tion laws,  state  common  law  pro- 
tections, local  land  use  controls, 
and  international  law.  Role  of  regu- 
latory agencies  and  the  courts 
examined.  3  credits. 

LS  410  Counterterrorism  and  the 
Law 

This  course  studies  the  Patriot  Act, 
FISA,  and  other  counter-terrorism 
laws,  the  balance  between  security 
and  protecting  constitutional 
rights,  including  personal  liberty, 


232 


and  how  the  courts  decide  these 
cases.  Historical  context  and  public 
policy  as  well  as  legal  issues  are 
considered.  3  credits. 

LS  430  Cyberlaw 

Analysis  of  special  problems  arising 
from  use  of  computers  and  the 
Internet.  Exploration  of  topics  such 
as  the  impact  of  mass  data  banks  on 
the  right  to  privacy,  copyright 
infringement,  personal  and  social 
security  concerns,  and  the  tension 
between  the  First  Amendment  and 
protecting  vulnerable  populations. 
3  credits. 

LS  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  A  study  of  selected  issues  of 
particular  interest  to  the  student 
and  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

LS  498  Research  Project 

Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and 
consent  of  department  chair.  The 
student  carries  out  an  original 
research  project  in  a  legal  setting 
and  reports  findings.  1—6  credits. 

LS  500  Pre  Internship 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  in  legal 
studies.  This  course  enables  stu- 
dents to  understand  and  prepare  for 
the  internship  experience.  Students 
explore  internship  and  legal  career 
opportunities,  develop  job  applica- 
tion skills,  review  professional  office 
procedures  and  ethical  responsibili- 
ties, and  select  potential  internship 
placements  in  an  area  of  interest. 
Students  are  required  to  complete 
this  course  prior  to  enrolling  in 
LS  501/502.  1  credit. 

LS  501/502  Legal  Studies 
Internship  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and 


completion  of  common  courses  for 
the  major.  Pre-placement  classroom 
review  of  professional  office  proce- 
dures including  maintaining  legal 
records  and  files,  handling  oral  and 
written  communications,  ethical 
responsibilities,  and  time  and  work- 
flow management.  The  internship 
placement  follows.  Regtdar  class 
discussion  sessions  for  analysis, 
problem-solving,  and  skill  building 
are  held  during  the  internship 
placement.  4  credits  each  semester. 

LS  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  An  opportunity  for  a  student, 
under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member,  to  explore  and  acquire 
competence  in  a  special  area  of 
interest.  1-3  credits. 


MATHEMATICS 

All  prerequisites  for  the  following 
mathematics  courses  must  be  strict- 
ly observed  unless  waived  by  the 
Mathematics  Department.  Students 
who  have  successfully  completed 
any  mathematics  course  may  not 
enroll  in  course  prerequisite  to  the 
completed  course  without  explicit 
consent  of  the  Department. 

M  103  Fundamental 
Mathematics 

Required  at  the  inception  of  the 
program  of  study  for  all  students 
(day  and  evening)  who  do  not  show 
sufficient  competency  with  funda- 
mental arithmetic  and  algebra,  as 
determined  by  placement  examina- 
tion. This  course  covers  arithmetic 
operations,  algebraic  expressions, 
linear  equations  in  one  variable, 
exponents  and  polynomials,  Carte- 
sian coordinates,  equation  of  a 


straight  line,  and  simultaneous  lin- 
ear equations.  (Students  must  suc- 
cessfiJly  complete  M  103  before 
taking  any  other  course  having 
mathematical  content.)  Students 
who  take  M  103  will  have  the  total 
number  of  credits  required  for  grad- 
uation increased  by  three.  3  credits 
(4  to  6  meeting  hours  per  week). 

M  109  Intermediate  Algebra 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  M  103  or  placement  by  the 
department.  A  review  of  the  funda- 
mental operations  and  an  extensive 
study  of  fiinctions,  exponents,  radi- 
cals, linear  and  quadratic  equations. 
Additional  topics  include  ratio,  pro- 
portion, variation,  progression,  and 
the  binomial  theorem.  This  course 
is  intended  primarily  for  students 
whose  program  of  study  requires 
calciJus.  Other  students  might  take 
M  1 27.  3  credits. 

M  115  Pre-Calciilus 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  M  109  or  placement  by  the 
depanment.  Offers  the  foundation 
needed  for  the  study  of  calculus: 
polynomials,  algebraic  functions, 
elementary  point  geometry,  plane 
analytic  trigonometry,  and  proper- 
ties of  exponential  functions.  4 
credits. 

M  117  Calculus  I 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  M  1 15  or  placement  by  the 
department.  This  first-year  college 
course  for  majors  in  mathematics, 
science,  and  engineering  is  the  basic 
prerequisite  for  all  advanced  mathe- 
matics. Introduces  difl^erential  and 
integral  calculus  for  fiinctions  of 
one  variable,  including  algebraic 
and  transcendental  functions. 
Includes  basic  rules  and  properties 


Courses  233 


of  limits  and  derivatives  and  appli- 
cations of  derivatives.  Studies  the 
plane  analytic  geometry  needed  for 
calculus.  4  credits. 

M  118  Calculus  II 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  higher 
in  M  117.  Continuation  of  first- 
year  calculus,  including  the  funda- 
mental theorem  of  calculus,  meth- 
ods of  integration,  applications  of 
the  integral,  improper  integrals, 
infinite  series,  and  polar  coordi- 
nates. 4  credits. 

M  121  Algebraic  Structures 

A  first  course  in  an  orientation  to 
abstract  mathematics:  elementary 
logic,  sets,  mappings,  relations, 
operations,  elementary  group  theo- 
ry. Open  to  all  freshmen  and  soph- 
omores. 3  credits. 

M  127  Finite  Mathematics 
Prerequisite:  M  1 03  or  placement 
by  the  department.  Functions  and 
lines,  linear  systems,  linear  pro- 
gramming, mathematics  of  finance, 
sets  and  counting,  and  an  introduc- 
tion to  probability.  Numerous 
applications  and  an  introduction  to 
computing  and  computers.  This 
course  is  intended  primarily  for  stu- 
dents whose  program  of  study  does 
not  require  calculus.  Students 
preparing  to  take  calculus  should 
take  M  109.  3  credits. 

M  166  Discrete  Mathematics  for 
Computer  Science 
Prerequisite:  CS  1 10.  A  foundation 
course  for  computer  science  majors. 
Introduction  to  fiindamentals, 
including  logic,  sets,  functions,  and 
induction.  Emphasis  on  the  internal 
computer  representations  and  com- 
putational properties  of  numbers.  3 
credits.  (This  course  is  cross-listed 


with  CS  166  Discrete  Mathematics 
tor  Computing.) 

M  203  Calculus  III 

Prerequisite:  a  grade  of  C  or  high- 
er in  M  1  18.  The  calculus  of  mul- 
tiple variables  covering  three- 
dimensional  topics  in  analysis  and 
vector  analysis,  partial  differentia- 
tion, maxima  and  minima  for 
functions  of  several  variables,  line 
integrals,  multiple  integrals,  spher- 
ical and  cylindrical  polar  coordi- 
nates. 4  credits. 

M  204  Dififerential  Equations 

Prerequisite:  M  203.  The  solution 
of  ordinary  differential  equations, 
including  the  use  of  Laplace  trans- 
forms. Existence  of  solutions,  series 
solutions,  matrix  methods,  nonlin- 
ear equations,  and  varied  applica- 
tions. 3  credits. 

M  227  Mathematics  for 
Elementary  Education  Teachers 

Prerequisites:  M  109  or  M  127  or 
placement  by  the  department. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  a  teacher 
this  is  a  review  of  the  mathematics 
topics  covered  in  elementary  school, 
and  it  covers  the  mathematical 
underpinnings  ot  such  topics  as 
whole  numbers,  fractions,  number 
theory,  geometry,  and  measure- 
ment. Problem-solving  is  an  under- 
lying theme  to  the  course.  3  credits. 

M  228  Elementary  Statistics 

Prerequisite:  M  1 27.  A  non-calcu- 
lus-based course  that  includes  basic 
probability  theory,  random  variables 
and  their  distributions,  estimation 
and  hypothesis  testing,  regression 
and  correlation.  Emphasis  on  an 
applied  approach  to  statistical  theo- 
ry with  applications  chosen  from 
the  biological  sciences  and  other 


fields  ot  study.  Students  are  intro- 
duced to  and  make  use  of  the  com- 
puter package  SPSS  for  data  analy- 
sis. 4  credits. 

M  301  Geometry  from  a  Modern 
Viewpoint 

Prerequisite:  M  1 17.  A  modern 
approach  to  Euclidean  geometry 
with  emphasis  on  proofs;  basic 
results  on  lines,  planes,  angles,  poly- 
gons, circles,  spheres;  coordinate 
and  vector  viewpoints.  3  credits. 

M  303  Advanced  Calculus 

Prerequisite:  M  204.  A  survey 
course  in  applied  mathematics.  Vec- 
tor calculus:  line  and  surface  inte- 
grals, integral  theorems  of  Green 
and  Stokes,  and  the  divergence  the- 
orem. Complex  variables:  elemen- 
tary functions,  Cauchy-Riemann 
equations,  integration,  Cauchy  inte- 
gral theorem,  infinite  series,  calcu- 
lus of  residues  and  conformal  map- 
ping. 3  credits. 

M  304  Using  Technology  to 
Teach  Mathematics 

Prerequisites:  M  117,  CS  210  or 
MM  30 1 ,  or  consent  of  depart- 
ment. Students  are  introduced  to  a 
variety  of  technological  tools  (calcu- 
lators, computer  software,  Internet 
resources)  usefiil  in  improving 
mathematics  instruction.  Students 
investigate  how  technology  can 
effectively  be  utilized  in  learning  sit- 
uations. Lesson  plans  are  developed 
incorporating  technology.  3  credits. 

M  305  Discrete  Structures 

Prerequisite:  M  118.  Corequisite: 
M  203.  Methods  of  proof  the  inte- 
gers, induction,  prime  numbers, 
recursive  algorithms,  greatest  com- 
mon divisors,  the  Euclidean  algo- 
rithm, the  fundamental  theorem  of 


234 


arithmetic,  congruences.  3  credits. 

M  308  Introduction  to  Real 
Analysis 

Prerequisite:  M  204.  Sets  and  ftuic- 
tions,  the  real  numbers,  topology  of 
the  line,  limits,  continuity,  com- 
pleteness, compactness,  connected- 
ness, sequences  and  series,  the 
derivative,  the  Riemann  integral, 
the  fundamental  theorem  of  calcu- 
lus, sequences  and  series  of  fimc- 
tions.  3  credits. 

M  309  Advanced  Differential 
Equations 

Prerequisite:  M  204.  Theoretical 
analysis  and  applications  of  non-lin- 
ear differential  equations.  Phase 
plane  and  space,  perturbation  theo- 
ry and  techniques,  series  and  related 
methods,  stability  theory  and  tech- 
niques, and  relaxation  phenomena. 
3  credits. 

M  3 11  Linear  Algebra 

Prerequisite:  M  203.  Matrices,  sys- 
tems of  linear  equations  and  their 
solutions,  linear  vector  spaces,  linear 
transformations,  eigen  values  and 
eigenvectors.  3  credits. 

M  32 1  Modern  Algebra 

Prerequisite:  M  305  or  M  3 11 . 
Groups,  rings,  integral  domains, 
fields,  polynomials.  3  credits. 

M  325  Number  Theorj' 

Prerequisite:  M  305.  Topics  are 
selected  from  the  following:  mathe- 
matical induction,  Euclidean  algo- 
rithm, integers,  number  theoretic 
functions,  Euler-Fermat  theorems, 
congruences,  quadratic  residues, 
and  Peano  axioms.  3  credits. 

M  331  Combinatorics 

Prerequisite:  M  3 1 1  or  consent  of 


the  department.  Problem-solving 
using  graph  theory  and  combina- 
torical  methods.  Topics  include 
counting  methods,  recurrence,  gen- 
erating functions,  enumeration, 
graphs,  trees,  coloring-  problems, 
network  flows  and  marchings.  Spe- 
cial emphasis  on  reasoning  that 
underlies  combinatorical  problem 
solving,  algorithm  development, 
and  logical  structure  of  programs.  3 
credits. 

M  338  Numerical  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  M  203  and  a  standard 
programming  language.  Topics 
include  solutions  of  algebraic  and 
transcendental  equations  by  itera- 
tive methods;  system  of  linear  equa- 
tions (matrix  inversion,  etc.);  inter- 
polation, numerical  differentiation, 
and  integration;  solution  of  ordi- 
nary differential  equations.  Scientif- 
ic and  engineering  applications.  3 
credits. 

M  361  Mathematical  Modeling 

Prerequisites:  M  31 1,  junior  stand- 
ing. Problem-solving  through 
mathematical  model  building. 
Emphasis  on  applications  of  mathe- 
matics to  the  social,  life,  and  mana- 
gerial sciences.  Topics  are  selected 
from  probabilit)',  graph  theory, 
Markov  processes,  linear  program- 
ming, optimization,  and  game  the- 
ory, simulation.  3  credits. 

M  371  Probability  and  Statistics  I 

Prerequisite:  M  203.  Axiomatic 
study  of  probability:  sample  spaces, 
combinatorical  analysis,  independ- 
ence and  dependence,  random  vari- 
ables, distribution  functions, 
moment-generating  functions,  cen- 
tral limit  theorem.  3  credits. 


M  381  Real  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  M  308.  Foundation  of 
analysis,  sets  and  functions,  real  and 
complex  number  systems,  limits, 
convergence  and  continuity, 
sequences  and  infinite  series,  and 
differentiation.  3  credits. 

M  403  Techniques  in  Applied 
Mathematics 

Prerequisite:  M  204.  Techniques  in 
applied  analysis  including  Fourier 
series;  orthogonal  functions  such  as 
Bessel  functions,  Legendre  polyno- 
mials, Chebychev  polynomials, 
Laplace  and  Fourier  transforms; 
product  solutions  of  partial  differ- 
ential equations  and  boundary 
value  problems.  3  credits. 

M  423  Complex  Variables 

Prerequisite:  M  204.  For  mathe- 
matics, science,  and  engineering 
students.  Review  of  elementar)' 
functions  and  Euler  forms;  holo- 
morphic  functions,  Laurent  series, 
singularities,  calculus  of  residues, 
contour  integration,  maximum 
modulus  theorem,  bilinear  and 
inverse  transformation,  conformal 
mapping,  and  analytic  continua- 
tion. 3  credits. 

M  441  Topology 

Prerequisite:  M  381  or  consent  of 
department  chair.  Topics  selected 
from  the  following:  Hausdorff 
neighborhood  relations:  derived, 
open,  and  closed  sets;  closure;  topo- 
logical space;  bases;  homeomor- 
phisms;  relative  topology;  product 
spaces;  separation  axioms;  metric 
spaces;  connectedness  and  compact- 
ness. 3  credits. 

M  450-453  Special  Topics  in 

Mathematics 

Selected  topics  in  mathematics  of 


Courses  235 


special  or  current  interest.  3  credits. 

M  472  Probability  and  Statistics  11 

Prerequisite:  M  37 1 .  Elements  of 
the  theor\'  of  point  estimation, 
maximum  likelihood  estimates,  the- 
ory ot  testing  hypotheses,  power  of 
a  test,  confidence  intervals,  linear 
regression,  experimental  design  and 
analysis  of  variance,  correlation,  and 
nonparametric  tests.  3  credits. 

M  473  Advanced  Statistical 
Inference 

Prerequisite:  M  472.  This  course  is 
designed  to  provide  an  in-depth 
treatment  of  statistical  inlerence. 
Topics  include  distribution  of  func- 
tions of  one  or  several  random  vari- 
ables, N-P  structure  of  tests  of 
hypothesis,  properties  of  "good" 
estimators,  and  the  multivariate 
normal  distribution.  3  credits. 

M  481  Linear  Models  I 

Prerequisite:  M  472.  This  course  is 
designed  to  provide  a  comprehen- 
sive study  of  linear  regression.  Top- 
ics include  simple  linear  regression, 
inference  in  simple  linear  regres- 
sion, violations  of  model  assump- 
tions, multiple  linear  regression, 
and  the  Extra  Sum  of  Squares  Prin- 
ciple. 3  credits. 

M  482  Linear  Models  II 

Prerequisite:  M  481.  Continuation 
of  M  481,  with  an  emphasis  on 
experimental  design.  Topics  include 
single-factor  designs,  two-factor 
designs,  multiple-factor  designs, 
and  randomized  block  designs.  3 
credits. 

M  491-499  Department  Seminar 

A  study  of  a  mathematical  topic  or 
topics  not  covered  in  the  above 
courses.  Subject  of  study  is 
announced  by  the  mathematics 


department  in  advance.  A  paper 
and/or  seminar  talk,  suitable  for 
presentation  to  all  interested  mathe- 
matics faculty,  is  required.  3  credits. 

M  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits. 


MECHANICAL 
ENGINEERING 

Design  elective/required  choices  are 
indicated  by  (D)  following  course 
title. 

ME  200  Engineering  Materials 

Prerequisite:  CH  103.  A  study  of 
the  properties  of  the  principal  engi- 
neering materials  of  modern  tech- 
nology: steels  and  nonferrous  alloys 
and  their  heat  treatment,  concrete, 
wood,  ceramics,  and  plastics.  Gives 
engineers  sufficient  background  to 
aid  them  in  selecting  materials  and 
setting  specifications.  3  credits. 

ME  201  Engineering  Graphics 

Prerequisites:  EAS  107P  EAS  109. 
Orthographic/multiview  projec- 
tions; isometric,  auxiliary,  and  sec- 
tional views;  dimensioning  and  tol- 
erancing  practices;  working  draw- 
ings; computer-aided  drafting  and 
solid  modeling  using  contemporary 
software  (e.g.,  AutoCAD,  Solid- 
Works).  2  credits. 

ME  204  Dynamics 

Prerequisites:  M  118,  PH  150. 
Free-body  diagrams,  equilibrium  of 
forces,  friction.  Kinematics  and 


dynamics  of  particles  and  rigid  bod- 
ies with  emphasis  on  two-dimen- 
sional problems.  Vector  representa- 
tion of  motion  in  rectangular,  polar, 
and  natural  coordinates.  Impulse- 
momentum  and  work-energy  theo- 
rems. Rigid  bodies  in  translation, 
rotation  and  general  plane  motion. 
3  credits. 

ME  215  Instrumentation 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CE  205,  E  225  (may 
be  taken  concurrently),  ME  Skills 
Workshop.  Laboratory  experiments 
introducing  equipment  and  tech- 
niques used  to  measure  force,  static 
displacement,  dynamic  motion, 
stress,  strain,  fluid  flow,  pressure, 
and  temperature.  Introduction  to 
statistical  methods,  data  acquisition, 
data  analysis  and  control  using 
microcomputers.  2  credits. 

ME  222  Methods  of  Mechanical 
Design  (D) 

Prerequisites:  CE  205,  ME  101. 
Introduction  to  the  mechanical 
design  process  including  planning, 
design  phases,  methods,  and  docu- 
mentation. Understanding  the 
design  problem,  planning  a  project, 
concept  generation  and  evaluation, 
design  matrix  and  Pugh's  method. 
Product  design  and  generation, 
manufacturing  processes,  cost  esti- 
mation, concurrent  design.  Product 
evaluation.  Implementation  of 
methods  via  hardware  design  proj- 
ect. 3  credits. 

ME  300  Rigid  Body  Dynamics 

Prerequisite:  EAS  222.  Planar  and 
3-D  kinematics  and  kinetics  of 
rigid  bodies.  Work-energy  methods, 
impulse-momentum  theorem,  iner- 
tia tensor,  Euler  angles,  and  gyro- 
scopic motion.  3  credits. 


236 


ME  301  Thermodynamics  I 

Prerequisites:  M  118,  PH  150. 
Classical  thermodynamics  treat- 
ment oi  first  and  second  laws. 
Thermal  and  caloric  equations  of 
state.  Closed  and  open  systems  and 
steady  flow  processes.  Absolute 
temperature,  entropy,  combined 
first  and  second  laws.  Power  and 
refi'igeration  cycles.  3  credits. 

ME  302  Thermodynamics  II 

Prerequisites:  CS  110,  M  203 
(may  be  taken  concurrently),  ME 
301.  Extensions  and  applications 
of  first  and  second  laws;  availabili- 
ty, combustion  process,  ideal  gas 
mixtures.  Maxwell's  relations. 
HVAC  topics.  Advanced  thermo- 
dynamic cycles.  3  credits. 

ME  304  Mechanical  Behavior  of 
Materials 

Prerequisite:  ME  200.  Detailed 
study  of  elastic  and  plastic  deforma- 
tion of  materials  at  room  tempera- 
ture ;md  elevated  temperatures. 
Dislocation  theor)'  and  microplas- 
ticity  models  considered.  3  credits. 

ME  305  Engineering 
Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite:  EAS  224.  Corequisite: 
M  203.  Use  of  first  and  second  laws 
of  thermodynamics  to  investigate 
processes  involving  vapors  and  gxses 
in  closed  and  open  systems.  Anal)'- 
sis  of  vapor  and  gas  power  and 
refrigeration  cycles.  Exergy  analysis, 
psychometrics,  and  combustion 
processes.  4  credits. 

ME  307  Solid  Mechanics 

Prerequisites:  CE  205,  M  203.  Elas- 
tic behavior  of  structural  elements 
such  as  beams,  columns,  and  shafts. 
Stress  and  strain  at  a  point.  Plane 
stress  and  plane  strain.  Stress  and 


strain  transformations,  Mohrs  cir- 
cle. Theories  of  yielding  and  failure. 
Introduction  to  the  finite  element 
method  of  stress  analysis  and  com- 
puter-aided engineering.  3  credits. 

ME  308  Applied  Elasticity 

Prerequisites:  EAS  222,  M  203. 
Stress  and  strain  tensors.  Equilib- 
rium equations.  Transformation 
equations  for  stress  and  strain. 
Principal  stresses  and  maximum 
shear  stress.  Stress-strain  relations. 
Measurement  of  strain.  Theories  of 
yielding  and  fracture.  Introduction 
to  matrix  methods  of  structural 
analysis,  the  finite  element 
method,  and  computer-aided  engi- 
neering. 4  credits. 

ME  315  Mechanics  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  EAS  222  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Laboratory  experi- 
ments in  mechanics  of  materials, 
vibrational  analysis,  computer-aided 
data  acquisition  and  analysis. 
Emphasis  placed  on  measurement 
techniques,  report  writing,  and 
error/statistical  analysis.  2  credits. 

ME  321  Incompressible  Fluid 
Flow 

Prerequisites:  M  204,  EAS  222  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Fluid  kine- 
matics, continuity  equation,  vector 
operations.  Momentum  equation 
for  frictionless  flow,  Bernoulli  equa- 
tion with  applications.  Irrotational 
flow,  velocity  potential,  Laplace's 
equation,  dynamic  pressure  and  lift. 
Stream  function  for  incompressible 
flows.  Rotational  flows,  vorticity, 
circulation,  lift  and  dr^.  Integral 
momentum  analysis.  Navier-Stokes 
equation,  stress  tensor.  Newtonian 
fluid.  Boundary  layer  approxima- 
tions. 3  credits. 


ME  330  Fundamentals  of 
Mechanical  Design  (D) 
Prerequisite:  EAS  222  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Review  of  methods 
of  mechanical  design.  Develop- 
ment of  fundamental  engineering 
analysis  involving  static  and  fatigue 
failure.  Topics  include  the  maxi- 
mum shear  and  Von  Mises'  theo- 
ries of  static  design,  safety  factor, 
Soderberg  and  Goodman  diagrams 
for  latigue  design,  modified 
endurance  limit,  reliability  analy- 
sis, statistical  considerations,  and 
stress  concentration.  Introduction 
to  codes  and  standards.  Practical 
applications.  3  credits. 

ME  343  Mechanisms  (D) 

Prerequisite:  ME  300.  Graphic  and 
analytic  methods  for  determining 
displacements,  velocities,  and  accel- 
erations of  machine  components. 
Applications  to  simple  mechanisms 
such  as  linkages,  cams,  gears. 
Design  project.  3  credits. 

ME  344  Mechanics  of  Vibration 

Prerequisites:  M  204,  ME  300. 
The  mathematical  relationships 
necessary  for  solving  problems 
involving  the  vibration  of  lumped 
and  continuous  systems.  Damping, 
free  and  forced  motions,  resonance, 
isolation,  energy  methods,  balanc- 
ing. Single,  two,  and  multiple 
degrees  of  freedom.  Vibration 
measurement.  3  credits. 

ME  355  Interfacing  and  Control 
of  Mechanical  Devices  (D) 

Prerequisites:  EAS  230  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  practical,  hands-on 
approach  to  connecting,  monitor- 
ing, and  controling  thermo  sensors, 
motors,  encoders,  and  other  sensors 
and  transducers  using  a  PC  and  a 
multipurpose  expansion  board. 


Courses  237 


Topics  include  hardware  connec- 
tions, voltage  input  and  output, 
motor-generator  and  motor- 
encoder  feedback,  stepper  motors, 
thermal  control,  and  digital  switch- 
ing. 3  credits. 

ME  404  Heat  and  Mass  Transfer 

Prerequisites:  M  204,  ME  305, 
Corequisite:  ME  321  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Conduction  in  solids, 
solution  of  multidimensional  con- 
duction problems,  unsteady  con- 
duction, radiation,  boundary  layer 
and  convection.  Introduction  to 
mass  transfer.  Lectures  include 
occasional  demonstrations  of  con- 
vection, radiation,  heat  exchangers. 
3  credits. 

ME  407  Solar  Energy  Thermal 
Processes  (D) 

Corequisite:  ME  404.  Introduction 
to  the  fundamentals  of  solar  energy 
thermal  processes  including  solar 
radiation,  flat  plate  and  focusing 
collectors,  energy  storage,  hot  water 
heating,  cooling  and  auxiliary  sys- 
tem components.  Emphasis  on  the 
design  and  evaluation  of  systems  as 
they  pertain  to  commercial  and  res- 
idential buildings.  3  credits. 

ME  408  Advanced  Mechanics 

Prerequisites:  M  204,  ME  300. 
Plane  and  spatial  motion  of  parti- 
cles and  rigid  bodies,  inertia  tensor, 
relative  motion,  gyroscopes,  central 
force  motion.  Lagrangian  and 
Hamiltonian  methods.  3  credits. 

ME  41 1  Fundamentals  of 
Thermo/Fluid  Design  (D) 
Corequisites:  ME  305,  ME  330  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Introduction 
to  the  design  of  specific  thermal, 
heat,  and  fluid  devices  and  systems 
as  they  apply  to  practical  design 


problems.  Review  of  design 
methodology  and  basic  equations 
in  thermal  sciences.  Group  design 
studies  in  each  of  the  three  basic 
areas  of  heat  exchangers,  prime 
movers,  and  piping  systems.  3 
credits. 

ME  415  Thermo/Fluids 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  ME  315,  ME  321. 
Corequisite:  ME  404.  A  survey  of 
experiments  and  laboratory  investi- 
gations covering  the  areas  of  fluid 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  heat 
transfer,  and  gas  dynamics.  Analog 
and  digital  data  acquisition  and 
analysis.  2  credits. 

ME  422  Compressible  Fluid 
Flow 

Prerequisites:  ME  305,  ME  321, 
ME  404  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Compressible  fluid  flow  with 
emphasis  on  one-dimensional  duct- 
ed steady  flows  with  heat  transfer, 
frictional  effects,  shock  waves,  and 
combined  effects.  Introductory  con- 
siderations of  two-  and  three- 
dimensional  flows.  Applications  to 
propulsive  devices.  Occasional 
demonstrations  accompany  the  lec- 
tures. 3  credits. 

ME  426  Turbomachinery  (D) 

Prerequisites:  ME  305,  ME  321  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Review  of 
basic  thermodynamics  and  fluid 
mechanics.  Dimensional  analysis; 
specific  speed;  classification  of  tur- 
bomachines;  cavitation;  losses;  def- 
initions of  efficiency.  Theories  of 
turbomachines;  design  considera- 
tions for  stator  blades  and  rotor 
blades.  Computer-aided  design.  3 
credits. 


ME  427  Computer-Aided 
Engineering  (D) 

Prerequisite:  ME  308  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Integration  of  computers 
into  the  design  cycle.  Interactive 
computer  modeling  and  analysis. 
Geometrical  modeling  with  wire 
frame,  surface,  and  solid  models. 
Finite  element  modeling  and  analy- 
sis. Problems  solved  involving  struc- 
tural, dynamic,  and  thermal  charac- 
teristics of  mechanical  devices.  3 
credits. 

ME  431  Mechanical  Engineering 
Design  I  (D) 

Prerequisites:  ME  330  and  senior 
standing  or  consent  of  instructor's. 
Basic  aspects  of  power  transmission. 
Topics  include  friction  train,  belt 
and  chain  drives,  gear  drive,  plane- 
tary and  differential  trains.  Study  of 
air  and  hydraulic  components  and 
analysis  of  machine  elements 
including  shafts,  springs,  clutches, 
bearings,  and  gears.  In-house  and 
industrial  projects  in  solids  and 
thermal/fluids  areas.  Student  groups 
determine  problem  requirements 
and  objectives  and  select  the  best 
design  alternative.  Oral  project  pre- 
sentations. Course  offered  only  in 
Fall  semester.  3  credits. 

ME  432  Mechanical  Engineering 
Design  II  (D) 

Prerequisite:  ME  431.  Projects  initi- 
ated in  ME  431  are  carried  to  com- 
pletion by  the  same  groups. 
Detailed  design  drawings  and  pro- 
totype construction,  testing,  and 
evaluation.  Midterm  and  final  oral 
presentations  and  comprehensive 
written  reports.  Course  offered  only 
in  Spring  semester.  3  credits. 


238 


ME  435  Advanced  Mechanical 
Design  (D) 

Prerequisites;  ME  321,  ME  431. 
Selected  advanced  topics  related  to 
the  design  of  machine  elements 
such  as  hydrodynamic  theory  of 
lubrication  and  principles  of 
hydraulic  machines  with  applica- 
tion to  hydraulic  couplings.  3 
credits. 

ME  438  Systems  Dynamics  and 
Control 

'Prerequisite:  ME  321.  Modeling, 
analysis,  and  design  ot  dynamic 
systems  with  feedback.  Response 
and  stability  analysis.  Methods 
include  Routh-Hurwitz,  root  locus, 
Bode  plots,  Nyquist  stability  crite- 
rion. Design  and  compensation 
methods.  Applications  in  mechani- 
cal, thermal,  electrical  systems.  Pro- 
ject. 3  credits. 

ME  443  Introduction  to  Flight 
Propulsion 

Prerequisite:  ME  422  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  senior  course  designed 
for  those  students  who  intend  to 
work  or  pursue  further  studies  in 
the  aerospace  field.  Among  the  top- 
ics covered  are  detonation  and 
deflagration,  introductory  one- 
dimensional  nonsteady  gas  flows, 
basic  concepts  of  turbomachinery, 
and  survey  of  contemporary 
propulsive  devices.  Shock  tube, 
supersonic  wind  tuiinel,  and  flame 
propagation  demonstrations  accom- 
pany the  lectures.  3  credits. 

ME  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
In-depth  study  of  topics  chosen 
from  areas  of  particular  and  current 
interest  to  mechanical  engineering 
students.  1-6  credits. 


ME  512  Senior  Seminar 

Open  to  seniors  with  coordinator's 
approval.  Individual  oral  presenta- 
tions of  material  researched  on 
topics  selected  by  students  and  fac- 
ulty at  the  beginning  of  the  term. 
3  credits. 

ME  599  Independent  Study  (D) 

Prerequisites:  consent  ot  faculty 
supervisor  and  approval  of  program 
coordinator.  Independent  study 
provides  an  opportunity  for  the  stu- 
dent to  explore  an  area  of  special 
interest  under  faculty  supervision. 
1—3  credits  per  semester,  with  a 
maximum  of  12  credits. 


MANAGEMENT 

MG  115  Fundamentals  of 
Management 

A  course  in  introductory  manage- 
ment that  explores  the  basics  of 
both  theory  and  practice.  Topics  are 
related  to  the  five  functions  of  man- 
agement: planning,  organizing, 
staffing,  leading,  and  controlling. 
Enrollment  limited  to  nonbusiness 
majors  and/or  A.S.  business  admin- 
istration students  only.  3  credits. 

MG  120  Development  of 
American  Sports 

A  survey  of  the  American  sports 
industry  and  how  it  relates  to  socie- 
t)':  issues  and  problems  in  national 
and  international  sports  activities. 
An  analysis  of  current  sports  issues 
and  trends.  3  credits. 

MG  210  Management  and 
Organization 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
A  study  of  management  systems  as 
they  apply  to  all  organizations. 
Managerial  functions,  principles  of 


management,  and  other  aspects  of 
the  management  process  are  exam- 
ined. 3  credits. 

MG  230  Management  of  Sports 
Industries 

Prerequisites:  MG  120  and  sopho- 
more standing.  A  survey  of  the 
principles  of  management  applica- 
ble to  the  administration  ot  sports 
enterprises:  planning,  controlling, 
organizing,  staffing,  and  directing 
various  activities  necessary  for  effec- 
tive functioning.  3  credits. 

MG  235  Marketing  and  Public 
Relations  in  Sports 

Prerequisites:  MG  120  and  sopho- 
more standing.  This  course  intro- 
duces students  to  marketing  and 
public  relations  skills  crucial  to  suc- 
cess in  every  sports  business,  and 
examines  the  unique  features  of 
sports  marketing  and  public  rela- 
tions that  set  sports  apart  from 
other  industries.  Students  develop  a 
strategic  sports  marketing  plan  that 
includes  an  emphasis  on  public 
relations.  3  credits. 

MG  240  Business  Ethics  and 
Diversity 

Prerequisites:  E  1 10  and  sophomore 
standing.  This  course  introduces 
the  student  to  the  complexities  of 
ethical  behavior  within  the  business 
environment  and  examines  the 
impact  of  different  demographic 
groups  on  various  types  of  organiza- 
tions. 3  credits. 

MG  317  Entrepreneurship  and 
New  Business  Development 
Prerequisite:  MG  210.  Covers  the 
entrepreneurial  process  from  con- 
ception to  operation  of  a  new  busi- 
ness. Concentrates  on  the  character- 
istics of  entrepreneurs  and  the 


Courses  239 


process  by  which  they  turn  ideas 
into  new  business.  Students  also 
learn  about  the  process  of  new  busi- 
ness development  in  the  large  cor- 
poration and  study  the  effect  of 
corporate  culture  on  the  success  of 
new  ventures.  3  credits. 

MG  320  Sports  Industries  and 
the  Law 

Prerequisite:  MG  1 20.  Legal  aspects 
as  they  relate  to  professional  and 
amateur  sports  institutions.  An 
analysis  ot  legal  problems  ajid  issues 
confronting  the  sports  manager: 
suits  against  the  organizational 
structure;  safety;  collective  bargain- 
ing and  arbitration;  and  antitrust 
violations.  3  credits. 

MG  325  Sports  Facility 
Management 

Prerequisites:  MG  120,  MG  210. 
An  examination  ot  how  sports  facil- 
ities like  coliseums,  municipal  and 
college  stadiums,  and  multi-purpose 
civic  centers  are  managed.  Among 
the  topics  included  are  financial 
management  of  sports  facilities, 
booking  and  scheduling  events,  box 
office  management,  staging  and 
event  production,  personnel  man- 
agement, concessions  and  merchan- 
dising management.  3  credits. 

MG  327  Business  Planning 

Prerequisite:  MG  317.  Covers  the 
elements  of  planning  for  a  new 
business.  Identifies  the  goals,  objec- 
tives and  strategies  that  an  entrepre- 
neur must  articulate  for  fiilfillment 
of  that  entrepreneurial  dream.  The 
main  focus  ot  the  course  is  to  high- 
light the  milestones  toward  success 
of  the  new  venture.  3  credits. 


MG  331  Management  of  Human 
Resources 

Prerequisite:  MG  210.  A  survey  ot 
the  industrial  relations  and  the  per- 
sonnel management  .system  of  an 
organization.  Manpower  planning/ 
forecasting,  labor  markets,  selection 
and  placement,  training  and  devel- 
opment, compensation,  govern- 
ment/employer and  labor/manage- 
ment relations.  3  credits. 

MG  350  Management  of 
Workforce  Diversity 

Prerequisite:  MG  210.  This  course 
explores  issues  of  social  identity, 
social  and  cultural  diversity,  and 
societal  manifestations  of  oppres- 
sion as  they  relate  to  the  workplace. 
Workforce  demographics  are  rapid- 
ly evolving  due  to  changes  in 
birthrates,  immigration,  legal  sys- 
tems, social  attitudes,  and  economic 
expansion.  Managing  businesses 
and  other  organizations  will  require 
not  just  contemporary  knowledge 
and  technology  but  the  expertise  to 
manage  increasing  workforce  diver- 
sity. 3  credits. 

MG  415  Multinational 
Management 

Prerequisite:  MG  210.  An  analysis 
and  examination  of  management 
and  organizational  behavior  against 
a  background  of  diversified  cultural 
systems.  3  credits. 

MG  417  Managing  an 
Entrepreneurial  Venture 

Prerequisites:  FI  213,  MG  317. 
Covers  the  principles  of  managing  a 
growing  entrepreneurial  business. 
Students  learn  how  to  anticipate 
and  deal  with  problems  peculiar  to 
a  growing  business.  The  emphasis  is 
on  innovation,  creativity,  and  man- 
aging opportunities,  in  contrast 


with  management  of  ongoing  busi- 
ness that  is  based  on  efficiency  and 
effectiveness.  3  credits. 

MG  430  Financial  Management 
for  Sports  Administration 

Prerequisites:  Fl  213,  MG  210. 
Methods  and  procedures  as  they 
apply  to  sports  administration,  tax- 
ation, purchasing,  cost  analysis, 
budgeting,  and  the  financial  prob- 
lems of  dealing  with  mass  media.  3 
credits. 

MG  450^54  Special  Topics  in 
Business 

Prerequisites:  MG  210  and  junior 
standing  unless  otherwise  specified 
in  course  schedule  description.  Spe- 
cial studies  in  business  and  public 
administration.  Work  may  include 
study  and  analysis  ot  specific  prob- 
lems within  units  ot  business  or 
government  and  application  ot  the- 
ory to  those  problems;  programs  of 
research  related  to  a  student's  disci- 
pline; or  special  projects.  Several 
sessions  may  run  concurrendy.  3 
credits. 

MG  457  Family  Business 
Management 

Prerequisite:  MG  210.  Provides  a 
fundamental  understanding  of  fam- 
ily business  management,  including 
historical  and  theoretical  rudiments, 
transition  stages,  conflict  resolution, 
family  systems,  and  succession. 
Case  studies  of  classic  family  busi- 
nesses are  used  for  discussion  and 
analysis.  3  credits. 

MG  467  Franchising 

Prerequisites:  Fl  213,  MG  210. 
Covers  the  franchising  operation 
from  both  the  franchisers  and  fran- 
chisee's perspectives.  Provides  the 
student  with  a  framework  to  evalu- 


240 


ate  the  feasibility  of  extending  a 
new  business  into  a  franchise  and 
the  potential  profitabilin,'  of  engag- 
ing in  a  franchise  operation.  3 
credits. 

MG  475  Sports  Event 
Management 

Prerequisite:  MG  120  and  junior 
standing.  This  course  helps  students 
to  develop  the  skills  necessary  to 
manage  virtually  any  aspect  of  a 
sporting  event,  including  contin- 
gency planning,  logistics,  working 
with  vendors,  financing,  ticketing 
and  admissions,  seating  design  and 
controls,  sponsor  and  supplier 
agreements,  risk  management  and 
insurance,  marketing  events  and 
licensed  merchandise,  finding  spon- 
sorship, working  with  governmental 
agencies,  and  scheduling  tourna- 
ments and  matches.  Focuses  on 
events  ranging  from  cycling  and 
running  races  to  the  Super  Bowl 
and  the  World  Series.  A  require- 
ment is  that  students  be  direcdy 
involved  with  organizing  a  sports 
event  during  the  semester.  3  credits. 

MG  512  Contemporary  Issues  in 
Business  and  Society 

Prerequisites:  MG  210  and  senior 
standing.  A  rigorous  examination 
of  competing  concepts  of  the  role 
of  business  in  societ)'.  A  capstone, 
integrative  course  relating  the  firm 
to  its  environment,  including 
issues  arising  from  aggregate  social, 
political,  legal,  and  economic  fac- 
tors. 3  credits. 

MG  520  Current  Issues  in 
Human  Resource  Management 

Prerequisites:  MG  210,  MG  331. 
Examines  research  findings  and  cur- 
rent literature  relevant  to  issues 
affecting  personnel  functions  in  the 
organization.  3  credits. 


MG  550  Business  Policy 

Prerequisites:  FI  213,  MG  210, 
MK  200.  An  examination  of  orga- 
nizational policies  from  the  view- 
point of  top-level  executives;  devel- 
opment of  analytic  frameworks  for 
achieving  the  goals  of  the  total 
organization.  Discussion  of  cases 
and  development  of  oral  and  writ- 
ten skills.  3  credits. 

MG  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
course  of  study  designed  especially 
for  the  supervised  practical  applica- 
tion of  previously  studied  theor)'  in 
a  group  setting.  Completed  under 
the  supervision  of  a  facult)'  sponsor 
and  coordinated  with  a  business 
organization.  3  credits. 

MG  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  MG  320  or  MG  210. 
On-the-job  experience  in  selected 
organizations  in  management.  3 
credits. 

MG  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  MG  210.  Independent 
study  on  a  project  of  interest  to  the 
student  under  the  direction  of  a  fac- 
ulty member  designated  by  the 
department  chair.  3  credits. 


MARKETING 

MK  200  Principles  of  Marketing 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
The  fiandamental  functions  of  mar- 
keting involving  the  flow  of  goods 
and  services  from  producers  to  con- 
simiers.  Marketing  methods  of  pro- 
motion, pricing,  product  decisions, 
and  distribution  channels.  3  credits. 

MK  205  Consumer  Behavior 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 


A  study  of  the  principal  compre- 
hensive marketing  models  that 
focus  on  buyer  decision  processes. 
Topics  include  brand  switching 
decisions,  measures  of  media  effec- 
tiveness, market  segmentation,  and 
other  marketing  techniques.  3 
credits. 

MK  302  Organizational 
Marketing 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  Practices  and 
policies  in  the  distribution  of  indus- 
trial goods,  including  purchasing, 
market  analysis,  channels  of  distri- 
bution, pricing,  competitive  prac- 
tices, and  operating  costs.  3  credits. 

MK  307  Advertising  and 
Promotion 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  The  design, 
management,  and  evaluation  of  the 
various  communications  programs 
involved  in  marketing  and  public 
relations.  3  credits. 

MK  316  Sales  Management 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  The  manage- 
ment of  a  sales  organization: 
recruiting,  selecting,  training,  super- 
vising, motivating,  and  compensat- 
ing sales  personnel.  3  credits. 

MK  321  Retail  Management 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  Survey  of 
the  problems  and  opportunities  in 
the  retail  distribution  field,  includ- 
ing a  basic  understanding  of  buy- 
ing, selling,  and  promotion  of  the 
retail  consumer  market.  3  credits. 

MK  326  Overview  of  E-Commerce 

Prerequisites:  MK  200  and  junior 
standing.  A  review  of  issues  in  e- 
commerce.  Technologies  available 
for  digitalization  and  transmission 
are  surveyed.  Different  uses  of 
Internet,  intranets,  extranets,  and 


Courses  241 


web  pages  are  discussed.  B2B  sales 
and  supply  chain  management  are 
introduced.  Available  security  and 
payment  systems  are  compared. 
The  impacts  ot  e-commerce  and  e- 
taii  on  business  structure,  channel 
conflicts,  and  alliances  are  intro- 
duced. 3  credits. 

MK  402  Marketing  of  Services 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  The  market- 
ing of  services,  including  service- 
based  market  planning,  marketing 
mix,  core  marketing  strategies  and 
trends,  and  the  essential  differences 
between  product  and  service-based 
marketing.  3  credits. 

MK  413  International  Marketing 

Prerequisites:  EC  133,  MK  200. 
Applied  marketing  decision-making 
in  international  firms.  The  develop- 
ment of  marketing  strategy  and 
techniques  in  foreign  markets. 
Study  of  key  multinational  market- 
ing skills,  especially  research,  prod- 
uct policy,  pricing,  promotion,  and 
distribution.  3  credits. 

MK  442  Marketing  Research  in 
the  Global  Environment 

Prerequisites:  MK  200,  QA  216. 
Research  as  a  component  of  the 
marketing  information  system. 
Research  design,  sampling  methods, 
data  interpretation,  and  manage- 
ment of  the  marketing  research 
fimction.  3  credits. 

MK  450^59  Special  Topics 

Prerequisites:  MK  200  and  junior 
standing.  Coverage  of  new  and 
emerging  topics  and  applications  in 
marketing  theor)'  and  practice.  The 
format  may  include  both  traditional 
classroom  activities  and  innovative 
group  projects.  3  credits. 


MK  515  Marketing  Management 

Prerequisites:  MK  200  and  senior 
standing.  The  analysis,  planning, 
and  control  of  the  marketing  effort 
within  the  firm.  Emphasis  on  case 
analysis.  A  marketing  capstone 
course.  3  credits. 

MK  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  MK  200  and  senior 
standing.  A  course  of  study 
designed  especially  for  the  super- 
vised practical  application  of  previ- 
ously studied  theory  in  a  group  set- 
ting. Completed  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  faculty  sponsor  and  coor- 
dinated with  a  business  organiza- 
tion. 3  credits. 

MK  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  Supervised 
field  experience  for  qualified  stu- 
dents in  areas  related  to  their  major. 
3  credits. 

MK  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  MK  200.  A  planned 
program  of  individual  study  under 
the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the 
faculty.  3  credits. 


MULTIMEDIA 

MM  301  Introduction  to 
Multimedia 

The  three  goals  of  this  course  are 
(1)  to  provide  students  with  the 
necessary  multimedia  background 
and  theory;  (2)  to  discuss  the  basic 
building  blocks  of  multimedia  — 
text,  images,  animation,  video,  and 
sound;  and  (3)  to  teach  the  practi- 
cal elements  of  making  multimedia 
and  the  use  of  authoring  software. 
3  credits. 


MM  311  Advanced  Multimedia 

Prerequisite:  MM  301.  This  course 
begins  by  covering  the  advanced 
elements  of  multimedia.  Hardware 
and  software  tools  are  described  in 
detail.  Students  are  then  introduced 
to  the  step-by-step  creative  and 
organizing  process  that  results  in  a 
finished  multimedia  project:  the 
technology,  user  interface  design, 
and  graphic  production  techniques. 
The  course  emphasizes  such  topics 
as  how  to  structure  information, 
how  to  anticipate  user  experience, 
and  how  to  generate  visually  com- 
pelling interfaces.  3  credits. 

MM  312  Website  Creation 

Prerequisite:  MM  301  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  introduction  to  web 
page  creation  and  design.  This 
course  addresses  some  of  the  most 
important  topics  for  website  design- 
ers: site  evaluation  and  design,  con- 
tent, structure,  layout,  and  audi- 
ence. 3  credits. 

MM  401  Multimedia  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  MM  311.  This  course 
covers  more  advanced  elements  of 
multimedia.  Current  technical 
advances  and  artistic  trends  are  dis- 
cussed in  detail.  Students  are  rein- 
troduced to  the  creative  and  organ- 
izing process  that  results  in  a  fin- 
ished multimedia  project,  and  they 
become  familiar  with  some  of  the 
software  tools  (HTML  editors) 
used  to  design  and  implement  an 
interactive  web  page.  3  credits. 

MM  450  Special  Topics  in 
Multimedia 

Study  of  selected  topics  of  special  or 
current  interest.  3  credits. 


242 


MARINE  BIOLOGY 

MR  101  Introduction  to  Marine 
Biology 

An  introduction  to  the  field  of 
marine  biology  and  the  marine 
environments  of  southern  Con- 
necticut. Students  learn  basic 
marine  sampling  techniques  and 
basic  organism  identification.  Stu- 
dents also  explore  the  different 
components  of  the  marine  envi- 
ronment, in  particular  Long  Island 
Sound.  This  course  is  intended  for 
marine  biology  majors  and  other 
students  interested  in  learning 
about  the  field.  Students  are 
required  to  have  hip  waders.  1 
credit. 

MR  102  Seminar  in  Marine 
Biology 

An  introduction  to  careers  and 
research  topics  in  marine  biolog)'. 
Every  week  students  explore  new 
scientific  questions  in  marine  biol- 
ogy and  learn  about  potential 
occupations  within  the  field.  This 
course  is  intended  for  marine  biol- 
ogy majors  and  other  students 
interested  in  learning  about  ongo- 
ing issues  in  the  field  of  marine 
biology.  2  credits. 

MR  200  Oceanography  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  BI  121-122  or  HI 
253-254,  Math  109  or  higher,  and 
high  school  chemistry.  This  course 
investigates  the  major  aspects  of 
physical,  geological,  chemical,  and 
biological  oceanography.  Human 
impacts  on  the  ocean  environment 
are  considered  as  well.  The  labora- 
tory component  provides  hands-on 
experience  with  marine  sampling, 
mapping,  and  measurements,  as 


well  as  with  computer  simulations 
of  ocean  currents,  tides,  waves,  and 
other  oceanographic  phenomena. 
4  credits. 

MR  260  Marine  Vertebrate 
Zoology  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  BI  122  or  Bl  254.  A 
survey  of  marine  vertebrate  phyla, 
focusing  on  taxonomy,  evolutionary 
relationships,  structure  and  func- 
tion, physiological  adaptations,  and 
life  modes.  Laborator)'  includes  real 
and  virtual  examination  of  the 
structure  and  anatomy  of  represen- 
tative taxa  from  the  phyla,  laborato- 
ry experiments,  and  observations  on 
the  behavioral  responses  of  certain 
organisms  to  environmental  stim- 
uli. 4  credits. 

MR  300  Marine  Ecology  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  Bl  250,  BI  320. 
Investigation  of  ecological  structure 
and  dynamics  in  marine  and  estuar- 
ine  habitats  at  organismal,  popula- 
tion, community,  and  ecosystem 
levels.  Geographic  aspects  and 
human  interactions  with  marine 
ecosystems  are  also  considered. 
Designed  around  specific  topics 
covered  in  lecture,  the  laboratory 
includes  investigation  of  different 
types  of  estuarine  and  coastal  habi- 
tats, field  and  laboratory  tech- 
niques, and  design  of  basic  and 
applied  marine  ecological  investiga- 
tions. Some  required  weekend  field 
classes.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

MR  310  Marine  Botany  with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  Bl  1 22  or  BI  254; 
MR  200.  A  survey  of  plant  and 
algae  taxa  inhabiting  the  marine 
and  estuarine  environment. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  form  and 


fijnction  of  the  major  groups  and 
their  adaptation  to  the  marine  envi- 
ronment. The  laboratory  section 
includes  exercises  in  lower  plant 
taxonomy  and  morphology.  Experi- 
ments in  plant  physiology  and  field 
trips  to  study  intertidal  plant  com- 
munities are  included.  Laboratory 
fee;  4  credits. 

MR  320  Marine  Pollution 

Prerequisite:  MR  300.  A  classifica- 
tion of  the  different  forms  of  pollu- 
tion in  the  marine  environment. 
The  fate  and  transport  of  different 
pollutants  are  discussed  as  are  the 
effects  of  pollutants  on  coastal  and 
open  marine  ecosystems.  3  credits. 

MR  330  Coastal  Resources  and 
Management 

Prerequisite:  MR  300.  Examination 
of  natural  coastal  resources,  human 
uses  and  alterations,  federal  and 
international  regulations  shaping 
activities  in  the  coastal  zone,  and 
coastal  management  at  the  interna- 
tional, federal,  state,  and  local  lev- 
els. Some  weekend  field  classes  may 
be  required.  3  credits. 

MR  331  Marine  Conservation 
and  Restoration 

Prerequisite:  MR  300.  An  investiga- 
tion into  the  conservation  of 
marine  resources  and  the  science  ot 
habitat  recovery  and  restoration. 
Topics  include  fisheries  conserva- 
tion, case  studies  ol  restored  coastal 
habitats,  assessment  procedures, 
and  evaluation  of  ecological  func- 
tion in  restored  habitats.  3  credits. 

MR  410  Marine  Aquaculture  and 
Biotechnology 

Prerequisite:  MR  300.  An  examina- 
tion of  marine  aquaculture  and  the 
use  of  marine  resources  in  develop- 


Courses  243 


ing  biotechnological  products.  The 
histor)'  of  aquaculture  and  current 
aquaculture  practices  throughout 
the  world  are  reviewed.  Lectures 
are  augmented  by  visits  to  com- 
mercial establishments  and  aqua- 
culture research  laboratories.  The 
second  portion  ot  the  course  focus- 
es on  the  development  of  marine 
biotechnology,  marine  products, 
and  the  relationship  between  aqua- 
culture and  marine  biotechnology. 
Some  required  weekend  field  class- 
es. 3  credits. 

MR  420  Marine  Biogeochemistry 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  CH  115-118,  MR 
300.  A  comprehensive  study  of  the 
biogeochemistry  of  marine  waters 
and  sediments.  Emphasis  is  on  bio- 
geochemical  cycling  of  key  elements 
in  marine  and  estuarine  ecosystems 
and  their  role  in  global  processes. 
Chemical  analysis  and  field  collec- 
tion techniques  together  with 
experimentation  into  the  partition- 
ing ot  chemical  species  among  sedi- 
ment, water,  and  biota  are  conduct- 
ed in  the  laboratory  portion  of  the 
class.  Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

MR  501-502  Senior  Project  in 
Marine  Biology  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  marine  biology 
major,  senior  standing.  Individ- 
ual/group-based research  in  marine 
biology.  Students  develop  specific 
research  projects,  conduct  literature 
searches,  plan  and  conduct  experi- 
ments, analyze  the  data,  and  pres- 
ent their  findings  in  a  written 
report  and  at  a  student  conference 
at  the  end  of  the  second  semester. 
3  credits  each  semester. 


MR  590  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  ol  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  marine  biol- 
ogy. 3  credits. 

MR  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  marine  biology 
major,  consent  of  the  department. 
Weekly  conferences  with  adviser. 
Opportunity  for  the  student, 
under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member,  to  explore  an  area  of  per- 
sonal interest.  A  written  report  is 
required.  3  credits. 


MUSIC 

MU  106  Chorus 

Styles  of  group  singing;  survey  of 
choral  music  literature  from  around 
the  world.  3  credits. 

MU  111  Introduction  to  Music 

Basic  forms  and  styles  ol  music  in 
the  Western  world;  music  apprecia- 
tion. 3  credits. 

MU  1 12  Introduction  to  World 
Music 

Non-Western  musical  styles,  their 
cultures  and  aesthetics;  music  of 
the  indigenous  cultures  of  the 
Americas  and  the  advanced  musics 
of  the  Near  East  and  Far  East; 
emphasis  on  India,  the  Orient, 
Southeast  Asia,  Africa,  and 
Indonesia.  3  credits. 

MU  116  Performance 

Open  to  all  students  interested  in 
ensembles  or  private  instruction. 
Students  with  adequate  scholastic 
standing  may  carry  this  course  for 
credit  in  addition  to  a  normal  pro- 
gram. 1-8  credits;  maximum  3 
credits  per  semester. 


MU  125  Elementary  Music 
Theory 

A  one-semester  introduction  to  the 
basic  principles  ol  music,  primarily 
for  students  who  wish  to  gain 
insight  into  the  fundamental  struc- 
tures and  workings  of  the  art  form. 
Music  majors  who  have  not  suc- 
cessfully passed  the  department 
placement  examination  must  enroll 
in  MU  125  and  MU  126.  Topics 
include  notation,  scales,  key  signa- 
tures, time  signatures,  staff  recogni- 
tion, intervals,  and  triads.  Non- 
music  majors  are  not  required  to 
enroll  in  the  laboratory.  3  credits. 

MU  126  Elementary  Music 
Theory  Laboratory 

Exercises  in  sight-singing,  soltege, 
melodic  and  rhythmic  dictation, 
and  music  notation.  Should  be 
taken  concurrently  with  MU  125. 
1  credit. 

MU  150-151  Introduction  to 
Music  Theory  I  and  II 

Fundamentals  ot  music:  notation; 
physical  and  acoustical  foundations; 
harmony  and  melody;  modality, 
tonality,  atonality;  consonance  and 
dissonance;  tension;  introductory 
composition;  and  ear  training.  3 
credits  each  term. 

MU  175-176  Musicianship 
I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  MU  111  or  MU  112; 
MU  150.  Development  of  practical 
skills  essential  to  performers  and 
ensemble  directors:  ear  training, 
sight-singing,  dictation,  transcrip- 
tion, arranging,  notation,  score 
writing.  3  credits  each  term. 

MU  198-199  Introduction  to 
American  Music  I  and  II 

Music  of  the  North  American  con- 


244 


tinent  from  the  Puritans  to  the 
present  day;  both  European  and 
non-European  musical  traditions, 
with  emphasis  on  rwentieth-centur)' 
developments.  3  credits  each  term. 

MU  201-202  Analysis  and 
History  of  European  Art  Music  1 
and  II 

Prerequisites:  MU  150,  MU  151. 
The  growth  of  Western  art  music 
from  its  beginnings  to  the  present 
day.  Analysis  of  musical  master- 
pieces on  a  technical  and  conceptu- 
al basis.  3  credits  each  term. 

MU211  History  of  Rock 

Study  of  rock  music  as  a  musical 
tradition  and  as  a  social,  political, 
and  economic  phenomenon. 
Ethno-musicological  and  historical 
examination  of  rock  from  its  pre- 
1955  roots  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

MU  221  Film  Music 

Designed  for  both  music  and  com- 
munication majors.  Introduction 
to  the  art,  science,  and  history  of 
musical  scores  in  film.  Class  work 
includes  viewing  and  analysis  of 
films  with  significant  cuing  and  an 
introduction  to  the  musical  reper- 
toire available  to  the  filmmaker.  3 
credits. 

MU  250-251  Theory  and 
Composition  I  and  II 

Investigation  ot  music  theory  in 
various  parts  of  the  world,  includ- 
ing the  Western  art  tradition.  Exer- 
cises in  the  composition  of  music 
within  these  theoretical  constructs. 
Ear  training  and  keyboard  harmo- 
ny. 3  credits  each  term. 


MU  261  Introduction  to  the 
Music  Industr)' 
An  introduction  to  die  music 
industry  from  the  artist's  point  of 
view.  Provides  guidance  to  musi- 
cians and/or  songwriters  tiying  to 
break  into  the  record  industry.  Top- 
ics include  overview  of  the  music 
industry,  songwriting  and  publish- 
ing, the  copyright  law,  music  licens- 
ing, artist  management,  agents  and 
attorneys,  and  recording  contracts. 
3  credits. 

MU  299  Problems  of  Music 

Music  as  an  art  form  throughout 
the  world.  Music  aesthetics  and  its 
relationship  to  the  performance  and 
composition  of  music.  3  credits. 

MU  300  Studies  in  Music  1 
Area  studies  in  music  and  its  parent 
culture.  Cultural  theory  as  related 
to  the  music;  instruments  of  the 
area  and  their  etymologies;  per- 
formance practices;  the  social  role 
of  music,  both  art  and  folk.  Areas 
offered  depend  on  availabilit)'  of 
staff:  China,  Japan,  the  Near  East, 
the  Indian  subcontinent,  Africa, 
American  Indian,  Afro-American, 
Latin  American,  the  Anglo-Celtic 
tradition,  and  others.  3  credits. 

MU  301  Recording 
Fundamentals 

Prerequisites:  CO  103;  PH  100  or 
PH  1 50.  A  study  of  the  fiindamen- 
tals  of  sound  recording  technique 
and  methodology:  acoustics,  basic 
electronics,  the  decibel,  magnetism, 
microphones,  microphone  place- 
ment, tape  recorders,  tape  formats, 
mixers,  signal  processing  and  moni- 
toring systems.  This  course  also 
emphasizes  the  importance  of 
sound  aesthetics  and  ethics  in  the 
sound  recording  process.  3  credits. 


MU  311-312  Multitrack 
Recording  I  and  II 

Prerequisite:  MU  301.  Two-semes- 
ter course  in  the  technique  and 
methodology  of  multitrack  studio 
and  live  recording.  Includes  detailed 
study  of  multiple  tracking,  mixing 
consoles,  microphones,  tape 
recorders,  signal  processors,  studio 
procedures,  sound  synthesis,  MIDI 
and  digital  audio.  Also  emphasizes 
the  use  of  computers  in  the  record- 
ing studio.  Laboratory  fee;  3  credits 
per  semester. 

MU  321  Sound  Synthesis/MIDl 

Prerequisite:  MU  301.  A  study  of 
the  use  of  synthesizers,  drum 
machines,  sound  modules,  and 
computers  in  the  recording  studio. 
Using  a  combination  of  lecture 
/demonstrations  as  well  as  lab 
hours,  students  explore  the  physics 
of  sound,  sound  synthesis,  instru- 
ment control,  Musical  Instruments 
Digital  Interface  (MIDI),  and 
computers.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  current  sequencing, 
notation,  and  printing  software. 
3  credits. 

MU  322  Sound  System  Design 
and  Maintenance 

Prerequisite:  MU  311.  This  course 
covers  the  basics  of  sound  system 
troubleshooting  and  maintenance. 
Topics  include  sound  systems,  the 
decibel,  reading  specs  and  diagrams, 
basic  electronics,  cabling,  and  test 
equipment.  3  credits. 

MU  350  Studies  in  Music  II 

Area  studies  in  musical  forms;  their 
history,  evolution,  and  resultant 
metamorphoses;  performance  prac- 
tices and  extant  forms.  Areas 
offered  depend  upon  availabilit)'  of 
staff.  3  credits. 


Courses  245 


MU  361  Production,  Promotion, 
and  Distribution 

Prerequisite:  MU  261.  An  overview 
of  the  music  industry  from  the 
record  companys  perspective.  Pro- 
vides guidance  to  music  enthusiasts 
who  want  to  become  record  com- 
pany executives,  sales  managers, 
producers,  etc.  Topics  include 
record  company  administration; 
business  aspects  ot  record  produc- 
tion; promotion,  publicity,  and  dis- 
tribution; recording  studio  manage- 
ment; radio  station  programming 
and  management;  music  videos;  the 
retail  music  store.  3  credits. 

MU  362  Legal  Issues, 
Copyrights,  and  Contracts 

Prerequisite:  MU  261.  A  compre- 
hensive overview  of  the  legal  proce- 
dures, timings,  and  agreements  used 
in  the  music  industry.  Includes 
detailed  study  of  the  current  copy- 
right law,  publishing  contracts, 
licensing,  the  manager  and/or  agent 
agreement,  the  record  company 
contract,  AFM  and  AFTRA  agree- 
ments, and  ethical  considerations  in 
the  music  industry.  3  credits. 

MU  401^02  Recording 
Seminar/Project  I  and  II 

Prerequisite:  MU  312.  Each  stu- 
dent completes  a  professional-quali- 
ty recording  production  or  research 
and  development  project.  Work 
may  consist  ot  internship  or  co-op 
experience  in  a  professional  record- 
ing studio.  Seminar  also  includes 
presentations  on  areas  of  profession- 
al interest  such  as  career  opportuni- 
ties and  new  development  in  studio 
technique  and  technology.  Labora- 
tory fee;  3  credits  each  term. 

MU  416  Advanced  Performance 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  the  depart- 


ment staff  and  a  facult)'  adviser. 
Preparation  and  presentation  of  an 
instrumental  or  vocal  performance 
indicating  sufficient  proficiency  to 
warrant  the  awarding  of  a  degree  in 
music.  3  credits. 

MU  450  Special  Topics  in  Music 

Study  of  selected  topics  of  special  or 
current  interest.  3  credits. 

MU  461-462  Internship  in  the 
Music  Industry  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  MU  361  and  MU 
362.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is 
to  provide  the  student  with 
advanced  on-the-job  training  via 
placement  as  an  apprentice/intern 
in  music  industry  companies  such 
as  recording  studios,  radio  stations, 
music  stores,  and  record  companies. 
3  credits  each  term. 

MU  500-502  Seminars  in 
Advanced  Research 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Bibliographical  studies  of  major 
world  music  areas;  investigation  of 
current  and  historical  musicological 
theories;  analysis  and  criticism  of 
musicological  area  literatures.  3 
credits  each  term. 

MU  550  Studies  in  Urban  Ethnic 
Music 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
The  music  tradition  of  inner-city 
ethnic  groups;  emphasis  on  the 
operation  of  the  oral  tradition  in 
the  preservation  of  cultural  values 
and  customs  as  evidenced  through 
music.  Classroom  discussion  is  bal- 
anced by  field  research  in  the  urban 
vicinity.  3  credits. 

MU  599  Independent  Study 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member. 


to  explore  an  area  of  personal  inter- 
est. This  course  must  be  initiated  by 
the  student.  1-3  credits  per  semes- 
ter, with  a  maximum  of  1 2  hours. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Pill  Introduction  to 
Psychology 

Understanding  human  behavior. 
Motivation,  emotion,  learning, 
personality  development,  and 
intelligence  as  they  relate  to  nor- 
mal and  deviant  behavior.  Apply- 
ing psychological  knowledge  to 
everyday  personal  and  societal 
problems.  3  credits. 

P  205  Introduction  to  Forensic 
Psychology 

Prerequisites:  CJ  100,  PI  1 1.  This 
course  provides  an  overview  of  the 
various  applications  of  psychology 
to  forensic  settings.  Topics  include 
criminal  investigation  and  profil- 
ing, personnel  selection,  dynamics 
of  violence  and  victimology,  eye- 
witness testimony,  trial  processes, 
and  a  variety  of  other  areas  within 
the  criminal  and  civil  justice  sys- 
tems. 3  credits. 

P  212  Business  and  Industrial 
Psychology 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Psychological 
principles  and  research  as  they 
apply  to  the  problems  of  working 
with  people  in  organizations. 
Analysis  of  problems  and  decisions 
in  this  use  of  human  resources, 
including  selection  and  placement, 
criterion  measurement,  job  design, 
and  motivation.  3  credits. 

P  216  Psychology  of  Human 
Development 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Human  devel- 


246 


opment  over  the  life  cycle  —  from 
conception  through  death:  the 
changing  societal  and  institutional 
framework;  key  concepts  and  theo- 
retical approaches;  understanding 
development  through  biography; 
child  rearing  and  socialization  here 
and  abroad.  3  credits. 

P  218  Sensation  and  Perception 

Prerequisite:  Pill  .This  course 
examines  how  humans  process  the 
stimuli  that  surround  them  (sensa- 
tion) and  how  the  brain  interprets 
these  stimuli  (perception).  Further- 
more, it  explores  how  our  interpre- 
tations and  our  responses  to  envi- 
ronmental stimuli  are  influenced  by 
our  experiences,  culture,  physiology, 
emotional  state,  and  the  social  situ- 
ation. 3  credits. 

P  220  Psychology  of  Language 
and  Reading 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  This  course 
introduces  students  to  the  princi- 
ples of  how  humans  acquire  and 
understand  language.  It  examines 
the  mental  processes  involved  in 
different  forms  of  language  use 
(e.g.,  speech,  conversation,  writing, 
and  thought)  with  a  special  focus 
on  the  processes  involved  in  reading 
comprehension.  Furthermore,  the 
course  includes  an  examination  of 
some  of  the  difficulties  often 
encountered  when  processing  lan- 
guage, including  aphasia  and 
dyslexia.  3  credits. 

P  261  Drugs  and  Behavior 

Prerequisites:  Pill  and  BI 
121—122.  This  course  introduces 
the  student  to  the  relationship 
between  drugs  (legal  and  illegal) 
and  human  behavior.  The  main 
topics  include  the  role  of  drugs  in 


today's  society,  drug  abuse  and 
addiction,  the  treatment  of  addic- 
tion, and  the  use  of  psychoactive 
drugs  in  treating  psychological  dis- 
orders. 3  credits. 

P  301  Statistics  for  the 
Behavioral  Sciences 

Prerequisite:  M  127.  Concepts  and 
assumptions  underlying  statistical 
methods  essential  to  design  and 
interpretation  of  research  on 
human  subjects.  Fundamental 
descriptive  and  inferential  methods. 
This  course  includes  training  in  the 
use  of  a  computer  statistics  pro- 
gram. 4  credits. 

P  305  Experimental  Methods  in 
Psychology 

Prerequisite:  P  30 1 .  Methods  of 
designing  and  analyzing  psychologi- 
cal experiments.  The  scientific 
method  as  applied  to  psychology. 
Consideration  of  research  tech- 
niques, experimental  variables, 
design  problems,  and  data  analysis. 
This  course  includes  training  in  the 
use  of  a  computer  statistics  pro- 
gram. 3  credits. 

P  306  Psychology  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  P  305.  Group  and 
individual  experiments  to  be  carried 
out  by  students.  Research  tech- 
niques for  studying  learning,  moti- 
vation, and  concept  formation. 
Data  analysis  and  report  writing.  3 
credits. 

P  312  Cognitive  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  Pill.  This  course 
introduces  students  to  the  impor- 
tant psychological  theories  concern- 
ing the  way  in  which  the  human 
mind  perceives,  interprets,  process- 
es, stores,  and  retrieves  information 


about  the  world.  Furthermore,  the 
course  illustrates  how  the  mind's 
mental  representations  of  objects 
and  events  serve  as  the  basis  lor 
learning  and  memory,  pattern 
recognition,  the  use  of  language, 
and  our  ability  to  reason  and  solve 
problems.   3  credits. 

P  3 1 5  Human  and  Animal 
Learning 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Different  types 
of  human  and  animal  learning. 
Learning  as  an  adaptive  mecha- 
nism. Psychological  principles 
underlying  learning.  Practical  appli- 
cations of  learning  principles.  3 
credits. 

P  316  The  Psychology  of  Health 
and  Sports 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  The  role  ot  psy- 
chological factors  in  the  cause  and 
prevention  of  physical  illness.  The 
modification  of  unhealthful  behav- 
iors. The  study  of  stress  and  the 
management  of  stress,  particularly 
during  athletic  competition.  The 
nature  of  pain  and  pain  manage- 
ment. The  role  of  emotion  in  ath- 
letic performance.  The  use  of  psy- 
chology in  athletic  performance 
enhancement.  Threats  to  the  health 
of  athletes.  3  credits. 

P  321  Social  Psychology 

Prerequisites:  P  1 1 1,  SO  1 13.  The 
interdependence  of  social  organiza- 
tions and  behavior.  The  interrela- 
tionships between  role  systems  and 
personality;  attitude  analysis,  devel- 
opment, and  modification;  group 
interaction  analysis;  social  con- 
formity; social  class  and  human 
behavior.  3  credits.  (Same  course  as 
SO  320) 


Courses  247 


P  330  Introduction  to 
Community  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Key  concepts  of 
community  psychologj'/community 
mental  health.  Community  prob- 
lems, needs,  and  resources.  The 
helping  relationship.  Intervention 
techniques.  Programming  services. 
Understanding  behavioral  differ- 
ences. Careers  in  communit)'  psy- 
chology. 3  credits. 

P  331-332  Undergraduate 
Practicum  I  and  II  in 
Community/Clinical  Psychology 

Corequisite:  P  330  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Supervised  field  experi- 
ence in  community  psychology/ 
mental  health  settings.  Exploration 
of  service  delivery.  Development  ot 
basic  repertoire  ot  helping  skills. 
Behavioral  log.  Project  reporting. 
Understanding  helping  roles  at 
individual,  small-group,  and  institu- 
tional levels.  1—6  credits,  with  a 
maximum  of  3  credits  per  semester. 

P  336  Abnormal  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Psychological 
and  organic  factors  in  personality 
disorganization  and  deviant  behav- 
ior. Psychodynamics  and  classifica- 
tions of  abnormal  behavior.  Disor- 
ders of  childhood,  adolescence,  and 
old  age.  Evaluation  of  therapeutic 
methods.  3  credits. 

P  341  Psychological  Theory 
Prerequisite:  Pill.  Contemporary 
theory  in  psychology.  Emphasis  on 
those  theories  which  have  most 
influenced  thinking  and  research 
in  sensation,  perception,  learning, 
motivation,  and  personality.  3 
credits. 


P  345  Police  and  Investigative 
Psychology 

Prerequisite:  P  205.  This  course 
focuses  on  the  functions  of  the 
police  psychologist  such  as  candi- 
date screening,  stress  management 
and  counseling,  hostage  negotia- 
tions, critical  incident  debriefing 
and  fitness  tor  duty  evaluations. 
Application  of  psychological  princi- 
ples to  investigation  strategies  such 
as  profiling  and  forensic  hypnosis 
will  iilso  be  explored.  3  credits. 

P  350  Human  Assessment 

Prerequisite:  P  30 1 .  Basic  principles 
ot  measurement,  applied  to  prob- 
lems of  the  construction,  adminis- 
tration, and  interpretation  of  stan- 
dardized tests  in  psychological,  edu- 
cational, and  industrial  settings.  3 
credits. 

P  351  Behavior  Therapies 

Prerequisite:  Pill.  Principles  of 
therapeutic  behavior  management. 
Alteration  of  maladaptive  behavior 
patterns  in  institutional,  neighbor- 
hood, home,  educational,  and  social 
settings  by  operant  and  respondent 
reinforcement  techniques.  Habit 
management  in  oneselt  and  in  one's 
children.  3  credits. 

P  357  Legal  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  P  205.  This  course 
focuses  on  the  study  of  human 
behavior  and  cognitions  within  the 
legal  and  criminal  justice  system. 
Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the 
contributions  of  legal  and  cognitive 
psychology  in  understanding  the 
criminal  and  civil  legal  system.  Top- 
ics includes  eyewitness  testimony, 
jury  decision-making,  confession 
evidence,  and  punishment  and  sen- 
tencing. 3  credits. 


P  360  Cognitive  Neuroscience 
Prerequisite:  Pill  and  BI 
121-122.  This  course  explores  the 
neurological  underpinnings  related 
to  cognitive  processes  and  their 
associated  behaviors.  Specifically, 
the  course  focuses  on  the  brain's 
role  in  complex  human  behaviors 
such  as  attention,  body  move- 
ment, consciousness,  emotions, 
decision-making,  formation  and 
retrieval  of  memories,  and  the 
production  and  understanding  of 
language.  3  credits. 

P  361  Behavioral  Neuroscience 

Prerequisites:  P  1 1 1;  BI  121  and  BI 
122.  Endocrinological,  neural,  sen- 
sory, and  response  mechanisms 
involved  in  learning,  motivation, 
adjustment,  emotion,  and  sensa- 
tion. 3  credits. 

P  365  Law,  Psychology  and  the 
Mental  Health  System 

This  class  reviews  the  civil  and 
criminal  law  as  it  relates  to  mental 
health  issues.  Particular  emphasis  is 
given  to  the  justification  ot  mental 
health  law  concepts,  such  as  civil 
commitment  and  parens  patriae 
power.  Topics  include  competence 
to  stand  trial,  insanity,  civil  com- 
mitment, sexual  predator  commit- 
ment statutes,  confidentiality,  duty 
to  warn,  informed  consent,  mal- 
practice and  issues  of  expert  testi- 
mony. Legal  cases  are  examined  to 
give  the  students  a  foundation  in 
actual  legal  case  law.  Ethical  issues 
and  issues  of  professional  responsi- 
bility are  covered. 

P  370  Psychology  of  Personality 

Prerequisites:  Pill,  junior  stand- 
ing. Theory  and  method  in  the 
understanding  of  normal  and 
deviant  aspects  of  personality;  theo- 


248 


Ties  of  Freud,  Jung,  Rogers,  neo- 
Freudians,  and  others.  3  credits. 

P  375  Foundations  of 
Clinical/Counseling  Psychology 

Prerequisite:  P  336.  Course  reviews 
the  humanistic,  psychoanalytic,  and 
behaviorist  views  on  the  emergence 
and  treatment  of  psychopathology. 
The  fit  between  theory  and  tech- 
nique is  explored.  3  credits. 

P  475  Senior  Seminar  in 
Psychology  and  Law 

Prerequisites:  P  205,  P  357,  P  365, 
senior  standing.  This  course 
explores  a  series  of  contemporary 
rotating  research  topics  in  law  and 
psychology  that  allow  students  to 
take  an  in-depth  examination  of  a 
single  area  of  study.  Areas  explored 
may  include  jury  decision-making 
models,  forensic  assessment,  wrong- 
ful conviction,  death  penalty,  and 
trial  consulting.  3  credits. 

P  480^84  Special  Topics  in 
Psychology 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest.  3  credits. 

P  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  personal  inter- 
est. This  course  must  be  initiated  by 
the  student  after  conferring  with 
the  faculty  member  who  has  agreed 
to  supervise  the  project.  1-3  credits. 


PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

PA  101  Introduction  to  Public 
Administration 

The  nature  of  and  problems 
involved  in  the  administration  of 
public  services  at  the  federal,  state, 
regional,  and  local  levels.  3  credits. 

PA  302  Public  Administration 
Systems  and  Procedures 

The  major  staff  management  fiinc- 
tions  in  government  and  in  non- 
profit agencies:  planning,  budget- 
ing, scheduling,  and  work  analysis. 
3  credits. 

PA  305  Institutional  Budgeting 
and  Planning 

Budgeting  as  an  institutional  plan- 
ning tool,  as  a  cost  control  device, 
and  as  a  program  analysis  mecha- 
nism is  stressed.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  salary  expense  budget,  the 
revenue  budget,  the  capital  budget, 
and  the  cash  budget.  3  credits. 

PA  307  Urban  and  Regional 
Management 

Methods  and  analysis  of  decision- 
making related  to  urban  and 
regional  problems.  Topics  include 
housing,  land  use,  economic 
development,  transportation,  pol- 
lution, conservation,  and  urban 
renewal.  3  credits. 

PA  308  Health  Care  Delivery 
Systems 

An  examination  of  the  health  care 
delivery  systems  in  the  U.S.,  includ- 
ing contemporary  economic,  orga- 
nizational, financing,  manpower, 
cost,  and  national  health  insurance 
issues.  3  credits. 


PA  404  Public  Policy  Analysis 

Using  the  public  perspective,  exam- 
ines the  nature  of  the  public  policy 
process  from  policy  formation 
through  policy  termination.  Major 
emphasis  on  the  techniques  com- 
monly used  in  analyzing  public  pol- 
icy, including  cost/benefit  analysis 
and  comparison  of  expected  and 
actual  outcomes.  An  opportunity  to 
gain  hands-on  experience  in  the 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  public 
policy.  3  credits. 

PA  405  Public  Personnel 
Practices 

Study  of  the  civil  service  systems  of 
the  federal,  state  and  local  govern- 
ments, including  a  systematic 
review  of  the  methods  of  recruit- 
ment, evaluation,  promotion,  dis- 
cipline, control,  and  removal.  3 
credits. 

PA  408  Collective  Bargaining  in 
the  Public  Sector 

Analysis  of  collective  bargaining  in 
the  public  sector,  with  emphasis  on 
legislation  pertaining  to  government 
employees.  3  credits. 

PA  450^59  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  field  of  public  man- 
agement. 3  credits. 

PA  490  Public  Health 
Administration 

An  examination  of  public  health 
activities,  including  public  health 
organization,  environmental 
health,  disease  control,  use  of 
information  systems,  and  social 
services.  3  credits. 


Courses  249 


PA  512  Seminar  in  Public 
Administration 

Selected  topics  related  to  public 
administration  are  chosen  for  study 
in  depth.  3  credits. 

PA  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
course  of  study  designed  especially 
for  the  supervised  practical  applica- 
tion ot  previously  studied  theory  in 
a  group  sening.  Completed  under 
the  supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor 
and  coordinated  with  a  business 
organization.  3  credits. 

PA  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  coordi- 
nator. Monitorial  field  experience 
with  public  and  not-for-profit  agen- 
cies. Minimum  of  3  credits. 

PA  599  Independent  Study 

Independent  study  on  a  project  of 
interest  to  the  student  under  the 
direction  of  a  faculty  member 
approved  by  the  department  chain 
3  credits. 


PHYSICS 

"+"  denotes  courses  offered  on  an 
"as  needed"  basis. 

PH  100  Introductory  Physics 
with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  M  109/M  127  or 
equivalent  math  competency.  A 
one-semester  introduction  to  the 
science  of  physics  primarily  for 
liberal  arts,  business,  and  hospital- 
ity/tourism students.  The  course 
provides  a  broad,  algebra-based 
understanding  of  the  basic  laws  of 
nature,  their  application  to  our 
everyday  lives,  and  their  impact 
on  our  technological  society.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  4  credits. 


+PH  101  Energy —  Present  and 
Future 

Prerequisite:  M  109,  M  127  or 
equivalent  math  competency. 
Intended  primarily  for  business  and 
liberal  arts  students.  Explores  the 
nature,  role,  and  economic  impact 
of  energy  in  our  society.  Topics 
include  the  nature  and  growth  of 
energy  consumption,  physical  limits 
to  energy  production  and  con- 
sumption, environmental  effects, 
and  comparisons  of  energy  alterna- 
tives. Special  emphasis  on  the  tech- 
nical, environmental,  and  economic 
aspects  of  nuclear  power  as  well  as 
energy  sources  of  the  future  such  as 
fast-breeder  reactors,  fusion,  solar, 
and  geothermal  power.  3  credits. 

PH  103-104  General  Physics  I 
and  II  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  M  109,  M  127  or 
equivalent  math  competency.  Pri- 
marily for  lite-science  majors  with 
no  calculus  background.  Basic  con- 
cepts ot  classical  physics:  funda- 
mental laws  of  mechanics,  heat, 
electromagnetism,  optics,  and  con- 
servation principles.  Introduction  to 
modern  physics:  relativity  and 
quantum  theory;  atomic,  nuclear, 
and  solid-state  physics.  Application 
of  the  physical  principles  to  life  sci- 
ences. Laboratory  fee;  4  credits  per 
semester 

PH  150  Mechanics,  Heat,  and 
Waves  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisite:  M  117.  Introductory 
course  for  physical  science  and 
engineering  majors.  Kinematics, 
Newton's  laws,  conservation  princi- 
ples for  momentum,  energy,  and 
angular  momentum.  Thermal 
physics.  Basic  properties  ot  waves, 
simple  harmonic  motion,  superpo- 
sition principle,  interference  phe- 


nomena, and  sound.  Laboratory 
fee;  4  credits. 

PH  203  The  Physics  of  Music 
and  Sound  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  PH  100  or  PH  103 
or  PH  1 50  or  equivalent.  A  second- 
semester  course  in  physics  for  music 
and  sound-recording  majors  and 
others  with  a  special  interest  in 
music,  acoustics,  or  sound  and 
hearing.  Study  of  the  physics 
underlying  such  things  as  the  pro- 
duction of  sound  by  musical  instru- 
ments, electromagnetic  storage  and 
reproduction  of  sound,  human 
hearing,  and  acoustics  of  concert 
halls  and  other  spaces.  Integrated 
laboratory  experiments  provide 
hands-on  experience  of  these  phe- 
nomena. Laboratory  fee;  4  credits. 

PH  205  Electromagnetism  and 
Optics  with  Laboratory 

Prerequisites:  PH  150,  M  118. 
Basic  concepts  of  electricity  and 
magnetism:  Coulomb's  law,  electric 
field  and  potential.  Gauss's  law. 
Ohm's  law,  Kirchoft 's  rules,  capaci- 
tance, magnetic  field.  Ampere's  law, 
Faraday's  law  of  induction. 
Maxwell's  equations,  electromagnet- 
ic waves.  Fundamentals  ot  optics: 
light,  laws  of  reflection  and  refrac- 
tion, interference  and  diffraction 
phenomena,  polarization,  gratings, 
lenses  and  optical  instruments.  Lab- 
oratory fee;  4  credits. 

PH  207  Engineering  Physics 

Prerequisites:  one  full  year  of  non- 
calciJus  physics  with  laboratories, 
two  semesters  of  calculus.  A  one- 
semester  course  primarily  for  engi- 
neering transfer  students  who  had  a 
one-year  non-calculus  physics 
sequence  in  a  two-year  college  or 
technical  schools.  All  the  major  top- 


250 


ics  of  PH  150-PH  205  are  covered 
with  an  ample  use  of  calculus.  PH 
207  should  not  be  used  as  a  techni- 
cal elective.  4  credits. 

PH  2 1 1  Modern  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PH  205.  Modern 
physics  fundamentals.  Twentieth 
century  developments  in  the  theo- 
ry of  relativity  and  the  quantum 
theory.  Atomic,  nuclear,  solid- 
state,  and  elementary  particle 
physics.  3  credits. 

+PH  270  Thermal  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PH  103  or  PH  150. 
Basic  thermodynamics  and  its 
applications.  Major  emphasis  on 
the  efficiency  of  energy  conversion 
and  utilization.  Topics  include  the 
laws  of  thermodynamics,  entropy, 
efficiency  of  heat  engines,  solar 
energy,  the  energy  balance  of  the 
earth,  energy  systems  of  the  fiiture, 
economics  of  energy  use.  3  credits. 

+PH  280  Lasers 

Prerequisite:  PH  205.  Laser  theory, 
holography,  construction,  and 
application  to  latest  engineering 
and  scientific  uses.  3  credits. 

+PH  285  Modern  Optics 

Prerequisite:  PH  205.  Introduction 
to  optical  theories.  Topics  on  the 
latest  developments  in  optics. 
Application  to  life  sciences  and 
engineering.  3  credits. 

+PH  301  Analytical  Mechanics 

Prerequisites:  PH  150,  M  204,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  is  an 
intermediate-level  course  in  New- 
tonian mechanics.  Selected  topics 
include  the  formulation  of  the  cen- 
tral force  problem  and  its  applica- 
tion to  planetary  motion  and  to 
scattering;  theory  of  small  oscilla- 


tions; dynamics  of  rigid  body 
motion;  and  an  introduction  to 
Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  for- 
malism. 3  credits. 

PH  303  Radioactivity  and 
Radiation 

Prerequisite:  a  college  chemistry 
course  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Intended  for  students  in  occupa- 
tional safety  and  health,  fire  science, 
forensic  science,  and  related  fields  as 
well  as  for  science  and  engineering 
students  with  interest  in  this  area. 
Topics  include  the  nature  of  radia- 
tion and  radioactivity;  the  interac- 
tion of  radiation  with  matter;  bio- 
logical effects  of  radiation;  detection 
and  measurement  of  radiation; 
shielding  considerations;  dosimetry; 
and  standards  for  personal  protec- 
tion. 3  credits. 

+PH  401  Atomic  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PH  211.  Structure  and 
interactions  of  atomic  systems 
including  Schrodinger's  equation, 
atomic  bonding,  scattering  and 
mean  free  path,  radiative  transi- 
tions, and  laser  theory.  3  credits. 

+PH  406  Solid-State  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PH  211.  Introduction 
to  the  physics  of  solids  with  emphasis 
on  crystal  structure,  lattice  vibrations, 
band  theory,  semiconduaors,  mag- 
netism and  superconductivity. 
Applications  to  semiconductor 
devices  and  metallurgy.  3  credits. 

+PH  415  Nuclear  Physics 

Prerequisite:  PH  21 1  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Elementary  nuclear 
physics.  Nuclear  structure,  natural 
radioactivity,  induced  radioactivit)', 
nuclear  forces  and  reactions,  fission 
and  fusion,  reactors,  and  topics  of 
special  interest.  3  credits. 


PH  450  Special  Topics  in  Physics 

Study  of  selected  topics  of  special  or 
current  interest.  3  credits. 

+PH  451  Elementary  Quantum 
Mechanics 

Prerequisite:  PH  21 1  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  elementary  treatment 
of  nonrelativistic  quantum  mechan- 
ics. Schrodinger's  equation,  with  its 
applications  to  atomic  and  nuclear 
structure;  collision  theor)';  radia- 
tion; introductory  perturbation  the- 
ory. 3  credits. 

+PH  470  Theory  of  Relativity 

Prerequisite:  PH  21  1  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  Ein- 
stein's theory  of  relativity:  special 
theory  of  relativity;  Lorentz  trans- 
formations, relativistic  mechanics 
and  electromagnetism.  General 
theory  of  relativity:  equivalence 
principle,  Einstein's  three  tests, 
graviton,  black  hole,  and  cosmolo- 
gy. 3  credits. 

PH  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  personal  inter- 
est. This  course  must  be  initiated  by 
the  student.  1-3  credits. 


PHILOSOPHY 

PL  101  Introduction  to 
Philosophy 

The  nature  of  reality  and  how  it 
may  be  known,  according  to  the 
great  thinkers  of  the  Occident  and 
the  Orient.  3  credits. 

PL  205  Classical  Philosophy 

The  origins  of  philosophy  and  the 


Courses  251 


continuing  influence  of  classical 
thought  on  the  development  of 
ideas.  3  credits. 

PL  206  Modern  Philosophy: 
Descartes  to  the  Present 

Philosophical  theories  that  have 
dominated  the  modern  age.  Focus 
on  a  central  figure  of  the  period.  3 
credits. 

PL  210  Logic 

Modern  symboHc  logic  and  its 
applications.  3  credits. 

PL  215  Nature  of  the  Self 

Investigation  of  personal  identity, 
human  nature,  and  the  mind  from 
ancient,  modern,  Western,  and 
Eastern  perspectives.  3  credits. 

PL  222  Ethics 

How  shall  one  live?  Critical  exami- 
nation of  answers  proposed  by  clas- 
sic and  modern  philosophers  of  the 
major  world  traditions.  3  credits. 

PL  240  Philosophy  of  Science 
and  Technology 

Scientific  method;  the  logic  of  sci- 
entific explanation;  the  application 
of  science  to  practical  problems  and 
questions  peculiar  to  the  social  sci- 
ences. 3  credits. 

PL  250  Philosophy  of  Religion 

An  examination  ol  some  philo- 
sophical notions  used  in  religious 
discourse,  such  as  meaning,  truth, 
faith,  being,  God,  and  the  sacred. 
3  credits. 

PL  333  Professional  Ethics 

Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  stand- 
ing or  consent  of  instructor.  What 
does  it  mean  to  be  a  professional? 
This  course  examines  the  relation- 
ship among  technical  competence, 


financial  gain,  and  ethical  responsi- 
bility. 3  credits. 

PL  356  Philosophy  of  Art 

Corequisite:  a  course  in  one  of  the 
arts  or  junior  or  senior  standing. 
Comparative  study  of  beliefs  in 
cultures  around  the  world  about 
art,  beauty,  and  aesthetics.  Topics 
include  definitions  of  art,  natural 
beauty  versus  artifice,  the  nature 
of  aesthetic  experience,  cultural 
relativism,  and  the  value  of  art  in 
an  age  of  science  and  globaliza- 
tion. 3  credits. 

PL  450-459  Special  Topics  in 
Philosophy 

Study  of  selected  topics  of  special  or 
current  interest.  3  credits. 

PL  599  Independent  Study 

Opportunity  tor  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits. 


POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

"+"  denotes  Institute  of  Law  and 
Public  Affairs  courses. 

PS  101  Introduction  to  Politics 

A  basic  course  introducing  stu- 
dents to  the  discipline  ot  political 
science  and  its  subjects:  political 
theory,  law,  national  government, 
international  relations,  compara- 
tive government,  and  political 
economy.  3  credits. 

PS  121  American  Government 
and  Politics 

A  basic  study  of  the  American 


political  system.  Constitutional 
foundations,  the  political  culture. 
Congress,  the  Presidency,  the  judi- 
cial system,  political  parties,  interest 
groups,  news  media,  individual  lib- 
erties, federalism,  and  the  policy- 
making process.  3  credits. 

PS  122  State  and  Local 
Government  and  Politics 

Problems  ot  cities,  revenue  sharing, 
community  power  structures,  wel- 
fare, public  safety,  the  state  political 
party,  big-city  political  machines, 
interest  groups,  state  legislatures, 
the  governor,  the  mayor,  courts, 
and  judicial  retorm.  3  credits. 

PS  203  American  Political 
Thought 

Pre-Revolutionary  and  Revolu- 
tionary political  thought;  classical 
conservatism,  liberalism,  Jacksonian 
democracy,  civil  disobedience,  social 
Darwinism,  progressive  individual- 
ism, and  pluralism.  3  credits. 

PS  205  The  Politics  of  the  Black 
Movement  in  America 

The  political  development  ot  the 
Black  Movement  in  America 
emphasizing  ideological,  legal,  and 
cultural  perspectives.  3  credits. 

PS  216  Urban  Government  and 
Politics 

A  study  of  the  urban  political 
process.  Structures  and  organiza- 
tions of  urban  governments,  deci- 
sion-making, public  policy,  the 
"urban  crisis,"  crime  and  law 
enforcement,  party  politics  and 
elections,  taxation  and  spending 
patterns,  environmental  problems, 
management  of  urban  develop- 
ment. 3  credits. 


252 


PS  222  United  States  Foreign 
Policy 

An  examination  of  tiie  global  for- 
eign policy  of  the  United  States 
and  of  the  process  of  policy-mak- 
ing involving  governmental  and 
non-governmental  actors.  A  review 
of  the  political,  economic,  military, 
and  cultural  tracks  of  policy.  3 
credits. 

+  PS  224  Public  Attitudes  and 
Public  Policy 

A  study  of  the  sources  of  mass 
political  attitudes  and  behavior  and 
their  effects  upon  public  policy.  The 
course  examines  the  techniques  for 
influencing  opinion,  including 
propaganda  and  mass  media  com- 
munications. 3  credits. 

+PS  228  Public  Interest  Groups 

Examination  of  group  institutions 
of  the  American  political  culture. 
Emphasis  on  the  legal  nature,  pur- 
pose, and  function  of  each  opera- 
tional organization  in  the  political 
process.  3  credits. 

+PS  229  Legal  Communications 

Familiarization  with  the  kinds  of 
legal  documents  and  written  instru- 
ments employed  by  participants  in 
the  legal  process.  Recognization  and 
understanding  of  the  purpose  of 
writs,  complaints,  briefs,  memoran- 
da, contracts,  wills,  and  motions.  3 
credits. 

+PS  230  Anglo-American 
Jurisprudence 

Surveys  ideas  about  the  nature  of 
law.  Legal  philosophers  examined 
include  Plato,  Aristode,  St.  Thomas 
Aquinas,  John  Ausdn,  William 
Blackstone,  Benjamin  Cardozo, 
L.A.  Hart,  and  Oliver  Wendell 
Holmes.  The  contribution  to  legal 


theory  made  by  various  schools  of 
jurisprudence  (e.g.,  positivism,  legal 
realism).  3  credits. 

+PS  231  Judicial  Behavior 

Examination  of  the  American  court 
system  as  a  political  policy-making 
body.  Topics  considered  include  the 
structure  of  the  judicial  system;  the 
influence  of  sociological  and  psy- 
chological factors  on  judicial  behav- 
ior; and  the  nature  and  impact  of 
the  judicial  decision-making 
process.  3  credits. 

PS  232  The  Politics  of  the  First 
Amendment 

Prerequisite:  PS  121.  Examination 
of  the  political  implications  of  the 
First  Amendment  freedoms  of 
speech,  press,  and  religion;  Supreme 
Court  adaptation  of  the  First 
Amendment  to  changing  political 
and  social  conditions.  3  credits. 

PS  241  International  Relations 

Forces  and  structures  operating  in 
the  modern  nation-state  system;  the 
foreign  policy  process;  decision- 
making process;  the  impact  of 
decolonization  on  traditional  inter- 
state behavior;  economic  and  politi- 
cal developments  since  World  War 
II.  3  credits. 

PS  243  International  Law  and 
Organization 

Prerequisite:  PS  24 1 .  Traditional 
and  modern  approaches  to  interna- 
tional law  and  organization.  Major 
emphasis  on  the  contribution  of 
law  and  organization  to  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  world  law  and  world 
peace.  The  League  of  Nations  sys- 
tem and  the  United  Nadons  system 
are  analyzed.  3  credits. 


PS  261  Modern  Political  Analysis 

Introduction  to  political  analysis, 
including  quantitative  and  qualita- 
tive techniques,  systems  and  data 
analysis,  role  and  group  theory,  and 
simulations  and  projections  using 
computerized  models.  3  credits. 

PS  281  Comparative  Political 
Systems:  Asia 

Traditional  and  modern  political 
and  social  structures  of  China, 
Japan,  Korea,  and  other  Asian 
states,  including  the  fiinction  of  the 
political  system  within  each  coun- 
try. 3  credits. 

PS  282  Comparative  Political 
Systems:  Europe 

Political  characteristics  of  modern 
European  states.  Emphasis  on  polit- 
ical, social,  and  economic  institu- 
tions and  structures.  Special  atten- 
tion to  European  integration  and 
the  European  Union;  changes  in 
Eastern  Europe  and  the  former 
USSR.  3  credits. 

PS  283  Comparative  Political 
Systems:  Latin  America 

Political  modernization,  develop- 
ment in  Latin  America,  political 
institutions,  national  identity, 
leadership,  integration,  political 
socialization,  and  political  ideolo- 
gies. 3  credits. 

PS  285  Comparative  Political 
Systems:  Middle  East 

Analysis  ot  the  Arab  and  non-Arab 
states  in  the  region  with  particular 
attention  to  the  political  systems, 
violence,  and  the  problems  of  tradi- 
tion vs.  modernity.  3  credits. 

PS  304  Political  Parties 

Prerequisite:  PS  121.  Voting  and 
electoral  behavior,  nominations  and 


Courses  253 


aimpaign  strategy,  pressure  groups, 
political  party  structure,  and  func- 
tions of  the  parry  system  in  the 
American  political  community.  3 
credits. 

PS  308  Legislative  Process 

Prerequisite:  PS  121.  Legislative 
process  in  the  American  political 
system:  legislative  ftmction;  leader- 
ship, norms,  folkways  and  executive 
relations.  Selection  and  recruitment 
of  candidates;  the  committee  sys- 
tem; lobbyists;  and  decision-mak- 
ing. 3  credits. 

PS  309  The  American  Presidency 

The  role  of  the  President  as  com- 
mander-in-chief, legislative  leader, 
party  leader,  administrator,  manager 
of  the  economy,  director  of  foreign 
policy,  and  advocate  of  social  jus- 
tice. Nature  of  presidential  deci- 
sion-making, authority,  power, 
influence,  and  personality.  3  credits. 

PS  331  Theory  and  the  Supreme 
Court 

An  examination  of  the  ways  in 
which  the  Supreme  Court  exercises 
judicial  review  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  various  theories  of 
review  as  they  have  evolved  from 
John  Marshall  to  the  present.  3 
credits. 

PS  332  Constitutional  Law 

Prerequisite:  PS  121.  Principles  and 
concepts  of  the  United  States  Con- 
stitution as  revealed  in  leading  deci- 
sions of  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
process  of  judicial  review.  3  credits. 

+PS  340  Campaign 
Management:  Procedures  and 
Operations 

A  study  of  the  procedures  and  oper- 
ations of  the  contemporary  political 


campaign,  including  issue  develop- 
ment, voter  registration,  canvassing, 
media  usage,  fundraising,  schedul- 
ing, and  campaign  data.  3  credits. 

+PS  341  Campaign 
Management:  Structure  and 
Organization 

Exploration  of  the  structure,  organ- 
ization, and  management  of  the 
campaign  operation,  and  the  han- 
dling, roles,  and  tasks  of  the  cam- 
paign personnel.  3  credits. 

+  PS  344  Campaign 
Management:  Survey  Research, 
Polling,  and  Computers 

A  study  of  the  uses  and  interpreta- 
tion of  survey  research,  polling 
projects,  and  computer  techniques 
and  their  application  to  political 
campaigns.  3  credits. 

+PS  346  Campaign 
Management:  Financing  and 
Election  Laws 

Exploration  of  the  methods  used 
to  finance  a  political  campaign; 
the  nature  of  campaign  costs;  the 
role  of  political  action  committees; 
the  effects  of  campaign  finance 
laws;  and  the  technical  aspects  and 
political  implications  of  election 
laws  at  the  federal,  state,  and  local 
levels.  3  credits. 

PS  350  Public  Policy:  U.S. 
National  Security 
The  development  and  operation  of 
U.S.  military  and  national  security 
policy  from  George  Washington  to 
the  present,  with  major  emphasis 
on  the  twentieth  century  and  post- 
World  War  II  era.  3  credits. 

PS  355  Terrorism 

Examination  of  the  modern  appli- 
cations of  terrorism  in  international 


affairs,  paying  special  attention  to 
ideological  and  infrastructure  deter- 
minants. 3  credits. 

PS  390  Political  Modernization 

Comparative  analysis  of  political 
change  and  development.  Political 
transition,  political  integration, 
and  nation  building;  institutional 
developments;  political  parties; 
military  elites;  youth;  intellectuals; 
the  bureaucracy;  economic  devel- 
opment; and  political  culture.  3 
credits. 

+PS  415  Internship  in  Legal  and 
Public  Affairs 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Students  have  the  opportunity  to 
work  as  paraprofessionals  in  legisla- 
tures, government  agencies,  and 
party  organizations  and  to  share 
their  experiences  with  other  interns 
in  legal  and  public  affairs.  3  credits. 

+  PS  450  Campaign 
Management:  Internship 

Actual  work  experience  in  cam- 
paign management.  3  credits. 

PS  461  Political  Theory:  Ancient 
and  Medieval 

Foundations  of  Western  political 
thought  from  the  Greek,  Roman, 
and  medieval  experiences  as  they 
apply  to  the  total  discipline  of  poUt- 
ical  science.  3  credits. 

PS  462  Political  Theory:  Modern 
and  Contemporary 

A  continuation  of  the  study  of 
political  thought  from  the  High 
Middle  Ages  to  contemporary  theo- 
rists. 3  credits. 

PS  494-498  Special  Topics  in 
Political  Science 

Special  studies  on  a  variety  of  cur- 


254 


rent  problems  and  specialized  areas 
in  the  field  not  available  in  the  reg- 
ular curriculum.  3  credits  per 
course. 

PS  499-500  Senior  Seminar  in 
Political  Science  I  and  II 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  Capstone  course  in  which 
students  use  the  tools  of  their  disci- 
pline to  examine  a  selected  prob- 
lem. May  be  conducted  as  a  pros- 
eminar.  Required  of  all  political  sci- 
ence majors.  3  credits  per  term. 

PS  599  Independent  Study 

Directed  research  on  special  topics 
to  be  selected  in  consultation  with 
the  department  chair  and  a  spon- 
soring faculty  member.  3  credits. 


QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS 

QA  118  Business  Mathematics 

Prerequisite:  M 1 09  or  successful 
completion  of  qualifying  placement 
test  by  the  Mathematics  Depart- 
ment. This  course  is  designed  to 
improve  the  quantitative  reasoning 
skills  of  business  students.  It  pro- 
vides an  introduction  to  two 
important  knowledge  bases:  linear 
fiinctions  and  systems,  and  the  fun- 
damentals of  the  derivative  and 
integration  and  their  uses  in  busi- 
ness decision-making.  The  focus  of 
the  course  is  on  the  application  of 
these  mathematical  concepts  to  per- 
sonal business,  management,  mar- 
keting, and  finance  issues.  Excel 
spreadsheet  applications  are  used 
extensively  throughout  the  course. 
3  credits. 

QA  216  Business  Statistics 

Prerequisite:  QA  11 8  or  equivalent. 


A  course  in  elementary  probability 
and  statistical  concepts  and  theory, 
with  emphasis  on  data  analysis  and 
presentation;  probability  theory; 
sampling  distributions;  statistical 
inference;  z-test,  t-test,  and  chi- 
square  test;  and  simple  and  multi- 
ple regression  analysis.  3  credits. 

QA  328  Quantitative  Techniques 
in  Management 

Prerequisites:  QA  216  and  junior 
standing.  An  introduction  to  quan- 
titative techniques  in  management. 
Topics  include  linear  programming, 
assignment  problems,  transporta- 
tion algorithms,  network  and 
inventory  models,  and  decision  the- 
ory. 3  credits. 

QA  343  Management 
Information  Systems 
Prerequisite:  QA  216.  This  course 
provides  methodology  of  the 
design,  analysis,  and  evaluation  of 
management  information  systems 
(MIS).  Topics  include  organization- 
al implications  of  information  tech- 
nology, planning  and  control  sys- 
tems, implementation  of  an  inte- 
grated system,  technical  treatment 
of  MIS  management,  and  applica- 
tion of  computers  via  computer 
packages  in  business  environments. 
3  credits. 

QA  350  Quantitative  Techniques 

Prerequisites:  QA  216  and  junior 
standing.  Advanced  applications  of 
quantitative  techniques  to  the  solu- 
tion of  business  problems.  Topics 
include  classical  optimization  tech- 
niques, nonlinear  programming, 
topics  in  mathematical  program- 
ming, and  graph  theory.  3  credits. 

QA  380  Operations  Management 

Prerequisite:  QA  216.  Basic  review 


of  service  and  production  system 
designs  and  performance  evalua- 
tion. Topics  include  operations 
strategy,  staff  and  production  sched- 
uling, Just-in-Time  and  time-based 
competition,  project  management, 
and  the  role  of  technology  in  serv- 
ice and  manufacturing  operations. 
3  credits. 

QA  428  Forecasting  for  Decision- 
Making 

Prerequisite:  QA  216.  Review  of 
different  approaches  to  forecasting 
used  by  management  at  different 
levels  of  decision-making.  Tech- 
niques include  smoothing  and 
decomposition,  causal  and  judg- 
mental methods.  Computer  appli- 
cations and  modeling  are  empha- 
sized. 3  credits. 

QA  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  QA  216.  Coverage  of 
new  and  emerging  topics  and  appli- 
cations in  quantitative  an;ilysis.  3 
credits. 

QA  480  Project  Management 
Prerequisite:  QA  216.  Survey  of 
management  techniques  applicable 
to  a  wide  variety  of  business-related 
project  types.  Emphasis  on  the 
project  management  cycle,  includ- 
ing selecting,  scheduling,  budget- 
ing, and  controlling  projects. 
Desired  qualifications  and  roles  of 
project  managers.  Extensive  use  of 
project  management  software.  3 
credits. 

QA  597  Practicum 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A 
course  of  study  designed  especially 
for  the  supervised  practical  applica- 
tion of  previously  studied  theory  in 
a  group  setting.  Completed  under 
the  supervision  of  a  faculty  sponsor 


Courses  255 


and  coordinated  with  a  business 
orgiinization.  3  credits. 

QA  598  Internship 

Prerequisite:  QA  216.  Supervised 
field  experience  for  qualified  stu- 
dents in  an  area  related  to  opera- 
tions management  or  quantitative 
analysis.  3  credits. 

QA  599  Independent  Study 
Prerequisites:  QA  1 18,  QA  216, 
and  junior  standing.  Independent 
research  projects  or  other 
approved  forms  of  independent 
study.  3  credits. 


RUSSIAN 

RU  101-102  Elementary  Russian 
I  and  II 

Stresses  pronunciation,  aural  and 
reading  comprehension,  basic  con- 
versation, and  the  fundamental 
principles  of  grammar.  3  credits 
per  term. 

RU  201-202  Intermediate 
Russian  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  RU  101-102  or  the 
equivalent.  Stresses  reading  compre- 
hension ol  modern  prose  texts  and 
a  review  of  grammar  necessary  for 
this  reading.  Students  are  encour- 
aged to  read  in  their  own  areas  of 
interest.  3  credits  per  semester. 

RU  450-459  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  ol  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  Russian.  3 
credits. 


SCIENCE 

"'"  denotes  courses  usually  sched- 
uled every  other  academic  year. 


"+"  denotes  courses  offered  at  the 
discretion  ot  the  department. 

+SC  111-112  Physical  Science  I 
and  II 

The  meaning  of  scientific  concepts 
and  terms  and  their  relation  to 
other  areas  of  learning  and  to  daily 
living.  Development  and  unity  ol 
physical  science  as  a  field  of  knowl- 
edge. Includes  astronomy,  physics, 
chemistry,  and  geology.  3  credits 
per  semester. 

*SC  126  Astronomy 

An  introduction  to  present  con- 
cepts concerning  the  nature  and 
evolution  ol  planets,  stars,  galaxies, 
and  other  components  of  the  uni- 
verse. The  experimental  and  obser- 
vational bases  for  these  concepts  are 
examined.  3  credits. 

+SC  135  Earth  Science 
A  dynamic  systems  approach  to 
phenomena  ol  geology,  oceanogra- 
phy, and  meteorology.  Emphasis  on 
interrelations  of  factors  and  process- 
es and  on  importance  of  subject 
matter  to  human  affairs.  Suitable 
for  non-science  as  well  as  science 
majors.  3  credits. 

SC  450  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  science.  3 
credits. 


SYSTEM 
ENGINEERING 

SE  288  System  Engineering 
Concepts  and  Principles 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
Introduction  to  system  engineering 
system  thinking;  structure  ol  mod- 
ern systems;  development  process 


and  organization  of  development 
projects;  life  cycle  and  testing;  sys- 
tem engineering  management;  risk 
and  standards;  needs  analysis;  con- 
cepts exploration  and  definition; 
developing  of  requirements;  system 
development  planning;  and  fiinc- 
tional  specification.  Case  studies 
and  plant  tours  are  integrated  in  the 
course  topics.  3  credits. 

SE  346  Probability  Analysis 

Prerequisite:  M  203.  Develops  the 
theory  of  probability  and  related 
applications.  Covers  combinations 
and  permutations,  probability 
space,  law  of  large  numbers,  ran- 
dom variables,  conditional  proba- 
bility. Bayes'  Theorem,  Markov 
chains,  and  stochastic  processes.  3 
credits. 

SE  347  Statistical  Analysis 

Prerequisites:  SE  346  and  CS  1 07 
or  equivalent.  Provides  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  application  of  statistical 
techniques  to  engineering  prob- 
lems. Measures  of  central  tendency 
and  dispersion,  estimation,  hypoth- 
esis testing,  correlation  and  regres- 
sion, and  elementary  analysis  of 
variance.  3  credits. 

SE  402  Operations  Research 

Prerequisites:  SE  346  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  The  operations 
research  area  is  oriented  to  various 
mathematical  methods  for  solving 
certain  kinds  of  industrial  prob- 
lems. Topics  covered  are  linear  pro- 
gramming, including  simplex 
method;  transportation  and  assign- 
ment problems;  queuing;  dynamic 
programming;  simulation.  3  credits. 

SE  403  Operations  Research  II 

Prerequisite:  SE  402  or  equivalent. 
Advanced  coverage  of  Bayesian 


256 


statistic,  utility  and  game  theory, 
logistics  and  distribution,  schedul- 
ing theory,  graph  theor)',  and  sto- 
chastic processes.  Includes  applica- 
tions in  manufacturing  and  service 
industries.  3  credits. 

SE  407  Reliabilit>'  and 
Maintainability 

Prerequisite:  SE  346  or  equivalent. 
Reliability  measures:  hazard  models 
and  product  life;  reliability  func- 
tion; static  reliability  models;  infer- 
ence theory  and  reliability  compu- 
tation; dynamic  reliability  models; 
and  reliability  design  examples.  3 
credits. 

SE  428  Six  Sigma  Quality' 
Planning 

Prerequisite:  SE  347  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Improving  quality  and 
reducing  cost  through  the  use  of 
statistical  methods;  statistical 
process  control  and  basic  experi- 
mental design  techniques;  well 
known  quality  systems,  including 
concept  and  methodology  of  six 
sigma  (a  quality  management  pro- 
gram). DMAIC  process,  ISO  stan- 
dards, quality  project  manage- 
ment, and  commonly  utilized  six 
sigma  tools  are  the  focus  of  this 
course.  Plant  tours  and  six  sigma 
implementation  cases  are  includ- 
ed. 3  credits. 

SE  435  Simulation  and 
Applications 

Prerequisites:  SE  346  and  CS  107 
or  equivalent.  Corequisite:  SE  402. 
Techniques  tor  modeling  of  a  sys- 
tem (business  or  scientific/engineer- 
ing) using  computer  simulation. 
SimiJation  principles  are  empha- 
sized. Student  exercises  and  design 
projects  are  run  using  a  modern 
simulation  package.  3  credits. 


SE  441:  Supply  Chain  and 
Logistics  Management 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  The 
process  of  planning,  implementing, 
and  controlling  flow  and  storage  of 
goods,  services,  and  related  infor- 
mation from  point  to  point  of  con- 
sumption with  the  customer 
requirements  in  mind.  Topics 
include  fundamentals  of  logistics 
and  e-logistics,  information  systems 
and  e-commerce,  inventoty'  con- 
cepts and  management,  material 
flow  and  transportation  manage- 
ment, warehousing  and  material 
handling,  the  type  and  use  of  elec- 
tronic media  in  the  daily  functions 
of  supply  chain  management,  and 
global  logistics.  3  credits. 

SE  449  Lean  Principles  and 
Practices 

Prerequisites:  SE  441  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Concepts  of  lean  pro- 
duction, Japanese  production  sys- 
tems, push  vs.  pull  production  sys- 
tems, benchmarking  and  evalua- 
tion schemes,  schedule  manage- 
ment, overcoming  bottlenecks,  and 
performance  and  productivity 
improvement  techniques  applica- 
ble to  ser\'ice  and  manufacturing 
systems.  Workforce  issues  (affairs) 
including  union  acceptance,  pro- 
ductivity, workforce  education, 
training,  and  compensation.  3 
credits. 

SE  450-459  Special  Topics 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Seleaed  topics  of  current  interest  in 
the  field  of  system  engineering.  3 
credits. 

SE  488  System  Engineering 
Design  Process 

Prerequisite:  SE288,  SE347, 
SE407.  Corequisite:  SE  403.  The 


process  of  system  design  and  devel- 
opment to  create  a  product  or  sen  - 
ice.  Includes  stages  of  conceptual, 
preliminaty',  and  detail  design  and 
development;  system  testing,  evalu- 
ation and  validation.  Also  addresses 
design  issues  of  reliability,  maintain- 
ability, himian  factors,  serviceability, 
producibility  and  disposability. 
Team  projects  and  extensive  use  of 
sofiNvare.  3  credits. 

SE  498  System  Engineering 
Design  Project  I 

Prerequisite:  SE  488  and  consent  of 
department.  The  first  course  in  a 
two-course  year-long  design  project. 
With  a  faculty  adviser,  the  student 
works  with  two  or  more  members 
on  an  industty-sponsored  project. 
Includes  project  scoping  and  defini- 
tion; needs  assessment  and  analysis; 
risks,  standards  and  human  factors 
evaluation;  conceptual  design; 
developing  requirements,  functional 
specification,  and  simulation  of  the 
conceptual  design;  testing  and  vali- 
dation. Work  is  presented  through 
both  a  formal  report  and  at  a 
department  seminar.  Work  conun- 
ues  to  the  follow-up  course,  SE 
499.  3  credits. 

SE  499  System  Engineering 
Design  Project  II 

Prerequisite:  SE  498  and  consent  of 
department.  Continuation  of  SE 
498.  With  faculty  and  industty- 
advisers,  student  continues  to  work 
on  the  industty-sponsored  projea 
for  end-delivety.  Includes  detailed 
design  requirements  and  develop- 
ment, operational  feasibility,  S)'S- 
tems  models  and  prototype  devel- 
opment, testing,  evaluation  and  val- 
idation, operational  feasibility,  relia- 
bility and  other  characterisdcs, 
preparation  of  life-cycle  value  cost, 


Courses  257 


and  packaging  tor  final  delivery  to 
customer.  Woriv  is  presented 
dirough  both  a  formal  report  and  at 
a  department  seminar.  3  credits. 

SE  599  Independent  Study 

Preretjuisite:  junior  standing.  A 
planned  program  ol  individual 
study  under  the  supervision  of  a 
member  of  the  faculty.  3  credits. 


SOCIOLOGY 

so  113  Sociology 

The  role  ot  culture  in  societ)',  the 

person,  and  personality;  groups  and 

group  behavior;  institudons;  social 

interaction  and  social  change.  3 

credits. 

SO  114  Contemporary  Social 
Problems 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  major  problems  that 
confront  the  present  social  order; 
the  methods  now  in  practice  or 
being  considered  for  dealing  with 
these  problems.  3  credits. 

SO  115  Women  in  Society 

An  overview  of  women's  role  in  the 
social  system.  Discussion  includes 
myths  and  realities  of  sex  differ- 
ences. Areas  covered  include  analy- 
sis of  the  relationships  of  women  to 
the  economy,  the  arts,  and  the  sci- 
ences, and  how  these  affect  the 
behavior  of  women  in  the  contem- 
porary world.  3  credits. 

SO  214  Deviance 

Prerequisite:  SO  113  or  consent  of 
instructor  (offered  in  the  Spring 
semester  only).  Centered  around 
deviance  as  a  social  product.  The 
problematic  nature  of  the  stigmati- 
zation  process  is  explored  in  areas 


such  as  alcoholism,  crime,  mental 
illness,  and  sexual  behavior.  3  cred- 


SO  218  The  Community 
Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  community  and  its 
provisions  for  health,  education, 
recreation,  safety,  and  welfare.  The- 
oreticiil  concepts  of  community, 
plus  ethnographic  studies  of  small- 
scale  human  communities.  Intro- 
duces students  to  fundamental  con- 
cepts of  communit)'.  3  credits. 

SO  220  Physical  Anthropology 
and  Archaeology 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
human  evolution  and  of  present 
physical  variations  among 
humankind.  Includes  geologic  time, 
primate  evolution,  and  early 
humans  and  their  culture.  3  credits. 

SO  221  Cultural  Anthropology 

A  systematic  study  of  the  culture  of 
preliterate  and  modern  societies  and 
of  cultural  change.  Includes  analysis 
of  religion,  economics,  language, 
social  and  political  organization, 
and  urbanization.  3  credits. 

SO  231  Juvenile  Delinquency 

Prerequisites:  SO  1 13,  P  1 1 1 .  An 
analysis  of  delinquent  behavior  in 
American  society;  examination  of 
the  theories  and  social  correlates  of 
delinquency  and  the  sociolegal 
processes  and  apparatus  for  dealing 
with  it.  3  credits.  (See  also  CJ  221.) 

SO  250  Research  Methods 

Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing. 
The  student  develops  the  concepts 
necessary  for  selection  and  formula- 
tion of  research  problems  in  social 
science,  research  design  and  tech- 
niques, and  analysis  and  interpreta- 


tion of  research  data.  3  credits. 

SO  310  Primary  Group 
Interaction 

Prerequisite:  SO  113.  Exploration 
of  communication  in  group 
process.  Building  a  group  and  ana- 
lyzing group  structure  and  interac- 
tion; the  ways  people  communicate 
emotionally  and  intellectually.  3 
credits. 

SO  311  Criminology 

Prerequisites:  P  1 1 1,  SO  1 13.  An 
introduction  to  the  principles  and 
concepts  of  criminology.  Analysis  of 
the  social  context  of  criminal 
behavior,  including  a  review  of 
criminological  theory,  the  nature 
and  distribution  of  crime,  the  soci- 
ology of  criminal  law,  and  the  socie- 
tal reactions  to  crime  and  criminals. 
3  credits.  (See  also  CJ  311.) 

SO  312  IVIarriage  and  the  Family 
Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  formation,  func- 
tioning, and  dissolution  of  relation- 
ships in  contemporary  American 
society  are  examined  from  an 
applied  sociology  perspective.  3 
credits. 

SO  313  Sociology  of  Sport 

Prerequisite:  SO  11 3  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  relation- 
ships atiiong  sports,  culture,  and 
society.  Emphasis  is  on  both  ama- 
teur and  professional  sports  and 
their  impact  on  the  larger  social 
order.  Course  examines  sports  from 
a  comparative  and  historical  per- 
spective but  also  focuses  on  prob- 
lems confronting  the  world  of 
sports  in  contemporary  American 
society.  3  credits. 


258 


SO  315  Social  Change 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Sources,  patterns,  and 
processes  of  social  change  with 
examination  of  classical  and  mod- 
ern theories  of  major  trends  and 
developments,  as  well  as  studies  of 
perspectives  on  microlevels  of 
change  in  modern  societ}'.  3  credits. 

SO  320  Social  Psychology 
Prerequisites:  P  1 1 1,  SO  1 13.  The 
interdependence  of  social  organiza- 
tions and  behavior.  The  interrela- 
tionships between  role  systems  and 
personality;  attitude  analysis,  devel- 
opment, and  modification;  group 
interaction  analysis;  social  conform- 
ity; social  class  and  human  behav- 
ior. 3  credits.  (See  also  P  321.) 

SO  321  Social  Inequality 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 1 3  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Organization  of  social 
class:  standing,  power,  and  process 
of  social  mobility  in  contemporary 
society.  Social  stratification:  its 
fiinctions  and  dysfunctions  as  it 
relates  to  the  distribution  of  oppor- 
tunity, privilege,  and  power  in  soci- 
ety. 3  credits. 

SO  331  Population  and  Ecolog}' 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 1 3  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Societal  implications  of 
population  changes  and  trends; 
impact  of  humans  as  social  animals 
on  natural  resources,  cultural  values, 
and  social  structures;  influence  on 
environmental  ethics.  3  credits. 

SO  333  Sociology  of  Aging 
Prerequisite:  SO  1 1 3  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  sociological  phe- 
nomena connected  with  aging  in 
America.  Discussion  of  the  connec- 
tions between  personal  troubles  and 
social  issues  encountered  by  mem- 


bers of  this  society  as  they  age.  An 
examination  of  age  stratification 
and  the  resultant  problems  of 
ageism,  prejudice,  and  discrimina- 
tion. Systematic  review  of  major 
theoretical  framework  and  research 
studies;  emphasis  on  the  application 
of  sociological  theory  and  research 
in  the  field  of  aging.  3  credits. 

SO  337  Human  Sexuality 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  scientific  study  of 
human  sexual  behavioral  patterns, 
social  class  attitudes,  and  cultural 
myths.  Topics  include  reproductive 
systems,  sexual  attitudes  and  behav- 
ioral patterns,  abortion  and  sexual 
laws,  and  variations  in  sexual  func- 
tioning. 3  credits. 

SO  340  Medical  Sociology 
Prerequisite:  SO  1  1 3  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  analysis  of  a  major 
social  institution,  the  health  care 
field.  Emphasis  placed  on  socio- 
cultural  aspects  of  the  field;  gener- 
al overview  of  the  organization 
and  delivery  of  health  care  servic- 
es, and  current  problems  and 
issues.  3  credits. 

SO  350  Social  Survey  Research 

Prerequisite:  P  301  or  M  228. 
Introduction  to  the  logic  of  social 
science  by  a  survey  research  project. 
Emphasis  on  the  use  of  computer 
software  in  analyzing  large  data  sets. 
Topics  include  theor)'  development, 
survey  design,  sampling,  methods 
of  data  collection,  and  statistical 
analysis  of  social  science  data.  This 
course  is  part  of  the  technolog)' 
component  of  the  Universit)'  Core 
Curriculum.  3  credits. 

SO  390  Sociolog)'  of 

Organizations 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 


instructor.  Classic  sociological  theo- 
ries of  organization  with  emphasis 
on  the  concepts  of  bureaucracy,  sci- 
entific management,  human  rela- 
tions, and  decision  theory.  The  rele- 
vance of  these  ideas  to  concrete 
organization  contexts;  e.g.,  civil 
service,  business,  social  movements 
and  political  parties,  charitable 
institutions,  and  hospitals.  3  credits. 

SO  400  Minorit)'  Group 
Relations 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  interdisciplinary 
analysis  of  minority  groups  with 
particular  attention  paid  to  those 
regional,  religious,  and  racial  factors 
that  influence  interaction.  Designed 
to  promote  an  understanding  of 
subgroup  culture.  3  credits. 

SO  413  Social  Theor>' 

Prerequisites:  nine  credits  in  sociol- 
ogy. An  analysis  of  the  develop- 
ment of  sociology  in  the  nineteenth 
and  twentieth  centuries  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  the  theories  of 
Comte,  Durkheim,  Simmel, 
Weber,  Marx,  deTocqueville,  and 
others.  3  credits. 

SO  418  Public  Opinion  and 
Social  Pressure 

Prerequisites:  SO  1 13,  P  1 11.  An 
intensive  analysis  of  the  nature  and 
development  of  public  opinion 
with  particular  consideration  of  the 
roles,  both  actual  and  potential,  of 
communication  and  influence.  3 
credits. 

SO  440  Undergraduate  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  A  detailed  examination  of 
selected  topics  in  the  field  of  sociol- 
ogy and  a  critical  analysis  of  perti- 
nent theories  with  emphasis  on 
modern  social  thought.  3  credits. 


Courses  259 


SO  441  Sociology  of  Death  and 
Suicide 

Prerequisite:  SO  1 13  or  consent  ot 
instructor.  A  confrontation  with 
individual  mortality  and  an  aca- 
demic investigation  of  phenomena 
such  as  funerals,  terminal  illness, 
and  crisis  intervention,  among 
many  others.  3  credits. 

SO  450  Research  Seminar 

Prerequisite:  P  301  or  M  228.  The 
student  develops  and  carries  out  an 
original  research  project  in  social 
science,  reporting  this  procedure  to 
the  class.  3  credits. 

SO  451-455  Special  Topics  in 
Sociology,  Social  Services, 
Anthropology 

Prerequisites:  SO  1 13,  SO  221,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Special  topics 
in  sociology,  anthropology,  or  social 
welfare  on  a  variety  of  current  prob- 
lems and  specialized  areas  not  avail- 
able in  the  regular  curriculum.  3 
credits. 

SO  501-502  Practicum  I  and  II 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
chair.  Field  experience  in  sociology 
or  anthropology.  Seminars  in  con- 
junction with  this  experience  before 
off-campus  fieldwork  is  undertaken. 
Contact  during  the  fieldwork  expe- 
rience and  guidance  by  the  mentor 
provide  an  opportunity  for  under- 
standing group  and  individual 
dynamics  and  their  repercussions. 
Follow-up  seminars  and  a  paper  are 
required.  1-6  credits. 

SO  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  instructor 
and  department  chair.  Opportunity 
for  the  student,  under  the  direction 
of  a  faculty  member,  to  explore  an 
area  of  personal  interest.  This 


course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits. 


SPANISH 

SP  101-102  Elementary  Spanish 
I  and  11 

Focuses  on  the  fiindamental  princi- 
ples of  grammar.  Extensive  vocabu- 
lary and  pronunciation  exercises.  In 
SP  102  aural  comprehension  and 
pronunciation  are  tested  by  oral 
examination.  3  credits  per  semester. 

SP  201-202  Intermediate 
Spanish  I  and  II 

Prerequisites:  SP  101-102  or  equiv- 
alent. Stresses  the  reading  compre- 
hension of  modern  prose  texts  and 
a  review  of  grammar  necessary  for 
this  reading.  Students  are  encour- 
aged to  read  in  their  own  areas  of 
interest.  3  credits  per  semester. 

SP  450^59  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  current 
interest  in  the  study  of  Spanish.  3 
credits. 

SP  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  faculty 
member  and  department  chair. 
Opportunity  for  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 1-3  credits. 


SOCIAL  WELFARE 

SW  220  Introduction  to  Social 
Services 

Course  explores  two  basic  questions 
from  a  historical  perspective:  Why 
are  people  poor,  and  how  have  soci- 
eties responded  to  the  conditions  of 


poverty?  Focus  on  how  the  different 
economic,  political,  psychological, 
and  sociological  arrangements  of 
society  and  its  social  institutions 
create  conditions  which  stimulate 
and  necessitate  differing  social  wel- 
fare responses.  3  credits. 

SW  340  Group  Dynamics 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  for  students  who  seek  to 
develop  their  leadership  skills  in 
working  with  groups  of  various 
types.  Explores  cognitive  and 
behavioral  master)'  of  a  range  of 
complex  variables  for  role  effective- 
ness, including  a  working  knowl- 
edge of  personal,  group,  and  orga- 
nizational dynamics;  professional 
skills  of  facilitation;  and  values  of 
one's  professional  identity.  3  credits. 

SW  401-402  Field  Instruction  I 
and  II 

Supervised  experience  relevant  to 
specific  aspects  of  social  services  in 
human  service  agencies,  institu- 
tions, and  organizations  at  the  local, 
state,  and  federal  levels.  Seminars  to 
assist  students  with  the  integration 
of  theoretical  knowledge  and  field 
techniques  through  lectures  and 
class  presentations.  Students  are 
required  to  spend  eight  hours  a 
week  in  the  field.  3  credits  each 
semester. 

SW  415-416  Methods  of 
Intervention  I  and  II 

Basic  social  work  theory  in  con- 
junction with  practice  of  skills  to 
help  students  begin  to  develop  pro- 
fessional techniques  for  intervention 
at  both  the  macro  and  micro  levels 
of  practice.  3  credits  each  semester. 

SW  450-459  Special  Topics 

Special  topics  of  selected  or  current 


260 


interest  in  the  study  of  social  wel- 
fare. 3  credits. 

SW  599  Independent  Study 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  to  permit  students  to  pur- 
sue specific  areas  of  interest  that 
may  not  be  available  in  the  regular 
curriculum.  1-3  credits. 


THEATRE  ARTS 

T  131  Introduction  to  the 
Theatre 

Play  analysis  from  a  literary  stand- 
point and  as  it  relates  to  special 
problems  of  the  actor,  director, 
designers,  and  backstage  personnel. 
Practical  work  in  all  phases  within 
the  classroom.  Fall  semester.  3  cred- 


T  132  Theatrical  Style 

Study  of  dramatic  genres  and  the- 
atrical conventions  through  script 
and  critical  reading,  as  well  as  prac- 
tical work  in  class.  Spring  semester. 
3  credits. 


T  342  Play  Directing 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Fundamentals  of  directing,  staging 
techniques,  working  with  actors, 
and  direction  of  a  one-act  play  for 
workshop  presentation.  3  credits. 

T  450  Special  Topics 

Selected  topics  of  special  or  cur- 
rent interest  in  the  study  of  the- 
atre. 3  credits. 

T  491^92  Production 
Practicum  I  and  II 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Practicum  in  various  areas  of  the- 
atre: acting,  directing,  administra- 
tion, technical  theatre,  and  design. 
Will  be  directly  related  to  depart- 
mental productions.  3  credits  each. 

T  599  Independent  Study 

Opportunity  tor  the  student,  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member, 
to  explore  an  area  of  interest.  This 
course  must  be  initiated  by  the  stu- 
dent. 3  credits. 


T  24 1  Early  World  Drama  and 
Theatre 

Dramatic  literature  in  theatrical 
contexts  from  Classical  Greece 
through  Restorauon  England.  3 
credits. 

T  242  Modern  World  Drama  and 
Theatre 

Dramatic  literature  in  theatrical 
contexts  from  Realism  through  the 
present.  Includes  ethnic  drama.  3 
credits. 


T  341  Acting 

Developing  of  acting  skills  for  the 
stage  through  games,  improvisation, 
and  scene  study.  3  credits. 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   261 

BOARD,  ADMINISTRATION, 
AND  FACULTY 


BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS 

Mary  J.  Barneby,  Executive  Director,  UBS  Private  Wealth  Management 

Philip  H.  Bartels,  Vice  Chairman,  Attorney,  Shipman  &  Goodwin,  LLP 

Philip  Batchelor,  retired,  former  Senior  Vice  President,  Prudential  Securities 

Samuel  S.  Bergami,  Jr.,  Chairman,  President,  Alinabal  Incorporated 

Kenneth  W.  Biermacher,  Director,  Kane  Russell  Coleman  &  Logan,  PC,  Dallas,  T.X. 

Gail  L.  Brekke,  former  Director  of  Distribution  and  Special  Projects,  LIN  Television 

Corporation 
William  L.  Bucknall,  Jr.,  retired,  former  Senior  Vice  President  Human  Resources  & 

Organization,  United  Technologies  Corporation 
Frank  P.  Carrubba,  retired,  former  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Technical  Officer, 

Royal  Philips  Electronics 
William  J.  Chowanec,  President,  Young  &  Company,  Pasadena,  C.A. 
K.  Onl  Chukwu,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Triple  Point  Technology,  Inc. 
Kenton  J.  Clarke,  President  and  CEO,  Computer  Consulting  Associates 
Ralph  F.  DellaCamera,  Jr.,  Managing  Member  and  Chief  Investment  Officer,  DellaCamera 

Capital  Partners,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Richard  J.  Deslauriers,  M.D.,  President  and  CEO,  Doctors  Research  Group,  Inc. 

Heidi  S.  Douglas,  CEO  and  President,  Mystic  MD,  Inc. 

Richard  C.  Flath,  President,  Flath  &  Associates  Management  Consultants,  Inc. 

Colin  J.  Foster,  CEO  and  President,  Optherion,  Inc. 

Armando  Garcia,  Vice  President  Systems  Assurance,  IBM  Corporation,  Somers,  N.Y. 

Jeffery  P.  Hazell,  President,  Boston  Lobster  Feast  Restaurants  and  Bar  Harbor  Lobster  Co., 
Inc.,  Orlando,  F.L. 

Paul  D.  Landino,  Development  Agent,  Subway-Subcon,  Inc. 

Robert  M.  Lee,  Executive  Vice  President,  The  Lee  Company 

Thomas  K.  Lewis,  Jr.,  retired,  former  Chairman  and  CEO,  APEX 


262 

Patrick  G.  O'Brien,  President  and  CEO,  MCM  Engineering,  Inc.,  Burlingame,  C.A. 

James  C.  Reilly,  Principal,  The  Reilly  Group,  South  Salem,  N.Y. 

Janice  K.  Sussman,  Internet  marketing  distributor,  Boca  Raton,  EL. 

Patricia  B.  Sweet,  Director  of  External  Relations  for  Connecticut,  Achievement  First 

Stephen  P.  Tagliatela,  Co-Owner,  Saybrook  Point  Inn  and  Spa 

Michael  W.  Toner,  Executive  Vice  President  Marine  Systems  Group,  General  Dynamics, 

Falls  Church,  V.A. 
Douglas  D.  Watts,  retired,  former  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Breed  Technologies,  Inc. 

EMERITUS  BOARD 
Robert  Alvine,  Chairman  and  CEO,  i-Ten  Management  Corporation 
Henry  E.  Bartels,  retired,  former  President,  MMRM  Industries,  Subsidiary  of  Insilco 

Corporation 
Roland  M.  Bixler,  retired,  former  President  and  Co-Founder,  J-B-T  Instruments,  Inc. 
Isabella  Dodds,  Co-Chair,  Friends  of  the  UNH  Library 
OrestT.  Dubno,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Lex  Atlantic  Corporation 
John  E.  Echlin,  Jr.,  retired,  former  Account  Executive,  Paine  Webber 
John  Aaron  Frey,  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Hershey  Metal  Products,  Inc. 
Robert  M.  Gordon,  retired,  former  President,  Raybestos-Manhattan 
Jean  M.  Handley,  Principal,  Handley  Consulting 
Henry  C.  Lee,  Chief  Emeritus  of  the  Division  of  Scientific  Services,  State  of  Connecticut 

Department  of  Public  Safety 
Mark  S.  Levy,  President,  Honeywell  Fire  Solutions  Group 

Robert  J.  Lyons,  Sn,  retired,  former  Chairman  of  the  Board,  The  Bilco  Company 
Herbert  H.  Pearce,  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  H.  Pearce 

Company 
Charles  E.  Pompea,  retired,  former  Chair,  Board  of  Directors,  Primary  Steel,  Inc. 
M.  Wallace  Rubin,  retired,  former  Chairman,  Wayside  Furniture  Shops,  Inc. 
Francis  A.  Schneiders,  retired,  former  President,  Enthone-OMI,  Inc. 
R.  C.  Taylor  III,  retired,  former  President,  Tay-Mac  Corporation 
Reuben  W.  Vine,  President,  Railroad  Salvage  Stores 
Robert  F.  Wilson,  retired,  former  Chairman,  Wallace  International  Silversmiths,  Inc. 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  263 

EMERITUS  FACULTY 

Joseph  J.  Arnold,  Professor  Emeritus,  Industrial  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  College 
M.  Hamdy  Bechir,  Professor  Emeritus,  Civil  Engineering 

B.C.E.,  Cairo  University;  M.A.Sc,  University  of  Toronto;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology 
Srilekha  Bell,  Professor  Emeritus,  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Madras,  India;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Alfred  D.  Bradshaw,  Professor  Emeritus,  Sociology 

B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Robert  R  Brody,  Professor  Emeritus,  Marketing 

B.A.,  Wesieyan  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago;  D.B.A.,  Harvard 

University 
Ralf  Carriuolo,  Professor  Emeritus,  Music 

B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.M.,  Hartt  School  of  Music;  Ph.D.,  Wesieyan  University 
Satish  Chandra,  Professor  Emeritus,  Law  and  International  Business 

B.A.,  University  of  Delhi;  M.A.,  Delhi  School  of  Economics;  L.L.B.,  Lucknow  Law 

School,  India;  L.L.M.,  J.S.D.,  Yale  University 

Joseph  B.  Chepaltis,  Professor  Emeritus,  History 

A.B.,  Loyola  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 

William  S.  DeMayo,  Professor  Emeritus,  Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.B.A.,  New  York  University;  C.P.A. 
Peter  J.  Desio,  Professor  Emeritus,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Boston  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
Edward  Downe,  Professor  Emeritus,  Finance 

B.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  School  for  Social 

Research;  A.P.C.,  New  York  University 
Faith  Eikaas,  Professor  Emeritus,  Sociology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Lynn  W.  Ellis,  Professor  Emeritus,  Management 

B.E.E.,  Cornell  University;  M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology;  D.P.S.,  Pace 
University 
Donald  Fridshal,  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 

B.E.E.,  M.S.,  New  York  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Joseph  M.  Gangler,  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 


264 

Brad  Garber,  Professor  Emeritus,  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Drexel  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 

William  S.  Gere,  Jr.,  Professor  Emeritus,  Industrial  Engineering 

B.M.E.,  M.S. I.E.,  Cornell  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University 

Robert  A.  Glen,  Professor  Emeritus,  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 
Darrell  Horning,  Professor  Emeritus,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  School  of  Mines;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Illinois 
Arnold  Hyman,  Professor  Emeritus,  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.S.,  Cir\'  College  of  New  York; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Thomas  A.  Johnson,  Professor  Emeritus,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University  ;  D.Crim.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 

Phillip  Kaplan,  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts;  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University 
Thomas  Katsaros,  Professor  Emeritus;  Global  Studies,  History,  and  Political  Science 

B.A.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Gerald  J.  Kirwin,  Professor  Emeritus,  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  M.S.E.E.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology; 

Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Ross  M.  Lanlus,  Jr.,  Professor  Emeritus,  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven; 

M.S.C.E.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Joel  H.  Marks,  Professor  Emeritus,  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Cornell  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

John  C.  Martin,  Professor  Emeritus,  Civil  Engineering 

B.E.,  M.E.,  Yale  University 
Paul  Marx,  Professor  Emeritus,  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa;  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University 
David  A.  Maxwell,  Professor  Emeritus,  Criminal  Justice 

M.A.,  John  Jay  College  of  Criminal  Justice;  B.B.A.,  J.D.,  University  of  Miami 

Elizabeth  J.  Moflfitt,  Professor  Emeritus,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.F.A.,  Yale  University;  M.A.,  Hunter  College 
David  J.  Morris,  Jr.,  Professor  Emeritus,  Marketing 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  265 

Judith  Neal,  Professor  Emeritus,  Management 

B.S.,  Quinnipiac  College;  M.A.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
L.  Craig  Parker,  Jr.,  Professor  Emeritus,  Criminal  Justice 

A.B.,  Bates  College;  M.Ed.,  Springfield  College;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  Nevi^ 

York  at  Buffalo 
Douglas  Robillard,  Professor  Emeritus,  English 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Columbia  University;  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 
Gerald  D.  Robin,  Professor  Emeritus,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Warren  J.  Smith,  Professor  Emeritus,  Management  and  Quantitative  Analysis 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 
Burton  C.  Staugaard,  Professor  Emeritus,  Science  and  Biology, 

A.B.,  Brown  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Connecticut 
Kantilal  K.  Surti,  Professor  Emeritus,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.E.,  University  of  Gujarat,  India;  M.E.E.,  University  of  Delaware; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Ward  Theilman,  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics 

B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Bruce  Tyndall,  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa 
Elisabeth  van  Dyke,  Professor  Emeritus,  Tourism  and  Travel  Administration 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Shirley  Wakin,  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 

Thomas  C.  Warner,  Jr.,  Professor  Emeritus,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.E.,  Yale  University;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

H.  Fessenden  Wright,  Professor  Emeritus,  Science  and  Biology 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

ADMINISTRATION 


OFFICE  OF  THE  PRESIDENT 

Steven  H.  Kaplan,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  President 

Gayle  S.  Tagliatela,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  President  and  University 
Secretary 


266 

Evelyn  R.  Miller,  Assistant  to  the  President  and  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Board 
Joanne  Roy,  Executive  Secretary 

OFFICE  OF  THE  PROVOST/SENIOR  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AND 
STUDENT  AFFAIRS 

David  P.  Dauwalder,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  for  Academic 
and  Student  Afifairs 

Silvia  I.  Hyde,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Provost  and  Vice  President  for  Academic  and 
Student  Affairs 

Marilou  McLaughlin,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  President,  UNH  Foundation 
Ira  H.  Kleinfeld,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Eng.Sc.D.,  Associate  Provost  for  Graduate  Studies,  Research, 
and  Faculty  Development 

Gordon  R.  Simerson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Provost  for  Undergraduate  Studies, 
Accreditation,  and  Assessment 

Janice  P.  Sanderson,  Assistant  to  the  Provost 

Susan  B.  Turner,  B.G.S.,  M.P.H.,  Administrative  Operations  Analyst 

OFFICE  OF  INFORMATION  TECHNOLOGY 

Vincent  Mangiacapra,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Associate  Vice  President  for  Information  Technology 
and  Chief  Information  Officer 

Gregory  Bartholomew,  Director  of  Networking/Systems  Operation 

Joseph  Gleason,  B.S.,  Director  of  Administrative  Computing 

Lisa  Scranton,  Senior  Administrative  Assistant 

Alan  MacDougall,  B.A.,  Director  of  Academic  Computing 

John  Mitchell,  M.P.A.,  Telecommunications  Systems  Administrator 

MARVIN  K.  PETERSON  LIBRARY 

Hanko  H.  Dobi,  B.A.,  M.L.S.,  University  Librarian 

Anne  O'Connor,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.L.S.,  Head  of  Access  Services  and  Reference 

Marion  Hamilton  Sachdeva,  B.A.,  M.S.L.S.,  Head  of  Technical  Services 

Robert  Belletzkie,  A.L.B.,  M.L.S.,  Reference  Librarian 

Christine  Archambeault,  B.L.A.,  M.L.S.,  Reference  Librarian 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   267 

ACADEMIC  SERVICES 

Kathryn  H.  Cuozzo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Academic  Services 

Rosalie  S.  Swift,  B.S.,  Coordinator  of  Academic  Services;  University  Ombudsperson 

COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Ronald  H.  Nowaczyk,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

Angela  J.  Flynn,  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

Vladimir  Shpitalnik,  B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  Director,  Seton  Art  Gallery 

DEPARTMENT  CHAIRS/DIRECTORS 

Roman  Zajac,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

Sandra  D'Amato-Palumbo,  B.S.,  M.P.S.,  R.D.H.,  Director,  Dental  Hygiene 

Rosa  A.  Mo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  R.D.,  Chair,  Division  of  Health  Professions 

Paillette  L.  Pepin,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Education 

Donald  M.  Smith,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  English 

Brett  McCormick,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Global  Studies 

Ronald  H.  Nowaczyk,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Chair,  Global  Studies,  History, 
and  Political  Science 

James  Uebelacker,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Mathematics 

Guillermo  E.  Mager,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  DIRECTORS  AND  COORDINATORS 

Eva  Sapi,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Cellular  and  Molecular  Biology 
Phyllis  Gwatkin,  B.S.,  M.S.,  C.A.G.S.,  Chief  Certification  Officer,  Education 
Nicholas  Maiorino,  B.S.,  Fifth  Year  Certificate,  M.S.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Coordinator  of 
Interns,  Education 

Michael  A.  Morris,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Arts  in  Community 
Psychology 

Suzanne  Murphy,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.S.,  P.D.,  C.A.G.S.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Director  of 
Student  Teaching,  Education 

Rosa  A.  Mo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  R.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Human  Nutrition 
Stuart  D.  Sidle,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Arts  in 
Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 


268 

Roman  N.  Zajac,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Graduate  Environmental  Science 
Program 

FACULTY  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Jerry  L.  Allen,  Associate  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College,  M.S.  and  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University- 

Carbondale 
John  Arabolos,  Assistant  Professor  and  Professional-in-Residence,  Visual  and  Performing 

Arts,  B.A.,  University  of  Hartford;  M.A.,  Pratt  Institute  of  Design 
James  Ayers,  Lecturer,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.S.,  Purdue  University 

Robert  C.  Boles,  Lecturer,  Communication,  Film  and  Theatre 

B.F.A.,  New  York  University,  M.F.A.,  Sarah  Lawrence  College 

David  Brubaker,  Lecturer,  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.F.A.,  Art  Institute  of  Chicago; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

W.  Amory  Carr,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  Morehouse  College;  Ph.D.,  Fordham  University;  M.A.,  John  Jay  College  of 

Criminal  Justice 
Maurice  Gayer,  Lecturer,  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Albert  G.  Celotto,  Assistant  Professor,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.M.,  Western  Connecticut  State  College;  M.M.,  Indiana  University  School  of  Music 

Georgia  Chavent,  Assistant  Professor,  Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.S.,  Columbia  University; 

R.D.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia 
John  Ciochlne,  Lecturer,  Education 

B.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  College;  M.A.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Fairfield 

University 
Carmela  Cuomo,  Associate  Professor,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.A.,  Adelphi  University;  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
Sandra  D'Amato-Palumbo,  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  M.P.S.,  Quinnipiac  College 
R.  Laurence  Davis,  Professor,  Earth  and  Environmental  Science 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Washington  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  269 

Wesley  J.  Davis,  Senior  Lecturer,  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University 

Lawrence  J.  DeNardis,  Professor,  PoHtical  Science 

B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
James  W.  Dull,  Professor,  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Wilkes  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Richard  J.  Farrell,  Senior  Lecturer,  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia; 

M.Phil.,  Yale  University 
Natalie  J.  Ferringer,  Professor,  Political  Science 

B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
Roger  Fiondella,  Lecturer,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Sacred  Heart  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport; 

Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University 
Nina  Flay,  Lecturer,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  College  of  Mount  Saint  Vincent;  M.S.,  Texas  Christian  University; 

Ph.D.,  Finch  University  of  Health  Sciences/Chicago  Medical  School 
Jose  Garcia-Leon,  Assistant  Professor,  Music 

B.A.,  Binghamton  University;  M.M.,  D.M.A.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 
Matthew  Griffiths,  Associate  Professor,  Physics 

B.S.C.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Edinburgh 
Gwen  Grosso,  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene 

A.S.,  Hudson  Valley  Community  College;  B.S.,  University  of  New  Haven; 

M.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport 
Alexandria  E.  Guzman,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University;  M.S.,  Fordham  University; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 
Ali  A.  Jafarian,  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Tehran  University,  Iran;  M.S.,  Pahlavi  (Shiraz)  University,  Iran; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

Todd  Jokl,  Assistant  Professor,  Graphic  Design,  Department  of  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Mark  Kacerik,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport 
Michael  G.  Kaloyanides,  Professor,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wesleyan  University 


270 

Steven  H.  Kaplan,  Professor,  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Eberhard-Karls  Universitat  (Germany) 
Murray  Krugman,  Lecturer,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  University;  J.D.,  Vermont  Law  School 
Tara  L'Heureux-Barrett,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  College  at  Plattsburgh; 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Stephen  Listro,  Lecturer,  English 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Miami; 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Guillermo  E.  Mager,  Associate  Professor,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Victor  Markiw,  Lecturer,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.M.,  Hartt  School  of  Music;  M.EA.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Purchase 

Conservatory 
Brett  McCormick,  Assistant  Professor,  Global  Studies,  History  and  Political  Science; 

B.A.,  SUNY  Stony  Brook;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
Marc  H.  Mehlman,  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Santa  Barbara;  M.A., 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Riverside 

Teal  Mercer,  Assistant  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene 

A.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University; 
M.P.H.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Rosa  A.  Mo,  Lecturer,  Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

B.S.,  College  of  the  Holy  Spirit;  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University; 

R.D.,  Yale-New  Haven  Hospital 
Michael  A.  Morris,  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  College 

Suzanne  Murphy,  Lecturer,  Education 

B.A.,  Fordham  University;  M.A.,  Yale  University;  M.S.,  P.D.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate, 
Southern  Connecticut  State  University 

Ronald  H.  Nowac2yk,  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

Paulette  L.  Pepin,  Associate  Professor,  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Connecticut  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Fordham  University 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   271 

Renee  Prajer,  Associate  Professor,  Dental  Hygiene 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport 
Judi  Randi,  Associate  Professor,  Education 

M.A.,  Wesleyan  University;  M.L.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University; 

C.A.S.,  Fairfield  University;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College  of  Columbia  University 
Steven  Raucher,  Professor,  Communication,  Film  and  Theater 

A. A.,  Queensborough  Commimity  College,  CUNY;  B.A.,  Queens  College; 

M.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  City  University  of  New  York;  J.D.,  Bridgeport  School  of  Law 

at  Quinnipiac  College;  Ph.D., Wayne  State  University; 
Erik  Rosenthal,  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  City  University  of  New  York;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New 

York  at  Albany;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 
Michael  J.  Rossi,  Associate  Professor,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  Xavier  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 
Diane  Russo,  Lecturer,  English 

B.A.,  Manhattan  College;  M.A.,  Indiana  State  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
Joshua  H.  Sandman,  Professor,  Political  Science 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Eva  Sapi,  Associate  Professor,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  Vorosmarty  Gymnasium;  Ph.D.,  Eotvos  Lorand  University  (Fiungary) 
Ramesh  Sharma,  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Banaras  Fiindu  University,  India;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Windsor 
Stuart  D.  Sidle,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  The  American  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  DePaul  University 
Gordon  R.  Simerson,  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 
Saion  K.  Sinha,  Associate  Professor,  Physics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Indian  Institute  of  Technology;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 
David  E.  E.  Sloane,  Professor,  English 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  Universit}';  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
Donald  C.  Smith,  Professor,  Communication,  Film  and  Theater 

B.A.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.S.,  Emerson  College; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
Donald  M.  Smith,  Professor,  English 

A.B.,  Guilford  College;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 


272 

Louise  M.  Scares,  Professor,  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Boston  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Christy  A,  Somerville,  Assistant  Professor,  Art  and  Interior  Design 

B.S.,  M.A.,  California  State  University,  Long  Beach 
Edmund  N.  Todd,  Associate  Professor,  History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Florida;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
James  W.  Uebelacker,  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.A.,  LeMoyne  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Charles  L.  Vigue,  Professor,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  Maine;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 
Henry  E.  Voegeli,  Professor,  Biolog}'  and  Environmental  Science 

B.A.,  Universit)'  of  Connecticut;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 
W.  Thurmon  Whitley,  Professor,  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Stetson  University;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill; 

Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University 
Brenda  Williams,  Professor,  Education,  English 

B.A.,  Howard  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 
Bradley  Woodworth,  Lecturer,  Histor)' 

B.A.,  Brigham  Young  Universit}';  M.A.,  Harvard  University;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
Roman  N.  Zajac,  Professor,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  Tufts  Universit}';  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Connecticut 

FACULTY  PROFESSIONAL  LICENSURE  AND  ACCREDITATION 

John  Arabolos,  Registered  Interior  Designer 

Georgia  Chavent,  Registered  Dietitian,  American  Dietetic  Association; 

Certified  Dietitian/Nutritionist,  Connecticut 
Sandra  D'Amato-Palumbo,  Registered  Dental  Hygienist,  Connecticut 
R.  Laurence  Davis,  Professional  Geologist,  New  Hampshire,  South  Carolina,  Kentucky; 

Certified  Professional  Geologist,  American  Institute  of  Professional  Geologists; 

Certified  Professional  Hydrogeologist,  American  Institute  of  Hydrology;  Certified, 

Wilderness  First  Aid 
Gwen  Grosso,  Registered  Dental  Hygienist,  Connecticut 
Robert  J.  Hofiiiung,  Clinical  Psychologist,  Connecticut 
Mark  Kacerik,  Registered  Dental  Hygienist,  Connecticut 
Murray  Krugman,  Law  License,  State  of  Vermont 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   273 

Teal  Mercer,  Registered  Dental  Hygienist,  Connecticut 

Rosa  A.  Mo,  Registered  Dietitian,  American  Dietetic  Association;  Certified  Dietitian/ 
Nutritionist,  Connecticut 

Denis  Ouimette,  Licensed  Architect,  Connecticut,  Province  of  Quebec  Registered  Interior 
Designer,  Connecticut 

Renee  Prajer,  Registered  Dental  Hygienist,  Connecticut 

Christy  Somerville,  Registered  Interior  Designer,  Connecticut 

PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE 

Norman  Abell,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  Villanova  University;  D.P.M.,  Ohio  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine 
Margaret  Antenucci,  English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 

Roger  Arnold,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts,  Recording  Studio  Manager 
B.A.,  University  ol  New  Haven 

Pamela  Asmus,  English 

B.A.,  Albertus  Magnus  College;  M.A.,  Wesleyan  University;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 
Brian  Bellamy,  Philosophy  and  Sociology 

B.A.,  Morehouse  College;  M.A.,  Yale  University 
Patricia  Bello,  English 

B.S.,  Central  Connecticut  State  University;  M.S.,  Universit)'  of  Bridgeport 
James  Bonnefond,  Visual  and  Performing  Arts 

B.A.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University;  M.A.,  William  Patterson  University 
Kimberly  Browe,  English 

B.A.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Florida 
Daniel  DePodesta,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.E.E.,  University  of  New  Haven;  M.B.A.,  Quinnipiac  University 
Gary  Fetzer,  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Eastern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.S.,  Columbia  University 
Ramon  Funcia,  Modern  Languages 

D.S.,  French  Alliance  (Havana);  Fifth  Year  Certificate,  University  of  Havana  (Cuba) 
Yasir  Hamed,  Modern  Languages 

B.A.,  Beirut  Arab  University;  M.S.,  Hamilton  University; 

M.Ed.,  American  Intercontinental  University 


274 

Robert  Law,  Education 

B.S.,  Quinnipiac  College;  M.S.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Southern  Connecticut  State 

Universit)' 

Patricia  Maiorino,  Education 

B.A.,  Marymount  College;  M.S.,  Sixth  Year  Certificate,  Southern  Connecticut  State 

University 
Dennis  McGough,  Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.A.,  Universit}^  of  New  Haven; 

Ph.D.,  Union  Institute  in  Cincinnati 

Anthony  Melillo,  Biology  and  Environmental  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 

George  Muench,  Physics 

B.S.E.,  Universit)' of  Central  Florida;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Clarkson  University 
Denis  R.  Ouimette,  Architecture  and  E-Media 

B.A.,  University  of  Montreal;  M.S.,  Quinnipiac  University 
David  Perry,  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.S.Ed,  Hofstra  University; 

Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

Holly  Salmon,  Education 

B.A.,  Purdue  University;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Texas 

Neil  Sherman,  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Toronto;  M.B.A.,  Universit}'  of  Delaware 

Joseph  Smolinski,  Fine  Art 

B.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  M.F.A.,  Universit)'  of  Connecticut 

Edward  Waggoner,  Philosophy  and  Sociology 

B.A.,  Willamette  University;  M.A.R.,  M.A.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Matthew  Wranovix,  History 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Chien  Yu,  Modern  Languages 

B.A.,  Beijing  Foreign  Languages  Universit)';  B.A.,  Davidson  College; 
M.B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University 

COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS 

Richard  A.  Highfield,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Dean 
Selene  Loughlin,  B.A.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   275 

DEPARTMENT  CHAIRS 

Robert  E.  Wnek,  B.S.B.A.,  J.D.,  L.L.M.,  C.P.A.,  Chair,  Accounting 

Ben  Judd,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Marketing 

Kamal  Upadhyaya,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Economics  and  Finance 

Gil  B.  Fried,  B.S.,  M.A.,  J.D.,  Chair,  Sports  Management/HospitaHty  and  Tourism 

William  S.  Y.  Pan,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Management 

Charles  N.  Coleman,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Chair,  PubHc  Administration 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  DIRECTORS  AND  COORDINATORS 

Linda  Carlone,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director,  Executive  M.B.A.  and  Graduate  Cohort  Programs 

Charles  N.  Coleman,  B.A.,  M.P.A.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Business  Administration 

(M.B.A.),  Master  of  Pubhc  Administration  (M.P.A.),  Master  of  Science  in  Health  Care 

Administration,  and  Master  of  Science  in  Labor  Relations 
Allen  L.  Sack,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Management  of  Sports  Industries  Programs 

FACULTY  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS 

Peter  I,  Berman,  Professor,  Finance 

A.B.,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Gregory  J.  Blosick,  Lecturer,  Economics  and  Finance 

B.S.,  Bucknell  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  New  Haven; 

Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

Wentworth  Boynton,  Associate  Professor,  Finance 

B.A.,  Colby  College;  A.M.,  Brown  University; 

M.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 
Tony  Carter,  Professor,  Management 

B.A.,  Hofstra  University;  M.B.A.,Wagner  College  Graduate  School  of  Business; 

J.D.,  University  of  Denver,  College  of  Law 
Maurice  Cayer,  Lecturer,  Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Charles  N.  Coleman,  Assistant  Professor,  Public  Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.P.A.,  West  Virginia  University 
Cynthia  Conrad,  Associate  Professor,  Public  Management 

B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Arlington 
Alireza  Daneshfar,  Associate  Professor,  Accounting 

B.A.,  National  University;  M.S.,  Tehran  University;  Ph.D.,  Concordia  University 


276 

David  P.  Dauwalder,  Professor,  Management 

B.S.,  Northern  Arizona  Universit)';  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Arizona  State  University 
Demissew  D.  Ejara,  Associate  Professor,  Finance 

B.A.,  Addis  Ababa  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Texas-Pan  America; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Dale  M.  Finn,  Associate  Professor,  Management 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
Gil  B.  Fried,  Professor,  Sports  Management 

B.S.,  California  State  University-Sacramento;  M.A.,  J.D.,  Ohio  State  University 
Martin  A.  Goldberg,  Associate  Professor,  Accounting 

B.A.,  Clark  University;  M.S.,  Boston  University;  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut; 

L.L.M.,  New  York  Universit}' 

George  T.  Haley,  Professor,  Marketing 

B.A.,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 
Usha  C.  V.  Haley,  Professor,  College  of  Business 

B.A.,  Elphinstone  College,  Bombay;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  at 

Urbana-Champaign;  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Stern  School,  New  York  Universit)' 
Richard  A.  Highfield,  Professor,  Economics  and  Finance 

B.A.,  Stanford  University;  M.B.A.,  Santa  Clara  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Chicago 
Ben  B.  Judd,  Professor,  Marketing 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Arlington 
Michael  Kublin,  Professor,  College  of  Business 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Indiana  University;  M.B.A.,  Pace  University; 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Scott  G.  Lane,  Associate  Professor,  Accounting 

B.S.B.A.,  Universit)'  of  Massachusetts  at  Lowell;  M.S.,  Texas  A  &  M  University; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

Jiajuan  Liang,  Associate  Professor,  Quantitative  Analysis 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Nankai  University,  PRC;  Ph.D.,  Hong  Kong  Baptist  University 
Ming-Lun  Lee,  Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Sports  Management/Hospitality  and 

Tourism  Management 

B.S.,  Chung-Shan  Medical  College,  Taiwan;  M.S.,  Purdue  University; 

M.S.,  DePaul  University 
Linda  R.  Martin,  Professor,  Quantitative  Analysis 

B.A.,  Regis  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  277 

Robert  G.  McDonald,  Associate  Professor,  Accounting 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York;  M.B.A.,  New  York  University;  C.M.A.,  C.I.A.,  C.F.A., 

C.P.A. 
Pawel  Mensz,  Associate  Professor,  Management  and  Quantitative  Analysis 

B.S.,  M.E.,  M.S.,  Warsaw  Polytechnic;  Ph.D.,  Systems  Research  Institute  of  the  Polish 

Academy  of  Sciences 
Mary  Miller,  Lecturer,  Accounting 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  New  Haven;  C.RA. 
Juline  Mills,  Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Sports  Management/Hospitality  and 

Tourism  Management 

B.S.,  University  of  the  West  Indies,  Kingston,  Jamaica;  M.S.,  University  of  North 

Texas;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
Abbas  Nadim,  Professor,  Management 

B.A.,  Abadan  Institute  of  Technology,  Iran;  M.B.A.,  University  of  California-Berkeley; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
William  S.  Y.  Pan,  Professor,  Quantitative  Analysis 

B.S.,  National  Cheng  Kung  University,  Taiwan;  M.B.A.,  Auburn  University; 

Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
John  J.  Phelan,  Associate  Professor,  Economics 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Indiana  University;  Ph.D.,  George  Washington  University 
Anshuman  Prasad,  Professor,  Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Delhi;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Jamshedpur; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts 
Christina  Reis,  Associate  Professor,  Management 

B.S.,  University  of  Canada-Ottawa;  Graduate  Academic  Certificate,  Harvard 

University;  Ph.D.,  Univeristy  of  London,  U.K. 
Robert  Rainish,  Professor,  Finance 

B.A.,  City  College,  New  York;  M.B.A.,  Bernard  M.  Baruch  College; 

Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

Armando  Rodriguez,  Associate  Professor,  Economics 
B.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 

Michael  Rolleri,  Associate  Professor,  Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  C.P.A. 

Subroto  Roy,  Associate  Professor,  Marketing 

M.S.,  Birla  Institute  of  Technology  and  Science;  Postgraduate  Diploma, 

Institute  of  Rural  Management,  India;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Western  Sydney,  Australia 


278 

Allen  L.  Sack,  Professor,  Management  and  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Steven  J.  Shapiro,  Associate  Professor,  Economics  and  Finance 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University 
Kamal  Upadhyaya,  Professor,  Economics 

B.A.,  Tribhuvan  University,  Nepal;  M.A.,  Thammasat  University,  Thailand; 

Ph.D.,  Auburn  University 

Cheng  Lu  Wang,  Professor,  Marketing  and  International  Business 

B.A.,  Shanghai  Teacher's  University;  M.A.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  University; 

Ed.S.,  University  of  Georgia;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University 
Jack  Werblow,  Professor,  Public  Administration 

B.A.,  Cornell  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Robert  E.  Wnek,  Professor,  Tax  Law,  Accounting  and  Business  Law 

B.S.B.A.,  Villanova  University;  J.D.,  Delaware  Law  School  of  Widener  University; 

L.L.M.,  Boston  University  School  of  Law;  C.P.A. 

TAGLIATELA  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Barry  J.  Farbrother,  B.Sc.  (Hons),  Ph.D.,  C.Eng.,  Dean 
M.  Ali  Montazer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Dean 
Barbara  Hayslip,  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

DEPARTMENT  CHAIRPERSONS 

W.  David  Harding,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical 
Engineering 

Ali  Golbazi,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Department  of  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

and  Computer  Science 
Gregory  P.  Broderick,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Department  of  Mechanical,  Civil  and 

Environmental  Engineering 
Michael  A.  CoUura,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chair,  Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Systems 

Division 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM  COORDINATORS 

W.  David  Harding,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chemical  Engineering 

Arthur  S.  Gow,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Chemistry 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  279 

Gregory  P.  Broderick,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Civil  Engineering 

Bijan  Karimi,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Computer  Engineering 

Alice  E.  Fischer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Computer  Science 

Ali  Golbazi,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Electrical  Engineering 

Samuel  D.  Daniels,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  General  Engineering 

David  Eggert,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Information  Technology 

John  J.  Sarris,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Mechanical  Engineering 

M.  Ali  Montazer,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  System  Engineering 

Jean  Nocito-Gobel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  First  Year  Engineering  Program 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  COORDINATORS 

Tahany  Fergany,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Computer 

Science 
Bouzid  Aliane,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering 

Barry  J.  Farbrother,  B.Sc.  (Hons),  Ph.D.,  C.Eng.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in 
Engineering  Management  (M.S.E.M.) 

Agamemnon  D.  Koutsospyros,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in 

Environmental  Engineering 
Alexis  N.  Sommers,  B.M.E.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Industrial 

Engineering 

Konstantine  C.  Lambrakis,  B.S.E.E.,  M.S.M.E.,  Ph.D.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in 
Mechanical  Engineering 

FACULTY  OF  THE  TAGLIATELA  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

William  R.  Adams,  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 

B.S.E.E.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Bouzid  Aliane,  Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  Ecole  Polytechnique  d'Alger;  M.S.E.E.,  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  New 
York 

Carl  Barratt,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.Sc,  University  of  Bristol,  England;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cambridge,  England 
Gregory  P.  Broderick,  Professor,  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Northeastern  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 


280 

Barun  Chandra,  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 

B.S.,  St.  Stephen's  College;  M.S.,  Colorado  State  University; 
M.S.,  University  of  Rochester;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Michael  A.  Collura,  Professor,  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Lafayette  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 
Samuel  D.  Daniels,  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 
Eddie  Del  Valle,  Lecturer,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Inter  American  University  of  Puerto  Rico;  M.S.,  Pontifical  Catholic  University  of 

Puerto  Rico 

David  Eggert,  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Florida 
Barry  J.  Farbrother,  Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.Sc.  (Hons),  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hertfordshire,  United  Kingdom 
Tahany  Fergany,  Professor,  Computer  Science 

B.S.E.E.,  Cairo  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Alice  E.  Fischer,  Professor,  Computer  Science 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Andrew  J.  Fish,  Jr.,  Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa; 

M.S.,  St.  Mary's  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Ali  M.  Golbazi,  Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.,  Detroit  Institute  of  Technology;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 
Arthur  S.  Gow  III,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering 

B.A.,  Muhlenberg  College;  B.A.,  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island; 

Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
John  G.  Haggerty,  Lecturer,  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Boston  College;  Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College 
W.  David  Harding,  Professor,  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Purdue  University;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Tiffany  Hesser,  Lecturer,  Chemistry 

A.S.,  Middlesex  Community  College;  B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Bijan  Karimi,  Professor,  Electrical  and  Computer  Engineering 

B.S.,  Aryamehr  University  of  Technology,  Iran;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State 

University 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  28 1 

Ira  H.  Kleinfeld,  Professor,  Industrial  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Eng.Sc.D.,  Columbia  University 
Agamemnon  D.  Koutsospyros,  Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

B.S.,  M.S.,  National  Technical  University,  Athens;  M.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  New 

York;  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  University 
Konstantine  C.  Lambrakis,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  M.S.M.E.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  Ph.D.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 
Eddie  D.  Luzik,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
M.  Ali  Montazer,  Professor,  Industrial  Engineering,  Associate  Dean 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  at  Buffalo:  State  University  of  New  York 
Jean  Nocito-Gobel,  Associate  Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

B.S.,  Manhattan  College;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Massachusetts 
Ismail  Orabi,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Helwan  University,  Egypt;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 

Ph.D.,  Clarkson  University 
Stephen  M.  Ross,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.E.,  New  York  University;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Michael  J.  Saliby,  Professor,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 
John  J.  Sarris,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.A.,  Hamilton  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Tufts  University 
Nancy  Savage-Ortins,  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 
Pauline  M.  Schwartz,  Professor,  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Drexel  University,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Alexis  N.  Sommers,  Professor,  Industrial  Engineering 

B.M.E.,  Cornell  University;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 
Richard  M.  Stanley,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  M.S.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 
David  J.  Wall,  Professor,  Civil  and  Environmental  Engineering 

B.S.C.E.,  M.S.C.E.,  University  of  Connecticut;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


282 

FACULTY  PROFESSIONAL  LICENSURE  AND  ACCREDITATION 

Gregory  R  Broderick,  EIT,  Massachusetts 

Michael  A.  Collura,  Professional  Engineer,  Pennsylvania 

Samuel  D.  Daniels,  Professional  Engineer,  Connecticut 

Barry  J,  Farbrother,  C.Eng.,  United  Kingdom;  Eur.  Ing.,  European  Economic  Community 

W.  David  Harding,  Professional  Engineer,  Indiana 

Agamemnon  D.  Koutsospyros,  Professional  Engineer,  Greece 

Jean  Nocito-Gobel,  EIT,  New  York 

Amy  Thompson,  Assistant  Professor,  Multidisciplinary  Engineering  Systems 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island 
David  J.  Wall,  Professional  Engineer,  Connecticut,  Pennsylvania 

HENRY  C.  LEE  COLLEGE  OF  CRIMINAL  TUSTICE  AND  FORENSIC  SCIENCES 
Richard  H.  Ward,  B.S.,  M.Crim.,  D.Crim.,  Dean 
William  M.  Norton,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  J.D.,  Associate  Dean 

DEPARTMENT  CHAIRS/DIRECTORS 

James  J.  Cassidy,  B.A.,  J.D.,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Master  of  Science  in  Criminal  Justice 

Mario  T.  Gaboury,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  J.D.,  Chair,  Criminal  Justice  Department 

Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Chair,  Fire  Science  and  Professional  Studies 
Department 

Donna  Decker  Morris,  B.S.,  J.D.,  Director,  Legal  Studies 

Timothy  Palmbach,  B.S.,  M.S.,  J.D.,  Chair,  Forensic  Science  Department 

William   L.  Tafoya,  B.S.,  M.P.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director,  National  Security  and  Public  Safety 

GRADUATE  PROGRAM  COORDINATORS 

Sorin  Iliescu,  B.S.M.E.,  M.S.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  Fire  Science 

James  O.  Matschulat,  A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science  in  National  Security 

and  Public  Safet)' 
Timothy  Palmbach,  Coordinator,  Master  of  Science,  Forensic  Science 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   283 

FACULTY  OF  THE  HENRY  C.  LEE  COLLGE  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  AND 
FORENSIC  SCIENCES 

James  M.  Adcock,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Lambuth  College;  M.P.A.,  Jacksonville  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Katherine  M.  Brown,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 

James  J.  Cassidy,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  California  State  University;  J.D.,  Villanova  School  of  Law; 

Ph.D.,  Hahnemann  University  Graduate  School 
Howard  J.  Cohen,  Professor,  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

B.A.,  Boston  University;  M.P.H.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Heather  Coyle,  Assistant  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Plattsburg; 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
Ernest  W.  Dorling,  Senior  Lecturer,  Criminal  Justice 

M.P.A.,  Troy  State  University,  European  Campus 
Nelson  Dunston,  Assistant  Professor,  Fire  Science 

B.A.,  St.  Marys  College  of  Maryland;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland  College  Park 
Leila  Dutton,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Siena  College;  M.S.,  Old  Dominion  LJniversity;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode 

Island 
Mario  T.  Gaboury,  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland; 

Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  J.D.,  Georgetown  University  Law  Center 

Azriel  Gorski,  Associate  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

M.S.,  The  Bloomsburg  State  College;  Ph.D.,  The  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem 
Howard  A,  Harris,  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

A.B.,  Western  Reserve  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University; 

J.D.,  St.  Louis  University  Law  School 
Sorin  Iliescu,  Assistant  Professor,  Fire  Science 

B.S.M.E.,  University  of  Bucharest,  Romania;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Robert  D.  Keppel,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

M.E.,  Seattle  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington-Seattle 


284 

Michael  P.  Lawlor,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.A.,  University  of  London,  England; 

J.D.,  George  Washington  University  National  Law  Center;  State  Representative, 

Connecticut 
Henry  C.  Lee,  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

B.A.,  Taiwan  Central  Police  College;  B.S.,  John  Jay  College  of  Criminal  Justice; 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Peter  Massey,  Lecturer,  Forensic  Science 

B.S.,  Eastern  Connecticut  State  College;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor,  Fire  Science 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
James  O.  Matschulat,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice  and  National  Security 

M.B.A.,  St.  Johns  University,  A.B.,  Colgate  University 
Daniel  K.  Maxwell,  Instructor,  Criminal  Justice 

M.S.,  M.P.A.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Virginia  M.  Maxwell,  Lecturer,  Forensic  Science 

B.Sc,  Liverpool  University,  England;  D.Phil.,  The  Queen's  College,  Oxford  University 
James  Monahan,  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Haven;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Lynn  Hunt  Monahan,  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  McGill  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Donna  Decker  Morris,  Associate  Professor,  Legal  Studies 
B.S.,  Tufts  University;  J.D.,  Yale  Law  School 

Fadia  Narchet,  Assistant  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

B.S.,  Barry  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  International  University 

William  M.  Norton,  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi; 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University;  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut  School  of  Law 
Martin  J.  O'Connor,  Associate  Professor,  Fire  Science 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Haven;  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut  School  of  Law; 

M.Div.,  Yale  Divinity  School 
Timothy  Palmbach,  Associate  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven;  J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut  School  of  Law 
David  Schroeder,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Irvine;  M.A.,  University  of  Hull; 

M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  The  Graduate  School  of  the  City  of  New  York 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculrv'  285 

Christopher  M.  Sedelmaier,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  The  College  of  New  Jersey;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 

Frederick  P.  Smith,  Professor,  Forensic  Science 

B.A.,  Antioch  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

William  L.  Tafoya,  Professor,  Criminal  Justice  and  National  Security 

B.S.,  San  Jose  State  University;  M.P.A.,  University  of  Southern  California; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Tracy  L.  Tamborra,  Assistant  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Bruce  J.  Varga,  Lecturer,  Fire  Science 

B.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 
Richard  H.  Ward,  Professor,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  John  Jay  College  of  Criminal  Justice;  M.Crim.,  D.Crim.,  University  of 

California— Berkeley 

CLINICAL  INSTRUCTOR 

Joseph  Polio,  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  New  Haven 

FACULTY  PROFESSIONAL  LICENSURE  AND  ACCREDITATION 

James  Cassidy,  Licensed  Psychologist,  Connecticut;  Attorney  at  Law,  Connecticut 

Nelson  Dunston,  Hazardous  Materials  Technician,  HAZWOPER  Certification 

Mario  T.  Gaboury,  Attorney  at  Law,  Connecticut 

Robert  E.  Massicotte,  Jr.,  State  of  Connecticut  Certified  Hazardous  Materials  Inspector, 

Certified  Fire  Investigator,  Certified  Fire  Code  Inspector,  Certified  Fire  Officer, 

Hazardous  Materials  Technician,  Safety  Officer,  National  Fire  Academy, 

Executive  Fire  Officer 
James  Monahan,  Licensed  Psychologist,  Connecticut 
Lynn  Hunt  Monahan,  Licensed  Psychologist,  Connecticut 
Donna  Decker  Morris,  Attorney  at  Law,  Connecticut;  American  and  Connecticut  Bar 

Associations;  Certified  Mediator 

William  M.  Norton,  Attorney  at  Law,  Connecticut,  Georgia;  Georgia  Bar  Association 


286 


PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE 

William  H.  Carbone,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Providence  College;  M.P.A.,  University  of  New  Haven;  Executive  Director, 

Court  Support  Services  Division,  Judicial  Branch,  State  of  Connecticut 
Martin  Looney,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  Fairfield  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut; 

J.D.,  University  of  Connecticut  School  of  Law;  State  Senator,  Connecticut 
David  San  Pietro,  Forensic  Science 

B.S.,  John  Jay  College  of  Criminal  Justice;  M.S.,  Hunter  College/CUNY 
Maximilian  Thiel,  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  St.  Mary's  Universit)';  Deput)'  Chief^  oi  Police,  Waterford,  Connecticut 

OFFICE  OF  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR 
ENROLLMENT  MANAGEMENT 

Dennis  Nostrand,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Vice  President  for  Enrollment  Management 
Linda  Morris,  Executive  Secretary 

ATHLETICS 

Deborah  Chin,  B.S.E.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

UNDERGRADUATE  ADMISSIONS 

Kevin  J.  Phillips,  B.S.,  B.A.,  Director  of  Undergraduate  Admissions 

Pauline  M.  Hill,  Director  of  Operations 

Stephan  D.  Brown,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Associate  Director 

Felecia  A.  Edwards,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Jeffrey  R.  Gootman,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Shauntel  J.  Hampton,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Whitney  L.  Kolwicz,  B.A.,  Associate  Director 

Alick  Letang,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  M.S.,  Associate  Director 

Melissa  N.  Laskowski,  B.S.,  M.B.A..,  Associate  Director 

Gilbert  R.  Rogers  III,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Stephanie  Romano,  B.S.,  MBA,  Assistant  Director 

Terrence  Greaves,  B.S.,  Admissions  Counselor 

Monique  Bolt,  A.S.,  Admissions  Representative 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty  287 

INTERNATIONAL  ADMISSIONS 

Joseph  F.  Spellman,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director  of  International  Admissions 

Karen  M.  Ludington,  Associate  Director 

Ashraf  Zawaideh,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

FINANCIAL  AID 

Karen  M.  Flynn,  B.A.,  M.A.,   Director,  Financial  Aid 

Christopher  Maclean,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Associate  Director,  Financial  Aid 

Daniel  Brewer,  B.A.,  Assistant  Director 

Maryann  Giovanni,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Jill  Stone,  B.A.,  Assistant  Director 

Bambi-Lynne  Bush,  Counselor 

GRADUATE  ADMISSIONS 

Eloise  M.  Gormley,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Graduate  Admissions 

Marcus  Hanscom,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director 

Michael  Wnek,  B.A.,  Counselor 

GRADUATE  RECORDS 
Virginia  D.  Klump,  Graduate  Registrar 
Michaela  H.  Apotrias,  Assistant  Registrar 
Alice  R  Perrelli,  Assistant  Registrar 

UNDERGRADUATE  RECORDS 

Nancy  A.  Baker,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Undergraduate  Registrar 

Sally  A.  Belbusti,  Assistant  Registrar 

UNrVERSITY  MARKETING  AND  PUBLICATIONS 

Sandra  v.  Abbagnaro,  A.S.,  Director  of  Operations 

Barbara  J.  Hoyt,  B.A.,  B.F.A.,  Graphic  Designer 

Susan  L.  Pranulis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Manager  of  Publications 

Ruth  M.  Somers-Phillips,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Website  Assistant/Advertising  Copywriter 

Gregory  Soltesz,  B.S.,  Web  Developer 


288 

CAMPUS  BOOKSTORE 
Cheryl  Cartler,  Manager 

UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Arthur  D,  Goon,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Dean  of  University  College 

Jane  C.  Sangeloty,  B.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College,  Director  of  Continuing  and 
Professional  Studies 

Michelle  Mason,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Assistant  Dean  of  University  College,  Director  of 

Southeastern  Campus 
Ellen  Buley,  B.S.,  Enrollment  Advisor,  Center  for  Adult  and  Professional  Studies 

Richard  J.  Farrell,  B.A.,  M.A.Phil.,  Enrollment  Adviser,  Center  for  Adult  and  Professional 
Studies 

Kathleen  M.  Farren,  B.B.A.,  Associate  Director  of  Adult  Student  Services  and  Special 

Projects 
Eloise  M.  Gormley,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Craduate  Admissions 
Susan  Griswold,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director,  Center  for  Adult  and  Professional  Studies 
Marcus  Hanscom,  B.S.,  Assistant  Director  of  Graduate  Admissions 
Richard  Laria,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  Graduate  Cohort  Program  Recruitment 
Jessica  Linicus,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Assistant  Direcor  of  Recruitment,  Southeastern  Campus 
Monica  SutclifFe,  B.A.,  Marketing  Assistant,  Southeastern  Campus 
Andre  Yap,  B.A.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Director  of  CUBED 
Rosemary  deWarga,  Executive  Secretary 
Michael  Wnek,  B.A.,  Graduate  Admissions  Counselor 

OFFICE  OF  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  FACILITIES 
Julia  K.  Parker,  Vice  President  for  Facilities 
University  Police 

Henry  A.  Starkel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Chief 
University  Dining  Services 

Bryan  Davis,  General  Manager 


Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty   289 

OFFICE  OF  STUDENT  7VFFAIRS 
Associate  Provost  and  Dean  of  Students 

Rebecca  D.  Johnson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Dean 

Frederic  Baker,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ed.D,  Assistant  Dean  of  Students 

Marie  Jackowicz,  Executive  Secretary 

Residential  Life 

Patricia  Christiano,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director 

Rebecca  Kitchell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.  Assistant  Director 
Counseling  Center 

Deborah  Everhart,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director 

Shannon  Jackson,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.A.  Psyd,  M.S.  Ed.,  Staff  Psychologist 
Disability  Services  and  Resources 

Linda  Copney-Okeke,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 
Health  Services 

Paula  Cappuccia,  R.N.,  Director 

Martha  DeMennato,  R.N.,  Assistant  Director 

Judith  Deshpande,  B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  A.RR.N.,  BC-Part-time 
International  Services  Offices 

Andrea  Hogan,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director 
International  Relations 

Wanda  Tyler,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 
Student  Activities 

Gregory  Overend,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 

Lisa  Saverese,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director 

OFFICE  OF  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  FINANCE 

George  S.  Synodi,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Vice  President  for  Finance  and  Treasurer  of  the  University 

Donna  M.  Cerami,  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Deborah  Flonc,  B.S.,  Budget  Coordinator 

Patrick  M,  Torre,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Associate  Vice  President  for  Finance 

Donald  E  Barton,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Controller 

Vincent  J.  Lugo,  B.S.,  Associate  Controller 

Marc  P.  Maniatis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Student  Accounts  and  Risk  Manager 

David  Roberts,  B.A.,  Director  of  Purchasing 


290 

OFFICE  OF  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  ADVANCEMENT 

Catherine  Spinelli,  B.S.,  Executive  Director  of  Leadership  Gifts  and  Campaign  Planning 

Timothy  R.  Stanton,  B.A.,  J.D.,  Associate  Vice  President  for  Advancement  Operations 

Jacqueline  Koral,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Director  of  Development 

Virginia  Zawoy,  B.A.,  Director  of  Development 

Christopher  Lukowski,  M.A.,  M.B.A.,  Associate  Development  Officer 

Scott  Davis,  B.S.,  Director  of  the  Annual  Fund 

Marya  Neary,  B.A.,  Annual  Fund  Officer 

Carl  Pitruzzello,  B.S.,  MBA,  Director  of  Advancement  Services 

Michelle  Norman,  Coordinator  of  Research  and  Prospect  Management 

Ellen  Criscuolo,  Data  Communications  Specialist 

Andrea  Lender,  A.S.,  Administrative  Secretary  II 

Judi  Yale,  A.S.,  B.S.,  Development  Project  Coordinator 

Jennifer  Pjatak,  B.S.,  Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

Paula  Mortali,  B.S.,  Alumni  Relations  Associate 

Heather  Alpaugh,  B.S.,  Alumni  Relations  Associate 

Juli  Roebuck,  B.A.,  Associate  Vice  President  for  Communications  and  Government 

Relations 
Jane  Gordon,  B.A.,  Director  of  Advancement  Communications 
Julie  Winkel,  Director  of  Media  Relations 

DEPARTMENTS  AND  SERVICES  FOR  STUDENTS 

Athletics 

Deborah  Chin,  B.S.E.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Athletics 

Audiovisual  Services 

Paul  Falcone,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Coordinator 

Bursar's  Office 

Marc  P.  Maniatis,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director  of  Student  Accounts  and  Risk  Manager 

Campus  Bookstore 

Dawn  Cronin,  Manager 

Campus  Card 

Alan  MacDougall,  B.A.,  Director  of  Academic  Computing 

Campus  Police 

Henry  A.  Starkel,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Chief 


Board,  Administration  and  Faculty  291 


Career  Services 

Christine  Montgomery-Boronico,  Ph.D.,  Director 
Center  for  Learning  Resources 

Kathryn  H.  Cuozzo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director 
Counseling  Center 

Deborah  Everhart,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director 

Danielle  I.  Moreggi,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Director/PIR 
Dining  Services 

Bryan  Davis,  General  Manager 
Disability  Services  and  Resources 

Linda  Copney-Okeke,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 
Financial  Aid 

Karen  M.  Flynn,  B.A.,  M.A.,   Director  of  Financial  Aid 
Health  Services 

Paula  Cappuccia,  R.N.,  Director 
International  Student  Services 

Andrea  Hogan,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director 
Intercultural  Relations 

Wanda  Tyler,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 
Office  of  Academic  Services 

Kathryn  H.  Cuozzo,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Director 
Registrar 

Nancy  A.  Baker,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Undergraduate  Registrar 
Residential  Life 

Patricia  Christiano,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Director 

Rebecca  Kitchell,  B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Assistant  Director 
Student  Activities 

Greg  Overend,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 
Study  Abroad 

Christine  Montgomery-Boronico,  Ph.D.,  Director 
UNH  Website 

Veterans'  Aifairs  Officer 

Virginia  D.  Klump,  Graduate  Registrar 
WNHU  Radio  Station 

Henry  K.  Yaggi  IH,  B.A.,  General  Manager 


292 

UNDERGRADUATE 

ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

2008-2009 

FALL  SEMESTER  2008 

August  Tuition  and  residence  charges  due  Friday,  Aug.  1 

Residence  halls  open  for  new  students  at  10  a.m.  Sunday,  Aug.  24 

Orientation  Sunday-Tuesday,  Aug.  24—26 

Residence  halls  open  for  returning  students  Tuesday,  Aug.  26 

Classes  begin  Wednesday,  Aug.  27 

September      Labor  Day-no  classes  Monday,  Sept.  1 

Last  day  to  add  a  course  Wednesday,  Sept.  10 

October  Last  day  to  drop  a  course  Friday,  Oct.  10 

No  classes  Monday-Tuesday,  Oct.  13-14 

Last  day  to  petition  for  Januar}'  graduation  Wednesday,  Oct.  15 

November      Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m.  Wednesday,  Nov.  26 

Thanksgiving  weekend-no  classes  Wednesday-Saturday,  Nov.  26-29 

December      Wednesday  Dec.  10  classes  on  Monday  schedule/Classes  end  Wednesday,  Dec.  10 
Reading  day  Thursday,  Dec.  1 1 

Exams  begin  Friday,  Dec.  12 

Exams  end  Thursday,  Dec.  18 

Last  day  of  the  semester  Thursday,  Dec.  18 

Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m.  Friday,  Dec.  19 

January  2009  Commencement,  2  p.m.  Saturday,  Jan.  17,  2009 


INTERSESSION  2009 


January  Classes  begin 

Martin  Luther  King  Day-no  classes 
Classes  end 


SPRING  SEMESTER  2009 


Academic  Calendar  293 


Monday,  Jan.  5 

Monday,  Jan.  19 

Friday,  Jan.  23 


January 


February 


March 


April 
May 


Tuition  and  residence  charges  due 

Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

Orientation 

Residence  halls  open  for  returning  students 

Classes  begin 

Last  day  to  add  a  course 
Presidents'  Day— no  classes 

Last  day  to  petition  for  May  graduation 
Last  day  to  drop  a  course 
Residence  halls  close  at  5:30  p.m. 
Spring  Recess-no  classes 
Classes  resume 

No  classes 


Friday,  Jan.  2 

Thursday,  Jan.  22 

Friday,  Jan.  23 

Sunday,  Jan.  25 

Monday,  Jan.  26 

Thursday,  Feb.  5 
Monday,  Feb.  16 

Monday,  Mar.  2 

Friday,  Mar.  13 

Friday,  Mar.  13 

Monday-Saturday,  Mar.  16-21 

Monday,  Mar.  23 


Tuesday,  May  12  classes  on  Friday  schedule/Classes  end 

Reading  day 

Exams  begin 

Exams  end 

Last  day  of  the  semester 

Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m. 

Commencement,  10  a.m. 


Friday,  Apr.  10 

Tuesday,  May  12 

Wednesday,  May,  13 

Thursday,  May  14 

Wednesday,  May  20 

Wednesday,  May  20 

Thursday,  May  21 

Saturday,  May  23 


294 


Academic  Calendar     294 


SUMMER  SESSIONS  2009 


May 
June 

July 


First  Summer  Session  classes  begin 
Memorial  Day-no  classes 

Last  day  to  petition  for  August  awarding  of  degrees 


Thursday,  May  21 
Monday,  May  25 

Monday,  June  1 5 


Thursday,  July  2  classes  on  Monday/Wednesday  schedule/ 

First  Summer  Session  ends  Thursday,  July  2 

Second  Summer  Session  classes  begin  Monday,  July  6 


August 


Second  Summer  Session  ends 


Thursday,  Aug.  1 3 


INDEX 


Index  295 


Absence,  Leave  of  . 
Academic  Advising 
Academic  Calendar 
Academic  Credit  .  . 


.  .  .  .46 
.18,38 
.  .  .292 
.  . .  .39 


Academic  Honesty    47 

Academic  Regulations 39 

Academic  Requirements, 

Financial  Aid    56 

Academic  Scr%'iccs,  Office  of. 21 

Academic  Support  Systems 21 

Academic  Standing  and  Progress 41 

Academic  Worksheets   41 

Accounting  Courses  (A)    172 

Accounting,  Department  of    108 

Accreditation 9 

Adding  a  Class    45 

Administration   265 

Admission  to  the  University    34 

Admission  Procedures 35 

Full-Time  Admi,ssions 34 

New  Full-Time  Students/ 

Freshmen 35 

Full-Time  Transfer  Students 35 

International  Students   35 

Part-Time  Admissions 37 

Degree  Seeking 37 

Non-Degree  Seeking 37 

Admission,  Policy   34 

Adult  and  Professional  Studies, 

Center  for 167 

Advanced  Placement 40 

Aid,  Financial   55 

Alpha  Phi  Sigma-Alpha  Tau  Chapter    .153 

Alumni  Audits 38 

Alumni  Magazine,  University. 23,  52 

Alumni  Relations    31 

American  Societ)'  of  Civil 

Engineers,  Student  Chapter    141 

American  Society  of  Mechanical 

Engineers,  see  ASME 

Applied  Mathematics    92 

Arabic  Courses  (AR) 173 

Art,  B.A 101 

Art  Courses  (AT) 173 

Arts  and  Sciences,  Cifllege  of 65 

ASCE,  see  American  Society 

of  Civil  Engineers 
ASME  (American  Society  of 

Mechanical  Engineers)    144 

Associate's  Degrees    12 

Associate's  Degree  Core  Requirements  .  .18 

Athletic  Facilities 27 

Athletic  Grants-in-Aid 58 


Athletics    26 

Attendance  Regulations 47 

B 

Bachelor's  Degrees 12 

Bachelor's  Degree  Core  Requirements  .  .15 

Battels  Hall 31 

Beckerman  Recreation  Center, 

David  A 27 

Biochemistry  Concentration 70 

Bioengineering    147 

Biology  and  Environmental  Science, 

Department  ot    69 

Biology  Courses  (Bl) 175 

Biotechnology  B.S 71 

Black  Studies 81 

Board,  Administration,  and  Faculty    .  .261 

Board  Fees 52 

Board  of  Governors 26 1 

Bookstore,  see  Campus  Bookstore 
Business  Administration  Courses  (BA)  175 

Business  Law  Courses  (LA) 229 

Business,  College  of 105 

c 

Calendar,  Actdemic 292 

Campaign  Management,  see 

Public  Policy 

Campus  Card   22 

Campus  Facilities    29 

Campus  Recreation 27 

Campus  Security  Act 14 

Campus  Bookstore    31 

Career  Services  Center    23 

Center  for  Adult 

and  Professional  Studies    167 

Center  for  Dispute  Resolution    32 

Center  for  Learning  Resources    21 

Center  for  Family  Business 32 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Crime  Victims' 

Rights,  Remedies,  and  Resources    .  .  .33 

Certificates    12 

Changes    45 

Changing  a  Major 45 

Charger  Bulletin,  The 23,  28 

Charger  Gymnasium 27 

Chariot,  The 28 

Chemical  Engineering  ( 122 

Chemical  Engineering  Club    125 

Chemical  Engineering  Courses  (CM)   .189 

Chemistry  (Arts  and  Sciences) 74 

Chemistry  (Engineering) 126 


Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering, 

Department  of    1 24 

Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering  .122 
Chemistry  and  Forensic  Science  Club  .127 

Chemistry  Courses  (CH)    181 

Chi  Epsilon 141 

Chinese  Courses  (CN)    191 

Civil,  and  Environmental  Engineering, 

Department  of  Mechanical,    138 

Civil  Engineering    139 

Civil  Engineering  Courses  (CE)    178 

Civil  Engineers,  American 

Society  of 141 

Class  (student  class  level) 41 

Class,  Dropping/ Adding  a 45 

Class,  Withdrawal  from  a   45 

Clubs  and  Organizations 28 

College  of  Arts  &  Sciences    65 

College  of  Business   105 

College  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Forensic 

Sciences,  The  Henry  C.  Lee 151 

College  of  Engineering,  Tagliatela  ...  .1 19 

College  Work  Study  Program   58 

Colleges  of  the  University. 10 

Commencement,  see  Graduation 

Communication  Certificates 77 

Communication  Courses  (CO) 191 

Communication,  Film  and  Theater, 

Department  of  (Arts  &  Sciences)   .  .  .75 

Community-Clinical  Psychology 95 

Computer  Engineering  Courses  (CEN)   181 

Computer  Engineering 129 

Computer  Engineering,  and  Computer 

Science,  Department  of  Electrical,  .  127 

Computer  Facilities 29 

Computer  Science  Courses  (CS) 194 

Computer  Science,  Department  of 

Electrical,  Computer 

Engineering  and 127 

Computer  Science  (Mathematics) 91 

Computer  Science 131 

Connecticut  Independent  Colleges 

Student  Grant  Program    57 

Coordinated  Course    39 

Core  Curriculum 15 

Corrections 154 

Counseling  Center    24 

Councils  (Student  Government) 28 

Courses  (Descriptions)    171 

Coursework  Expectations    47 

Courses  Available  at  Other  Colleges    .  .  .39 

Credit,  Academic    39 

Credit  by  Examination    40 

Credit,  Transfer 39 

Credit,  Ways  of  Earning   39 

Crime  Analysis    1 54 


296 


Crime  Analysis  Certificate 156 

Criminal  Justice  Certificates   156 

Criminal  Justice  Club 153 

Criminal  Justice  Courses  (CJ) 183 

Criminal  Justice,  Department  of 153 

Curricula,  University 15 

CWSP,  see  College  Work  Study  Program 

D 

Dean's  List 44 

Degrees  Offered  by  the  University 

(see  also  Programs  of  Study  listing  on 

pages  6-7) 12 

Dental  Hygiene 86 

Dental  Hygiene  Courses  (DH) 197 

Developmental  Studies  Program   . .  .20,  21 
Dietetics,  see  Nutrition  and  Dietetics 

Dietetics,  General  Courses  (Dl)    199 

Disabilities  Services  and  Resources   ...  .24 

Dismissal/Readmission  Procedure 44 

Dining  Services 26 

Dispute  Resolution  concentration  ...  .160 

Diversity  policy 13 

Dropping/Adding  a  Cla.ss   45 

Drug  Polity 14 

E 

Economics  Courses  (EC)    205 

Economics  and  Finance,  Department  ot 

(Business)   109 

Education,  Department  of   78 

Education  Courses    206 

Electrical,  Computer  Engineering,  and 

Computer  Science,  Department  of  .  1 27 

Electrical  Engineering 134 

Electrical  Engineering  Courses  (EE)    .  .206 

ELS  Language  Center 168 

Employment,  Student 23,  58 

Engineering  and  Applied  Science 

Courses 204 

Engineering,  College  of 119 

Engineering  Tuition  Differential     50 

English  Courses  (E) 201 

English,  Deparment  of 79 

Entrepreneurship,  Minor  in    112 

Environmental  Engineering.  Department 

of  Mechanical,  Civil,  and 138 

Environmental  Science  Program 72 

Environmental  Science  Courses  (EN)  .210 
Evening  Accelerated  Business 

Program    1 06 

Evening  Student  Council    29 

Event  Management,  Tourism  and   .  .  .  .115 


Expenses,  Tuition.  Fees  and 50 

Experiential  Education,  Office  of   ...  .168 
External  Credit  Examinations 40 

F 

Facilities,  Athletic    27 

Facilities,  Campus 29 

Faculty    267 

Family  Educational  Rights 

&  Privacy  Act  (FERPA)    13 

Fees  and  Expenses,  Tuition   50 

Field  Experiences 40 

Film  and  Theater,  Department  of 

Communication  (Arts  &  Sciences)  .  .75 

Finance 109 

Finance  Courses  (Fl) 212 

Finance,  Department  of  Econimoics  and 

(Business)   109 

Financial  Aid 55 

Fire  and  Occupational  Safety    165 

Fire  Administration 163 

Fire/ Arson  Investigation 

Certificate 163,  166 

Fire  Prevention  Certificate 1 66 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 164 

Fire  Science 1 62 

Fire  Science  and  Professional  Studies, 

Department  of 162 

Fire  Science  Club    162 

Fire  Science  Courses  (FS)   215 

Fire  Science  Technology    1 64 

Foreign  Students,  see 

International  Students 
Forensic  Computer  Investigation 

Certificate 156 

Forensic  Psychology 1 54 

Forensic  Science    158 

Forensic  Science  Club,  Chemistry  and  .  1 27 

Forensic  Science  Courses  (FOR) 213 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 28 

French  Courses  (FR) 215 

Freshman  Experience  Course  (FE)    .  .  .212 

Freshman  Experience  Seminar 20,  22 

Full-time  Students,  Academic  Standing 

and  Progress 41 

G 

General  Biology    71 

General  Engineering 145 

General  Psychology 95 

General  Studies,  A.S 68 

German  Courses  (GR) 218 


Global  Studies,  History,  and  Political 

Science     81 

Global  Studies 81 

Global  Studies  Courses  (GLS) 218 

Government,  Student  28 

Grade  Point  Average   43 

Grade  Reports 43 

Grading  System 42 

Graduate  Degrees    13 

Graduate  School   11 

Graduation  Fees    52 

Graduation  Criteria 48 

Grants 57 

Grants-in-Aid  (Universit)' 

and  Athletic) 57,  58 

Graphic  Design 101 

Gymnasium    27 

H 

Hazardous  Materials  Certificate    166 

Health  Professions 86 

Health  Services  Center    25 

History  and  Political 

Science,  Global  Studies    81 

History  Courses  (HS)   218 

History,  Department  ot 81 

History  (of  the  University)    10 

Honors   49 

Honors  Program 18 

Hospitality  and  Tourism  Management, 

Department  of  Sports 

Management 114 

Hotel  and  Tourism  Management 

Courses  (HTM)   220 

Hotel  and  Restaurant 

Management,  B.S 115 

Housing,  see  Residential  Life 

Humanities  Courses  (HU)    223 

I _^ 

IEEE,  see  Institute  of  Electrical  and 

Electronics  Engineers 

Independent  Study   40 

Industrial  Engineering 150 

Industrial  Engineering  Courses  (IE)    .  .227 

Industrial  Fire  Protection    166 

Information  Protection  and  Security 

Certificate 157 

Information  Technolgy   136 

Institute  of  Electrical  and 

Electronics  Engineers 131,  136 

Institute  of  Law  and 

Public  Affairs,  The   161 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 26 


Index  297 


Intercultural  Relations,  Office  of 25 

Interior  Design   102 

Interior  Design  Courses  (ID)    224 

International  Business 110 

International  Business  Courses  (IB)  .  .223 
International  Credential 

Assessment  and  Services    168 

International  Justice  and  Security   ...  .1 54 

International  Services    25 

International  Student 

Acceptance  Fee 50 

International  Students, 

Admission  Procedure   35 

Internships  and  Employer 

Relations  Office   23 

Intersession 293 

Intramural  Programs  (Sports)    28 

Investigative  Services 155 

Italian  (IT)    229 

J-K      

journalism  Certificate 77 

Journalism  Courses  (J)    229 

Juvenile  and  Family  Justice 155 

L 

Laborator)'  Fees 52 

Language  Center,  ELS 168 

Late  payment  fees   52 

Law  Enforcement  Administration  ...  .155 
Law  Enforcement  Science 

Certificate 157 

Learning  Resources,  Center  for 21 

Leave  of  Absence 46 

Legal  Studies 158 

Liberal  Studies,  B.A 67 

Library,  Marvin  K.  Peterson    30 

Literary  Club    80 

Loans    58 

Logistics  Certificate 1 50 

Logistics  Courses  (LG)    230 

Legal  Studies  Courses  (LS)    168 

M 

Major    42 

Major  Aid  Programs   57 

Major,  Changing  a    45 

Make-up  Policy 48 

Management  Courses  (MG)   238 

Management,  Department  of 110 

Management  of  Spons 

Industries Ill,  115 


Marine  Biology 73 

Marine  Biology  Courses  (MR)    242 

Marketing,  Department  of 113 

Marketing  Courses  (MK)    240 

Mass  Communication  Certificate 77 

Mathematics  Courses  (M) 232 

Mathematics,  Department  of   90 

Matriculation    41 

Meal  Plans 26,52 

Measles   25 

Mechanical  Engineering,  B.S 141 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Courses  (ME) 235 

Mechanical,  Civil,  and  Environmental 

Engineering,  Department  of 138 

Mechanical  Engineers,  American  Society 

of  (Student  Chapter),  see  ASME 

Minor 42 

Minority  Affairs,  see  Intercultural  Relations 

Modern  Language  Study 80 

Modern  Languages   83 

Multidisciplinary  Engineering 

Systems 144 

Multimedia  Courses  (MM) 241 

Multimedia/Web  Creation  Studies    .  .  .  .97 

Music    97 

Music  Industry   99 

Music  and  Sound  Recording 99 

Music  Courses  (MU)    243 

N 

New  Students,  Admission  Procedure  .  .  .35 
Newspaper  (The  Charger  Bulletin)   ...  .28 

Nondiscrimination  Statement 13 

Nutrition  and  Dietetics 88 

Nutrition  and  Dietetics  Courses 199 

o 

Occupational  Safety,  Fire  and   165 

Oft-Campus  Activities 28 

Office  of  Academic  Services    21 

Organizations,  Clubs  and   28 

P 

Paralegal  Studies  Certificate 161 

Paralegal  Studies  Concentration    160 

Parent  Loans  for  Undergraduate 

Students  (PLUS) 58 

Parking  Permits 22 

Part-time  Students  Academic 

Standing  and  Progress 41 


Payments 53 

Pell  Grams    57 

Performing  Arts,  Department  of 

Visual  and 97 

Perkins  Loan  Program 58 

Peterson  Library,  Marvin  K 30 

Phi  Alpha  Theta    83 

Philosophy    84 

Philosophy  (of  the  University) 10 

Philosophy  Courses  (PL) 250 

Physics  Courses  (PH)    249 

Physics,  Department  of 93 

Placement 34 

Placement,  Advanced    40 

PLUS,  see  Parent  Loans  for 

Undergraduate  Students 

Police,  University    22 

Political  Science  Courses  (PS) 251 

Political  Science,  Department  of 81 

Political  Science,  Global  Studies, 

History  and    81 

Prearchitecture  (Interior  Design) 103 

Premedical/Prcdental/Preveterinary  .  .  .  .70 

Private  Security  Certificate    157 

Probation  and  Dismissal 44 

Procedure,  Dismissal/Readmission    .  . .  .44 
Professional  Studies,  Center  for 

Adult  and   167 

Professional  Studies,  Department  of 

Fire  Science  and    162 

Proficiency  Examination,  Writing 49 

Programs  of  Study,  Listing    6 

Programs,  Major  Aid  (Financial) 57 

Psi  Chi  Honor  Society    94 

Psychology  Club 94 

Psychology  Courses  (P) 245 

Psychology,  Department  of 93 

Psychology,  Forensic   154 

Public  Administration 1 16 

Public  Affairs  Concentration 159 

Public  Affairs,  The  Institute 

of  Law  and   161 

Public  Administration  Courses  (PA)    .  .248 
Public  Policy  (Campaign 

Management)   85 

Publications  (Student) 28 


Quantitative  Analysis  Courses  (QA)    .  .254 


298 


R 

Radio,  WNHU 29 

Readmission  Procedure 44 

Recording  Facilities 98 

Recreation  Center. 

David  A.  Beckerman 27 

Refund  Policy,  Residence  Hall 54 

Refund  Policy,  Tuition 53 

Registration 38 

Repetition  of  Work 45 

Research  and  Professional  Facilities  .  .  .  .32 
Residence  Hall  Fee  and 

Withdrawal  Policies    54 

Residency  Requirement 48 

Residential  Life 26 

Restaurant  Management,  Hotel  and   ..115 

Return  of  Title  IV  Funds 56 

Room  Fees    52 

Rubella  25 

Russian  Courses  (RU) 255 

s 

Satisfaaory  Progress   43 

Scholarships    59 

School,  Graduate 11 

Science  Courses  (SC)    255 

Security  Act,  Campus   14 

Seamless  Five-Years  BS/MS  in  Electrical 

and  Computer  Engineering    128 

Smoke-Free  Policy 14 

Social  Welfare  Courses  (SW) 259 

Society  of  Fire  Protection 

Engineers  (SFPE)   162 

Sociology  Courses  (SO)    257 

Sociology,  Department  of 96 

Sororities,  Fraternities  and 28 

Sound  Recording,  Music  and    99 

Southeastern  Connecticut,  UNH    .  .  .  .168 

Spanish  Courses  (SP)    259 

Sports  (Intramural  and  Varsity) 27 

Sports  Man.agemcnt,  Hospitalit)' 

and  Tourism  Management, 

Department  of 114 

Stafford  Student  Loans  (SSL)    58 

State  Scholarships  58 

Statistics  (Mathematics)    92 

Student  Activities    26 

Student  Activity  Fee   50 

Student  Center  (Barrels  Hall)   31 

Student  Employment    23,  58 

Student  Government 28 

Student  Loans 58 

Student  Omsbudsman 24 

Student  Publications 28 


Student  Right-to-Know  and  Campus 
Security  Act    14 

Student  Services 22 

Student  Status,  Transfer  of 

Full-time 41 

Part-time 41 

Study  Abroad    169 

Summer  Sessions 294 

Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG) 57 

System  Engineering 148 

System  Engineering  Courses  (SE)   . .  .  .255 

T 

Tagiiatela  College  of  Engineering    ...  .1 19 

Theatre  Arts    77 

Theatre  Arts  Courses  (T)    260 

Theater.  Department  of  Communication, 

Film,  and  {Arts  &  Sciences) 75 

Theatre  Productions    77 

Tourism  and  Event  Management 1  IS 

Tourism  Management,  Department  of 

Sports  Management. 

Hospitality  and 114 

Transfer  Credit  for  Writing  Courses    .  .  .80 
Transfer  of  Credit  to  the  Universit)' .  .  .  .39 

Transfer  of  Student  Status 42 

Transfer  Students.  Admission  Procedure  35 

Tuition  Differential 50 

Tuition  Management  Services 58 

Tuition  Refund  Policy 53 

Tuition,  Fees,  and  Expenses 50 

Tutoring,  see  Center  for  Learning 

Resources 

u 

Undeclared  Major 68 

Undergraduate  Degrees 12 

Undergraduate  Student  Government 

Association  (USGA) 28 

University  Advancement,  Office  of  ...  .31 

University  Alumni  Magazine 23,  32 

University  College 167 

University  Core  Curriculum 15 

Universit)'  Community 21 

Universit)'  Dining  Services    26 

University  Grants-in-Aid 57 

University  Mission    8 

University  Vision 8 

University  Guiding  Principles 8 

University  Values 8 

University  Philosophy 10 

Universirv  Policies 13 


V 

Varsity  Sports    27 

Victim  Services  Administration 156 

Victim  Services  Certificate 157 

Visual  Arts    100 

Visual  and  Performing  Arts, 

Department  of 97 

w 

Ways  of  Earning  Credit 39 

Web  Creation  Studies,  Multimedia/   .  .  .97 

Withdrawal  from  a  Class 45 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 46 

WNHU  Radio    '. 29 

Work,  Repetition  of   45 

Work-Study  Program    58 

Worksheets,  Academic 41 

Writing  Proficiency  Examination    49 

Y 

Yearbook  (The  Chariot)    28 


299 


Notes 


300 


Notes 


301 


Notes 


302 


Notes 


303 


Notes 


304 


Notes 


305 


Notes 


306 


Notes 


307 


Notes 


308 


Notes 


309 


Notes 


310 


Notes 


311 


Notes 


312 


Notes 


^^'-^'^Wh 


''•'  ''^mam 


,»'.X.>1', 


o'^'^' 


I 

fmm  i 
_ 


^^MGE  we 


^OP' 


9 


9 


^> 


1  g 

E 

\ 

•rH 
to 

> 

•  i-H 

a 


:  p  tr  — 


bo:  S 


^  H  ^  =  ^  5  S  li  ?  S  i       . 

li!"lilcll^ll^ 

o       ^CNjro^inuDr^coa^OvHCN 

CN         CN(NCNrNCN(NCNCNCMromcO 


ll  i  E  s  illlf  i| 

2CtU=30Z<Q:(/)Q.QX< 


5i  i 

'■  =>  o 


O  0. 

00  01 


;c/) : 


c/) 


S    m  S  (5) 


5  a,  £  ^6 


UNIVERSITY    OF 

NEW  HAVEN 

300  Boston  Post  Road 

West  Haven,  Connecticut  06516 


CALL  TOLL  FREE 

1.800.DIALUNH 

ADMISSIONS  OFFICE 

Undergraduate 
203.932.7319 

WEB 

www.newhaven.edu